These comments were originally posted to the article “No Doomsday in 2012“. Unfortunately, there were so many comments that it was crashing my webserver every time it posted them.
If you want to comment on the article, you can do it here.
3,212 Replies to “Comments on “No Doomsday in 2012””
Comments are closed.
To Jorge:
That’s too funny 😀 You could also replace “idiots” with “scare-mongering publishers” – it seems as if they usually have a book about the end of the world to sell!
Cheers, Ian 😉
To KageTora:
I’m not totally sure why the Long Count starts in 3114BC. Some researchers seem to point toward some superstition or historic event for the choice of that year. I once read that some geological event occurred at this time, and this gave the belief that something bad was going to happen at the end of the caledar too. If you find any more info on this, let us know 🙂
To Flaming Pope:
I have no clue where the 13 comes from. researchers seem to have found 20 and 13 to be important numbers in Mayan society. As to the reasons behind this, I don’t think anyone can say for sure…
Cheers, Ian
I like the rationality of it all, and the depth of education about the calendar rounds. We say it will end in 2012, but the Mayans, unlike the Judeo-Christian-Islamic worlds we all live in, thought in cyclical time versus linear time. It’s complex psychology.
This article is very opinionated. Wow. It actually is designed to calculate dates beyond 2012. It’s a cyclical calendar!!!
They have found stelae with dates beyond what we could even conceive. A perfect calendar system is one that perceives no beginning and no end, or rather both as one. Time goes on forever. We’re just selfish beings and can only concern ourselves with if we’re going to survive, but we’re doing it all wrong.
The Mayans were obviously smart. They knew things we could only figure out with technology just 50 years ago. They knew about the galaxy, deified it, and deified time as well. The 260 round is a sacred round, the foundation of Mayan daykeeping. Try practicing it!
Smart in math means smart in science, and the way the Mayans counted were in 20s. You have 10 fingers and toes, 20. Whereas they were thinking vigesimally, in 20s, 400s, 8000s, 160000s, we only think decimally. 10s. 100s. 1000s. Point zero one this, point three four that. It’s a downgrade of mathematical skill based on it being a cultural foundation. There is obviously power in number.
Thank you for having the patience to make a rational, skeptical argument over something extremely silly. It’s sad that the people who believe such silly stuff, however, aren’t always welcoming of rationality or skepticism.
thank you for telling people the truth. i mean there’s a lot of idiots in my skool that keeps saying the world’s going to end at 2012 but now this prooves that its not so thank you
Ian,
I was going to write about this. Thanks for taking care of it, so I can get down to more important things. 😉
Ethan
One prediction I’ve been making since Y2K came and went is that once 2012 is over and done with, there will be another doomsday date for the nuts to glom onto, and it will be between 2020 and 2025 — near enough for idiots to worry about but far enough away for the next doomsday cottage industry to sprout up and take advantage of those idiots.
The next one will be before 2020, these idiots will always hope for something more. The cult of apocalypse attracts those who want something better than what they believe they have and that will never change, even if they think that something better is death.
How do you convince them that the world is pretty fun as is though?
I’m so glad Ian took the time to write this up. You wouldn’t believe how many questions we get from people about this.
There is some serious fear mongering going on out there on the Internet. If you’ve got a blog, please take a second and link to this article so we can try and battle the pseudoscience. Ian’s planning on tackling each myth, one by one so we can put the definitive nails on this conspiracy theory – and maybe teach a little science/astronomy at the same time.
I won’t feel comfortable about my future until 01.20.09.
Actually, there’s a serious incorrection in this otherwise great article. You write:
When something ends (even something as innocent as an ancient calendar), people seem to think up the most extreme possibilities for the end of civilization as we know it.
This is wrong. Here’s how it would be right:
When something ends (even something as innocent as an ancient calendar), idiots seem to think up the most extreme possibilities for the end of civilization as we know it.
Please correct it ASAP.
😉
It would be interesting, however, to find out why the Mayans chose August 11th, 3114BC as the start date for the calendar, considering it completely predates their culture. I mean, why start a calendar and then say you are already in the middle of it? They would only, really, have needed to measure, say, 1,000 years before in order to say what happened in the past. There must be an historical reason or a mathematical one, and it’d be interesting to see what it is.
2012, it is said, however, does coincide with the Solar System crossing the Galactic Plane, so maybe this is the reason, considering they were such good astronomers?
I feel it is my duty to scare as many people as possible about this. Why can’t we just laugh and revel in the ignorance and fear of others? I have this lady thinking Nibiru is going to come near Earth orbit and an advanced alien civilization is going to take Earth over. Man, it’s a riot! Try it, you’ll love it!
Perhaps I’m just not a historian, but where did the number 13 come from? I can understand the base 20 system, but 13?
And just to keep this myth alive for the fun of it: the Mayans wanted a calender that lasted for their whole civilization from start to end. Is it possible that this calender had been created in a similar fashion as to the book series “Foundation.”- where a guy created some complex formula to predict the rise and fall of whole civilizations and chaos?
Actually, numbers in base-10 or in base-20 are entirelly equivalent, mathematically, and so are any other bases you can think of, from binary to whatever number you may wish to use (although after a while it may begin to become cumbersome and hard to remember exactly what’s each algarism supposed to mean).
So it’s quite nonsensical to say that calculations performed in base 10 are “downgraded” relative to calculations performed in base 20. The level of mathematical skill required is precisely the same.
To Ian: yes, I could use scare-mongering publishers, but let’s face it — idiots is much funnier… 🙂
And, besides, who buys the stuff those scare-mongering publishers put out?
Exactly. 😀
Thanks for writing this, Ian! As has been said, I can’t believe how many times I get asked about this. Do people actually *want* to live in fear and dread?
I liked the comment above from Jon — yes, the world is pretty fun!
It just shows that with the right (I mean false) information, you can fool some of the people all of the time 🙂
Here’s something mystical (and utterly meaningless) to add: If you multiply the two great Mayan numbers – 13 and 20 – and then add a couple of zeroes, you get 26,000; the number of years of the precession of the Earth’s axis! Wow! What an amazing coincidence!
To be (slightly) more serious, why should the world end because a calendar ends? In any case, why should the calendar end at that point? Why not at 19.19.19.19.19? According to a very quick calculation, that would put the end date at May 2, 4530 and at that point, as everyone knows, you just take an old calendar and start using it again…
I present public talks and workshops for schools on astronomy and space exploration. One of the reasons I do this is to get people excited about science, because that’s what we need to ensure our future, not someone saying “I think *this* will happen” without having any proof.
Ian, Fraser and all you others – keep up the good work!
this ridiculous theory was publicized in the book “Fingerprint of the Gods” makes a good read if you want a laugh.
Well, 2012 seems like a reasonable time for us to have a technological Singularity. And if not then, 2020 to 2025 will do nicely. That 2020 to 2025 period also coincides with around the time that the bulk of the baby boomers will have retired, which makes a pretty good time period for Social Security to collapse.
And maybe those Mayans were on to something with base 13: in radix 13, when you multiply 6 by 9 you get 42.
Note to the humor-challenged: the above was written with my tongue firmly planted in my cheek.
I must admit to being a bit disappointed that claims of Mayans having some sort of advanced or secret knowledge are seeping through in a couple of the comments.
There is no doubt that there were ancient Mayans, along with ancient Babylonians, ancient Egyptians, and other peoples from thousands of years ago that were every bit as intelligent as our brightest today (evolution doesn’t work that quickly) but the were extremely limited by their primitive technology and thus it’s nonsense to say that they “knew about our galaxy” or about the crossing of the galactic plane (which if I recall correctly doesn’t happen in 2012 anyway, even if it can be pinned down to a single year, which I doubt).
Without telescopes (of which there is no evidence they even came close to having) then at best they could have had a lucky or perhaps an informed guess at the nature of the lights in the night sky. Understanding requires knowledge, which requires data. Without even rudimentary technology, they could not collect that data, and so they were stuck at guesswork.
I am willing to give the ancient Mayans their due, but once you start claiming they had scientific or mystical knowledge beyond or close to that which we know today, then you’re back in the same neighborhood inhabited by those doomsday hawkers who are scaring up cash from the gullible.
Please Ian, no more on this. I am planning to ask all the doomsfolk to give me their worldly possessions on say December 20th, 2012. They won’t need them. I on the other hand can use all the help I can get. So please, don’t go on about this nonsense-nonsense, you’re wreaking havoc on my get rich scheme.
Of course, it’s my luck doomsfolk have only crap.
Pavel, what could lumps of ice orbiting tens of millions of miles away possibly do with events here on Earth? It doesn’t matter if they all happened to be in a straight line or forming tetrahedrons, they are tiny bits of rock that nobody, not ever, knew about until they were discovered a few years ago.
Frankly, your comment is all nonsense, including the idea that there were advanced civilizations thousands of years ago. You have no proof, you have no evidence. What you do have is bunk.
Overhead, without any fuss, the stars will go out.
The doomsday in 2038 seems much more probable 🙂
(I hope that link works. Oh well.)
“There is no doubt that there were ancient Mayans, along with ancient Babylonians, ancient Egyptians, and other peoples from thousands of years ago that were every bit as intelligent as our brightest today (evolution doesn’t work that quickly) but the were extremely limited by their primitive technology”
Have you noticed that we cannot build a pyramid such as the Great Pyramid with our modern machines? So how exactly did they cut those big stones and move them? They didn’t use copper tools as some idiot Egyptologist would have you believe, since you can’t cut granite, or even limestone with copper. Plus the surfaces of those stones have absolutely flat surfaces. There’s much evidence that shows they used some sort of high speed tools that left perfectly round holes.
http://www.gizapower.com/Advanced/Advanced%20Machining.html
But we are lead to believe they did all this by hand, and in 20 years, and that it was a tomb, even though no mummies were ever found in a pyramid. Also with todays modern equipment, we couldn’t quarry all that stone and move it, in 20 years.
We need to accept that we don’t know everything, and possibly some of the past civilization might have actually known stuff we don’t.
“You have no proof, you have no evidence.”
Neither do you. One must be able to prove something is false as much as someone has to prove something is true. Like the saying “if it is not forbidden, it is mandatory”
Yeah, 2038 will no doubt be some people’s choice, but it’s still too far into the future for the nuts to fret over (and it doesn’t have that round-number cachet Y2K had!), so we’re due one of two failed dates with doomsday before it’s 2038’s turn. It’ll just have to wait in line behind the others.
More advanced rock cutting by “primitive technology”
http://www.gizapower.com/pma/index.htm
Voodoo, warning. it’s calling, down in limbo…
Oh sorry… Actually, I think we should still stick to the ancient art of augury. Might just be more accurate methinks.
Again, chicken entrails anyone?
Very nicely done article, but I doubt doomsayers and doom-believers have Universe Today in their feeds… (or even the patience/rationality to read this)
I agree with “Think a Minute”. It’s easy to throw stones at speculation. Let’s keep an open mind to possibilities.
As noted, the Mayan calendar tracks the Venus cycle.
The Venus’ retrograde cycle of approx 1 1/2 years takes on interesting significance when viewed over a longer period of time.
For example, over an 8 year period Venus stations retrograde 5 times. Plot those 5 points on a circle and connect the dots in the same retrograde and a Star Pentagram is created. The Pentagram is a pagan symbol whose significance or importance was buried in the Inquisition. What it means in today’s terms is open to debate. Further, at the conclusion of the 8 year cycle, Venus returns to practically the same starting point, plus 1 degree. Accelerate and put into motion this phenomena over a few thousand years, using an astronomy program such as Starry Night Pro, and a very interesting spiraling of the pentagram occurs. Of course, none of this necessarily presages a doomsday scenario, however, other historical factors ought to be noted.
The larger Venus cycle relative to its solar transits covers some 243 years. The 2012 transit represents the last or 5th transit of that long cycle. Interesting to me it occurs in the same year as the end (or what is perceived as the “end) of the Mayan Calendar. 243 years prior to 2008 takes us back to the beginnings of the American and Industrial revolutions. Given the rapid changes we see occurring today in the world of finance, industry and social structures, it is within the realm of possibility that 2012 may signal the end of a long (and rather earth-abusive) cycle of industry and government.
What lies beyond 2012 is pure speculation (the doomsday perspective is a possibly (isn’t anything in this random filled Universe?); nonetheless, too much of a stretch for me). However, if history is a metaphorical guide, a revolutionary time of social and business shifts may be in the offing. Today’s rapid, intense events across the globe in the areas of government and industry may be the early signs of such a shift.
Need an editor option. 🙁
“Plot those 5 points on a circle and connect the dots in the same retrograde and a Star Pentagram is created.” ought to read “Plot those 5 points on a circle and connect the dots in the same retrograde sequence….”
One day in thousands of years time some of our scientific ‘facts’ of today may be regarded as myths.
I’m looking forward to the total eclipes of the sun on 2012 off the coast of Queensland Australia.
Unitil then live everyday like it’s the end of the Mayan callender!
I enjoyed the mathematical aspect of the article yet i don’t understand it’s title…It just confirms that the mayan long cycle calendar ends on december 21st 2012, we know that but what comes after? How can you say no doomsday based on what you wrote? Or how could someone say doomsday based on those calculations. It’s just your unbacked opinion.
I could say for example that maybe the US gov will attack iran by year’s end but i can also say it won’t.
Yet some telltale signs popping up since the beggining of the year may lead some to believe in the first option whilst rationality and common sense would have others believe it would be a disaster (economically, geopolitically etc) so they’d think it’s highly unlikely it would happen.
Both options are credible yet you cannot say which will happen because it’s something that’s out of our hands ; war (and doomsday and religion etc) is out of the realm of scientific and cartesian rationality.
This is mythology, something you cannot prove nor disprove. Kinda like UFOs. 🙂
Nonetheless thanks for the article!
could I ask everyone NOT to call people who believe in this IDIOTS. It might be an irrational belief but it’s far from idiocy. Show some respect people.
Hello Im Dominican American and I feel some kind of connection to these ancient people even though I have no physical lineage to them they are somewhat connected to modern day hispanics so when I hear people putting the calendar down and labeling it as rubbish I just say, I wish you would go back then and say to them and see how fast you would have been scalped….hahahahaah
@ Think a Minute.
It is possible to cut granite with copper. The technique has been replicated. You take a copper saw with no teeth place sand ontop of the granite, then let the quartz crystals do the work for you.
@Think a minute
Some of those images look suspiciously photo shopped?
and those saw cuts look exactly like the result from the copper saw with no teeth and sand.
Just a thought…
If the world ends in 2012, who is going to be around to know that the prophesy happened? Ie. No one after it (I.e. 2013) will be around to talk about it.
Isn’t this why end of the world predictions are so silly?
Interesting alternatives to the end of the world;
1) Does the human race end, when our biology or gene sequence evolves into a new species
2) Does human race end when it dies by catastrophe?
3) No life exists at all on the Earth?
4) When the past has been completely eradicated by history?
(or does it only truly end when we can no longer remember the past?)
5) When the Earth disappears from the firmament?
6) etc.
So really IMO, it makes absolutely no sense unless the actual word “end” is precisely defined.
The world will not end on dec 21 2012 because it will have previously have ended the day before ie 20/12 2012 either that or the earth will split in two. I haven’t made my mind up which.
It was supposed to have ended on 6th June in ’66 but apparantly the devil holds copyright on that one.
But keep those doomsday dates coming guys cos one day one of you is going to be right and then we’all be sorry!
Great article and something to talk about in the pub!
As Richard Bach in his book “Illusions” saiys…
“What a caterpillar calls the end of the World, the master calls a butterfly.”
gosh this doomsday thing has generated so much fuss among the masses even the news channels are goin mad on them….instead of preventing this rumour from creeping up they are actually promoting “theories ” behind it
On the subject of 13 (and why it has significance).
Just a guess – 13 lunar cycles in a year?
Great article by the way.
Confused about the last day. From the example given, wouldn’t the last day before the rollover be 19.19.19.19.19 instead of 13.0.0.0.0? That would be way off in the future.
If enough people fall into the hysteria that the world will end in 2012, then ther could actually be some problems, such as riots, bank raids, etc. A self fulfilling prophecy.
Never under estimate the power of idiots in a mass panic.
ppl are still with dark ages minds
You can’t expect the irrational to buy rational arguments like yours.
Look at the people who went all survivalist over Y2K. Whatever happened to them, anyway?
We have people in high places in our government (and other places) and “in the heartland” who believe the young earth hoax…errr creationism. Hundreds of years of trying to talk sense to these people have gotten us nowhere.
Anyway, thanks for trying. Most of us won’t lose any sleep over this.
Toutatis said
“could I ask everyone NOT to call people who believe in this IDIOTS. It might be an irrational belief but it’s far from idiocy. Show some respect people.”
Couldn’t agree more. EVERY human being at some time or another, big or small, has demonstrated belief in something that is beyond conventional wisdom. To cast every person who subscribes to the belief in a “doomsday calendar” as an IDIOT is in itself a reflection of misguided moral superiority. Unfortunately, we live in an age that casts judgements…what astounds me is that so many who claim to support science (as many do on this page) are the very same who are quick to label others as ‘idiots.’ Let the science speak for itself. Even though the science prevails in the Mayan Calendar inquiry, that does not necessarily mean that there is a corresponding moral conclusion. A deeper inquiry into the moral argument is needed to understand why individuals would place their belief in a doomsday argument. A moral inquiry is IN ADDITION to a scientific inquiry (and, I might add, beyond the scope of a webpage that claims to be devoted to astronomy). If we use the train of thought that many have on this comment feed, then we might as well cast judgement on everyone with different beliefs than us.
Isn’t that what religious fundamentalists are doing???
I’m an idiot, and have know it for years.
My limitations are basically based on processing power and experience. However, my abilities (or lack therein) is not based on intuition nor dogma – but on the scientific method and evidence .
While the Mayan calendar is remarkable and complex, the failure of its presumed “end” was based on their own knowledge and the experience of having; life, ascension into the world, followed by death. If human and all living organisms follow this precept, then the Universe (and Earth) are likely to have evolution – beginning and end.
Therefore, then being an “idiot” is probably not based on stupidity but just ignorance of the facts.
Note: The evolution and concepts regarding Society and existentialism, it is best to read the philosophy from the (mostly his later works, political) intellect of Jean-Paul Sartre (1905-1980) – especially the essay ; The Transcendence of the Ego
I.e. His brilliant thought; “Existence precedes essence.”
and
“Man first of all exists, encounters himself, surges up in the world – and defines himself afterwards.”
As such considering the end of the world means we are probably ALL idiots.
The idea of a pole shift destroying the Earth always makes me chuckle. The magnetic poles shift all the time, and as far as I know, Earth hasn’t been destroyed by it yet. (I could be wrong though, does anyone have any proof that Earth hasn’t been destroyed yet? :p)
Surprisingly, not one respondant mentioned that the Mayans were quite incapable of “predicting” their own civilization’s collapse and preventing it from happening.
s0l Says::
This is mythology, something you cannot prove nor disprove.
Except that it’s not Mayan mythology, but some Western-invented doomsday scenario to explain what even native Mayans can no longer explain. We don’t know why the calendar ends (or begins, for that matter) on the date(s) that it does. If there ever was some mythological significance to the date(s), that information has apparently not been transmitted to the descendents [sic] of the hieroglyph bearers.
We just have to grow up and accept that there are some things we just don’t know and will never.
I think this is all myth junk and the people who follow it have no life.
THE MOST IMPORTANT THINK TO WORRY ABOUT RIGHT NOW IS GLOBAL WARMING AND MOST IMPORTANT “PEAK OIL”
Dave,
Moral judgements aside…you’re sounding a bit like an idiot.
Chet, from my school books it says the Mayans did predict their downfall and did little to prevent it due to that.
No one knows for sure though.
Toutatis types,
Believing in something unproven and frankly, ridiculous, makes one an idiot. Having an open mind to the possibility sounds like an excuse to be an idiot. Believe in what is real, or likely, or desperately wanted. Doomsday is none of those. No civilization, now or ever, has had more information available to them than that of today. Make use of it. So should everyone else BEFORE deciding what they believe in.
I will talk to you in 2013…probably ANOTHER end of the world date.
The Mayans were too short sighted to count to 19.19.19.19.19
Just to take note the Mayan Calendar started to records events from the big bang and not from 250-900 AD when it was made, they say to model there calender from info given to them from Gods.
As Mayans the second human civilization after the Samerians which were also very prophetic ,how could you possibly know whats going to happen in the future! They had Something to see pluto know it was there and get the color correct where modern man today only discovered pluto in February 1930.
Either that had a sweeet telescope or they were informed. I do agree though that 2012 is not a doomsday but an enlightenment event.
Er, no. It’s calling a spade a spade.
Yes, we all believe irrational things from time to time, but then, that’s because we’re all idiots from time to time. I don’t claim some higher moral righteousness because I can recognize the nonsense Pavel and others are saying is utter drivel (assuming they are actually serious and not just trolling — so hard to tell these days).
Should I respect the opinion of someone who claims that tiny leprechauns are responsible for all the mislaid pens and pencils that go missing every day? I don’t think so, and claims that tiny lumps of rock hundreds of millions of miles away that can barely be seen by the largest telescopes today exert an influence that can affect things here on Earth are equally nutty and foolish. Astrology is bunk and has been proven to be over and over again. End of story.
Hector, speaking of myths…
The real interesting question here is , do people who lable other people as “Idiots” or “Arrogant” or whatever , really have a problem within themselves?
Is it a form of chauvenism perhaps ? or Ego ? or are do they just feel threatened ?
Why did Archie Bunker specialize in this type behavior ?
We would have to do a statistical study on the history of all concerned including age , IQ, mental health background investigation etc. in order to even take an educated guess as to really understand where they are coming from.
Everything we read is open to question because of our limited brain power .
The book “Forbidden Archeology” is interesting but how do I know it is true unless I really research it ?
Yet its basic concept seems to have merit .
Many dates regarding ancient history and the start and disappearance of civilizations or first humans etc are open to question and seem to be pushed further and further back in time by the newer generations of scientists because new stuff is dug up.
Also , other than mathematics and the hard sciences nothing is written in granite and an absolute so it too is a guess.
If you haven’t read that book … “F.A.” it gives examples of young experts in the archeology fields having to be politically correct or their careers might be shortened considerably by the established cliques of powerful leaders in that field. For that reason , it claims that all new major new discoveries occur every 80 years or so which is the life span of the older gurus in the field .
It mentions a young couple who dug up evidence and published that an early American culture thought to have originated 12,000 B.C. were actually in existence as early as 30,000 B.C. and so their careers became jeopardized and they were shunned and not invited to meetings by their peers , and may have even been labeled “IDIOTS” .
But , archeology just like the history we read about is not a hard Science and is subject not only to guess work but maybe even extreme peer pressure to conform to the prior publications of leaders of their group. The book F.A. mentions many anomalies, such as finding gold necklaces and such embedded in granite and lumps of coal.
Now are the authors of that book “Forbidden Archeology ” to be labeled “IDIOTS” and if so why ? Either
A. the labeler has done extensive research and found counter examples or….
B. that labeler is acting like a name calling child. or ..
C. That labeler has a deep seeded problem within him or herself and is insecure or …
D. that labeler is really a guru in his field and feels threatened.
By the way a recent article in Science maintains that the disappearance of the Clovis civilization around 12,900 B.C. coincides with new evidence of a meteor exploding over Canada around that date and so it may have been a mass extinction event and not due to the accepted other previous causes given by the gurus in the field.
The new Hard Evidence is written in granite .
That is what I like about Mathematics and the Hard Sciences, the gurus in those fields , when shown the proof accept it , though maybe grudgeingly. So no one is called an “Idiot” IN THE HARD SCIENCES . aLL THE OTHER FIELDS ARE JUST GUESS WORK anyway and so no one is an “Idiot”
However I do remember one case in an “Honors– Pass — Fail” graduate level course in Complex Variables based on Toploogy , where the homework problems and the exams determine your grade. One student stated that he could not do a particular homework problem and asked for the solution from the Professor who said
“My job is to assign the problems and your job is to do the problems without assistance … but maybe someone else in the class would like to come to the blackboard and demonstrate the proof ”
Someone got up and proceeded with the proof and began writing … after several minutes the Professor interrupted and said that is not a proof , you are merely working towards an example……Please sit down…you remind me of a small boy whose Mother sends him to the store to get the groceries and all he comes back with is a lollypop”
Now is this the same as calling him an “IDIOT” ?….
No , because he is really merely calling him “Immature in the field of Complex Variables within Mathematics at that point in time ” !
Has anybody read “Forbidden Archeology ” ?
if so , what do you think about that book say as compared to “Fingerprints of the Gods” or the “Old Testament in the Bible ” or
“Stonehenge” or the “Dead Sea Scrolls” or some of Zecharia Sitchins books like “Stairway to Heaven” which are speculation or at least have possibly been open to speculation , translation etc.
Another interesting paper is “A late awaking to Godel in Physics ” By Stanley L. Jacki where he gives a critic of the dogmatisim prevelant in the field of Physics.
I think that paper gives a hint , if not a proof that the only really Hard Science may be Mathematics itelf.
So no one is really an “IDIOT” other than an idiot.
Karl Friedrich Gauss was an applied Mathematician and contributed to the sub fields of celestial mechanics ,theoretical mechanics, physics , astronomy , theory of vibrations, numerical analysis ….
He along with Isaac Newton and Archimedes were once considered by many to be the top three Mathematicians who ever lived . Now I don’t know, but Kurt Godel is considered by some to be the greatest maybe at least in the 20th century.
Since Godel , many so called hard subjects are on shaky foundations and definitely not embedded in concrete so are probably mere speculation including prophecies which are by their own nature open to question but not to ridicule .
Seymour
Post to hopefully eliminate email address.
Perhaps I’m just asking for trouble, but what a bunch of arrogant people those of you must be who definitively spout that the world will not end in 2012. However unlikely, you’d have to be omniscient to make such a solid statement. Last I checked, the only omniscient one is God.
To Hector:
Is “global warming” a reality? Yes. We are able to observe it’s effects. Are we the cause? Maybe a small part. Can we actually stop or even slow it down? You might as well ask an ant to turn off an oven once it’s inside.
To Laurie Mann:
The “hoax” of creationism is no more a “hoax” than the theory of evolution. Do you realize that Charles Darwin was a bishop? He wrote 6 different theses on evolution and that it is only his second one that the scientific community has latched onto. Also, It is a proven fact that all creatures do adapt, therefore “evolve” of a course of time, but nowhere and at no time has it ever been documented that one species has “evolved” into another.
To Ed Minchau:
Thanks for the Douglas Adams quote! 42!
I’m sorry, I meant “reference” – Douglas Adams “reference”
why do you stop counting at 13.0.0.0.0 or 20.0.0.0.0 why would the progression not simply go on from there to 13.13.13.13.13 or 20.20.20.20.20? I can’t even comprehend the dates for those numbers.
I agree with this set of statements:
“243 years prior to 2008 takes us back to the beginnings of the American and Industrial revolutions. Given the rapid changes we see occurring today in the world of finance, industry and social structures, it is within the realm of possibility that 2012 may signal the end of a long (and rather earth-abusive) cycle of industry and government.
What lies beyond 2012 is pure speculation (the doomsday perspective is a possibly (isn’t anything in this random filled Universe?); nonetheless, too much of a stretch for me). However, if history is a metaphorical guide, a revolutionary time of social and business shifts may be in the offing. Today’s rapid, intense events across the globe in the areas of government and industry may be the early signs of such a shift.”
It makes alot of sense to me. I honestly believe that if we can’t get away from oil on our own, the price of oil will help us. I foresee a chaotic beginning to life without oil and after a while, things will regulate. But be assured, things are going to get pretty interesting in the next couple of years – and I really do mean 2 years. If we can miraculously find ways to alter our current technology to run on alternative fuels in that time period, then maybe it won’t be as bad.
I’m prepared for anything, as inconvenient and disturbing a thought it might be. Don’t think that the brown stuff won’t hit the fan because it most likely will.
ENB:
Totally agree with you
Bedrock, if there was an infinite amount of time and an infinite amount of resources available then I suspect everything, no matter how crazy sounding, would be a candidate for serious research. However, time and resources are limited, especially in science where funding is always an issue.
For example. It’s remotely possible that the “Face on Mars” is an alien artifact as some people claim, but the odds of them being correct are astronomical, and the more mundane explanation that the face is nothing more than a combination of an eroded mesa and an overactive imagination is almost certainly true.
Therefore it is entirely reasonable for NASA to decline to spend billions of dollars sending a probe (or manned expedition) to Cydonia to investigate that region on Mars for alien artifacts. The true believers cry foul anyway, claiming that NASA is simply covering up the truth, even though they only have an infinitesimal chance of being right.
Forbidden archeology falls into the same realm. One of these extraordinary claims could be correct, but without extraordinary evidence (which has never been presented) then it would be foolish for archaeologists to go chasing after every claim made by someone interested in selling a book.
You quote examples of how people have been proven wrong before. Well, yes, but never anywhere near to the degree they would have to be wrong if FA was proven correct. Pushing back the dawn of a culture or civilization several hundred years (or thousands in primitive cases) is nowhere near the same as claiming that an ancient high-tech culture has been overlooked all these years.
You also have to remember that the whole field of FA is ridden with hoaxes and scams, and it doesn’t help that people like Sitchen are credulous to the point that they will believe just about anything that will help sell more of his books.
As for Godel, I don’t know anything about him, but Isaac Newton, one of the all time greats, was obsessed with alchemy for much of his life, believing that there was merit to it. Does that mean we should treat the claims of alchemists seriously, even though they haven’t a shred of evidence to show us? Even the greats can be badly fooled.
Wesley, all you have done is prove you need to read up about Charles Darwin since you seem to know nothing about him at all.
Darwin was never a clergyman of any kind, let alone a bishop, and he didn’t write six alternative these on evolution.
Hint — try using a reliable source for a change instead of those junk creationist web sites. Then perhaps you will be less woefully wrong next time.
Oops – “theses” not “these”
This was research that a close friend of mine wrote her thesis on. Don’t be so quick to judge.
However, I do recant my ignorance laden statement that he was a bishop.
This is a poorly researched article. First of all the mayans were given the advanced knowledge of astronomy and mathematics from their ancestors thousands of years before them. Plus the author FAILS to mention the precession of the equinoxes and the significant planetary and galactic alignments that will occur on that date. this only happens every 26,000 years, so I’d say it is pretty important. this subject is so much more incredibly complex and it is ridiculous to assume a blogger has unlocked the mysteries of this super advanced civilization.
The thing is, there is no actual evidence that the Mayans predicted the end of the world. The calender just ends.
Some people have simply jumped to the conclusion that the world will end, and are looking to evidence to “prove” what they already believe. In some cases, the “evidence” itself is poor or is another doomsday/conspiracy theory itself. (Magnetic pole shifts, UFO’s Planet X, global warming, taxes, cats and dogs living together peacefully, etc.)
It’s bad science.
If the Mayans had a text that said “The World will end on X date” then there would at least be a foundation for this myth. No such text exists.
Wesley, kudos for admitting an mistake :).
As for alternative theses — you make it sound as though Darwin wrote six competing theories of evolution and then waited to see which one of them stuck.
Anyone who has read Darwin’s biography knows that this is a gross misrepresentation of his work. I do not doubt that he developed his theory of natural selection over time and changed his mind more than once on the way, but that’s how science works. He also got some of the details wrong (understandably, since he was working in a brand new field of discovery) but his theory has stood the test of time to a remarkable degree nonetheless.
I will be interested to see if you could come up with these alternative theories you believe Darwin to have written. My guess is that you can’t.
rougeweapons, “were given the advanced knowledge of astronomy and math from their ancestors”. what the heck is this based on?? so youre saying that just because they were given knowledge they know when the world will end? i dont know how you can make a jump like that. another jump, equinoxes and planetary alignments. yup, that means earth is done for. cause when i line up my baseball, basketball, football, soccer ball, tennis ball, volleyball, and beach ball, they are instantly destroyed. rubbish. nothing is going to end anytime soon. so get on with it. next.
A very interesting read, and a very interesting array of comments, too.
It has thoroughly invigorated my firm belief that, at the current rate of chipping away at ignorance, our minds all will arrive in the 21st century by – just guessing – the year 2500 ? 😉
Folks, it’s a calendar. An arbitrary definition of a measurement of time, based on the observed orbital speed of planets at an arbitrary moment in time. There’s no predictive value in it. Zip. Nada. Zilch.
You claim to know different? Well … show your data, or it didn’t happen. End of story.
Sigh.
alex, the simple truth is that 2012 will be just like any other year. There is as much chance of the world ending in 2012 as there is in 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, and so on.
There is *no* extra significance to the year 2012 concerning the end of the world– NONE AT ALL!
So, there is no need to spend another second worrying about. You may face plenty of challenges and dangers in your life, but none of them will have anything to do with the Mayan calendar, galactic alignments or claims of apocalyptic doom. Those are all complete and utter bunk!
The odds are you will live a long and healthy life well into the 2050s and possibly beyond. Just be careful when your driving your car — driving as a teenager is probably the greatest risk to your life and health in the next four years!
LLDIAZ, the calendar isn’t rubbish — just the bizarre theories some modern day people want to claim about it. And, yes, I am sure that the Mayans would be amazed by the silliness of it all.
“The odds are you will live a long and healthy life well into the 2050s and possibly beyond. Just be careful when your driving your car — driving as a teenager is probably the greatest risk to your life and health in the next four years!”
>Sure, should you have a job where you make a few hundred thousand dollars a year and can afford gas in a couple years.
gotta admit, this more ‘fun’ than science and rational discourse.
Eric, let’s not get too overwrought. The life expectancy of even the lowest income groups in America is over 65, and for the average American it’s in the late 70s. I doubt the average American has a job paying hundreds of thousands of dollars 🙂
Oh yeah? Even with upcoming food shortages and the decreasing amount of charitable donations? Let’s not get too wrapped up in the “life expectancy” debate when sustaining society itself will be a huge problem.
This whole discussion about the Mayan Prophecy being founded on hot air can lead nowhere and it is irrelevant . You can’t possibly have the Mayan’s complete database at your disposal since some of it may still be underground , stolen by the Spanish ,missing …, so how can you judge its validity.
At this point this whole debate is like ” A tale told by an Idiot (or bunch of idiots) signifying nothing”
Let he who is without sin , cast the first label.
The Mayans never said directly “The world is coming to an end in 2012 ” and just maybe , they were too busy dealing with more urgent matters and so their calendar was incomplete.
The mayans most probably had a connection with other cultures including that from India, Pakistan and the Olmecs who some think had ties with Africa. A professor Villanueva from the Yucatan peninsula specifies congruent architecture including the design of the Corbelled Mayan Arch used by the Mayans that was similar to that designed in Polynesia and which is also found extensively in India, Pakistan and Southeast Asia. He mentions also , a legend of the Naiki tribe of the island of Hiba Ola in Polynesia who constructed an enormous ship and put to sea arriving in America near the Yucatan . There are obvious ties with Japan and other Asian countries as well and much earlir migrations from these far off lands as with reference to studies there as well. This is discussed also by Dr. Gualberta Zapata Alonzo from Merida in the Yucatan peninsula as well as much research concerning the Mayan Calender . The Spanish under Columbus never reached the Yucatan until Geronimo de Aguilar and Gonzalo de Guerrero and others crashed on the rocks and came ashore by life boat in 1511 .They were taken prisoner by hostile canibals , fattened up and eaten except for the two aformentioned who escaped and ended up with the Mayans and even were somewhat assimilated by the culture. Guerrero married a Mayan Princess . Later Aguillar , who had attained a high rank went to Cozumel and met up with Cortes and thus gained his freedom from the Mayans.
Much of the technical knowledge of the Mayans including mathematics , astronomy and their calendar was probably partly assimilated from Polyenesians and before that Indian , Pakistan and possibly Olmec cultures at the dawn of their entrance into the Yucatan so the complete knowledge they attained is unknown. One must be truly arrogant to assume they know everything about this Mayan culture or its foundations , much of which has been lost.
Super civilizations may have existed eons ago and left no recognizable trace as yet .
Many of us profess to be scientists but are more likely , pseudo scientists when we claim to know what is possible and what is impossible regarding the past or the future and , as far as I am concerned . the Mayan’s may have been smarter than most of us today especially those of us who exhibit such large egos.
Many scientists were enchanted by the lure of enormous wealth to be attained by Alchchemy just as todays outlandish ideas like space elevators, single stage to orbit vehicles , time travel , antigravity and lasar powered space craft are considered. Those narrow minded ones who walk the tight rope of conservative thinking never make any major breakthroughs. Its only those with open minds who make the finals and all the runners up are just mediocre as far as history is concerned.
Look at all the naysayers and what they accomplished.
Remember to evaluate the potential expected value of the sucess along with the expense of the effort before you decide for sure its a waste of time. What if that Face on Mars had really been there , the expense of a second look would have been a no brainer to historians in that case.
Do you really understand physics and chemistry that well that you are completely sure that Alchemistry is impossible. Would you stake your life on it or all your wealth on it.
As a trial lawyer once said you must not convict if you are not sure beyond a reasonable doubt that the person is guilty. And so you must be so sure like you would if the decision was personal and as important as for example getting married or buying your house or risking it all .
If you didn’t know about radar and such and someone had told you there was a blind creature that flew in caves and tracked and ran down insects at random would you think and say it was impossible and invest your entire savings for that choice ?
Just how sure are you that ghosts don’t exist and esp . Are you even sure that all the senses possible to all creatures have been discovered. That would be the senses of smell, hearing, infrared detection, light and sight and detection devices of all the known spectrum and anything else.
What about dark matter and dark energy which were sort of postulated to explain missing matter and the acceleration of the galaxys ?
Do you really think your brain is powerful enough to decide what is possible and what is impossible? Humans learn much by observation of other species and their unique senses so we must copy nature to try to understand it .Therefore our brain power is lacking and too weak and so we can’t ever percieve the “Mind of God ” completely. This is what Kurt Godel proved in his incompleteness theorem about number theorems in Mathematics.
Recently, the paper “A late awakening to Godel in Physics” by Jacki correlates this idea to physics as well. This concept relates to computer science theories as well.
Maybe they will find evidence of a lost super civilization some day .I would not bet my life against it.
Seymour
There will be NO jobs if things continue on their current track – white collar or blue collar. You think with oil on the rise that the average joe will be able to buy gas to get to work? That’s why I’m saying that society is going to collapse directly because of oil’s price and increasing demand overseas.
When my calendar ends I just take it off the wall and throw it away (Recycle it these days). Then I buy a new one.
The end of anybodys world is when their brain stops functioning and they die.
Philisophically we have walking dead already.
Nobody can predict the future. Hunches, gut feelings, fear, predictions… it does not mean it is going to happen.
For those that just look for something to “guide your life”, decipher these numbers:
9682732643468
Tacitus:
Given a couple of days, let me ask my friend and I’m sure that I could give you a much more detailed response.
We should all be willing to admit a mistake when we’ve made one, otherwise we make ourselves to be fools.
Everyone thought the world would end on 6/6/06.
Why? Because it is straight 6’s! OH NO!
Religious superstitions, fear, and uncertainty drive these rumors.
Is the world over now? No. Will it be someday? Yes.
Will it be in 2012? We will see. Answers point to no.
I heard about this “2012 thing” before, but merely brushed it off as utter foolishness.
My theory? They just simply ran out of time making another calendar? 😉
Jokes aside, I’m glad you wrote this up, as I can now point people towards this instead of spending too much time on Google debunking myths.
Well, I use Hindu calendar, so the universe will end in 300 TRILLION years from now. Good luck to everyone!!!
Bedrock, congratulations on touching just about every justification for pseudoscience (at the expense of real science) I have come across.
I can’t even begin to tackle everything in your post, it would take far too long, but you are making one big mistake. Just because something is not impossible, doesn’t make it a certainty or probable. You are constructing a worldwide network of ancient civilizations based upon the single notion that people have noticed a few architectural similarities between cultures. That’s going way way way further than the available evidence will take you, but it is a hallmark sign of pseudoscientific thinking (and it certainly sells a lot of books!).
I agree that there are many wonders left to be uncovered, but it will be pursuit of rigorous scientific endeavor that will be responsible for finding them, not the parasitic community of pseudoscientists who do nothing but feed off the information real scientists produced though long years of toil and effort. People like Stichin and Hoagland are nothing more than fabulists who spin tales for the credulous and have found that they can make good money doing it.
Comparing them with real scientists is an insult to everyone working in the scientific community, from the Nobel Prize winners down to the lowliest lab assistant and general dogsbody.
Peter K, right back at ya.
My personal philosophy is that this date will be the day time travel is invented, and with that, time as we know it will be irrelevant.
Al parecer, el mundo va a terminar el 21 de diciembre de 2012. SÃ, leyeron correctamente, porque de alguna manera, en forma o aspecto la Tierra (o por lo menos una gran parte de los seres humanos) dejará de existir. Dejen de hacer planes de estudios, no se molesten en comprar una casa y asegúrense de pasar los últimos años de su vida haciendo lo que siempre quisieron hacer pero que nunca encontraron el tiempo. Ahora tienen el tiempo, cuatro años, para disfrutar antes… del fin. […] Fuente: Ian O’Neill para Universe Today.
Well, since everyone is weighing in on this one, I guess maybe there would be something to the fact that our solar system is set to pass through the galactic plane around the same time, and the increased gamma radiation from the virgo cluster when that occurs (another one of your recent reports) coupled with our global warming problem, and bee disappearance might do the trick???????
Well, if it’s an episode of Doctor Who, perhaps.
🙂
The fact that many believe this is going to happen is probably the funniest thing since area 51…
No there are no aliens in area51…just test aircraft that you aren’t allowed to know about…
It is funny how something like the mayan calendar gets twisted into absurd ideas…with a bunch of cook authors jumping on the bandwagon to make a quick buck before we get to December 22nd 2012. lol…
Yeah a meteor is a real threat that is a possibility. We really can’t monitor everything in space around us. But as for predictions…predictions are like @$$holes everyone has one hehe…
This is nitpicking, but there are only 18 winals in one tun. Each should read 13.20.20.18.20 in their highest place holders, with 13.0.0.0.0 being the winter solstice of 2012. Curiously enough, the calendar doesn’t necessarily stop after the bak’tun cycle. There are piktuns, kalabtuns, kinchiltuns and alawtuns, each with their own 20 count cycle leaving room for 64 million years of dating by Maya standards.
Fascinating stuff… I did my research paper for my Maya history class on 2012. Don’t forget about the sunspot cycle, though, it’s perhaps the only event with any scientific backing hypothesized to be happening in 2012.
I didn’t bother to read all 104 responses, but I have a simple question: why isn’t 20.0.0.0.1 the end of the Long Count, instead of 13.0.0.0.1? After all, the other numbers go up to 20.
Uh, folks, the world ended last Tuesday. What are you still doing here?
As for the galactic plane, which keeps popping up: you missed your flight, and the next one won’t be for another 18,000 years (several Long Counts away).
Ta tuts’in! (Tzeltal for “See you later!”)
Quite a read!
To simply put, all that has a beginning must come to an end.
No matter what celestial even will transpire, we cannot stop it. So, live your life and spread love and good will.
wut i think is that nobody could actually predict when doomsday comes i mean come on there were other dates that they accused of being the end of the world and it never happened
i believe that global warming is gonna end the world for a while not like earth will be blown into pieces mayb like another ice age in a thousand years
and when they say man made, it doesnt really have to mean nukes because nobody in the world has the balls to shoot their nukes they learned their lesson when america nuked my country(japan)
so like i tell my other friends dont wrry nothing’s going to happen and all imma be doing is either watch the football game and watch the cowboys kill the teams, or hang out with my friend that has his b-day on that day and get wasted hahaha
First off, I hardly ever respond to articles, but this one I feel is important for people to understand where this author has made mistakes.
First off, anyone who says that the ‘calendar ends in 2012’ has simply not studied the calendar enough. Look at the facts, the mayan have dates inscribed that are trillions of years long. So it is wrong for anyone to say the calandar ends, because it does not.
Time in the mayan ‘religion’ is that which can be infinitely divisible, so that means basically time and religion are one and the same in the traditional mayan religion. Something that is interesting about the mayan concept of time is that, a ‘second’ can keep being divided into smaller time infinitely, and the same is true for large amounts of time like the short count.
Its also wrong to discount the number of cycles and length of cycles used by the shamen. To this day, there are shamen who use literally THOUSANDS of cycles.
Anyone who is interested in this subject should read “time and reality in the view of the maya”.
Thanks all.
To Max,
I as well had to do some research on the matter as soon as I started hearing the “end of the world” garbage spilling out of peoples mouths. The sunspot cycle is the only significant thing I can see happening in 2012. However it could be a weak cycle and not even go noticed. The Earths weakening magnetic field could also add to any “punch” from a solar flare.
As to all the name calling and bashing going on; just let the people who are scared stay scared. When everyone was still alive on 1/1/00, theses same people started looking for a new end of the world date. I remember even hearing someone said something about that they were wrong because there was no year 0, therefore the end was going to happen on 1/1/01…AHHHH everyone hurry up and buy tons of canned food and build a bomb shelter. And when that failed to be true they had to come up with another date. Mayan calander will be the answer ehh?
The worlds not going to end in 2012. And when it doesnt, theyll have to create another date for the end of the world.
I want to play along. Just to be the devil’s advocate… the end of inexpensive or peak oil has been predicted since the early 1920s… to occur between 2012 and 2015. Not that oil will be gone, but the inexpensive oil will not to be had. The only ‘REAL” source of flowing oil (if we cannot mine Alaska and Canada’s oil shale or turn the U.S.s abundant coal mines into oil) will be in the heart of the OPEC nations. To be able to survive we must secure our energy…hence…WAR! So it is possible that the end of what we know of our world (not life or such, but as we know it today) could end in that brief slice of time.
Just thought for the fodder. LOL.
-Chris
Did I come late to the party ;-(
OK…to reignite it. The WORLD IS GOING TO END and your all idiots. Of course that includes me.
HEHEHHEHEHE.
I’m sure the Myans would have just gone 1.0.0.0.0.1 the day after 19.19.19.19.19.. it’s very obvious that the reason they didn’t use 6 in the first place was that they didn’t have counting years over 400 in mind, exactly the same way that this year is 2008 not 02008.
My calendar end 31 Dec 2008. I will jump off a building before that happens! End of the world!
chris
thats y theyre making energy out of nuclear fuel and now theyre making water-powered cars
theyre making that because they want to stop using fossil fuel or oil because everybody in the world knos that we’re sucking it all up. we have the technology to make water-powered cars and nuclear fuel we have it, but we’re just taking our time, and when we do, we’ll share it to the world.
japan already has water-powered cars, they already use nuclear fuel, they stopped using oil a long time ago after their own recession. america is trying to use nuclear fuel for power, theyre even giving it to the middle east and other countries that really needs it like north korea.
so there’s not going to be a war over oil because thats just stupid since the technology we have today r so advanced that we dont need oil.
the world will end not on Dec 21, but when/if McCain gets sworn in as president.
sorry for political humour, anyone running is better than the yeawho we have calling the shots now.
It’s a little late on, but to “Think a Minute”
The reason that we “can’t” build the great pyramids with our modern technology isn’t a “means” issue, it’s a “will” issue.
Masses of slaves/devoted believers willing to work for years on end with minimal pay are hard to come by these days.
As for perfectly smooth and flat surfaces, it’s called a water level. (Dig a little trench grid, pour some water in, mark the water level, and viola, you too can level a large surface to near machine tolerances)
Go to Viewzone.com and read up on this.
READ both articles. Different “view”
And another thing, some people keep writing about equinoxes and planetary alignment.
Planetary alignment causes jack-squat.
Of the four fundamental forces (Electromagnetic, strong and weak nuclear, and gravitation) gravity is the weakest. Albiet gravity and electromagnetism have an infinite range.
Think about it this way, the entire mass of the universe is currently exhibiting gravitational pull on you. Do you really think that a handful of planets in one particular order is going to change things?
There is much discussion within this area of the cited topic. I think all disciplines need to realize that the Mayans were excellent in math. They saw patterns in nature and expressed it with numbers and art. This became a sacred way of life. Nothing in life was ever done without sacredness. We’ve lost that today, therefore, we can’t see the true meaning of their intent. Perhaps that is why we have so many environmental concerns of today.
As far as “Doomsday”, the knowledge may have been merely used for predicting cycles. Remember that nature involves cycles. If you knew a specific cycle, you became “holy” in the Mayan world. It gave you power (an abused endowment upon humans even today). Sacred knowledge was yours and carefully guarded. If you could predict when a sacred area should be moved in order to save its people from famine or drought, you were thought to be one of the holy ones.
Do we call our well trained scientists of today “holy” because they attempt to predict weather patterns or climatic cycles? NO. We call them scientists with enough evidence to produce a theory. Will that theory occur? We must use the scientific method and time to see if the “scientists” were correct. The theory changes with variables and additional knowledge. Therefore, a plausible theory of our scientists 5 years ago, may seem “ridicuous” as of today.
Why do we scoff at ancient scientists who labored to give us a detailed account of their studies? Are we so brillant today that we possess all knowledge? Do we think we have comprehensive “knowledge” and “power”?
A wise person once told me that we must remember and understand the past or else we are “doomed” to repeat the mistakes of our past over and over again. (I don’t think the great Mayan cities exist today.) Perhaps we should heed the lessons of the past to prevent a cycle that may be considered “doomsday” for some people on earth. I need only to cite the present day economic situation in the United States and the water shortages in some areas for us to remember that wetoo easily forget our lessons of the past . We often repeat our mistakes. I don’t consider that to be extremely brillant.
If you study some of the Archaeo-Astronomy research of the southwest, you will find that many astronomers, physicists, climatologists and archaeologists are identifying more scientific data that may relate to various cycles of the Mayans. Could the calendar be tracking certain cycles that led to certain climatic changes? That is an unknown, but geologic record indicates that cycles are evident.
Is it possible that the Mayans did not predict accurately and produced a “Doomsday” of their own? Did their “assumed” brillance lead them to a path of destruction? Is there a lesson to be learned from their past culture and their own personal arrogance of the past? Could it be compared to our culture of today?
Sacred thinking is still evident in the southwestern Native American cultures of today . These cultures were influenced by the Mayans many years ago. There is still secret “sacredness” among those who possess specific knowledge. Those who possess this knowledge are still considered in awe. Rarely is it told to “outsiders”. However, if one studies the stories, it closely corresponds to specific environmental cycles that are present today.
Perhaps with further scientific study of Earth’s cycles and ancient historical records by a combined group of scientists from various disciplines patterns will again be understood and cycles will be understood.
There are too many variables to be able to predict an exact “Doomsday”, but perhaps there are not too many variables within the past and present cycles of earth to predict how humans will need to survive in an environmentally challenged eco-system of earth in today’s society.
Ugh, there is no Mayan Prophecy that says the world will end in 2012, or that there will be cataclysm or an apocalypse or anything. It’s just where the last grand cycle ends and a new phase begins. The Mayan Calendar supposedly is more of a consciousness calendar, mapping the evolution of consciousness from single celled organisms to monkeys to nations to the industrial revolution to the internet boom to whatever is next.
The guiding force behind the final cycle is ETHICS (as opposed to power in the previous), and perhaps that’s what we will see if people get off their asses, stop caring about American Idol and start caring about global starvation, greed-fueled financial collapse and ecosystem destruction.
Calling people idiots when you act on uninformed assumptions makes you look stupid. Granted, there are doomsday idiots – but you’re smart enough not to listen to them, right?
Its 5200 260 day years per age (13 baktuns). According to the sunstone calendar and the Popul Vuh, the mayans also believed in 5 ages to their greatest cycle, this present cycle being the last of five.
On 21/12/2012 it is the completion of the 5th age, that is a (slightly less than) 26000 year cycle.
They believe a period of enlightenment comes next.
Im just reporting that it is infact the end of a 26000 year cycle rather than just 5195 years.
tacitus, if you want to know who, what, and when , look it up. I’ve done my homework, I’m not your teacher. do some research before shooting off your mouth. and “greg your last name ” I never said the world is going to end in 2012. i did say a once in 26,000 year alignment occurs in 2012. The mayans knew about the universe while we were discovering the world was round. It looks like people today still don’t understand the significance of this. Its obvious by the narrow sighted and small minded comments here.
Filed under “things as silly as Scientology”
Calm down guys. It’s only the end of the world – which comes to us all one day so it not as if its unusual. Right now there are 40,000 bodies lying under rubble in china and 100,000 bodies floating around the Irrawaddy delta. People who live in disaster prone areas like that don’t go around worrying that the world will end they just get on with their lives and so should we all and make best use of the time we’ve got.
I believe that this date will be a end of the old thinking pattens of humans and the identifying of thinking as being. Death of the EGO.
This will be the start of humans awakening to the realization that they are not their thinking mind, but the consciousness, that is aware of the thinking mind.
2012 could also be the time when there is a Global shift in human consciousness due to the increasing number of people out there that are becoming more spiritually alive and aware.
Either way, with each ending there is a new beginning.
Perhaps 2012 is when England wins the Euro cup. There is more chance of the world ending before that happens…lol
Mayans predicted an age of enlightenment
Need i say more, thats what we should be looking towards not doom. The big Alarm clock, its time to wake up ( S… i just remmerbered, this is my family and this is my home) one vision one goal (queen)
Did I miss something, am I nuts, or does this article forget to do something? Like, um, contribute any support for its thesis? It gives some interesting information about the Mayan calendar, says something about an age of enlightenment but provides no references, says none of the predicted disasters are likely but gosh, there’s no time to tell us why, and then says the Long Count is supposed to by cyclical but doesn’t cite references for that, either. Even the article he links to at the end just provides no better references than “some Mayan archaeo-astronomers reckon!”
Personally, I don’t think anything unusual is going to happen on 12/21/12 — except for anything wonderful that we choose to make happen, with the Mayan calendar as a convenient symbol and rallying point. I’ve got no personal investment in apocalypse and I’m not Aquarian. I just really hate sloppy rationalists, for approximately the same reason I hate bloodthirsty Christians.
Yeah there only building “doomsday seed vaults” for the hell of it. Im sure bill gates and the Rockefeller’s have billions of dollars to waste on a unneeded underground city.
doomsday can come by other means, such as war, virus…etc The earth will not get hit by a comet.
WWIII will be in the year following 2012 and thats why the mayan predicted that humans will be widely killed after the year 2012.
Good article – however as usual one thing is missing. Assumptions are all made that the Mayan calendar is the only thing there is to work with, that ALL the concern over something happening in 2012 is based on one long count cycle ending/beginning at that time.
Well I’m sorry but that’s incorrect.
There is an ancient TRADITION, (one of many) carried down through time by living human beings. THE MAYANS THEMSELVES. They are not extinct!
Now granted, they don’t speak a whole bunch – especially to “know it alls” the likes of you. What could they tell you anyway? You don’t ask. You don’t listen.
But I would highly recommend it.
I find this topic fascinating but for other reasons. I believe the Mayan, Aztec, and Olmec cultures were much more advanced than our egotistical uppity european culture will allow. One this you are missing with the calendar rounds is the “ages”. the Mayan, etc believe not just in a 5125 year round but that as you all say, it rolls over. In fact it rolls over 5 time. this roll over is called the solar year. and 5×5125 very closing approximates the time it takes the sun to make one revolve around (about 25,600 years) . The mayan calendar has us in the last age when the calendar doesn’t just roll over, but the solar year rolls over as well. To them, that was even more important.
But what gets me with all of this is the OTHER calendars, sumarian, tibetian, cherokee, plus others that all seen to measure the same astrological events on calendars that measures time in ages that conclude somewhere around 2012. I don’t necessarily believe in the end of world, just how was it that all these geographically dispersed societies all have the same capabilities. How did that happen without modern communications.
These comments have been more fun to read then the article itself. Since i haven’t really seen it discussed here I would like to point out a few things. Sorry if I am treading old ground here.
Around the time of 2012 our solar system will be passing through the galactic plane. The invisible gravity line that runs through the milkyway holding all the dust and debris in place as it swirls around the center. I believe this plane and our movement towards it is the origin of the 13th astrological sign Ophiuchus.
Take what you will from that. It’s all true. I get two things outta it. 1) We are going to be moving through an area of space where gravity is stronger and much more inclined to behave in a way we are not familiar with. So space rocks once charted to miss us could be shifted closer. That’s kinda a negative sping . You could also look at it as the fact that once we are through the plain we will be on the other side of the galaxy! We should get some better views of stars and other galaxies that were once obscured by the dust and debris in caught in the plain.
Dear All,
Ignore all the predictions and the Mayan calendar just for a while, then take a long hard look at the status quo of the Human and natural world.
War, climate (including increased earthquakes, volcanic activity etc) , health, increasing lack of freedom, food shortage, etc. Many mistakes have been made, but this is how humans learn.
After much has been sacrificed by many, it is my hope that the human race will be wiser, and there in lies the silver lining and a better quaity life for all life on Earth.
Maybe we should demand the Freedom to be at Peace.
*Sigh*. The “woo” never ends…
There is something a little sad about the fact that a solid debunking article has attracted the largest collection of pseudoscientific junk I’ve seen on this site.
All I hope is that you guys will accept that you’re wrong when *nothing* out of the ordinary at all happens in 2012 and that none of you decides to *make* something terrible happen to hide your disappointment.
(And remember earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, tsunami, etc. can and do happen at any time, so when a “big one” happens in 2012, somewhere on the planet, it’s not a sign of the end, it’s a natural event, just like Katrina, Burma, China, the Indian Ocean tsunami, etc. etc.).
The poles have shifted many times in the earths past, creating lots of natural disasters and unexplainable events. Many scientists believe this to be the reason that birds/bees are dying off and having incorrect migratory patterns.
2012 also is the year the earth aligns with the solar center of our solar system for the first time in some ridiculously long time.
I wouldn’t rule out some sort of major event or start of major events on that date, May not be the apocalypse but the start of.
ok wow you solved it great job, but lets consider the hellish world we will with no doubt be living in by that time anyway. of course im not not talking bible but talking cost of living, discomfort with politics and even technology. so its 2012 and i can find your birh weight on google and your social if i hack your local governmennt because moores law your civil liberties are screwed with or without the mayans welcome the end of you and welcome also the beginning of globalization and the american union.
“yup, that means earth is done for. cause when i line up my baseball, basketball, football, soccer ball, tennis ball, volleyball, and beach ball, they are instantly destroyed. rubbish.”
You sir, have a gross misunderstanding of the forces in our universe if you compare astral bodies to toys…
Dear Tacitus,
Please keep in mind that for many many people Katrina, Burma etc was the end, they died, and for the survivors….their world/life has been changed completely.
Just as the Earth has its seasons so does the Solar System. The Mayans amongst many past civilisations, just as we do in present times, studied astronomy.
We study space not only to be able to explore it one day or get in touch with alien races, but also to be better prepared for the seasonal changes that effect our solar system as we orbit the galaxy.
The world will not end, but there are significant, even if they are subtle, changes taking place.
I’m kind of rooting for the Mayans on this one what with the way everything is going down the toilet on this planet. Maybe humans will die out that day and be replaced by cats or something as the dominant species. The cats will be too busy lying around resting up all day for their evening snooze to fight over retarded crap like allah or overpriced oil.
I dispute that there “will always be another doomsday date.” We have what, about another 1-2 billion years before the Sun’s death throws obliterate the Earth anyway… Seems to me that the Sun’s boiling of the Earth, then possibly swallowing it (the alternative being a massive orbital shift for Earth) will be a pretty definitive “doomsday.”
“It happens.” -a quote nearly as valuable to universal wisdom as “42.”
To ydb:
You are obviously a very knowledgeable person, kudos to you. But you’ve obviously not understood what I’ve written. I gave a very brief rundown of the situation with the Mayan calendar – this was by NO MEANS an exhaustive study of the Mayan civilization. I am no where near being an expert, so I invite you to provide me with an exhaustive rundown as to why I am so wrong.
(And for the record, Wikipedia, whilst informative, isn’t always accurate – I never use it when writing articles for the Universe Today.)
My argument (which you obviously didn’t get) was to play down all the hype associated with the fear surrounding the “end” of the Mayan Long Count. There is absolutely NO basis for us to predict the future in any case, pinning all our superstitions about the “end of the world” on the end of an ancient calendar. There are so many articles citing that the Mayans predict the world is coming to an end. This was never the case! If anything they predict an age of enlightenment (what ever form that may come in, not necessarily doomsday).
To be honest I was taking you seriously until you brought the astrological predictions of Aquarius. In my humble opinion, astrology has been a poor future prediction tool. It is totally open to interpretation. And you must forgive me, I’m a scientist and have little belief in stuff you cannot exhaustively test scientifically.
And don’t you worry my friend, I haven’t finished yet. I will give you some VERY good arguments for each doomsday myth (including solar activity – btw: I’m a solar physicist). Bookmark the site, I’ll look forward to your future opinion 😉
Ian
lol, thank you guys – I’m glad you understood what I wrote 😀
Cheers! Ian
hey eric learn to spell.
The Mayan carvings also stated that “After 2012 there would be many choices”. I personally have not yet come accross any Mayan translation that categorically stated “The end of the World”. Changes and choices ….yes….an end…..no.
Well some people defined the new “enlightenment” as a change in the way human look at things, instead of going scientific, it is believed that we will go “spiritual” again its all theories people make up… not much evidence to based on…
oh also people linked the earthquake in china to this as well…
Doomsday does not necessary mean that everyone dies… i heard form somewhere that only 1/3 people dies and its consider doomsday…
leah,
I agree with you on one thing, when we die, it is the end of the world for us. I didn’t say that Katrina or Burma weren’t significant events — for those involved they are hugely tragic events and their impact should not be diminished. However, for as long as we exist on this planet these things will continue to happen. Many places on Earth are dangerous places to live — a “hook echo” (a radar signal for a possible tornado) passed within a half-a-mile of my house last week. If the weather conditions had been just a little different, I might not have been here today to post this message.
What I was trying to say is that 2012 will almost certainly be just be like any other year, with it’s own share of natural and man-made disasters. What is absolutely certain is that the Mayans had zero knowledge of what is going to happen in 2012. They had neither the capability nor the technology to even begin to predict Earthbound or astronomical events so far into the future.
As for looking ahead to the possibilities and dangers that space will hold, yes, that’s great and that’s all part of the scientific process I wholeheartedly endorse. But science also tells us there is nothing to fear from space (unless we’re taken by surprise by an asteroid which is always a possibility) in the short term (i.e. a few years).
There is no doubt there will be dangers to face in long term, but (except for asteroid strikes) we’re talking about tens of thousands of years and probably millions of years into the future. Space is unbelievably big and it takes a huge amount of time for our solar system’s environs to change significantly as we travel around the center of the galaxy. Predicting that something significant will happen in 2012 is simply visiting the land of woo.
In the calculation of years between 0.0.0.0.0 to 13.0.0.0.0 as 5126, if you use base 20 for all decimal places, it actually ends up being 5698.63 years and not 5126. Also, being base 20, why does the calander stop at 13.0.0.0.0 and not 20.0.0.0.0?
Its a pity that no one past civilisation has been able to survive to chronicle a complete solar orbit of the Milky Way.
They have however been able to leave enough information, each in turn, for us to put the pieces together and realise that from time to time Earth is subjected to great changes during a short period of time.
Dear Tacitus,
Good that you are still with us. Re Tornados, I’ve often wondered why they hit towns etc so often. Is it the fact that temperatures are slightly higher than in the open countryside, or the EM fields created by electrical equiptment ? I would value your thoughts on this as you have first hand experience.
I have had experience of floods, hurricanes and earthquakes, but not tornados. Do they form/hit mostly during the daytime?
Wow what a ridiculous theory…..now about that Rapture half of America believes in? Since thats actually from God and not some theory thats thousands of years old….oh wait
In all honesty though the myths/theories/prophecy’s around this area of time are not just Mayan. The Age of Aquarius is sometime in the general area if your thinking on a larger scale (2100-2500) which is also supposed to the beginning of the age of enlightenment or in the case of Mayan “change”
I would be more then happy to see the religions and governments of the world unite and just work together to progress humanity. Even if its just to make sure the theory the world is going to end is not true.
well i’m never going to believe anybody when they yell the world’s going to end because it’s probably the same people that said that in the last few tries.
and for the doomsday seed vaults, theyre making that for global warming purposes not for this that’s freaking dumb the government won’t spend millions of dollars over a western superstition. and when i mean western, i mean the americans theyre the only ones saying this and theyre the only ones saying the world’s going to end, not the mayans the mayans didn’t say anything about the world coming to an end when their calender ends.
if u want to know the real truth and see when the world will really end, then watch the “inconvinent truth” by ronald reagan global warming will end us but not for a very long time.
“u want to know the real truth and see when the world will really end, then watch the “inconvinent truth” by ronald reagan global warming will end us but not for a very long time.”
lol did u just say it was done by Ronald Regan? don’t u mean Al Gore? lol
I’m sure there are plenty of morons who believe the world will “end”, but anyone who has studied true mayan belief and the like believes it’s a changing in consciousness, in some way. I appreciate the skepticism but it’s filled with the air of not giving these beliefs a fair shot. First off, there are lots of things happening in 2012 that support something strange going on (not an asteroid hit, but no one is predicting that anyway) like our alignment with the center of the milky way, the sun reaching the greatest strength in terms of sunspots etc. we’ve ever seen it, and it’s also in the range for plenty of modern predictions such as when peak oil will occur and when those mysterious missing bees will reach a very low point.
No, it isn’t a doomsday. but you cannot look back at history honestly without admitting that we’ve lost lots of information that the ancients possessed. they knew things and built things with methodology we cannot explain with all of our modern science. It is not far fetched to believe that their knowledge had to do with their connection to the universe and it’s natural rotations. After all, we’re all living in the same plane and we’re all an extension of all of these rotations and movements from our atoms up to circling galaxies.
Friends, the new science will not grow without a fusion with philosophy. Open mindedness and scrutiny are the ultimate keys to achieving an unbiased understanding, and anything less with stray you away from truth.
What ? No one referenced Terence McKenna’s work in which he talks of being able to chart Novelty. He has developed “Timewave Zero”, a computer program that can calculate the Novelty at any time.
On that date, at that moment Novelty goes up to a singularity. Terence calls it The End of History, certainly the end of history as we know it.
The Wikipedia entry http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novelty_Theory defines “Novelty theory attempts to calculate the ebb and flow of novelty in the universe as an inherent quality of time. … (Novelty theory involves ontology, morphogenesis, and eschatology.) Novelty, in this context, can be thought of as newness, density of complexification, and dynamic change as opposed to static habituation.
Though this may sound like independent insight to you, Terence connected it deeply to the Mayan Calendar and the Chinese book of wisdom, the I Ching.
“The fluctuations in novelty over time are self-similar at different scales” which is a fractal characteristic. “when “novelty” is graphed over time, a fractal waveform known as timewave zero or simply the timewave results. ”
Novelty Theory sees “That the universe is a living system with a teleological attractor at the end of time that drives the increase and conservation of complexity in material forms.”
And “That as the complexity and sophistication of human thought and culture increase, universal novelty approaches a Koch curve of infinite exponential growth.”
“That in the time immediately prior to, and during this omega point of infinite novelty, anything and everything conceivable to the human imagination will occur simultaneously.
“That the date of this historical endpoint is December 21, 2012, the end of the long count of the Mayan calendar. …McKenna used the solstice date in 2012… although this date corresponds to such an abbreviation rather than the full date. ”
“This End of History was to be the final manifestation of The Eschaton, which McKenna characterized as a sort of strange attractor towards which the evolution of the universe developed.
His predictions for this transcendent event were wide ranging and varied, depending on his audience, and different times he conjectured the following: the mass of humanity would, by means of some technology, become mentally conjoined in a great collective; the moment in which time travel became a reality; the birth of self-conscious artificial intelligence; a global UFO visitation; and occasionally he even expressed doubt whether anything at all would happen. However, McKenna claimed that there was no contradiction between these scenarios, as they might all happen simultaneously.”
Now this is fun to talk about.
No one is an idiot, some people are just preoccupied with whatever is important to them, Bingo, the Lakers, the Almighty Dollar, one of the many stories of a virgin birth followed by a murder and a missing corpse.
Chose your (debate) weapons humans!
Hey leah, well I’m hardly an expert on tornadoes just because I’ve been through a couple of near misses. That would be like claiming to be a master sailor after being a passenger in a ship wreck! 🙂 But I think I know enough to have a stab at answering your questions.
Tornadoes don’t strike towns more than open country. In fact, it’s the other way around, and probably by a considerable margin — there is much more open country for the tornadoes to hit, and Tornado Alley in the mid-west has vast stretches of open countryside.
However tornadoes happen frequently enough that they are not big news *unless* they strike a populated area and kill or injure people. For every one tornado that strikes a town or city, there are probably a lot more that go unreported because all they did was tear up a patch of open ground or down a few trees. So what you are seeing is a case of reporter bias — only tornadoes that hit towns and cities tend to make the news shows.
I don’t believe there is any evidence for the “heat island” effect causing more tornadoes — it might, I guess, but so far the difference isn’t measurable, so it’s small if it does exist. And EM fields from electrical equipment are nowhere near strong enough to cause tornadoes, not even close.
Tornadoes can happen any time of the day or night, but the most common time is late afternoon, when daytime heating from the sun is at its greatest. I live in Austin, TX, and when we have storms, they usually begin to weaken once it gets dark, but that doesn’t mean they can’t still pack a punch. A friend of mine had his car damaged and a window blown in by a supercell thunderstorm that rolled in last week in the middle of the night. There were no tornadoes fortunately, but it was bad enough!
Hope that helps!
April 13, 2029
Thanks Tacitus, it does help.
What abt australia will it end on 22nd?
I have read this entire article and every comment, and I just don’t understand why you all aren’t taking Tacitus’ words seriously?! I mean, with all the knowledge he’s putting forth, accompanied with the egotistical witty remarks, you all must be blind to the fact that he’s God’s Right Hand Man and KNOWS that our future is BEYOND bright. So, OBVIOUSLY, he knows the whole agenda and can also answer CORRECTLY many other questions! So, I’m going to suggest that we all go out and hand build (because machine built would be too quick and show a lack of commitment) massive stone monuments in his glory, start a religion based on the FLAWLESS comments that come out of his mouth, and start a brand new calendar based on his GRAND knowledge that will tell us exactly what is to come in the future. Since he knows that the world is NOT going to end, then he MUST know what is in store for us.
So, if you’ll excuse me, I must leave my superior piece of electrical equipment and grab my ropes and logs, because I have a LOT of 1500 TON rocks to move!
Wake up! The Mayan calendar is a representation of a cycle of consciousness, not time. Time depends on consciousness. 2012 is the end of a cycle of spiritual development. Nothing is as it seems, follow the coincidences – look within.
-peace, namaste’
Dear Tacitus worshipper,
Its a shame that so many are reluctant to grant others the freedom of opinion. Do you have an opinion re the future possibilities ?
hahahahaha!!! I haven’t heard the ‘end of the world’, only the ‘end of an Age’. I think your article is silly. Let any idiot who beileves the end is coming, believe it. Who cares? Why waste your time?
Cheers!
solid argument but still not convincing.
It’s not just the Mayans who predicted this date for the inevitable doomsday. Over 50 different cultures came up with this date, give or take a few years, without having any communication or knowledege of one another. The I Ching, Nostradamus, etc are examples. NASA themselves said “the sun will reach its solar peak on December 21, 2012.” There will be a polar shift. The planet itself will be alighned with the center of our galaxy on this exact date, and in the center of the galaxy is a super-massive black hole. I’m not sure what will happen, but you can’t dismiss this as nothing. It is far too backed up with both facts and beliefs, unlike other predictions like y2k. I can tell you that I will be a little anxious on that day.
Ohh yeah, and the mayan calander ends on that date — into a new age — the age of peace.
how else will you get peace in this pathetic planet, unless humans are eliminated
True. The end of the world won’t happen in 2012. The end of civilization will come much sooner than that because of oil and nobody will care about 2012 when they can’t afford to eat or live.
Dear Worshipper,
I humbly accept your praise and devotion for I deserve nothing less.
But you must understand that building the world’s greatest monument in my memory is the least of things that I require of you.
First, you must send me 8% of your income every month (that’s a discount of 2% from the typical Jewish and Christian tithe rate of 10%, so that’s a bargain), and you must recruit at least three willing and devoted supermodels to my religion every year without fail or my wrath will fall upon you.
These things, and many others, you shall do for me until the end of days (which happens to be in Feb. 2021, which is why I know for certain that nothing will happen in 2012).
Your Great Lord and Master,
Tacitus
seek the truth….
w w w . h a s h e m s f i l m s . c o m
If world leaders take my advice, then 2012 could be the start of something good! Only an institution like the UN can make this happen…
Solving “peak oil” :
1. All countries agree to use nuclear fission
2. Once a year or so, all countries chip in to launch their collective radioactive waste into sun/or space.
3. Improve re-cycling to the point of everyone being able to put out their trash for collection like normal, and focus on converting a large amount of the garbage into an oil that can replace oil-based products
4. Provide large incentives/or penalties to encourage having no more than 1 child for a period of 5 years to decrease population. Maybe once more about 15 years after.
This should buy us enough time to diversify and improve renewable energy such as solar to offset any shortage that may occur with uranium, etc.
* I’m not an expert, so please don’t crucify me…but if I’m wrong, by all means say your piece…and contribute by coming up with a better plan.
2012+ can be good or bad, and maybe it’s within our scope or out of our hands, but we have to at least try !
HAS ANYONE READ ANY JOHN MAJOR JENKINS ON THE SUBJECT?
I HIGHLY RECOMMEND.
http://alignment2012.com/
WELL THE WORLD IS NOT GONNA END.PEOPLE…THE WORLD IN OUR HEADS..OUR BRAIN, IS OUR WORLD… THE PHIYSICAL WORLD IS GOING TO GO ON…BUT OUR LIFE WILL END AT SOME POINT…THE WORLD HAS GONE THOUGHT MAY CHANGES.SINCE THE BEGINNING OF TIME …IT’S STILL HERE…IT HAS NOT GONE ANYWHERE…ASTRIOD BOMBARMENTS, CLIMATE CHANGES,EARTHQUAKES,VOLCANIC ERUPTIONS,POLUTIONS,OVER POPULATIONS,TORNADOS,ECT,,,SO THE WORLD WILL BE HERE LONG AFTER HUMANITY IS GONE…IT WILL FIND A WAY TO REPRDUCE IT’SELF..WITH LIFE ALOVER AGAIN…
If world leaders take my advice, then 2012 could be the start of something good! Only an institution like the UN can make this happen…
If you believe the UN can do anything, then you have my deepest sympathies. The UN can’t find their behind with a funnel.
This fight will go on forever. And as I stated earlier, when this supposed “doomsday” doesnt happen, theyll just come up with another “doomsday” date. Get over it. YOUR WRONG.
Great sense of humour Tacitus.
We need not repeat the one child family scenario, as two children per woman would in fact reduce the world population quickly. Easier said than implemented.
If governments and corporations had not confiscated/shelved the many inventions that negate the use of coal, oil etc, over the past 100 years, we would be living in a much healthier world.
There is less or no profit in clean free energy that all could understand and tap into. The powers that be want the multitudes to be reliant upon them for food, water, jobs, and energy.
Read Tesla and the like. Mikey c is right, that so many have written about 2012 in the past, it cannot be just coincidence, whether they were in touch with eachother or not. Given the choice I would like to think that Problem solver is right, and that by 2012 there will be a huge change in the way we humans conduct ourselves.
Oh praise the mighty tacitus 🙂
On another note, it amazes me how passionate people are about thier beliefs. I thought that religon was out dated and unhip 😉
I just wanted to say also ~ TRY TELLING THAT THERE IS NO END OF THE WORLD AS WE KNOW IT~ TO THE KATRINA SURVIVORS, TO THE TISUNAMI SUVIVORS IN INDONESA,
TO THE MYANMAR VICTIMS, TO THE CHINESE PEOPLE OF SICHUAN DEVISTATED BY EARTQUAKES, TO THE PEOPLE OF IRAQ & AFGANISTAN, AND THE LIST OF PEOPLE WHO DISAGREE WILL BE ENDLESS, BECAUSE OUR WORLD HAS CHANGED AND WILL CONTINUE.
WHAT COULD THE END MEAN TO YOU?
Good Grief! To all of you skeptics, you want proof that the world will end in 2012? OK, then I’ll give you the proof! I just dusted off an old relic in my attic that my father used to use to tell the future. He used to tell me that I could always depend on it giving me the glorious or the grim truth about the future of our world. And yes, the answer is that the earth will indeed come to an end in 2012 because “yes” was the answer on the bottom of the tell-all 8-Ball.
There is one truth that shouts through the ages as civilisations have come and gone.
In the unforgetable words of Morpheus from the Matrix trilogy “WE ARE STILL HERE”
If this trend continues, we as a species will be here for a long while.
A number of cultures went stone-monument crazy around 3100 BC. Chances are they Mayans chose that point to start their calender because of some large scale event (probably astrological) like a meteor or commit being visible in the sky. This is similar to how we created our calender. At one point it was just decided that the year 0 would be when Jesus was born. Regardless if you believe in Jesus or not mankind once again used some arbitrary point in history to start their calendar just like the Mayan’s did.
Quote: “markm Says:
May 19th, 2008 at 3:07 pm
Thank you for having the patience to make a rational, skeptical argument over something extremely silly. It’s sad that the people who believe such silly stuff, however, aren’t always welcoming of rationality or skepticism.”
Yeap. Then again, when do matters of religion ever fall within the realm of logic?
Lets see, ways I can prove this article wrong in a few minutes that I have….
First off, you clearly have a very, very horrible idea about the mayan calander. I mean, I thought my knowledge was limited, but, my God, it’s like you hardly even made an attempt. The reason the mayan calander has been refered to so much with doomsday prophecies is because the mayan calander has been practically perfect if not completely perfect with everything it’s predicted, from cycles of the earth, sun and moon, to even predicting wars and impactful moments in earth’s history. It is by far more accurate than any other calander. It is also said that this calander was helped out by the quetzalcoatl, and if memory serves another diety described as a white man with long brown hair and a beard wearing all white (sounds a lot like Jesus, doesn’t it?).
The reason most other apocalyptic prophecies have been false is because people have not had any base off of this. Take for example the y2k bug, there was hardly anything that would’ve signified the end the world, it’s just people chose to blow it out of proportion. The difference in the mayan calander, though, is that most people have completely gotten the notion of it wrong. While yes, it does say the world will end (it’s said that the world has ended 4 times in the past, the last one being water, kinda like noah’s flood, next element signifying an age of awakening), but like you said, it’s a cycle, so a new cycle will continue. The way the mayans use the term “end” is in a sense of humanity AS WE KNOW IT will end, meaning humanity will change. It’s said that humanity will go through a great leap in conciousness during this hour, so yes, there will be a december 22, 2012, it won’t be anything like december 20, 2012. If you want to know more about this great leap in conciousness, I suggest watching a very informative documentary by a man named Michael Tsarian, called “2012: The future of mankind.” He’ll go into great detail about this leap in conciousness, why it’ll happen, ect.
No, the mayans are not MOST famous for the pyramids, they’re most famous for 2 things, the mayan calander, and the fact that their civilization vanished without a trace i the blink of an eye.
The mayan calander did have a strong spiritual connection, because they felt it was stupid to seperate the physical world from the divine. Like I previously stated, it was one of their Gods that personally helped them create this calander. The mere fact that it’s so accurate gives it a great amount of credit, it’ll be stupid for anyone to dismiss it as just some crazy thing a bunch of uneducated primal people made up, it is highly complex and advanced.
I find it hillarious that you actually bring up the gregorean calander as if it’s the end all calander. The gregorean calander was made by Pope Gregory, who made a great amount of mistakes and inconsistancies in this calander (having to create a leap year, months ending at random days, ect, our natural biological cycle runs on a 25 hour cycle, not a 24, so even letting ourselves be ruled by our current calander is a stupid thing to do).
Trying to somehow refute the mayan calander by saying it has a lot of short cycles, it’s so illogical that I cannot even comprehend how you could even muster a thought towards attempting to bring it up. The calendar STARTS OFF with the largest cycles, which as you stated goes on for several thousand years, then it gets smaller and smaller until we get to those small cycles. Especially considering you brough up the gregorean calendar (secons, minutes, hours, days, weeks….), you should justnot have even tried this. This shows the greatest amount of ignorance about the mayan calendar, my God.
The mayans believed that time was like a circle, and not a straight line as modern society views it as. They felt that history always repeats itself, which is a common saying even in today’s times.
The mayan calendar was not just based on one thing, it was based on many things, from the menstral cycle to the moon cycle to pregnancy to the cycle of seasons, the list goes on and on. This is just basic stuff, did you just go to wikipedia to look up random facts and start typing this article?
Alright, I’m just going to throw out random facts thatgo against most of your article, feel free to look any of them up.
You say there’s no evidence to suggest anything happening come 2012.
*A new cycle of solar sun spots are said to hit the earth sometime around this year, at around 2012 is when they will reach their peak, according to scientists. I’m personally not going to go into how this can cause a polar magnetic shift, but that is something else you can look into.
It has been recorded that the earrth’s rotation has been slowing down the last couple of years, and is continuing to slow down, something that has never been previously recorded.
Aside from they mayans, the aztecs, native americans (tribes like the hopi), celts, druids, pagans, and chinese (I-ching, zero point) all have predictions on that exact same date, civilizzations, a good number of which have never even come in contact with each other, predicting dec. 21, 2012.
In 2012, I believe specifically on Dec. 21st, the earth is supposed to enter the EXACT center of the galeexy, the milky way, right on that date.
In astrology, we’re entering the age of aquarius, which is said to bring about destruction.
I’m an individual with a very bad memory, and the only thing I looked up through this entire typing was how to correctly spell quetzalcoatl. To be ableto refute so much of your article just going off my memory alone, it shows that you really didn’t put much thought into writing this, nor have you really done any research into the mayan calendar. I feel sad, because I was expectig to actually see some iconsistancies in my knowledge and hopefully answer many questions I still have, but all this article did was make me roll my eyes. Please try harder if you intend to make another article with better arguments.
ydb — sorry in advance for being rude, but most of what you’re saying is just plain silly. Your rendition of Mayan history is completely nonsensical (no “god” gave them the calendar, they invented it themselves, and no, they didn’t predict *every* war and disaster — they probably didn’t even predict their own demise — and they didn’t vanish without a trace — the direct descendants of Mayan people still live in the Yucatan and Belize today (I’ve seen them myself!!). Their civilization probably just petered out because of warfare or climate change.
Now, as for the rest of your comment:
1) Solar cycles have been happening every 11 years for the past few billion years, and Earth has survived quite nicely through hundreds of thousands of solar maximums. The next one will be no different.
2) Say what? The Earth’s rotation just started slowing down? Don’t be silly. Where on earth do people get this stuff? Not happening.
3) There is not a chance all those peoples came to the same conclusion about one day in 2012. Someone is lying to you. Again, not happening.
4) The Earth is passing through the center of the Galaxy? Now that’s a bit of a shocker! Last time I looked, we were 26,000 light years away! Once again, not happening…. ever…!
5) Astrology is bunk — need I go on?
To sum up, ydb, it’s kind of funny you’re criticizing the author of the article for his “mistakes” when your comment stuggles to come up with just one correct fact.
Well this is very interesting indeed. i listened to the show a long while back on this very subject and it was interesting. i tried to call that night too but couldnt get through but oh well. There is no alarm for the so called end of life. It is even more silly than this post im looking at near the end here. This is a well made article. i believe the very same thing that most of the people are talking about right this moment. Something huge is going to happen BUT not the end of life. To think something like is just ridiculous. The fact that I am not a religious person either makes the end of life sound even more dumb. Anyway i very much agree that something big is going to happen. People are acting way more rash than usual. They don’t seem to realize what it is they are doing. Then this weird and unsettling feeling that looms over the city. Even more strangely are how many animals are even acting. This is all i can say for now I have work to do. later all.
The answer is quite simple. The Maya were dumb. Though not as dumb as those that thought that 2 digits were enough to store a year value on a computer (Y2K) or that four values from 0 to 255 (approx 2.3 billion combinations) would give us enough IP addresses.
Actually, what Ian didn’t mention at all, is that the Mayan’s are known for have being able to predict (with extreme accuracy) lunar and solar eclipses thousands and thousands of years before they happened with their Calender. And yes, this has been proven.
It’s also been proven that, on December 21, 2012 (or sometime very close to this date), Earth will be aligned with the sun and the center of the universe for the first time in 25,000 years. Another fact that has been proven even by NASA.
While that’s all fine and good, no one knows what this exactly means. It could mean the world just keeps on moving and revolving around, nothing changed. It could mean the Earth is thrown off its axis, causing extreme destruction and switching the poles around (which also is speculated to have happened before, but with no solid proof). And it also could mean, to some extremists, that a new planet will enter our solar system with giants on it that originally put us here. But I digress.
I’m not a nut that believes in end of the world prophesies. Yet, something about 12/21/12 seems a little off to me. Should you stop your career, head to the streets of New York with banners, and start proclaiming the end of the world and that we should all do something about it like collect some ridiculous crystals or whatnot? No. But on that day something that hasn’t happened in 25,000 years is happening. And that, I think, is something to note.
If the end of the world is coming, then there’s not much we can do about it. If not, then that’s best outcome, obviously. But what’s even more obvious, though, is that no one will know for certain until December 21, 2012.
Looks like we’ll just have to wait and see.
Sorry, typo up there. Not the center of the universe, but the center of our galaxy.
lol center of the universe.
Throughout each cycle/age there are peaks and troughs in climatic activity, (incl earthquakes, volcanic eruptions etc). Considering our location in the galaxy and solar maximum in 2012, the climate trend of recent times, and the possible fly by of a planet even Nasa is tracking, it is fairly safe to say that times around 2012 are times of peak activity.
There will be an increase in intensity and or number of earthquakes, hurricanes etc, which will take their toll, and no doubt will change people’s perspectives/attitude and re-order priorities.
Another interesting take on doomsday would be the fact that Isaac Newton used the bible the predict the “end of the world” around 2060. At least thats what I read in a bio about him.
If the world does end 2012 will I get a rebate on my broadband connection? As I pay for an entire year.
Oh heck – I’ve got a calendar that ends at the end of this year!!! Oh no! … Wait a minute … come to think of it last year I had a calendar that ended at the end of last year… and we are all still here…??? How can that be??!!
Ha,ha!
The responders seem to believe in DEMOCRACY (read:PANTOCRACY) , therefore everyone can write down his soughts without really knowing the subject and without much thinking…
Here is another idea of what may or will happen around the year 2012, not necesarely at that precise date.
It is a theory expressed by the Native shamans in South America:
There will be a new great war over faith!
During that time 2 explosions on the Sun will happen.The first will fry all the computers.
The second about 9 month later will fry everything else!
But LIFE on the planet will go on!
Let`s laugh together!!!
All wars are due to greed (a religion in its own class) and religious beliefs. Correct me if I’m wrong but the middle east situation is both over religion and oil (oil=money).
The solar maximum could very well produce 2 powerful flares that will knock out electrical equiptment and fry much of earth.
The first of the Shaman predictions has and is happening now.
too bad the writer of the article as not done the research necessary to do the job of telling others what is what. the importance of the end-date lies in the astronomical configurations on that day, something i cant find in the article.
further, nowhere in Mayan writing is there talk of the end of the world. what the date signifies is the end of a world-age. big difference.
whether or not the end of the world-age will come with a bang or a whimper is not known by anyone.
this article is just another instance of “skeptics¨ being anything but truly skeptical.
Look at all these people calling others “idiots.” These same people name-calling probably said the same thing about people who believed things like the Gulf of Tonkin was a scam, but they would never apologize for it and admit to being the “idiot” themselves.
Then there is the issue of hiding behind skepticism as a means to attain some form of legitimacy because skepticism, in it’s true form, is skeptical of BOTH sides. The modern day “skeptic” is more akin to a debunker who goes into things with a preconceived view of what is true and then attempts to prove that view in an alleged unbiased manner.
Regardless of the fact that nothing will happen on 2012, the kinds of people who post here are certainly no more intelligent than those who believe these theories, and most definitely are not honest “skeptics.”
The debate re 2012 is moot from one perspective. The orbit of the solar system around the galaxy takes approx 226 million years (1 galactic year). Whether that number is accurate or not, for sure it takes more than a few thousand years. Therefore we will not be in the same location on our orbit as the Mayans were in their day.
The experience that the Mayans and previous known civilisations had and the experience we are having/will have cannot be identical, very simalar… yes.
It seems wise to at least to acknowlege 2012, which so many attached such importance to and to ensure the information survived through time so that we can learn from their experience.
all good information… considering a lot of people now understand that the original interpretations of a “dooms-day” scenario happening is false. however, the 2012 date can’t be analyzed just from the aspect of the maya, nor thrown aside because one interpretation of it is false. the date is still important to humanity in some way according to unaffiliated tribes and civilizations. isn’t that odd? (
im just hoping i grow a pair of wings!
To Zed, Kindly refer to the last paragraph of your most recent post.
You too are “one of those kinds of people who post here”.
There have been many informed and intelligent posts. Check it out from the beginning.
Dear Marc,
Niburu, planet X ect, is what I refered to in an earlier post. The magnetic field around earth is weak, (most probable cause of bees disappearing and birds dying on the wing en mass), magnatic pole reversal, if it goes all the way, is virtually at half way.
Niburu should be visible with the naked eye late May 2009, as a red dot mostly in the southern hemisphere. If it does fly by in 2012, we can expect major tectonic activity etc at the very least, at worst a pole shift.
hmmmmm this guy says “There is so much evidence against these things happening in 2012,”, but does not elaborate on any facts in this article. I wonder what evidence he has that a rouge meteorite isn’t going to hit the planet????
Woe – this is quite a tour of the pseudosciences we’re getting on this thread. Now we’re on to Niburu — or Planet X.
Sorry Leah, but there is no such thing as Planet X — at least not one that will fly anywhere close to Earth in the next few thousand years at least. How do we know? Because of all the telescopes and observers who are continually surveying the sky. Not one of them has seen anything closely resembling a planet heading our way. If it was something we could see with the naked eye in a few months, then it would already be visible to anyone with backyard telescope. But nobody has seen anything.
People have been predicting the arrival of Planet X for at least the past ten years and have failed every single time. I am very surprised that there’s anyone left who is willing to believe these people any more.
Why not trust the astronomers? They’re the professionals. If Planet X really did exist they would be the first to shout it from the rooftops — it would be the discovery of a lifetime and an one time chance to study a new planet close up. Now way would they be coving this one up.
But, of course, the truth is that Planet X is a myth, a concoction by people who want to sell you books, videos, or convention tickets. 2012 will come and go without a glimpse of any new planet (in this solar system anyway) and people will simply move the date again, and again, and again, and again….
OK, all you doomseekers, I predict that the world will end on May 21st, 2010. Send your check for $100 C/O [email protected]. That money will get you just as much satisfaction as the believe in “ancient astronauts, ancient historians, ancient astronomers, or ancient contractors”. AND my prediction is just as valid. I guarantee it, to the same extent they do.
In fact, at this time, I would like to extend you all you believers this offer: For the mere $10 US or it’s euro equivelant, I will tell you ANYTHING, yes ANYTHING you want to hear. Please enclose what it is you want to hear, with your check, and I guarantee to tell you WHATEVER YOU WANT TO HEAR. Doom and gloom, happy days, Jesus ( or whatever deity, family or friend you like) will reserect. John McCain will win the election WHATEVER YOU WANT ME TO TELL YOU I WILL, for only $10. Hell guys, it sound like you’re all convinced in the pychodelic rantings of a 2,000 year dead witch doctor, so you’re sure to buy my crap. And, oh yeah, John was the Walrus.
Hi, What do I know ? Just how little weall actually know, and that WE ARE STILL HERE.
How do you all KNOW what is or isn’t going to happen ? An honest answer is that you don’t know any more than I do. Its just that I am prepared to look at all possibilities on the menu, whereas some believe their preferences are fact.
What will be needs neither our belief nor our permission.
Dear Tacitus,
You have to admit, that any info or discovery at all (e.g. asteroid, niburu, aliens etc) that might rattle the cages of the masses and cause unruly behaviour or large scale panic, would be and has been squashed immediately by the powers that be.
Dear Kurtisle,
Saying it, wishing it or believing it, doesn’t make it so.
Yeah, but if you’re gullible enough to belive all the B.S. that is spread so thickly these days, then you’re gullible enough to send me $10. to tell you whatever you want to hear. Hey, you will believe ANYTHING. And, believing that the “powers that be” are somehow hiding the “truth” is EXACTLY what I am talking about.
Dear Kurtisle,
No matter which country you live in, let me ask you this. Do you believe your government has been completely honest with you, telling you nothing but truth ?
Some Mushroom addled, loinclothed primative decides the world will end on a certain date, and you go hide in a cave. Come on guys. It’s a little much. He didn’t have any more clues to what will be than you or I, he just had better drugs.
I say they tell the truth ALL the time. No one tells the truth all the time. But to believe that Edgar Casey or Natridamus was some super being, or that a drooking coke brained guy who was mentally two hairs from a lemar had some special powers or knowledge we dont, or that and this is grand, he’s understnading of realitiy is better than today’s scientists, is just laughable…at best. The use of religion and it’s many facits has ALWAYS been used to entrap and hold captive the gullible. And as long as you believe it you will be it’s slave.
As Robin Williams said “Reality – what a concept”
Oh, to clarify – the lemar man was a religious soothasayer who was enslaving (it’s hard to rip a still beating heart from the un-enslaved)the fools who believed his tripe. If they stopped believing his crap…guess who’s heart would be next? So, he used some great drugs, and a skillfully carved circular stone to make the enslaved believe he was the know all, do all of past, present and future. YES it was a great calendar, but it was difficult to toss it like WE do at the end of it’s useful life. THAT is the only reason it survived all these years.
Sounds like you got a drug problem yourself.
maybe people wake up, realize matter is merely energy condensed to a slow vibration, that we are all one consciousness experiencing itself subjectively, there is no such thing as death, life is only a dream, and we are the imagination of ourselves.
and btw, I stole that from the late Bill Hicks.
The world is like a ride in an amusement park. And when you choose to go on it, you think it’s real because that’s how powerful our minds are. And the ride goes up and down and round and round. It has thrills and chills and it’s very brightly colored and it’s very loud and it’s fun, for a while. Some people have been on the ride for a long time and they begin to question, is this real, or is this just a ride? And other people have remembered, and they come back to us, they say, “Hey – don’t worry, don’t be afraid, ever, because, this is just a ride.” And we kill those people.
More Bill Hicks.
I wish you all whatever you wish for yourselves.
This carries a warning : Be careful what you wish for (especially in anger).
For me its 4.20 am, so good night.
Not the end of the world but, a new time or beginning. Holy-Bible KJV, read Jeremiah Chp.6:15 + 8:12, visit and visitation time. Anyway you add it: 6+1+5=12, 8+12=20, Flip the sums around and you get 2012. Or 6+15=21, 8+1+2=11, add 2+1+1+1=5, 2012= 2+0+1+2=5. End of the 5-count Mayan calendar, 5, 2012 always equals 5 no matter how you add it! Jesus said he be coming back in about 2,000 years or just add 12=2012.
It is amazing to me how some people can sit there and have the courage to call others idiots and that they have dark age minds when isn’t pretending to be better than somebody else a dark aged concept. this article makes some very valid points but it does not prove beyond a reasonable doubt that it could not happen in 2012. Humanity has to learn to pull its head out of its butt and realize that we don’t know everything. if we did there would be world peace and no diseases but alas we can’t solve either of those problems fully yet. personally i didn’t feel that your article made a concrete answer to the question at hand. How do we know that all of the mayans calendars were cyclical we do not. We modern day people still don’t know how ancient civilizations like the Egyptians made the pyramids there are theories but thats just what they are theories not proven fact. The same as we do not know why the long count predates mayan civilization. The bottom line is that just because something makes perfect sense to you doesn’t mean that you are 100% correct or incorrect it just means that it is your opinion and calling people idiots makes you look like more of an idiot.
Goodnight Leah. I will just say that governments are absolutely terrible about keeping secrets. Just look at the number of things leaked out from the Bush administration over the past few years. They couldn’t even keep torturing a few terrorist detainees secret.
There is absolutely no way that any government could keep an approaching planet a secret. They do not control the skies, they do not control the telescopes (well, except for Hubble and a couple of others), and they do not control the astronomers who use them. Do you really believe that dozens of governments around the world are controlling hundreds, possibly thousands of astronomers and scientists to the point that none of them has leaked anything about what would be the greatest astronomical discovery in hundreds of years? It’s just not reasonable to think that.
As I said before, if Planet X was approaching already, there are literally tens of thousands of backyard telescopes in America alone that would easily be able to see it on any clear evening. You simply cannot keep something like that a secret.
Sorry leah, but it is 100% guaranteed that you are wrong on this one. While there is a tiny chance that we might get impacted by an asteroid in the next few years, there is absolutely zero chance (i.e. not even 0.00000000001% chance) that a planet is heading in our direction.
This site publishes great stories about amazing (and real) wonders of the Universe on a daily basis. It really isn’t necessary to go and invent stuff about imaginary planets almost crashing into Earth. Try taking pleasure in reading about the real stuff for a change! 🙂
Yes it does. What is not reasonable is the assumption that the Mayans knew anything about what’s going to happen in 2012. Indeed, we have no evidence that the Mayan’s possessed any special knowledge beyond the mundane normal stuff it takes to run a primitive urbanized culture.
Is it possible that the Mayans met some beings from the future who warned them of some unforseeable calamity that will strike in 2012? Well, I guess it is, but that begs all sorts of other reasonable questions. Why would the future beings (or spirits, gods, whatever) warn them of something that would happen long after their own civilization’s demise? Not much use to them was it? Why didn’t the beings drop by a couple of decades ago when we could have done something useful with the information, like establish an outpost on Mars just in case?
The only reasonable doubt people should have is about claims that the Mayans could predict the future at all. Nobody has presented a shred of evidence on this loooooong thread as to why it would be reasonable to believe they could.
Leah,
Actually I’m a practicing Buddhist. No drugs no booze, nothing but a pure sense of reality.
Badmedia,
Long Live Hicks! There’s a dude who knew about reality.
“Life is what you do while you’re waiting for something better to come along”
John Lennon
Hey believers…what was it that the doctor gave you to take every day that you forgot to take for the last couple days?
OOK OOK KACHOO
Beatles
2112 Hogwash.
The correct date would be October 24, 2008
Enjoy these last few months because most of you will be dying or dead by October 24th, 2008
Indianknows,
AAAAAHAHAHHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA
HHHHHHHAHAHAHAHAAHAHAHAHAH
AAAAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAHA
AAAAHAHHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAH
Damned that was good..aaaHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAH. Hhehehehe thanks I needed a good laugh…
Wanna give me your stuff? You won’t need it…heheHAHAHAHAHAHAHH
heheheheheehhehehehhh anh geez…heheh
Well, of course the ancient scripts will just happen to “tell us” that Planet X is too small and dense to be seen until the last minute.
Tell you what, Pavel. Care to put your money where your mouth is? I will give you odds of 100-1 that there will be a planet discovered by anyone with a perihelion closer to the Sun than Pluto by the end of 2012. And let’s make the bet $1,000. So you give me $1,000 if I’m right, and I give you whopping $100,000 (which I am good for) if I am wrong. Sure thing, right? If you’re so certain, then you should jump at the chance to make that bet with me.
Of course you won’t, because you really haven’t a clue if Planet X is real or not. How many times have you already predicted X’s appearance? Two, three, four? All no shows then too, just like the next one will be.
What’s wrong with the wonderful planets we already have that you people want to keep dreaming up imaginary ones? Is life too boring for you? Is the wonderful acheivement of sending daily pictures back from the surface of another planet (Mars) too mundane to hold your minute-long attention span? You guys are missing out on a whole passel of wonderful discoveries about exoplanets and supernovae and strange galaxies etc etc while you are tooling around with non-existent myths and imaginary planets.
Will you be convinced when Planet X is a no show for the nth time in the last ten years, or will you suddenly come across some other calculation that shows it wasn’t really 2012 after all, but yet another date still to come? I’m guessing the latter.
Well I hope nobody minds if I put my two cents worth in. I believe in optimism, not pessimism. I believe that God built the earth and I believe that God built the earth to last. I think the earth will be around for a long, long, long time to come. Now of course recently there have been cyclones and earthquakes and many have died and many are homeless. For many of us, our number will come up tomorrow, forget about 2012!
I feel that it is important to be good to eachother, and good for eachother, each day, regardless of the number of days any one of us have left. An earthquake, a plane crashing into my apartment or even a heart attack could take me at any moment, I’m not going to worry about 2012. But every day, I’ll be trying to live my life right . I mean what would be the best any of us could do anyway? Maybe 120 years? I watched 1960 roll by, 1961 roll by, 1962 roll by and so on and so forth. Someone will be here to watch 3060, 3061, 3062 roll by, I’m certain of it. there probably wont be any oil then, but the people will probably have some other means of transportation because necessity is always the mother of invention. People rolled through the 1400s, the 1600s the 1800s and they’ll roll through the 3000s too, mark my words. Best a human being can do is exercise, eat right and get enough sleep to remain healthy and for a long, long time. then onto the golden streets of heaven to be with Jesus!
WRONG.
True for the part where it will not be the end of the world, however a transition period of some kind will certainly occur. Either a higher level of dimensional reality or some form of DNA change, you will soon learn.
to Wesley
“To Ed Minchau:
Thanks for the Douglas Adams quote! 42!”
ed said 6 times 9 = 42.. i believe its 6 times 7….
first.
second, you can disprove that its not going to end just by analyzing the calendar. I rather wait and see.
third, god just like science has no proof.
thus, you can choose what you believe. However, god uses alot less rationale and alot more blind faith.. at least evolution is somewhat consistent.
fourth, don’t panic. 🙂
DMT.
2012 is very, very real.
http://www.H2onE2.com Glacial Respiration, Conceptual Ring of Ice, The End of Linear Western Religion
A Geological Exploration of an E2 Earthen Planet And the H2 Human Species
Author: B Billy Marse, Professional Geologist
Brief Description:
http://www.H2onE2.com is an exploration of the universe, geology, climate, biology, humans, psychology, folklore and ancient structures to uncover the beginning and disclose the end of linear western religion. The true DaVinci Code behind the bible is not a supreme spiritual power but a scientific record of climate change described as Glacial Respiration. The Greek philosophers originated the practice of communicating a hidden idea or message in the short story format, as a metaphor. In the bible, metaphors conceal historic climate change within the fanciful stories. The theory of Glacial Respiration explains the myth behind the Holy Grail, structures such as the Great Pyramids, Stonehenge, Easter Island and is the knowledge that was collected in the Jewish Ark of the Covenant.
The environmental changes of Glacial Respiration determine all biological evolution and can explain why higher forms of intelligent humans developed. Further, Glacial Respiration releases the secret hidden by the Knights Templars, Masonic Order and all religions. Uncovers an advanced Blue-Blooded semi-industrial Atlantian Civilization that was built and destroyed many times over for the last million years. The book ends with an explanation of how linear western religion will be physically ended and describes the construction of the doomsday device capable of fulfilling its own self defining prophesy, “Revelationsâ€. H2onE2 is a mind-expanding experience that stimulates the soul, instinct, intellect and is an almanac to the past, present and future of humanity. Rise, awaken and evolve into H3 human consciousness.
The discovery:
As a Professional Geologist, I attempted to link the Dust Bowl/Great Depression to a pre-glacial condition or mechanism and ended up writing the book H2onE2. I felt that there was a strong connection between the Dust Bowl and transition back into Glacial Winter. I did notice that my professors scientifically crumbled every time I mentioned the relationship. I could not go back in time or locate indisputable proof. The proof came from understanding all educational disciplines including history and theology. I soon discovered that all religious text both eastern and western continually described significant climate change conditions relating to Glacial Respiration. For years I fought off mixing science and religion until I discovered that the origins of all religions were founded or created to help humans psychologically survive the harsh earthen environment. Without reason I soon accepted that the world’s complicated religions were the same. This came true and I continued to write and discover. Everything came into place as though I was unlocking a 10,000-year-old puzzle. I also realized this puzzle was opened before I discovered it, by someone else, some other group. If so, further understanding of this knowledge might be extracted from significant historical events. Lastly, this is the vital information needed to make future predictions.
“Some of the most popular space-based threats to the Earth and mankind focus on meteorite impacts, black holes, Gamma Ray Bursts from nearby galaxies, a rapid ice age and a polar (magnetic) shift. There is so much evidence against these things happening in 2012”
read this:
NASA scientists who monitor the Sun say that our star’s awesome magnetic field is flipping — a sure sign that solar maximum is here.
http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2001/ast15feb_1.htm
“But the fact remains, the Mayan Doomsday Prophecy is purely based on a calendar which we believe hasn’t been designed to calculate dates beyond 2012. Mayan”
your own answer:
“why is 2012 so important? Well, the Mayan calendar stops at the end of the year 2012”
Your article is pointless.
Dear Tacitus,
Forgive me, my posts are all “What Ifs” not my personal opinions or beliefs. As to Niburu, I’ll believe it when I see it for myself.
Sorry if I annoyed you or anyone else.
Dear Kurtisle,
Appologies, its just that to attack other’s beliefs is to deprive them of freedom of thought and respect. A lack of respect is not the Buddist way.
Here is a What if, considering the Mayans thought there were so many choices after 2012. What if they stopped writting the calendar because they left it upto the people of today to start the next long count for ourselves. I for one would not have a use as yet for a calendar that will not be valid for thousands of years.
tacitus…
I’m certainly happy to see that your ignorance of science is only superseded by your arrogance.
I work in the astrophysics division in Los Alamos…from what we can tell, there are subtle changes in the gravitational fluxes in certain areas of the solar system that indicate another body of some size hovering on the outer (currently) areas of Pluto. (which is not, currently, considered a planet) There are six planetary moons that are larger than Pluto.
Hey Pavel, you didn’t say if you wanted to take my bet. You seem 100% certain that Planet X is out there about to be discovered, so what’s the problem?
I don’t get some of this….
What is aligned with the center of the universe? Isn’t the miky way galaxy (ours) a spiral galaxy? Meaning, we are on arm of that spiral, meaning – we are always on the same plane as the center of the galaxy? You are saying that due to propagation in the Y-axis that on 12/21/12 the planet earth will be at 0,0 with the center of our galaxy?
What is the center? Which point? Huh? How silly is that?
Since we are on edge with the galaxy – imagine looking at a dinner plate from the outside edge in. Can you describe the center? How thick is the galaxy? When is 0,0 ? To what part of the very thick center are we to align with?
There have been 121 extra-solar system planets found. That means that of the billion billion billion stars, we have found only 121 with measurable planets. And we have been at this for only 10 years. Man, in the next 10, we will probably find 400 or so extra-solar system planets.
This date conundrum is rubbish. Just baffles me that people cling to this irrational stuff. Still.. even now as they type on their computers and use the internet – both born of hard science and hard labor – they cling to God making it all. Just baffling to me.
I would just like to say thank you to everone including the writer even though it appeared to be a shallow article, but i got the point. The fact that the responses were intelligent and informative is the main reason though. I really was interested in this topic when i saw the article title and now I am even more. If anyone can point me in the right direction to some good additional information on the mayan’s. Thanks in advance.
First off those of you who call people who believe in this stuff crazy, who are you to judge? The Mayans never stated that it was the end of the world, but rather the end of a cycle, where earth enters its golden age.
Secondly, at that same time around 2012, earth and our solar system will be aligned with galactic center completing its approximate 25,765 year processional cycle. The Mayans knew this. How is another question entirely.
Thirdly, no written records exist of what happens when this cycle ends and a new one begins. The bible refers to this transition as entering the age of aquarious which “God” is supposed to return.
Before you call someone crazy or say its BS, research, find your own answers. Personally I don’t believe it is doomsday, mainstream media likes to BS you and create false impressions/opinions in your mind.
leah.
But to have a since of humor about it is the Buddhist way. We see funny where funny exists. The whole universe is a cosmic joke, the key is to laugh and not take it too seriously. It’s the sound of one hand clapping.
Ohh Drew, Drew, Drew,
We are ALWAYS in alignment with the galactic center. We are located on a sprial arm about 2/3 of the way from the center. As a spiral, we rotate about a common center. Further, we are not in the same location as we were 25,765 years aog. Besides being on circular orbit, our solar system has a wobble in it’s orbit. We willl NEVER be at the same place we were at any time in the past.
So, keep your sanctimonious BS to yourself. an alignment with th galactic center will be no more spectacular than a trip to Mal-Mart. And, even if it was, you and the loinclothed soothsayer in the past have NO idea what might happen, so to say OOOGY BOOGY will occurr is pure speculation…and that sir translates to opinion and that is not science.
Oh, and I worked for 14 years at the Lab at Livermore. I joke but I am not ignorant as some here.
Pray do tell exactly what I am supposed to be ignorant of?
Give me the name of one mainstream astronomer (i.e. someone who actually works as an astronomer for a living) who believes that Planet X is more than a figment of someone’s deranged imagination. Remember, this is not just a tiny ice moon orbiting way out in the Kuiper Belt, it’s supposed to be a planet-sized object (i.e. much bigger than Pluto) which is going to wander into the inner solar system some time in the next few years. Such an entity doesn’t exist.
Sure, it is quite possible there may be another planet out on the very edge of the solar system waiting to be discovered, but that’s a very different kettle of fish to the imaginary Nibiru. In any case, as I understand it, these “fluctuations” are not large enough to sustain the possibility of a large planet in the outer solar system unless it is a long long way out there — probably over twice as far as Neptune orbits. If that’s what those people are calling Nibiru, then they will be sorely disappointed when it is eventually discovered since it will be a big ball of ice that will never venture anywhere near Earth.
BTW: Is it arrogance to simply point out that beliefs like Mayans predicting the end of the world in 2012 or Planet X are unfounded theories without a shred of evidence to back them up? You don’t need an astrophysics degree to see that these theories are just plain silly. All you need is to do a bit or reading and have an ounce or two of common sense.
My friends would laugh if read all these accusations of arrogance. I have my share of character flaws, no doubt, but arrogance has never been one of them.
Dear Kurtisle,
I understand now. My earlier post agrees with you, we might at best only have experiences similar (in some ways) to the experiences of the Mayans. If our orbit around the galaxy takes 226 million years, we will definately not be in the same location on our orbital path as in the times of the Mayans, Egyptians etc.
With toungue in cheek, cos I gotta get out somestimes….I’m off to see the new Indiana Jones film….what can I tell you…love Spielberg and Ford’s films.
Back later.
In reality, what the Mayan symbol system refers to is not a termination but a transformation. So right there this little piece of “scientific” fluff is intellectually deficient right off the top.
And could it just be that a people who were capable enough to make a calendar so precise that Western minds didn’t match them for millenia could possibly, just perhaps, have some insight into a recurring event that modern way of thinking barely a few centuries old might have missed or not yet been exposed to? Naw, we know everything. Except ourselves.
The arrogance and conceit of the self-satisfied materialist mind never ceases to amaze me. And most of these people argue from a Newtonian/Cartesian basis, too, whose relative perspective has noticeable flaws after 1905.
I recommend this site for more info on this subject~
http://www.lawoftime.org/home.html
~foundation for the LAW OF TIME
Is it that everyone who visits this site is a fundamental christian or what? I really do not understand how all these comments can be so idiotic. To be skeptic of all things until they are proven is a good quality. But to throw out every idea that seems “absurd” based upon this proves you are the idiot, not those who look into the matter in an attempt to gain knowledge.
Seriously take a second and reflect upon yourself, definetely if you have made a comment calling 2012 believers or researchers idiots. I am glad those “idiots” do more work than you and actually attempt to advance our society and knowledge. If you had told a man in the 18th century about a box that could show moving pictures of a man across the globe, he would think you an idiot. And yet look at the wonders we have today.
To be skeptical is to acknowledge something neither proved or disproved could be wrong. To be ignorant is to say something neither proved or disproved MUST be wrong. Any good scientist and researcher is a skeptic. It is those that sit back in an armchair and dictate how the world is while omitting facts or possibilities contrary to their ideas that are the ignorants.
tacitus
My friends would laugh if read all these accusations of arrogance. I have my share of character flaws, no doubt, but arrogance has never been one of them.
Your response lends credence my point.
It’s your way… or the highway.
You are the only one that’s right. Everyone else is wrong…
I have to agree this article is poorly researched and basically pointless.
I read the original article by the NASA researcher who wrote the computer program that determined when the Mayan calander would end. It ends at the moment of the winter solstice when the sun exactly fills the gap in the Milky Way. This is the astronomical event which happens once every 26,000 years and which actually defines the beginning of the precession of the equinoxes.
Her conclusion: The Mayan calander was explicitly created for measuring large periods of time on an astronomical scale and is the most practical and acurate means of measuring recurring astonomical events.
As for prophesy, it isn’t all that hard. If you assume people will continue to make the same mistakes and tell the same lies, you’ll be right 95% of the time.
Vic, you touch on an important point, but your perspective is a little skewed. Yes, it’s very important to be open minded (i.e. able to be swayed either way) but there are limits.
For example, I am extremely open to the possibility of intelligent life existing on other planets somewhere out there in the Universe. I am also open to the possibility that there isn’t, although that doesn’t seem very likely. Most importantly, there is evidence to support both points of view, so it is reasonable to keep an open mind on the subject.
On the other hand, take the idea that the Mayans knew that a planetwide disaster will strike the Earth in 2012 and so designed their calendar to “run out” on that date. It’s an interesting theory, but it flies in the face of everything we know about the Mayans, about calendars, about what’s happening to the Earth, the Sun, the solar system, etc etc.
First there is no know mechanism for seeing into the future. People can claim they had mystical powers all they want but there is no evidence that they exist, even today. Time and again, when tested scientifically, nobody has been able to predict the future in that way. Second, claims of strange celestial alignments, exceptional sun spot activity, the arrival of rogue planets are all without any foundation in fact. People take the smallest thing (like a report that sunspot activity might be higher next cycle) and they blow it up out of all proportion. Suddenly solar outbursts are just about to destroy all life on Earth! It’s sheer nonsense. Again, there is no evidence anywhere that anything untoward below our feet or in the skies is about to happen (except for the usual earthquakes, tsunami, volcanos, etc).
Now, could someone who believes in this stuff turn out to be right? Could there be a solar flare unlike anything we have seen in thousands of years, or could there be a rogue planet whizzing in from outside the solar system on a collision course with Earth? Sure, it’s possible. But then, it’s possible I will meet a billionaire 20-year-old supermodel who wants to marry a 44 year-old English computer programmer tomorrow. It’s possible, but it’s so unlikely that really it’s not worth being open minded about it since it’s almost certainly never going to happen.
If you went around being open minded about everything that is even remotely possible, then you would never make up your mind about anything. This goes doubly-so for science. Should scientists invest decades of time and billions of dollars researching the Face on Mars (i.e. send a manned mission there) on the offchance that it really is an alien artifact even though there is no evidence that it’s anything but an eroded mesa? No, of course not. That would be a terrible waste of resources and taxpayer’s money. If ever compelling evidence of alien life on Mars did come up then they would be justified in spending that cash, but until then there is no reason not to be skeptical to the point of ignoring that possibility and getting on with a more fruitful line of research.
So, in the end, it’s all about keeping a sense of proportion. Yes, be open minded about things that have a good chance of being true, but as for the extremely unlikely, like the end of the world coming in 2012. Well, it’s just not a fruitful use of time worrying about it. There’s about a 0.0000000000000000000000000000000000001% chance of that happening and when you get to odds that low, it might as well be impossible.
As for prophesy, it isn’t all that hard. If you assume people will continue to make the same mistakes and tell the same lies, you’ll be right 95% of the time.
Then isn’t it weird that self-proclaimed prophets seem to have a success rate of well below 50%, and even lower as they get more specific about their predictions? That should tell you something, right there.
All who are not here to consider, I wonder what you are here for? Is it an egotistically driven motive to try to make others look bad, and you good? Assumption reigns supreme for those who guage the intelligence of another.
In relation to the galaxy, what they’re trying to say is that our sun and the earth will cross the galactic plane in 2012, is that correct?
There is good and bad in both science and prophesy. What you look for is what you will find. Most beliefs are preconceived and honest investigation and interpretation to the full extent is most often lacking for want of someone with true intent.
Enjoyed Indiana Jones. A good “What If” re the crystal skulls.
Greetings to my fellow Englishman Tacitus. Me too, in Wiltshire.
It has been proposed that we will be passing through a region of space exposing Earth to additional frequencies unknown to us as yet. It is feasible that these frequencies might programme some of what is known as Junk DNA (not really Junk, just not prgrammed yet).
Additional and/or improved physical and mental abilities would have an impact on people’s spirituality/attitude, which in turn would change behaviour and our world.
Dear Ron,
I’m here because many like myself have put in a lot of research, and I wish to read other people’s findings….maybe share a couple of my own.
Hi Leah,
Those are the interesting posts, ones like yours. I believe there is a lot to consider about the near future and what may happen.
Hey guys,
I agree with some of you, specifically those who appear to have some degree of knowledge of the mayans.
Now… the major thing you guys are not understanding is the analogy is not “Take my advise and listen to me about 2012” that foolish. Let me clarify some more facts..
1.)Mayan culture is still largely around today; approx 20 million living Maya. While the Spanish did force conversion, like what you see in history, they hid much of their knowledge inside their version of Christianity.
2.)Mayan religion has been completely mis-interpreted by most comments. As stated in my earlier post; Time and Religion are really one in the same according to the Maya. The very BASIS of the Mayan religion is coming up with RATIONAL explanations for time, which for them was in finding new cycles and understanding better cycles that had already been found.
3.)It is true that we hit the galactic plane in 2012.
I am NOT saying anything is going to happen on 2012, but people need to accept that this is not psuedo science, after all, why would it be? Your talking about a CULTURE not a single person who is obsessive about the relations of mathematics to reality. Its just as valid of science as saying the next lunar eclipse is going to be 12/21/2010, except the mayan knew all this long before anyone else, and more (the galactic plane).
4.)I think people are simply not doing their research on the number of calendars the Mayan use, and in SOME cases the insanely large time periods they have used. (ie – http://www.authenticmaya.com/calendar.htm) Please do not stop here, read ABOUT their religion and the unbelievable number of cycles the shamen combined; I am not making this stuff up……
5.)People in the comments have made the mistake several times of interpreting something that was AZTEC as MAYAN. I specifically am saying this in refrence to Quetzalcoatl.
6.)Just like how I can’t discredit(and never would) someones belief in Christianity, buddism, or hinduism or any other major world religion, how can people be so fast to discount a religion thats STILL followed by millions of people? This is simply amazing to me, because in terms of mathematics, this culture had the most in depth understanding of any known culture pre-1500. It is also interesting that the Mayan calendar has created interest from people in fields besides archeologists. The fact that 2012 we DO hit the galactic plane should interest those who have a apt for physics, chemistry, mathematics, astronomy, cosmology.
Please do more research on your own! I would say in this field, websites seem to have a massive lack of information and confusion regarding the religion/culture.
Thanks again
Dear Panthar,
Could you please for my benefit define “Galactic Plane”.
Leah,
The intersection of the galactic plane is I believe a 26,000 yr cycle as stated in above posts. I am not a astronomy expert, but; galaxys are planar, in other words, they exist as essentially a plane in open space. Now our sun basically has its own little ‘orbit’ for lack of a better word, going up and down relative to the galactic plane. Sooo every 26,000 years, we will be in alignment with the center of the galaxy.
Hope that helps!
Dear Panthar,
Thanks, just wanted to be sure we’re on the same page. Sooo many terms for the same thing. Everyone would do well to pay attention to that one fact…as fact it is. It was back in 1988 when I was 30, that a friend at the UN told me to do my diligence re the 26,000 cycle and Galactic Plane. He did say “may you live in interesting times” (chinese context).
I’m interested in the best of both, science and prophesy. The bible has a record of accuracy and so do certain well known psychics. In the text, certain bible predictions have come to pass. (I don’t now refer to the “bible code”. I think the code is the result of participation of the readers throughout time as they read, to play a part in the written text, beyond the apparent linear nature of time, cause and effect from a point of view being simultaneous. The code may or may not work effectively as a prophetic tool, but express the nature of human spirituality in time.) Perhaps psychics and the bible follow one another, or perhaps there is something to what they have to say about the near future. The work of Dr. Snow was really interesting. He progessed hundreds of people forward in time under hypnosis. None knew each other or were related and they lived in different parts of the country. All refered to major earth changes during our time period, a shift of the poles, raising and lowering of large land masses and a large reduction in population. Perhaps it’s mass hysteria at an unconscious level, or perhaps not.
“Then isn’t it weird that self-proclaimed prophets seem to have a success rate of well below 50%, and even lower as they get more specific about their predictions? That should tell you something, right there.”
Weird is people who are not prophets thinking they are smarter than people who are prophets.
Dear Ron,
We do indeed have a plague of locusts on 3 continents, and rivers turned terra cotta red in India. Remind me if you wish, of the full list of plagues the bible predicts.
Patient zero is very self descriptive.
Hi Patient zero,
you react to an entire group of unrelated people, good and bad, called psychics–without regard to their record. If you are interested, read the biography of Edgar Cayce.
Dear Leah,
I guess there must be a website that lists all bible prophesies and those that have come to pass. That would be interesting. I’ll look.
Dear Ron,
In addition, have found the plagues, flies, frogs, darkness, river turned to blood, locusts, death of 1st born child, rained fire and hail.
Dear Leah,
I don’t know what is worse, plagues or floods and earthquakes.
I guess the major point I was trying to make is, we are adapted to the seperation of religion and science. This clearly makes people dismissive of the reality that there was cultures that took the exact same ‘rational’ approach to reality in religion. The cycles are just that; their science, no more, no less. How meaningful is that next solar eclipse to our lives in reality? I speak nothing about what is going to happen, if anything, that was not my goal of posting here.
I would argue argue Christianity is very rational in its foundations as well. Mayan living today find no conflict between their old idea’s and new christian ideas. A little historical note here, generally cultures when taken over, of course are forced to convert generally, BUT the conquered people also feel that their god let them down, so they accept the conquerors god because that god to them is ‘more powerful’. I am sure some people will disagree with me on that interpretation of history, thats ONLY my opinion.
I probably just opened up a whole can of worms,
Mosquitoes.
Mosquitoes are the worst.
Dear Leah,
I don’t mean to joke, sorry.
Dear Ron,
Both are undesirable, but we have to face up to the truth that we already have plagues, cancer (lost my father and husband of 56 to cancer) aids etc. Earthquakes on a daily basis in varying strengths (I track in real time), likewise floods.
I have had experience of 1 earthquake, 1 hurricane, and two major sewerage floods and was the only survivor of the meningitis outbreak that came from the sewerage.
All these things and more, have made me strong, and taught me to keep an open mind and to research and learn.
I get up, hope for the best, keep all possibilities in mind, and deal with what comes.
I think it’s true, sometimes science is less rational and objective than some religion, science becoming a religion in itself without admitting it. At some point science must admit objectivity is impossible without accepting possibilities it cannot prove within its own subset of reality. Quantum physics proves this, but most scientists seem to ignore its implications.
Dear Leah,
It’s encouraging to read about your outlook after what you have experienced.
Dear Ron,
I wrote the previous post as proof of life after adversity. So many people are fearful/concerned about 2012 when in all probability we will have a higher concentration of climate and geological activity to contend with, plus the effects (unknown now…maybe known closer to 2012).
sorry, meant “plus the effects of the Galactic plane in 2012”
Dear Leah,
I have a feeling too that it may be something less than the more dire predictions, but still very traumatic and some events spread over several years time.
Dear Ian,
I’m actually kinda freaked out about the whole thing. However, you’re skepticism is refreshing. My question is this: have you ever read the work of Dan Eden from viewzone? it can be found at http://www.viewzone.com/endtime.html and it’s really freaky. His theory is that Dec. 12, 2012 is when the poles will shift, coinciding with an increase in solar activity as well as the planets aligning and the passing through the Galactic equator. However, this might all just be talk. Have you got any thoughts.
Events leading upto a peak, then tailing off. Peaks and toughs. The effects of lining up/ galactic plane etc may not be obvious for some time after Dec 2012.
A lot of humans unlike animals are not good at spoting subtle changes, they need hollywood glitz or fireworks before they notice.
Dear Jim,
Pole shift has and will happen again. Sorry to muscle in, but instead of being freaked, read up on pole shift. If you know the signs and a pole shift occurs within your lifetime, you will know what to do.
Naturally as I do, you could keep track on geological websites from time to time, as to whats going on, on planet earth.
It is fascinating that such an alignment of the planets would occur at the time when they pass through the galactic plane. I wonder if that occurs at each passage every 13000 years. I assume the sun and planets pass through the plane twice during the 26000 year cycle.
Cayce said the final destruction of Atlantis occured about 13000 years ago.
Has anyone detected pre-Mormons among the Mayan vunderkids?
This has been a fruitful discussion!
Now back to reality, the business of science.
I remember someone exclaiming that something was bigger than a gasoline atom and … will blow up the world or universe orf something.
No, back to science!
what i dont get is that why are people saying that the earth’s axis will be so tilted that we’re going to fall from the axis.
i dont get how that’s even possible and why people are talking about it now. they first were talking about the end of the world, then they talk about that the mayans meant that a new age of enlightment was going to happen, and now people are saying that if we dont get the 13 crystals before dec. 21 2012 then earth is going to fall from its axis.
can somebody please help me to understand, i mean i dont really believe in none of this stuff because the scientists never mentioned that the earth is falling from its axis, but please can somebody help me to understand because right now im really confused and worried.
i mean all the sites ive been to even yahoo, the scientists said that nothing’s going to happen, and its going to be another normal day, but everybody’s saying different things, and its starting to freak me out. and im only 17 years old thats why im really freaking out because this is the first time in my life that im worrying about a superstition.
even john major jenkins said nothing’s going to happen its just going to be a new age of enlightment, and he’s been studying the mayans all his life, so i believe him a little, but i appreciate it if anybody could help me to understand so anybody like the person who made this article Ian, or that guy that keeps typing things and arguing, even tho his is more understandable and more scientific, please help me to understand.
Dear Eric,
Do you mind me asking which continent or country you are living in ? I am in England.
i live in america
Dear Eric,
Most of the people writing here have done a lot of research about 2012, but only the lining up with the Galactic Plane is factual. Everything else is opinion, ideas and possibilites, not facts. Don’t be freaked.
dear leah,
but what does aligning with the galactic plane actually do to earth? will it be really bad for us?
Dear Eric,
None of us knows if it will be good or bad for us. Maybe Astronomers will have more information as we get closer to 2012.
We don’t know what the effect of the Galactic Plane will be…..but it could just as equally be GOOD. My daughter, 21 is not afraid, because she knows that fear will not change whatever happens…or does not happen in 2012 or even now.
My hopes,wishes and prayers are that 2012 brings enlightenment to the human race. This amazingly beautiful golf ball in space that we have the privilage to call our home, could sure do with an enlightened human race that stops damaging Earth and all the other life forms that we share it with
i agree with that. well its just that i want to stop thinking about it because i kno that wut people are saying about 2012 are not real, and there’s going to be no doomsday, but i cant get it off my mind.
Dear Eric,
Best thing you can do is get on with life, keep in touch with this subject if you want occasionally. I can’t get it off my mind either, but it is only one of many thousands of things I think about and research.
We cannot stop planet earth on her travels, but we can try to understand her better as each day passes. I sleep well, and don’t worry….so should you.
Good night.
Science as an ideal is merely escape when nonsense is in the eye of the beholder.
If it doesn’t have any meaning, then we’re in agreement. And you say nonsense, and I say of course. Far be it from me to tread upon your label, preformed thought exists free from any requirement but fashion.
I BET BY 2011 ALOT OF PEOPLE ARE GOING TO GO TO CHURCH SO THEY CAN BE SAVED AND THEIR SOULS CAN BE SPARED. now thats a fact.
by Mik, 🙂
What a shame. I was planning to leave my job & family, hike round Europe the end my remaining day in a Baccanailian (sic) orgy of women, illicit pharmaceuticals & anti-social behaviour.
Now I’ll have to sort out our mortgage when our fixed-rate deal comes to an end.
And get the lawn cut.
Damn.
It wont end.. History channel are losers. Its a hoax.
A mayan calendar ends.. oh no
I can’t wait till december 22 2012. just to rub it in those apocalyptic freaks faces
how much were you paid and by whom to try and debunk the inevitable???? there are none so blind as those who will not see…i am not saying a cataclysmic event will happen exactly in 2012, but please explain away for the the approach of planet X entering our solar system–on its 3600 year eliptical orbit–images already caught by the multi-million dollar telescope our government paid for and build in antarctica specifically to watch its approach…something bad is going to happen to planet earth as this planet orbits through our solar system…make all the jokes you want…you are all fools if you can’t help but wonder why no one is mentioning this or warning us of its approach…watch the southern hemisphere, my friends…in a few years, we will have three suns…the only ones who will survive this are the ones that already know about it and have privy to all the bunkers built underground to protect them…IE. our government officials only–and the ones they paid to make light of such a serious situation…you can bet it won’t be any of us…thanks for trying to insult the intelligence of those who have a genuine concern for this planet we all call home…
I never heard about planet X before. It sounds intriguing regardless of what anyone thinks (including people who post merely to try and make others look silly. They are the ones who are full of themselves). It reminds me of an old movie called When Worlds Collide. I always liked that movie since seeing it as a kid. It struck something very deepseated inside about past events that we’re not aware of.
I think the imagination leads to greater truth than pointing fingers for no purpose but to make themselves look and feel better. I don’t think there is insistence here about what will happen. Some insist that nothing will happen and they are stupid to study and consider.
I realize I shouldn’t involve myself in arguing with idiots, but it’s somewhat enjoyable.
Dear Becky,
when you speak of 3 suns, do you mean metaphorically in some way?
Hi Ron,
Becky is right re a planet being tracked…3 suns I don’t know about. NASA is tracking a planet too…same one.
Re the deep underground (some plushed out like the Ritz) bases, approx 50 worldwide, which are for the CHOSEN ONES only….their real all right. Keep human kind to 500 million it was written (and carved into stone in recent times, Tennessee I think.
Monsanto poisons the earth and water ways with pesticides and false fertilisers, gives us GM seeds to sow. And thats only one slice of the whole cake that we are consuming daily. Seed vaults and life form genetic vaults, and only they have access.
All just a tip of the iceberg. Back later.
Sorry about spelling…being pressurised to get going.
There is a great possibility that the Cherokee are right in that there is going to be a 3rd great shaking, (meaning war sometime). The powers that be certainly seem hell bent on war. Under those conditions they would of coarse take to their underground bunkers.
2012, planet X, war or aliens coming, we all got to get there first…then we’ll deal with it.
rofl apperently it was 6/6/06 now 6 years later what next? 2018 ftw? 2024???????? 2030???????
2036 John, Apophis.
Please, don’t quote Karl Kruszelnicki. He is not a real scientist. He is an entertainer, and his methods although all glittery and popular are about as far from science as Pauline Hanson’s neo-eugenics theories. I do not know why the science-tainment industry holds this hack in such high esteem.
Your article however was very good. But if you want credibilty (apart from using your obviously open and critical mind and communicating clearly) please stay the hell away Quackie Karl the Doctor!!!
your a fool, im sorry but your a damn fool. you think your smarter than an advance race that could make a calender run tens of thousands years in the past then stop for no good reason like you say on 2012. o ok lets see just how much sense that makes. You shouldn’t be a doctor cause apparently your dumber than a box of rocks. Thank you and have a good 4 years you fool! yours truly Scott
Dear John,
666 inverted is 999 the hallmark of 24 carat gold = money, route of all evil (it has been written) , greed, and has become a very popular and widespread “religion”. The mark of the devil on the hand or forehead might be a bank account number.
We digress, 2012 could be relevant due to critical mass re world financial affairs, asside from any other events.
wow this got taken over, the ones who believe this(the EOTW) get defensive when someone doesnt have an “open mind” to the minute possibility of everyone being wiped off the earth. but yet they arent keeping an open mind to the probability of it not happening. kind of hypocritical if you ask me. so basically let me get this “planet x” is supposed to come on a fly by(i thought it was 2003 it was going to), world war III is going to be happening, hurricanes, earthquakes, disease, collapse of society, etc, all in one year? how? oh and by the way apophis its not big enough to cause mass extinction but it would leave a hell of crater or tsunami if it did hit.
It’s funny.. I’m not a believer in the 2012 doomsday theory, but I always have a good laugh at those that are opposed to it saying it’s “silly and impossible” to believe in something like that.. Yet those very same people will sit and tell you all about God and Jesus.
I stress again that throughout the ages WE ARE STILL HERE. I keep an open mind on 2012 as with everything else and as yet have voiced no opinions just WHAT IF.
According to Cayce, there was a polar shift approximately 13000 years ago. Mammoth carcus are found in arctic Siberia with undigested tropical vegetation in the stomach. Apparently some northern lands once had a more southern latiitude, which also explains evidence of an “ice age”. According to him another major Earth change is in the works and part of a regular cycle. Yes, some evidence is there if you look for it.
Pole shift, and magnetic pole shift are different, the latter being a reversal south/negative now becomes possitive and north/possitive now becomes negative.
Pole shift is the swivelling of the floating earth’s crust around the iron core. The effects are drastic, the worst of which are short lived.
These are natural, re-occuring and unavoidable events. To learn about pole shift is to be able to better cope with it should it happen within your lifetime. To deny the possibility, is to be less able.
Google “galactic alignment”.. what a coincidence eh?
I am curious to know if they (magnetic and rotational polar shifts) are related. I would guess that they are, having to do with the circulation of the mantle underneath the crust and the movement of the continental plates. It’s funny that scientists never consider the possibility, which would explain temperature extremes of the past. I don’t think snowpack would ever survive in latitudes of 40’s to create glaciers at low altitudes with the summer sun high overhead. I would consider a major reduction of the sun’s output at times in the past, but I haven’t heard anyone find similar fluctuations apparent among any of many thousands of stars each whose magnitude and spectrum is recorded. Why isn’t common sense more prevalent among scientists? I guess they are suffering from “Global Warming”. But now they may get relief since it has unexpectably taken a break for 10 or 15 years. In other words, they don’t know what will happen. Carbon is the basic building block of life and its reactivity makes life possible. It instantly combines and the relatively small amount produced by man is readily absorbed by water and plant life. Temperature dictates the percentage of CO2 that remains in the atmosphere and this is proven by ice cores from the antarctic which show increases in mean temperatures during the past 2000 years closely followed by increases in the CO2 level, not the other way around.
Sorry leah, I just dislike the senselessness of the misuse of science. I feel that many scientists who support global warming hysteria have a better understanding, but have an agenda to try and reduce man’s “impact” upon the earth. I wish they would have a better agenda, such as to reduce the thousands of tons of herbicides and pesticides used in agriculture. I think the long term use of these has a heavy impact upon life. It has been shown that crops can be very effectively grown without heavy use of chemicals. Yet we ban DDT which was relatively benign and extremely effective at eradicating mosquitoes. Millions have needlessly died as a result from malaria. Companies have developed much more expensive and less effective chemicals in place of DDT. They are longer lived and more damaging to plant and animal life. However no one now bans these more dangerous chemicals.
Leah,
I mean sorry I don’t stay on subject.
Dear Ron,
You so right, like I said Monsanto and other companies like it as systematically poisoning earth, Air and water. It is relevant to 2012, for those who can see it.
Just spent 5 hours weeding by hand, because I refuse to poison weeds, or anything else for that matter.
Dear Leah,
Monsanto makes Nutrasweet and I’m sure you’ve heard about the effects of aspartame when a lot is used by people drinking too much diet soda. I think they were also responsible for having a natural sweetener called stevia banned from use as a sweetener. It’s available as a supplement and I’ve used it. In Japan they use it in their diet sodas.
I should say banned from sale as a sweetener.
Ahhhh…Stevia, like so many of nature’s miracles, its much more than just a sweetener. My cupboards are full of nature’s miracles. One reason why Japan has very low incidence of cancer. Only since they’ve consumed western diet has cancer become a health problem in Japan. One island consumes brown seaweed in quantity, and there are still no incidences of cancer.
Laminaria Japonica/kombu rich in U-Fucoidan, kills cancer cells.
If I stayed in one place, maybe I would eat a little healthier. I’m a truck driver.
3 times I’ve tried to post info today and 3 times I’ve been shut down. I’m used to this kind of thing. Not my computer at fault, happens to me on any computer.
The end of the world ……NO…..end of life on Earth…..NO. The next 8-10 years will be the end of this world for a humongous number of lives, both by human and natural causes.
All these things occurring in the earth were already foretold in scripture, both Old and New Testaments. I found 2012 in Daniel 12(the 1335th day), the ‘sign of the son of man'(Matt. 24:29-31)occurred May 6, 2002, and the ‘fervent heat’ which Peter wrote about, to which Isaiah also refers to in 30:26, is forthcoming. All of these things come to one conclusion: the end of the ‘age’ of the Gentiles, and the change from ‘satan’s’ rule to God’s rule in the earth for the sabbath day. Scripture also speaks about the financial collapse of all the kingdoms. So it is not the end of the ‘world’, but a change in the way mankind does things in it. You can expect 1/3 to be burned up in the fire, 1/3 taken by sword and pestilence, and 1/3 refined through this time.
When your source is God FIRST, then all things come clear. 🙂
Oh, and if you use your Starry Night program, go to 12/21/2012, and look in the daytime sky around 2 pm. Although they will not be ‘visible’, there are 3 planets aligned on the solar ecliptic on each side of the sun(this does not include Pluto)….ie. o-o-o-O-o-o-o . Kind of reminds me of a menorah…
Wow, some amazing discussion on this thread! I so wish I had time to chat to you all about your take on doomsday etc. I think it is key to take on everyone’s opinion and decide for yourselves.
I am curious though…
To becky:
You say: “…there is so much happening in the world around us…there are so many things that cannot be explained by conventional means…”
– Can you elaborate about that “things” you talk about? I’m just wondering if you are referring to spiritual, religious or scientific factors.
I look forward to reading more! Thank you all for your contributions.
Ian 😀
It is so easy to start this nonsense, but next to impossible to end it. I am doing a book on astronomy that does involve Mayans, however, I was fortunate enough to have professors read it. Where changes were required, they were made. My worse fear is what others who destroy facts will do with it after over a decade of research.
Hi alex:
Actually, scientists are not agreeing that all these doomsday events are going to happen at the same time. This is the very reason why I’m running these articles! The Planet X myth is based on very dubious “science” (see http://www.universetoday.com/2008/05/25/2012-no-planet-x/), and yet people think it’s been “proven”. No scientist has ever said “Planet X will arrive on 2012, destroying life as we know it”. As for polar shift ideas… well, there is even less “evidence” that this is going to happen in 2012. For the record I’m a solar physicist, and just so you know, the solar phenomenon you describe is very wrong (and no, the physics isn’t flawed).
The Sun will reverse polarity long after the year 2012, and this is by no means a doomsday event in itself, the Sun does it every 11 years! As for the Earth reversing polarity too, right in time for the beginning of a new solar cycle… just so you know, likelihood of a change in Earth polarity in the near future is not only unlikely it is vanishingly unlikely. As for both events happening on Dec 21th 2012 – impossible.
I would be very careful about websites or books claiming that there is evidence to the contrary, I can guarantee that there is no scientist willing to back up these claims.
Planetary alignment – well, the planets are “aligning” all the time in some way shape or form. If the gravitational influence was that strong every time the planets “alligned”, I wouldn’t be typing this now. We’re not living on a planet suffering huge tidal shear from other planetary bodies.
As for the Mayans, they didn’t actually predict the end of the Earth…
So to cut a long story short, never jump to conclusions. It seems very appealing to believe in the end of the world, but take it from me, it ain’t happening in 2012.
Thanks, Ian 🙂
A pervious search of 99 percent of the sky for a brown dwarf orbiting the Sun failed to find it. The orbit of such a beast in the Oort Cloud requires it to be farther than any stellar companion is known at its most distance point.
Our orbit in the galaxy explains comet showers. Besides, if such a companion was there, it would have been noticed. We have studied where comets come from. They are random.
With the Kuiper Belt studied so well since its discovery, we would also notice disturbances in it. Where are they?
“This is mythology, something that you cannot prove or disprove.” HA! You’ve got to be kidding me.
I guess that’s why the conspiracy theorists and nutjobs with tinfoil hats are clinging to it for dear life, because all of this Planet X/Nibiru crap is just that. Crap. When December 22, 2012 rolls around (and it will by the way, whether we’re here to see it or not), the idiots will just set the date ahead by another 10-20 years and find another excuse to justify it.
Oh yeah, and to that bible-thumping maniac Michael up there? Fuck you. When your source is God FIRST then you’re already living a lie.
That is funny, two know-it-alls butting heads.
regarding planet x, may i refer you to the website YOWUSA.com for more info…i find these guys to be extremely credible…check them out then make up your own mind…we are all entitled to our own beliefs and opinions, but we are also obligated to make sure they are educated and well-informed…the worldwide web puts everything at our fingertips…open your minds–read, study, analyze, question—but be smart about it… but don’t bury your head in the sand and say it is all absurd…there is so much happening in the world around us…there are so many things that cannot be explained by conventional means…so perhaps it is time to step AND LOOK out of the box…it sort of appears to me that everything we know is WRONG…science, as we were taught when i was going to school 40 years ago, no longer applies…science has not kept up with technology..we see things, but we don’t know what we are looking at… scientific research and explanations get squashed and censored before we ever hear the sound bytes on the news…what our government knows and is NOT telling us would be enough to sustain this planet, no mattter what happens to it…HOWEVER, we are in critical times…fossil fuel is almost depleated…we are using up all our food resources as an alternative to fossil fuel (ie. corn, wheat, rice)…natural disasters are at an epidemic proportion in our country and worldwide…this planet can no longer sustain its population…the logical answer??? let an event like planet X run its course…without any warning…the planet will survive, but the people, or most of us on it–will not…except for the elite and/or chosen few…the reason for disclosure??? world-wide panic…it is up to each and every one of us to become informed, and to understand all aspects of every debate presented in this forum…these are opinions—some of them, i might add, are extremely close-minded…we cannot stop or prevent the events of today, but the one question that i have heard no one ask is “What if that were me?” as long as it keeps happening to other people, no one pays attention…it is my opinion, that some day–and some day in our lifetime–it may very well be all of us…
just an added footnote—YOU DO NOT HAVE TO AGREE TO UNDERSTAND!!!!
I don’t think everyone realizes all the aspects that line up on this date. The earth and the suns magnetic poles are suppose to switch causing opposite poles to attract. This would cause huge solar flares when the sun switches poles. Also all the planets are suppose to come into alignment. Now wouldn’t this cause something to go wrong on earth? Like maybe pulling all the planets into the center of the galaxy or all the planets colliding. I believe that the world will end December 21, 2012. The mayans predicted this over 5,000 some years ago and now scientist say that this is all really going to happen on this date. So explain that!
Dear Ian,
If I had said that Galaxies are actually BALL/ Shere shaped 25 years ago, I would have been called NUTS. It is OK now though, due to Dark matter and Dark energy.
I did know that Galaxies are spherical 25 years ago, and how I knew is my business for now. The point is that most cannot set asside ego and emotions whilst doing their due diligence, nor do they leave room for the fact that with the passing of time and study, our understanding becomes clearer.
Like wise had I said that Black Holes exist at the centre of all galaxies, and that they contribute matter into a galaxy, and don’t just devour matter, I would have been called NUTS.
Is there anybody out there who has ridden the roller coaster called “our solar system” on any occasion that it crossed the galactic equator ? If so, we need you to tell us of your experience as we are in need of your insight.
Yeah, I used to laugh at the doomsayers back in the nineties. I said Jesus wasn’t coming at the millenium. I said the aliens aren’t coming. I said Y2K was a bunch of BS. I was ridiculed. It is great to have the last laugh.
Hi alex, thank you for your polite response. I am in no way stupid, and it kinda reveals the kind of person you are for that little outburst. The Mayans never said the Earth’s polarity AND the Sun’s polarity will switch at the same time! Where the hell did you get that little gem? I really want to know, that would most certainly change my opinion on the Mayan Prophecy – did this ancient race REALLY understand magnetohydrodynamic theory? Did they REALLY understand the variability in the Earth’s magnetic field? If they did, I had better re-write my thesis!
Please, give your opinions, but do not blast the opposition with name calling.
Thanks, Ian
None of us alive today has been through the experience of the Galactic Equator. If the people of 5-6 thousand years ago did, they have left us some info, but the 2 experiences can never be exactly the same.
There is a lot of “crying wolf” that goes on, but no one can be right all of the time, just as they can’t be wrong all of the time.
Dear Ian,
As for both events happening on Dec 21th 2012 – impossible. I am sorry but I cant help but say that you are stupid for saying its impossible. The planets will all come into alignment on this day the mayans predicted it over 5000 years ago and scientist are proving that they are coming more into alignment each year. And for the poles switching, i understand yes the suns polls switch every 11 years thats how the mayans knew it would switch on 2012 along with the earths. I understand you might be a scientist or whatever. But what about all the proof that is finally coming together how can you deny all of this and say its IMPOSSIBLE? Also i never said anything about planet x i could care less about that. Honestly our government and nasa lies to us everyday so how can we believe some solar scientist?
Ian–in answer to you questions, i will try and keep this brief…and please remember–these are only one person’s opinions:
religiously, we have fallen apart…history tells us that this country was founded on religious freedom…”one nation under God”…what happened to the separation of church and state, and tolerance for another person personal religious beliefs? tolerance has sadly been replaced by political correctness…we can’t offend anyone EXCEPT those who hold a fundamental belief in God…and those people are the ones losing that very right…no more “one nation under God”..no more “in God we trust”…God is being taken out of the equation…
spiritually, one does not have to be religious to be spiritual, tho the two do intertwine more often that not…spirituality, to me, is about believing in one’s self and believing in something bigger than myself…forces that i cannot touch or see working for me in my life…all for a greater cause or purpose…things happening for a reason…this concept for some is a bunch of hooey…and i understand that…i can only speak for me and how it has worked in my life…
scienticifally, we are dwarfs–mental midgets…and i mean no offense to anyone by using that terminology!!
we cannot decide where we came from, much less where we are going…it is all speculation…somebody created the “Big picture”…and somewhere down the line, it got made into a puzzle of 1000 different pieces, and then everybody became a specialist…each specialist grabbed one piece of the puzzle and disected it, analyzed it to death, debated it, and even transformed it into something it was not…meanwhile the big picture is being lost to obscurity…everything has to be explained, and some of those explanations, to me, are preposterous, illogical, unreasonable, and just plain wrong…they just don’t make sense to me…we have all this technology, but to what means? we are advancing so fast, that things become obsolete in just a matter of years…but we keep falling back and relying on what we think we know…and for me, that shoe just doesn’t fit any more…instead of embracing new thoughts, ideas, problems, concepts, even possible destruction or our planet…we waste all out time and resources trying to DISCREDIT it, instead of DISPROVING it…ya just don’t shoot the messenger!!!! some our scentists and researchers have invested their lives, only to have it squashed or shot down because it was outside the box…that is exactly what we need…people who are willing to think outside the box…to open their eyes and minds to ALL THINGS…it is our minds that play the tricks on us…it is not what we see, what we hear, what we feel—it is the center through which all these things are processed—our minds…and we owe it to ourselves to become curious, noncomplacent, interested, passionate about something, inquisitive…so what if we don’t understand it, or cannot explain it by conventional means…we should still stand humbly in awe of it…if we had all the answers, WHAT WOULD WE DO WITH THEM??? would it really make that much of a difference??? i think not…
our littlle planet, in its little solar system, hanging out in our little galaxy, are racing across the universe at speeds we cannot even begin to comprehend…yes…. things are changing…every second as we know time to be, hurls us further into unchartered territory…fasten your seatbelts, kids–we are just along for the ride…this is one of the things we cannot control…
doomsday theories are not a matter of if, but when…so lets zoom back in and refocus on the issues at hand…maybe each one of us cannot change the world, but we can change our own little corners of it…
become curious again, ask questions, look to find answers that fit your beliefs, inform and educate yourself, open your eyes and minds to things that do not fit the norm…nobody is with absolute certainty right or wrong…sometimes the more absurd something sounds, the more likely it is to be true…
thank you so much for providing this forum…whether you agree, disagree, or think i am a bonafied idiot..that’s okay…it feels very rewarding to be able to put all this out there.
would you like to meet chris brown???he’s rite here wit me rite now!!!! he’s my cousin.we iz blood cousins.he makin me type this down.
he say he want to meet some gurlz . he 18 yrs old, he says bt you hav 2write rite now.he say he’ll be waitin until 11:00………I lov yall says chris.chris B. waz rite her (& wat!)
Dear All, Re the last post.
We are unable to understand how Pyramids (all over the world) and the likes of Stonehenge were truly built in fact, but they were. To date we only have hypotheses re the techniques that might have been used.
If they managed to build whichever way they did, why would they have not had knowlege of e.g. Magnetohydrodynamics, and then some.
I for one do not believe that past civilisations, by sheer virtue of having lived in the past, must by default be less knowlegable than we are today. On the contrary, they were in some fields way ahead of us. There is such a thing as civilisations de-evolving and de-civilising.
im really scared can someone tell me the turth im scared for my kids
don’t be afraid, meagan—don’t be afraid…
you have to search for the truth…it manifests itself in many different ways…your truth or my truth is not necessarily everybody elses…
http://www.dartmouth.edu/~izapa/ regarding the history of the Mayan calendar.
In my studies of Sumerian (30 years ago), I found no suggestion of an end of the world, nor any cyclical period longer than a year.
in regards to pyramid building, check out
http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=homestead+florida+castle
A castle of coral built completely by one man during the early 20th century without power tools.
There is a great deal of interest in the ancient engineers, and a number of worthy books on the subject.
Be Well,
Bob Griffin
we all have lives already, space gays!!! but wanting to matter or make a difference is a huge part of mine..thank you for being concerned.
we ALL have lives already, space gays!!! and that’s the whole point!!! but wanting to matter or make a difference is a huge part of mine..thank you for being concerned.
IGNORANCE AND ILLITERACY DOTH RUN AMOK…instead of playing with the circus in your pants, have you noticed that there is a three-ring circus going on in the world around you??? just curious…
Lil’ A!!!!!!!!!!!!!! You are not interested in the subject of this thread….take your subject where it belongs.
Ian,
Sorry for calling you stupid but i really do believe either the whole world will end or something drastic will happen on this date. once again how can we believe a scientist when the government and nasa and cia and fbi and kgb all these people lie to us.We base almost everything that we started from the mayans. They began the long count calendar that is now our 365 day calendar. Why would we base so much of how our so called “days” run on the mayans unless they knew what they were talking about.
~” Scholar and author John Major Jenkins reports,”On 13.0.0.0.0, the December solstice sun will be found in the band of the Milky Way. We can call this an alignment between the galactic plane and the solstice meridian. This is an event that has slowly converged over a period of thousands of years, and is caused by the precession of the equinoxes. The place where the December solstice sun crosses the Milky Way is precisely the location of the “dark-rift in the Milky Way…’xibalba be’ – the road to the underworld.”
~”The Maya messengers, reknowned for their architectural, artistic, mathematical and scientific achievements, left a calling card as a series of super-human sized stone monuments and pyramids with precise calendrical computations. Planted with great intention, these dates were left to ensure that future generations would be alerted to the coming end point of this great 26,000 year cycle. A cycle which corresponds also to a 26,000 year relationship of our Sun orbiting Alcyone, the central star of the 7 Sisters Pleiades constellation. According to the Maya, the “future” which lies beyond this end date is literally “a new world age” – “a new creation.”
Let me know what you think.
The……end of the world is……soon, for humanity has slaved animals(beings) on the earth for countless years……….HUMANITY SHALL NOT GO UNPUNISHED!
blake…please do not be afraid…if you are only 10 years old, then you need to understand that planet x is not going to slam into our earth and knock it out of existance…it is flying through our solar system…and it’s presence will have an affect on everything that keeps our planet spinning and in place…we do not know exactly what will happen when planet x flies by,… this is the first time in 3600 years or so…so our present knowledge is of no help to us…we can only guess…but things as we know them to be right now are going to change…it doesn’t mean we are all gonna die…it means that there is going to be a huge natural disaster, much like a tornado, or hurricane, or earthquake, that will affect a large portion of our planet…i do not believe it will wipe us all out–but i think there will be a lot of lives lost…
talk to your parents about your fears…talk to your teachers, your preacher or priest, or whoever will listen to you…but don’t be afraid to live…or die…planet x is not something that we can control…it’s been doing this for 1000’s of years,and we are still here…a little different, maybe–a little worn for wear…but we’re still here…if you believe in God, you might want to renew your friendship with him…he’s a good friend to have on your side…you also have to know that things happen for a reason…good, bad, or otherwise…and that a blessing hides in every one of them…
i really hope this has helped you, if even just a little…go be happy, and find your joy…and stop worrying so hard… stay curious and keep searching for answers…none of know with certainty what the future holds…
You guys won’t even notice the wobble/alignment/ i has happened LOADS of times in the past. No effect. and the solar ray stuff wont be noticed either… might be some like cell phone probs for a day.
Mayan calendar doesn;t mean nothing it just resets. It was actualy a HUGE celebration for the mayans to complete the great cycle. bigger then the milenium.
doomsday? please. more of a mexican celebration
Dear Becky,
I’d really like you to recommend the website that you personally think is closest to the truth and the most accurate Mayan translations.
i am so sorry, leah–please forgive me…
please let me get back with you regarding that website…i have read so many…but i will narrow it down and pick the one…thank you for putting up with me for as long as you have…i will get back with you….
leah–i keep going back to marshall master’s YOWUSA.com website…upon first arriving there, you will think it is nothing but a doom and gloom website about planet x..marshall masters has been an advocate for planet x disclosure for years…however—through his search engine i found several links and a couple really good books that laid out for me in terms i could understand the mayan calendar and code…
the first book is by barbara hand clow
“the mayan code–time acceleration and awakening the world mind”
the second book is my john major jenkins
“maya cosmogenesis 2012”
now, i am not a rocket scientist by any means—but these books laid it all out for me and and leveled the playing field so i could understand…and understanding is the hinge that opens and closes all doors…
both authors have blogs, and the debates rage on…
please bear in mind that this website and these links were catalysts FOR ME in invoking understanding and insight rather that fear…everything is relative…
thank you so very much once again for allowing me valued space on this thread…
Thanks Becky,
Its just that over the years I’ve read stacks of books, then thousands of websites, so wanted to get a different take on the subject, like yours. Will check out your suggestions in the coming days, and add their info to my jigsaw puzzle, fast making a clear picture,
Shame if you not in UK.
Leah!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! You are not interested in the subject of this thread …. take your subject where it belongs.
Dear Becky,
You are responsible enough for me to respect,thank you.As for you,Leah,I hate you.I do not care if you dont like what i’m saying about you, i don’t care……I just hate you.Bye Becky!!!!
Oh and Leah you have to stop critisizing people on here such as for me.So quit sayin’ $hit,Bitch!!!!!
Leah, I can say what ever I want to, it is a free country.
leah–thank you for being so kind…home, for me, is phoenix, arizona, USA
Leah, I am so very sorry about my rude comments that I have said about you.Do you forgive me?I apologize……..I would also like to discuss about our views on the times we are living in.
Sincerely,
Lil’ A
P.S.
I would not like to have any more unnesessary comments from the both of us.
I would also like to get to know you,Leah, and also the rest of you people that are on here typing about the world.
yes, guys–i HAVE A LIFE!!! this week has been a little less hectic for me because i
ve been on vacation…that is why so much time has been spent here the past couple days…i took a minute this morning and reread all the ideas and opiinions presented on this thread…sometimes there are afterthoughts, and here is one of them…
perhaps to some degree, we are all hypocrits…we all want to be right…but being right really isn’t all that matters here…whether we get slammed out of existance tomorrow, next year, 2012, 2030, or never in our lifetime, what do you think would happen if we all started living our lives like it WERE our last day on earth???
thank you once again for indulging me…
Lil’A!!!, So you reserve the right of freedom to say as you please…..but I may not ?
I’d wrather hear your views on the times we are living in.
Hi Lil’A!!!,
No problem. Do you think or feel that some big change is coming in or around 2012 ?
Reading this thinking it’s a wonder well thats the problem.
Change is nature but belief shrouds what the mind wants to say. Another thing is that what people are adjusted to alters what a certain thing signifies.
True. That is why I’ve set asside belief and opinion in order to understand the signs.
I feel that the world is not going to change because sometimes people make mistakes, I mean, well……….you know,nobody is perfect.So, I am thinking that the world might not end for any matter of that reason.
Leah, which country do you live in ?I live in The United States of America.
bad bart,you should change your name to:B.B.i’m just giving my opinion.
If I set aside the legacy of ancient knowlege discovered by archeologists, all myths and legends, the signs still point to hard times and changes.
Why ? The atomic and nuclear bomb testing that has been done, the systematic poisoning of land and life through the use of man transmuted chemicals, and polution caused , e.g. The garbage islands in the pacific, CO2 in the atmoshere, efluents in every body of water incl rivers, the list is long and goes on and on.
I try to counter balance all that should have been done differently or not at all against the question “What good has the human race done for the Earth?” to justify the deeds as above.
This is where I hit a brick wall and need your help. If I put myself in the shoes of Mother Earth (I am a mother and have a daughter) I cannot find anything which has helped or benefited Earth.
Therefore Earth, aside from influences from the univerese, reacts. Cause and effect.
Reactions are a daily occurance, earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, tornados, cyclones, floods, volcanic eruptions etc etc. In recent times the reactions (the effects of our causes) have increased in number or intensity, sometimes both, in any one time period.
All this can be gleaned quickly from even just the last 65 years of our actions/causes.
Even if we do an about face turn in the way we live right now, the effects of our past actions/causes will continue for many years. Nature/Earth can do it, so long as we don’t keep adding to the S–T pile. We must do it for the children of today, and for the children of tomorrow, that is if we care.
Whether little grey or green men or Niburu come or not, the path that we are on now does not spell Good Stuff for 2012 or any other year. Just same old same old, more sickness, more war, etc etc.
We all each occupy a room in this wonderful house/home called Earth. At some stage we are going to have to WAKE UP, SMELL THE COFFEE, and READ THE WRITING ON THE WALL, and realise we are all one family living in the same home. We must stop arguing/War, stop being jealous and greedy (always wanting what the other sibling has) and work together to keep our home clean, healthy and happy.
Naturally the animals and plantlife are also part of our family. To trash Earth is to trash the whole family, animals and vegetation. Mother Earth can afford to do this…..she can always make more children. The children CANNOT make another Mother/EARTH.
hi, guys!!! it got a little awkward there…thanks for restoring order to this thread…thought i’d throw another website into the mix…
coasttocoastam.com
coast to coast is also a radio broadcast that airs on your AM stations (KFY55 AM here in phoenix)…they are the alphabet soup of food for thought for me…in fact, it is from their website that i found the “no Doomsday 2012” link that brought me here to begin with…it may not be for everybody, but they do cover a wide range of all topics…including the mayan calendar, and every other subject in between…for some, it might be worth a peak if you like adventures…it also provides a link that highlights every show they have broadcasted for years…if there is any one subject you are interested in
just thought i’d share…thank you so much once again for your indulgance…
Hi Becky,
How are you today ?
C to C am, useful, look in once a day for years now. Other good ones are Thothwe.com, Earthfiles.com and Standeyo.com. I use them as tools, amongst many other sites to get a really broad opinion base.
That would be THOTHWEB.com
leah–great points!!!! we absolutely have no control over the future—and whether we want to believe it or not, history does have a way of repeating itself…the only thing that changes is the way it repeats…things most certainly are not the same now as when the mayans thrived…what is evident and still remains unexplained is how and why they disappeared…but, i see parallels…if drought and famine caused greed, war, and then the demise of an entire civilization…HELLO!!!
…LOOK AROUND!!! replace that drought and famine with the depleating of fossil fuel, food products, disregard for earth, the enviroment, then add in more greed and politics…and we most certainly are following the very same path…one would think that with the superior intelligence and insight that the mayans possessed, they could have prevented that from happening, it that is in fact, what happened…
there was also the rise and fall of the roman empire (greed), two world wars (world war II because we cut off the oil supply to japan)
for a people who claim to have superior intelligence over all other beings, we just dont’ seem to get it.
i do very much like what you said about living in the “NOW”…now is all we really have…
…let’s say, just for the sake of argument, that you walk out your front door leaving for work, or to run errands…you are engrossed in thought about the meeting you have that afternoon, or the appointments you have tomorrow, or the trip you have to take next week…all of a sudden, you get hit by a bus….and everything ends…you got hit by that bus because you weren’t paying attention to NOW…you were worring about things that have yet to happen…and for what???
yesterday is dead and gone…and we have absolutely no control over tomorrow…RIGHT NOW is all we have…and we owe it to ourselves, our parents, grandparents,our children, grandchildren, neices, nephews, friends and foe alike, to make it count…none of us are saviors, but we are stewards…
leah–we are on the same pages…love earthfiles and standeyo…will check out thothweb…thanks so very much for the input
Too right Becky. We do however need to consider the future, when it is appropriate (not when our attention should be in the NOW) as what we do now effects the future downline.
I’ve spent a lifetime observing and thinking about the fundemental difference between animals and humans. One conclusion I have drawn is that Animals live 99% in the NOW, and plan ahead for short periods of time, e.g. one breeding season.
Humans plan much farther ahead, but predjudice their plans and future by not practicing their plans in the present. Human planning is more in the realms of WISHING and DREAMING, so their plans remain un-acted upon for the most part.
Animals plan to breed and do it, despite all the stumbling blocks and dangers they have to overcome. The powers that be are the ones that Plan a war, then do it, as one example only.
So my piece of wisdom is BE CAREFUL WHAT YOU WISH FOR….YOU WILL GET IT.
Therefore make better wishes, and act on them.
Becky, which country do you live in ?
I agree with Algore about Global Warming because the world should not contaminated anymore by exhaust from cars and other gases.I also think that more people should recycle because that is what’s polluting our lakes,rivers,beaches,…….etc.I think people should lower down gas prices because it’s becoming such a hazard to where people have to be walking to the grocery stores to get food.If we do not stop Global Warming,our world may come upon dangerous temperatures.For Example:about a week ago, 1,000 people in Windsor,Colorado lost their house because 2 or 3 tornados wiped them out.While I was driving back from a family vacation in Tacoma,Washington, I went through some horrifing temperatures.I went through hail,snow,fogg,and rain, all in one night.That was the day before tornados swept through North Eastern Colorado.Those tornados almost hit Greeley,Colorado which was the town next to Windsor and also my home town that I am living in write now.That is why I think people should start taking buses and/or riding bikes.Thank you for letting me share my story with you.
Hi, I’m in the UK. Lil’A!!!, you are right about none of us being perfect. We could be better at everything we do if we learnt from our mistakes. Or we could admit that there are better ways of doing things, even if they are not mistakes.
The sad sorry truth is that we already know that we have damaged the planet. The other thing we know is that Planet Earth cannot deal with the amount of garbage, chemicals etc as quickly as we are able to dump them.
If the planet could re-process as quickly as we produce…..then everything would be fine…problem is that it isn’t fine, and we all know it.
What can I say Lil’A!!!, you right. The USA has taken a big battering from a variety of disasters like so many other places in the world. I think that Europe has just been luck so far. The pain and suffering around the world of people, and nature is something that cannot be measured. I’m glad you got home safe.
Ian,
I see you haven’t commented me back yet, I guess that means I am right. Also look at these sites and then try to prove me wrong….Even when the history channel made a a episode about 2012. Oh also one of the famous people that predicted the polar shifts was Albert Einstein. Also you will see in one of the links that NASA does confirm the solar storms/flares i was talking about. Even the BIBLE (that so many people live by) foretells the apocalypse.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=11iCmzGnOI8
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D6wI3Pbolbw
I would like a response this time.
Thanks,
Alex
Hi I just got done reading this and i got to feeling a bit better,I have been so scared for the last few days thinking OMG we only have 4 years left?Am I going to get to see my daughter and my sons grow up?
i am very sensitive about that subject, it a very short period of time between now and December 2012 I am still a little scared but your article makes sense and it makes me fell a little better,my daughter is only going to be 4 years old,i hate to think that i will not get to see my only girl and my 3 boys grow up,if you have anything else to say to maybe comfort my thoughts I will really appreciate it!Thanks for the insight…:)
This whole Mayan calendar and Nibiru planet thingie seems so easy to debunk.
The mayan cyclical calendar started in 3114 BC, it ends 5126 years later in 2012. But if this calendar has any relationship to planet X (Nibiru) which has a supposed orbit time of around 3600 years, wel.. it doesn’t really make sense. First of all, we don’t even know what this planet x actually is, if it even exists, let alone know the orbit time.
Planet X supposed 3600 year orbit time doesn’t fit into the mayan calendar cycle at all. That would mean a worldwide disaster happened 3600 years ago, well did it? During that time the Egyptian civilization was still going strong, there’s nothing that hinted a total world destruction at the time. So howcome people believe this nonsense?
You are thinking on this ILLOGICALLY and completely Emotionally.
YOUR mind cannot conceive that the end of the Mayan Calendar COULD mean the “End of Life as we know it”, because you Believe that those who believe so are thinking irrationally and emotionally.
This is the same thing that Psychology says when a patient believes in a High Being, they say that this person Must have a Psychological problem, because they believe in something that they cannot prove with Physical Proof.
Believing something that cannot be physically proven does not make the believer irrational or emotionally controlled. It give them something to believe in, and is more often than not a PRODUCTIVE thing. It is what has given us CIVILIZATION. Before mankind had Beliefs that they could not physically prove, there was No Civilization.
The first nation-states to bring this to fruition, that we know of, were Sumeria and Jerico. In Sumeria, they Believed in the Same thing that the Mayan believed would “End Life as we know it.” That being the Anunaki, who purportedly live on what we think of as Planet X.
This is Not so far fetched of an idea to believe. Our Solar system has, by the Astronomy experts, been proven to be part of a Bi-nary System, then other Likely being a Brown DDrawrf Star (Since we Cannot SEE it, but the Planet Earth CAN FEEL IT, due to gravatational forces.)
This purported Brown Drawrf Star COULD have a planet rotating it, that we could not see, due to the lack of Shine from the start it is rotating around.
IF this is a potential “Plant X”, and there is a race of creatures on that planet called the Anunaki, then YOU would be proven wrong.
I don’t think that is likely to happen, but “I” WILL NOT call those who believe it to be real “Irrational” as you have done here (even if you did not use that term itself).
But, You CANNOT Predict what will or what will not occur on December 21st, 2012 (or as some who believe in the Mayan Prophecy state is that time of May 5th, 2012). Since YOU Cannot look into the Future with ANY sense of accuracy, you CANNOT Scientifically state that Nothing will happen on that date other than a “Normal” day.
The end of the Mayan Calendar “”COULD”” mean the “End of Life as we know it”,
It is VERY POSSIBLE that That Could or Will occur. I know that because I KNOW that Mankind CANNOT Accurately Predict what the Future hold. That Includes YOU!
Now, while your Math on the Mayan Calendar is SPOT ON, your further leanings are Nothing More or Less than “YOU OPINION”. And that is All they are.
You could BE Correct. Or you could be Absolutely Incorrect. We will NEVER Know Until That Date.
Do we stop doing all the things that we normally do, in case it does happen as the Mayan Prophecy states?……NO, that would be stupid and Ignorant.
What we SHOULD do is make sure that we are Always Prepared for ANY Major Disaster, just as ALL people who live along a Coast SHOULD be. Or those who live in Tornado regions, or those living in Earthquake prone areas.
But REMEMBER THIS, IF the Mayan Prophecy Does Occur, it will Not matter who was right and who was wrong, it will Only matter as to our reactions to it, whatever “IT” may be, Good, Bad or Indifferent.
But focus More of Science than on your Own Personal Conjecture, if you are going to view yourself as a scientist, and this Article is NOT based upon Science, it is based upon CONJECTURE and MATHEMATICS, and nothing more.
Dear EdP,
If ther is truth in the Mayan writings and Planet X has caused problems in the past it would have done so not 3600 years ago but on a previous fly by, as in the last time our solar system aligned with the galactic equator/plane.
Its just that the Mayans started writing up this particular calendar 5126 years ago….why….because it was time to write the next calendar/phase, just as we make/start a new calendar every January 1st.
Therefore what the Mayans are telling us about is an event that took place it is thought approx 28,000 years ago, which is about to re-occur in a SIMILAR but not carbon copy way. I have my suspicions that we may cross the galactic plane more often than that.
For all we know, Planet X might have burnt out since then or been thrown off its orbit.
All peoples of all periods in time make records of their experiences as a legacy for future generations….history books, stone carvings…no difference. Except stone lasts longer than books in some cases and climates.
No one should believe that we are the most knowlegable of all peoples that have ever lived on Earth….unless it helps you sleep better.
All things happen by formula in nature on earth as it does in the universe… and not by specific dates or by rote.
What if the precession of the equinoxes, give or take 28,000 years that coincides with the alignment with the galactic plane, but Planet X’s fly by does not, happening at a different time, or at least this time round? Is it conceivable that the translators of the Mayan writings misunderstood to some degree ?
thank every one of you for such wonderful, wonderful insight and input to this thread…
leah , as always, and EdP–for me, both right on the mark!!! Lil A!!!! thank you so much for opening up and giving me a peak into your world…i have a new-found respect for you…ingrid, again i can only repeat–do not be afraid…be mindful, but never afraid…leah and Edp both nailed it…we all have lives to live here…a fear of what might happen cannot define how we live each day…kids are young and very impressionable, but believe me, they can adapt—probably much better than we, as adults can…am i going to sell my house, my car, pack up personal belongings, and head for the hills to find a real nice cave to live in???? no!!! i have a life to live…(leah, by the way, home for me is in phoenix, arizona, USA)…this is the point where my spirituality comes into play for me…life is a gift!!! live it!!! instead of hiding from the storm, learn to dance in the rain!!! (unless, of course, its tornadoes, hurricanes, hail, and gale-force winds…and that, of course, would just be stupidity) but, i’m sure you get my point…JUST-BE-MINDFUL!!! WE ARE LIVING IN SOME PRETTY SCARY TIMES. but that does not mean we have to stop living…
Lil A!!! so glad you are safe and sound…yes, the weather here in the united states has been so bazarre, lately…and, yes–it makes me wonder why…
…just another piece of that puzzle that lays wide open for debate…
my thanks to you all for letting me share.
Are you leaving the thread Becky ?
leah–no, it is not inconceivable that the mayan translators misunderstood…WHO were the translators???
leah–i hadn’t planned on leaving the thread–but if you want me to, i will!!
No No, just that your earlier post sounded like a farewell, please stay !
Becky, wikipedia search (I know….not necessarily accurate… but what is) MAYA SCRIPT gives the names of those involved, past and recent, in the translations of mayan texts etc.
thank you–i just don’t want to be intrusive–i know i can be a little hard to tolerate, at times…
please understand that i am not faulting your opinion in ANY way, leah…that was not the point of the question…FOR ME, i sometimes can’t help but wonder if maybe small parts of the translation got squelched or maybe censored to some degree, that would allow the opening for debate…if so, when, who, and why???
the bible, the de vinci codes, the dead sea scrolls, the kuran—all scrutinized by translation…what’s it all mean???
no one has to buy into a debate…either way…but there is a significance that cannot or should not be ignored…whether is is an interest in our history or concerns about our future…it all has significance…even with it’s gaping holes…
Becky we are on the same page. Its hard to get the true sentiment from just the written word….the tones and inflections in the voice add so much to a coversation.
I think that it is possible that some, somwhere have more/clearer information re Mayans and 2012 etc, which we are not privy to.
However, just looking around me, I can tell that we have not yet reached the peak of present day conditions, after which things will start tailing off toward another trough and better times.
Hey fruitcake… and all people who define the 2012 date a doomsday, whether skeptical or not.
Mayans were not known ‘just’ for their pyramids, do your homework. They’re known for their greatn deal of knowledge, especially in subjects of math and astronomy. Instead of doing a whole bunch of gibberish reading and research, just take in how things have been changing. No – global warming isn’t happening, it’s the poles shifting, any idiot would know this if they didn’t fail geography.
The 2012 date is our(not just human) transformation into the 5th dimension. The mayans do ‘not’ predict this date or refer to it as anyway as a “doomsday” event. There’s a reason why we have a black and women candidate running for president. There’s a reason why awareness of our health is in danger and at a higher concern. There’s also a reason for the global warming term being thrown around. There’s a reason why everything we know, war, love, hate, everything we deal with is having dramatic change….it all deals with transformation into the next dimension and how we perceive reality. Now whether we get more damaging storms or not, all that’s part of the history of earth’s weather pattern, so the doomsday events will keep happening because of our earth’s pattern of replenishing itself.
All I have to say is.. live your life as usual but don’t be blind of change. The 2012 date isn’t to cause fear but self-awareness and assistance into transforming into another dimension of reality.
Dear Matt,
Please take the time to read the whole string if you have not already.
I can assure you I have not been studying gibberish for 50 years.
Dear Leah,
I’m sorry. I only bothered to read a few.. there’s too many here to read. I just wanted to aim to a couple skeptics and non-skeptics as well as the author. I’ve read a few of your responses and I agree with you. So no harm intended. I just would like people to stop thinking everything is so drastic and dramatic that the easiest answer is using the word “doomsday” in reference to ancient culture. And for the skeptics, I just wish they would stop debunking the most ancient of all cultures and see the bigger picture, rather than watch Indiana Jones or Sci-Fi’s Crystal Skulls then jumping on the internet to do some math and lousy research.
Dear Matt,
The whole thread really is worthwhile reading.
This isn’t a thread. Nor a forum. This is a blog. Blogs have comments. Which I don’t waste my time on.
I would not normally reply to the last post,
but Matt if you don’t waste your time on blogs, why did you bother to write a lengthy post on this one. Its a contradiction of terms, and confusing.
….your blind too. Read my first “comment” it was to everyone but it was strictly a comment to the author. You nor anyone else in the comments are the author.
It is not contradicting. I don’t waste my time on reading the comments. Are you stupid? you clearly skip or comprehend any of the messages I post.
I read blogs… I don’t waste my time reading people’s comments. From this message forward.. I would like to edit my first comment and direct it ‘only’ to the author.
DONE
Should have addressed it to IAN or MR O’NIELL
Dear Matt,
You so very accurately pin pointed one of the biggest problems with so many peoples views. Extremism/Hollywood glitz and over dramatisation of what is happening.
All arguments aside.. yes, that’s the problem. I work in the movie business so I know that both media and Hollywood will do what they can do to make a quick buck. While some is good informative material, they generalize and summarize this information into simple and false leading words i.e: conspiracy, doomsday, global warming, etc etc… Keywords are what attract an audience. The problem is the material being brought to awareness isn’t fully explained.. and the reason is simple, there’s no money or any public interest right now in knowing the details of all these troubles arising.
The world is being put through a case of fear right now by people in control by using things that are standard to life.. I think [that] is the transformation that will take place the year in 2012 and thereafter. I’m not sure if I read it here, but someone said “end of the world, no, change, yes.” This is exactly what Dec 21 2012 is.
Simply put in reply to this article/blog. I wish the author put more effort in explaining rather debunking.. at least educating the reader more so the material doesn’t display itself as a yes or no response.
Dear Matt,
“End of the world….NO…Change YES…..that was me.
I find many films useful, but in the context of “writers/film makers can only scratch the surface of a subject in the money and time alotted to a film/show”. If the subject matter of a film or TV program is of interest, the viewer can do further in depth research.
thank you i was optimistic when i heard the news i dident know what to beleive but now i do thanks
matt, you made reference to the transformation about to take place…thank you so much for that–i have entertained that thought, as well…though i have absolutely nothing to substantiate this, do ya think that might be what happened to the mayans??? instead of destroying themselves, they transformed??? leah??? what do ya think???
Hi Becky,
Just so there’s no misunderstanding, I have always been able to see the up side of any given thing that at first seems bad, and visa versa. Nothing is all bad, nothing is all good.
At the very least human attitude is on the brink of massive change, and it is for the better. The sooner attitude changes the less pain suffered. I can envisage that the Mayan civilisation reach a similar situation as we are in today, that obliged them to change their ways. They didn’t disappear, just looks that way. More like maybe disperse.
I love the idea of assending as in “Stargate” and keep an open mind even on that subject.
If that is what’s in store for 2012…fine…change of attitude…also good.
I feels to me that something between the 2 is already happening.
From all the different calendars the Mayans had, some much longer than the one ending in 2012, has just 1 calendar been found that goes beyond Dec 2012 ?
Hello Becky,
In reference to the collapse of the mayans, no one really knows for sure and to this day, it’s still debated. But their disappearance is definitely not related to the 2012 date.
When I speak of transformation, I relate this to the mind and the way we see and perceive things. Our mind will transition towards another frequency that will allow us to attain greater knowledge.
Good Morning!!!! How are you all today????
my thinking was not is so much how they were connected but more towards how they were parallel…if at all…
for me, i find the very concept of transforming and/or ascending so EXCITING!!! it is truly like a ray of hope for me…our bodies have eneryg points–chakras–and it is through these energy points that we “vibrate”…we all vibrate at different levels…spiritual awareness is how we raise our vibration levels…awareness and understanding, once again, hold the keys!!! good always seems to submerge from even the most horrific situations…as is look across the continents and see all the devastation that has happened in china and even here in the united states, with earthquakes, floods, tornadoes…the one thing that remains constant is the goodness and kindness that lives in the hearts of mankind…in the overall scheme of things, that has to account for something…
WE ARE A GOOD PEOPLE…we just haven’t realized how good we are, or can be…sadly, we are running like lemmings to the sea…my thought is to get the hell out of the herd…we do not have to jump to our own demise…but, hey!!! that’s just me…
thanks, guys!!!! enjoy your day!
Hi,
Not that anyone will read this far down the thread, however. I have been looking into this for a very short time, just a couple of weeks with a strong emphasis on the Mayan culture. There are many other cultures that feel the same as the Mayans and many in the scientific community that have polar views on its validity.
In 1492 Cris Columbus set out to prove that the earth was round and the yea-sayers and nay Sayers of the time were equally divided as those in this post. We are all far too fragile to truly understand the great and vast properties of this universe let alone our own planet, yet, there are those that say nothing will happen and that something will happen. Therefore it simply a matter of perspective, scientifically proven or hysterically believed.
From what I’ve read of the Mayans and other cultures like it, they lived in harmony with the earth taking only that which they believed they needed and nurtured the earth in every way they could.
If we are so superior why did we loose this fundamental component of life? On the contrary, we have contributed to its destruction in the name of science, religion and even superstition.
If there is anything to be said for 2012 it should be that we have an opportunity to change and create a planet where humans do not “own” it, but rather heal it, sustain it, and as a global village prosper in it.
If it was true and you knew for sure the end were nigh, what choice would you make? Would you sit and wait for the end? Would you do the best to better yourself and your community? That is what I believe is the transformation coming in the next 4 years, Armageddon or not.
excellent points, and very well said, jeff—thanks so much for sharing them…
If this is true, I would probably build a house or live in a cave somewhere in the stony mountains and reserve foods for a year. But I wanted the place to have a wifi ready so I can still do my online hobbies. lol
Seriously, I’ve been reading a few days now about the Mayan culture. What Jeff said was true. I found out that Mayans always been pointing out the self-consciousness in each human being. We are the ones who can truly make possibilities in order to preserve the abundance of the earth.
On the other side, December 2012 means a new hope for all of us. Something that we deserve for what we’ve done from the past up to this moment. Whatever it is, let’s just hope for the best. I also believed that this is a sign, if we’re able to live after the said date (I prefer to call it “Golden Era”/ “Golden Age” instead of “Doomsday”/”Apocalypse”), that will prove human is still the most dominant species on the planet.
Hi Becky and all,
Hope your day was as good and informative as mine.
Your point re WE ARE GOOD. I do wish that the human species would wake up to its INFINITE CAPACITY of GOOD. In reality the thing each human craves the most is TO LOVE, secondly to BE LOVED. Just got to put it into practice, and keep practicing.
Hi again,
To Leah,
9 billion people are too many to convince. There are too many infinite possibilities of choice with that many people. This planet cannot sustain that many people and while we have all the easy comforts in the west, this kind of shift in consciousness cannot be accomplished without an alignment of ideologies.
Simply put we would have to reduce the global population by 90% in order to really create a “global village” if the doomsayers are right, then 2012 (and the years leading up to it if the ancient civilizations are correct) should provide that.
If they are wrong then I’m sure mankind and all its greed and evil will result in pretty much the same. World famine is already starting. Oil is no longer going to be available in 10 years. We are using food stores as BIOFUEL. We have it all wrong and the earth knows best how to clean itself. I trust in that.
Dear Jeff,
Don’t know if you’ve read the whole thread but I had written earlier re the keeping of the human race to 500 million, and refered to the fact that a famous modern monument, I think in Tennessee has this carved into it.
We are on the brink of 7 billion, which I agree is too many, and especially as there are not enough jobs due to mechanisation.
The powers that be are doing a very good job of systematically reducing the population through the food and water chains etc. In addition there are natural forces at work as well.
My concern is that should the 500 million be achieved, it will be elitist and the whole problem will just continue.
good morning, leah, and all who have joined…once again, you are right on the money…love, being loved, etc…
are these not the laws of attraction???
“the secret”…getting back what you give…it is the simplest of basic concepts…yet the hardest one “to get”…
i love this thread…speaking of numbers…in the lower left hand corner of this thread is a number….right now it is 95703…when i first signed on, it was 895–….that means that almost 6000 people have read and/or contributed to this in only 2 weeks…thanks to this thread, and many like them–the word is getting out there!!!! i find that very encouraging and exciting!!!
gotta run for now–more later—please enjoy your day!!!!!
Good morning Becky,
Look out for an e-mail from Ian O’Neill, if you want to continue when this thread is finished.
Good reads for sure. So let me ask this…is anything supposed to happen on Dec.12th, 2012 that’s factual? Is anything proven…I have heard people say we will have complete darkness for 3 days.
The interpretation of one of the many Mayan calendars states that there was a “black” sunrise on the morning of the winter solstice.
honestly, no “real” information is available in so much that can be scientifically proven.
I get a “feeling” myself that a civilization that could plot the night sky with two sticks at intersection with alarming accuracy and predict the events of our time with relative accuracy must have some credibility to their interpretation of our solar cycles. Astronomy was one of thier most important elements in life.
As to what will happen….not sure. Too many flimsy stories and not enough consistency to make an accurate observation.
I think something major will happen, once again just a “feeling” I get..
Dear Jeff,
The black sunrise you refer to would be conducive with pole shift. It is said that on the cusp of pole shift, the sun seems to refuse to set on the day side of Earth and therefore seems to refuse to rise on the night side of Earth.
i don’t think its the end of the world.. there are thousands of predictions which never become true. Well i never believe such miss thoughts.. but i wish “make it true”.
Well , here we are just 4 years away from what? Cant tell can we ? Cause the Spainish killers of over 800,000 men women and children destroyed the answer. True we grow near a black hole in a gravity area that could be violent. I believe whatever occures will happen, after all they got a year down to the ,000 decimal. You must remember that the intel of this means that they didnt think it up., so who did ???????????????????
wait a minute…the mayans did not build the pyramids! It was the aliens that came with their technological knowledge. The rocks were way to heavy for any mayans to carry so they got samson on board. Obviously samson was real pissed off after he was done with the pyramids cos the rest of the fellas only stood around and watch
It will very likely not happen. Although, I will be prepared if it does. Simple as that. It’s no less important to prepare yourself for an extended power outage.
Hope for the best, Prepare for the worst, And take what comes.
I just can’t understand that a civilization like the Mayans (as brilliant as they may have been for their era) could know things that our current astronomers and scientists do not know now with all the technology that was not available to the Mayans. This is why I am optimistic that this occurrence will not take place. Better chance we get hit with a large rock at some point in my opinion.
One day there will be a generation that through archeology etc , say “Wow ! Just how did folks in the 21st century know and manage to do all that, considering how primitive they must have been.”
Obviously this would be the opinion, as few or none of our equiptment will have survived bio-degration. Just 1 thousand years down the road even plastics will leave virtually no trace. Now ask, what might ancient civilisations had that have been re-processed by nature?
good morning!!!
had another thought…if we sit and look at the universe throught a telescope, we get a very restricted picture…all we see it just what’s in the circle…even it the telescope is moved around to focus in on something else…we still only see what’s in the circle—-zoom in, zoom out, fine-tune—it’s still in the circle…if it’s out there, we see it, and we know it’s coming at us–WE STILL CAN’T STOP IT!!!
for me, i prefer to quit looking through the telescope, and stand in awe of the entire universe.
there are “tangibles” provided for us through history, past civilizations, and even more current history that give us insight and understanding of things yet to come…again, it is not a matter of “if”, but “when”…even with holes that have provided room for subjects of such serious debate, i cannot help but find comfort and hope in them…
Leah, I think it’s safe to say that no technology was more advanced then after we obtained the use of electricity. I think it’s safe to say, this was not discovered by the Mayans.
leah–what a great question!!!! now i truly wonder what our footprints will tell them. will we be envied or pitied????
Electricity, now there’s a thought, ever heard about the Baghdad (Sorry if spelling is wrong) battery ? The Egyptians may have had electricity. Giza Pyramid could have been a power generator.
Hi Becky,
Experience has taught me one thing, one good question leads to many truths, but assuption always misleads. Hopefully future generations will think more like Sherlock Holmes, and make less unproductive and wild assumptions as we have done in recent times.
Imagine what the reaction was by any of the Amazon Tribes when they were first introduced to 20th century tech, a radio for example. Voices from out of the ether, the voices of the Gods ?
Opinion alone does not make something so.
Not to say it’s impossible but with all the discoveries that have been made and those that have not I doubt one so complex was discovered and used in two separate eras….but now we are really getting off topic.
brian–not to SEPARATE the two eras–but to LINK them…not off the topic at all…everything is relative
Dear Brian,
Its not off the topic really. As the archeologists dig deeper, they find more info.
They need to dig deeper, and I don’t mean just downward into the earth.
I often wonder if the felling of the Amazon Jungle is actually an active search for ancient sites and relics.
your article just told me a bunch of theories of how the world will end…i was looking for hope…not for disaster. i already know the calender ends 2012, thats pretty much all you have told us….and these people are praising you like you acctually wrote something good.
its like politicial debates! they ask you a question and you dont answer it…you just something obvious but true like “9-11 was bad” and they feed on it…
i dont know why i am bashing you…i am just a little nervous because yes i am one of the idiots who is looking for answers…i just wanna be sure before i pop a seed in my girlfriend and find out that later on that daddies baby is gonna die at age 2!
(im a 16 year old horny male i and dont feel like dying a virgin)
hi that a load off my mind because i wes worry and crying because i dont wana die yes im one them people that worry about this i wana go on liveing my life i still did not do anything yet like that 16 year old kid im a virgin and i wana get merried have kids with the person i love but i just to make sure that every thing will be fine thanks you i feel better
okay, guys—at 16, you are WAY TOO YOUNG to be having children anyway–you are still just kids yourselves…and these are awfully BIG worries for being so young…you have the gift of life—GO LIVE IT!!!! you cannot let your fears for the future make you stop living today…there is a whole big world out there waiting to be discovered and enjoyed…we are ALL looking for answers, but you have to FIND THEM…they aren’t gonna drop out of the sky and land in your lap…live and learn–that is the only way…you have yet to learn that no matter what happens, everything is still going to be okay…
worrying about it isn’t going to change a thing…whatever will be, will be…please do not be afraid to live–or die.
Hahaha this iss so gay NOBODY knows when the world is going to end sooo get a life and quit trying unless you can phone god and ask.. seriously get a life….
Heheheheehe…you guys still here? HHHHHHHAHAAHAHAHH I went to Asia for 3 weeks, come back and you’re still arguing over boogy boogy? WOW, that’s …that’s pitiful, …but funny.
Ian, you’re a trouble maker.
Thanks.
Hello Kurtisle,
Hope your trip was good. Do you mind me asking you which part of Asia you went to ?
i don’t know if the mayans were “smarter”-but face it, for their times, they were much more advanced–and their legacy has even our most advanced thinkers scratching their heads…
as for the signs of the times, and what we are to be looking for??? one word that comes to my mind is CHAOS…
i do not think moving to another planet would solve a thing…except to promote the destruction of another planet…we have not yet learned from our mistakes here on planet earth…
Hello to everyone!
I’ ve been reeding this stuff,and I don’t mean just this blog for som time now.
It has been published a lots of truths,half-thruths and lies,even insults.
The point is,don’t try to convince anyone to anything,because they will go on as before.
My personal opinion is that we NEED this positive change,and ASAP.
This world has always been full of evil people and black souls,but we came to the point when we must stop and think.
You all know what is your biggest problem.
Try to face it,not to panic over some date.
As buddist monks say:if you can’t solve the problem,it’s pointless to wory.If you CAN,you will do it,and,again,it’s pointless to worry.
Oopss,it’s too long,I think.Sorry.
Best wishes to everyone.
Live freely and be kind to thy neighbour.
Dear Author ,
Please tell me , does NASA know about 2012, do they just not let us prepare?
Is it true ? Is Nibiru , Planet X is going to be seen between 2010 and 2012? Please tell me , shall we believe the Mayan Calendar or not.
My personal curious question.
Dan.
Wow, this thread is really long! Sorry I can’t respond to everyone’s thoughts.
To Dan: Your answer can be found in another article I posted: http://www.universetoday.com/2008/05/25/2012-no-planet-x/ – I hope that helps 🙂
To natnat: I’m glad the article made you feel better. I think there needs to be more articles out there viewing both sides of the story, not just the doom and gloom of the end of the world. After some research it eventually becomes clear that there is little modern scientific evidence for any of the doomsday scenarios.
And yes, I am a scientist – I have a PhD in solar physics and I am currently looking into further research and lecturing possibilities 🙂
Cheers, Ian 😀
Hi and thanks for submitting this article you really made me feel better about this whole thing. I mean people thought that the world was going to end in 2000 and when that didn’t happen people said 6-6-06. So I highly doubt that this doomsday is true!
Thanks again!
Live, Laugh, Love 🙂
p.s. I have a question for ian, are you are real scientest??
It will be funny if something really happens in 2012 though, like insane solar activity or an internet neutrality scare or the US pulls out of Korea or the Kyoto Treaty expires or people stop blindly following the rules and living in fear.
That will be funny, but you still win because the world will be a better place after and you can quickly change your perspective.
you seem to put down alot of these so called myths down maybe because you are scared or dont want others to know. who knows the truth will find out and about the y2k if you even remember it wasnt a doomsday. people thought because of the 2000 mark that computers would be fucknig up.
If the Mayan civilization still existed, the majority of them would be waking up on Dec. 22, 2012, with the newly aquired enlightment that if they had not drank so much ringing in the new calender year, they would not have woke up with an incredible hangover.
Hi, (one more rant and I’m done)
Just one more perspective on the whole 2012 issue, the Mayans and the current state of our planet:
The Mayans (and several other ancient civilizations) had dates of things to come BEFORE 2012. That would lead me to believe that the date is the end of the strife we are building up to right now.
Scientifically speaking (and I’m NOT a scientist so my information is pooled from multiple scientific resources across the net) the only things that are being released is that we will experience a “galactic alignment” with the center of our galaxy and that we will have an intense solar maximum (the solar flares and solar activity is at it’s highest at this point and will be greater than we have seen in the past) (Ian 0’Neil – please verify this statement as you have a better perspective of the solar phases through your research) and that alone is enough to cause concern…in 2012.
We are seeing the rift beginning in our world from famine to the skyrocketing oil issue and the unhealthy interest in bio-fuels that compound both the previous two, that’s just a few mainstream issues that I can find (know that there are more..like polar ice melting and permafrost – de-fronsting)
Weather the Mayans were right or wrong, weather a scientist can be believed, the cause and symptom remain the same, that we have no time to screw around with this anymore.
This planet MUST become a global village, the G8 counties must begin diverting their economic debt into healing, not throwing 300 million a day at a war that cannot be won, save escalate into something far greater, when 100’s of millions are starving so we can drive our cars. We need that money to be put into healing the mentality of the greater population of this planet, in whatever form works toward a harmony with the environment and its various cultures.
Lastly, I want to speak to those youths who are reading these things and are frightened by them:
No matter what happens, good or bad, we are all in this together, like many others have stated, live your life, one day at a time and learn and grow and find your happiness, no matter what.
Hi,,
For the record, the Mayans are alive and well especially in the Yucatan, they even speak their original Mayan language amongst themselves.
We need to change our attitude, stop fighting and share our planet peacefully, especially with all the non human life forms that are the foundation of our existance, providing our food, materials and medicines etc.
The immediate problem is climate and natural events. De-salination of oceans coupled with Green house gases which increase temperature and Ice melt icreasing ocean temperature slows the deep sea currents. Global dimming is often ignored but plays a big part in the overall problem, and is worth reading up on. Should Solar INACTIVITY continue, added to the above points, will lead to cooling, already Earth has cooled 0:75 degrees centigrade in recent times. Naturally other factors such as Volcanic activity play a part in the cooling/heating system of the planet.
We shall see with the passing of time.
To live only for the very very short term future is to live hand to foot. Best to keep all possibilities in mind. That way one is fore warned and therefore fore armed.
Leah, I stand corrected. A little off the subject, but your comment made me wonder, what has ever been done to improve the quality of our planet? I’m talking all around the globe. Cleaning up messes we created in the first place don’t count. Jeff, you’re right, but even if the greater population, by some miracle, all came together, is not going to matter until the people (mostly our government) are who are financing the wars, and here I disagree with you, its not so we can drive our cars, its so THEY CAN CHARGE us these inflated prices, so we can drive our cars, are completely removed. There is no such thing as the government actually caring about improving the quality of our lives, our world. It has no problem destroying the people right along with the planet. As long as their bankroll and oil stocks keep getting bigger.Thats their mentality. Can you imagine just for a second how threatened and terrified most governments would become if the mass population world wide really did become a “global village” ? As for todays youth, from what I see, 98% of them haven’t given any serious issues a second thought, much less be frightened. Its all about instant gratification and fuck anybody who gets in their way to achieve it. Who knows what really is going to happen on Dec. 21, 2012, but one thing for sure is if drastic steps aren’t taken to perserve and protect this rock we are on , we will most definately see a doomsday. Its just going to be a real long day.
Hello Janet Wyatt,
I agree with you re governments. Humans have not done anything to improve the planet
not that Earth/Nature ever needed any improvement. We need to improve as a species.
There is one thing we have accomplished which may seem inconsequencial now, but not in future. That is Music. The beginnings of understanding sound and its frequencies, how to use them, but more importantly how not to use them.
Dear anyone,
It seems as if the author, Ian, is not responding to anyones posts after my last convo with him. Either I am right or he is hiding something. And to Dan, yes NASA does know about 2012. If you haven’t realized by now, our own government likes to keep stuff from us.
Hello,
2012 is not really the doomsday, the mayans said its the end of this civilization. Its basically the begining of a more evolved humans who can tap into the noosphere.
Its pretty simple to understand once u have tapped in via either, meditation, pranic healing, dancing, or psychedelics.
You can read more on the noosphere
Peace and Love,
Clyde
This is for Becky. Your comment about cutting off oil to Japan being the reason for WWII has got to be one of the most mindboggling statements I have read. We got involved in WWII after Japan bombed Pearl Harbor on Dec. 7, 1941, killing almost 2500 men and destroying a good part of our naval force.It offends and saddens me that when people who don’t think twice about saying how they got the right to do this and the right to say that, have absolutely no clue at what a high price was paid for them to have the PRIVILAGE to be able to do so. I’m not trying to mean but get your shit together.
Sorry, off the subject again.
I can’t wait to see what people will do on 21/12/2012, riots anyone? Lol and what about New Zealand and Australia and all that that get to see “Doomsday” before anyone else, does that mean they’ll “die” first or what?
I don’t believe it, but anything could happen. For all we know, (this is very random and far fetched) the sun could blow up next Tuesday.
Anythings possible.
Aliens off of Nibiru are coming again!
I’ve searched the blog for answers, but found no counter arguments for what the pseudo-scientists are claiming.
Can anyone provide the counter arguments to the following claims:
1) On 12/21/2012, Jupiter will complete another approx. 11.86 year cycle around the Sun, which Dr. Rollin Gillespie (NASA) claims to influence or cause the 11-yr solar activity cycle (i.e., spots, flares, CMEs).
2) On 12/21/2012, Saturn will be on the opposite side of the Sun, opposite Jupiter, also influencing solar activity.
3) On 12/21/2012, our solar system will align itself with the Milxy Way, as opposed to “hovering Over” it, where mass and gravity is greatest, and therefore will also affect our Sun’s activity.
4) Where will Earth be in relation to Jupiter and the Sun? Does planet position matter in terms of CMEs trajectories, or do they just eject in every direction vs. in a linear manner?
5) CMEs aside, what are the effects of increased gravity from surrounding stars/planets in the Milxy Way to our planet and life systems?
Does anyone know? Can someone please simply provide the answers objectively?
hi, janet wyatt—my observations about WWII were not intended to offend anybody, or ruffle anybody’s feathers…it was meant to draw parallel lines between how greed , control for oil, and dirty politics are just as prevelant today as they were in our history…and apparently we have learned nothing from it…we sat and turned a blind eye to everything that was going on in germany–the slaughter of millins of innocent people–the invasion of russia, the dessimation of mainland europe, and the bombing of england…we did not want to get involved…pearl harbor drew us into that war, (prior to that , our government was playing political ping pong–much like we still are today) and even AFTER we got involved, it most certtainly did not stop the tragic loss of lives for anybody…after we got involved, there was normandy, oh yeah, and did you forget hiroshima and nagasaki???
there were more lives lost in WWII than in ALL other wars combined…it was a WORLD war…
i love my country, and like most americans, i would die for it, but i can’t help but wonder why we keep making the same mistakes over and over again…we are not blameless–not then, not today—and we are not paying attention to our history, or to the redflags that are flying in our faces every day…we, the united states of america, have the ability and the capacity to be a LEADER amongst nations, not a thorn in the ass of humanity…it is that ability and capacity we should embrace…love, honor and charity all begin at home…
roland–i’ll be the first one to step up to the plate and tell you that i don’t know…points 1, 2, and 3 are pretty well established…as to earth’s postiioning, and the side effects of it all, i’m sorry –i don’t have a clue…we’ll have to keep searching, or wait and see…wish i could be a little more insightful or objective…sorry!!!
Dear Roland,
The websites are out there for you to check out the possible answers to your questions.
Keep in mind that we are all students of life, and none of us are fake/pseudo. Study and knowlege do not live exclusively in schools and universities, and a degree means nothing if the holder passed exams parrot fashion.
We have all aquired so little info to date, that all we really have is opinions, until we discover additional info at which point we modify our opinion. I’m a real good Gemmologist among other things, but that alone was is not enough to gain a better understanding of the cosmos etc I live in.
THE WORLD IS NOW ENDING SO DON’T STUDY JUST ENJOY THE LIFE FULLFILL YOUR DREAMS
people r saying about alien attack
wat is the relation between–mayan calendar/doomsday/and 21st dec???
THUMBS DOWN 2 himanshu….EARTH wout end….but a huge chage cud come..
no problem we will adopt…pretty quickly
sorry i wanted 2 say…
“whats the relation between—mayan calendar/doomsday/and 21st dec…………………………and ALIENS”..???
well i have read from other websites about the world ending… and i have to say, i have been an idiot to believe it.. so to clarify things for myself and for anybody else who is still wondering..
is the world going to end?
are there going to be dramatic changes happening?
your article has really made me feel better about this whole situation, but i just like to ask questions to be sure..
Why does the beginning of the Mayan calender start on Aug. 11, 3114 B.C.? My guess is it fit conveniently in someone else’s calculations. I would like to point out, even with this date, there was life prior to the beginning of the Mayan calender,so it would be safe to assume there will be life after the end of the Mayan calender. I fail to see where the exixtence of all mankind is governed by this calender.
*existence
I Realy Wish This Would Not Happen If This Does It Would Be Realy Bad So Worried i am go worried
People you should check Ian Lungold’s welcome to the evolution. He explains how myans where actually studying evolution.
It’s really mind blowing lecture.
good morning, guys!!!
i can’t help but notice that, in spite of all the opinions and ideas that have been presented throughout this thread, we still keep asking for a definitive “yes” or “no” answer….AND THERE JUST ISN’T ONE!!!
is the world gonna end december 21, 2012 at 11:11 am??? probably not…but please define “end”…we can’t.
are the aliens coming? they’re already here…(just one person’s opinion)
my point being, PLEASE STOP for just 5 minutes and take a long serious look at ALL the things that are going on in this world around you…the “end” has already come for so many people…do you believe that just because it’s not you, it’s not already starting to happen???
please consider our economy…the end has come for so many–they are sitting infinancial ruin…
please consider our fuel supply—the end of our fossil fuel is rapidly approaching.
please consider our food supply…we are burning it up trying to use it as an alternative to fossil fuel…
please consider all the tragic natural disasters that are happening…the earthquakes in china, japan, turkey—and these are just the big ones that we hear about–did you know that EVERY DAY there are hundreds of smaller earthquakes that happen all over the world that don’t reek enough havoc for anybody to pay attention to…
please consider the tornadoes, floods and fires in united stated (and worldwide) that have caused 100,000’s of people to loose their homes, everything they have lived for, and even their lives…
please remember that hurricane season is right around the corner–no doubt much more disaster and devastation is in store for many…
please consider the use and abuse of our planet earth…global warming, greenhouse gases, filthy enviroments…
please consider how many people we know–family, friends, neighbors–who are already at the “end of their ropes”…
BUT MOST IMPORTANTLY, in spite of all this tragedy, PLEASE CONSIDER THE GOODNESS AND KINDNESS that continues to live on in the hearts of ALL MANKIND…therein LIES OUR SALVATION…
nobody is going to hand us answers on a silver platter…finding answers require a small degree of effort…you cannot just go to a specific website or link that says “here are the answers to all your questions”, look up the answers, then get on with your busy day…
for me, i have found some answers that i am very comfortable living with…but my answers, most certainly will not answer your questions…you have to find them for yourself… you cannot find an answer to things you cannot control…if you can’t control it–stop worrying about it…and focus in on the things you can control and make a difference with…we are sitting in the middle of a tennis match between “cause and effect”…the effects are being felt all over the world…
Becky, according to this link I don’t see a major increase in earthquake activity. You can also look at the 1990’s link below it:
http://neic.usgs.gov/neis/eqlists/eqstats.html
One thing I noticed, there are people of all types in this thread. You’ve got:
1) Objective people
2) Paranoid people
3) Ignorant people
4) Very simple people (sorry)
and lastly….
6) Absolutely crazy people!
this stuff scares me.
Hi Leah,
I was in Vietnam and Laos. I go there a couple times a year to visit my family and friends. I highly recommend it. It renews the spirit.
Leah,
Vietnam and Laos have a majority of Buddhists, as I am.
Buddhists believe in the ultimate reality – truth.
No gods, no dogmas…only pure, unadulterated truth.
Going there is a vacation from western thought and religion.
Hi Kurtislee,
Such a beautiful part of the world….I’m sure being there is a BRAIN break from the madness and un-truths.
I often wonder, if the peoples of the world did actually know….say about 2012….and there were going to be big changes, both physical and spiritual…..would they become complacent and do nothing……or would they unite and behave more like family ?
brian–thank you–may i return the favor???
if you get a chance, please check out
quake.usgs.gov/recent/index.html
…or do a google search on “real time earthquake activity”…you will be amazed…these links measure quake activity in real time…pretty interesting stuff…
just one more thought for today and i will leave you all alone…and this is regarding the mayan calendar, once again…
perhaps the mayan calendar was designed to force us all into a spiritual awakening…
if we knew we were going to die tomorrow, what would we do differently today???
would or family and spouses know just how much we love them? would our family and friends know how much we appreciate them? would we be a little kinder, and much more grateful? would we make amends to those we have wronged? would we have any regrets??? would we go to sleep that last night knowing we had done and been the best we could…or that we had mattered or made a difference???
time is the one thing we take for granted the most—we have tricked ourselves into believing that there is an unlimited supply of it…but like everything else, it, too is running out…did we make it count???
so i ask myself once again…if i knew i was going to die tomorrow, what would i do differently today???
That is definately interesting stuff Becky but is that much different than 50 or 100 years ago?
brian–point very well taken…thank you.
just another thought–perhaps the relevance or signifiance comes with being aware…i’m not so sure that 50 or 100 years ago, they were technolologically “able” to track it in real time…that’s not to say it wasn’t happening, just that we didn’t know it was…
p.s. brian–that was in reference to tracking the earthquakes–not the spiritual awareness part..
leah,
If you haven’t been, I recommend it wholeheartedly.
As for the question posed. I would hope for a united peoples. But, that, alas is believing in fairies and elves. I think, wit the way western religion has taught it’s followers, they’d turn “every man for himself”. Already, my American and European brothers are exhibiting the “I got mine, you get yours” with respect to climate change. It’s sad, but we can not deny truth when it is presented.
I was raised Christian, but I left when I could no longer keep a blind eye to what that faith in particular has and is doing to the earth and it’s people.
2012 Unlimited philosophy
1. Humanity and Planet Earth are currently going through a huge change or shift in consciousness and reality perception.
2. The Mayan civilization of Central America was and is the most advanced in relation to time-science knowledge. Their main calendar is the most accurate on the planet. It has never erred. They actually have 22 calendars in total, covering the many timing cycles in the Universe and Solar System. Some of these calendars are yet to be revealed.
3. The Mayan fifth world finished in 1987. The sixth world starts in 2012. So we are currently “between worlds”. This time is called the “Apocalypse” or revealing. This means the real truth will be revealed. It is also the time for us to work through “our stuff” individually and collectively.
4. The Mayan sixth world is actually blank. This means it is up to us, as co-creators, to start creating the new world and civilization we want now.
5. The Mayans also say that by 2012-
– we will have gone beyond technology as we know it.
– we will have gone beyond time and money.
– we will have entered the fifth dimension after passing through the fourth dimension
– Planet Earth and the Solar System will come into galactic synchronization with the rest of the Universe.
– Our DNA will be “upgraded” (or reprogrammed) from the centre of our galaxy. (Hunab Ku)
“Everbody on this planet is mutating. Some are more conscious of it than others. But everyone is doing it” – Extraterrestrial Earth Mission.
6. In 2012 the plane of our Solar System will line up exactly with the plane of our Galaxy, the Milky Way. This cycle has taken 26,000 years to complete. Virgil Armstrong also says that two other galaxies will line up with ours at the same time. A cosmic event!
7. Time is actually speeding up (or collapsing). For thousands of years the Schumann Resonance or pulse (heartbeat) of Earth has been 7.83 cycles per second, The military have used this as a very reliable reference. However, since 1980 this resonance has been slowly rising. It is now over 12 cycles per second! This mean there is the equalivant of less than 16 hours per day instead of the old 24 hours. Another intrepetation is – we, or rather Consciousness have been down this same road seven times before over the last 16 billion years. Each of these cycles of Creation runs 20 times faster than the last one. The same amount of Creation is paced 20 times tighter. This is why time seems to be going so fast. It is not “time” but Creation itself that is accelerating. (see Mayan Calendar Central)
8. During the Apocalypse or the time “between worlds” many people will be going through many personal changes. The changes will be many and varied. It is all part of what we came here to learn or experience. Examples of change could be- relationships coming to an end, change of residence or location, change of job or work, shift in attitude or thinking etc.
9. Remember, in any given moment we are making small and large decisions. Each decision is based on LOVE or FEAR. Choose love, follow your intuition, not intellect and follow your passion or “burning inner desire.” Go with the flow.
10. Thought forms are very important and affect our everyday life. We create our reality with thought forms. If we think negative thoughts of others this is what we attract. If we think positive thoughts we will attract positive people and events. So be aware of your thoughts and eliminate the unnecessary negative or judgemental ones.
11. Be aware that most of the media is controlled by just a few. Use discernment! Look for the hidden agendas. Why is this information being presented to you? What is “their” real agenda? Is it a case of problemÂreactionÂsolution? Do “they” create a problem so that “we” react and ask for a fix, then “they” offer their solution? The “solution is what “they” really wanted in the first place.
12. Remember almost nothing happens by accident. Almost all “events” are planned by some agency or other. Despite this, it is a very exciting time to be alive!
Am I the only one who would love to see this rumor (sorry, knowledge!) spread more, and more people start believing it.
When a significant chunk of population will start taking ‘survival’ measures. It would be interesting to see how economics and other social forces react to this, and once its busted how they spring back.
Aint we all bored of ‘normal’ life? This 2012 thing will surely be biggest entertainment in known human history.
Coming back to main topic – here is why ‘I think’ people tend to overestimate their forefathers or ancient civilizations.
From the day we are born, we look up to our forefathers. And we have to, as a child is born with no ‘knowledge’. So its kind of engraved in most of ours subconscious that the older the civ, the more advanced it would have been.
It takes up sometime for a new-entrant to get to the level of existing knowledge base.
Now once a human ( being or society) is at par with existing knowledge base, it (is supposed to) pick up from there and build on top of it.
That is the only way ( I can think of) humans/life is bound to progress as long as there is a continuity of knowledge flow through ages.
I am skeptical about why few tens or hundreds or thousands of Mayans would be more knowledgeable (collectively) than millions of scientists working harder and harder these days, with even super computers at their disposal.
Besides, if Mayans ( or any other civ) were so advanced, why they couldn’t figure out to ‘store’ their knowledge to be available for later civilizations to use and build upon it.
Also, if they were able to predict 2012, why couldn’t they anticipate their own extinction ( as a civilization with their then knowledge base) and take preventive measures.
As a matter of fact, most likely, they couldn’t do anything about it and only left for us to guess what they might have been thinking.
On a parting note. Any form of knowledge ( science or religion or occult of anything else) is at best a best-fit equation for the amount of observed and observable data/fact/evidence that humans have at that given point of time.
People use that knowledge/science to figure out the unknowns, or you can say to do prediction work.
It should be looked at with skepticism as why some civilization few millennium back would have had larger knowledge base or better best-fit equations than we have now.
Knowledge can only grow.
In terms of faith – we are supposed to go from darkness to light.
If life manages to live, god lies in future and not in past and anything closer to god that existed before you should be your mother.
Dear Bad Bart,
I would hope that the location you speak of is not known to many, especially those who would use knowlege for personal gain and power.
In reality, it is possible that those types do know the location…satellite cameras etc.
The Grand Canyon e.g. is a no fly zone without permission/license due to an archeological find, after climbers were watched on a satellite camera.
Its all about the aquisition of knowlege…(which is not shared) and using it to change the nature of things…e.g. oil into petroleum etc. Problem is that knowlege is not finite, it is always incomplete…un-whole. The more knowlege one aquires, the more there is yet to be aquired. The goal of all knowlege (Akashic field/hall of records) moves further away the more we learn.
W-holy = Complete, Un-w-holy = Incomplete.
Had Einstein had complete knowlege re E=mc2, he would not have had regrets and said, “BETTER I HAD BEEN A LOCKSMITH”, probably keeping the formula to himself.
A little bit of knowlege is a dangerous thing, and just enough to trash the planet.
Knowlege is for understanding the nature of things, not for changing the nature of things….thats God’s and natures business.
you are right mayan calender does not say the world will end it states a new era or begining.(change is coming) the bible states the same thing in revelation. rise and fall of the anti-christ then 1000 years of peace then the return of satan then judgement day
then we’ll see giant robots ahhhhhhhhhhh
th earth isn’t coming to an end at all
sheesh
That was very good article indeed.
I have been hearing about this for sometime now.
I am not sure what Mayan’s originally predicted nor am I sure of how best the interpretation was done?
Every now and then lost / old civilization has either prophesized or we have interpreted them as prophesies about the “End of the world”
What always comes to mind the striking similarity of thoughts; “then†and “nowâ€! We always tend to think “there is an end!â€
Without basing my thoughts on any scientific evidences I am in an opinion that everything has a cycle as our life itself!
Civilizations have come and gone; flourished and destroyed.
What ever could be argument, they are not there today.
There is an end!
It could be water management problems, wars, oil crisis, food crisis, ozone layer depletion, new and unknown disease….. Many more….
So why worry…
GREAT STUFF– you guys!!!!!
wonderful thoughts and insights…thank you so much for sharing …
these are truly exciting times we are living in…
No Doomsday in 2012 … Maybe ! Big Change coming with the winter solstice in 2012 … YES ! It’s not just the Mayan Calendar ending on 21 12 2012 … There is more science and galactic activity associated with the prophecy !
Please get Daniel Pinchbeck’s 2012 The Return of Quetzalcoatl and give it an open minded read !
Anything is possible ! I am hoping for all the positive changes we need to build a better, stronger and happier world for all ! Doomsday or a blissful transition to the golden age … either way i embrace this change for i know what is to come is a time of peace and love !
((( Om Namah Shivaya )))
u may b right about the mayan calender but there is much more to know. view this page for a scientific doomsday. http://www.viewzone.com/endtime.html
Actually it is prophesied in the Bible that God’s administration for salvation will be complete by the year 2012. Of course, none of you will believe it, but it is true nonetheless.
The reason we hear of all this “2012” talk is because it is the fulfillment of prophecy. First coming Christ Jesus said that if God’s people are quiet, the stones will cry out.
Second coming Christ has come in these last days in fulfillment with all of the prophecies in the Bible.
Those who make God their dwelling through the Passover of the New Covenant will be saved. It is sad that most people will be destroyed, but God forsakes the many to make his glory known to those he chose to save before the creation of the physical realm.
thoughts:
Time can not end…12.21.08 + 1.00 = 12.22.08
13.00.00.00 + 1.00 = 13.00.00.01
Idiots + 1.00 = Idiots
Damn ! I already maxed out my credit cards !
Dear Bad Bart,
James Mills found a glowing stone/tablet in Belize. Carved on it were locations as yet undiscovered.
Like the carving of the Ape, it depends on who finds these things and what their motivation is…malevolent or benevolent….destructive or creative, as to whether they should be kept secret or used for the betterment of Earth.
So many artifacts and ancient knowlege has fallen into the hands of those who are eager to use them without due consideration beforehand.
i belive there is something different with this prediction by the Mayans. i keep seeing the numbers 1212 on the tv the clock and dreams im not that worried but some times it becomes crazy even wakeing up at night at 12:12 pm so i googled this problem and was taken to a site with other people with the same thing and they started talking about crystal skulls(i felt strange becuse its what i have dreams about but new nothing of this)so i looked it up !!email me with any questions
You make alot of good points but forget to address one major point. The mayan’s were great astrologers, and the prediction says a large black hole will open in the sky on that day. That is also the day that The earth, sun and the black hole in the center of the milkyway are in perfect alinment. Such gravitaional force could cause the gravitational north and south poles to shift in the matter of hours, causing world wide descruction. Couple that with the reseting of the mayan calendar and their “clever” mathematical schematic which could predict lunar eclipses fior centuries out, there is a case to be made. (The Mayan calendar also predicted the exact day the spanish arrived at their Civilization)
Dear Tray,
Any thoughts on the crystal skulls would be appreciated. Thank you.
my thoughts on the crystal skulls is that the 13 skulls will soon be found and there use will soon become clear its just not the right time and the material there used from( same as computer chips)might hold some clues but im not up to date on this 🙂
Haha for all we know they just got bored with the calendar and quit. I never understood how anyone could think that a long dead race of people can predict doom
jesus… you are all friggin idiots…
the writer forgot to mention the main point he was trying to disprove. Nothing that supports his theory is written here.
Jim: The Mayans sucked at astronomy. The calendar was fixed and did not account for leap years/seconds/days, which is why it was only slightly accurate for 52 years at a time. All your other assertions are myths.
To the Ian: the begin date was a “best guess” by Thompson, et al. There is no scientific or historical evidence that it corresponds to an actual date on our current, vastly more accurate calendars.
Ergo, the supposed “end date” of the Mayan calendar could be off by dozens, hundreds, or thousands of years. And any Mayan “astronomer finding himself alive today using his calendar would be looking for Sagittarius and finding Orion instead. The great myth here is that the Mayans were “great astronomers”.
Thanks for explaination 🙂 really good stuff.
I don’t know about 2012, but considering the rise of violence, hatred, greed along with natural and man-made disasters like scarcity of oil, earthquakes, floods etc, it seems that the world is going to start anew. And for something to start from the beginning, it has to come back to the zero level. So, the old world may see its end in some sense.After all, how long can Mother Earth sustain the injuries inflicted on her by humans? There is a limit after which it will retaliate.
You guys are being quite naive I believe. You should at least look into the possiblity of SOMETHING happening. For the first time in the history of the world we are going to be exactly lined up with the center of the Milky Way, at 11:11am on December 21, 2012. How is anyone to know what will happen, when something like this has never happened before? Keep you minds open to the possiblity, and dont just blocked it out because you are scared or stubborn.
For the first time today a friend I have known all my life told me her worries regading this subject matter.
I felt very sad that an intelligent woman would be afraid of such nonscence. This not to detract from People’s belief’s but really……………
What shocked me even more was all of the people feeding on this fear!
The negative impact of this is if people buy into this theory is that some people will ditch their responsibilites, create themselves debt, and not really worry about the future!
To hear that children in school’s think they are going to die is horrific!
A calander is ending……….this does mean the end of the world.
If people wish to find religion then that’s not a negative thing, it can be a great source of moral grounding, a group support system among other things. Personally its not for me. But any church that tries to recruit people on the basis of fear regarding planet X I suggest you reconsider your options!
I applaud all of you that have bought this topic into the open and given people some rational. Fear has always in history been a source of control over the masses. The problem with history is that translation and interpretation over hundreds of years has been changed in context and meaning. I feel very sad that people will lose sleep over this. Personally on that predicted date, I will be smiling as all the believers of this theory await their predicted doom. But what wil make me smile even more will be the following morning when they all give a huge sigh of relief!
*A calander is ending……….this does mean the end of the world.
S/B A calander is ending……….this does not mean the end of the world
typo error sorry 🙂
so is the earth going to end
is ther eny way off not geting blow up like a roket im in school and ther is a big argments a bout this so is it real
Poor Darren, I am sure the last thing Ian intended was to make this article a haven for the paranoid. People, we could get hit by a giant rock tomorrow…is there any point in panicking? Unless you hear real scientific evidence continue to live your lives and don’t waste a moment. You will be mad at your selves when the date passes and you have spent the last 4 years worrying about this and knowing you have lost years off your life from the stress alone. Our brain is a pwerful thing…keeping it rational is not always easy especially in this hectic world. Take some deep breaths and enjoy your lives!
The prophecy of 2012 does not predict the End of the World. It predicts the End of the World as we know it, wich if completly different. Just do some research about Ufo recents sightings, recent crop circles and Arecibo message and you will understand what the ”beggining of the Age of Enlightment” means. Something will happen 21/12/12, not some kind of armeggedon but something that will change our civilisation for ever.
I’m so sick of being told different ways that I could die.
Something colliding with earth, something else about calendars ending, global warming, terrorism, and whatever else….
Lovely.
I’m 17… I want to be told about the joys in life, things that I have to look forward to.
Not how I’m going to apparently have my life cut short by something I have no control over, whether its true or not.
Buck….you have no way of knowing this and until you have something concrete and some proof you sound like a deranged kook.
life is to enjoy thinking of thes events to come is bad for your health ! but for some of us we have no choice and take these events seriously i keeps seeing the numbers 12:12 every were i look it allways 12 12 and that led me on this path now my dreams play a part and it seams im not the only one im only young and find some of this a bit freaky the skulls hold some truth and untill the time it wont be relized by the weak minded 🙂
1 of all is not the end of the world ,yet but there are going to be a lot of rapid changes in nature , lets youst say that we have become like a virus for the planet…2 of all youst wait
I’m one of these so-called “scare-mongering publishers” and I’m somewhat offended to be called an idiot by so many people through the tubes of the internet. I’m just a kid in high school who has spent the past two years researching just about everything regarding the 2012 theory and have read several books such as, Apocalypse: 2012 by Joseph E. Lawrence, and The Science and Ethics of Human Extinction by John Leslie… these are just two out of many books I’ve read about the issue but I feel that they most accurately and intelligently interpret the facts.
Reading one well-written article (kudos to the author) does not disprove something that may or may not occur. All we can do until the night of December 21, 2012 is speculate. Until then, please refrain from calling people like me an idiot.
actually its human nature to incline towards negativity……i think there is no such doomsday ….these are all rumors and will end in 2008 itself ….ppl will forget everything ..nobody can challenge the end date of earth …..only mayan prophecy is not ultimate.
undoubtedly natural calamities has increased ….but this doesn’t decide an expiry date of the planet within 4 years ………
I belong to a country(India)where superstitions are intense ……..inspite of all this we don’t have any ancient calender that claims the end day of earth.
What if the Mayans knew something that we don’t? Let’s just say for the sake of playing devils advocate that the calendar stops where it does because they were unsure as to where the stars would be in the heavens after the 2012 winter solstice. There is evidence TODAY of several polar shifts in earths past, this cannot be denied. So lets just say again for the sake of argument that their calendar simply predicts when the next shift will occur. Is this more acceptabe as a point of view? Nothing supernatural, no Nibiru, no Anunnaki, nothing political or religious. Pure mathematical science. That calendar does show advanced knowledge of the skies in terms of showing accurate lunar eclipses and other astronomical facts hundreds of years in advance. So if we look at it this way……Wow!!! Way scary!!!! People have translated it’s meaning for their convenience. But don’t compare that to a Y2K bug because the analogy does not fit. It’s easy to sit back and mention all the times people have cried wolf but bear in mind that the Mayan calendar is older than computers so to mention it in the same sentence as a Y2K bug seems assinine to say the least.
Let me tell you guys something. When I get up in the morning and I put on CNN. I’m already scared of what I may see. The global erratic weather patterns and earthquakes alone are scary stuff. If we’re headed to a polar shift then I guess I won’t have to put on CNN because we will all be a part of what is called today, an Event. Maybe thats what the Mayans were timing. The next earth Event.
Lets not be scared of that though. We still have to worry about Israel attacking Iran and Iran nuking Israel and then Israel and the USA nuking Iran and all that other good stuff in th years preceeding 2012.
Lets not be scared though. Lets be happy in this wonderful world we live in!!!
-R-
Apparently i saw a documentry where the world is suppose to end but it could be changed by the way we live or something like that. i think it was some guy called edgar casey or somehting who had visions ont it. might wanna read up on him. Also these saint or pope who said there were 111 popes and were currently with the 111th pope. Also read about einstein he said after honey bees would die we would have 4 years to live, but i dont think honey bees are gonna go anytiem soon
The Mayans used integer arithmetic for all their calculations. They never divided the day into a unit less than 1, i.e. on 24 hour-day for the time period. The day was the smallest unit of time.
OTOH, the Mayans used very large integers for calcuating time. They had names that were in the billions and trillions of days .
I believe the Long Count would have not ended in 2012, it would have continued past the 13th baktun and perhaps into infinity.
its still a prediction and if the calculation is out the mayans still said in 2012 the skys will forcomb eruption and the only passage to enlightment is to use the 13 skulls
Hi,
Each of the 13 crystal skulls/heads might be a representation of the 13 tribes of man. If all tribes were to come together….. peace could break out and we would move forward as one without the negativity and resource depletion of war.
Aside from the problems caused by natural climate changes, influences from space included…..there are 3 major problems NOW….WATER, FOOD, ENERGY/FUEL. These problems need to be resolved now….in order to ensure the future.
One great archeological find….Mayan, Egyptian etc, proving that we NOW are not the first generation of man to know a thing or two….would change the perspective of people today. If there is nothing worth learning from past civilisations…why is so much funding….even from taxes….invested in archeology ?
UPDOC…
13.000.000 + 1.00 = 14.000.000
IT WOULD ONLY EQUAL 13.000.001 if you added .000.001
idiots +1 still = idiots + 1….idiots, of course being the unknown variable…
how sad that we can’t embrace each day with/as a wake-up call…rather that living in fear and desperation just waiting for that rude awakening…
my decimal points are off, there–i apologize for being the +1 idiot
Hi Bad Bart,
Yup…they want the knowlege so badly, (for their own use…not for the benefit of all life) there is a willingness to sacrifice everything in order to get it.
Seems to me you got the big picture too. Be well, Leah
Becky… how are you ?
Hi Bad Bart,
Just someone that studies and does the math. I am no one in particular.
Bad Bart, you sound like a real life Indiana Jones…..much more interesting than I am.
Bad Bart,
Sounds good. Thank you.
Leah
Leah and Bart sitting in a tree!!!
Just kidding! A little levity never hurts.
You know if you study the Mayan culture or go even further back to the Sumerian culture of Mesopotamia which is actually where civilization is said to have begun. These people didn’t take credit for discovering their math or calendars or laws. They were the first at over 100 things including marriage contracts, the wheel, schools. All kinds of first. But they gave credit to their Gods. They said that their Gods gave them all that knowledge. If you were to look into this stuff, even using the Bible (Genesis 6), you will find that there was some otherworldly interfernece with mans evolution. There was an intervention that actually sped up our understanding as a race. This was discovered in the over 25,000 clay tablets with writing that were dug up in the near east.
The problem is that we don’t believe in Gods or aliens or anything these days. We prefer to believe what we’ve been taught in the last two hundred years by established religion and our so-called science. The same science that still cannot explain how the pyramids were constructed. There are so many things we don’t know. So many books and writings that were destroyed by the Christians when they burned the Greek library at Alexandria in Egypt. So many things that were destroyed when the Spanish invaded the Americas and just killed so many for gold and what they called paganism.
Its really sad. Its easy to call someone an idiot because you don’t share their belief. Think about this though. There was a time when the Catholic Church would have you killed for saying that the Earth was round. The Spanish thought that they were so much more advanced than the S. Americans when in fact we now know that the Mayans were much more knowledgeable in astronomy and many other scientific aspects. The Spaniards were actually looking for the fountain of youth as was Christobal Colon when they came to the new world. And now that we know all this. Who was the actual idiot? They were invaders, thieves and killers. I imagine that when they they spoke amongst themselves they called the Mayans idiots too.
Its sad that we resort to calling people names just because we don’t share their beliefs. How stupid some of you would feel if you turned on CNN and learned that there was a Texas sized comet scheduled to reach Earth around December 21st 2012 and that there was nothing to be done about it. Oh but wait. They won’t say anything because it would cause a panic and where would that fit in the comfort zone of our perceived reality? Nope, lets just stay in our wonderful little world!!
No Fear is a brand name folks. We’re all afraid sometimes. Don’t call people names just because you don’t share their same fears or because you can count to a higher number than them. Theres always someone out there that can count higher than you and that makes you an idiot to them. So if you look at it that way. we’re all idiots.
-Rico-
Leah sounds like she no’s what she is talking about and she allways listens to others opinions good job leah :))
HI Ricochet,
Levity…always good. Fountain of youth….no doubt the pharmaceutical companies would want to patent it….if they have not already….gene patenting etc.
The Emerald Tablets, it is said were sent to the Mayans by Thoth…. apparently retrieved early 1900’s and returned to Egypt. Its said the tablets will help find the Hall of Records….said to be all knowlege. All knowlege would include the formula for the Fountain of youth. The Akashic FIELD is what is being activly sought….through the ages.
No doubt that the human race had some help or a kick start from outside forces. The carvings at Abydos in Egypt of technological hardware…. cave paintings etc of entities in space suits all proove that;
1. Something happened in the past
2. OR something would happen in the future.
Whether either or both 1 and 2 are correct….its astounding either way. There are no idiots in my eyes, just varying degrees of wisdom.
Be well.
Leah
This blog reads like a trip down Route 66…you never know who you’ll meet or what you’ll talk about. Regarding the author’s original discussion, I am a disciple of Occam’s Razor – All Things Considered, The Simplest Solution Is The Best – and as such, offer this for discussion. First, however, you have to change your frame of reference towards the prehistoric cultures that have been discussed and from whom all this speculation came from – Mayans, Aztecs, etc. – assume their life, if you will. Their knowledge base, social, political and religious structure, etc, have to be the “eyes you see through” – Occam’s thought process cannot be skewed by our modern precepts (Thats correct, as hard as it may seem, the Mayans did not text message each other every 15 seconds, or get in trouble for not putting the seat down on the toilet, or not be able to contemplate the universe because their kids had soccer practice in 20 minutes AND they had to get to the grocery store and library before the kid was done)…If you were a Mayan, what did you do all day? What did you think when you looked up in the night sky? (a night sky that was not washed out by the lights of LA). When you saw a simple meteor streak across the sky, what did you think it was? How could you possibly KNOW what it was? Or a lightning bolt, earthquake tremor, lunar eclipse, etc, etc, etc??? Every civilization has a select few that dictate to the masses – the old 80/20 rule – so the masses looked to the select few for explanations for all this. If you were the 20%, how would explain it? Occam’s Razor says that you had no more insight about it than anyone else, but because you were a little smarter you saw it as an opportunity to separate yourself from the masses (say power grab), so you offer up a line of BS. And BS becomes the way of life (why do kids today wear pants that hang down to their knees? – because the HAVE to). Which brings me to the calendar. You (the Mayan Elite) decide you need a calender to track time against harvest, the annual shareholders meeting, the Saturday Night Bloodletting and Sacrifice Dance, etc. Did you REALLY look 5, 6, 7,000 years in the future and decide that, based on your precise knowledge that a comet / meteor / Planet X that you couldn’t see existed, and, applying your PhD in Calculating Orbits of Planetary Bodies, determined that there was no sense in designing the calendar to go any further than December 21, 2012 because on that date that baby was going to slam into the Earth and Ruin Christmas??? Nah. OCCAM’S RAZOR RULES.
Occams razor…..how would it explain that many civilisations, world wide were very capable in Astronomy ? Or were some of these peoples in contact with eachother…all with a common plan for world domination of the 80% by the 20% ?
I also like the Sherlock Holmes theory that….Once you have eliminated all plausible possibilities….what remains, no matter how impossible….must be the truth.
Dear Tray,
Thank you for your kindness.
Leah,
Any civilization’s knowledge in something observable doesn’t have to be explained by Occam’s Razor, or any thing else for that matter. You just can’t give them more credit than they deserve. Let me give you an example. Let’s say you and I are Mayans and we are walking home Saturday night from the Bloodletting and Sacrifice Dance when we look up into the night sky and see a strange light. With a tail on it, no less. (this object will come to be known as Halley’s Comet). Can either of us explain it? No – at least not for what it REALLY is or WHY it really is. Along comes one of the Elites. We ask him/her. They tell us it is the god of so and so. We say “no kidding you must be really smart and we’re listening to you from now on”. Bingo, they have us. Do you think he could tell us that it would be back in exactly 76.4 years? No chance because planetary physics and the discovery of gravity (which controls orbits) hasn’t happened yet. The required math just doesn’t exist yet. Not to mention that it has been a singular observation, and if it HAD been seen by someone else 76.4 years earlier, they probably didn’t put 2 and 2 together. That being said, all the observations we Mayans CAN make of short term cyclical events (moon phases, day/night, seasons, etc) can be reasonably predicted into the future because we can see them happening over and over. We see the WHAT and the WHEN, but we really don’t get the WHY. Today, this is basic planetary physics. To say they knew more advanced astronomy than we do is to say we know more than future generations will. Doesn’t make sense. Ancient civilizations certainly knew astronomy, but only to the extent of the knowledge base of the day. As far as the conspiracy of the 20% over the 80%, just look at history. It is nothing of not a litany of people dominating others. The Persians, Macedonians, Romans, Mongols, Mings, the 20th century Japanese, Nazis, communist Chinese and Soviets are just a few empires off the top of my head that lived for domination of others. Unfortunately, it seems to be the basic nature of many cultures.
I too, am a Sherlock Holmes fan – please don’t confuse simplicity with the truth. The truth can certainly be complicated, I agree. Mysticism is what people default to when they cannot discover the truth.
I enjoy your commentary, Leah, you make us think. In the words of Mr. Holmes, Pray continue…..
OskieJr
Dude, just read Genesis 6 in the Bible and then Google Anunnaki. Then you can tell us about the Mayan elites. What is being said here is that there was probably outside intervention within our evolution. These were not elite people, these were superior beings.
You should also read the Enuma Elish and Zecharia Sitchins translations of it. This may help explain your comets. Man has forgotten more than he now knows, either that or it has systematically been hidden by those in power. This is what I believe anyway. As for your 80-20 theory. Heres another that you may want to apply to it. Suppose that there are still descendants on earth or semi-devine beings that are in your 20 percentile. They wouldn’t actually tell us would they? I’m not making this stuff up as I go along. These are things that I have actually run across in my own personal searches for truth. Read the “Earth Chronicles” by Sitchin. Then read anything you can get your hands on about fallen angels or the Sons of God. You may wish you’d taken the blue pill after reading that stuff. If you look really really close at what the ancients belived in terms of their gods you may start feeling some of the fear the so-called idiots are trying to instill in you when they talk about 2012’s impending earth changes. It’s easy to say you don’t believe in ghost…Until you actually see one. Then where does that leave your reality? All those years that you thought were real and then you find that you were in the matrix. Don’t get me wrong, I’m just spouting analogies here. But you should always leave some room for the others point of view in your ideas. Never be too quick to say ” he’s nuts or she’s nuts” just because their beliefs don’t tie in with yours. By the way Leah. In Sitchins translations Thoth was actually EA/Enki from the Sumerian pantheon. He was the snake in the creation story according to tablets discovered in the near east. It all makes excellent reading.
I recomment the Sitchin books “The Earth Chronicles” to everyone in this forum. It’s six books starting with “The 12th Planet”.
-Rico-
Bad Bart,
Let me ask you a question that should help you answer your own question. If a construction company has to build a perfectly straight road 40 miles long, or an expressway on-ramp perfectly circular in shape and exactly 1,200 feet in diameter, is the construction of these directed by someone in a plane 5,000 feet above the construction site? Answer that and you have answered your own question. (hint – the construction company did NOT sub-contract to an alien engineering firm)
Rico,
I never said anyone was nuts. I respect everyone’s opinions to the extent they respect mine. I am merely playing devil’s advocate and saying simplicity, common sense and logic generally explain the “unexplainable” as well as alien/supernatural/mystical explanations do. The premise of agreeing to disagree is what creates great debate and the generation of ideas and answers.
OskieJr
I don’t understand something. You say that “you have to look through the eyes of the prehistoric races without your thoughts being skewed ny modern precepts”. But then in your statements you do the opposite. You’re actually trying to explain things that have never been explained by our most advanced scientist. Take for example the Nazca lines. Tell us how or even why these were made from ground level. Also looking through the eyes of the Sumerians, who said that all their knowledge was given to them by the gods. I’m of the opinion that your thought process in skewed by modern precepts that these are mere myths and legends. This is not what the Sumerians saw. They built temples in which their gods resided. Not to worship but for the actual residence of their gods. They referred to their gods as flying aound in “Celestial Chariots”. How would you explain in todays language what a celestial chariot is?
You need to look a little more into these things before dismissing them outright. Tell you what. After you read this. Google Baalbek. Then come back and tell us how these people moved those stones 6 miles, and even better, tell us how they lifted them on top of the others. Modern sience has not been able to duplicate these feats in tests and it’s impossible using todays most advanced equipment. So I’ll just say right now that you will not post an explanation. This is not to say that you’re not an intelligent person. Just that you lack historical facts. Using Occams Razor or whatever logic. You have to include in your thought process what the people that actually built these things said as to how they were built. And they said that there was otherworldly help. So when you try to explain these phenomena, keep in mind what they saw through their own eyes.
Sometimes when we don’t WANT to believe something, we complicate the simplest explanation ourselves.
-Rico-
OskieJr
Oh no man. I’m not saying you called anyone nuts. It’s just that reading your post I get that impression. It’s like. You make it sound like it’s impossible for Aliens to have been involved in anything. And you have to agree that it’s not impossible. This is all in fun and entertainment otherwise I would’nt be here typing and I’m sure you wouldn’t either. But seriously. Look that stuff up and I’m telling you it’ll start you thinking slightly different with regards to your beliefs. It’s scary stuff because it makes you wonder why this knowledge isn’t common. All those things I mentioned with the exception of the Sitchin books can be Googled. I’m not making anything up here. You can actually Google Sitchin and get an idea of what his books are about too. But they make better reading.
Keep posting the devils advocate stuff. It makes good reading too.
-Rico-
Rico,
What I’m trying to say is try to transport yourself back into their shoes, their time, know only what they knew at that time. (the average Mayan who woke up, worked, ate and went to bed). A phenomenon that he observed may be totally unexplainable based on what he knows. To us, here and now, the event may be totally simple – the appearance of Halley’s comet, for example – we read it in the papers, heard it on the news, we knew it was coming and expected it…..a no brainer. HIS explanation of it, whether it was arrived at by him or told to him by one of the 20% / Elite / Leaders / Rulers of the time may be more….wondrous. Now you have 2 explanations for the same thing, both possible but only one can be right. There certainly are bits and pieces of tantalizing things from ancient civilizations that beg to be explained in other-worldly terms rather than in simple terms, and I agree that there are symbols, etc that may be difficult to explain in the latter terms right now, but it does make for great conversation. To be continued….
I totally agree with the Mr. Oneil and will share this link with others.
As an historian/astrologer I do have to note that we now approach a time where planets align in a pattern similar to one present at the end of the 1920s/beginning of the 1930s, when the world fell into a global depression and fascist governments arose around the world. I wrote about it here:
http://mundaneastrology.net/bitweaver/blogs/view_post.php?content_id=203
Let me add that I don’t think the planets make us do anything. They do help determine earth’s orbit and thus determine how we move through space/time.
The planets Saturn, Uranus and Pluto share a similar configuration in 1929 as they do in 2010 and we face similar issues, inspiring my piece.
I don’t think the world is about to end, but we sure face some tough decisions.
Lots been going on while I was at a wedding.
Dear OskieJr,
Forgive me…I was agreeing with you re the 80/20…elite etc. (Today the split is 99/1). I have a habit of phrasing comments as questions.
One thing is now safe to say, that those living even 8000BCE were not the first humans and will have had knowlege/observations handed down from previous generations. Depending on how this knowlege was perceived/understood, so the Mayans etc will have formed their own theories, much as we do today. They will have fused their own observations with their inherited knowlege. Maybe the Mayans had been handed down info re Halley’s Comet, and knew when it would return…..likewise with other cyclical cosmic events.
We today live with suppositions, conjectures, theories and postulations no less than people 6000 years ago. The more we observe the more we must alter our perceptions.
The trick is to weed out the embelishments from myth and legend to find the truth, even if it is only one word. Each myth and legend contains facts…..its why they survived the rigours of time….something in them rings true.
Life has tought me one thing…NEVER SAY NEVER.
Everything has an ending. I honestly dont think that 2012 will be the end of the world mainly because of this article and hope.
But I do believe humanity will die off in time. Slowly but surely. Not because of the milky way and crap like that. But becuase of us killing off other species. Our planet has a precise cycle of species and kingdoms. Kill off one species, then another one gets killed off and so on and so forth. Its already begun but nothing drastic. We just need to protect animals and plants so that none of them die off before it gets too bad. Starting with global warming and ending with deforesting of trees.
Dear Bad Bart,
No nightmare necessary. You need to know that Anti Gravity, Cloaking Tech and many more have not been in the realms Sci Fi for a long time now. Its just that it is not for use by the general public. Can you imagine, if people were allowed anti gravity cars….it would be mayhem….so many still choose to ignore road safety etc. It just isn’t the time yet for people at large to have some of the tech that exists.
As for your wish to share, there is a right time and of coarse the right people. Only you can know this. If what you know can be used to harm…better to keep it to yourself.
The Hopi Indians would be a good source of advice re such things.
Fractal…mathematics/geometry…thats why.
Dear Ricochet,
I’m so glad I accepted the red pill. Much has been with held from the many by the few….but which will eventually come to light.
PS to Bad Bart,
Fractals etc are blueprints/plans/formulas. Don’t be frightened by what you know/have.
I just can’t resist this one…OH what a tangled web was woven…because their intent was to deceive.
Please don’t bite my head off…..I changed it to past tense on purpose.
though your explanation is correct, some people are saying that there is a black hole at the center of the milkyway and sum is moving to the center of the milkyway.
can anyone tell me about this please.
In Burma. The world ended for over 138,000 people this year alone. When we say the end of the world we don’t mean the end of mankind. We mean the end of the world as we know it.
The Biblical deluge was the end of the world as it was known back then.
In my opinion what people are interpreting as the end of the world during the 2012 event is the equivalent of the Biblical deluge. That is why you hear things like “a new beginning” applied to it.
If it’s a polar shift, which is probably the best explanation in terms of the scientific conclusions with regards to the scheduled planetary allignment of that date, then it will be pretty nasty. We’re talking about earthquakes, unparralleled volcanic activity, sunamis. We’re talking about just about everything at once all over the world. There will be no FEMA. There will be no help from anywhere. It’s start all over and it’ll be very hard for the survivors. There will be survivors. But the upside to this will be (again some levity), that people will be able to grow their own and smoke all day and no one will be able to tell you what you can plant and what you can’t anymore ;-)~
Any scientist will tell you that it’s not IF we’ll be hit by an earth changing asteriod or comet, but WHEN. Well this also applies to a polar shift, it’s not an IF, it’s a WHEN. Lets just hope that the gods of the Mayans were not the ones that gave them the insight to develope this calendar because if they were then basically we’re screwed because these guys were no joke. They traveled far and wide in space and they did know how to read the stars and tell you EXACTLY what was going to happen and when. Understand that the flood story in the Bible was written on those same clay tablets found in Sumer but they were written 2000 years before the Biblical edited-sanctioned version and if you read it you will find that it the occurence was nothing as described in the Bible. You guys should take a walk on the wild side. Take the red pill like Leah did and ride the rollercoaster with us. It’s scary but very liberating as well.
Google Utnapishtim and see if you can get a Sitchin version of The Epic of Gilgamish.
Fun stuff.
Leah I’m sorry I don’t answer you directly on your points it’s just that there is so much of this stuff and I have such limited time to post that I figured it best to just put things out there for people to look up as I think of them while posting.
It’s sort of like Bart there though. I can’t just come out and say what happened. They have to research this stuff themselves so they can appreciate it when they uncover the deceitfull web that you alluded to in your post. We’re not talking about anything mystical. Its science mixed with maybe some extraordinary talents like telepathy, maybe.
Here’s an interesting analogy. The internet is actually helping us to undo the consequences for building the tower of Babel. We couldn’t understand each other then and we were scattered but not anymore.
Maybe this is a good thing and maybe not. But things are really starting to come out these days. Lots of what was once hidden and forbidden is coming to the light now and we can see it.
If we’re not afraid to look. And like that line in Star Wars said – “You have to unlearn what you have learned”
-Rico-
Dear Ricochet,
No appologies needed, I understand fully.
What is the best and quickest way I can plug into the 25,000 clay tablets (preferably a reliable internet source).
Likewise there is so much more I could say. I don’t fear the fact that all communication is screened and trackable, because I intend no harm to any nor do I wish to rock the boat, as too much change too fast is a killer. However, people need to change for the better just a little faster.
Leah,
My bad. EA/Enki wasn’t Thoth. Thoth was his son, Ningishzidda. He was also known as Quetzalcoatl and the Greek Hermes.
He was the brother of Marduk who was the equivalent of the Biblical Ba’al. Yahwehs favorite enemy.
Good stuff.
-Rico-
Its OK Ricochet, I knew it was an oversight re Thoth, Trismegistus etc. Could also be considered the TRICKSTER.
A few scientific facts for all.
1. Low Sun spot activity = cooling (0.7 Celcius temp drop from Jan 07 to Jan 08)
2. Ice melt dilutes salinity of oceans = cooling by slowing deep oceanic current.
3. Pollution in atmoshere = global dimming blocking sunshine = cooling.
4. Ice core research has confirmed a 12,000 year cycle of warming and cooling….Earth should be cooling now.
In addition there are the unknown effects of alignment with the Galactic plane.
I just heard on CNN that the North Pole may be ice free this year. Sort of reminds you of the ancient Piri Reis map of Antartica.
Leah, trickster is a good one.
I always liked Ningishzidda’s role in all of it. He was credited with designing the Great Pyramid of Giza. He was depended on by other gods to design their temples too. He was pretty good at that. The real nasty one was Marduk. It seems like he was always causing trouble. He was so pissed off all the time due to the fact that his dad Enki didn’t get control of earth due to the succession fact (it went to Enlil). He actually usurped the Enuma Elish renaming Nibiru Marduk and trying to take credit for everything that the gods did.
Sort of like the way the Hebrews wrote the Old Testament in a monotheistic way to attribute everything to Yahweh. I guess we can go on and on about this but I can’t sit here and write all this stuff. Its a lot of fun though.
People really really need to get into this stuff. They need to know what happened.
They need to know where the first kings came from. I had always asked myself that. What made certain people kings? Who decided who going to be king? Where did kingship begin?
Kingship = Kinship BTW.
Funny how things work out. Yeah, I’m sure people reading these post wonder some of these things too. It all stems from the same place folks.
Sumeria, the first civilization. The first just about everything.
You don’t believe? Read your Bible. Read about Elijah. See how he was taken. Tell me that what is described by the writer isn’t what today would be considered a UFO.
It’s all pretty amazing. What kills me is their technology. In my readings its like they had some kind of spaecial stone or chrystal technology. The way certain cuts are in the Great Pyramid and the way certain blocks were cut in the early Americas. It’s as if something were removed. In the love story of Inanna and Dumuzi when she traps Marduk in the Pyramid and its all blocked off as if with a forcefield. Then when it was over it was said that Ninurta had certain power stones removed.
This technology was by far superior to what we have today. I imagine that if we had knowledge of these things we wouldn’t be facing an energy issue. Well, maybe not because there will always be greed and control. But I bet it would be different with regards to petroleum.
Leah theres no reason to be concerned with anyone monitoring these posts. There are hundreds of forums like this with people talking about these same things. Its like I said. Things are staring to come to light.
There are bigger issues at stake these days with these knuckleheads getting ready to blow things up (Israel-Iran).
Funny how its all about religion with these people too.
They still fight for the Jerusalem spaceport thousands of years after its no longer in use!!
I love this stuff!!!
-Rico-
Dear Ricochet,
I’d like to stay in touch. In pricipal would it be ok with you ?
Ahh…Yes….Crystal technology….I was a Gemmeologist and minerologist etc in a past life. As I said I’m not worried in the slightest about those that monitor comminications…I’m just aware that it goes on. The internet has set the world free but is abused by some, who then punnish people for their opinions and/or theories.
friends i do not object on ur thoughts but time n existence will expain everything to u.
they will come …..they will surely come, in groups n we will b stunned !!!!
they r coming !!
Beyond d Universe, some of us are passed being stunned…many been here long time now.
this hype, it seems familiar doesnt it? y2k ring a bell? the fact is that people are always looking for the end, and its been that way for years. did you know they made predictions for the end of the world in the year 2003? that didnt happen so they move it the date to later and then focus on that. there is already predictions arising for the year 2020, 2036, if 2012 predictions fail. its an endless cycle.
the article says itself that something good is supposed to happen according to the mayans, but then again, there is no such thing as a person being right about everything, especially the end of the world. the mayans were good at math, but the end of their calender could be due to religious beliefs that is not a widespreed religion. i dont care what anyone says, the end of the world is something that no one can predict anywhere in this world, although we certainly try.
i think we tend to forget that our world has been around for billions of years peacefully, so to end so abruptly now makes no sense. why after so many years would it be destroyed out of almost no where? the truth is, there is no answer.
people use a scare tactic to get what they want, money, power, domination, and it seems to work.
but if there is hope if something were to happen. one thing the mayan’s couldnt predict was our superior advance in technology. we have what is needed to save ourselves. we have come a long way since the use of sticks and stones, and we will not just roll over and die. i think people need to have more faith in the human race and in their universe instead of readily believeing every apocolypse story that pops up.
my only theory is that with all the hate, greed, death, power hunger in this world, the ultimate destruction of mankind is none other than mankind itself
for those of you who want the science part of the story, click on the site below that will take you to the official NASA website where a NASA worker has answered questions about all these scientific doomsday speculations and find out once and for all.
if i were you id look into this, read about everythign you want to know. you could even submit a question if you want.
anything else that you dont find on this site is likely a rumor started by someone who believes something, but they say that the discoverer of this info is a legitimate company (i.e. NASA) so they themselves dont look crazy for saying such things.
http://nai.arc.nasa.gov/astrobio/index.cfm
there is a million and one reasons people spread rumors. you all may believe what you want, but scientific advice from a professional is mind easing.
I agree that threats and fear have always been the tools of the ruling castes, this is understood I would have thought by the majority.
Apocolypse is from the greek word for Revealing/Unveiling and has nothing to do with the popular meaning it has aquired. Just as Armageddon has come to represent End….when it is a foretold location of the final battle.
Forgive me, but its not that any are wishing for the world to end (pain and struggle yes), its just that the gut feeling of so many is that something is afoot, even if we can’t name what it is.
The term end of the world is rather unwise for anyone to use when discussing possible disaster events. Not many things can end our world in the short years ahead.
Clearly we are in a period of turmoil and change, there is much darkness on the horizon. That said culturally we are perfectly able to bring about a new golden age anytime we all feel like doing so. The world will still pass through difficult changes, it always has. Working together however stops those hardships being global disasters such as those in some prophecy.
I will take care in the years ahead, but will hold a vision of brighter years ahead beyond 2012.
Peace and light go with all.
A good rule of thumb is…. “Who’s paying who to say what ? And Why ?” Therefore high rank official experts are bought and paid for…..for the most part….always doing the bidding of the paymasters.
the apes huh? last time i checked there are many different species of apes still around today. for example, gorilla’s, chimps, but what does this have to do with the mayan calender and the prediction of the end? if you are suggesting something that happened in the past (like the dinosaurs) the apes obviously managed to survive.
the field of science is vast, but not everything is known, however we want to know everything, so fill in the gaps with assumptions that may b far from the truth. which leads to the article up above, and much more
i myself kno little about science. i am not a scientist and i did not make claims of a scientist. i was simply exclaiming facts that i have learned in grade school science and my assumption for the future and what i believe, so who’s to say i’m right or wrong? no one knows, and thats a fact.
all we can do is watch, listen, and learn. i happen to b hopeful of the future rather than pre ocupying myself with the end. as a 19 year old girl i still have my entire life ahead of me, so i have nothing to do but remain hopeful and have faith in what the experts have to say. have faith in the will to live of the human race. and have faith in our ever faithful universe, who to this day is still going strong.
they could have been an early race of humans. obviously clothes, precious metals, and armor can b easily made, even for the earliest races. do you know where this early race lived? if they were before the mayans then mayb it has nothing to do with the mayans at all. influences perhaps? ur really asking the wrong person about this bcuz i’m no scientist.
i’m not picking a fight either, i’m just simply stating my opinion on this, which i did knowing that people would jump down my throat about. and thats what this forum is for anyway, opinions, beliefs, the internet gives everyone that freedom. the sad part is, its used to attack people, and make them feel bad about what they believe when every person is eligable to believe what they want, which brings me back to my original theory, the downfall of the human race could ultimately be caused by one another.
if this enlightenment the mayans predicted were to happen in 2012 was true, i honestly think we need it
Dear Annika,
Your tutors are taught what to teach you and how to teach you. All so called experts aquire their approval/qualifications from other HUMANS, who get theirs from other humans and so on.
At 50 plus I’ve learnt one thing abouts experts…they are not as expert as they would have you believe.
i think we will be fine, but thats just me. we do have great technology advances and nuclear shelters to protect us. if a shelter like that could survive a nuclear bomb, then a natural disaster doesnt stand a chance.
but if the end were to come then so be it.
but mayb the people who de coded the mayans acient scripture could have been wrong. just one mistake could alter the entire answer. science is not always right about what they find. we learn more, but in the end we never realy know the whole truth
expert is simply a word that we use to seperate us from those who know more. mayb i used a bad word choice, but they do know more than the modern day america.
what i have applied in this forum is and should b common knowledge, which is why i brought it up.
Dear Annika,
Not a bad choice of word at all….like specialist…expert just means someone who knows more about ONE subject than most people. Problem is that too few are experts on the subjects that are relative to their chosen field. So true understanding evades them.
agreed, we need to know more, the problem is that america is so far in debt that mayb we dont have sufficient funding needed to learn even more. i remember reading that NASA had its “eye” on a number of things. but the fact that our universe has mostly been quiet is re assuring.
or mayb its true that the only thing people care about anymore is money or power.
either way theres not much we as the bulk of the population can do.
We as the bulk of the people could start turning away from using and doing things that cause harm to Earth and all life on it. Nasa is watching alright…just not reporting. It matters not….galactic and cosmic going ons are not something they can change or stop.
Forgive my ignorance. I have researched all iI could. i have read the Zorah, Torah, Qur’an,Bible & the Mahabratta( i’m sure i spelled that wrong). I was a Nuclear,Biologial and Chemical Operations Specialist for the U.S Army. and i love Sci-fi. from Spider-man to Star Wars. I’ve read so much and have learned so little. the end date on the Mayans calander, I believe has to do with our inner self. I am not a preacher or holy man in any way. Matter of fact if what i think is true i have alot of repenting to do. I thought only facts mattered and took religous theroys as a way to justify my pride. They say Magic & Science dont mix. what if we were supossed to mix them. didnt the mayans. every major book regarding God says 3 basic underlying things. 1 love one another. 2 do what is right, for the sake of the right thing. 3 if you dont follow the first 2 rules be ready to answer why on the day of judgment. if the mayans mixed math(science) with worship(religion), why wont the rest of the world wake up? Again forgive my ignorance for i am still seeking answers to all the questions i have. Dont you think if we send the Space Shuttle to germany, let them rebuild the engine, send the body of the shuttle to Japan let them streamline it.Dont you believe we could have been to the moon and back several times already. Dont you believe if we stopped using oil today shared our technogoly with other countries and they with us, we could save our planet?Jews,Muslims & Christians were all born the same way and will die the same way. By taking our first breath and by taking our last.I must sound as though i am just ranting. ill stop now but as i read eveyones comments, i realized this was the place to add mine. may everyone find whatever it is that they are looking for.
lol what else do u want me to say.
the only thing i havent covered is that the government is not worried of these doomsday predictions. (i dont recall seeing national televised presses about it, i could b wrong) which is saying something bcuz the government never fails to scare us. for example, the war on terror, terrorist attacks, and even the election is scaring people into no voting for the other person.
Espumpin, you know more than you think. Peace is not profitable….war and conflict is. We would certainly have a healthier world and life if just some of the clean energy technology was permitted for the masses.
Dear Annika, sorry if I’ve annoyed you.
Governments don’t see the point in worrying people with things that would induce panic, and that are beyond human control. They only scare you with things they can control.
my husband of the marines tells me not to worry, and he knows more about the u.s. government than myself, so i will trust his word.
its true when they say that there is alot the government isnt telling us for to good of the society. but with or without the government ackowledging these rumors, there would still b panic. its 4 years away and already people are freaking out
Annika
You’re pretty cool!! The only thing I see wrong in your opinions is that they are based on faith that that your Government cares about you. Do you really believe that NASA would let us know if we were facing an earth changing threat in the next few years? Don’t you think that it would cause a major panic? Many people would go bananas because in reality how would you punish them? They wouldn’t care about a life sentence at that point would they? Also you state that we have nuclear shelters. This is truly a myth. I’m sorry to burst your bubble but in the event of a nuclear attack you’d probably have at most 20 minutes to get somewhere partially safe and then stay there for quite a while before exposing yourself to the fallout. There are places that are prepared by FEMA but there is already a plan in place to save SELECT people. By select I mean people that have been vetted and chosen by our leaders. People with skills at specific positions such as scientist, physicist, enginners, etc.Common folk like you and I, we don’t count. Ever heard of “collateral losses”?
Thats all we are.
If you scroll up on these post you will find that I have stated that we are not talking about the end of the world. We are talking about the end of the world as we know it. Not the end of mankind. See where I wrote about the Bibles Flood? That was an end of the world scenario. Supposedly only a few survived right? Noah and his family and some others.
There were more survivors than that if you look into the American accounts about the god Viracocha and the like. But I’m not going there.
I understand that you are a 19 year old beautiful and vivacious young woman and that you have your whole life ahead of you.
But this is a doomsday forum isn’t it? I mean, if you didn’t have any interest in this. What drew you here? Don’t you understand that it’s like Leah says. There is something going on that have people FEELING that something is going to happen. People are looking for answers now more than ever. Maybe you share this feeling and you don’t know how to interpret it. The way I see it even the people here that have posted that “nothing is going to happen” “it’s all bull” Even they sound to me like someone standing in a cementary at midnight convincing themselves that they ain’t afraid of no ghost.
You’re young and you should live out the rest of your life happy. And what I’m about to say may sound offensive but I assure you I’m going to say it in fun.
You need to go to some fun forum. Unless you’re going to to come and actually look up some of the referrence points we’re putting up and seeing for yourself why we believe what we believe. Forget NASA. That’s a government branch that provides sanctioned information. They will NEVER tell you the truth.
Annika did you know that ALL the astronauts have seen UFO’s? Ask NASA about that and see what they say.
Something IS going to happen. And not only that. But something bad is going to happen before the 2012 date and you’re right. It will be a human issue. I expect limited nuclear skirmishes BEFORE the 2012 date. You can see in the news how they’re already preparing the masses for acceptance of this.
I don’t want you to feel that this is an attack Annika. It’s not, I’m telling you these things so you can scroll up and at the very least Google the things I posted. This way you may have some understanding as to why I believe what I do.
Leah sure we can keep in touch. My email is [email protected]
Feel free to contact me directly.
-Rico-
its not annoying. i dont see anything wrong with people expressing their honest opinions to one another. communication is the best remedy for many things. and hell if i made a wrong assumption then tell me so, bcuz i am willing to admit my possible faults
usualy i dont care about the government. i never registered to vote for a reason. and my uncaring for the government is obviously where i lack information. i understand our leaders are fucked up, and telling me so wont change anything. if the end of the world comes then i’ll take it, id rather die than live in a world of hate, fear, and corruption. but for now i’m going to enjoy my life the way it is.
but it seems that information like that is to b kept confidential if they honestly wish to keep from mass panic. no doubt the internet is a harbor for rumors to spread, and the lack of knowledge by the people leaves them spread rumors of their speculations. unless u urself have worked for the government.
I think that the mayans culture was just disbanded or changed to other beliefs before they got to write the rest of the calander!
Dear Annika,
The world is changing as we know it already, as it is always changing. And no….the mayan calendar does not mean the end of the world as in all life. So we should all live life the best we can, under the circumstances. Be well.
Well said 2012 Rising.
Annika,
You should vote though. It’s important to be heard. You vote counts believe it or not.
-Rico-
This is all B.S. to make money with these books and things. The world is not just going to end because some Mayan calendar ends. It had to stop somewhere.
i agree that the mayan calender ending doesnt mean the end of the world, in fact, historians argue if it really ends or not. its something about zeros with us. back in 1999 the zeroes of 2000 scared us. but nothing happened. this could b no different with the mayan calender.
heres something not talked about much about the mayans. almost every early civilization used drugs in traditions, and i’m talking about halucination drugs. the chinese did it, the mayans, the native americans. visions or halucinations could have brought them to believe what they believe.
it is human nature to assume the worst when lack of knowledge is not present. this goes for everything, the government, conspiricies, rumors, myths, everything.
jean,
some sources said that the invation of the spainish upon the mayans could have disrupted their continuation of the calender. there are many reasons for why it could have just stopped. but for some reason people like to assume the worst. make a story out if it because the mayans unable to complete their calender means the end of that story.
Some people just don’t get it. Listen up people. I’m going to make this real simple.
The Mayans were taught about the stars by invaders from some other planet. They didn’t invent the calendar out of their pure wisdom. They were taught. The Watchers or the Sons of God or whatever you want to call them used the indigent south Americans just as they did the Egyptians and the Sumerians as their slaves. They had them build Pyramids and Temples and all kinds of crap. The first civilized men were slaves.
Man was a mere hunter-gatherer until these guys came along and changed our DNA. They then taught them agriculture and domestication of animals even providing some animals themselves. Do you know how much food is required to run a city full of people? Do you think one could hunt on a daily basis to feed a population like that? Do you think man discovered agriculture by himself as well as sanitation and how to supply water for a city?
You people keep thinking that the Mayan calendar was something that stupid indians put together. These people were very informed by others that KNEW the stars, were very familiar with stars. The constellations even. You think thats easy? You think that you’re so much more advanced today? Let me tell you that the average lay person TODAY couldn’t tell you the difference between a planet and a start shining in the night sky. They didn’t make calendars by counting days. This took much study. The calendar that they made was so accurate that it could tell the the moon phases 1000 years in advance. Even to this date. It didn’t stop in 2012 because it was incomplete. It stopped there because after that date. They couldn’t tell you where the stars would be in the sky. If the earth shifts position then the stars in the sky would change position because our perspective would change.
You can believe what you want but you need to look things up. It’s all out there. It’s even in your Bible. There were visitors that screwed up mans DNA and changed our evolution and taught men how to use metal, they taught them agriculture, they taught men many things. Also, don’t talk about drugs like it’s something bad. There are more man made drugs doing harm to people than the ones that are illegal.
The drugs that you’re referring to are actually plants. Man didn’t make plants. God did. No where in any scripture does it say anything about drugs. In fact some cultures use them as a sacrament even today. The religious aspects are undeniable especially compared to the symbolism used in our Churces today as a means of communion and sacrament. To say that these people used drugs and that this disqualifies their credibilty is truly bad judgement. You need to look at the history of these cultures before you judge them. In fact lets take our US of A. How old is that culture? Oh right, a little over 200 years. Lets see how it started. Oh right they killed the American Indians, they used drugs too so they were no good right? Please. Basically the people in charge now have done such a great job brain washing the masses that I’m writing this for nothing. Its a damned shame too. No one knows how to think anymore.
Your average drug user is more enlightened than you are if don’t use drugs.
At least they rebelled against the machine.
I can’t take this anymore. I’ll follow the postings but I don’t think I can handle most of the things I’m reading here. I’m not equipped with the patience required to address the ignorant statements that are being made. I’m not calling you guys ignorant, just ignorant of the facts as they are. Its like basically people talking about things that they know nothing about. I can’t do it.
Keep posting though. Now you can all call me a druggie and say anything you want but guess what? I forgive you all.
Please….Teach yourselves. No one is going to just come and teach you. It’s all out there if you take the time to search.
I’ll post when I feel like I have something to say but I won’t address anymore rebuttals about the silly stuff being said in here.
-Rico-
You know what? You people need to Google The Mayan calendar and take a look at the pictures. This calendar wasn’t something you got free every year from your favorite Chinese restaurant. It is complete. It is WRITTEN IN STONE for Christ sake!!!
Take a look at it. You can’t even understand it!!!!!. Its an amazing piece of work!!!!
Nuff Said,
-Rico-
Hi,
Today was the first day i heard about all this and i dont know what to believe.
I was told that that sun would align with the milky way and something about a black hole..??
I heard the poles would move and Ireland could well become like antartic. The north pole could become the south pole??
I am very ignorant to all this and i have been googling all day to try and find out more.
Never mind the mayans. Never mind the calender. Think about the scientists and astrominasts who have thought up the theory of the sun and the milky way.
I also heard something about I ching??
And is it true that all this disruption could affct the core causing earthquakes, tsumani’s rupture volcanoes??
Please, I need more fact and less theory,
— Katie —
Hi Katie,
Alignment with the galactic plane is not theory…..yes there is a black hole at the centre of our galaxy as there is at the centre of all galaxies. No one can state what the effect of the alignment will be, but we have been getting closer with each passing day. So we will probably experience more of the same as we are having now, maybe even more intense.
There is a veritable book’s worth of info and ideas on this thread…..well worth reading all of it.
Are the monuments, carvings and cave paintings etc that ancient civilisations created SCI FI or fiction, made purely for fun and entertainment ?
OR are they a record of their own history and ancestoral experiences…..or even their own present experiences ?
Which is more likely ?
Type in “Amero”. do not add .com or .net, and hit enter. go to where it says “buy Amero”. if the local shoprite gave away all its food for free, that could feed a neighborhood. The warehouse could feed a community. all the chain stores could feed a state. but money gets in the way. what if we told them to keep their oil. as hard as it may be we’ll walk to work or use a bike. if we dont buy the oil it becomes useless to everyone. its just sticky water. we in turn can use other resources to help make the world a better place. but money gets in the way. what if people simply did the job that they love, and of’course you must have the knowlegde or skill for. why cant we all go to school and be given the oppurtunity simply to learn, oh yeah. you need money for that to. So if it wasn’t for money, greed for money and money. we might be one earth one people. Worshipping one true God. Growing and flourishing. all those computers and cell phones we throw away just to get the lastest ones, can be donated so everyone is connected. that reduces crime, keeps us all informed. unifies the world. Extreme makeover Home Edition should get with houses for humanity on a global scale and ease some of the surferring around the world. i’ll rant more later. sorry for bothering all of you but thank you listening.
The width from heaven to earth sounds far, but is only as closeas the atmoshere and outer space meet. The bible says the road to paradise is narrow, while the road to hell is wide. The Torah and Qur’an say the same. the meek shall inheriate the earth, (Bible and Torah) the Qur’an says the lowest dewellers in rank, will have ten times they have now.I pray i could be one the lowest of rank. so god may so mercy and forgiveness towards me. ” in a perfect manner, his knowledge emcompasses all things. the open and the secret and the public and the private. He knows what has happened will happen and how it will happen. no affair occurs in the whole world except by His will. whatever He wills is, and whatever he does not will is not and will never be. God is the creator of everything. on this world and in our universe. He gave us our knowledge and we used it for anything but good. all the books of one god all the religions of one god. why can we not unite under one god. 2012 will bring about an age of enlightment or will others cause it to be doomsday? i think im going crazy, lol. but how can i deserve heaven if i cannot help everyone get there first. Forgive my ignorance that i call my thoughts, and if anyone has answers for me please im willing to learn.
thank you
Dear Espumpin,
No argument just food for thought. Good anything takes time and effort to achieve…..like a good healthy meal…..in comparison to an unhealthy 2 minute micro wave meal requiring almost zero effort.
I personally think the road to paradise is long and takes patience, in comparison to the road to hell. Hell being quick and easy to fall into.
how about this, if the world ends it ends, and if it doesnt then we can all get drunk on the eve of 2013.
lets face it, if the world is truely going to end then it doesnt matter how many warnings we get, its going to end no matter what and we cant do anything about it.
and if it doesnt end then we can all feel like idiots for worrying and wasting our time bitching on this forum.
as for Ian, i would like to thank him for kindly taking his time to give us a little insite on the other side of the story. theres nothing wrong with giving ppl hope. and for those of u who are so negative, mayb u should leave this site if u are seriously against it.
and if something else happens then something else happens. what are we going to do? nothing bcuz as much as we like to control things, we cant control the matters of time and space so we r just gonna have to accpet whatever happens cuz talking about it isnt going to change anything.
Annika, we could all learn self sontrol. Once again the Mayans did not say “End of the World” as in a dead world.
Depending on where you live you may have been lucky enough to not be involved in any of the drastic flooding, earthquakes, tornados, volcanic eruptions, typhoons and droughts that have been going on just in the last 6 months and still continue to batter many countries including the USA.
I know from time I spent in Romania in the 70’s, what its like to stand in line for food….and that was just politics. With food shortage now world wide due to climate and politics…..please don’t anyone tell me “Everything’s Fine”. It is most definately not. Cosmic effects we cannot control, but we could control our politics.
Again. Is the legacy of information that we have from past civilisations, mostly carved in stone, some SCI FI fairy tale, or is it an account of their history and experiences ?
Anyone got the actual answer ?
i never said everythings fine, and i am perfectly self contained. all i said was if something happens something happens and we cant do anything about it. bottom line.
if these disasters are so bad then politics cant do anything either.
if ur going to respond to me then mayb u should actually read everything i wrote, unless u have a problem with just leaving it at that.
simply put, what can we do? nothing. and all this talk, all these wasted words on this froum, in the end it doesnt change a thing does it
its this simple ok. if the world ends it ends, and if it doesnt, it doenst.
is it that hard to accept it could b that simple? cuz really thats what it comes down to.
i’m in hawaii so if a hurricane decides to blow threw here i have about 40 miles of surface to find a place to hid. and if this active volcanoe decides to errupt i’ll have to run into the ocean where all the sharks are. basically i’m screwed if anything happens because i decided to live with my military husband. but i’ve accepted the fact that anything could go wrong while i’m here, but i dont let that get me down. instead i enjoy my time in this beautiful place and time with my husband rather than wasting my time worrying. too bad other ppl cant do the same.
Dear Annika, I did read everything you wrote.
You said you are 19 with the rest of your life ahead of you. So considering the World isn’t ending, but is going to go through harder times, I would have thought you would be the last person to say….If the world ends, so what.
Those of us who are trying to make sense of the knowlege left by past civilisations….do so in order to recognise the signs of possible troubles ahead. Much like checking for traffic before crossing the road. Those that don’t look eventually get run down by a car.
but even with all this knowledge we learn, no matter how much we look into it, in the end we really cant do anything about whats going to happen, no matter what it may b. i would like to think i have a whole life ahead of me, but if i dont, then theres nothing i can do about it.
rite now there is little we can do about anything beyond this world. if we learn more beyond what we already kno about the mayans, that still wont stop what is going to happen. what ever happens happens, whether that is life or death or something more. no matter how much we learn, we still cant do anything to stop it.
Dear Annika,
Due to study and the ability to recognise signs that the volcano was going to erupt dangerously, you would have a warning and be evacuated if you wished. Likewise with a hurricane.
Without the study everyone would be stuck with their fate. Study=warning=options….the chance to not be there when trouble strikes.
even with warnings ppl still die, like with hurricane katrina. they new about that, but hurricanes and other natural disasters arent so predicable all the time. anything could happen. and with all the people on this small island where would i go? the airport where everyone else is going?
sure i have a chance when disaster strikes, but its a small chance. anything could happen to anyone or anything, but why should i worry about when my life will cease to exist anymore? i wont, i’ll enjoy my life as best as i can and put the worries of the world out of my mind. ppl should do the same about 2012 bcuz what it boils down to is we have little to no control to do anything about it. so y worry about it now
originally i expressed my views of being hopeful of the world not ending, even tho something may happen, we dont kno what. but no matter how much information we gather about what these civilizations were trying to tell us, in the end it doesnt really matter bcuz we have no control over what may happen.
u could spend ur whole life trying to uncover everythig about these ancient ppl and u will never fully figure out everything. the truth is we will never know everything, especially over the course of these next 4 years
i guess freedom of speech today comes with its consequences. i was wrong to think ppl would actually care or consider my views, bcuz thats what we as humans have now become. just because i may think differently, or express my views diffrently makes me a target. constantly shooting eachother down bcuz we all dont agree on something. i’ve seen more negative ppl here than ppl trying to help and support eachother like we shold b. its important and tough stuff like this that should bring us together like 9/11 has. ppl r worried about chaos, well i already see it with or without these prophacies. i honestly think i am disgusted with how much hate and sufferning ppl have brought about in this once peaceful world
Governments etc have made provision to protect those they have selected, and have room for. Admirable that no matter what, nuclear war included, so long as Earth is in one piece, the human species has a chance to survive. Now that there are completed SEED vaults, and gene vaults on the verge of completion, enough of the eco system on earth could be reproduced for life to re-established itself on the surface.
The powers that be have not achieved this based on what they might learn in the next 4 years….its based on what they have already learnt….and paid for by the masses through taxes and profit.
Don’t worry!!! Be happy!!
It’s true Annika, there is nothing we could do. Especially you and I. We both live on islands.
If however, by the grace of the great Creator we come accros some serious money. Then we could study a little bit to see where the best places would be to survive a major disaster should something like that occur.
Like I said before, this is a doomsday site. People here will post about wether there be a doomsday or not. This topic is sensitive. If you can’t handle the arguments that people are making pro-doomsday then this is not the site for you. No one here is HOPING that 2012 brings disaster! We all want to keep living. This is the only life we know!!
I won’t mention any names on the next subject but someone else posted that God knows everything all the time and all that or something to that effect. If this is the case. Why then in Genesis as he walks into the Garden of Edin looking for Adam does he have to ask “Adam where are you?”
He sould have already known that Adam had partaken of the Tree of knowledge of good and evil. Then, and you’re going to love this part, he throws Adam and Eve out of the garden because, in His own words.
“Behold the man has become as one of US, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever”
In othr words God is speaking to other gods when he states this. He refers to “One of US”
This also occurs when God creates man. He says- “Let us create man in OUR own image”
Read Genesis again. You will find that more than one god was involved in all this.
Faith is good and all that but there was a man named John A. Hutchinson that said:
“Unthinking faith is a curious offering to be made to the creator of the human mind”
Now that is a great quote!!
Think people, search!! The truth is out there!!!
-Rico-
its not the fact that ppl argue for or against doomsday. its the fact that ppl will argue about anything anywhere. as if ppl just go out looking for something to argue about. its kinda pathetic. so go ahead and attack me, but where does that get u? no where.
rico
who are u to knock ppls faith. all they have is their faith when this world and the ppl in it fail to make life bearable. how dare u for trying to take that away.
u can beleive what ever u want and u should at least have the same respect for other ppl to also let them believe what they want. we may not have many rights or control anymore but 1 thing we do have control over is what we think and believe and y cant u at least let them have that much instead of bashing everyone and everything.
if u have such a problem with it then just turn the other cheek, there is such a word as ignoring, y dont u try and practice it.
also u should kno that if ppl strongly believe what they believe then u r just wasting ur breath bcuz what u have to say will not change their minds
Dear Annika,
This has been a useful thread to share ideas, theories, findings through study, and yes beliefs. I don’t know who wrote Genesis, but I do know Ricochet did not. I’m lucky…got a bible that is very old, before modern day editing, and it belonged to a priest/preacher. If yours is a modern one, much will be left out.
Read Genesis, find out for yourself…..as with anything, you can only truly trust what you find out for yourself.
I for one am not worrying….just learning and understanding.
I no longer believe the world will end physcially in 2012. Nor am I scared of death if it does at that time. I feel God gave a choice like a parent who will let you get hurt alittle to learn the bigger lesson. All we suffer thru is nothing if the reward is whats promised. Alas, it is up to each of us to eat off that tree. Even if we’ve been warned. Thats what makes us human, thats why we are his kids. I am the most ignorant person you may know, and i humbly ask what is it you think,believe or know. If the rest of the world could communicate to each other as we do. Remember i just found this web site 2 days ago, but any disputes i’ve seen everyone handle as adults. and we elected bush to office, lol. we know when we have been lied to. we dont trust what we dont research or know for fact ourseleves.Do you know about the North Amereican Union, African,Asian & European Unions?Do you know of the gossple of Judas or Mary.Zoroastrianism?Viswe-devas?There is no doubt that in 200yrs from now that we call time, we will still be playing basketball,having debates and enjoying what we call life. There i go ranting again. I’ll go for now but thank you again for making it easy to express one self.
Espumpin
I’m sorry Annika. But aren’t you the one that belives in NASA?
I’m not attacking anyones faith. I’m simply quoting something someone wrote. As for what you have faith in. I don’t care really. All I know is that there were people that had faith that the world was flat and I guess that was a waste of faith. Just because you have faith in something it does not mean that what you believe is real. It’s only real in your mind. I just pointed out what it says in the Bible. If you were to read some as opposed to writing so much you would understand. Don’t ask who I am. I am nobody. You mistake me for a person that cares about what people believe. I don’t care what you believe as long as you don’t believe that world is flat and then come in here writing about it. If you do, I will TELL YOU THAT IT IS ROUND!!!!
I’m sick of that crap. Do you know how many people were killed for their CORRECT beliefs by established religion? Do you know that at one time it was heresy to say that the world was round? Do you know how many people the Catholic Church had killed? Do you?
Ignorance is dangerous. Maybe you should go to a Hannah Montana forum or something. This really is no place for you. Read your Bible. Read ANYTHING AT ALL!!!
Opinions are like assholes, everybodys got one and they all stink!!
I’m not here giving you my opinions!!! I’m stating FACTS!!! Get some facts!!!
Thank you,
-Rico-
You’re welcome Espumpin.
oh plz, ur the ignorant 1. u talk as if u kno everything but u dont. i never said i believe in NASA so dont twist my words.
bashing ppls faith is intolerable and the fact that u r challenging it IS bashing. the only thing i’ve seen from u is basically everyones wrong and ur rite. what if ur the 1 thats wrong? i never said i was wrong or right.
and where did u get ur information anyway? the internet where ppl spread rumors like wild fire.
what the matter with u? does it bother u that much that u cant stand the fact that i, or other ppl dont all agree with u so u attack them, and for what? what does that do for u? y do u feel u have to justify urself and what u know when i honestly could care less. u only kno as much as u think, this also goes for myself and the other ppl on this forum. if u kno all this that u claim to kno then y arent u elsewhere making money off it instead of wasting ur time and breath on this forum?
-peace-
hypithetically what if i say “rico u were right and i was wrong.” now what? does it bring u any satisfaction? what r u trying to achieve here? now u may ask the same question of me and i would say that i thought it would b ok to state my opinion and mayb learn a bit more. u want to tell ppl what u kno then fine, but u could do it without attacking ppl and leave out the name calling. ppl only respond negatively to negativity and in the end to gain nothing.
Annika,
Many of us have been happily debating since the 19th of May 2008 on this thread. Every so often one jumps in that is a contrare, and on top of that has no idea what has been said on the thread prior to their joining it.
Everything from history, to astro physics has been discussed. Philosophy is good too, but you really don’t need to push your point……we got it. Many however need to be less naive about even just day to day things, nevermind the bigger picture.
I dont know man, some freaky stuff is going on here. We don’t know what’s going to happen, but it’s nice of Ian to put things in a positive aspect for us, whether it’s true or not.
Thank Ian 🙂
Hay man here’s something interesting. Roland Emmerich, the director who wrote “The Day After Tomorrow” and “10,000 B.C.” is making a movie called “2012” about the Mayan Calender. It’s coming to theaters next summer. It would be interesting to find out his take on all these theroies, maybe I’ll go check it out!
The world will not end. It has been around for like billions of years. why would it just end like within 4 years.
First off, this doomsday myth thing is NOT science, its what is called sudo-science, its religious base, it has nothing to do with real science, the fact is the Mayans, just like the Incas were into worshiping the sun and the moon, and doing sacrifices. They were no smarter then the Egyptians and not even as smart as the Greeks or the Romans. What really gets me is, we have these Christians like Jack Van Impe on TV talking about 2012 as the year Jesus comes back , now tell me this what dos the Mayan calendar have to do with Jesus, or Christians, they were pagans which the Jews and Christians hated and killed for the last 2000 years, all because they were supposed to be evil. but now all of a sudden we have people using the calendar of a pagan people to pin-point the coming of Jesus, even though others say he’s isn’t due till around 3000 AD, but Van Impe, says he’ll be bringing peace not the end time, I guess that whole thing which he had been spouting out for years wasn’t working for him anymore, wasn’t selling enough books. I for one think everyone is being silly about this stuff, and you guys talking about why the calendar started at this date or why it ends when it ends, WHO CARES ! IF YOU DONT BELIEVE 2012 IS THE END OF THE WORLD THEN WHO CARES WHY! WHY DID THE BIBLE HAVE THE WORLD BEING CREATED 4000 YEARS AGO, AND WHY DO PEOPLE STILL BELIEVE IN THE BIBLE EVEN SMART EDUCATED PEOPLE EVEN PEOPLE WHO HAVE STUDIED SCIENCE? Because people are scared of the unknown, which is life after death, there afraid that there is nothing, no God, no heaven, and that we have no soul, and that when we die that’s it! nothing more, and that are life here is no more important then that of a bug or a cat, dog, or rat. I know because I don’t believe in the Bible or its God, its too simple, but I like the believers wont there to be more, other wise why bother, why live at all if it doesnt matter what we do, well I don’t believe there’s a thing like a God somewhere watching are every move, and judging us, I don’t believe, there’s a place like heaven ether, all of this was created by people who lived in the middle east 2000 years ago, who even now cant stop fighting with one another, I mean the Jews, and the Christians started it and the muslims are just continuing it, and those of us who don’t believe in any of it are stuck in the middle, being killed, like on 9-11, I bet there were people in those buildings who had nothing against the Muslims, some I know were Muslims, but even so they died, and for what, because a bunch of backward people 2000 years ago wrote a bunch of scrolls, which hundreds of years later were made into a book, about a God who is no more plausible, then Zeus, or the Pharaohs of Egypt, yet people STILL believe in this God, and why, THAT too doesn’t matter, and you know why because, the belief in the Pharaohs lasted 10,000 years, and where are the believers now, dead. AND THIS TOO MUST PASS!
Wow!! This is getting really freaky now. I’m actually at a loss for words. If I started to address these threads I’d be here for an hour.
I have nothing to say. Leah, surely there are better places than this. It’s like being caught between a rock and a hard place. I feel like I’m stuck in the twilight zone or something. It’s like a mix of the movies and comic books. It’s like if the machine has succeeded.
I’ll just follow along for now.
Annika, I’ve directed you to read a couple of things. Have you look any of them up?
Don’t believe what people tell you. Look it up for yourself.
-R-
OK gals, guys – –
I’ve been very patient, reading thru 2/3 of these comments, seeing lots of pseudo-science/superstition/religion (all the same thing), and even a small amount of FACTS presented (mainly by tacitus), and I must say that I’ve castigated myself quite a bit for simply reading as far as I have, but I can read no further without (hopefully) setting a few things straight:
1. The ONLY 26,000 year cycle that I know of is the precession of the equinox, which is the tilt of the earth’s axis. Think of the north star, Pegasus, moving in a small circle in the sky until its not the north star, magnetic north would point to empty space instead, moving in a circle and around again until 26,000 years later it again becomes the north star.
2. Our solar system DOES indeed wobble up and down through the galactic plane – think of the galaxy as a spinning dinner plate with a ball in the center, and we move up over and down under through the plate [galactic plane] in a cycle that lasts [going on memory here] a few tens of millions of years, and since the galactic plane is denser in stars, the Oort and Kuiper belts are more susceptible to outside influences during the transition thru the galactic plane. Thus more comets being shifted around and shot out of the solar system and also into the inner system {toward earth} accounting for the time spacing of many {not all} of the mass extinctions in earths long history. We are roughly 2/3 out from the center of the galaxy, one orbit of the galaxy takes about 225 millions years, and are NOT on one of the spiral arms, but on the very edge of a small splinter of a spiral arm and the gap between spiral arms. How do we know this for sure? We don’t, but it’s the best guess we can make with the FACTS that we have. When we learn more, we will update or change, as needed. Its called science. NO FAITH REQUIRED, NO CERTAINTY ALLOWED.
3. The age of Aquarius was never mentioned in the Bible (biblical scholars help me out here), Aquarius is one of dozens of constellations ancient stargazers used to navigate, which have been used (relatively) recently to divide the night sky neatly into twelve sections (the Zodiac). Smaller constellations are near (or included in) the main 12.
4. There are simply more amateur astronomers now than there ever has been. Any new planet would be discovered in due course by people from different countries, and reported on the internet as soon as found (by many), or as soon as its orbit was confirmed (by most), so any conspiracy to keep them all silent is ludicrious, but still many “theorists” will believe what fits their notions, facts be damned. I don’t buy the “small dense object” scenario, its albedo likely being too small to detect in the first place.
5. No matter how many planets and asteroids and comets are aligned in a straight line, they will have LESS of an influence on each other than a baseball bat, a football, and a soccer ball, or anything else placed end-to-end. They are simply so far apart that their gravity is negligable (inverse square law). Consider the fact that our largest planet, Jupiter, has no measurable effect on earth’s orbit, or else earth wouldn’t have stayed in the same orbit around the sun for as long as it has. Of course you couldn’t convince Astrology nuts (IDIOTS) that Newton’s laws can’t be disproved…
6. The use of the word IDIOT should only be used with care – only applied to someone who has strongly held beliefs which are not supported by facts…dummies.
7. You can never disprove a negative. While it is highly improbable that my TV remote is actually a God, no one can irrefutably prove that it isn’t. Same for the Mayan calendar coming to an end in 2012. Yes, lots of other ancient civilizations might have, SOME HAVE INTERPRETED, come up with dates that are close to 2012, but I’ve yet to see anyone offer anything which verifies any of these supposed dates. Predictions are easy bait for IDIOTS to latch onto, no facts needed, which can be easily made to fit into whatever superstition you were born into.
8. Should I respect the superstitions and beliefs of IDIOTS? Should I show respect for their inalienable right to show off their lack of education? I admit that a large part of my own education is self-taught, as I enjoy reading a multiple of disciplines. I believe that ALL religions are ultimitely EVIL if you look at what comes from them. MUST the universe have meaning or purpose? Sure, its pretty and its awe inspiring, its your human brain that feels these things, get over it. I keep hearing the phrase that energy isn’t destroyed, just changed to a different form, therefore we must have an immortal soul – just where is this soul? What form of undetectable energy does it comprise? When the brain is destroyed, so goes the synergy we call consciousness – dead is dead, get over it cowards, you can’t live forever. Oh no, now I’m going to rot in Hell. Right along with Santa Claus and the rest of the ghosts and spirits and demons. Do GOOD because it’s the right thing to do, not because of a selfish desire for a mythical Heaven. Life is short, so live it fully and well.
8. Sorry bout that last rant, got carried away by some of the crap I read earlier in the thread.
9. I submit that some of my numbers given above may be off a little, it’s late here and I’ve no wish to spend the time researching the facts to the umpteenth decimal point, and if the gist is off I welcome any corrections…I’ve already resigned myself to getting blasted by the half-educated religious nuts that have basically run this country into the ground (can you guess what country I live in?) but obviously I don’t care what IDIOTS have to say anyway!
NUFF SAID
I was guilty of not reading all of the above threads when writing what I had above and had no idea of the discourse going on between Annika, Ricochet, Leah, and others.
Annika, I mean you no harm, but you can not even get elected to serious office in America without proclaiming a religion on your shirt-sleeve. This country has, indeed, been run into the ground by the likes of you and yours. There was an article in USA Today last summer about a poll taken of clergy of various faiths around the country which showed that since the religious right aligned itself with the republican party in the late ’70s, the number of sermons on the evils of GREED have gone down considerably. Religious people, generally, are skeptical of science, yet they heat their leftovers in a microwave oven. My sister is a Jesus freak, totally involved in her Church, yet refuses to accept the science behind global warming – she even said that if it really is happening then it must be part of God’s plan, maybe the Armageddon. We in America are the world’s worst polluters and bear the most responsiblility to stop the slow poisoning of our planet by every means we are able, sacrifice be damned. I submit to you that if you people with your pseudo-science keep fighting any real action to stop climate change until its too late and you bring about the eventual end of the world as we know it just to fit into your religion,
YOU ARE ALL EVIL.
If there really is a Hell then there is a special place for you all there.
I think there is something in the Bible about taking care of the earth, not shitting in your kitchen…
An alighment of the planets will scientifically effect the magentic felid. The northern lights are suppose to be seen all over the world if such an event were to occur, im sure more uncivilized countries will either believe God or aliens are on their way. The bible does mention the age of aquarius. I dont wish to argue or convince any one. but we all have to research something ourselves before we consinder it fact. If aliens came and made their presence know to all the world to see, and shared their technology. They cured cancer and aids for us. Then they preached about one universal God and a soul worth saving would you believe then? Do you need to feel someone smarter than your self has to show you. By then it would be to late if it were true. The fantastic four movie that just came out featured for anyone that knows, the superskrull fighting the silver sufer. anyone who had read the comics knows that hollywood took what was already good characters and a good plot line and distorted the truth.The major religions of the world had some good books in their possession, then teir own screen writers went work on them and the storys were rewritten(my opinion you dont have to agree) And all the worlds a play.We now have the worlds largest atom smasher getting ready to power up in europe, this summer.The large hardon collider as it is called is 17 miles long and ppl believe once its turned on is gonna cause all types of s*** to happen.Google it. The north pole may be ice free this summer for the first time ever scientis say. maybe global warming will kill us before God or an asteroid or nuclear war. but hey its better to believe that the earth will just recycle it self and start a new, then for all of to be held accountable for his or her actions in front of a higher court. Its okay to believe in men from space as long as its not God. Vampires, Bigfoot,Nessy maybe…God, no no thats sounds to far fetched. lol. I lived my life trying to prove there was no God. no one could have given you more facts than I. Now I can give you more facts than I knew I had for his existience. I stand by facts I wont let my self be convinced of any thing without proof. Nor should you. I do not go to church but i dont watch CNN any more. ok,ok i go from subject to subject to much, I feel im going crazy. Do you know who Emily Rose was? Yeah that movie about the demons. Forget the movie fact is a priest some where in america was willing to go to jail for her death, as long as her story got out.She died a horrible, horrid death, and the church did not want the priest to testify. Watch the movie if you havent but keep in mind its a Facted based movie, so somewhere these events occured. Fact. Do you trust our goverment? your neighbor? I dont know where im going with all this I wish there was a stage where we could hold our debates. Maybe we are a galactic science expierment, and the mayans knew our alien creators. What if they started their calender based on information they gave them, and the count down was for their return. Well then that fact would say that some bodys gonna come back for us. I’m sure its not the primitive culture that they left behind that they would want to find upon their return is it. no fact is any one returning would want to find that we have grown, evolved some how. Whether that was spirtuality or mentally I know as much as you. Funny thing is I happen to be the most ignorant person you will ever meet. Cuz i dont know nothin. If you have any answers please share them with me. I am humbly seeking the truth. I agree that the truth must be based on facts. I shut up now. thank yous again for making this site.
I’m reading the wrong way on this thread again, up instead of down, anyway –
In my experience, it’s people of faith that proclaim that bashing people’s faith is intolerable. I believe that ALL religion is EVIL and is the cause of most of the major problems on this planet.
All I’m doing is speaking out against EVIL – that is the right thing to do.
I may be wrong, there may be a God, but I guarantee that if there really is, none of today’s religions, as they have evolved with their various dogmas, have got a handle on Him and his wishes.
Sorry i misspelled some stuff and thanks again for letting me rant:)
Dear Markus Demetrius,
Sorry…. Sorrry, but Polaris is the north star at the moment, in Ursa Minor. I like the everyday way in which you describe e.g. orbit around the galaxy…like ball on a plate.
If more scientists explained things in that format, like Michio Kaku, everyone would be interested in the sciences because they were able to understand them. Too much jargon in all fields…..keeps people in the dark.
WOW!!!!!!!!! pretty good stuff, here, you guys!!! lots of good input and a whole range of ideas…thank you all for the food for thought…
i learned something a couple weeks ago, and now might be a good time to share that thought with you all…have you heard of “heisenberg’s uncertainty principle”???
simply put, it states that “when we observe something carefully, the very act of observing it changes it in some way.” “One cannot calculate the PRECISE future motion of a particle, ONLY A RANGE OF POSSIBILITIES.”
and one final quote…”there is no way to say what the state of a system fundamentally is, only what the result of observation MIGHT be.”
does that not apply here??? and if so, that means that no one is conclusively right or wrong…it all depends on what we perceive–AS WE OBSERVE…watching and observing with an unbiased open mind hold the keys to understanding, and isn’t that what we all are hoping for here—a little understanding of things yet to come??? how or what we observe AND how or what we interpret it to mean broadens the ranges of possible outcome…NO ONE KNOWS WITH ABSOLUTE CERTAINTY what the future hold is store for us…NO ONE—but the very fact that we all see something a little different , should be embraced—it broadens that range of possibilities…awareness of all those possibilites is what will help sustain us…and we should not be fearful of any of it…
they are RANGES OF POSSIBILITES…whether your outlook is purely scientific, technical, religious, spiritual, or whatever you base your fundamental beliefs on…we are all doing ourselves a huge injustice to turn a blind eye to any ONE of the possibilities…it does not hurt AT ALL to think or look outside the box for your answers…
if you are looking for disclosure from NASA, our governments, world leaders??? sorry, it will not happen…we cannot live on fears of what we know and do not know…the operative word here is to LIVE…and to Live THE VERY BEST WE KNOW HOW…given all the ranges of possibilites…irregardless of the outcome, it’s still gonna be okay….
again, i ask you…if you knew all the answers, what would you do with them????
to what means would it matter? to what end, would it make a difference??? this is just one person’s opinion, but i think we all want to matter, and we all want to make a difference…so start with the LITTLE things you CAN control…watch and observe the rest…
leah,
You are absolutely right, Polaris not Pegasus, I haven’t been up so late in quite a while, mistakes multiply in the wee hours. As this is my first blog ever, I Thank You for your nice words on my writing style, they are appreciated.
Espumpin,
Alignment of the planets affecting the earth’s magnetic field? Sorry, no such thing. The northern (and southern) lights are caused by one and only one thing – the solar wind particles interacting with earth’s magnetic field. Yes, the lights do get larger and brighter on occasion, but thats always been as a result of larger-than-usual solar flares – there’s never been any evidence of planetary alignment having any measurable effect on earth.
The Large Hadron Collider MAY produce subatomic black holes, but they will evaporate almost immediately, even if the energies involved are indeed large enough to produce them. However, I’m of the opinion that science on this order of magnitude could be done much safer up in space, as something wholly unexpected could indeed occur. After all, that’s one of the reasons it was built. Not just UP there, but OUT there, out on the edge of the solar system. We should be doing all kinds of physics experiments out there where our sun’s influence is negligible, many potential discoveries to be made that are simply impossible to learn while sitting in this enormous gravity well. It may (or may not) be that feasible interstellar propulsion can only be developed out there. If we can spend hundreds of billions a year on a Defense Department we don’t really need (and I say this as a retired military person and a Patriot), trillions of dollars on a WAR that most of us (and the rest of the planet) disagree on, or hundreds of billions on a manned mission to Mars looking for microbes (what’s the potential spin-off in that, most of the technology was already developed for the Apollo program), then we can surely work to develop the technology for a truly ambitious program such as this, one that presents many challenges and therefore will undoubtedly have plenty of spin-offs that would positively affect the world’s economies, instead of the huge drain and death the military-industrial complex places on us. Get GREED and CORPORATIONS out of our government, by only voting for candidates who espouse campaign finance reform and policable ETHICS in Congress. Even if they have no chance of winning, if enough people start to vote their conscience instead of the lesser of evils then good things will start to happen to all, the future will become bright once again. Wow, I see it sure is easy to go off on tangents in these blogs, sorry.
I’d say most of the rest of your comments were pretty much right on the money, keep it up.
Becky,
I believe the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle only applies to things on the atomic/subatomic scale, not the macro world we live in. Its thought to be partly a function of the particle/wave duality which confounds all (so far) and partly due to our current level of measurement technology actually interfering with what is being measured. We will get better at that, maybe. Up here in the macro world, absolutes are pretty much the way things work, to a large degree. Given enough facts, predictions can be pretty accurately made, and are. Believing that things may be true, or not, based on slim evidence, wishful thinking, and the uncertainty principle is a methodology that’s doomed to failure. That said, I applaud your optimism and your open mind, for anything that CAN happen in this immense universe probably DOES happen. BSG qoute – “this has all happened before, and will all happen again.”
PEACE
Dear Markus Demetrius,
Good name. Lots I could reply to in your last post but I’ll keep it short. ION engines for want of a better word, maybe propulsion, gives a good chance to get farrrrrrr away from earth.
Re Stephen Hawkins latest instalment.
Re quantum theory, particles taking several routes etc….reminds me of a similar human behaviour. We check out several routes e.g. to work….before choosing the route most favoured and make it our route most travelled. If there is a hitch with the favoured route….we switch.
Difference is that we can’t take multiple routes simultaneously….but we do chronologically. I think its a case things happening on a faster time scale in the micro compared to the macro. Quarks appear and disappear so fast, they can’t be inspected……yet.
Be well
Dear Daniel Rey,
Just wish to make it clear, I’ve voiced no opinions to date just supositions. Some say that the poles will reverse by way of the Earths core slowing down….stopping…then start to rotate in the opposite direction, and that this could be triggered by a close fly by of …say Niburu/planetX. Magnetic pole shift which is under way, + and – swithching and which has happened many times before, may or may not complete the switch this time.
I’m presently looking into what you wrote about in your post re tilting on our axis even more. If we are indeed aligning with the galactic plane, I can envisage Earth’s axis becoming horizontal to the galactic plane.
Thanks for telling the truth. Im tired off hearing bullcrap about the end of the world.
Magnetic pole shifts are theoretical. So is planet X. We can even add any of the Gods or end of the world scenerios to the same list. I am glad i’ve found so many minds willing to discover truth, from what are basically crptyozoology and conspiracy theorys. lol. I thought i was going crazy. for in main stream america or as a matter of fact any where in the world most ppl would consider us loco. if we used $10 words and had P.H.D.’s we could sell books with these debates. On the other hand if you thought I was a high school drop out my opinion wouldnt matter. Prehaps all of you would at least show the respect one was due, but as a race we are all ignorant. Do you believe one person can make a difference for good or bad? I am very intrested in this Ramatis i’ll comment on that after i’ve researched all i can. I dont pretend to have any answers, because trust me I have alot of questions. I am willing to listen to any answer that can be confirmed with fact. The way i had read about the northern and southern lights being seen is, when all the planets align, all the of magnectic feilds from all the planets will align as well. this will attract the solar winds at a stronger and faster rate causing quite the light show in the sky. Still its in theroy so what do i know. lol. A friend of mine told me if there is no life any where but on our planet, how lonely we are in this universe.He went on to explain that it must’ve been a certain amount of H2O and nitrogen,carbon etc..in our atmosphere to make life appear on our earth. To him this meant that any combination of elements could produce life anywhere, given sufficent sunlight and stabilzed enviorment. If there is life some where else they must feel the same way. Unless we both share some thing deeper,stronger. Now whether thats spiritual or the urge to want to understand our place in the universe, thats where our consciousness or souls if you will have in common. That is where I have to wonder of a higher power. That is also where i loose alot of my friends. lol. Please dont stop being who you are for if there is God he the only one who will not sugar coat your answers. You just might not want to hear the answers so becareful what you wish for. Wow, its later than i thought. peace be with all of you. I look forward to reading what you all have to say.
Thank you so much. So much. Like I can’t even thank you enough. I was like, 10 when I heard about this and I was so scared I actually cried for two days, thinking “I’m going to die when I’m 16, I can’t be an astronaut or have kids or anything!” But thank you for telling me the truth and making me soo relieved. 🙂
Dear Espumpin,
Magnetic pole shifts have occured in the past, check it out on Geological web sites. North becomes negative, South becomes possitive.
Be well
At least do a quick search on http://www.nationalgeographic.com/news/2005/1215_051215
Add to the end _north_pole_2.html
Some call it Magnetic field reversal.
leah is correct – magnetic pole shifts are common in earth’s history. Spewing out of many volcanoes, basaltic (typically undersea) lava mineral grains orient themselves to the earth’s magnetic field as the lava cools, and as lava rock provides one of our most accurate measurements of geological dating, these measurements are as pretty precise. Plus, this is just one of three methods of determining paleomagnetism. Although they have varying degrees of accuracy, they do support one another, just as the MANY types of geologic dating do with our fossil record. Pole reversals have happened on wide timescales, from 40K to 35M years, averaging a quarter mil to 300,000 years apart. Since our last one was 780,000 years ago, we are slightly overdo.
This is NOT to endorse claims of imminent catastrophe of the doomsayers of 2012, as I don’t buy it. I just like to keep an open mind and play devil’s advocate cuz its fun.
LEAH – Thanks for the insights on quantum uncertainty, never even thought of that angle. You, Sir, are a thinker!
I agree that ion engines are the best we have, but seem to me to be still kinda slow for the vast distances involved. An Apollo-type push in this direction might just be coming to fruition when we are finally able to pinpoint the locations of earthlike planets. I agree with our most brilliant thinker since Albert Einstein, Mr. Stephen Hawking – we’ve created so many ways to destroy our planet that we really need to spread out to insure our survival.
I searched for the newest on Hawking and couldn’t find the article, although I do remember it being in the news fairly recently and just hadn’t gotten to it. Could you point me to it?
Keep the ideas flowing
leah –
Uhmm, have I done you a disservice? I should have stated Madam or Sir, as I’ve no info to go on but your moniker here, and I’m new at this. Apologies.
PEACE MAKES PLENTY
Dear Markus Demetrius,
Try http://www.telegraph.co.uk/earth/main.jhtml?
The only thing I find frustrating about mainstream science, is that they think it takes calculus and formulae to understand anything at all. They really dislike people who can explain some of their theories e.g. Hawking you will find now quoting inflation theory, in an everyday context.
Happy reading. Leah
Dear Markus Demetrius,
Did you read that a Universe outside of our Universe has been detected ? Then there is the Onion theory.
Leah
Markus Demetrius,
I’m not going to assume you are male. You did make me laugh. Not the first time I’ve been called Sir however. No appologies needed, my name really is Leah.
Peace certainly makes plenty. Respect to all, sleep calls.
Say there Markus, seeing the stuff you’ve been reading you’d probaby enjoy what was written on an old Babylonian Tablet named ‘The Enuma Elish”.
This has been linked with the creation of, basically our solar system. It also describes how Nibiru got its 3600 year elipyical orbit.
It reads kind of weird if you don’t know what to look for so you may want also research some scolarly translations. But I’m sure you’d find it somewhat informative.
You may also be interested in a lot of the over 25,000 tablets that have been dug up in the near east in the last 200 years. This area is credited with the first civilization. Civilation exploded in this area during the time when man was still in his hunter-gather stage everywhere else in the world.
Good stuff!!
-Rico-
Crap mon the typos!!!!
Hunter-gatherer!!!!
-R-
I’ve been reading more of this forum, and I believe that Annika has presented about the best logic. The rest of you seem to come up with some from time to time, but its an anomaly. No, I’m no expert on any of this, but what most of you are espousing is that Eric Von Donniken’s “Chariots of the Gods” theories have validity. I used to preach this stuff myself back when I was a dumb teenager. I’ve heard theories of telepathy, planetary alignments, alien visitations, the bible and its Egyptian presursors, super-smart ancestor predictions, astrology, crystal power, gems, just about every crackpot pseudo-science there is or ever was, and you all seem slap each other on the back with your replies of “keeping an open mind.” Its not that we couldn’t copy the building feats of the builders of ancient marvels like the pyramids, its just that we don’t have the willpower – they had absolute rule and all that. The inclined plane and simple manpower is enough technology for most of it, and I’m sure there are answers readily available for the rest. No one seems willing to attribute Imagination to the spaceships in early artwork, cave drawings, cloud interprepetations, whatever. Have none of you taken Archeology 101, or even read up on it? Will scientific methodology ever creep into your conversations? Does peer review mean nothing to you? You all do seem to have one thing in common – very, very slim evidence for the huge mythologies you love to create, and as long as you all ‘keep an open mind’ with each other this nonsense will continue to grow, with no additional evidence ever added except ‘mysterious ancient writings’ which are all subject to interpretation and prove not a damn thing but your gullibility. Yes, I am new to blogging, but have read a few – you are forming a cult with one another, and the only difference between a cult and a religion is a matter of success. I do agree with a lot that has been said – don’t trust the government, accelerating climate change, etc.
The problem is that the next thing written by most of you people is pseudo-science. Ricochet has had plenty to say, good and bad, but I disagree with his earlier remark to Annika that she would be better off leaving this forum because it is a DOOMSDAY forum. If you read the title of the original article, it is an ANTI-DOOMSDAY forum. Nasty things like facts are quickly lost in here with all the witchcraft being espoused. Thanks for your time, let the blasting begin.
GUNBOAT DIPLOMAT
TO ALL,
I apologize for all the negativity I just ranted.
I merely wanted to ground many of you. I realize I was wrong to imply, as I did, that you are all dumbells, I just seem to really lose it when I get going.
SILENCE LIKE WISDOM
I am also very happy that you took the time to thoroughly examine all of this nonsense about “the end of the world”. I can’t go a day anymore without hearing someone talk about it, and because of everyone else, I was almost starting to believe it myself. However, when you look at it all from a rational perspective, one can see that the world is not in fact going to end. Why would anyone let the Mayans scare them into thinking that their life is going to end in just 4 years? I know I won’t. We all know how the Mayan civilization ended…in RUINS! So why on earth would we trust their calendar to tell us that our lives are over in 2012? Certainly, we are much smarter than that. Atleast I would hope so…Besides, why would God have made this world if he wanted it to end so quickly? Granted, it has existed for a long time, but I think even God would want to see what another 2000 years would do to the world he created.
Let me also say that I agree there CAN be no proof of ancient astronauts, either way, with the available archeological evidence, however:
1. The lack of technological artifacts is damning – more digging needed?
2. The fact that they were ‘smarter than us’ can be explained, if only somewhat – in ancient societies where the elite could become bored (no TV), intellectualism would have been much respected, but feared by the local priests. If the power structure placed the rich above the priests, no problem – look at the writers of the American Constitution, many of them atheists. Great thinkers, all – they were the well-educated class with plenty of time on their hands, do to slavery and just plain wealth. The wealthy of today have too many diversions to pursue acedemics. With the Mayans and others ancients, mathematics and astronomy (even without telescopes) would have been useful to the priests for a variety of reasons – agriculture, making predictions, building temples, so they were not only tolerated, but nurtured. Their brains were the same as ours are now, but they probably had a better diet and more time for reflection, the elite and educated anyway. If your life depended on doing good work, you would do your utmost very best. That noose is not hanging over the heads of us today. I may be off here, but I doubt too far.
3. To those of you who direct me to ancient writings and tablets, I say its not worth my time. I’m sure they have been gone over many times already and interpreted in every way possible, I would have little to add to that but more skepticism.
4. If you believe there are wrong interpretations in these ancient documents, write your ideas up, submit them to be published in peer reviewed journals, and hope your points were well made.
5. Remember that skepticism is not bad, but evidence and logical proof are good.
ITS CHARACTER FORMING
LEAH –
Thanks much for the link on Hawking’s new Big Bang theory!
Combining quantum wave fluctuations, uncertainty, and inflation theory now seems like we all should have gotten this all along! It seems so simple, I guess all good ideas probably should. What a genius he is.
What you mentioned before about a universe outside of ours being detected – how about another link? Please?
SO MUCH FOR SUBTLETY
OFF TOPIC –
Anyone here that might live in Colorado, Denver area – –
I’m trying to start up a kick-volleyball team and don’t know anywhere else to try, been unlucky in other attempts.
Only 3 people needed per side, and it’s VERY easy to learn. I have the woven balls, the good ones.
WELL I WAS IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD
Kate –
I agree that if God did create us, he would want us to prosper. I think.
FUNNY, IT WORKED LAST TIME…
What if science and religion were supposed to be mixed?Scientist cannot be wrong in thier calculations on how the universe was created, but what if when our creator infused the life we have with his energy it was like an explosion. Thus the big bang. The mayans didnt end in ruins they even knew to expect the conquestidor, solar eclipeses, and have you seen their pyramids. This isnt just on the south american side. In japan pyramids from an ancient civilzation have been found 100 feet under water. Now thats on the other side of the world from the mayans. Some how I dont believe all these cultures had the same imagaination, or our own cultures in todays societies would all be super powers because we would all have came up with the same technologies. Using our imagainations was one of the powers given to us by our brains electro-magnetic fluxes. Can it be to hard to believe it was given to us by greater design. The range of discussions ive read on this forum alone is a tribute to the use of a persons capability to want to learn more than what is taught. Before we dismiss religion and the coming (no im sorry the resuce mission) of a new world age. Shouldnt you waste your time to disprove, I thought I could an I found my self with more questions then answers and praying for forgiveness. I’ve this in every blog…I am the most ignorant person you will ever meet, For in my pride I thought I had no need for a God in my life. I own a house,a car, I have a good job that I love. And I still have nothing. I went to college and actually studied when I was there and gratudated, and I know nothing. Not like I used to think I knew everything just because I can answer at least 10-15 questions on jeopardy. Again I am not a holy man by any means, nor do I have any of the answers. Just, I’m glad this is an anti-doomsday site. I’m sure we’ll all be around for 2013 (god willing). You need to ask yourself what if its a cut off date for your own personal redemption. the ignorant are blissed and the children will be deemed innoccent. Yet you my friend will be held accountable for you have eaten from that tree of knowlegde, the difference between right and wrong are at the tips of your fingers. Now what do you do. Galaxies are colliding into each other as we speak google it. and thank you LEAH not only have ther been pole shifts according to NG.com its happening right now. Yellowstone national park is set to explode, more earthquakes are occuring around the world. The sun is producing more sun spot than ever. surley we are at some end of an age. Scientifically and Relgiously speaking. Hey, but what do I know.lol. I’m just trying to find the same answers you are.
again its late where i am and i rant faster than i type and should proof read my stuff before i submit it but I hope you get the idea
Dear Markus Demetrius,
Just a reminder, Crystal power…..wouldn’t have much of our technology without it… HP spent $2billion in 2007 on researching Crystal power…and have been doing so since way back in the 20th century.
As a serious minded (with sense of humour…can’t survive without it) 51 year old mother and business person, I can honestly say that the last thing I am is a defietist. I study everything (relativity compels me to do so) in order to better understand WHERE and WHEN we are in the grand scheme of things. Therefore I need to study the past.
Hawkings latest theory still doesn’t explain it all, e.g. why is everything not the same age in the universe if it was all created at the same time ? However combining the 2 theories at least puts them 1 step closer.
While I look for the article you asked for, search for NEIL TUROK, he also has a theory that is worth reading. Garett Lisi has come up with a fractal, well worth looking at.
Once upon a time, Einstein claimed to have the unified theory, so it was with Quantum, String and Inflation theory etc etc, but still no unified theory. For me its just like trying to understand the ancients, to understand the one is to understand the other….all relative.
Happy reading. Leah
Dear Espumpin,
Not here to critisise. There has been an unexpectedly low level of Sun Spot activity in the past 2 years and especially in the last few months. Low or no su spot activity, ice core inspection has shown, to be linked to a cooling periods. Either a mini ice age as in the 1600’s or a longer ice age such as 10,000 BCE approx. We should by rights be cooling which we have, (so scientists have published) by 0.7 celcius in one year.
The low sun spot activity is what has prompted some scientists to suspect that the period of solar maximum might produce no Flares of consequence. Naturally all we can do is wait and see.
Dear Markus Demetrius,
For possible universe beyond our own http://www.itwire.com/content/view/15488/1066/1/1/
MR O’NEILL…U ONLY TRY TO PROVE ONE SIDE OF THE STORY IS WRONG…HOW DO U EXPLAIN THAT THE MAYAN PROPHECY AND SCIENTIFIC CALUCLATION ON SUN, EARTH AND MILKY WAY CENTRE COMES DEAD IN LINE ON THAT EXACT SAME DAY???? HOW DO U RESPOND DO THE SCIENTISTS’ TENTATIVE conclusion on earth’s pole shift….saying something is right and wrong is so easy…saying the doomsday prophecy is silly is also very easy…look into the facts and prove logically – all facts…not one!
For those who have taken on board the meaning of AS ABOVE SO BELOW, which signifies RELATIVITY, and therefore realise that everything has an effect on everything else, the following article is a must read. I’ve long awaited such input from main stream science. This is one of the bigger pieces of the puzzle.
http://www.dailygalaxy.com/my_weblog/2008/07/do_galactic_for.html
markus demetrius–thank you for your acknowledgement and thoughts…just another thought…there is a vast area between sub-atomic and macro—in our “macro”, there are very few “absolutes”–black and white is rapidly becoming shades of grey…why should the uncertainty theory apply only to things we cannot see???
i’m still digesting all the rest…lots of thought to be considered here… thank you
Markus, dude. You don’t have the time to read the things I directed you to read but you have time to call us all dumbells and say that we are here “CREATING MYTHS”. Creating myths??? How is it possible for us to create myths??
Then you find even more time to come back and offer a somewhat meek apology for getting carried away when you get going?
Dude, seems like you have priority issues. You NEED to look up the things I directed you to look up before you judge what I’m saying otherwise you’re making decisions while lacking information.
The tablets I directed you to look up corroborate the Biblical tales. This would indicate that they are not mere myths. In fact they were written over 1000 years before the Biblical accounts. Unless of course you’re downgrading the Biblical parables to myths also.
I’ve been directing people here to look things up since I started posting. Not one person has come back and said that they took my lead. I honestly thought you would have looked. But to actually say you don’t have the time but find time to come in here and offer judgement on what is being said….
Then you make me laugh when you say that annika is the only one making any sense or something to that effect.
Annika said that NASA would warn us of impending doom and that we have shelters to protect us in case of a nuclear war and she also said that the Mayans hadn’t completed the calendar because the spaniards interupted them with the invasion!!!
I think she envisioned the calendar as something you hang on your refrigerator door.
Dude, dude. I seriously had to direct her to the Hannah Montana forum, I’m sorry.
This being a NO-DOOMSDAY IN 2012 does not make it an anti-doomsday site. The guy Ian O’neil makes his case for no doomsday and then we are to offer comments. The subject being DOOMSDAY. If someone comes in pro-Mayan calendar doomsday, your rebuttal shouldn’t be that the person posting is a doomsayer. Dont attack them directly. If you say something I disagree with I’ll rebutt it and direct you to as to where to look to make my point. I will not ask you “WHO DO YOU THINK YOU ARE!!?”
It’s not personal.
People think that we’re saying that the world is going to end in 2012 and they say its only 4 years away. Thats wrong. The last Event occured on or about 11,000 BC. So whats that? Almost 13,000 years apart.
Markus I wasn’t asking you to add anything to the tablets interpretations and I don’t disagree with the interpretations at all. I was asking you to look at the interpretations so that you would better understand what the tablets were saying. Of course they’ve been translated!! You are not qualified to add anything to the translations dude unless you’re fluent in the accadian, Sumerian, or babylonian languages I was just telling you to look that stuff up so that you could better understand where some of us were coming from. No one person here can say for sure whether or not something is going to happen on 2012 with absolute certainty. Not one of us.
I want to also point out for everyones fearfull pleasure that the Mayan calendar isn’t the only source that points to 2012 as an Event year. There are SEVERAL other sources. And now don’t ask me to post what they are because when I do DIRECT people as to where I get my input they don’t look, so go do the research yourselves on this, we all have the same Google.
As far as aliens are concerned. All you have to do is two things. Read Genesis 6 in your King James Bible and then Google Anunnaki.
Then you can judge what I’ve been saying. But if you’re not familiar with any of this. Then what can I say? It’s hard to debate someone who just calls you a dummy because he/she doesn’t understand what you’re talking about.
By the way people. I don’t know any of you personally, just as a name in this forum. So needless to say. Nothing personal.
Annika was seriously lost here. I hope she’s found a nice forum where she can offer daily blessing to the Faithful.
Other than that I guess it’ ‘s all good!!
-Rico-
I have never posted that anyone here is stupid or dumb. In fact I stated that if one says that someone is an idiot because he/she is lesser informed than them then that makes us all idiots because there will always be someone better informed than us.
When I rebutted anything anyone wrote I specified where they should look to see where I thought they would find better information on the subject.
I didn’t attack anyones faith. I attacked faith in general.
When I read the Bible I look at what it says. I’ve pointed things out to people that are written in the Bible and they tell me things like: No it doesn’t mean that, it means so and so. I can’t believe I still hear this. That someone would try to explain what is written to support their beliefs. The Bible says what it means. There are some mistranslations and some things weren’t included like The Book of Enoch. But it basically says what it means.
Some people can’t read the Bible. They find it hard to understand. Maybe thats why they don’t look at the passages I’ve directed them to look at.
If you go read GENESIS 6. I guarantee you’ll understand what it says.
Try it. It’ll only take a minute.
-Rico-
Egyptian calendar…..also says 2012. I wonder if Orion will align with the Giza Pyramids…….probably.
Study, learning, research, call it what you will, has been given a bad rep down through the ages, as being hard, and that not all are fit to study/learn, by putting stumbling blocks in the way……such as exams…..and the few deciding who will be permitted to learn, and who will not. I have yet to come accross 1 person or animal that is incapable of learning.
They may learn at different speeds, and understand in different ways…..but they learn in their own way and in their own time..
Markus
You ask about a lack of technological artifacts.
I can offer two explanations on this. Of course they’re my own explanations but neither can be disproven.
1- Do you think that if there were technological artifacts they would be made public? Like for an example. say our government had an actual alien UFO, would they tell us?
2- Just like in the movies about time travel or in the comics when MAN makes contact with an alien race that is inferior to our own technologically. We make sure that nothing is left behind that would interfere with the race’s technological evolution. Same applys as a theory, when they left. They removed all of their technology.
We still find what are called OOPart. OUT OF PLACE artifacts.
But in any event see if you can find the time to check out what I directed towards you.
I’m not here to waste your time. You’ll find it all very interesting and it may even help add some input into the developement of your own ideas as to what has happened and to whom we should accredit the knowledge of the ancient calendars and writings.
There were supposedly gods, (notice no capital G) and there were men. And there were what were called semi-devine beings that were a product of mixed reproductions between gods and man/woman.
I didn’t make this up. This is written in what is known as one of the FIRST pre-semitic human languages.
Good stuff man, good stuff!!
-Rico-
Hi, leah, sorry I did mean decrease, I got off work early, Wow appluse to all present and accountted for. I thought I was the only one going nuts over this s**t. Four days ago i had no idea I would’ve found such kindred spirits. Funny thing is if we have lived a good life, death is nothing to worry about. Sure I dont want to die either, but how else can a life be measured. If not by the accomplishments one achieves in thier life. maybe ghost refused to die, maybe we just lay in the ground till judgment day or maybe we’re worm food. I enjoy your company if we’re only on a first name basis. lol. So what about string theroy. Just kidding. I’ll look up the tablet of Enuma Elish right after this blog. study,research and learn…… Okay aftersome sleep i’ll talk to yous later. Till the Muslims and Christians kiss and make up, make mine marvel.
Please read the Me (Mythologly) on wikipedia.
Also check out the spell of Kingu, and the spell of the Leviathan. Very intersting if you dont mind going out the box for a sec.
Espumpin
take a look at the Zecharia Sitchin translation of the Enuma Elish too. Its very important.
-Rico-
I know this is off track, but reading about the middle east situation, reminds me of a news item on TV a few years ago. This was after many Nuclear bombs had been decomissioned. The news caster was genuinely proud of what he was about to reveal “World powers collectivey now only have enough missiles to destroy the world ten times.”
It made us laugh, as just how much would this matter after the first destruction. It made us equally angry and sad too that such wise and kind people are running this Planet.
All war must cease. Markus said it “Peace makes Plenty”. We can only prosper without was and conflict.
Forgive the rant, but I tire of the powers that have dangerous toys, and are itching to play with them.
Sorry WARS and Conflict.
You all soooooo quiet. Are you all OK ?
Maybe they’re reading things Leah. Once you start reading about the points we’re making it changes everything. It’s like….taking the blue pill!!!
-Rico-
I don’t think there are going to happen anything cataclysmic.
However, people tends to exclude all facts that don’t support their case. In this story, your case was to debunk the 2012 prophecy, and you did exclude facts.
Its not only Mayan tribes speculating about this. It several other cultures aswell which do not have any connection to the Mayans. And there was also a Grandmaster Freemason who constructed an artifact about 2012.
Even the wisdom of ancient egypt contained prophecies about 2012 and how “the Watchers” would return on Mount Vermon in Israel. And Mt. Vermon is exactly 2012 nautical miles from the meridian, through Paris.
Einstein even thought it to be possible with polar shifts.
I’m not sure what to believe. I don’t think anything bad is going to happen such as a cataclysm. I do, however, strongly believe something is going to happen since it is so many different sources, non-connected sources, that points towards 2012.
All day I’ve felt like I woke up in a parallel universe. Apparently the next 2 day’s conditions are conducive with veils being lifted, secrets being revealed and answers to questions can be aquired. Therefore the silence. Everyones discovering.
Good point Librarian.
Anyone think 2012 is when the next U. S. civil war may begin? Not talking about an all out one specific event, just when “we the people” have had enough and say NO we will not be bent over again.
Well folks, it’s barbeque time tomorrow. I already bought the shorts ribs and the grill isall nice and clean. A little corn on the cob and just hanging out at the house for me.
You have all have a great day!!
-Rico-
i recently saw this and wanted some input,
i havent seen any article on this ,
so maybe it is nothing , but,
interestingly enough , in 2012 ,
on this day
july 4 , 2012 , if you are into astrology .
calculate for yourself
this differs slightly in time depending on where you are located so calculate the chart for the ascendant to be at 8 degrees of libra.
“i use a program that animates where the planets will be at a given time”
on this day an upside down pentagram , the satanic symbol of satan
is at exact degrees of 8.
any reply would be delighted.
Been studying antimatter propulsion theories and advances (Govt cut off funding just as they started making progress), nearby star charts, nothing new but red dwarfs… see much has been said about many things…realize maybe I should actually read some of this stuff b4 criticizing. I’m in my 50’s, so maybe turning into a curmedgeon not unexpected, but will spend some time looking at provided references and try to keep an open mind – although I reserve the right to inject scientific scepticism into anything I read. Fair?
OF COURSE I STILL LOVE YOU
Espumpin –
I see you writing about an ancient civilization being found underwater near japan…do you know there are indications in these ruins that point to astronomical alignments 11,000 years ago? Similar alignments also in a site (memory eludes me) in South America – 11,000 yrs ago. And that the Egyptian Sphinx cannot be reliably dated, but is thought to be MUCH older than the pyramids (someone has evidence that points to 11,000 yrs ago, again, I read this stuff a while ago…). So, although all of this points to a worldwide civilization (Atlantis) in antiquity, and many claims were made that they had not the technical expertise to construct some of these structures. I still say that human ingenuity, the inclined plane and lots of manpower, not an alien equivalent of Stargate SG-1, was how they accomplished these feats, until I see some EVIDENCE pointing otherwise.
Just an aside, as I am in the middle of reading other cool stuff…
STRANGER HERE MYSELF
LEAH –
Your link to daily galaxy did not work. What U said previous points to a distrust of main stream science – why this?
HELPLESS IN THE FACE OF YOUR BEAUTY
Becky –
I agree that there are many shades of grey in the macro world. I believe that in the areas of social interactions, politics, and especially the laws we are supposed to follow, many people tend to only see black and white when, if both sides would just try to see the others point of view, grey would be the result. I enjoy a toke now and then and don’t see a problem with it. My next-door neighbors are gay, have been in a monogomous relationship for years, and I don’t think their marriage would bring about the end of civilization.
BUT,
science is pretty much black and white. Either an idea works or it doesn’t. Grey areas make for bad science. Not that we should be close-minded (as I’m accused of), but harsh peer-review instills confidence in the ideas that do make it to the top.
I do like your thoughts, comments on ranges of possibilities, and I especially agree with you about NASA. Its reluctance to come forth with anything that doesn’t fit into the ideology of the reigning administration is what nags me, but I also agree they couldn’t be trusted to put the general population’s welfare ahead of politics either. Is that the same thing?
ONLY SLIGHTLY BENT
Ricochet –
I see I’ve some reading to do. I really do have the time, I was just in a shit mood the other night, nothing against you or anyone else, I’m just trying to adjust to a different shift at work and haven’t been very good company. There’s never a good excuse for rudeness…
IT’LL BE OVER BY CHRISTMAS
Who brought in all the wack jobs in the past week?
It was only a question. Happened upon this site and enjoyed the reading. Sounded to me like smart folk and wanted to run it out for feedback.
Dear Markus Demetrius,
I write this assuming you’ve read my posts from the past week. I’m 51 any minute, lead a charmed life in so far as time to study as much as I want.
Go to http://www.dailygalaxy.com scroll down and its 18th article today until more are added. Article called “Life in the Milky Way”.
Michio Kaku has my respect due to his mind being open to the fact that further discovery changes understanding. Therefore it would be more honourable for them to consider their findings “Suspicions” to date, in varying degrees. Medical science is the worst, constantly doing about face turns, and retracting regularly, hoping people have forgotten what they stated years before.
I just wish they stopped believing that knowlege lives only inside a university, and that understanding can only be aquired via a tutor. Socrates (and the only employer I’ve ever had) enlightened me, that e.g. a Carpenter knows much about wood……a specialist……but thats it, not much about anything else, or the relationship of wood to coal. Also that to have a society of specialists is to divide and rule, as each of the masses has only ONE piece of the knowlege puzzle, and only a few have many pieces.
Mushroom management = Open the doors on the workers, once a week, throw in a pile of S..T (fertiliser), then close the doors.
In other words keep the mushrooms (people) in the dark…..don’t let them have more light (info) than is absolutely necessary.
I am sorry to inform you that “LIL A” has been in a horrible car crash with my wife,and “LIL A” is in the hospital with an 82 percent chance of dieing.LIL A has both of his legs paralyzed.This is the last time I will be writing on here.I would just like to tell you guys, espesially “leah”.Leah, Lil A really did admire you.
Sincerely,
Joseph Hernandez
Dear Just a Thought,
An employee told me that the film Pshyco scared her alot, but Nightmare on Elm Street didn’t. She said that it was because being stabbed in the shower COULD happen to anyone, anytime.
It depends on whether people, faced with difficult times, pour their energy into getting through life as best they can, OR complaining, being angry, and commiting unhelpful and destructive acts.
Leah
I think my brain is going to expolde. On that note i am going to watch fireworks, take a break from all the info all of you have me inquisitivly,meticulously and insatiably pouring over.( I called out of work yesterday thanks to all of you).lol. Please let us not forget that we all want to enjoy this life, So a happy 4th to you and yours. I pray we get to speak tommorow.
Espumpin
Dear Someastronut,
I’ve been looking for someone in the astrology field with a programme that can calculate dates from atrological constellations. I take it that you and your program take constellations into account, as you mention Libra.
I’ll see if I can find anything re the July 4th 2012, and post if I do. Likewise I would like a reply from you re my question.
Leah
Markus
Funny that you should mention red dwarfs. The people at http://www.yowusa.com
Their theory about Nibiru is that its actually a dwarf star with orbiting moons or planets and that it has an elliptical orbit in our solar system.
They have this whole big thing about how when the USA sent the IRAS satellite up to look into deep space they saw a dwarf star headed this way and that the last of IRAS’s fuel was used just looking at it.
Now theres this Nibirushock 2012 thing on youtube where this guy claims to work at the SPT (South Pole Telescope) and he says that the telescope was built in antartica specifically to monitor this dwarf. I know that a lot of money was spent on the SPT and that this telescope was built in one of the harshest environments on the planet. I think that you can only construct there for like 3 months a year due to the weather. You may want to look up SPT. They say that the only reason it was built there is because we want to monitor the southern skys. Some claim that this could have been accomplished building it somewhere less harsh but that this is the only place where that dwarf can really be seen from. I don’t know. I’m just telling you what I read. Anyway this SPT was expensive like hell. My understanding is that the whole supportive structure is the size of a mall and they fly in all kinds of scientist to study the skys.
The yowusa.com sites insights and the nibirushock 2012 videos offer some interesting ideas. They say that this Nibiru is somewhere near th Kuiper belt now and they offer a time frame as to when it will be visible form earth from each hemisphere. Just in case you want to look that is.
I for one don’t see the near future as a return of Nibiru as this period doesn’t match the times when it was supposedly last here. But I’m no scientist. However it has also been said that Nibiru doesn’t have to be in our solar system for the inhabitants to get here. Just close enough. I know you don’t believe in any of this but I don’t believe in Angels as described by religion and after reading The Book of Enoch and additional material about our otherwordly visitors I do believe that our race was interfered with and that a lot of ancient artifacts can be attributed to these visitors. Namely….The calendar or at least the data that was used in producing it. This is what I believe. I think that the religion that is offered today is a facsimile of what it should be. Also the origin of the word worship comes from the word WORK. So this kind of gives credence that these gods created man as a slave.
Good stuff but you really have to read more about the Anunnaki and so-called Sumerian “mythology”. I find it interesting that science calls them myths never even considering that they could be true stories about what the ancients knew as gods.
Well, nuff said. I’ll be in and out all day but I’ll have time to post as I’ll be home all day.
Today is for barbeques and some 420!!!
Have a good time people!!!
-Rico-
good morning, and happy 4th of july to you all!!! stay safe and enjoy this day!!!!
SO MUCH GOOD STUFF ON THIS THREAD! i, too, find myself in a highly “digestive” state…
ricochet, thank you for your input–and thanks for exploring yowusa…it is a favorite of mine—marshall masters has been doing what he does for a really long time…been watching SPT with interest for some time as well…
markus, public welfare VS politics…thus the whistleblowers…what saddens me is the degree to which efforts are made to DISCREDIT the messenger, rather than DISPROVE the message…some risk ALL, in the name of disclosure…
that’s it for me for now—keep the celebration alive–EVERY day holds a reason to celebrate!!!!
Leah,
I whole heartedly agree, we would do well to focus on pouring our energy into getting through life as best we can and NOT complain, be angry, and commit unhelpful and destructive acts.
Thank you for your insight.
I wonder is what the SPT is pointed at Orion and watching our possible failed companion star, Nemesis (presently denied or so called non existant). Becky, remember your past comment re Orion and Microsoft and Google Sky ?
Even though I’m in the UK, off to a BBQ we got invited to. Happy July 4th to you all. May there be many more in peace and harmony for all.
i saw a video on u tube that the antichrist comes july 4 2009 exactly 1 year from today, which means 3 1/2 years starts on july 4 2009 or 1260 days starting that day until it is Descember 21 2012….. http://youtube.com/watch?v=CXUY4hJAxpY
Dear Mr Hernandez,
My thoughts and prayers will be with Lil A, your wife and you. Please keep in touch if you can.
Leah
My prayers are with the Hernandez family.
-R-
Leah,
I’m pretty sure Nemesis = Nibiru = Planet X. Some, like Sitchin believe that is a planet that generates it’s own heat from within. But there is a theory that it is actually a dwarf with planets orbiting it as it orbits our solar system in a 3600 year elliptical orbit. I haven’t really run across any timetables for the last time it was in our SS but in my readings we should have around 800-1000 years before this thing comes around again. Of course the last time it was here isn’t exactly written in stone so to speak.
That would be really scary. But that SPT thing is really something isn’t it? They should be able to see whatever it was that IRAS was tracking. But will it be public info or classified?
I’m stuffed. I’m going to bed. Read you guys tomorrow!!
Sleep well everyone!!
-Rico-
leah ,
this site took down my post about what you had asked about ,
all i did was show some links too the charts which i created for people to see, .
i am supposing they will take down this post also .
Dear Someastronut,
Once in a while my posts disappear too, e-mails as well. You could post again, like I do, and it should be ok.
Leah.
mr. hernandez–i am so sorry!!! may God bless you and your family not only through these sad and trying times, but always…
thought and prayers remain with you…
LOL2012,
You guys have a lot of work to do on that site. You don’t say anything in the introduction above the Mayan Calendar JPG. Your friend Brad seems to like the way you mix humor with your seriousness.
Dude. No offense but I didn’t agree with Brad. The site looks like some silly spiderweb to make fun of the poor people that talk about a 2012 doomsday. Ill informed believers facing ill informed non-believers will not make for an interesting forum. The way it’s set up I don’t imagine that anyone with a half a brain that believes that theres a doomsday message about 2012 will post anything there thats relevant.
Good luck though boys!!
Its all about the hits!!!
-Rico-
This site is designed to make people feel discredited for reviewing past history and data relating to Planet X and its supposed orbit ……., there are planet X’s out there for sure and at least we can do is review all information from the sumerian age opened mindedly, the sumerian were 50 times smarter than us and they knew the history and didnt have the blind disinformation motivational factors we have with the US government unable to tell the truth on anything, i guess we will know soon enough if it starts coming into view, to many people on this planet thinking the universe is about them anyway .. i hope it comes and hits fair and center continental USA, we should have a impact map competetion, winner take all ….
qwerter–interesting “take”–however, any direct hits like you refer to, and there will be no winners!!! … can’t honestly say the survivors will share the joy and care who won…IF that will , in fact, be our demise…bottom line, we still gotta “go with what we know”–and hope and pray for peace and understanding of all the rest…
Carlos Neufeld made a good point earlier, which reminded me that Mathematics, numbers in general are capable of transcending time, culture and language. The formulas and truth are all in the stories / religious writings / prophesies etc.
Ian, thank you for typing this down. Now really people, do you really think that HUMANS that can create a simple calendar can predict the end of the world? Humans have flaws, so there must be some sort of flaw within their dating of the calendar. And like in the article, it may role back to 0 when it finished hitting 9. I had heard that doomsday was set way back in 1975, but did it really happen? And if the sun came in contact with the Milky Way every 26,000 years, why is earth in one piece? If doomsday really is on 2012 because of a silly calendar and it also based on the sun making its next return greating with the sun, why hasn’t earth been destroyed? Oh please, this a good blockbuster thriller! You idiotic people have nothing better to do then get some fresh entertainment by being scared.
Ok, first of all a couple of weeks ago there was this guy on tv saying the world will end a couple weeks ago. and guess what will still here. I don’t know why people put up this crap about this calender. I took a poll based on this and 84% believe its not going to happen. Right now lets enjoy our lives right now forget about this. I know that it may not end in 2012 it may end anytime because I believe God is coming back anytime. Oh, one more thing I’ll pray for you Hernadez family I’m sorry about what happen.
i love you for correcting there idiots!haha
well i believe that nothing bad will happen in the you know what. but i think humanity will be extinct in the future. that is because dinosaurs are extinct now and many other animals are extinct. i mean there are so many questions in my mind and its like impossible to answer.
How about this? Maybe 2012 isn’t a significant date at all? Maybe time will go on as it always has, the world constantly changing. It’s the end of the world as we know it every day. When you wake up every day, the world is changed yet again.
This obsession with dates, either in a doomsday context or an enlightenment context underscore the thought in society that things are going to fix or break themselves… either way, problems will end without any work involved.
I am a Christian, and I know the world will “end” someday, but it’s not about the problems of the world ending… it’s about God ending the great experiment of human life.
I don’t subscribe to the young earth theory, but I don’t have the time to outline my personal reconciliation of science and faith here.
The main thing I’m trying to say is, life goes on. Worrying about the end of the world is stupid. Life will go on as it always has, and 2012 will be like any other year. The meaning of life is living. Live it already.
WHAT IF, we are experiencing a convergence of cycles:
1. 11,000 yr + cooling (as in 10,000 BCE) Earth should be cooling, and is, .07 Celcius in 1 year
2.Precession Equinoxes 26,000yrs
3. Galactic Alignment
4. Solar maximum
What if the Mayan calendar is quite simply saying e.g. Pay attention around 2012 when there is a convergence of cycles ?
Any wise civilisation would have a calendar that is based on the possition of stars and planets….its the ONLY way in which one can know WHERE and WHEN we (being Earth) really are.
It is the only calendar that can track re-occuring Geological, Solar and Cosmic events. It is vital to know where you are to know when you are. It is also the only calendar that can accurately transcend TIME even if due to disaster the calendar is suspended for a time.
So long as one example has survived (hence carved in stone, being the material most likely to survive long term, until its recycled by tectonic plate activity) one can calculate and continue the calendar.
Modern day calendars do not take any natural events into account, being completely arbitrary and oblivious to all other than one thing….The Birth of Christ. I believe that in the Bible, Christ is quoted as saying “Watch / Read the SIGNS”.
Leah,
Precession Equinoxes 26,000yrs
is exactly what I mean. The Mayans were aware of this however their calendar does not encompass this cycle it’s much shorter. So to say that it starts again at 0 is just wrong. In order for it go back to zero then it would wind up in the zodiacal cycle in which it was started after it went around the 12 zodiacal signs, but it dosent. It ends in Pieces. December 23rd, 2012. The winter solstice.
Let me just say that you shouldn’t be afraid of 2012. You should be afraid of right now!! This 2012 thing is not something thats going to happen over night. We will experience all kinds of crap as the date approaches. Its already started. Crazy hurricanes, crazy earthquakes, crazy floods. Its all crazy right now. As we get closer you will see even crazier stuff happening.
Lets just live our loves and enjoy our time and loved ones.
Smoke em if you got em!!
-Rico-
First my prays,sympathy & condolences to the Hernadez family. Remember a heart is not judged by how much one loves, But how much one is loved by others. I’m sure their is a angel posted to ensure the proper healing. I am still researching other things yet i wish to add a (opinion) if I may. I have stated before that the use of $10 words,or age. If you have knowlegde of one subject, yet close your mind to creidt or discredit a common link. If you believe a lie is true. Then you can ask a blind man, and he’ll say he saw it too. Ww say we are intelligent and “Who are you to say you know”. Well i am the most ignorant person you will ever meet, I believed only what was in front of me. Only what I could see,hear,taste,touch. If I didn’t research it 2 or 3 times. My pride allowed me to think. If there is a God, then he’ll forgive me for not beliveing in him cuz he never gave me proof. S**T, He said He helps them who help themselves, but since he aint going to work for me i better get going. I was ignorant. If aliens for another world came for all the world to see. Live on CNN, giving humanity the cure for Aids & Cancer. Then they looked a the camera and asked if we had goten the message that the great creator left. Have we found love,unity,forgiveness for one another. Would you feel stupid then. lol. I would. Is 2012 then end of the world? If I die tomorrow thats the end of my world, I know that. The major religious books all say that some sort of good versus evil showdown will take place. I can really see that taking three years to start or finish. But what do I know I started the sentence with the word but. lol. Give Family Guy a chance its funny. Some bad humor, but funny. I am not here to judge nor can any of you judge. Yet we all seem to have found a common website with like minded indivduals who have indivdualized thier ideas. lol. Look I made a funny.Ok, Ok I’ll stop ranting again. Just try to remember every disagreement, is a agreement that something better must be done.The newyork state lotto is 87million. If we gave 43 low income to middle income 500,000 each. If we did this in each state. In 10years would not our country be better equipped to handled problems aboard? Listen, let me shut up. again I have no answers and am always willing to listen. Learning,Understanding & Wisdom. Which comes first? If dinosaurs laid eggs, Doesn’t that answer the question on who came first. Peace be with you,always use your mind.
The number 13 is commonly chosen in cultures, ancient and modern, to represent either the menstrual cycle of women or the number of full moons in a year – there is one each month and one blue moon each year, making thirteen full moons a year.
Science is great, fun, important, essential and beautiful, but isn’t it lovely how numbers can be used to make patterns to fit roughly over natural phenomia, historical events and the machinations of ancient civilisations. Thus creating discussion (“hey check this out!”) , then suspicion (“I’m not sure that figures out”), then argument (“my numbers are right and yours are wrong!”), then insults (“you’re just a dickhead if you believe that!”) The only thing I fear is inhumanity. I know that on 21/12/12 I’ll be only worrying about whether or not I’ve enough beer in the fridge to cover the festive season.
I strongly disagree with 2012 doomsday theory. But on the other hand I think there are so many opinions and so many strange theories in this world. Why don’t we let people believe in what they want to believe. Why should we call someone idiot just because he doesn’t agree with us.
My heart is torn up.My son, Anthony (Lil A) died yesterday afternoonaround 3:00pm.I dont know what to do now.That was my ONLY son and I cared about him dearly.After the doctor came out of Anthony’s room and told me my son had died, it felt as though if my heart had dropped into my stomach.My wife, Marie is doing ok she had just fractured her arm and leg.I just can’t believe after I stayed in the emergency room for 4 days my son is gone.On the fourth of July, he told me,”Dad if I die,will you remember me as the most wonderful son you have ever had?” I replied, “Yes,I’ll always remember you because you were my joy and life since the day you were born.” He started to cry and I also started to cry.Leah, when he died yesterday,he told me to tell you that he will be thinking of because you were such a mature man.Becky,Anthony said he highly would recommend you as a real friend if he had met you.I am really depressed right now.Every time I think about my son, my eyes get watery.I am going to be busy for the next week getting my wife out of the hospital and planning for my son’s funeral.He’s going to be buried in Denver,Colorado.I wish you guys a good day and I will be praying for you.
-Joseph
Nobody bites huh? What a shame. I do have more to say, with perhaps less sarcasm.
Hi Big Al,
I’ll respond…don’t do biting though. At the very least as Ricochet posted, we could take on board the turbulent climatic, political and economic times we are living in….connect the dots to find the trend, and realise that the near future holds more of the same.
IF….anything is going to happen in 2012, for sure it will be more of the same (probably more concentrated) as we have been building up to a peak, after which things will tail off.
Leah
I agree with you Rico. F**K all this crap and get our party on!
I do not agree with this theory about that earths going to end on 2012.
There is no proof to even prove this prophesy except the Mayan calender but it still does not make sense.
I mean we live we die and just like that something begins and they end sometime.
So what it ends.
I mean our earth rotates around the sun.
our rotation ends, that does not mean the earths going to ends, its just a beginning of a new rotation.
The Calender had to end some date, so ok it ended on 2012…. so what… that does not prove that earths going to end.
But I agree with the fact that earth will end because of what we are doing to our earth.
If not 2012, then later but earth will end, and the fault will be ours.
Dear Joseph,
No words can help the pain you and your wife feel because your son Anthony has died. I am a mother and know that our children are our whole world.
My thoughts will be with you often.
Leah
My condolences goes out to the Hernandez family. I know that there aren’t words that can be said to soften the pain that they are going through at this time. I just hope and pray that they recover and that God gives them the opportunity to have more children to love and cherish.
Big Al, I hope that you still have electricity on 2012 to keep that beer refrigerated.
Imagine if you will, earthquakes accross America, from NY to Cali. Imagine sunamis taking out every island in the world and even low laying coastlands. Imagine no electrity, no government, no police. Just like in the movies. Not everyone dead but a NEW BEGINNING for the survivors.
Starting all over just like after the flood. No more canned goods, You have to plant things to live. Hunt things until such time as animal dometication catches on again. Things like that. This is not the end of the world. Just the end of the internet/cable TV era.
Of course this isn’t going to happen. This has never happened before. Earth is safe from Comets and Asteroids and there will never be a polar shift, this is all impossible!!
God wouldn’t allow that to happen to us. He just doesn’t like the Chinese and he really doesn’t like the people from Burma.
The people from New Orleans La. were getting on his nerves too.
But just for the hell of it. You guys should look up Polar Shift just to see what the consequences would be in the event that one should occur.
But we shouldn’t worry about 2012. We shouldn’t even be worried about world politics. Its always the same thing anyway. They talk about war and we have some terrorist activity but that ain’t here is it?
Those Mayans were just a bunch of naked coca chewing idiots that didn’t find a big enough rock to make a bigger-longer calendar thats all!!
Nah, it’s all good folks!! Forget 2012, party on!!!
Lets just hope that when the aliens come back they bring us a lot of really great space coke!!!
-Rico-
what if the people who see UFO’s which may be aliens are studying our planet and watching over us. and while they are, at the same time they are inventing new advanced technology to take over earth. im not trying to be funny but it could happen you know. i mean there could be anything outside of our planet and anything could happen right now.
Hey Ian,
Your article made me stop worrying (A little bit) about 2012. I used to worry so much that I would just stop doing things im supposed to do. I found out two weeks ago from I beleive the history channel. they talked about the Prophecies from I Ching and other Fortune people. But I still worry a little about it because of that channel but I think they started making stuff up so people can watch it and be scared. Anyways I still have beleif that it wont happen so im worried about both. I just can get it out of my mind.
Seems to me that I have entered into this discussion in the middle of a personal exchange between people who have been communicating for sometime. Makes me feel like an interloper. Still, I am saddened by the tragic events I have read about and condolences to those in pain.
As for the Mayans, we know they were deeply religious. If you look at history you will see that doomsdayists and religion go hand in hand, along with war, tyranny, oppression and a large assortment of nasty things.
The deluded thoughts that cause people to believe in gods in the first place are the same as the psychosis that makes them worry about the end of the world. Or to believe Al Gore’s lies. Or to think that humans are the centre of the universe or even special at all. Remarkable perhaps? Special nuh!
Vanity is the problem.
Humans have had their 15 minutes of fame on this planet. If the bell rings and we have to get off the the stage, then so be it.
But you can’t predict it any more than you can predict the weather because planets, stars, solar systems, galaxies and also seismic activity beneath our surface all behave in the same chaotic way that our atmosphere does.
Humans are actually quite conservative compared to the drunken and reckless party the universe is having
Thats right mr.a, it’s all true!!
Big Al, it’s almost what we’ve been saying all along. The only thing you have to consider is this. The gods that the Mayans believed in, were they really gods?
What we’ve been pointing out here is that man has been visited in his past by alien interlopers, just to keep this simple.
Ok we’re not making this up see. There is more than ample evidence that this occured, including support from the King James version of your basic Bible. Read Genesis 6. There are thousands of clay tablest discovered, preserved, translated, and they support the existence of these gods see?
The thing that you’re missing here is that all that crap you were taught was mythology. Well guess what? It’s not, it gets uglier when you get into it but basically what the Mayans knew about the stars, was taught to them by these “gods” .
Imagine that just for a sec. Now if you want to you can go Google all this stuff up to see if I’m lying. But if you want to start somewhere just Google Anunnaki. Then tell me more about the Mayan calendar.
This is all for entertainment and enlightening ourselves somewhat.
There’s a lot more to consider. But I think that when you look up Anunnaki that alone will lead you to other searches, enjoy them all. Enlighten yourself, then bring us your opinion about Prophesies. We’re not doomsday freaks. We’re bloggers!!!
Thanks for the imput Al. But Google that stuff for fun.
-Rico-
Greetings to All!
Its been 2 days since i started reading this thread right from the top… Would hae been grossly unfair to just read a few of the posts from bottom up and jump into the discussions…
First of all, i must say that i was really impressed with the logic and arguments put forth by LEAH & RICO….. I have read most of the stuff recommended by both of you and it is highly convincing..
My interest in all this started when i read about Crop Circles, and its amazing how one thing lead to another and i got engrossed into Divine Intervention, Golden Ratio and Fibonacci etc. Somewhere i also got to know about this 2012 thing and i have been hooked on ever since.. At first i really began to belive that 2012 is the End.. Then i read more about the other sode of the story and got myself convinced that its all crap.. And now i am somewhere in between… LOL! Some of the facts from both the schools sound convincing and i am not able to align myself fully with any one of the group….
But this whole thread has really helped me a lot in getting a better understanding of the subject and for people joining now, i would really recommend going right up at the Top and start reading before posting comments, because as said by Leah, thsi thread contains a whole book’s wprth of knowledge and if you count the references linked here, its as god as a library!!
And its very unfair on the part of people who just jump in here and call people like Leah and Rico as Idiots and fear mongers.. I am able to identify with the thinking of Leah & Rico more than anyone else here.. We are not going crazy with fear about 2012 and changing our way of life! We are just apprehensive about it, because there are signs from our ancestors (Mayan Calendar, Enuma Elish, Genesis 6, Giza), and we should pay hed to what they wanted to profess through these signs… Even with all the advancement in Science & Space Technology, we don’t even know one bit! There are so many things that are beyond the grasp of Science, like Stone Henge, Giza Pyramids, Nazca Lines, Crop Circles, etc etc…. Read about these, read about the Golden Ratio.. Then you will now that all the crap about Science being the reality and God (Creator0 being amyth is all wrong, beause there is a very thin line between Science and God.. God is Science in fact, there are patterns in all of God’s Work, and when Scientists happen to discover some of thsoe , they think they have become superior to Gods!!
And there is a strong possibility of a Stronger Race (Aliens), and there hand in the development of Humans, God is just a Man Made term for beings who possessed higher intelligence and abilities than Humans!
Ever given a thought why in all cultures, God is always related to Sky? Aliens descended in Space Ships, thats the reason.. So many ancient cave drawings and carvings etc point to this theory!
I may seem be getting Off Topic a bit, but i was slowly coming to the point.. Those Gods/Aliens must have had a hand in guiding the primitive races in their development.. And the Mayan Calendar is complicated enough to prove a divine connection// And Rico rightly said it IS COMPLETE… And the point that it stopped there because after that all the planetary / galactic position with reference to ur perspective will change!
So its one thing to ridicule these facts as BS and another to study in detail and then disprove them factually!
To a great extent i believe that we are on the brink of something, and 2012 is really really significant! But still, i am not saying that people who don’t believe in 2012 are IDIOTS!! I have enough sense to respect the view point of others! So instead of calling names and picking fights and blaming intelligent sensible people like LEAH & RICO, we should indulge in a healthy exchange of views on this great avenue provided to us!
Sorry for the loads of Typos there!!! Its a horrible first post! But in the excitement of finally being able to pitch in after 2 days of reading and research was too much to type slowly!!! Will make sure to type correctly henceforth!
In my country (India), i used to think that not many people are aware about the 2012 Scenario… But i was quite amazed to hear from a kid in 3rd Standard saying that the World will end in 2012, whats the use of studying!!! This is what we certainly do not need! Some of the News Channels are broad casting half cooked information and acting as fear mongers! Uninformed guesses are harmful, coming from either of the sections…… There should be awareness about 2012 but people should not let it affect their day-to-life! Life should go an as usual, and whatever happens on that day will happen to everyone, so no point in going for “50 things to do before 2012 at Any Cost!” kind of things!!
Richard, any possibility can not be discarded!! Universe is infinite, so it will be foolish to believe that Earth is the only planet with intelligent life! There has been a theory about a race called “Watchers”… That they have been in contact with Earth throughout and are giving subtle signs through Crop Circles and pointing to their return…
I remember hearing somwhere that
“this is going to be bigger than y2k”
so this is going to be bigger than nothing?
Since the beggining of man, people have predicted the end of the world. It human nature.
I feel bad for the people who throw their lives away thinking that somthing is going to happen
I agree that there have always been End of World predictions made by various people…. And all of them have gone wrong so far….
And i also agree that people should not throw away their lifes in the fear of a predicted possibility…
But what i don’t agree with is the outright rejection of 2012 theory by uninformed people…… Just like there are some facts which cast doubts over its possibility, there are facts which confirm the possibility as well… Some people swear by NASA’s explanations or the so called debunking of myths, but NASA has done nothing to disprove these “myths”, they just dismiss them straightaway, and thats where the problem lies! There has to be some explanation which we can believe!
http://astrobiology.nasa.gov/ask-an-astrobiologist/question/?id=2415
Check out this link…… This scientist from NASA himself is saying that Earth’s Rotation is slowing and Moon is gradually moving away……..
Won’t this impact the Day/Night Cycle? And if this Slow Down is constant and gradual, wouldn’t there be a very visible impact on our day-to-day life??
Now, will the “intelligent” people here answer this “Idiotic” quesion?
Dear Amit,
Thank you for your informed input. It really does help to read the thread from the beginning, as it has evolved, and for those who can see it , truth in fact is beginning to show itself.
If this thread continued and more people like you joined in, we would get to the bottom of this subject faster.
To put your mind at rest, the Moon has always moved further away from Earth, don’t quote me, but I think its by several INCHES per year. I do watch TV especially series like UNIVERSE on the History channel to keep up with what info is being released to the public….they had a good episode about the Moon’s orbit and why it moves further away from Earth….you’d enjoy it.
As for Earth’s rotatoin slowing…..to date that too is gradual.
Leah
I take back my last post, since i got an answer heere —– http://novan.com/earth.htm
Weird, i am answering my own post, since there is no one here at this!! The 12 Hr time differenec in our zones is the culprit!
Amit,
Much of the Earth’s rotation etc show up in the Crop circles. I live in Crop circle country…Wiltshire, UK. Check out http://www.cropcircleconnector.com
Read your recommendation…in a nutshell does a person too not slow with age….yes…as above so below.
The impact of our rotation slowing is so tiny even on an annual basis we hardly notice it, and therefore adjust. This has been one of my points all along…that people do not notice subtle changes. These days especially it takes akin too hollywood glitz and firework style changes / signs for people to pay attention.
The film Day after Tomorrow has concentrated possible future conditions as occuring in weeks and months, to get people to pay attention. Had the story implied that the events in the film took place over 100 years, people would not have bothered to watch it….not exciting enough….and what do they care about what will happen in a 100 years.
To get people to pay attention it takes SENSATIONALISM, and a whole slew of other …ISMS…..its all got to be INSTANT COFFEE.
At some stage one should add ENTROPY to the subjects addressed in relation to all others, as everything is on its way somewhere constantly changing into something else.
joseph, to you and your entire family, i am so sorry for your loss…thank you so much for your words of kindness…we can and do make a difference…we can and do touch the hearts of those we don’t even know…may you find comfort and peace knowing that anthony DID matter, and that he DID make a difference…
my condolences, thought and prayers to you and your family…
becky
Entropy. Yeh, I have a son who suffers from that. Can’t get him to work no matter what changes are put in place….. Jokes aside Leah. Would like to hear your thoughts as my knowledge of physics is a tad basic.
Music is my thing, and I tend to enjoy theories regarding Harmony etc. in relation to all the stuff you people have been talking about. I better go dust off my books!
Rico, thanks for the links.
Oh and I have read the entire blog (with a bit of necessary weeding of course) Just thought I’d chuck in my general attitude to see what the company was like.
Dear Big Al,
Music…science…harmonics….frequencies….maths….its all the same thing in different languages if you like. I did 12 years with the Royal school of Music when I was a kid.
Entropy is giving up ones energy / heat, like Radio active substances are degrading as they give up their energy, on their way to becoming something else.
Now for a real mother of a question for all :
If the Galactic plane is the centre of the “Eye of the Galaxy”, (Ouroboros) how long does it take us to travel accross the entire Eye ? 2012 being us aligned with the absolute centre.
Loaded question I know…..I don’t have the number of years yet….but this is a question no one has asked, but is very important. Its not as though we just entered the Galactic Planes sphere of influence. We’ve been traveling toward Alignment with the Galactic Plane for a loooooong time.
Ricochet, have any of your studies given a hint as to the duration of our time spent in the Eye of the Galaxy ?
Leah
Just to load the question a little more :
Is our alignment with the Galactic plane, our ENTERING it in 2012, and has it been our approach that has been having an effect on Earth ?
Something is going to happen …i dont think the end of the calender means it will be the end of the world, just the end of the world as we know it.
People can laugh at the poles shift and say it happens all the time, and yes it does, but when it keeps going and doesnt come back so easily is when you should be concerned, and that is happening now.
So regardless if Plaxet X is there or not, we will still be witnessing the beginning of the new ice age and the Earth begin again. The age of Aquarius.
Infra red photos have proven there is something blue, then changed to red, in the vicinity of where Planet X should be surrounded by 1 moon and numerous unnatural sattelite objects, but some also say, due to its size and speed, the object appears to be hollow. The infra red technology needed to find it is not available to the general public at this time at its current location.
Ancient information which has PROVEN to be correct.
Ancient artwork depicting planets unseen to the naked eye.
Japan is trading land and property for GOLD.
America spends more time in Iraq than America.
Major changes in Earth EM field.
Unusual objects detected around our solar system.
Hidden Information.
Covert Operations.
Ancient ruins on the Moon and Mars.
Confessions from countless NASA personal of their knowledge regarding this leaked to the public.
Photographic evidence of the unusual object and alien space craft, life form and structures not from this planet.
What does it take for some people to belive? Even with eveidence you still deny the obvious?
No the world will not end 21/12/2012, but these things are still true. Even if you dont beleive in Planet X, be prepared. The New World Order Is Coming!
Dear Amber,
You write about THE VICINITY WHERE PLANET X SHOULD BE…..could you say more specifically What vicinity.
Also the Photographic evidence you wrote about….can I look this up…internet or books ?
Best wishes Leah
Hi Leah, i regret the fact that i will not be able to be online the same time as you guys….. I am really hooked on to this place where i can indulge in some stirring conversation with people like you about these events……
Yes, you are right about the aging process…. And as per that article, there was a time when Earth used to complete a rotation in 6-7 Hrs. But isn’t it possible that somehow this slowness is also a part of the convergence of possibilities in 2012… I like to use the term “Convergence of Possibilities” regarding 2012!! Because we know that lots of things are possible but don’t know exactly what will happen….
Amber, i also agree with your compilation of facts which are surely suggesting that something s going on!
NASA is very adamant about the non-existence of Nibiru, but still they have setup a Humongous Observatory at the Southern Hemisphere…. When asked about it, their response is just a denial, without any logical reasoning!
Leah,
Regarding your question about entering the eye of the galaxy, i would like to point out that there are doubts about the fact that whether we belong to Milky Way?
The fact that the Milky Way is seen in the sky at an angle has always puzzled astronomers. If we originated from the Milky Way, we ought to be oriented to the galaxy’s ecliptic, with the planets aligned around our Sun in much the same angle as our Sun aligns with the Milky Way. Instead, as first suggested by researcher Matthew Perkins Erwin, the odd angle suggests that our Sun is influenced by some other system. Together with data from the Two-Micron All Sky Survey we now know what it is. We actually belong to the Sagittarius Dwarf galaxy.
Read more about this here —- http://www.viewzone.com/milkyway.html
It has been postulated that this is the real reason for both global warming since higher energy levels of the Milky Way are almost certain to cause our Sun to burn hotter and emit higher energies. Indeed, temperatures have been seen to rise on virtually all the planets in our system. This seems quite apart from any local phenomenon like greenhouse gases etc.
I DONT UNDERSTAND ONE THING U SAID.
Rico,
I have started reading about the various translations of Genesis and Sumerian Epic, as suggested by you… The facts about Anunnaki are very revealing and make a lot of sense!! The reasoning put forth by Sitchin about the creation of Adam (Adama) and the conflict between Enki and Enlin being the possible reason for the apparent duality in “God’s” actions in these texts… The Gold theory also fits nicely…… This matches with the Mayans’ creation theory as well, and if you read about Odin (Children of Odin), there are similar references there as well…. Quite amazing!
Finally, something that actually makes sense in all this mess all the doom sayers, Press, and money makers have made.
Doom sayers: If they are afraid something will be true, they will believe it to be true. They believe the earth will end, all are doomed, so if someone says it.. IT MUST BE TRUE!!!
Press: Puppies, flowers, and peace doesn’t sell news unfortunately. Global warming, war, floods, fires, earthquakes, Mayan Calandar ending December 21, 2012 which means we are all DOOMED!!!! does sell.
Money Makers: Throughout the ages people have been conned out of their money by “Doom Sayers”. They predict and promise the end is near and only they have the solutions to save you. And they’ll help you surive for a nice little sum of…
Reminds me of the story I heard about Halley Comet pills. Back in 1910 people were conned into buying “Comet Pills” to survive passing through the comet’s tail.
Dear Amit,
I read the viewzone article. Artcles like this are skipped over by so many due to the technical jargon…..its excellent. We (Sagittarius Dwarf Galaxy) are like a baby that is born into a family with many siblings (family being the Milky way). It takes time for all concerned to adjust to the new addition to the family. WE have to adjust to the routine and orientation of the Milky Way, the ecliptic /plane of rotation.
The problem with science is that it has NO philosophical language, and without it cannot explain its findings in everyday terms.
Michio Kaku has adopted an analagous language to explain science in everyday terms…others have followed his example, and as a result many more people have begun to understand Physics etc.
Its only my opinion, but Philosophy is the Literary language of science. I admit even I prefer to read science in the format of Philosophy or analogous stories. So much easier to remember a fable or story than a math theorum.
Everyone should read the article. Thank you for saving me having to write any more loaded questions.
Best wishes,
Leah
If the authorities say nothing of galactic events to the public, it is because they have wisely chosen not to rattle cages over things none of us can control. They are in the same boat as the rest of us, except that they have to sleep with the facts they have to hand, to date. Naturally things are changing on a second to second basis, some are what we consider for the worse. We’ve already posted re provisions to protect life on Earth. Commendable efforts and achievements.
Visa vie reducing population…again…if each woman voluntarily undertook to have a maximum of 2 children over the next 10 years, the world population of humans would reduce by natural wastage….fewer being born than die of old age, and other natural causes, negating any ideas of culling.
My great grandmother used to explain that without wars, there would be too many of us.
We do not need war, we need common sense, and to practice it.
The key to our future success and stability will be a new Economic System. This will not be possible until the Commercial sector stops demanding growth with ever increasing profits….which is a demand for market growth….which necessitates a growth in population.
I posted not so long ago re the Copper filings in the Ionosphere in comparison to the Annunaki’s need for Gold for their, presumably Ionosphere. Can be used to keep the planet warm in the event of a freeze.
Please swop BABY from my last post to young adopted child….fits better.
Israel held military maneuvers last week and Iran tested missiles this week. Interesting developements.
If this keeps up and actually escalates we may all be looking forward to 2012 and hoping for a change!!
Leah, the way civilization’s been set up with the majority of populations in concentrated areas (cities). It would be easy to use population control tactics either from beyond or from right here by our own governments.
Don’t think for one second that if the worlds natural resources are measured and found wanting that they (the elite in charge) wouldn’t plan it themselves.
Being as how civilization started in Mesopotamia and the way they actually built cities makes you wonder if population control is a part of the initial planning for a city as is water irrigation or waste management systems.
Keeping people in a space limited area including building upwards to save land space seems rather strategic when you take a long ride in the countryside and see nothing but land for hours.
I have heard recently that this year that USA Gov reps would make an announcement proclaiming the authenticity of extraterrestial visits or UFO’s. I have also read that the governments would want to build space based defense systems to repel an invasion as they will claim that the extraterrestials are a threat.
If you remember during the cold war Reagan actually alluded to this to Breshnev. When they were going to negotiate disarmament Breshnev wanted the US to include its star wars defense intiative as part of the disarmamnent and you can Google what Reagan said to him. I’m not making this up.
All I know is that this lifetime of ours is like a chinese saying “may you live an interesting life”. Ours certainly has been and will continue to be interesting. I want you people to know that some generation had to be here to witness these events. Don’t feel bad if it’s ours. We may well be the witnesses to the endtime/new beginning that has been foretold form old.
Don’t feel bad though. Aside from any physical pain and discomforts and the complete annihilation of your comfort zone, it’ll be just like a movie!!!
-Rico-
Hi Ricochet,
You may recall I wrote earlier in the thread re the ELITE. Its all organised.
Someone said to me 20 years ago, as a kind of warning / advice, “May you live in interesting Times” (in of coarse the Chinese context). They also imparted much other good advice and information, which I have found to be essential tools in divining truth and status quo of how things are.
Leah
Could you guys keep this up. This is great. It’s like reading everything I want to hear but going to one source! Peace!
Willphoenix1,
Have you read the whole thread, or at least a good proportion of it ?
Leah
Couldn’t agree more!! These are in fact the most intersting times… Especially seing what looms ahead!
Coming back to the attitude of the authorities, i agree that they don’t want to stir a hornet’s nest by confirming things r makng proclamations of their own… But they should be more forthcoming about a few of the things…UFOs for the matter, i mean a few odd sightings can be counted as illusions, weather phenomenon or any other fancy term, but how can 1000s of people be wrong? And when such reports about Govt Reps. (As Rico said) keep getting leaked, there must be some truth about it….
And as for Population Contro Tactics, there are much better ways than Wars, and Govts. have no right to do that!
Maybe even Earth is using these Quakes, Tornadoes etc. as its own Population balancing measures! And as commented by Leah, the best measure will be to make every individual aware about his/her respnsibility in population control, but that will be hard, mainly because the govts cannot reach the Grass Root level of uneducated masses in their countries, and those people still think that Children are “God’s Gifts”!!!! Strict measures have to be employed, 2 Kids rule should be imposed, and penalties imposed on its violation! But then again, in a country like mine where the enforcerers are curropt, such measures will only fill their pockets!! Such a depressing scenario!
Coming to Science, i really appreciate people like Kaku, because of the matter-of-fact way they present heavy topics! Even Dan Sewell Ward! That guy is just amazing…. Have you read “Annals of The Earth” ? The way he has simplified Enuma Elish and linked it with Genesis…….. Too Good! It would be hard not to be convinced by that! And you don’t need to be a rocket scientist to understand what he is saying. Those interested can go here —- http://www.halexandria.org/dward722.htm
Anunnaki Theory seems very much valid to me… I mean creation of man by mixing Homo Erectus and Anunnaki DNA for mining Gold makes a lot more sense than “God” creating Adam and Even on a whim, putting them in Eden, then throwing them out and curse them, and then again protect them!!
Evolutionists and Creationists have always been adamant about their side being the “only” truth… But Enuma Elish does point to a combination of both, and it sounds convincing.. Anunnaki jump starting evolution…… This explains the sudden leap of evolution from Neanderthals and Cro-Magnons to Homo Sapiens!
There is so much knowledge available today to satisfy the inquisitive minds and if more and more people are aware of these things, then i’m sure that a lot more questions will be asked at the right places, and secretive authorities will have a hard time then!
Yeah, this is cool.
I’m not trying to cause anyone any distress or anything. I don’t think of myself as a doomsayer but I like all this stuff and I watch the times and they spook me. I still can’t imagine why anyone would want to be President of the United States at this time. Who ever it is will inherit the biggest issues the country has ever faced. It;s ugly in America right now. I mean that in an economic sense. It’s really bad.
Amit, I want to apologize for what I’m about to say. But what I meant as poulation control and massing the main populations in cities it actually makes it easy to exterminate the majority of any countrys population should it ever be considered. Using nukes, plague, gas. Depending on how severe the situation became that is. This would leave less people around (The Elites), and it would add natural resources for their own survival. We’re going to be facing water issues soon too. Everyone knows that. Then what? Hey, I’m not in control. But if you were, what would you do?
I watch the BBC news and I watch CNN. You’d be surprised at the differences in reporting. The news is actually scarier these days in themselves nevermind 2012.
Lets just keep reading and researching and sharing ideas to see if we can learn something.
Rest up folks!!
-Rico-
You are right Rico…. Ordinary people lke us will never know whats going on in the Elite circles…. Selfishness is a trait possessed by almost all humans, and the people with power may be driven to abuse it for their sake….
And i don’t think anyone should think of you (or for that matter myself Leah and a few others well) as Doomsayers! We are just discussing the possibilities here, and if someone doesn’t agree then they are welcome to give proof for their reasoning like we have been giving for ours!
At this moment we are not even thinking that we can somehow change things…. Whatever is there in the scheme of Elites is bound ot happen to us..But who knows, Human Unity is a power beyond any limits… We just need enough awareness trigger action!
Water scarcity is not at an alarming level right now, but it sure will be….. People do not realise, Benjamin Franklin famously said “We know the worth of water when the well is dry” … But its time for us to become pro-active!
Anyways, all we can do is speculate.. Because this is a game being played on a very high ground, and we are not even pawns!
Friends,
This is a very interesting link —- http://www.greatdreams.com/2012.htm
Looking at 2012 from various different points of view….. Especially the Crop Circle references towards the bottom…
And for the “Critics”, this site is NOT selling anything, they are just providing information! Go Figure!
Leah and Rico, BTW, what do u think about Crop Circles? I am absolutely mesmerized by them! Ever since i started eading about Crop Circles, i have been constantly astounded and amazed…. And so far nobody has been able to explain their occurence.. I have started to believe in some sort of Anunnaki connection in them….
Hi Amit,
I live in Wiltshire UK, the heart of Crop Circle country. Some spin the crop circles, you can see this on YouTube, I like some others prefer to make them 3D (e.g. ball shaped). Some can be spun in 3D.
Crop Circle contain lots of mathematical info.
http://www.cropcircleconnector.com and http://www.cropcirclesecrets.org are two very informative sites.
I’ve looked in on greatdreams and halexandria for many years, worth reading.
Hurricanes etc are indeed nature’s way of weeding out the old and the weak. Like wise food supply dictates how many young and old will survive in any one year, in all species. When it comes to humans, they have a choice, they can achieve population reduction the HARD way, or the EASY way.
The hard way in many countries is for many children to die from lack of good food which compromises their health often leading to death, or out and out starvation. As I wrote previously, COMMON SENSE needs to be practiced.
My question to any woman would be….What do you prefer, 2 children you can feed, or 6 that you can’t feed, and 5 die ?
Water is the key factor for growing food. in addition, with more and more potable water supplies being bought up by water companies, (virtually a monopoly) many cannot afford to pay for their water supply.
Leah
For those particularly interested in what other info may be contained in the Mayan Calendar, the following has great input.
http://www.pakhomov.com/cryptogram.html
good morning, everyone—though i have nothing worthwhile to contribute, i just want to marvel at all the new info, input, and ideas that have entered this thread this past week…i am struggling to keep up…leah, as always, you, my friend, do not miss a beat…it’s pretty hard to get something past you…amit, rico–thank you so much for your thought-provoking insights…how can anyone not be paying attention???? whether we are guided religiously, spiritually, scientificly, or through a nice blend of all three…there is plenty of action to go around for everyone…i, too have been watching the middle east with interest and a little apprehension…a little knowledge in the wrong hands is a very dangerous thing…crop circles give me comfort, though i don’t know why…they are just one of those wonderful mysteries that make me sit back and go “HMMMMM!!!” leah, you are right–you sit right in the heart of crop circle territory…have you gone out and looked at them??? that would be so exciting to witness…as for ronald reagan, and star wars technology—he was best dressed and up front…i often wonder what he would be saying today if he were still alive and able to speak his mind…yes, he did make reference to alien technology and defense…thought at the time, it was treated as an off the cuff remark…i mean this with no disrespect for a truly great president, but i have often wondered if his memory loss was a “blip”…sorta like “Men in Black”…a truly outrageous thought????–absolutely…but once again… sometimes the more outrageous things appear to be, the more likely they sometimes are to be true…
i apologize to you all for being so “far-reaching”…it is just fun somethines to think outside the box…and it keeps me curious…like i said, i have absolutely nothing worthwhile to contribute to everything that has already been said…you guys have said it all, and said it wonderfully…just mostly wanted you all to know that i am paying attention….thank you all so much for giving me so very much to look at and think about…and thanks for letting me jump in every now and then with a silly thought…
please enjoy your day
Hi Becky,
Good to know you are well. Haven’t finnished with the what IFS yet.
Leah
http://www.dailygalaxy.com article titled THE GREAT ATTRACTOR.
i do think that something will happen just not the end of the world. Probably a miracle or something that will change the world. or whoever made this calendar got lazy and didn’t finish it and they didnt realize that they would scare the life out of people in the future.
Much has been written about a dimensional shift in relation to 2012…..has anyone got any ideas how this fits in, if at all ?
The basic fallacy is that we expect reality to be rationally apprehendable. The veil grows ever more dense as people search for digestible one paragraph rational explanations and call them truths. Is ignorance really so blissful?
lol. Good article. Ignorant, but good. The callendar does not end.. it starts over. Myans do not predict and end, just an end as we know it. They are 33 seconds off on a lunor or solar eclipse, they knew their stuff. They say we are going through an ethnic stage now.. I believe them. They say we are goinging back to a cellular stage.. hell, we didnt even know what cells where till a hundred years ago. There is a magnetic pole shift that is going to take place according to NASA, and Einstien. Those guys are not usually wrong. Myans predicted the same thing.. how? Good Question. Get your facts right.. The callendar does not end. It just starts over, it predicts 27,000 years guys. Look it up.
Just listened to Ian O’Neill on Terra Chat radio show again. One of his up coming articles will be re 2012 will be Pole shift.
Taking into consideration that the sun consistantly sets many degrees further North than it used to, and the information in the article The Great Attractor (as per my post 11th July 2008), Pole shift could be on the cards.
Re Planet X / Niburu. It is possible that Niburu USED to pass by, but has since the last fly by, been knocked out of its orbit….or even destroyed. No two cycles of any duration are exactly alike, just as no 2 years of Earth’s or our own lives, are the same…..only similar. Each cycle is a variation of the last by varying degrees of difference.
Whew! Just read the article and entire thread from start to finish. Very interesting ideas and submissions made the hour go by easily. But, there were a logt of rough spots in the thread that, in my opinion, do not belong. All of the personal bashing and name calling really detracts from what really should be a sharing of scientific ideas. Nothing against religion, but it appears there is no faster way to inject beliefs that lead to the vitriolic meanderings. I have no science of my own to offer but enjoy learning from others. But the other stuff really has to go. It makes this sophmorish and detracts from the original purpose.
Again my opinion, so I hope to learn more from the intelligent and thought provoking posts.
This will be my one and only posting.
I THINK THE EARTHQUAKES AND VOLCANOES WILL INCREASE THE LAST THREE YEARS. THEN A POLAR SHIFT WILL HAPPEN AND CAUSE THE TIDES WILL SHIFT AND THE REST IS UP TO IMAGINATION. WILL WAIT AND SEE IF THESE EVENTS HAPPEN AND THAT WILL PROVE ME RIGHT. SO WE’LL HAVE TO SEE IF THESE EVENTS HAPPEN.
SO DEC. 21 2009 WILL BE THE YEAR TO START WATCHING FOR THE START OF THE
COUNTDOWN.
TOM RHODES
This is just a test. From the “emergency whats next in life system”. Hi its me mister “Sorry to rant” is back. As I read your all on the same page as I, we have no choice but to see what the future holds. Unfortunately I will not be able to research or add any comments for the next 3weeks due to a deadline at my job. Which I must keep at least till dec. 2012 lol. anywho, I hope all will be well and none present are satisfied with the answers given, the truth must be out there. Remember their is 3 sides to every story Religions,Sciences and our’s. LMAO. See you in 3 weeks
Espumpin
Espumpin, wish you well with your work…..miss you already. Be well.
Quote “meteorite impacts, black holes, killer solar flares, Gamma Ray Bursts from star systems, a rapid ice age and a polar (magnetic) shift”
LOL these things CAN happen but probably not on 2012.I mean 99% of ALL species are EXTINCT on this planet.Why do we think we are so invulnerable to massive catastrophe around the order of 5.9 blillion people or so?
In the previous message (July 1) it should’ve been “something like 70 [degrees]â€, not “something like 80â€, since it’s more like 67 (90 minus the tilt angle, this being 23 & one third degrees). Sorry about this & the reply lag. My access to the Net is no longer as easy as it used to be.
At least I’m not the only one here who makes big mistake s. For example…
1) “columrd†(May 20) says, “A wise person once told me that we must remember & understand the past or else we are ‘doomed’ to repeat the mistakes of our past over & over again.†The wise person never told him or her it was borrowed wisdom. The historian George Santayana’s best-known quote says, “Those who forget the past are condemned to repeat it.â€
2) Becky Giglio (May 22) says we will eventually have three suns. Before arguing about this –it will take up a lot of space– it’s better to keep going down the list…
3) Ricochet (June 27) says the Christians burned down the Library of Alexandria, but history tells us it seems like it was Julius Caesar’s troops. This was about a full half a century before the birth of Jesus, so in those days there were still no Christians around to blame for that fire or any other.
4) Ricochet also says (June 28) that the Nazca Lines are proof that godlike creatures who could have a bird’s-eye view of them in their spaceships were involved. Even if the Peruvian cultures were visited by ETs, the fact is that they seem to have developed on their own the means to watch things from a lofty position. They put together large kites that could carry a person aloft. This is explained either in one of the Seth books (Jane Roberts) or in the first Michael book (Chelsea Quinn Yarbro) & it would take me a while to find the page. No remains have been found because they were built with perishable materials like cloth & wood. I’m putting this down as a fact because those are some of the few channeled sources I trust, another one being the Law of One (previously the Ra Material), mentioned here by “Just think about it†(May 21).
5) Annika (June 29) says that “my husband of the marines tells me not to worry, & he knows more about the u.s. gov’t. than myself, so I will trust his wordâ€. Her assumption that he knows what’s going on just because he’s a military man is false. Both in the Armed Forces & in the secret services they follow the rule called “the need to knowâ€. They never reveal more information to anybody than he or she needs to know in order to carry out a task. That’s why it’s so unfair to accuse Dr. Ian O’Neill of being a deliberate “debunker†just because he’s worked in Top Secret projects like the EISCAT radar system. Anyway, there’s no way we can find out whether or not he’s deceiving us, so give him the benefit of the doubt.
6) A BIG problem with the present discussion here is that too many of you allow yourselves to be fooled by such an obvious impostor as Sitchin. That probably makes the people in charge feel like they’re babysitting. At least they’re playing the part of the perfect host & they allow us to carry on, but for how long??? In his website, Michael S. Haiser, Ph.D., M.A., of the U. of Wisconsin-Madison, who’s an authentic scholar, not a phony one with no degrees to prove his expertise, shows how Sitchin a) has no college degrees having to do with ancient Middle Eastern languages, history, mythology, or whatever, & he can’t tell the difference between Hebrew & Aramaic, b) has never come up with any ancient text that links Nibiru to the Annunaki & to a planet beyond Pluto, c) interprets the “sun & 11 planets†on the famous cylinder seal in the Berlin Near Eastern Museum mistakenly, d) never gave a logical explanation for the “fact†that such an advanced race as the Annunaki, who travel around the universe, had to use manual slave labor at their mines, & e) has been avoiding for years a public debate with him in Art Bell’s program, where he would be overwhelmed by any true scholar. Not only that, but the concept of an intruding planet first appeared in channelings many years before he published his first book, as I pointed out last time, & all he did was add some outrageous notions of his own to that.
Leah (July 1) says, “I’m presently looking into what you wrote about in your post re tilting on our axis even more. If we are indeed aligning with the galactic plane, I can envisage Earth’s axis becoming horizontal to the galactic plane.â€
You seem to be saying that, as the Solar System returns once again to the plane of the galaxy (in its perpetual up-&-down motion along the orbit around the center of the galaxy), this will make the axis of the Earth fall flat on that plane, but you don’t say why Earth would do that.
This is far too long already & the matter of the three suns would make it twice as long. No matter. It can wait. The arguments here will go on forever, it seems….
Or maybe the poor Mayan dude who’d been writing out this endless list of numbers finally got so much cramp in his wrist that he just stopped writing!
Nevertheless, if people continue to take this seriously, we might be looking at a Doomsday on the December 22nd, as all these religious maniacs realise that what they believe is a load of rubbish and go crazy. Imagine if people stopped fearing God, then there would definately be a doomsday!
Although its true to say this is probably scare mongering, I think the writer is ignorant to say “nothing is going to happen” because he has given me no reason to believe he can predict the future. “There is no evidence that anything will happen on 21/12/12” doesn’t mean it wont. Theres just as much chance something will happen on 21/12/12 as something might happen tomorrow, or the next day. “its highly improbable that anything will happen on 21/12/12, but not impossible” is a more believable argument.
Why does the majority of people who support your article call the rest “a bunch of idiots”?
i am neither a believer/non believer but opinions are like a@@holes..everyones got one and think they are the only one who is right
My thought is: Maybe not “common sense” but things should be looked at with at least some sense.
Hello to Leah, Becky and Rico!!! Hope your weekend was Good!
I was really itching to come back to office and catch up on this thread…..
Some interesting points have come up…. Leah, i did not catch your point about Crop Circles… Did you mean that people are able to make Crop Circles now?? On their own? And that too such mind boggling patterns that i have seen on some of them….. Please clarify…..
And about the point by Daniel Rey, i don’t know bout the credentials of Sitchin, but i have read some other translations of Enuma Elish as well, and if you believe in Bible, then Enuma Elish sounds utterly believable than that, because when i read Genesis, there were so many confusions and unclarified things, but Enuma is crystal clear and the facts make a lot of sense!To me, An Alien Race modifying the genes of Humans towards the achievement of their own ends is far more believable than the concept of “God” creating humans on a whim and then forsaking them… Sometime cursing them and sometimes protecting them….
And the fact about Galactic Alignment is that since it’s an event which cycles at 26,000 years, there is nobody who knows what will happen!
We have proof of so many species and civilizations coming to an abrupt end.. So it will be foolhardy to believe that this generation is sacrosanct! And this creation and destruction is cyclic.. And Mayans seem to have had a Good idea of this cycle.. And i would again quote Rico here, For God’s sake, that calendar of Mayans is cast into stone!! It is no way incomplete! Its stupid say things like – “The Mayan dude may have just rolled over, given up etc. etc. “……. Now someone may say that maybe they could not find a bigger stone!! Well, there will always be speculations….
Becky, like you even i don’t have much to bring to this avenue.. But i just like to be in touch with people here…. Leah has such an abundance of knowledge in this field and it’s good that she shares it with us…. I am also reading a lot about this, and i’ll be sure to share any new articles with you……
One more point i would like to add…
Among the people like myself , Leah, Rico , Becky etc….. no one is saying that it will be likle 21st Dec 2012 and BOOOM!! Everything goes!!!
We never said that…. It is more likely that the we will start to notice the effects gradually over a period of time…. Like Increased volcanic activities, more quakes, solar flares etc…… Are we not already seeing an increase in he number of natural calamities??
And even here , we are not saying that “This is all because of 2012 ..” We are just speculating on the possibilities…. And we are not just groping in the dark and making wild guesses, some of us have been reading a lot and have got facts to back up our beliefs…
And at this moment, there seem to more proofs about the 2012 theory than those against it… And if we come across proofs that all this is fake, we will b happy to be proven wrong! After all, who wants lie to end like that… And on the other hand, whatever happens in 2012 may not be all that bad! Some people are suggesting Good things as well… Lets wait and watch! And try to find out more……………..
Friends! Some more food for your thoughts….
http://claudescommentary.com/special/chilbolton/
Yes, i am taking your attention back to Chilbolton, the Arecibo Message..
This has been debated much in the past, and SETI had shunned it as a hoax, scam, whatever……… But this site gives splendid response to SETI’s responses…..
Just a thought, I wonder if we should create some kind of forum elsewhere? Because we are no longer limiting ourselves to discussing 2012 only.. And the author of this article has abandoned this thread since long! What say Leah, Becky & Co.?
Good day to you all.
Dear Amit,
RE Crop circles, a lot are genuine, but some are man made. What I meant was, if you take a picture of one of the genuine crop circles and stck it to the end of e.g.a drill , and make it spin, other pictures and forms can be observed.
Some researchers have used computer programs to make the crop circle 3D, so instead of a flat 2D picture, the crop circle can be viewed as a sphere or cube etc. My appologies for confusing you.
Considering that Ian O’Neill is doing another article on 2012, re pole shift, we could all continue on this thread, and the new one when he publishes. I don’t think that we are off subject, as everything is relative to everything else. No matter what the subject being discussed, eventually all other subjects will come up. The 2012 question encompasses not just ancient writings and prophesies. If by human hand alone, the next 10 years will difficult to say the least. It is important that discussion continues.
Re the Enuma Elish, Genesis etc. With the advent of Genetic engineering, some of the human race seems to be following in their creators footsteps. No doubt the creation of
a sub-serviant slave / soldier type hybrid, has been contemplated.
What is worth noticing, is that articles being published now by e.g. Astronomers are about discoveries that were made not recently, but many years ago.
Also take note that Zoellick of the World Bank said on Saturday that he “expected” FOOD and ENERGY prices to remain HIGH until 2012. The World Bank is active in shaping World economics.
Be well,
Leah
Food for thought from a very young person I know :
Everyone wants the TRUTH…..but very few can handle it.
Dear Nick,
You’re right…..Fear changes nothing.
This is one of the things the older generations need to take on board. It is also the fear of change itself, that has extended the duration of so many problems.
Best wishes,
Leah
Dear Amit,
What if, the Arecibo message was received here on Earth ? What if OTHERS are here ? What if others have been here all along ?
From the website you suggested, my pick is HU2. HU3 is an addtional probability. Silicon carbon……quartz carved into skulls….combining visually, silicon with carbon (human skull forms help in being able to identify with silicon/carbon state of being). HP’s investment alone, into silicon (quartz) research, states there is something more to silicon than the public are aware of.
The eons old facination with Quartz crystal balls as divining tools to see future events, is no doubt part of the puzzle.
By the way, the oldest reports of crop circles was back in the 1600’s I remember reading years ago.
Leah
The crop circle reply to the Arecibo message, could be telling of our future developements……the path ahead.
i wish the end of the world would be right now. im looking forward to it. i could imagine it right now. haha aint it great?
Hey people!! Been kind of busy can’t keep up as much. I browsed though the last posts and I saw Daniel Reys.
I just want to say that Heiser didn’t say that there wern’t aliens in the translations of the Sumerian Tablets. He just didn’t agree with Sitchin on a lot of his own translations. But before we go there. You need to read Heisers book “The Facade” . This will give you his ideas as to how the alien infiltration is still in existance today.
The library at Alexandria has 3 suspects as to who it was that burned it down and a Christian was one, the other was a Muslim and I forget the third.
But its all good. I was simply making a point. In The Americas the Catholic Church sponsored the mass killings of the Aztecs and Mayans by the Spainish conquistaors. There was much destroyed in terms of history when this occured. What strikes me as ironic was that these indians were far more scientifically advanced than their conquerors with regards to the stars and the earth and orbits and such. I have found that there is no such thing as a myth. All mythology that I’ve read has had an origin stemming from some occurence or other. I believe that the first humans were tampered with. I don’t think that the Sumerians would have created such detail for graven images. I beleive that as Sitchin writes. These Anunnaki of the Sumerian tablets are those and the same “Sons of God” described in Genesis 6. The Sumerian tablets dating over 1000 years before the Hebrew versions give them even more credence. I think that somehow we as the dominating species of the planet have become arrogant in our nature. A least some people have. We don’t believe anything can happen to us. It’ll be the next generation that will suffer some catastrphe or the generation after that.
I read Heiser. I read what Heiser believes about cyinder seal VA 243. The way I see it, it could either way.
But the way I see this. If there were visitors that interfered with humanity and began the teachings. Then we have to consider the Mayan calendar as complete and with a begining and an end. I already pointed out about how it can’t be going back to 0 based on the contellations procession and all that. Leah can explain this better. I just know it won’t be zero.
But this is all in fun!!
Lets just keep posting till the end of the world!!!
-Rico-
The bees aren’t disapearing…. They’re just going home. =)
Dear Leah!
Now i understand what you were saying about Crop Circles.. But tell me, aren’t the fake ones clearly distinguishable from the genuine ones?
And regarding Arecibo, you made a Good Point about HU2 and HU3… The possibilities are endless, even more so because we earthlings, as a collective civilisation don’t know much, because we are suffering from a disease called “Selective Memory”… Even our Science Community is very quick to discard theories and facts which even remotely threaten their comfort zones… They very conveniently keep on tgging at old theories passed on from generation to generation, which will not yield anything new, because they are almost beaten to death already! And as Rico said, we have indeed become arrogant… Only those theories are encouraged which support the perceived Sacrosanct nature of our race! Its just like a Pigeon who closes its eyes when a cat approaches, thinking that the Cat won’t see it! And we are also doomed to share the fate of the Pigeon, who is devoured by the Cat eventually, because we will be taken by surprise due to lack of preparedness caused by lack of knowledge..
Rico, i completely, absolutely agree with your point about the Mayan Calendar being complete! Its so evident that our Solar System will be reaching an alignment that is a once in 26,000 years event.. And there is enough drift that after that, our perspective will change as per the native constellations and other planetary bodies, because the alignment will be different…
This article from Halexandria — http://www.halexandria.org/dward233.htm
has an interesting scenario… If not the whole, then i would suggest reading at least the conclusion given at the end.
Dear Amit,
The genuine crop circles according to those that study them in detail, emit frequencies that drain batteries (in equiptment e.g. cameras….worth noting DC current not AC DC), and that cause interference e.g. mobile phone signals. The nodes (joints) on the crop are exploded / expanded at the point at which the crop is bent over. The crop continues to grow.
The crop is often folded down to the ground in layers depth wise i.e. under the layer on top, the layer below is laid in a different direction. Its as though there is a crop circle on top of another crop circle. The enhanced growth potentail of the seeds is another sign.
The interference with DC battery powered eqiptment for me, is relevant to Reich’s research on what he named ORGONE energy, and the late Slim Spurling’s research with Royal and Sacred Egyptian Cubits.
Leah
“iNDIVIDUALS CREATING DESIGNER DISEASES AND CAUSING MASSIVE DEATHS CANNOT BE STOPPED WITHOUT A GLOBAL STRATEGY”
A quote from a UN report to be published soon. Its on http://www.dailygalaxy.com today. Worth the 2 minutes to read the article. I leave it up to you to ask yourselves the relative questions re this article.
From Matrix….We are not here because of the path that lies before us….We are here because of the path that lies behind us.
I’d add something to that…..And because of those that designed the path behind us.
m sorry i didnt understant this,this stuff is too compicated fr my retarded brain.
!!m gonna die on 2012..its the end of the world,its the ‘doomsday’!!
wtf!!
all i know is m gonna laugh at all those ‘belivers’on 22 dec 2012!
how can they do this stupid calender and they lived already a few years to started it with every calender in the world is not true who nowz when life start at what time and second and minute
Hello all, I have to tell you that I did like the article, it provided a well thought out rational argument… however it provided no proof. No peer reviewed journal articles, no links to scientific journals or websites, only one mans (albeit rationally thought out) opinion.
What makes one mans opinion more valid then another’s? Evidence. In regards to the doomsday prophesies, there is no evidence either way. That is the problem with predicting events… the future is relatively unpredictable.
The info on the calendars was actually very fascinating and leads me to believe in a calendar reset. If you think back to all the ancient cultures: Hebrew, Mayan, Aztec, heck even the Greeks; when they saw the end of their calendars they each called it the “end of days”. That is a logical thing to call the end of a calendar, being that it is a list of days!
I am a pagan, but even as such I have no interest in doomsday philosophy. The reason? No proof. There is proof of a peak oil crisis(1), an environmental collapse(2), and economic downturn(3). But there is NOT evidence for the earth suddenly stopping, the poles shifting, or aliens attacking because a planet is closer to us then normal.
Even we pagans can be rational (in some cases more rational then tribulation-loving Christians) and logical beings. But I must demand that if you are to write an article on how others are just spouting their opinions do not be guilty of the same.
1) Peak Oil, the Rise of China and India, and the Global Energy Crisis. By: Minqi Li. Journal of Contemporary Asia, 2007, Vol. 37 Issue 4, p449-471, 23p
2) 1991 Earth Summit in Rio
3) Add Added
The global economic crisis, contagion, and institutions: New realities in Latin America and Asia. By: Roett, Riordan; Crandall, Russell. International Political Science Review, Jul99, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p271
Oh, I almost forgot as for scientific evidence FOR the 2012 date can be seen on the History Channel: Decoding the Past: Doomsday 2012. Just thought you might wanna know.
yes the world is not going to end yes but did you forget about the pole shift and the other things. it might not be the end of the world but mabye the end of us it going to take alot to figure out what going to happen during the poler shift because we do not know what it like we never went thro one. you can make preditions but you dont know till it happens
Leah, you have provided some Good info about Crop Circles…..
I could not find the article you were talking about, can you please copy/paste the address after clicking on the article, so that i can reach the article page directly rather than search for it? I have read some other articles at Daily galaxy, quite interesting….
BTW, did you check out the Fiction section of Halexandria? Although it is fiction, but nevertheless there are some thought provoking concepts… Check out “Dawn, The Chosen”, its a very short novel… I am currently reading “The Golden Tear from the Eye of Horus”… Both are written by Dan S Ward…. In the second one, Ward is really treading a very thin line between his beliefs and fiction…You have to read it to know what i mean….
OMG… OH NO THE WORLDS GONNA END IN 2012 LOL YA RIGHT OK FIRST OF ALL NO ONE CAN PREDICT TDONT HE END OF THE WORLD I MEAN U NEVER KNO IT COULD HAPPEND TOMMAROW LOL BUT STILL PPL DONT WORRY DONT DO THE ALL THE THINGS U WANNA DO UNTIL U WANNA DO THEM DONT RUSH UR LIVES DONT HIDE IN UR BASEMENT ON DEC 20 2012 OK THIS ALL STARTED BY SOME PAPER BOY YELLING THE WORLDS GONNA END IN 2012 THAN PPL BELIEVE IT THAN THEY TELL IT TO MORE THAN MORE THAN MORE UNTIL THEY RIGHT DAME BOOKS ABOUT IT THAN THE BOOKS GET POPULER SO THEY MAKE SHOWS ON THE DISCOVERY CHANNEL THAN ALOT OF PPL START MAKING RETARTED BLOGS TELLING HOW IT WILL! U KNOPW WHAT DAME THOSE PPL ALSO THERE ARE NO ALIENS AT AREA 51 ITS A TEST AIRCRAFT THEY DONT WANT PPL TO KNO ABOUT UNTIL ITS READY! I MEAN IN 2015 PPL WILL START SAYING THE WORLDS GONNA END IN 2020 THAN IT WILL BE THE SAME NONSENCE PPL JUST LIVE UR LIVES AND FORGET ABOUT 2012 IM GOING TO BE PLAYING RUNESCAPE IN MY ROOM OR SOMETHING THAT DAY AND NOTHING WILL HAPPEN! OK SO JUST DO WHAT U WANNA DO THOSE DOOMSAYERS WILL JUST MAKE U SOME MORE CRAP LIKE ALL TREES WILL BE CUT DOWN AND WE WILL HAVE NO AIR! JUST BE A HAPPY PERSONE AND LIVE IN FEAR FOR ANOTHER 4 YEARS OK? UR GONNA LIVE FOR ALOT LONGER TIME SO JUST DONT WORREY….
Friends, Another little morsel for your thoughts…
I was reading something and this caught my attention – “There are thirty aspects of the DNA, that nobody in mainstream science can figure out what they’re there for. They have no apparent use. They’re junk. In addition, we only use 15% of our brain — this fact is pretty well recognized in science. No one is disputing it. But then we have to ask ourselves: What’s the other 85% of the brain there for? What’s the purpose of the junk DNA? More importantly, we have to ask: Did we evolve a brain we don’t use!? Did we evolve DNA that is just junk? The only answer that makes any sense is that we had, at one time, a higher state of enlightenment. In other words, we used to work with all of the brain and all of the DNA. But somewhere along the road we degraded, or fell from grace, to the state we exist in now. Human beings, or their ancestors, having once been in a higher state of being or enlightenment is the only viable reason for the excess brain power and the junk DNA!”
What say Leah and Rico?? I think this fits in very nicely with the theories we were talking about…..
Leah/Rico,
What is your opinion about ORME?? I have managed to reach that level in my research… Its amazing how these seemingly random topics fit together so nicely! Gold – ORME – Superconductivity – Zero Energy… WOW!
Now, the Anunnaki’s really start making sense to me!!
Hey little Lilly, don’t believe everything you see!
Its only real if you believe,
only real if you believe…
I know something you don’t, so if you want to talk, just ask!
cheers!
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HCumFJjPr8s&feature=related
History Channel video on MAYAN 2012 PREDICTION
They said in there that its 12, 20, 2012 when the world ends due to EARTHQUAKES..
hmmmm….
Wow, cool.
So we’re all gonna die in 2012, uh huh?
So imbecile.
If it’s so true, why ain’t the news broadcasting it all over the world?
Dear Amit,
The article title from my last post is “The Future isn’t What it used to be.”
Leah
Dear Faith,
In short the NEWS, is on a need to know basis. The Masses do not need to know stuff like e.g. An Asteroid headed right at us that we can do nothing about.
Same with pole shift etc etc, whats to panic people over something that cannot be stopped or avoided.
If you can read the whole thread…..you’ll find lots of stuff relevant to your question.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Amit,
DNA. Think of yourself as a computer for a moment. Your body = hardware, your DNA = hard drive, and your brain = Megabite Ram.
Your hard drive needs spare capacity / room for future programs. Likewise you need lots of Ram to be able to handle, and juggle information on a day to day basis.
So DNA has space for future programming, and your brain has plenty of capacity to juggle the extra programmes. What they call junk DNA is not programmed.
Some recessive genes are left over in life forms that proove e.g. a skink had legs, but has none now. These genes do not occupy large volume of DNA. So for me, if some outside force altered us genetically, they did so by creating spare capacity into which we would evolve.
For certain, we are so far removed in evolutionary terms, from all other life on Earth, that someone or something influenced our genetic make up.
Regards Leah
ORME, monoatomic gold. Also monoatomic silver, rhodium etc. Just search monoatomic elements to find out more.
Iridium is for me the most interesting. So little of it arrives from space, and only from time to time. Its used in the e.g. cell phone industry, but one scientist has found great health benefits in its natural form, via water drawn from wells that permiate the very thin Iridium layer many feet below ground level.
erm.. I dunno.. I was spooked when I first came across the whole “we’re all gonna die in 2012” thing… primarily because of the whole “magnetic poles switching” and the sun rising from the wrong side.. cuz that’s one of the signs of Judgement Day given in Islam…
my question is, if every religion predicts there will be a last day, and if it is inevitable.. WHY isn’t it possible that it could be 2012
(I know I sound stupid, call me naive, but I am a little spooked)
Look People…
The world is not going to end in 2012. All of these radical retarded speculators just keep throwing out these dates, they’re wrong, and the science backing up their logic is incredibly faulty. All of their argument is completely based on chance. If these sun spots are so dangerous why didnt they wipe us out in ’58 when it was worse than its supposed to be now according to NASA. Finally, if the damn Maya are so smart, why the hell did they get wiped out by Cortes and no longer exist anymore? One more thing there AMIT, your DNA theory just sounds stupid, you’re saying that human beings were at one point more evolved. Id doubt that very much considering when we look back at history no set of humans were ever more intelligent than we are now so there are some points to think about.
Dear Mike,
Mayans alive and well….met loads in the Yucatan….still have their own Mayan language too.
Be well
Why does it matter when the end of the world is coming? With everyone trying to think about that, they are missing what is going on today. Live each day like it is your last, for tomorrow may not come for you anyway.
Mike,
You really need to read A LOT , before you come to the level where you can label comments of mine or others’ as Stupid….
Do not presume that all of us here are stupid people just ranting about the the end of the world!!! For the matter, if you take the time to read through some of the earlier posts, you will find that we are not “exactly” talking about the end of the world!
And its only people like you with half cooked information that have the impertinence to doubt the intelligence of such an advance race as Mayans….
We are not forcing you to believe anything! Read, and do your own research. Its the age of “Information Technology”, browse the net, get some “Information (Knowledge), then come back and share your thoughts with us!
We have had enough people in this thread with comments like yours… If you have anything to back your comments, then we would be happy to know!
Genesis, Enuma Elish, Egyptian history…. All these could not be more direct about proofs of Extraterrestrials having a hand in our evolution! And your trust in Govt. is laughable! You wont believe the extent to which the Govt. Organisations are fooling the public.. I would not like to name them…. Try to find out about Cancer Cure… Read about ORME…
And about Human Race, do you have any doubt that Humans were were more evolved in the past!!!!??? I pity your ignorance Sir!
Amit , and why are we not more evolved then the Humans in the past?
The possibility of anything is 50-50. If you believe what NASA says or you see on TV, don’t entirely. Is planet X existing & comming our way? Nobody knows for sure…It’s good to be optimistic, but I admire people who have doubts about this particular subject because they are looking for an answer by investigating it & educating us about possibilities.
So, if you agreed with this article that’s fine, but don’t attack & insult all the people who don’t agree.
Remember Jordano Bruno who belived that universe is infinite. His view wasn’t really “popular” & he was supposedely burned because of his views.Was he right about the universe?
Amit, I think the more rational response is we should not wonder about this date because there is zero concrete evidence. This is all speculation and based on ancient beliefs. Does it not seem primitive to dwell on this?
Wow you have the exact time to? No human in the world can possibly know the exact time and date of the end of the world. Thats just silly. Only God knows that and it could be anytime.
Part of the hype is because that movie “2012” that is coming out in 2009. LAME
I even know non-religious people who buy into this idea, which i think is kind of hypocritical when its based on ancient Mayan religion
Ian,
I want to ask you a question. I agree with you about the Mayan Calender. But my father, and a few on ther influential people in my life, are stating that on December 12, 2012 at 11:11am the Earth will pass to the other side of the solar system. Is this true? And if so, could that cause a problem? My father, a very educated man states that that is the posible problem. Nothing may happen, yet something may happen do to this change.
I’m not trying to start a scare. I am just trying to settle it.
Thank you!
Its been stated that the sun, earth and the center of the milky way (a giant black hole) will align when 2012 comes and as the sun passes the alignment the magnetic poles could shift. So i don’t too much about this but sounds like people are believing it. So anyone explain?
Dec 21, 2012, our gravational pull will be nomore, and thus the rapture will begin, and millions of people will float up into space, and as soon as we hit the atmospere, all life as we know it will enplode and kill us all, Nasa be having sale on suits soon, you watch
Dear Sean,
Read the thread….there is a lot on Alignment and Pole Shift.
Hi Bad Bart,
How are you ?
Leah
daniel rey—the reference to “3 suns” was made regarding the the approach of ” a dark star and one of it’s moons” entering our southern hemisphere as seen from the SPT in antarctica… it is my understanding that the closer these two entities get as they cross through our solar system, they will be visible to the human eye…both at night and during the day…thus “3 suns”….perhaps i should have explained myself a little better…and for that i apologize…
again…this is speculation…nothing in concrete…just something to keep an eye on…
i would also like to take a second to remind everyone who enters this thread that the ideas presented here are just that..ideas, thoughts, understandings, questions…it is a thread provided for us all to post our understandings, misunderstandings, experiences, and answers…with the hope that it helps, not only ourselves, but others, become aware and understand ALL angles of our past and future—irregardless of what that future holds in store for us…there is no advocation for “end of days”…these is no “doomsday documentation”…there are only signs and clues that would behoove us all to pay attention to…they are realms of possibilities…far-reaching grasps at understanding…finding our own answers in our own ways, and in our own time…
no one is trying to predict the future…no one is saying we are all going to die…no one is trying to control the uncontrollable…for me, the thoughts and ideas composed on this thread are priceless…they are like minds sharing understanding, hopes and fears… if you do not know the answer, then the question is not stupid or irrelevant…
we are living is pretty scary times…and if you stop and look at the world around you, planet earth, and our civilization, as we know it, are going through some pretty radical changes…some of us prefer NOT to turn a blind eye to them…EVEN THOUGH WE KNOW THERE IS NOTHING WE CAN DO TO CHANGE THEM…just being aware of them, and knowing how they fit in with history, and possible future outcome, provides peace and understanding for some…no one has imposed their beliefs on anyone…i have laid myself on the line with the hopes that i obtain a better understanding and awareness, and that will in turn make a difference for someone else…think how silly we will all feel if the answers have been staring us right in the face and no one was paying attention…different eyes see different things–that’s all…it does not make it any less real…
Well put Becky,
Lets face it, there are those that won’t believe the changes going in the world until it arrives in their own homes and lives…..like floods etc……its just on TV…..and what
s on TV doesn’t apply to the viewers.
Leah
It is interesting to read the opinions of a “Solar Physicist.” If anyone knows what’s going to happen, I think he might.
yes it is
leave it to the media to make a movie out of all this right? know why? because to them and the entire rest of the world this is nothing short of a joke, but they will make money off it while they can. you silly americans will believe anything, no wonder it’s so easy to make money off you all.
bad bart–welcome back!!! glad all is well and congrats on your success!!! you have been missed…
a wise man once said………
“There is nothing to fear, but fear itself”
what is reality but a dream. It is a continuation of reality. But where is reality? It is at the end of your dream. And where your dream ends, your reality begins.
lyakukeni–please enlighten me…which movie(s) are you referring to??? the movie industry is designed to entertain—for me, it is the entertainment factor i pay for…though, i have to admit that some of my better insights have come off the heels of a good movie, TV series or documentary…
where do you live???
the movie called “2012” that is coming in less than a year by this man who wrote “the day after tomorrow”, and “10,000 B.C.”
as for where i live, that is not important subject matter
if you have a pet watch it carefully around 12/21/2012. animals can sense natural disasters and such things
What? I’ve already given away all my earthly possessions.
Damnit. I”ll MAKE SOMETHING happen.
stay tuned…
Welcome Back Becky…. You put it very rightly…. But people wont understand.. I have already given up trying to clarify why we are writing all this.. Because there will be people who just read a few of the latest posts and form an opinion. But, if some people actually go through all thats written on this thread and do their own research, then our objective will be fulfilled. We really should be talking this forward and generating more data.
The thing i liked about this thread is the intelligent discussion going on, with people doing their own research and sharing their thoughts here.. But some people are just blatantly stating their views without any supportive facts. As far as i have read, even if you take 2012 out of the picture, there are so many things going on that have not been explaied by the Governments… And there are so many past events that have started to make sense now… They don’t necessarily point to what will happen in the future, but they make it reasonable for any sensible mind to accept the inter-relation between all these things. The key to the future always lies in the Past…
Bart, welcome back… Good to have some like minded people here.. We are awaiting your pictures.. There is so much mystery behind all these Ancient Sites! I really want to visit Machu Picchu, Giza, Tihuahanco and other sites atleast once in my lifetime! Even the pictures of these places carry some sort of energy.. I just long to be there and touch thsoe stones and monuments with my hands!
I have something here for all you “NASA Fans” …..
In the early days of NASA there was a study done on the possible effects of humanity encountering extraterrestrials: What would happen to human psychology, theology, and other ologies if the space program suddenly encountered real live extraterrestrials or merely evidence of them. The end result of the study was something called the Brookings’ Report, which strongly suggested that the public at large was simply not ready for interplanetary commerce.
The Brookings’ Report is probably also one of the reasons for the continuing denial by the Federal Government of there being the slightest possibility of UFOs being real — if only because UFOs automatically imply extraterrestrials.
If the world at large became aware of the actual existence of extraterrestrials, this could constitute one of the most unifying factors between humans in the history of the world. Differences between peoples, even warring factions, would suddenly lose most of their importance. It’s been suggested, for example, that the Bosnia peace accord came about largely because the leaders — who were unalterably opposed to compromising any further — were shown the dead bodies of the alleged ETs from the Roswell crash back in the fifties. That might even have been the reason the peace talks were held at Wright Patterson Air Force base, where the ETs bodies have supposedly been kept all these years. Supposedly in seeing the reality of extraterrestrials, the warring leaders suddenly realized the futility of fighting among themselves.
And if those in charge don’t want peace between people, then they certainly don’t want a world unifying factor such as knowledge of extraterrestrial intelligence becoming widespread. It could eliminate war between humans.
Another point which i want to make about NASA’s secretive nature. Its about the Moon..
Various anomalies have showed up on Earth’s Moon, NASA really went ballistic. Or maybe Looney is a better word. And to make matters worse, the photographs of the Moon were much more numerous and even more indicative of someone or something building structures on the Moon for some unknown purpose. There is even a fair amount of circumstantial evidence that the Moon is artificial.
The ratio of the Earth-Moon distance to the earth’s diameter is a hypergeometrical number — something far beyond normal coincidence. In addition, the Earth’s Moon is by far the largest satellite in our solar system when compared to the size of the planet it’s revolving about. Then there’s the fact that the Moon’s diameter is exactly 2160 miles — a number which is exactly one-twelfth of the time for the precession of the Earth’s axis. Also, the Moon rang like a bell when one of the early Russian lunar missions impacted on its surface.
Ever heard of Clementine? It was an unmanned photographic mission to the moon — and possibly Mars — back in 1994. There was virtually no media coverage, despite the fact it radioed back some of the most stunning color photographs of the Moon ever taken. At the same time, there appears to be no interest by NASA in any future manned missions to the Moon — everything they’re doing is now space shuttle missions and all very close to home. It’s not entirely clear what’s going on, but if there really are extraterrestrial artifacts on the Moon, it looks very much like someone in NASA and the Federal Government is running scared. The one thing you can be sure of, though, is that intelligent beings have been running around on both Mars and the Moon for some time now. Lunatics is not necessarily about dummies, but more likely about where one hails from.
Everything ties together. Why wouldn’t the Anunnaki have bases on Mars and on the Moon? Being true spacefarers, it’s a logical step. They may even be located in other parts of the solar system. It’s just we haven’t discovered any others. Yet
i believe there are paintings of the mayans and U.F.Os as well arent there? but it seems that the mayan encounter with these et’s caused them to become extra smart and aware of many things. perhaps those et’s ought to pay us a visit asap
What ever we justify and judge ourself of having proofs of our scientific knowledge and scientific explainations to ancient theories; at the end of the day we have to agree to the fact that, people saw stars and all of the 9 important planets with their bare eyes even before telescope was born. And hinduism has evidence to it. The flying machenes described in hindu mythology were stated before christ and there were no Air-planes or space shettles during that time. When i saw discussions about mayan calender; offcourse it is true that there is no “Scientefic” evidence but we should agree with the fact that even today’s scholors do not have that cutting edge explainations as they had way then. What technology made them built those immense structures and those enormous cities with beautiful architectural skills. Which so called scientific technology helped ancient man bult pyramids in egypt and structures in middle east and Asia. flying saucers and flying machenes called ” pushpak vimaan” were described even with a pilot named as “sarathi” in hindu epics. greeks and indians and mayans wrote about the planets and what do you think gave them the knowledge to be accurate. We have evolved from a group of great civilizations and let me ask you one simple questions! what was it that was not discovered by the ancient people and was discovered by us. Is it demanding for evidence. If it so, what is the guarentee that so called scientific big heads and their theories are right. We are just stepping down the hill on which our ancestors placed us. we are one by one demolishing the secured atmosphere they had built for us on the name of pesonal liberty and self centeredness. What they discoverd were paths to lead life and what we are laying are paths to distruction like neuclear power, atom bomb, dehydrating earth by pulling out all of its juices and minerals. what do we think we are doing! do not fool yourself by saying that we are making our lives better. because we are in noway making it better by inventing distructive materials. what bad did ancient man had and what better do we have now. Right from nature to the family system; in each and every sector we are just stepping down and down and down. May be that is what the ancient civilizations meant by the “END” Any thing can happen and that do not need any “scientific” explaination. Remember our so called scientific knowledge never gave us a hint about Tsunami which claimed so many lives and no warning was given by science about the hurricanes that stuck USA. Folks science talks after the math and history speaks before. Dont fool your self but think about it, how many times science did save us from stopping a natural disaster. We have medicine to end our deseases but dear people ancient people did not have these many diseases and i can assure that our knowledge gave us such a wide range of deseases to choose from. You could still follow the ancient herbal life style to lead a desease free life and i do not think any allopathy medicine can assure you that. All we need is to open our eyes and see what our ansestors really meant by the END, and not go gaga funny about their prophecies.
Irrespective of belief, the rotaion of the Earth has slowed with the passing of time, increasing gravity. It has not escaped my notice that the largest life forms have been the first to go throughout the life of planet Earth we know of to date.
As gravity increases so the large and heavy succumb under their own weight becoming extinct. As a direct result many smaller life forms that are a part of the food chain become redundant and are too, phased out by nature.
Before anyone bites my head off….the salinity of our oceans provides bouyancy. Humans have been de-salinating added to which the melting ice caps pouring fresh water into the oceans, has reduced no doubt the overall bouyancy. Salt is also a key feature in the disinfection of the oceans. Sea creatures having to perfom all acts of life in the water…..bodily wastes to put it bluntly, and to add insult to injury….humans dump their waste in the sea too along with polutants. The seas are the foundation of the food chain on Earth.
Nature is constantly re-organising itself, as life forms constantly struggle to evolve and accomodate the changes in order for their species to survive…..many do not make it.
There is evidence of Giants in the past, that in all probability were able to accomodate the increase in gravity……and are still around…..just not as Gigantic as they were.
With life forms that change their shapes and colours, at will……it is not a giant step to conceive that, with the advent of genetic engineering and nano technology, that some extra curricula life forms have been produced.
Dear Annette,
You are wise. A conundrum for all.
We maintain that our elders are wiser and we should respect them…..they have experience. So why do so many discount the wisdom of ancient civilisations…..are they not older than our present generations…..should we not respect our elder’s wisdom….or at least consider it ? Which are the true ELDERS……past civilisations or US ?
The Abydos pictogarams. Still no takers re an explanation.
What is the truth….
1. If they were carved in ancient times
OR
2. If they were carved in recent times
OR
3. Does preference dictate they are a practical joke
Likewise with any other carvings and paintings etc. Abydos just happens to be my favourite.
I don’t think the world will end.
The Mayan Calendars are very old and based on dates from their time and what they believe in.
So the world isn’t going to end.
🙂
Don’t worry about it.
c’mon people , do u guys even believe on this shit doomsday.
people predicted that 2000 or da 21st centuary will b da last n end of da world ,, but hey its 2008 n v survived.
dis whole thing is just shit so dont worry n enjoy life.
I honestly do not believe this at all.
There have been over 200 “Big Predictions” that the world was going to end.
No one needs to worry, because it’s not anytime soon. The Mayan Calender does not end,
but it simply starts over. No one has control over the earth for it to end as this
article is saying. Yeah, the world is going to end ONE DAY, but no anytime soon.
In a few billion years maybe so, but all this fuss is over a calender. No human
being was born with a power to predict things like this, maybe only Jesus or God.
But are they on earth right now? No sir. Stop scaring people with this shit because
if it was such a big worry than it would be all over the news. And people would need to know
of this nonsense. Enjoy your lives everyone.
Peace & Love.
I’m sorry, but this is a bunch of crap.
Do not be scared. I assure you that the world will not end on 2012 December 21 but it will end one day. Nostradamus’ prediction of when the earth will end is far into the future, past about 3700. He still has many prophecies that are not fulfilled yet. Remember that if there is a beginning, there is an end.
The Mayan’s Mesoamerican Long Count calendar forms the basis for a New Age belief, first forecast by Jose Arguelles, that a cataclysm will take place on or about 2012 December 21 (Wikipedia). It will be the end of a Mayan calendar cycle to start a new cycle.
In the book of Revelation, it tells us about a period of a thousand years of peace. Has this occurred already since the time of Jesus? Not yet. That will still come. Those that give predictions of the world’s end, such as 2012 and numerous times during the past, are pseudo-preachers. Have they talked to God directly? If so, give proofs.
But there is something that is certain—and that is our physical death. This is what we should prepare for. It may come when least expected. We do not know the day and the hour. It will come like a thief in the night. So we just have to be prepared all the time. Search for the true God and when we find Him, follow His commandments and remain in Him until our last dying breath.
This is all that we have to do. It is faith in the true God that we can take with us when we depart from this world. If we denied Him, He will deny us also before the Father in Heaven and send us to Hell. This is very scary – to live in Hell forever. If we knew Him and loved Him and followed His commandments, then He may reward us to live with Him eternally in His kingdom in Heaven. This is the survival kit that we should have.
What is also certain to happen very soon (in about 2012 or earlier) is World War III and this is a nuclear war. This “calamitous war†(as Nostradamus called it) will start from the Philippines, at Spratly Islands in particular. The Spratly Islands lie on the southeast part of the South China Sea mostly near the coast of the Philippines. The Holy Spirit told us that the Philippines is the wick of a gas lamp. Once the wick is lit, it will be on and aglow. He told us about this prophecy about two decades ago. He said that the troubles in the Philippines will spread to the whole world until mankind is almost annihilated and a few will remain. Spratly Islands is being claimed wholly by China, Taiwan and Vietnam; and partly by Malaysia, Brunei and the Philippines, It is considered a tinderbox, a flash point. It is very rich in oil and gas resources, more than the reserve of Kuwait. The high price of oil may trigger the grabbing of these islands and start the war.
Four independent prophecies point to the certainty that this will happen. These are Nostradamus’ prophecies to happen around this time (quatrains 6:24 and 2:62) , the 56th Chinese prophecy of Tui Bei Tu (the past 55 prophecies have already been fulfilled) found at http://www.alexchiu.com/philosophy/corp3… and Wikipedia, Revelation 9:18 of the Holy Bible, and those that the Holy Spirit revealed to us. If you are interested in the details about these prophecies, please send me your request via email.
After the calamitous war, then we will have a new age, a spiritual awakening, an enlightenment, and peace for a long time. The population would have been reduced by a third and there will be much arable land that will be available. People will be living in planned cities and communities.
Isaiah 35:4 (KJV) states: “Say to them that are of a fearful heart, Be strong, fear not: behold, your God will come with vengeance, even God with a recompense; he will come and save you.â€
Do not worry. Do not be scared. I assure you that the world will not end on 2012 December 21 but it will end one day. Nostradamus’ prediction of when the earth will end is far into the future, past about 3700. He still has many prophecies that are not fulfilled yet. Remember that if there is a beginning, there is an end.
The Mayan’s Mesoamerican Long Count calendar forms the basis for a New Age belief, first forecast by Jose Arguelles, that a cataclysm will take place on or about 2012 December 21 (Wikipedia). It will be the end of a Mayan calendar cycle to start a new cycle.
In the book of Revelation, it tells us about a period of a thousand years of peace. Has this occurred already since the time of Jesus? Not yet. That will still come. Those that give predictions of the world’s end, such as 2012 and numerous times during the past, are pseudo-preachers. Have they talked to God directly? If so, give proofs.
But there is something that is certain—and that is our physical death. This is what we should prepare for. It may come when least expected. We do not know the day and the hour. It will come like a thief in the night. So we just have to be prepared all the time. Search for the true God and when we find Him, follow His commandments and remain in Him until our last dying breath.
This is all that we have to do. It is faith in the true God that we can take with us when we depart from this world. If we denied Him, He will deny us also before the Father in Heaven and send us to Hell. This is very scary – to live in Hell forever. If we knew Him and loved Him and followed His commandments, then He may reward us to live with Him eternally in His kingdom in Heaven. This is the survival kit that we should have.
What is also certain to happen very soon (in about 2012 or earlier) is World War III and this is a nuclear war. This “calamitous war†(as Nostradamus called it) will start from the Philippines, at Spratly Islands in particular. The Spratly Islands lie on the southeast part of the South China Sea mostly near the coast of the Philippines. The Holy Spirit told us that the Philippines is the wick of a gas lamp. Once the wick is lit, it will be on and aglow. He told us about this prophecy about two decades ago. He said that the troubles in the Philippines will spread to the whole world until mankind is almost annihilated and a few will remain. Spratly Islands is being claimed wholly by China, Taiwan and Vietnam; and partly by Malaysia, Brunei and the Philippines, It is considered a tinderbox, a flash point. It is very rich in oil and gas resources, more than the reserve of Kuwait. The high price of oil may trigger the grabbing of these islands and start the war.
Four independent prophecies point to the certainty that this will happen. These are Nostradamus’ prophecies to happen around this time (quatrains 6:24 and 2:62) , the 56th Chinese prophecy of Tui Bei Tu (the past 55 prophecies have already been fulfilled) found at http://www.alexchiu.com/philosophy/corp3… and Wikipedia, Revelation 9:18 of the Holy Bible, and those that the Holy Spirit revealed to us. If you are interested in the details about these prophecies, please send me your request via email.
After the calamitous war, then we will have a new age, a spiritual awakening, an enlightenment, and peace for a long time. The population would have been reduced by a third and there will be much arable land that will be available. People will be living in planned cities and communities.
Isaiah 35:4 (KJV) states: “Say to them that are of a fearful heart, Be strong, fear not: behold, your God will come with vengeance, even God with a recompense; he will come and save you.â€
Well, now that i read people talking about “God” here, i wonder whats their definition of God? Isn’t God a term for a higher being with powers beyond the imganination of Humans? But since everyone thinks of God as Omnipotent and Omnipresent, why do we need to build monuments to please him? Why the idol worship, why build churches and cathedrals, mosques and temples? Doesn’t this make God to be an Egoistic being?
Say, If i want to please someone , i would just do something which would let that person know, i.e. that person has to “see” what i have done for him/her… But will it make any sense if that person is not able to see what i have done?? So, for me, all these symbols of worship point to the fact that “God” or “Gods” dwelt here on Earth among us… And they were no other than Anunnaki… There were various warring factions amongst the Anunnaki, and they got monuments built in their name/image as a symbolic to their power and also for marking their territories.. And the humans figured out that if they build monuments, the “Gods” will be pleased and reward them…
Another amazing thing is that NASA has put it firmly in peoples’ minds that the World will surely come to an End, but only after some 4-5 Billion Years…. Now , are there any facts behind this assumption? Any theories or data?
There is such big evidence that everything in the Universe is cyclic in nature.. Whatever begins must end… Through the Mayans and other ancient cultures, we are getting indications of the turn of an imminent cycle, why should we not believe it? There are no proofs to the contrary! People are going for NASA’s explanations, which are no more than straight denials, without any conclusive proofs! No wonder NASA is called “Never A Straight Answer” !!
We are not exactly talking about the “End”, but a “turn”, which points to something significant.. And the ancient texts have enough pointers towards what can be expected. It is worthwhile to go through some of them (Enuma Elish, Genesis etc.)… It won’t make any sense if we were to mention extracts from these Epics here…
Crop Circles, UFOs,Moon, Gods, Gold, ORME, Golden Mean, Phi, Mayans, Sumerians …… There is a lot to read about these.. And all these seemingly random things are actually inter-related!
Hey Bart!
Where are you from? Seems that you are the only one here who is online at the same time as me.. Otherwise i just submit my posts and wait for a whole day for the thread to move…
BTW, you said something about the “two” groups clubbing each other…… Well, some people have reasons to believe that these people are still amongst us and are driving the major powers of Earth against each other. Not that i firmly believe in this theory, but form what i have read, anything seems to be possible!
Leah, thanks for sharing your views about Abydos… I know a bit about that, i.e, the references to King Menes, Osiris Cult and Human Sacrifice.. But not much.. Can you refer a website which provides more info?
Now, i have come across something which might interest you.. I was reading about Iapetus (Saturn’s Moon)… Scientists (The NASA kind!) have provided some explanations for the various anomalies discovered through Cassini probe.. But i came across Richard Hoagland’s interpretation of the same, quite interesting…
I hope from my soul that prediction becomes true and new golden age starts. And I hope all the sinners will face unbearable pain and very frightful death and only virtuous people live.
yeah God Warrior woooo
all those sinners will get what they deserve in the end….
as for the rest of you, how long have you been doing this? did you do the same for the year 2000? what about 6/6/06 and all the other doomsdays in between. hell why not make ever day a doomsday cuz thats what its pretty close to. what’s next? 2020 something? 2030 something?
lmao but whatever helps you sleep at night
heres a site for all you 1012 believers, its quit laughable…..
http://www.bible.ca/pre-date-setters.htm
over 200 predictions and counting. theres preditctions that go way beyond 2012 as well. what makes you think that 12/21/2012 will be any different? and dont give me this crap about how “things are changing” and “global warming..” and “the government, blah blah blah.” people have been saying the same exact things for years.
natural disasters are about average and have been for a while if you take a look at the recorded history, and the american dollar is still one of the top 5 currencies, so all this changing in 4 years is highly unprobable. but go ahead and waste your time in front of a computer screen while the outside world passes by you. as for me, i’m going to enjoy my life and be back in 2013 to say “i told you so”
Time demands this change. Now this change will be for good cause . The world is contaminated. All those people who are responsible for contamination will be washed away by that change and there will be peace all around the world.
Hello Amit,
For anything ancient etc http://www.crystallinks.com is as good as any to get started. Just do a search for Abydos on google too.
I asked the question re Abydos because there have been no takers re when these carvings were made, because no matter which answer is chosen….its mind bending, along with the reasons for carving them.
Leah
Thanks Leah… Actually i tried Google, but could not find much.. Need to look deeper…
BTW, what do you think about Terrence McKenna’s theory?? I know that people have just ridiculed it as a figment of imagination…. Some people say that he just took 2012 and then went backwards to form his theory, but there are proofs that his theory was developed without any knowledge of the Mayan Calendar.. When i read about it, i found it quite logical… At least the part where he outlines the 3 defining revolutions in the history of mankind, i.e. 1. Agricultural Revolution 2. Industrial Revolution 3. IT Revolution. Another thing he pointed out was the acceleration in the progress between these stages.. And this reasoning seems logical, even though the Time Wave and Novelty factor may not be convincing enough..
Quarrentine, i just laughed out loud reading your comments….. Just doing some research about Earth Mysteries and having some belief in 2012 makes us crazy doomsday prophets or something?? And what makes you think that life is passing us by and we are just watching the PC Screen with White Faces typing at a frenetic pace!!!!
And on the other hand, you don’t even see the changes going on around you, not even “Global Warming” … Well, you may be sleeping with your eyes open! Good for you, because “Ignorance is Bliss” …. Enjoy your blissful life…
Dear Amit,
I’m in UK……so 4.40am here…….I’m a night owl…..but need to sleep soon. Try the web site I gave you and go from there. What would be the point of McKenna working the Mayan calendar backwards……..none, as his calculations showed more trends than just 2012. There’s a saying……No smoke without Fire. The ancients had knowlege for certain. It is for us to understand the legacy of knowlege they have left us.
Re my earlier post on ELDERS……Ancient civilisations have tread where we will tread in future. Even though our experiences will vary from theirs, they will be very similar.
Be well,
Leah
Lets all decent people wish for this change. If we all wish we can make this happen.
Be careful what you wish for…..
Well said Rico!!
Even a single intention is capable of manifestation, and when we talk about a global intent, then we must be careful in our wishes.. If everyone in the world wishes for peace, then all this turmoil will cease to an extent.. Even natue is not able to decipher what humans exactly want! An outside observer will surely feel that we are intent upon self destruction! LOL!
Some of you might have read about the concept of “The Hundredth Monkey”.. I’ll explain..
They did an experiment with monkeys on a group of islands in the Pacific. On one island, they taught a female monkey to wash its food prior to eating it. Eventually, some of the other monkeys on the same island began to observe the first monkey’s activity and then to copy her. Before long, most of the other monkeys on that island were washing their food. But, of course, not on the other islands. Until, suddenly the monkeys on the other islands without ever having seen another monkey wash their food, or being taught to do so by anyone, began washing their food as well!
The theory is that once enough monkeys began to do something, in this case, at least a hundred monkeys washing their food, then the concept was enough to form a thought pattern which monkeys on other islands could pick up on. Some sort of morphogenetic field.
The concept of the hundredth monkey is that if enough monkeys think something, then all monkeys become aware of the same thing. And! If enough human beings think something, then all human beings pick up on the idea! For example, if enough people think about peace on earth, then pretty soon, you get peace on earth! Isn’t that incredible!?
Dear Amit,
Re your last post read Rupert Sheldrake, he has written and proved there is COLLECTIVE CONSCIOUSNESS within every species, and a collective that includes all species.
There has been research into the fact that, when the time is right for an e.g. Invention /discovery……several people around the world will all come up with the same thing in a short period of time, without being in touch with eachother.
We use many sayings that could describe this phenomena…..Being IN TUNE, of one mind, on the same page, same wave length.
Also check out Schumann Resonances. Thoughts are electrical, radio waves even. Rico is correct that, people must lend deeper thought to what the want and be careful what they wish for. Wishes need to be well thought out along with their consequences. They are blue prints for the future and require much planning, if they are to cause no harm down line.
Example of a simple bad wish……Never want to see ????? again……could result in the wisher loosing their sight.
Be well
strange, if the maya’s were so smart, why did they believe in human sacrifices
I’m just some twentysomething, who knows nothing really about mayan history, and only one year’s basic astronomy course under his belt.
I was just thinking about this today…
Haha if I published this, maybe I’d make more money than I would at my job.
If supposedly the magnetic field switches from N to S, and we pass through the astral/galactic/ultimate/final plane and all the planets align, wouldn’t that cause some disturbance in terms of electromagnetic fields?
…
I honestly don’t know how I’m going to phrase this, but today’s ‘modern’ culture is based off of acquiring objects. Materialism. I’d know best, I live in NYC, I’ll admit to buying a ton of thing for little to no reason…
Anyway. I’m not sure how much you guys know about the fiat system of banks is, but basically, America’s economy is no longer based off of anything tangible. Liquid assets are just that: Numbers. People have different opinions on the subject, but nonetheless…
If all the computers/internet/circuitry in the world were to bite the dust, the American economy, along with several other major economies would do the same, no? Everyone would be reduced to zero, they’d only have their immediate possessions and not only that, what’s to stop some opportunist from grabbing them from you?
Materialism would end. New consciousness, new choices, no more idiot trailer park characters, no more mass devotion to sports teams for no good reason, no more long distance communication (can you remember what it was like that one day you didnt have a cell phone?)
With the end of materialism, modern cultures would no longer have as many destructive habits (I mean, there’d be chaos for a while, but eventually something would work out) and we’d be forced to work on relevant issues at hand, which don’t include what celebrities are doing, how to make more money (’cause there won’t be any), and what sports game is on next.
Massive simplification. An apocalypse for some, positive change for others.
Sorry if all that sounds dumb, I was just pondering and wondered what you guys thought.
Crap, I only have 3 1/2 more years to write a book about the impending end…
Wow, this makes me feel alot better about this, i’m only fourteen and my friend was freaking out about this, i’m going to get him to read this and hope he gets it. this was an incredibly writen article, great job man
Hi Just Some Kid,
The galactic plane is not wfaer thin as some imagine, and we must be in or very near its influence already. I must admit my concerns too, are the effects of alignment with our sun and the galactic plane etc all at once.
You have addressed an important point. Alignment will in itself be a short time, but in terms of frequencies that we could be exposed to…..a second is all it takes to cause problems. Maybe we need a voluntary power shut down around the time of alignment.
Leah
Yes Leah, i have read about Schumann’s Resonance… And the fact that it has been accelerating, and the acceleration coincides with the flow of Novelty lends credence to both the theories.. And i have been a long time believer in Collective Consciousness..
Lynne McTaggart is another person who has successfully demonstrated this through her Intention Experiments!
You are very right about thoughts, just think of it, when man-made (Artificial) voice and pictures and data can be transported through thin air, why not thoughts? Because they are the product of an instrument which is a million times more advnaced than the most pwerful computer on Earth, our Brain! Thoughts have their own frequency and if you have positive thoughts, other thoughts on the same frequency will be attracted to you, i.e. Positive Thoughts.. I read this somewhere – “If you desire somthing from the bottom of your heart, the whole universe conspires to bring it to you” .. And i have experienced thsi in my life as well, i am very aware about my thoughts and i am slowly weeding out all Negative thoughts from my system, and it is improving my life vastly… While driving i used to curse when someone cut me off , now i just say a small prayer for the safety of that person! Sometimes, I used to get jealous when i saw people having so much more wealth than me, but now i don’t feel that way, i am learning to be content and i know that i will get all that i need!
Just Some Kid, your thinking tells us that you are much more mature than a kid…. Like you i am also in my 20s, late 20s rather.. And i really agree with what you said..
Sometimes i just wonder whats the purpose of this Mass Industrialisation? One industry is supporting second and the second supports a third and so on and so forth… But at the end of the day, you just need Food, Shelter and Clothing! Why have we made it so complicated? We should go back to the age of simplicity…. The Return of Innocence…
The World has become such a competitive place, everyone is competing with everyone else! And this is whats being taught in schools and colleges these days! The whole system is fake, it produces Robots! We rely on the opinion of others, the so called “Society” to know whats right and whats wrong! We have stopped listening to our heart and our soul….. The key word is cooperation and coexistence.
We should become free from the restraints that inhibit the expression of our genuine being! Individuality should no longer be defined by external values, but by our inner values. No more competition, guilt, fratricidal power strife, and the necessity for scapegoats. We must learn to be responsible for ourselves..
By being conscious of the drama of our lives, we can bear witness to our own evolution. Instead of unconscious martyrdom, instead of looking for scapegoats for our so-called problems, we can forego questions of ‘Why is this happening to me?’ and replace them with ‘What is the meaning of this?’ ‘What can it teach me?’ and ‘Whom or what does it serve?’ It’s the guide to the direction and purpose of our lives.
Hear me out. I was alittle skeptical at first but now have grown into a optimstic fascination about this whole 2012 debacle. There are Craters all around the earth, pasted on the moon, covered by mars and other planets and yet we havent seen anything of its sort in many a decade. Crop Circles, Ufo sightings, testimonies from the mayans and other ancient populations who have wrote about such experiences. How can a nation, who so religiously praise something, God, whom they have never seen, never witnessed, nor ever been associated with not believe in some of these things that our nation is also trying to cover up. Religion is nothing more than a faith based cult for people who cannot deal with lifes difficulties on their own and look for answers from someone who they believe is there. But for some reason those same people won’t believe in something that has been seen, talked about, and so precisly laid into our hands to take as an offering. Doesnt make sense. I am not encourging aetheism nor am I promoting scientology But look at the facts here. There have been meteors that have hit the earth and the moon but yet no one has ever seen or witnessed this, BUT, there is proof that it has happened. Which means that it WILL happen again. How can something so fierce impact earth and never come around again. How can atlantis fall and be the only city ever to be demolished and that never happen again. Tests have been done and the craters found on earth are from thousands and thousands of years ago. Something happens at a certain time and at that same time all the time and we just so happen to inhabit this wonderland when the time is right for it to happen again. We are not out of the clear and actually flattering for me may happen while our generation still walks this earth. I mean seriously look at what our lives entail. we rationalize the irrational and ignore the real just sowe can live in peace. How can so many ufo sightings and crop circles come to and no one believe in something more universal than us. And to be quite honest, crop circles are not man made. Some may be, but after reading this take a look at some of them and you tell me whether you think you can do that and not only do it do it at night in one night. I just wished people would be more optimistic about these things because they are real. No I dont believe in ghosts nor do I belive in monsters or magic. Why? because there is no proven evidence on any of these. What I have talked about all have provn evidence that they are real, and if not why area 51. People need to lighten up on some of these things and not live in the fear of living with what we cannot conceive but rather live in an environment that they want to understand. Just look a the facts, why believe something with no justifiable truth and not believe in something that has more than enough proven evidence to make this earth a martian lanching pad.
And just to make a point cause I know someone will say something about the bible. Harry potter has more pages, more books. Any one think he is real? Not only that the bible is the fiction area of the library. There are theories that disprove the bible. Nothing can disprove a crater 3 miles long. Nothing can disprove ancient carvings sighting 2 moons and flying objects. people open your eyes and see the truth. If you can see it with your eyes aint no reason to dream out it.
It’s kinda sad to know that people freak out about this stuff, but o well be funny when that day comes and nothing happens lol.
Well said Anthony…. I agree with most of what you said.. The craters on Moon and Mars do tell a story.. And more significant are the volcanoes present on Mars, read about Cydonia and you will know what i mean… The exact positioning of Volcanoes there and the relation to major volcanoes in Earth is astounding!
I have said earlier on this post, that somehow we feel that Earth is sacrosanct and nothing wll happen to us!! We are literally like a Pigeon who just shuts his eyes in times of adversity!
But there is one point you made which i do not agree with. Thats about Bible.. Actually Bible is not wrong, its just the way it presents the facts… When you compare it with Enuma Elish, you will be able to make the connection.. All the dicrepancies in the Bible become clear.. The concept of God, Gold, creation etc are defined so clearly there…. Its all very logical and thus believable!
Just some kid, Amit
I agree with you that all we need is food, shelter and a life of simplicity seems heavenly at this point. Less wars and things to worry about. If anything were to happen in 2012 I hope for that. It’s true that the internet brings us together, and cell phones have their functions, but we don’t need that to survive. It would be nice to live a stress free, worry free life instead of all this materialism that the media promotes, and money running our lives instead of more important things, but maybe that’s just a crazy dream…..
Amit
I like what you stated about out Holy Bible. I have noticed or heard that the bible has also been so modified from what it originally was. A bible I had once 10 years ago is already so different only a decade later. I feel it is because of this moderation instead of the true words of our lord is what makes people deny or doubt it so. Which is sad because believers of today should have the true word of God!
A wise man once said: “If you can take the emotion out of any situation, then and only then can you look at it logically”. Powerful words that can be difficult to implement in one’s own life. It’s very hard to be honest with yourself at times. We are becoming an “Irrational People.” That’s to say we can rationalize almost anything if we lose site of the facts while gripping tight to the emotion or feeling. So then…is it possible for seemingly rational, intelligent, caring people…people of any walk of life to be blinded by their opinions…or their hatred? It happens all the time. Ask yourself if your politics and your opinions are based on emotion or facts!
A very Good point Courtney!
We are driven by emotions, and those emotions are driven by the feeling of others.. Thats where we are going wrong.. Our perception of right and wrong is very irrational…
The saying you quoted here is very apt. It can be aplied by anyone to their daily lives.. eg. i am in the service industry, and in the past when someone used to come to me with a problem and was angry about it, i used to take it as a personal affront (Emotions playing their role) , and retaliated like wise. But now i have learned to put Emotions aside and think practically.. In other words, “Walking a mile in the other person’s shoes..”. It works!
But on the other hand, it would be unfair to expect ourselves to be absolutely free of Emotions! Then we would be Robots! What needs to be learnt is the application of Emotions and control over emotions.. i.e. a clear understanding of where to use emotions and where to use logic….
There would not be any problem in the world if all people are honest to themselves.. This is what i mentioned in my earlier post.
Courtney, you said something about Internet, technology etc bringing people together.. But i would like to ask “To what effect?” They are actualy helping people drift apart from each other and live in their own shells! Where is the quality time? You just send a Text or or forward Chain Mails to friends and think you are in touch!! All this technology is also affecting the Work-Home Balance in life.. Laptops, Blackberries, I-Phones are making people glued totheir work 24/7.. Even vacations are no longer what they used to be cos you are still working!
The reason? Competition!
Whats the use of all thsi technology if its only increasing our stress and causing more and more competition!! “I” this and “E” that….. If you ask me, all these “I”s and “e”s need to be thrown away! This Global Industry needs a shut down! We need a simple life, going back to the basics! But guess what? Thats not possible, because we just cannot do that on our own! We need help, and BIG help… A cataclysm of Global Scale… And then we wont have any option!! I will be happy to see that, if i survive that event.. And even if i don’t i will be happy for the future generations!
Amit
I may have used bad wording, I meant the internet gives people information and I know you have met people on here and have been able to state your opinions, but other than that the internet has no other uses and we can all live a happy and full life without it. the internet gives us information to one another like this whole 2012 thing, but maybe it’s better if we didn’t know.
As I mentioned before, a life of simplicity would be heavenly right about now, but like you said that’s impossible. But I will try my best to live a happy life other wise and so should everyone else. Time passes so quickly when you sit down in front of the television or computer screen then before you know it the entire day has passed before you. That’s not how a person should live, and that’s not how this world should be. If anything happens in 2012 I hope that it reverts us to a life of simplicity. The mayans felt it would put us into a golden age, I can only hope they were right.
Yes Courtney, we can only hope and pray…. But apart from that we can change our lives, we shold become more positive and imbibe empathy in our lives.. We should start caring for others as well..Individuals are not expected bring about Global changes, but when all of us create an impact on our spheres of influence, it will collectively make the world a happy place….
People have all the wrong notions about 2012.. I will tell you my experience, when i started reading about this, i came across a whole lot of other connected theories and concepts such as Collective Consciousness, Intention etc. All these gave me a fresh perspective on life. And through the application of these novel concepts, i am already observing positive changes in my life.. I am becoming more spiritual (Not in the religious way). Maybe this is what is meant by Dimensional Shift and the shift in consciousness that some people have predicted……. Maybe everyone in the world is experiencing a change in their thought process…..
And you know what, nothing brings people together like adverse times… You may have seen large families where every member is living worlds apart, but if there is a tragedy, then the whole family comes together and bonds.. This is a sort of depressing example, but i think to Heal the World, to bring the people together, a Mass Tragedy is required, which affects every nation and every person! I know i am going to get plenty of “Hate Mail” in return for this post, but this is what i feel and i have no reason to hold back my thoughts.. I wish there was an easier way out, but this seems to be the only solution!
now that u bring that up i have read about what someone called as “indigo children” they are supposed to be children who will be very intelligent and bring about a future where every person of this earth will be working together, similar to what you mentioned about we all being one conciseness.
but for now all we can do it suspect for we will never know until it happens.
So Amit, basically you are saying you are becoming more of a weirdo than you already are? Thanks for sharing, hopefully you don’t start up the next Jimmy Jones cult because you sound like you are at the beginning stages, get help!
Dear Amit,
People should not write hate mail, air ideas and opinions…..yes, no need to hate.
A word of wisdom……to wish for all technology to disappear… creating what you think of as a simpler, better life due to catastrophe….i.e. go backwards…..seems good on the surface.
Only the older generations would survive those conditions. Imagine, the smallest cut on a fingure could fester and the infection could kill a person.
Besides who REALLY wants to live through world catastrophe……it only looks exciting in a Movie, because it is under the control of a director, and people always overcome and survive….otherwise who would watch…..no one would watch the human species loosing.
With no power (and few bees to make wax for candle…even if a person had and knew how to deal with bees) the sun is your only lightbulb. Heating….cut down some trees or burn furniture etc. Food runs out as we know it…..no food growing in everyones back yards…..so now people have to kill to eat. Plus with limited food supplies, choices have to made….who eats and who doesn’t…..old and sick versus young and healthy. Medicines run out…..simplest things kill people. Water, the most necessary thing for life…..how can anyone be sure if the water is potable, nevermind safe. Dealing with the dead is a whole different ball game. The list is endless.
I certainly wish better for my daughter and all life on Earth, including the animals, vegetation and Earth itself. So few consider life other than human as being equally precious.
A better life would be, to utilise our knowlege and resources in a beneficial way for all.
E.g. We could have clean energy, wind, sun etc, but the reason we don’t…..costs too much to set up in a short time, and the reluctance for the producers to let go of the old ways, wanting to milk the investment in their equiptment for profit, for as long as it lasts….even if the polution kills them too.
We need a change of attitude and perspective, that takes Earth forward into the future as safely as is possible. This is the shift that we are in now on a spiritual and conscience level.
The thing you are right about, is that PAIN makes people listen and do something about that which pains them. So sad that so many people still don’t understand the value of PREVENTION, and all due to complacency and convenience. Poison the world today and to hell with tomorrow.
Sorry for the long windedness. I for one have not found a way to lie to myself. I’ve taken a 51 year long hard look at the world, the solutions are out there and within. Everyone only ever finds what they go looking for.
Wouldn’t it be wierd if life after death were the sum total of a persons wishes….being obliged to live ones own wishes…now there’s a thought….hell for some and heaven for others.
Best wishes as always,
Leah
Dear Amit,
Celebration of a new born or a wedding…..new beginnings, bring people together more than a funeral. I would know as I’ve been the owner of a hotel, with restaurants, bars and function room, and have lost count of such events I’ve organise.
The difference in attitude is…..funerals attended out of duty……christenings and weddings etc attended out of joy, drawing a far greater attendance.
Its the joy of a better future that needs to be cultivated by each individual……then do something, no matter how small, to bring that future into existance. Use a little less petrol, electricity, gas, and replace using harmful chemicals with more eco friendly ones (better still study natures gifts, lavender, lemons, garlic etc etc and their uses), recycle. Use proper shopping bags, not disposable ones…..or disposable anything, that can be avoided, especially nappies. This list too is endless.
Market products are only a reaction to demand, market forces….being people. People need to demand different, that is if they truly want different.
There’s the RUB, do people really want things to improve, or do they just say so, to look like they fit in with popular consensus…..not wishing to be the odd one out.
Leah
Great article.
Wisdom is born out of observing everything from all perspetives. Only then, can there be a better understanding and appreciation, but even then it is incomplete..
There never were, only 2 sides to anything.
You all had better wake up and realize that the world will end and Jesus Christ will return when he says times up for us . The bible is real and time is very short on this planet. We have been on this planet for about 6,000 years.Things are not getting better but worse .Except for those that know Jesus. What will you choose to do Follow God or Follow the Antichrist . Will you Refuse the microchip? Because its coming soon to Your right hand or forehead. I will die before i take it Because i know what side im on .
Hi Leah….
You are very wise….. I agree with what you said about a Global Catastrophe. Perhaps i was getting carried away..
I wish all these alternative technologies make some giant strides soon.. We need alternate fuel quickly.. And in some more time we would also need alternate food , water and air as well ! Technology is important, but our roots should not be forgotten, the key to the future lies in the past…
And you are very right about having all the perspectives open! If we singularly belive in the possibility of something happening in 2012, then we would become like some of the “other” people here! Our mind must be open to all kind of thoughts….
Hi Amit,
We have the techno for clean fuel….its getting it out there, that’s the problem. E.g. read Tesla, and research magnetic motors.
Its all a very touchy and delicate situation…..too much change too fast can be a killer as much as not enough change. At some stage people are going to have to accept that the human species is eating itself and other species, out of house and home. And what we don’t consume we pollute. This planet cannot support the rising human population.
I wrote a workable and respectful suggestion re halting population explosion earlier in the thread.
Brian, Thanks for your kind advice! But no thanks.. i don’t need any help!
I don’t even who the hell is Jimmy Jones! And starting a cult is not my cup of tea.. I am happy enough to apply my thoughts and beliefs to myself!
As for me being a weirdo and becoming more weird…. Well, what can i say. You are free to have an opinion and air it! But Sir, your freedom ends where my nose begins!
On second thoughts, if depraved and ignorant people like you are considered to be “normal”, then i thank you for the compliment of calling me a weirdo!
The people who think that only what they believe, is in fact true…..and only what they believe exists….truly exists…..are all in for some very big suprises, some of which are unpleasant. Reality often is.
Everything that is…..requires no permission or belief, from anyone.
Yes Leah… I remember what you said about halting population explosion… But those measures cannot be implemented to the grass root level, especially in countries like mine… There has to be some way to take this responsibility to each and every individual.. We all need to be conscious about what we are doing to Earth.. Even small actions when taken by everyone will contribute to a big change.. We should at least start with Water Conservation and Pollution Control… The Big Economies are spending so much on wars, and even in peace time their defense spending is astronomical!! If all this money goes into a sort of Earth Reformation Project, it would do wonders! All the nations need to form a peace pact! But its easier said than done! I wonder if there is any way to dissolve the boundaries and make Earth a “Single Nation” !!
Leah, don’t you feel that if this thread was really a Live Debate, we would have already lost our voices long time back crying hoarse, telling people to open their eyes and their minds!
When these events have happened in the past, and there is some sort of cycle that pulls the trigger, and now that we have indications towards the turn of another cycle, whats the reason for not believing it??
I think Earh has had enough! The automatic flushing system will soon take effect… Its like pulling a Rubber band, you can only pull it to a certain extent, after which it retracts or breaks, and we are very close to that extreme now! Its i our hands whether to ease up and cause retraction or keep pulling and cause a break!
pagination is required , it takes so much time to scroll down from top to bottom.
Dear Amit,
No doubt you’ve heard about the New World Order which many are against. Again a delicate situation. Peoples customs and traditions, likewise their territory must be respected, just like we all want guests to respect us and our homes when they visit.
There is an urgent need though for Global management e.g. Earth’s health, along with that of animals and vegetation etc. Its destructive for one country in the southern hemisphere to fell the rain forrests, which are the lungs for the whole planet, not just their country.
Worse still for countrys in the Northern hemisphere to plant trees, thinking it will compensate……it doesn’t. There needs to be a balanced ratio between north and south. Look into photosynthesis….CO2 uptake and the seasonal cycles.
This is just one of many things that must be managed globally, along with farming practices.
Re population…..I had firmly placed the onus with individuals….namely women…..the Mothers. Decide to have only 2 children each over the coming years, and population will decrease naturally very quickly. I don’t know where you live Amit, but if a woman had a choice……have 6 children of which maybe 2 survive badly…..or have 2 children that survive well….due to the families resources not being overstretched and shared amongst so many….which would she choose.
I am fully aware of all world traditions re family, children and relations between spouses, etc. Life is one big compromise no matter where you live……its a case of proposing a compromise that is acceptable and desirable to potential and existing parents world wide. Its not for me to interfere and rock the boat, but I know it can be achieved, even taking into account human psycology, accidental births of more than 2 in a family etc. All “BUT BUT BUTs” covered, hence 2 children only.
NO, if this were a Live Debate, we’d be the only ones left, You, Becky, Rico, me etc, just as we are here. Those that believe they know it all, get bored easily and leave.
Best wishes,
Leah
The new world order is coming soon by the way of obama if any of you had listened to his speech yesterday on the news .He wants to remove all borders and spread the wealth all around the world . what other person besides the pope has gone to many countries in a week and had so many followers over 200,000 in germany yesterday and the all love him. glenn beck said what does he think he is king or president . i think he thinks that he will be supreme ruler of all the nations very soon . so watch and wake up christians because time is very short and be prepared for the new world order
Dear misguided prophet Amit,
You are not happy enough to spread your thoughts and beliefs because you are spouting your crap here!
I am ignorant and depraved? Ok, well on a large scale we all are because there is not one person that exists that truly knows what cards the universe has laid out for us and especially when it is going to happen. Your “indications” as you say are among what many other humans posess from an obsessive compulsive personality abnd psychological imbalances.
With a statement such as this: “The automatic flushing system will soon take effect” how can you blame any of us from thinking you are anything but a weirdo!
Correction:
You are not happy enough to spread your thoughts and beliefs to yourself as you say.
good morning, all!! once again, i find myself at a loss for words…leah, amit, rico, courtney—ALL who have so unselfishely contributed their thoughts and ideas to this thread—
my personal beliefs have not only been reiterated time and time again, but also reinforced by many who can say it so much better than i…for that i thank you all…
for me, what it all boils down to it TAKING PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY…BE RESPONSIBLE in every aspect of your life…it cannot always be about instant gratification…putting it off until tomorrow…thinking that it cannot or will not ever happen to me…or it doesn’t count because that’s not about me…none of us are EXEMPT!!!! NO ONE!!! some of us “get it”…some never will…and that is the tragedy in this story…for many–everyday—there are no happy endings…once again, this is the point where i need to revert back to the goodness and kindness that still lives in the hearts of all mankind….
in the days to come, many will have rely on that goodness and kindness to help sustain them…it may become a little “tapped”-like all other resources, but it will remain in tack…at some point time, some of us may need to depend on that very goodness and kindness ourselves.
so–now i ask you—why not start now to prepare??? why not take responsibility for our lives??? why not live all days like they are our last, and start stock-piling the things in our hearts and minds, that is needed to help family, friends, loved ones, not only on a day to day basis, but also to sustain in the face of adversity, tragedy or catastrophe??? why wait until it is beating on your door, running through your home, pillaging your neighborhood, or leveling your block???
why wait for anything??? be responsible today–right now…that’s really all we have-with certainty–right now…make it count-make it matter…do not trick yourselves into believing that you are exempt…
i am not saying you have to take on the world—all i am staying is to start small…love(for ALL THINGS), respect and charity begin in heart and at home… “clean you own doorsteps first”..
Dear Brian,
US from thinking you are a wierdo !
Please don’t speak on behalf of me or anyone else. You are entitled to Your opinion even re any of us, but please have the courage to write “I” instead of US, when voicing your singular opinion.
There is a huge difference between Critique and Critising for the sake of it.
just an added footnote: one does not need to “agree” in order to understand…understanding is the key that opens and hinges all doors…
Leah, I was referring to anyone that happens to agree with me. Not everyone does but I am sure I am not alone.
thank you, leah–i, too, am NOT one of those
“US”‘s
And Becky and Leah, do you think “The automatic flushing system will soon take effect” is simply an opinion? A little over the top methinks. And Leah thinks after me reading that that I am critisizing for the sake of it?!
Sorry then Becky what are you? A philosopher? Telling us to prepare ourselves for what? Should you not be out there preparing yourself or enjoying every minute that life has to offer instead of spending hours and hours writing on this board?
brian–the difference here, is that no one labeled you with a name for what you believe…there is no place or room for that when there is an open exchange of ideas…respect for thoughts not like your own would NOT be out of line…it is an open forum…all angles are appreciated…how else would we be able to see the “big picture”?
Dear Brian,
Thank you for making your intimations clear, it helps.
More importantly, given the overall conditions of life at present…..war looming, climatic problems, food shortage, disease, total financial meltdown etc…..I’m genuinely interested in your view as to why things are, and will be fine. I need to understand your optimism. Keep in mind I don’t see only doom and gloom myself.
Best wishes,
Leah
The more the perspectives, the clearer the big picture. Your perspective, Brian, matters equally as much as any other.
Nature has many cyclical “Flushing out”, “Cleansing”, “Weeding out” mechanisms.
To keep it short…..every winter season is about weeding out the weak and the sick. The climate cycles e.g cooling and heating of Earth is a longer cycle. Ice caps melt, ocean levels rise, ancient bacteria and viruses are released that present lifeforms have no immunity to , (except those few that still have genetic memory and therefore immunity against those pathogens).
There are many, all of which are cyclical and occur by formula, not by the written calendar. None of these cycles are under the control of humans, but they can be understood in order to better accomodate them and not succomb to them.
i have a life, brian–a wonderful life!!! i am blessed and so very grateful for it all…and i thank you for your concerns…a philosopher, i am not…again, another name, another label…why???
Hi Becky,
Day off ? Me thinks you a Philosopher. Many of us are. Thank you for reminding me of one of the most imoprtant things missing in the world……The human species has lost or binned its philosophy for life.
Part of my philosophy as you know is…..RESPECT….EVERYTHING.
Leah
good point, leah–everything goes in cycles…either by design or by manipulation…
everything repeats itself, only in different ways…one of the more recent recorded “flushes” could have been the biblical tale of noah’s ark…there were many before, and many to follow–the results were the same…
Becky,
Whats your feeling re this time round……reboot all over again…..or is there the slightest chance we’ll move forward ?
Leah
brian–i hope you fully understand that i am not picking on you or singling you out…furthest thing from my mind!!!! PLEASE KNOW IT IS NOT MY INTENT TO SHUT YOU UP–BUT TO OPEN YOU UP!!!!
…and once again, i thank you
Becky no offence, but nothing you can write has the potential to shut me up nor do I need to open up. I am open….I am just not open to prophesizing. I am not open accepting what posters here have to say about we need to all change and “purify” ourselves. I think we all have different ways of dealing with our everyday lives so a little less preaching would be appreciated.
I am aware of the earth’s slow erosion on many different levels. Any simpleton knows that life on earth cannot exist for eternity without a time of global face-washing. The joke here is looking for prophecies and signs or specific dates. Life on this planet will end one day in a manner that we cannot predict. It could be tomorrow by an asteroid or in a 1000 years or more by disease.
That is my point.
ABSOLUTELY– leah!!!! what we forget is that no matter what happens, it happens for a reason…and there will be a blessing hidden in there somewhere…we just do not recognize it as such…if you try to envision the absolute worst possible scenerio, be it the destruction of our planet for whatever reason, or the desimation of mankind, there are going to be survirors…lifeform of some kind left to live on, rebuild, evolve…it would be my hope that when we “Reboot”, we are better, wiser, and have a newfound appreciation and respect for life of all kinds…
please bear with me for just a second, because i’m about to trek out into left field again…but…please consider this scenerio as well…we have talked about the bunkers that have been built to house and protect the “chosen few” should catastrophy of epidemic proportion befall planet earth…these would be governments and the ones they saw fit to survive….WHAT IF, during the course of this cataclysmic event, those bunkers somehow collapsed, or the rocks and foundations they were built on gave way, and everyone got trapped in these bunkers built and designed to protect them…they become gigantic tombs…
now consider those outside the tombs that survived…they would be worn for wear, but they would be working together, helping each other…much like we do now…only they would be our new leaders…and in my mind–maybe just a fairy tale–i can’t help but believe that those survivors would have a newfound appreciation and respect for life…and that is what they would rebuild on….
once again—the goodness and kindness that lives in the hearts of mankind…that in, and of itself, would be a blessing…
i do not know if something like this is what it would take to make us reboot, leah…but at some point in time, we have to stop…
i fully understand that this is only a scenerio i have created in my little mind…i fully understand, that once again, i have laid myself wide open—but that’s okay…i believe in mankind…hope springs eternal…i believe that no matter what befalls us or when…something good will come of it…
i hope i understood your question, and i hope that in a “round-about” way, i answered it…
best wishes…
Bad Bart,
What you waiting for, I canfeel you have something to contribute. Will check later.
Leah
brian–i humbly step down from my podium…was not aware that i was preaching…i am very happy for you that you are content and have found inner peace with yourself—i have that, too…i just strive to be a little better each day…there is always room for improvement…we all have different levels of spirituality–not to be confused with religious beliefs…it is that spirituality that drives me to want to do better, be better, and that in turn affects those around me…no sermon intended…it’s just what works for me…
speak to us–bad bart!!!! was it something i said???
im not saying i believe this bull will actually happen, but what i will say is that the world has to end someday. it can’t stay hear for ever. “For anything that is created, anything can be destroyed.”
I’m in the middle of reading a book called Apocalypse 2012, where the author explained the Mayan’s choice of the number 13. Apparently (who knows if this guy is correct):
The number 13 corresponds to the number of nodes on a human body.
One neck, two shoulders, two elbows, two wrists, two hips, two knees, two ankles.
Hope that helped …
This 2012 stuff better not be true!
well, it was all too good. all these opinions and arguments and discussions. They some how made feel like brothers and sisters arguing over a very genius matter which is not going to end with any out come. Well i apologize if any one did not like the word brothers and sisters, but at last; i found a place with some sense on my computer. Thank you all guys, I love this place.
Well bryan was practical and amit was informative and leah was good neutralizer, but the thing is we are all seeing the world ending in front of our eyes and still arguing on the matter, weather yester centuries people were correct or not!
Guy’s, listen, world was not made in one day. Evolution of life did not take place in one day. So all of these is not going to end in one day. It has already started and we are already seeing it with our own eyes. Wake up. World is nothing with out all this nature, forces, creatures and offcourse human beings. all of these are fading away bit by bit. Un known epidemics are taking away animal worlds, unfamiliar deseases are swiping away human lives, unexplainable natural forces are wiping off the mere existence of islands on whole. All these are not going to come back. I am not being sarcastic or negetive here. But there is no reason in fearing the end of the earth. When it happens, it happens to all. As they say, every sentence does end and every sentence has to come to full stop.
Instead of panicing thinking about what the end is going to be like, why dont we make our precence a bit more sweeter. well offcourse we cant explain this to people who are busy making bombs or busy building political career’s. Actually i kind of wonder about their mental state. what are these politicians and ‘others’ running after!
God, where am “I” actually going ! I think its too much of phylosophy for one day.
one last thought for the day—we will go full circle—and the cycle of life WILL begin once again…
Or the thought of this all being a hoax, might possibly be the ignorance of man. what about our country, along with other countries building underground facilities to house hundreds of thousands of people?
Will our discussion change what will be?
If we knew the outcome, then what?
I’ve come to the conclusion we are just along for the ride.
perhaps i fear not of what my future holds because, through extensive testing, I have been proven to be one of these “star” or “indigo children” that someone else mentioned.
I have a feeling of needing to be around, like I was put on this planet to do something. Some may say that is a selfish or ignorant feeling, but it is important for those who are supposed to bring a conscious oneness to this planet. My love for animals, creativity, and spiritual awareness also makes me an indigo child. this does indeed tie into 2012 in a few ways
No matter which theory you are in favor, 2012, as opposite to all other end-of-the-world dates, has some scientific background behind it, and seems to be most believable of them all. The thing is, all different sources whether religious, scientific or historical point to 2012 which makes it very interesting if not scary.
for the record, there are MANY who do not view this date as a “doomsday”, but rather as a point of profound transformation- be it of human consciousness specifically or of the dominant energies within “reach” of our planet which would thereby alter the way we, as conscious and receptive beings, relate to our world. this is based on a precise astronomical alignment which has been verified by astrophysicists.
science attests to the fact that “energies” within and surrounding earth’s atmosphere affect every level of life on this planet- changes in the electromagnetic field for example, which this astronomical event would trigger.
not everyone thinks in black and white… thank god
Well, people still believe in a god, so why not this? It was written a long time ago and somehow that lends it credibility. Go figure.
Dear Annette,
Thank you for your kindness. I haven’t voiced my opinions as I don’t wish to influence people in forming their opinions. Instead I raise questions, what ifs, and suggest subjects that people may wish to investigate for themselves.
I’ve had plenty experience neutralising heated arguments and fights, sucessfully.
I have abstained from saying what you quite rightly have pointed out……its been “2012” for some time now. As an actor put it tonight in the movie I went to see…..People don’t panic when they know something is a part of the plan (e.g. war and the build up to it).
Pre conditioning by way of consistant repetative exposure to a given problem is tantamount to programing people to become complacent and matter of fact about it, even accepting the problem as the norm.
Be well,
Leah
So you’re telling me that even though we can’t accurately predict what the weather will be like a week from now, Mayans from over a thousand years ago predicted the end of the world down to the day.
I need to get a Mayan to go with me to Vegas.
Hello Llywelyn,
Forgive me for asking, are you Welsh ? I was born there.
Glad you mentioned the electromagnetic field…..everyone should at least have a basic understanding of how it works and what it represents to all life. Birds dropping from the sky and the disappearance of so many bees is an introduction to just some of the effects, that will increase in both intensity and variety as we approach alignment.
Best wishes,
Leah
Dear Brastius,
The Mayans weren’t concerned with the local weather on a day to day basis, they studied Astronomy.
no, not welsh- it’s just a moniker of sorts.
and i’m glad you began to illuminate a little more about the effects of the EMF. it’s kind of amazing that we’re not more aware of it in general, given the influence it exerts. i suppose it has something to do w/ the prevalence of resistance to acknowledging “intangibles” (even despite documented scientific bases, oftentimes…)- although this condition seems to be improving all the time, as the effects of “things invisible” prove undeniable, and as we, perhaps, begin to shift inwardly in accordance with the outer shift that’s taking place…
The doomsday theory being spoken about here is based upon MUCH more than just the fact that the calender ends. If you’re going to try to debunk something, and make fun of the theory while you’re at it, you’d better come prepared. This article simplifies and dilutes the theory into something it is not. The calender ending is a tiny bit of evidence in a sea of evidence for this theory. I am unimpressed – what a terrible way to argue.
ignorance—or propoganda, rob…depends on how you want to look at it…those bunkers are for the chosen few…not any of “us”…it will be interesting to see how that plays out…those very bunkers may become graves…
So to put it in a nut shell…. there are accounts, stories and legends about a great flood / cataclism that are told by all the peoples / tribes / nations on earth.
Likewise 2012 etc is a re-occuring date that is not limited to Mayan culture, the Egyptians knew as did the Chinese etc etc.
No smoke without fire.
Good morning Becky,
This one is relative to, just how quickly and comprehensively Peoples world wide are capable of banding together, co-operate and work together for a common goal.
E.G. during World War 2 the USA’s factories were re-tooled to manufacture weapons, in 6 months flat. I don’t know how long it took all other countries to do the same, but it can’t have been longer than the duration of the war.
If the wrold wanted to, it could do a repeat performance to re-tool and produce the eqiptment for Eco friendly power production, cars, and other equiptment. Problem is that, the Eco system is not yet viewed as a common cause to do so. The changes have not, and are not visible enough on a daily basis to be taken seriously. The changes are just too SUBTLE.
Leah
Couple of technical findings are greatly simplified in this article. Although well put, this is not scientific enough to think against 2012. Regardless of more advanced ancient civilizations, there are very advanced web-bots searching Internet and generating December 21, 2012 as a catastrophic date. Maybe I am idiot too, however we can hardly see the movements of recently found 10th planet, with our current technology. Before 1930s believers of 9th planet were called as jerks. 15 thousand years ago people draw exact orbits of 19 planets in our system and we barely can see and understand 10 of them. Ancients found that there was a 19th planet runs around the sun as eclipse shape every 3661 years. They showed that 2012 will be the next cycle. Why would they come up with 19 planets, and 9 of them are exactly what we found thousand years later. We long know that December 21, 2012 is one of the the most interesting dates and it is end of a 26,000 years cycle where the poles will shift and the planets will be lined with sun at the same time. Even moon can damage the water levels of oceans. If the 19th planet hits one of these lined up planets in addition then we will be in really bad shape. The “idiots” only warn for possible imbalances, so it’s your choice to find a safe and higher place to hide or enjoy the events in a bar on that Sunday.
Like George Orwell’s 1984, knowlege, information and events, have been handed down word of mouth, recanted through story telling, myth and legend, in case no physical records survive.
We have all done it…..whether an account of events in a parent’s or grand parent’s lifetime, or an account of last weekends outing. Few write a book about their lives….they tell people about it……so the experience will be remembered and maybe learnt from.
thanks i was beginin to get scared
hey all its true that we always face nature attacks like flood and all. Few months ago we had problem in san diego houses were burning there was something in wind that was nature attack so there are lot of possibilities that something can happen in 2012 BUT this earth is too big and all lives can not be end may be just loses. So i think government and people just should be prepare in 2012 with new polices if something happen they can save humans.
Hey people!! Just poking around catching up and stuff.
Check it out. I read that a lot of older people from Israel are slowly buying property in Patagonia, Argentina. Supposedly this and the area of the Andes will improve your chances of survival should something catastrophic occur as describe by the last couple of post that I’ve read.
I read somewhere that soon the US Government was going to openly declare that the UFO phenomena is real. They will soon thereafter declare them as a threat to world security and we will deploy space related weapons. I’m not making this up.
You guys ever browse around in alienshift.com ?
They have just about every conspiracy theory listed where. Really nice site.
Anyway. this is already 2008 and we do see the diferrences in world climate already. The politics border on insanity. I think the partys going to start real soon. Lets just keep posting and watch the fireworks. We can talk here about how pretty they look!!!
Happy hunting people!!
-Rico-
We have hurricanes here in the Caribbean. Every couple of years we get hit. Sometimes its bad and we lose electrical power in our homes for as long as 3 weeks. Now that means no refrigerator, no lights, no fans, no air conditioner, and the best part, no water services because the electric power here runs the pumps. Now its bad enough to have the discomforts I already mentioned but now that you have no water you have toilet issues. You cant flush. So people here mostly have cisterns. 400-600-800 gallons is the average size. This water can last up to two weeks if used right. But when you dont have the the running water on your toilet after like 3 days. You can smell your waste all over the house because the crap just piles up at the bottom of the tubing. It stinks like hell. Now you have no refrigerator. No running water so you cant shower. No TV – Internet – Nothing worth crap!
You’re working with candles at night for some light to do simple chores.
This sucks right? Sucks bigtime!! But after two to three weeks they get the power fixed and we’re all happy again!!
Now imagine if no one was ever coming to fix the power.
Thats what the survivors would have to start with. Some may go down from there and some may go up. But either way it won’t be any fun at all.
Theres no way to prepare for any catastrophic Event as normal citizens.
You’d have to be a part of “The Elite” or someone that they could use in their future plans.
As as long a you’re not rich as hell, it shouldn’t matter what happens on 2012.
If you are rich then thats different. You won’t be ready.
Thats how I see it.
Have fun Peepz!!
-R-
There are lots of people who are not aware of DECEMBER 21,2012. I think we should spread information about this prophecy to all we know.
The emphasis should be on solving the puzzles that each field is unable to solve individually because of overspecialization and their focus to advance their own specialized knowledge. The knowledge to explain many of these anomalies had been unknowingly found by other fields of study, but the very nature of most commercial research today does not support the unlimited exchange of information between fields since there is no overtly apparent connection between most of them. As a result, these anomalies remain unsolved, I have said before I had read parts of the Enuma Elish that science & religion must mesh somehow. The torah & mahahbratta all have the same underlying stories as the Qur’an, Bible & Zorah. I am still the most ingonorant person on this forum & this is only my opinion. I do not trust CNN or the church. Even the summerians believed in a higher power than the aliens who made man into what we are. They spoke of a universal source power that we all derive. When we learn to look past color and religion prehaps we will deserve the reward promised in the books. Ever since I have found this website I feel, our messages shouldn’t be contained to a screen. We must inform the uniformed. You would not play a game of chess if your opponent was not on the same level as you. ” If you do, then maybe your a bully” just kidding. I mean I dont want to just have my family survive 2012 if there is something to survive every one deserves to have that chance and time is running out as you read this. Ok I just re-read and realize i’m ranting again. My job takes a lot of my time so i’ll be off and on this website. Atleast till 2012! LOL. Okay, OK go watch the new Dark Knight movie, go to the beach, Do something other than research this trust me your brain needs the break. Again im the most ignorant person you’ll never meet and these are all just opinions. Any one with any answers please let me know cuz I got a million more questions.
Espumpin
Yeah, I mean what God Warrior said 🙂
Oh and what Rico and Leah said too:)
Thank you for putting my mind at ease about this issue.
I admit that I did believe it a tiny bit, at first, but I realized, with the help of a good friend, that it is totally improbable.
Now, at last, I can achieve my Japanese dream of living, working & finding love in the Land of the Rising Sun.
Nobody really knows when doomsday will come, so why worry about it.
Once again, thank you very much.
Hi Espumpin,
How are you…long time no hear. Bang on the nail about each field being segregated from all others…..too specialist, but they are beginning to understand that its important to know about all other fields and their RELATIVITY.
I’ve played chess with kids….give them an opportunity to improve their game. Just an observation.
Be well
Leah
Greetings to All !
This thread has really moved on this weekend!!
Good to have Becky and Rico back! And Espumpin, it was good to hear your views, its okay if you are busy with your job, but its always nice to have you drop in often and express your views… We need more open minded people here like you guys….
I was just wondering what makes people like Brian think that we (I hope Leah, Becky Rico etc wont mind if i include them in my “We” ) are all losers, fed up with life and predicting Doom and Gloom?? I mean we are just being practical in sharing our views here, and we have so backed the views with tons of data! Still they come up here and call us names! Being happy and content doesn’t mean that we are going to bury our heads in sand and pretend that nothing’s gonna hurt us!
For those who do not agree with us, you are most welcome to air your opinions here, but only if its done in a constructive manner.. Give us something which can change our opinion, like Leah said, we need reason for the optimism which some people have regardless of the current global scenario…. After all, we also want Earth to prosper and flourish! Still, if coming here and bashing people with differing views helps settle your own fears and insecurities, then do that, but expect to be paid back in the same currency!
Espumpin and Leah, you emphasized a very good point here about different specialised fields and their relativity!
When we delve deep into various different disciplines and theories regarding Science, we are bound to find some amazing inter-related links…. eg. Superconductivity, Zero Point Energy and ORME. And when you go back to history equipped with this knowledge, Star Fire, White Powder of Gold, Elixir of Life etc start making sense…. Science may be advancing at a rapid state, but Earth has already witnessed all that long time back through the Anunnaki, who were way more advanced at that time than we are even now! When Earthlings developed some kind of language and began chronicling what they saw, their language and technology was at a very primitive stage, and thats why what we read in Bible and Enuma reads like that… Suppose there is a kid who doesn’t know a thing about rockets, and i take him to a launch site, how will he explain that? He would probabl say that a Big Bird or something just rose from Fire and took off! So its necessary for us to relate the present knowledge with the past. People like Sitchin, Velikovsly and Kaku are already doing that successfully! But the so called “rational” Scientific community doesn’t want to believe that and classifies it as rubbish!
Its really essential for us to understand the properties of Precious Metals (Gold, Rhodium & Iridium etc).. I feel that a lot of headway has already been made, but its being supressed.. Again the Elite circkes coming into play…
The May 1995 issue of Scientific American discussed the effects of ruthenium (one of the precious metals), by noting that a single ruthenium atom placed at each end of the double-helix DNA increases the conductivity of the strand by a factor of 10,000, causing the DNA to become, in effect, a “superconductorâ€. Based on a synthesis of additional historical, philosophical, mythological, and scientific evidence, David Hudson has determined that the ORME is truly the “Tree of Lifeâ€. Hudson has noted in the Scientific Literature (Guidice, et al), the basis for human cells being able to exhibit Superconductivity and the extensive amount of research being conducted on treating cancer and other diseases with precious metals. These precious elements appear to be correcting the DNA, literally “flowing the light of life†within the body.
The Platinum Metals Review includes articles which discuss the treatment of cancers using platinum, iridium, and ruthenium. Apparently, the application of a platinum compound to an altered DNA state (as in the case of a cancer) will cause the DNA to relax and become corrected. It is known that both iridium and rhodium have anti-aging properties, that ruthenium and platinum compounds interact with DNA, and that gold and the precious metals can activate the endocrinal glandular system in a way that heightens awareness and aptitude to extraordinary levels.
The ancients from thousands of years ago knew of the superconducting effect of the precious metals on our consciousness — what they referred to as the light body (the ka), and that both the physical body and the light body had to be fed. In so doing, we can also use the properties of the monoatomic elements to levitate, and quite possibly activate the body’s so-called “junk DNAâ€, along with the generally unused 90 to 95 % of the brain!
The possible implications of the existence of the ORME — adding the white powder of gold (and other precious metals) to one’s “diet†— is astounding. Based on the full range of literature, Hudson believes a human ingesting the ORME in the correct manner can fulfill all the dreams of the esoteric alchemists, i.e.:
· To have perfect telepathy,
· Be able to levitate and/or bilocate,
· Know good and evil when it’s in the room with you (i.e. eat of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil),
· Project one’s thoughts into someone else’s mind,
· Heal by laying on of hands, and
· Cleanse or resurrect the dead within two or three days after they have died.
The latter comes from the traditions of the Anunnaki in raising their own from the dead (after their Descent into the Underworld), as well as the gospels of Jesus Christ.
Now, as Espumpin said, Science and Religion must go hand in hand… (BTW , if you ask me Espumpin, you are amongst the more knowledgeable ones here, not ignorant!)
Well, my point is Religion is nothing but Science! As i said earlier, the concept of Gods, Miracles etc came into being because of the limited literary skills of Humans at the time when the “Gods” were here with us! Even these days, if there is something that cannot be explained by Science is believed to be a miracle.. But there is no such thing as a miracle, because Science has a reason for everything.. And when our Scientists go in the right direction, then we will certainly find the line between Science and Religion thinning further!
But again, belief in Science doesn’t mean that there is no higher power… We had contact with Anunnaki and we made them Gods, but there must be someone who made Anunnaki what they were…..
Thats the reason Science and Religion should go hand in hand…The creationists and evolutionist should work together, then only they will be abe to solve the mystery of life!
Heres a goodie
In the recent movie – 10,000 BC –
There is a very important, very blunt (mass preparing) message regarding the semi-devine being that was running things at the Pyramid. Can anybody guess what it was?
-Rico-
I haven’t seen the movie actually… The critics have literally smashed it in their reviews! Not that i go by what critics say but otherwise also, i never felt inclined to watch the movie..
But nevertheless, i am waiting for someone to figure out what u r asking!!
Here is something i forgot to share with you, its happened in my own country…
In several states in North India, people have witnessed deep cracks in Earth on various places… In some places they are about 20 Feet deep, 2 Metre Wide and 2 Mile Long….. And extreme heat cannot be stated as the reason because this year the heat on Northern India has been less than normal. Its a strange phenomenon which no one is able to explain…
Now before another “Brain” goes for my throat, i want to clarify that i am “NOT” relating this to 2012!!! I am not one to blindly associate every single abnormal occurence to 2012!
Dear Ricochet,
I’ve watched a million films etc since 10,000 BC, and I was watching it in a different context I.e. not in historical terms. Only seen it the once as yet, but will go over it again soon, from the Annunaki perspective.
However, the semi-devine being was very tall, pale and mortal, (don’t want to say more than that, spoil it for others who’ll watch). The piss take for me was Wooley Mammoths hauling the stones.
I know the climate may have been different in those times……but no..it wasn’t mammoths that were used to build the pyramids.
Be well Leah
Dear Amit,
Look up Akrit Jaswal in Delhi, he’s the one doing research on Ionic Pathways in DNA to cure Cancer.
Leah
Sumer was a collection of city states around the Lower Tigris and Euphrates rivers in what is now southern Iraq. Is this war really about oil.Sumer was one of the first literate civilizations leaving many records of business transactions, and lessons from schools. They had strong armies, which with their chariots and phalanxes held sway over their less civilized neighbors.Perhaps the most lasting cultural remnants of the Sumerians though, can be found in their religion, Since they own the title as one of the first civilizations it stands to reason most of what we know came from them. I understand I’m not telling you something you already didn’t know, but my whole way of life has changed from this. I thank you all for allowing me to rant and rave here, and still be understanding and open minded. What if we’re all wrong and a totally different sceniro is played out in 2012. This is why I humbly call myself ignorant, not that I dont know or understand, but its because I dont know or understand. Does that make sense. Some times when I feel lost. I read this site from front to back like a book. Every time I ascertain new knowledge and help myself feel more at ease in the chaos we call Earth. Again if there is a reason for everything, then we were given this site in which to communicate. Now what do we do with our 411? Rico, Leah, Amit & Becky I have the upmost respect for ppl I have never met, thank you’s for being who you are. For putting most of us on the right track. In closing to the doubters or those who feel we are crazy. ROCK ON, time will tell who was right or wrong. I pray for you that you are not the grasshopper that refused to listen the ants.
Espumpin
Just stopping by because in reading i felt the need to voice my opinion. No one truly knows exactly what if anything is going to happen in 2012. I too can go read some more websites and use that information as my basis for my entry here OR i can just write what I am truly thinking. As far as the two sides being religion or science- this is true because they send you two completely different messages. I myself, have a hard time with the whole “faith” thing. I mean please how are you supposed to put all of your faith in something that you have no facts to base it on? And the science part of it…. why cant scientist come to an aggreement on what they think will happen in 2012. It is already 2008.
Dear Espumpin,
Before I misunderstand…..is a 411 a tax return of some sort ? I’ve been toying with an idea….need to sleep on it some more before I open my big mouth.
Leah
Leah,
The answer to the 10,000 BC question was the star that never moved. Obviously this is a sattellite of extraterrestrial origin. There is nothing else in nature that would fit the pattern.
The message was that the god building the Pyramid was actually not of this world. It was a blunt and clear message to “prepare masses” in the event that someday they’ll have to make it known.
Understand that they can’t just come out and say that there are aliens and UFO’s that are a threat to world security without some explaining. Someone will make the connection to the Biblical Genesis 6 and fallen angels and we’ll preparing to fight these guys should they return. I don’t think that the powers that be will just roll out the red carpet and welcome them as gods again.
Not unless the world is already shot to crap due to natural calamities and theres no chance but to accept them. Now we come into religion again. This may also describe the scriptural anti-christ.
Yeah, we’re definately living in Biblical times. Some may even describe it as Biblical end times.
It doesn’t matter though. You can’t really make this stuff public even if you had concrete evidence. It would create a major panic worldwide. If only a few choice people knew then they would be preparing and the masses would be feeling what we’re feeling now with the economy and such.
We all know that they have places under mountains that they plan to use for their survival and supossed rebuilding.
I don’t think any of them will survive. I think survival will be random as always.
We all have to go sometime. I feel bad for the young. But going out with a bang ain’t that bad either!!
-Rico-
Hi Ricochet,
I missed the star in 10,000 BC…but I’ll rent it tonight, and who knows what else I might find.
I always figured that computer games that require high speed hand, eye and brain co-ordination, were training programs, not just games. Top guns as it were.
Anyway, even aliens have weaknesses, but not necessarily ones that can be assertained by tram lined scientific minds.
If you are right, we’ll need minds that never did think that a box (prison) existed within which to think. Free minds, without fences.
My Father taught me….that when the SH..T flies its better to face it and take it, than turn your back and run. Its easier to duck some or all the SH..T, and if some lands….easier to scrape it off from your front than off your back.
Here’s a real BIG what if :
THE CREATOR (God) had an equal amount of power as all the other’s combined power, and their actions against him (e.g. Fallen ones) leaves the balance of power in OUR hands. It could be that all we need do is side with CREATION, hold our spiritual ground, and not give in to e.g. an Anti Christ type entity or all that that represents.
The age old Battle for Souls. We sholdn’t be selling out for a short term fix for anything. If the fix doesn’t last, it was bad quality to begin with.
Be well,
Leah
E.G. OIL….we use it faster than nature can make it….therefore its not a lasting solution for the worlds energy needs.
Lets say it will have lasted 150 years in comparison to the millions of years Homo Sapiens has been around…..a quick fix that caused so much damage.
“When God revealed to the angelic realm that he was going to create mankind and that the creation of mankind would lead to the ultimate purpose of all his creation.I wonder what they thought. Mankind was going to be created with the potential of becoming far greater than the angels.God revealed to the angels that they would share in the joy of what He would create through mankind. The angelic realm was shown that they were created to share and help in this greater purpose of all creation.God knew thet some of the angels (having free moral agency)would, in time,rebel against Him and go their own way. Lucifer did not like what God revealed. He became lifted up in pride and is own reasoning. He chose to believe that God’s way was not best, but that his own way was better. He actually became deceived into believing that he could rise up against God, making god subservient to him.He began to spread his disdain for God’s plan to other angels. As astounding as it is, a third of the angelic realm sided with him in a horrific rebellion against God.Lufcifer would learn that he was puny before God, and indeed, God is Almighty!!. Lucifer became known as Satan, the first great “adversary”of God. Satan chose to rebel against God and His plan and purpose. Character cannot be created in any being who is given independent thought and personage. The way one lives life is always a matter of choice.” This is played out in all the religions. Right and wrong, do we sit back and do nothing, look out for number one only? im 5’8 175lbs I haven’t been scared of something for awhile. I am a man of science and what I know is fact. Like if you were in good shape and had alot of money and were smart. You could be batman, right? As long as you have some facts to build on. A theroy on how ot would or should work. Then how could it not make sense. The Summerian’s had fugetabout it, more knowledge than we can decipher. Only 6 or 7 ppl have done it, I think. Thats fact, it’s science they used the same building blocks in thier society that we still use in ours today. despite our different backgrounds we all strive to be better than we were. Some not all sorrowfully. The goverments of this world will not help the common man, We are the ones who pay their bills and put the on their pedalistils’.
How can they support us when we support them? If the 2012 end date has anything to do with death or riches, do you believe they would share the info?Leah, 411 means information:) and I should have metioned that a child in chess should not be taken advantage of. I taught my three boys to play chess, I am proud to say my oldest is undeafted in the house.Okay its later tahn i thought, hope everyone finds the truth their seeking. So you could let me know too. LOL g’night.
Espumpin
oh the stuff I put in qoute at the start is from ronald weinland. Have you ever read a comic book? not the stuff out now the stuff from the 60 and 70’s. I’m not saying this is a comic book i’m saying that I read alot of different stuff and you should keep an open mind to. If all you do is worry about nuclear war, your gonna get smacked by the asteriod. If you worry about planet X, God is gonna ask you what your looking at. I’m going to bed g’night.
Espumpin.
or vice-versea, sorry I should re-read before I post:)
E
Dear Espumpin,
We shall share our 411, somehow.
I have to ask myself the following questions,
1. What actually is the plan of God ?
2. What is the ultimate purpose of all creation ?
3. What part does Man play that makes him important enough for God to create Man ?
4. Why were we granted free will ?
5. Do the choices we make, using our free will have a bearing on the success of God’s plan ?
We have scriptures, scrolls, carvings etc from ancient times, but they are accounts and records according to the authors of that time. However, it is possible that artifacts that are first hand information, have been hidden away, therefore the public is unaware of their existance, believing they are a myth.
Re your comment “Character cannot be created etc”…..its true, a child needs guidance and to learn self control to develope good character. In the context of Satan and his gang, it sounds like they were given too much freedom, and as with children, they became rebels and lawless.
Re Batman and theories that should work out. There is only one theory that is going to work out….its the one that is TRUE. We will all recognise it when we have it, as all the pieces will fit perfectly into place like those in a jigsaw puzzle, making a coherant (not forced or prefered) big picture.
You gave good advice, gotta keep everything in mind and not pick a prefered threat or fear.
Be well,
Leah
What if God created us all, then later the Fallen ones altered a number of us.
Thanks for the article. This should put a lot of people at ease. Once their fears are comforted, those of us knowing the truth can prepare. This article will no doubt increase our chances for survival during the onset of the new ice age.
About character building and freedom in children…haracter is built through experience and a bit of guidance. With the nightmarish education setup that we have today, there is no chance of that at all… Every child loses his/her individuality when they get through school.. They are just like robots, taught to compete with each other…
Look at Sweden, you are not allowed to go to school till you are 7.. And even after that the duraion is 9 years instead of the 12 that most countries have.. And you only need to know a few Swedish people to know what i mean.. It is a happy country indeed, people have perfection in whatever they do and are at peace with themselves..
Children belong to the society and not to their parents.. Parents do give birth, but most of them do not give “life” to their children.. Children are the future, and the society as a whole should invest in them…
In India, in ancient times, we had the Gurukul system, where the children left their home at an early age and lived in the “Gurukul” under the guidance of an enlightened Guru (teacher)… They were encouraged to follow their prefered line of study and were also taught the ABC of life…
We need to have that kind of system back..
The problem is that we are losing touch with nature as we are progressing in technology.. We have begun to think that we can handle whatever nature throws at us, and some time down the line we would start to believe that we can “control” nature, and to some extent we are already doing that.. Thats where nature can spring surprises… It can make its presence felt, and we are in for some harsh measures the way things are going…
I am perfectly in agreement with the idea of Fallen and all…. Come to think of it, we are a mix of Anunnaki and Human (Homo Erectus) genes, and we do have a mix of Good and Evil in world.. So this mix is bound to be there among the “Gods” as well…
Leah, the questions you asked are the universal questions to which no answer can be discovered… I think it has to come from within as we keep on going through numerous birth cycles on Earth.. And as soon as we know the answers we ascend to higher dimensions…
And about the importance of man, i agree with the Sumerians, man was only a Hybrid Labourer for Anunnaki at first… But then they gave more and more powers to man and never realised the true potential of Humans because Humans started to evolve faster than them… And then things got completely out of hand.. Man took control of his own life! Look at what we are doing now… We are creating Robots and Androids, and giving them more and powers, soon this artificial intelligence will turn into real intelligence.. Scientists are already playing with Genetic Engineering and Cloning… You never know what might happen! Anunnaki played Gods for humans, and we got this bug from them and so we have also begun to start playing Gods as well… But there is power which stands higher than all, thats is the ultimate singularity which controls the universe.. And no matter what we do, we cannot escape the cycle thats been created for us…
Rico, you made some good interpretations from the movie 10,000 BC.. Now i will try to watch it at the earliest….
Coming to Pyramids, i dont understand why the scientific cimmunity is able to get away with their stupid explanations about the creation of pyramids!!! They have all sorts of ridiculous theories from Teethless Copper Saw to water erosion! But they would never agree that there was an extra terrestrial involvement in their creation.. And i think that the Global powers are stonewalling all these things because if the truth is discovered then everything will fall nicely into place for the common man.. Just like Rico said, people would start to make connections between UFOs, Megaliths, Crop Circles, Genesis and Enuma Elish… Then a hell lot of questions will be asked by the people which would shake the foundations of the Elitist Structure….
Its all out there like an open book.. All the monolithic sites and their inter-relationships and similarities and their alignment with heavenly bodies… Saying that a lot of things are being kept from the Public would be an under-statement!
Ian offers an interesting and rational perspective on the ostensibly famed end of the Mayan calendar. I can’t comment on what specifically will happen, if anything, but being an avid fan of David Icke, I’m inclined to believe the period represents a coming new age of consciousness for us all. If there’s a real concern, however, it lies in what will happen between now and 2012, considering the present state of the world with its economic instability, indiscriminate killing, widespread famine, and a mass media apparatus designed to turn brains into cabbage.
Jim, you touced the right chord there… People are wrong to consider 2012 as a sudden , singular event! Its what happens between now and 2012 that is important….
About your belief in 2012 resulting in a new age of consciousness, i agree with it. But i have a question, do u think that we would suddenly wake up one day and begin to think “differently” ? Or start to see the other dimensions with open eyes? New Age will be ushered, but there has to be a trigger, and i’m afraid that trigger might be catastrophic in nature… While Ian has offered a rational explanation on the Mayan Calendar’s end, there are still many questions that have not been answered.. And the answers to those will be revealed in time..
this article merely states that the Mayan calendar ends arbitrarily -so then why should it mean anything?
Well, take the Mayans out. Go with pure science. Scientist predict that on Dec. 21 2012 several gravitation factors will be at extremes affecting our Sun. jupiter and Saturn will be at nearly opposite ends of the solar system, and we will pass from above to below the “Galactic equator”. This could (scientific guess, but it has foundation) cause massive solar flares to be ejected from the sun, raining havoc on Earth, especially anything with a computer chip. Do I think this will bring about the destruction of the planet? No. But I still may have a few essentials in a lead lined box…
I think the answers are contained in the ancient knowlege handed down to us. Its a question of asking the correct questions, and using our powers of deduction to find the answers.
If all the ancient accounts, myths and legends,were super-imposed on one another as it were, there would be obvious commonalities, which in all probability some have already done, and so are more clued in than the masses.
Hi Espumpin,
Could you be a Batman ?
Leah
good morning, one and all…more wonderful thoughts and insights the past couple days…it is hard to elaborate when your own ideas have been do well put by others…all i can say it ditto, ditto, ditto…
the one thought i did have, though, is for jim…i do not believe we will wake up some morning with a newfound wisdom or consciousness…that transformation will be gradual, and it will come to different people at different levels and in their own time…just as spiritualism does…perhaps they are one in the same, or perhaps they just go hand-in-hand…
for me…i believe that it is SO IMPORTANT to keep an open mind…signs and clues often come in the tiniest and most suble of ways…if we are not receptive to all things, we will miss them…everytime i can say “that’s it!!!, or “now i get it!” brings me one step closer to where i need to be…understanding is a wonderful thing!!!
please enjoy your day…
becky
I wish to apologize first and foremost, it was late when I wrote that stuff and meant to start off with “what if” like Leah had. I only used God and Satan like I could have used Allah or Iblis, as a referrence. I do not wish to come across as if I have a side I represent except for the one true God, the one source. I mean what do I know i’m the most ignorant person here, I didnt get a chance to read everyones comments and I hope I didn’t offend anyone. When I get time i’ll respond more. LOL, I wish I was qualified to be a batman, or rich enough to be bruce wayne.
Espumpin
I have never been so intrigued by a listing of thoughts. It is odd as I sit in my office in Iraq thinking about an apocalyptic event occuring… they happen every day to individual. I don’t pretend to have knowledge about 2012, however I know that people fear it. The oddity is, you should fear walking down the street more than you should a date in the future. Life ends quickly and often unexpectedly. I have greatly enjoyed all the comments I read.
Just one final thought, with the overpopulation of the earth, the massive drying up of our natural resources and human waste, would it be a bad thing to have a catastrophe occur that took out a great number of us?
A documentary quoted the other day that 350,000 children are born each day worldwide. In my school thats approx 2.5 million a week, and 130 million a year.
World demographics predicts there will be qpprox 7.5 billion people in 2010.
If 6.7 billion people as of this summer is a correct and true population count, by rights there should be only 6.96 billion people in summer of 2010 even if not one person dies over the next 2 years.
Can anyone help me out, as either the world daily birthrate, or present world population is incorrect. I can’t find a website that gives “World Births and Death”, only country by country.
Leah,
Could be a possibility that the Birth rate is increasing constantly? And thus the figure of 7.5 Billion……
Hi Amit,
I realise the birthrate each year increases exponentially. No web site actually quotes the number of births or deaths worldwide, for any past year. The point I was making, aside from wanting to know myself…..is that no one is in a position to ckeck these figures out. If we were told there are 10 billion now, how can we know its true ?
Hope you well,
Leah
Hi Becky!
Good to hear your thoughts….And i’m absolutely ditto ditto ditto with you as well…
It is so important to keep an open mind.
Spirituality is something whch comes from within, i used to link spirituality with religion earlier and thats why i was repelled by it. Because nowdays religion is so grossly misued!! But now i have discovered the true meaning of spirituality….. My perspective about life has changed, and i try to look beyond the surface of things.. One thing that spirituality does is make a person at peace with himself…
You are absolutely right Leah, there can be no official record for such data… All these census surveys have grave errors, and there are regions where these people are unable to even reach….
I guess both birth rate and death rate are higher than whats quoted by the Govts.
But the bottom line is that whatever the figure is, its way higher than what the Earth can sustain.. This thing cannot be left in the hands of Individual Govts now, measures need to be taken on a Global Level , UNO should be given some powers for it….
The Mystery Man returns!!!
Bart , i am really curious about what you do!
While all of us here just talk, discuss and speculate, you seem to be doing some real ground work out there…..
Can you point people like myself in the right direction if we want to do a bit more research.. I seem to have reached a point where further knowledge seems to have been stonewalled from all sides… I would like to make some more headway in this research.
Guys! Have you checked out the latest Crop Circle formations that appeared in July? Here is the link if you haven’t…
http://www.lucypringle.co.uk/photos/2008/jul.shtml
I am particularly interested in East Kennet.. What do u think? All Crop Circles have hidden messages, but this one is surely telling something about space…. I am unable to figure out,
this is the truth, watch?v=7vyVe-6YdUk
Youtube it!
cheers,
by the way, you all have inspired me to make a video about 2012… watch it and love it, because its life
watch?v=IsiRkgwjvms
The Dead Sea Scrolls found in a cave near Jerusalem revealed the Earth was visited with extra-terrestrial visitors. Most religions of the world agree in the concept of Sons of Light and Sons of Darkness, good angels and evil ones, good aliens and bad. My research has indicated there are various groups of aliens with different intentions, their motivations may be very different and they often appear to be fighting one another. “The Zadokite Document,” discovered fifty years ago in an old synagogue in Cairo, confirms Genesis and mentions the landing of Spacemen, their giant offspring and immorality. “Because they walked in the stubbornness of their hearts, the Watchers of heaven fell, yea, they were caught thereby because they kept not the Commandments of God. So too their Sons whose height was like the lofty cedars and whose bodies were as mountains. They also fell.” The Scriptures of the Dead Sea Sect by Theodore H. Gaster.
Their visits have often been interpreted in religious terms, but the data is essentially truthful and often the best we have. Biologists search for protoplasm in ancient primordial soup. Archaeologists seek man’s origin in the mud. I search with shining eyes for our home in the stars.
I have witnessed three ufo’s since 1998 and since then have been on a personal voyage of discovery about the phenomena. I beleive I have uncovered the truth about our governments attempts to keep the truth from us the people.
Click My website link to view my own sightings and discoveries since my first encounter in 1998!
Regards
Andy
The SUN Newspaper 24/07/2008!
Edgar Mitchell was the Lunar Module Pilot for Apollo 14!
Aliens have contacted humans several times but governments have hidden the truth for 60 years, the sixth man to walk on the moon has claimed. Apollo 14 astronaut Dr Edgar Mitchell, said he was aware of many UFO visits to Earth during his career with NASA but each one was covered up. Sources at the space agency who had had contact with aliens described the beings as ‘little people who look strange to us.’
This is a video of the National Press Club Conference held by The
Disclosure Project
1:19:10 zero point energy, scalar waves basis for antigravity
propulsion, Tesla
1:38:30 Q&A description of alien forms. 57 kinds and Forms that could
walk among us and we wouldn’t know the difference.
1:40:50 Q&A faster than light, ZPE currently accessed by humans.
1::43:40 Q&A cancelation of mass inertia.
I am absolutly stunned as to the comments on this subject!!! The fancy words, the mathematical calculations etc…
The truth is that no one knows with certainty what is going to happen at any stage in the future, ever (or period if you live in the US)!
So get out of bed in the morning, brush your teeth, have a wash, try to be a good citizen, go to bed then repeat.
Keep doing until you can do no longer, thank who ever you need to thank for giving you life, then make way and die for another soul to enjoy the wonders of life.
GET ON WITH LIVING YOUR OWN LIFE WITHOUT WORRYING ABOUT WHAT MAY OR MAY NOT HAPPEN!!!
Dear Daniel,
Good idea…..if only the powers that be would let us just get on with our lives. The masses have, as was pointed out earlier this week, forgotten who employs who. The masses employ governments. Its time for the shareholders (masses) to get involved in what governments do.
I’m not scared to die, maybe the way I go might be something i’d fear. Not death. I am not researching these things because i’ve committed such sins and seek redemption. My youngest son is 9yrs old. my oldest is 18. How come they might not get the chance I did, or the chance you did. To learn and experince life. We’re all adults, we’ll survive. But what about the kids. Are they an after thought. Do you have any idea what it would be like to survive a catastrophe, only to have to bury your child who didn’t? Nobody will care, “as long as it doesn’t happen to me”. Thats what the feeling of the world is. Well if there is a God who will weigh our sins, I feel i’m good, what about you? Do you only care about you. In one of the books of the Mahabratta there is a verse where Krinsha says” If the only reason you do good deeds is to go to heaven, then heaven will be denied to you. You do good deeds for the sake of righteousness”. I said before I could just read what everyone here has said and simply keep to my self and just prepare my family. I dont think thats why we’re all talking on this forum, I believe as negative as some of you feel about this world you know you love it. In your own twisted ways you are here for that reason. To keep the rest of us positive. J are not we the ones who dont care if the truth is negative, positive or supernatural. As long as it the truth. Hey, I mean what do I know i’m the most…………. ! About the birth rate this is off the subject of that but listen, I read ( I’ll get the source and tell you from where later) that with all 6.6billion ppl on the earth. If you removed all the buildings and structures, standing shoulder to shoulder we can all fit in the united states. If this is true how can the world be overpopulated? There is room, nobodys willing to share. I dont mean to come across like I have a sob story about my kids, but their not the only ppl I would like to see survive 2012 or the earthquake that hit cali. yesterday, or mayamara or…..If adam & eve were created by aliens or by the hand of God. If they had to use more brain fuctuctions and D.N.A. and yet some how the fell short they messed up. I really have no idea where i’m going with all this now. Well nice chatting with everyone I bet I lose my job hanging out with you guys so much. LOL
Espumpin
We don’t want you to loose your job. If each person was allocated one square metre to stand in, 6.6 billion people would fit into 25,483 square miles, which translates into an area that is just under 160 miles by 160 miles. If one allocates half a metre as the bean counters do, then we would fit into 80 miles by 80 miles.
1 acre needs to be used as food production to maintain each person with food each year, (if one doesn’t over eat). 1 acre is 4000 metres, so 160 square miles @ 1 metre per person standing, multiplied by 4000 = 640,000 square miles = an area 800 miles by 800 miles.
Naturally we use more acreage due to livestock that need to roam as they graze, e.g. 4 cows per acre. Like wise the location and condition will dictate yield.
I’m writing this to show that its not rocket science, and can be worked out by anyone who wants to know. There’s the RUB again, too many people don’t want to know, about anything, just so long as it keeps turning up on the shelves in stores, and they keep getting paid to be able to buy stuff.
There are kids in the western world who really don’t know that a BEEF dies so they can have a Hamburger. I hate the term 3rd World….who is the 2nd World….so I’ll call it Non Western World. The people in the Non Western World no longer associate their food with the animal or plant that gave its life so they can live. Food even looks like some replicator from Star Trek spat it out, Dyed, Waxed, and over packaged.
I’m not preaching, just an invitation for people to crunch some numbers.
A friend of mine e-mailed me this I thought i’d share. It was all going to end in 1982, when the planets lined up and created magnetic forces that would bring Armageddon to the earth.
“Scientists are forecasting that soon our solar system will experience some unique and sobering events. This forecast concerning 1982 comes from the scientific investigations of astronomers and is in no way related to astrology and fortune telling. The news is quoted from the September 16, 1974 edition of “Newsweek” magazine, science section. These are the conclusions of John Gribbin, science editor of “Nature” magazine, and of Stephen Plagemann of NASA’s Goddard Space Center in Maryland. These reputable scientists are pointing out that in the latter part of 1982 there will take place an event unique in our solar system. At that time all nine planets will be on the same side of the sun. That happens once every 179 years, but in 1982 the nine planets will not only be on the same side of the sun, but in perfect alignment. “Newsweek” referred to this situation as “An Apocalyptic Prediction:’ In the book that these men have co-authored, “The Jupiter Effect”, they point out that, just as the moon affects earth tides by its gravitational pull, so do the planets affect each other, and particularly Jupiter, because of its great size. This has been linked to the earthquake frequency on our planet earth. What will happen when all the planets come into one line and exert a united gravitational pull on our earth? These scientists speak of eight probable effects: 1) A disturbed magnetic activity in the sun, producing huge firestorms; 2) That the ionosphere of earth will be changed; 3) That radio and television communications will be disrupted; 4) That there will be weird lighting effects from aurora borealis; 5) There will be vast changes in wind patterns; 6) Rainfall and temperature patterns will change; 7) Earth’s rotation, and the length of the days may change; 8) Many earthquakes will occur. “There will be many earthquakes, large and small… and one region where one of the greatest fault systems lies today, under great strain, long overdue for a giant leap forward, and just waiting for the necessary kick, is California.” This is the frightening, apocalyptic vision of the scientists as quoted in “Newsweek.” (Evangelical Tract Distributors, Edmonton, Alta., Canada)”.
There were some pictures that I cannot add to the link( idk how), I was sent this to help me stop worring, but now I have to explain how he has to work the galactic equator in to this. LOL, we need telepathy to get everyone one the same page. or borg(star trek referrence). This just food for thought.
Espumpin
Forgive me, but the above is a quick over gestimated and generous calculation of how much standing room we actually occupy, etc. The actual numbers are even lower.
Telepathy working fine my end, collective consciousness etc, like the Web Bots.
Visiting this site is like seeing a fat naked lady. You want to run but you can’t stop looking.
I think I just threw up a bit in my mouth reading some of this. Move on people, go play with your children. I feel especially bad for the children of the parents who are a nervous wreck thinking about the eventual demise of our race.
I decided to log in again… the train wreck syndrome I guess… Brian, I agree with you. I think from now on I will read and leave all of you to your alien/robot/crop circle/end of days talk and just sit back and enjoy. Thank you for much entertainment…
Your right using $10 words, does not not make one smart. I always believed that its not about stooping to ones level so much as given what is gotten. If you believe us to be ignorant. well I for one thank you. Read my bloggs i’m the most ignorant here. Prouldy I make that claim with mispelled words & all. I seek to be taught and filled with knowledge not of just my own devise, but from others like you who sem to have discovered something I have not. BUT keep in mind if you are not willing to hear debate and try to resolve then you are the fool the one who believe his truth is his own,may the one true God have mercy on your soul. If not your right go have a good time and, in your world for now just like me, we shall live our life. No one looses sleep over what is written here. BUt what do I know do me the honor of teaching something that I dont know. Fact or Theroy.
Thank you
Espumpin
I meant fact or theroy im willing to listen, sorry:)
There is an explanation for everything. I never believed the world would end due to the Mayans. Mayans were very smart people. However, the Mayan Calender was built for THEIR culture, not everyone elses. If you asked the Mayans back in their time if they think we would have the stuff we do today, what do you think their response would be? The world could end at any time, now or even a million years from now. Their is no one on earth that can predict when this would happen. People are in a state of paranorma. People believed the world was going to end in 2000, but it did it? NO. Basically, you have one person that starts the rumor and other people follow it and spout it out to others. That is how these different theroies evolve. All these people that made predictions or so called, never really made any up to this date. I do not think people can predict, i just think that things happen for different reasons. I do believe that certain people may have certain gifts, but prediction is kind of hard. I can make assumptions that things could happen. I could say that next week it is going to rain and it may even come true.
The same thing you said about rain I can say about getting laid and i’m married.LOL Just kidding, on the serious side. I raised 3 good men who are on their way to understanding the world we live in far better than I had. I saw when the joker said im gonna make this pencil disappear and shoved it in the guys eye, I watch every time stewy attempts to kill lois, I gt out n this world & use my bb & im not trying 2 brag on what i’m worth just my head is not up my a**. The knicks are my favorite bb,Yanks & Gaints. my kids I talk about every subject this forum has made me think about tonight i’ll remind them about ignorant pp the masses who r one sided in their thinking . its 4:59 in japan right now tlk 2 u laterr
E
ok im sleepy & i hate 2 sound more stupid than i just didi.lol but we have 2 look at each others as brothewrs instead having a screaming match how about a meeting of minds instead of a fist 2 cuff how about a game of chess. I’m up 4 any of them if it will help us understand eachother better.
Ancient cultures recognised four major dates within each year: the two solstices (when days are at their longest or shortest) and the two equinoxes (when the lengths of day and night are equal). They could tell when these dates were approaching by watching which stars were on the horizon at sunrise and sunset, and where they were relative to the sun. If you watched for long enough, for hundreds of years, then it became apparent that the stars were moving slightly out of position each year. The star that was due east at the winter solstice sunset 70 years ago is one degree out today. The Greek astronomer Hipparchus (c. 190-120 BC) is widely acknowledged as the discoverer of the precession of the equinoxes, yet the ancient Egyptians and Maya were also aware of it.
its a qutoe learn ya something b4 ya talk
Come on! Anyone knows that the World is going to end when POSIX time ends, at 03:14:07 UTC on Tuesday, January 19, 2038…
On December 21 2012 we will probably get invaded by aliens, not the Mexican ones, but the ones from another planet…
Alien Invasion would be intense, same with the polar shifts… what ever it is, we can’t do nothing about it… and we shouldn’t.. just let the music decide our future! keep playing and keep listening… I bet aliens would love some of our music so some of us, maybe ok! cheers
Let’s also remember that the civilization that supposedly is predicting the end of the world is the same one that cut out people’s hearts in public to feed them to the sun so it wouldn’t be angry.
Yes some guy, it is a crazy world ain’t it. Folks, forget the Mayans, we are about to be invaded by the others and people still talk about some calendar, this is quite interesting.. We’ve been in contact with ones from other planets for 60 some years and have an agreement with them.. but if we put weapons in space around 2012, which in fact, is planned, then we break the agreement and it gets real… the truth is slowly coming out and if you watch the Congress Disclosure Project, you will learn some reality… also check this video out, and listen to the words because they will change your life!
NONE OF US ARE FREE!
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article8199.htm
Here is a fun little tool you will love to play with! you are welcome
http://www.poodwaddle.com/worldclock.swf the world
6,600,000,000 people @ half a square metre need only 3,300 square kilometres, which is a square area 57.44 kilometres on each side or 35.695 miles. We amount to no more than the eqivalent of one fair sized mountain.
At just one fertile farmable land per person per year for food, we need 10.2 million square miles. Then even more square miles for homes, factories, offices, docks, roads….etc.
As the total land mass area of the world (not including Antarctica) is little over 109 million square miles, and the human race occupying and using so much land surface area, it becomes obvious that we are headed for disaster if population increases globally.
We are already living the precursor times of 2012, which everything else aside will be about food and water, as it is now for so many.
It is so easy for some to say LIVE FOR TODAY…TO HELL WITH 2012 along with all the days in between….and if they have children themselves…..well what can I say…YOUR types have not earnt my respect, but when you need food and water, I will still share what I have with you.
Sorry, tired, thats one Farmable ACRE per person.
The only thing I dislike about the Disclosure Project folk, is that they play the same game of keeping secrets by not disclosing as are apparently the governments. So disclose already, don’t just threaten to do so.
Thanks Fozenstar! This is a nifty clock!
While the debate contnues here, i feel that we have reached a kind of dead end.. I mean we are just repeating ourselves now.. We have already poured so much into this thread..
About disclosures, i agree with Leah… Either they are supressed by the Powers or they make some agreement which is mutually beneficial for both..
All we can do is play “Wait n Watch”, but keeping our Eyes and Ears open all the while..
Dear Fozenstar,
Thank you for the poodwaddle clock. If data is correct its very useful.
Leah
You are welcome Leah, Amit… its pretty useful.. its based on stats so its as accurate as you can get… Where are you folks at ? Leah? Amit? I am in Iowa..
Leah and Amit and the rest of folks, if you pull up the Poodwaddle clock and click on NOW.. thats when everything gets intense
CHEERS
The single most important interview ever!
Edgar Mitchell blows lid on Nasa!
Edgar Mitchell was the Lunar Module Pilot for Apollo 14!
Aliens have contacted humans several times but governments have hidden the truth for 60 years, the sixth man to walk on the moon has claimed. Apollo 14 astronaut Dr Edgar Mitchell, said he was aware of many UFO visits to Earth during his career with NASA but each one was covered up. Sources at the space agency who had had contact with aliens described the beings as ‘little people who look strange to us.’
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p0jNO0s35K4
Here’s someone who put up much info on the matter
http://journals.aol.co.uk/hgn53k/UFOSightingsDevonEngland/
enjoy
I am in New Delhi – India….
You are right Fozenstar…. The way some of these numbers are adding up is mind boggling! Especially The Birth Rate in my country and the ID thefts in yours…And 1000 Chickens being slaughtered every second!! Thats some amazing number crunching.. Don’t know if its accurate…
hahaha.. yeah its crazy and its pretty accurate just as it can get.. cheers and enjoy the ride
India is so far away
Yeah i guess.. They are just taking the average statistics and conveying them in a Simulation like manner! But this system has more impact. eg. Seeing the Birth Count increase by 1 every second in India is more alrming than knowing that a child is born in India every second!
And did you look at the figure of Nigeria Scams?Goodness, thats something!
thank you i was gonna just give up & go crazy for 4 years… seriously. i was sooo scared that is was true but tour article was really convincing!
Hi Fozenstar,
I’m in Wiltshire, UK, crop circle country…….in the boonies. Nice and peaceful though, after living in the heart of London.
Leah
If the info on the poodle clock is reasonably accurate, crops alone to date in 2008 have produced approx 4.2 billion metric tons of produce, that is 0.6 of a metric ton per person based on 7 billion people. Its enough to feed everyone. Some is used as livestock feed, but the 0.6 tons per person/yr does not include meat products.
Bio fuels have been given priority, biting into the food production. Getting from A to B in a vehicle is acedemic if the passengers are starving to death. When did transportation aquire more importance than life itself.
good morning–all!!!
YIKES!!! the poodle clock is really actually pretty alarming!!! no matter where you live…leah, good point…when did moving the masses take presidence to sustaining the masses??? the past couple days, i looked through almanac after almanac for population rate increase…even 2008 world almanac doesn’t crunch numbers so any 1 person can get a complete picture of exactly what is taking place…it IS broken down by country, etc…nothing global…it is presented like a giant jigsaw puzzle…and even at that sometimes the pieces just don’t fit…numbers contradict each other…it is a mess…so once again, we are left on our own…and it becomes personal responsibility to figure out what we need to sustain us, then preserve the rest…a huge gaunting task, but it must be done…and it must be done on an individual basis…
espumpin–i do not find you ignorant at all…instead of reaffirning your ignorance, which is how you see yourself) why not affirm your curiosity???? (which is how i see you)…consider the innocence of a child, and how they look at the world…we are all born with that same innocence…our behavior is taught and learned either by example or by the need to survive…so again, i remind you that if you do not know the answer, then the question is neither stupid or irrelevant…
i have a hard time grasping the science and mathmatics of things…but this thread has provioded a means to help me understand…and for that, i am eternally grateful…everyone who has entered and posted on this thread has contributed in some way…and i find that very rewarding…
i may be limited in capacity to contribute, but not in ability to understand…
Calendars, religious and ancient writings aside…..we will be crossing the galactic plane in 2012….we have food shortage for a variety of reasons…….more diseases and illness than ever, even ones created by man…..population explosion……global warming….global dimming……shortage of potable clean water…..polluted rivers, oceans, land and air…..parts of seas and oceans that are already dead…..depriving wildlife of its habitat and right to life….
So please….don’t anyone try to tell me to just live and enjoy my life….cos it may never happen…….its happening now. I can’t get happy on knowing how the majority of life on Earth is suffering, and much of the time, at the hands of Humans. Its time to for many to grow up, face the way things are Globally, and wake up from the false dream they’ve been living. What happens on Earth affects all life, everywhere.
This is not doom and gloom….its reality, even without crossing the galactic plane.
catastrophe comes along with wrong thoughts of people
there are 95% foolish people all around the world whether they are educated or not who live in now and don’t care about tomorrow. that is the main reason why the world is facing devastation,rampant crimes,immorality, instability
I can’t stand it, no, can’t stand it, no no no, I can’t stand it
Wake up!
Hi Leah, can I get a link to earth “passing the galactic plane” in 2012?
Dear Brian,
The following John Major Jenkins website explains coherantly http://www.alignment2012.com/whatisGA.htm
You could google galactic alignment or plane…..quite a lot comes up.
All the best,
Leah
As per http://www.dailygalaxy.com today “Mystery star racing….” Puppis A went super nova 3,700 yrs ago approx. Puppis is 5 0’clock from the Hydra constellation, and 7 O’clock from Canis Major (Sirius), in the southern hemisphere.
Is it possible that the Mayans or other ancients (who passed down the info) witnessed this event, (super nova events are visible with the naked eye) ?
I would not worry so much about the magnetic poles shifting. It actually happens every year. When the earth makes a full rotation it rotates off its axis about 1 degree. The same thing that is going to take place in 2012 has already happened in 1997. As an environmentalist, I believe that the climate change that is happening now, is due from the earth trying to clense itself. It is kind of like a self cleaning oven. With the climate the way its going, it is actually making the soil more fertile. Why you may ask?? Basically, soil is enriched with oxygen, nitrogen and a high PH. Soil is caused by the break down of rocks by chemical weathering or physical weathering. Over a period of time those elements start to deterorate. The earths weather basically takes the top two layers of soil off, and the new top two layers are formed. This helps with the fertilization process of plants and trees. The mayans also thought they were the only culture. Maybe the mayans made that calender as the end of their culture.
GodWarrior, if “catastrophe comes along with wrong thoughts of people”, then why can’t we just wish it well, and make it all go away???? i am so sorry, but i am afraid that it goes a little bit deeper than that…granted, our own foolishness (and greed) is a huge contributing factor to our current-day affairs, but, my friend, it will take much more than a song and a prayer to fix it…
First, the fact that this “article” makes light of a pole shift, and makes it sound impossible, shows a severe lack of education in regards to the way our solar system and planet works.
On December 21, 2012 the sun will be making a magnetic pole shift, the same as it does every 11 years.
When this occurs there are solar flares. The majority of solar flares are harmless, and completely miss the earth. However, there have already been occassions in which solar flares have hit the earth. This is where the solar flare scare for 12/21/2012 comes in.
See, on Dec. 12, 2012, there will be other magnetic forces in play due to the alignment of the planets, as well as the alignment of the sun in regards to the ecliptic and galactic equator (known as the cross, crossroads, sacred tree, tree of life, etc etc). These combined forces have the ability to not only switch the Earth’s poles (which there is evidence to support this already happening many times before over billions of years, and NASA studies show that Earth’s magnetic poles are in a process of reversal right now in fact), but also pull massive solar flares from the sun, sending them through space. The FACT is that if a solar flare of that size were to hit the Earth, it would cause loss of electricity, and irradiation of the surface.
Further more, in the likely event that the Earth’s poles will remain intact, there is still the highly unlikely (but possible) possibility of the Earth’s outer crust shifting because of the increased pull (typically it would also need another powerful pull from another force..i.e. a planet or large body passing by the earth). This would be catastrophic, and would happen in literal minutes.
I will say however, that some fools believe that this 12/21/2012 event could cause the Earth to reverse rotation. While that is highly unlikely, and even more improbable, if something like that would happen…no worries, because you wouldn’t know what happened. You would be dead before you had the opportunity to realize it. We’re moving at 200+ mph. If we suddenly stopped and began moving the other way….(I’m sure you can imagine the scenerio if you know anything about inertia.)
As the date approaches however, it is likely that there will be more storms, earthquakes, and volcanic activity. In fact, it’s naturally expected.
While I doubt this will be doomsday, I do see a lot of this playing out, ironically, the way the Bible said it would (not like you think though…I’m not referring to judgment day or armageddon). I’m referring to the “Son” (sun) on the cross”, and being “welcomed by a man bearing water” (moving from our current age to the age of aquarius; we move from age to age in the zodiac approx. every 26,000 yrs).
Astrologically, this is a huge event. Astronomically it is even bigger, for the same reason…it only happens every 26,000 years. Furthermore the red giant star Antares is calculated to not only be visible at this time, but is also calculated to have a high probability of becoming a supernova at that time. If this were to happen, it would be so bright that it would appear to be a second sun in the sky, because of the sheer size of the star.
The truth is, it doesn’t matter how smart or smug we are about blowing this event off, it’s coming, and it’s big, and there is nothing we can do to change the events that will occur…good or bad. Will it be the end of the world? Doubtful. It could cause some massive changes to our planet, but the human race has a strong will and ability to survive, as long as the planet remains (we’ve proven that), and we’re educated enough to accept and prepare for possible changes.
Another fact however, is that it really doesn’t matter what Dec 12, 2012 brings. If it’s not “doomsday”, we still have a new ice age to look forward to for the way we treat our planet.
To sum my comment up, I’m not trying to tell anyone to panic and prepare for doomsday. However, I am saying, prepare for something big. Think of your loved ones in the event that something bad occurs and you took the word of someone on the net, telling you to blow it off because nothing is going to happen. There is nothing that kills quicker than being unprepared for a bad scenerio playing out. I live by the theory of rather being safe now, than sorry later. In the likely event that nothing bad happens…so what. Be thankful. At the very least you were prepared.
Thank you PO.
ditto, PO, thank you for your great explanation and insight…unfortunately, it will still fall on blind eyes and deaf ears…
Thank you PO, your words are my thoughts. Wish I could have explained myself as well as you.
An interesting article but whats the point in worrying? If if happens it happens we can’t do anything about it!!!
So said the grasshopper to the ant. You’ll be okay for winter.
Here’s a thought. Considering mounds such as Silbury Hill, Wiltshire, UK have been excavated, only to find NOTHING, just a lot of empty space…..is it possible such places were bunkers and shelters for people during past climatic events….such as pole shift or solar flares ?
This post is typical of the “scientific mindset”. It provides facts, data, hypothesis and judgment but fails to deliver in one key human area. It’s due to this failure that science is completely unable to see something very obvious, and equally important.
I’ve backspaced a sentence. I’ll leave it to the smart people here to figure out what the key failure of science is. That, or you can just continue calling names of anyone with an alternate view.
thinking–science does not have an equation for human nature…there is nothing that can predetermine or formulate what we are capable of…
leah–those mounds could very well be “ghost towns”—they met the immediate needs that were crucial at the time in order to survive, and when they outlived their usefulness, the survivors moved on?????
…just a thought…
Hi Becky,
The one in my village was excavated too….nothing inside, just space. We have so very many small ones around these parts, but the word is, not even one can be opened to proove or disproove that they are individual graves.
All this peculation and eveyone trying to set the record straight and be scientifically correct. The only sure thing is that time will tell. Now go back to enjoying life instead of worrying about things that are not in our control.
leah–so without the excavation, there is no way of knowing if they are graves, or abandoned dwellings???? perhaps we aren’t supposed to know, just yet…if they prove to be abandoned, could they be reuseable????
leah–i am thinking on a bigger scale than individual graves…to reuse individual graves is gross thinking on my part…i am considering underground dwellings that could have housed families or a small circle of friends…
As for the mounds, perhaps storage, root
cellar or the like. When the real function is
discovered it may suprise us.
Don’t worry about the world coming to an end today. It’s already tomorrow in Australia.” Charles Schultz, creator of the Peanuts comic strip. LOL thats funny right. I don’t have anything to add, but I wanted to share this.
E
“About the time of the end, a body of men will be raised up who will turn their attention to the prophecies, and insist upon their literal interpretation, in the midst of much clamour and opposition.” Sir Isaac Newton (1643-1727 CE) 1
“The prophecies are to be unintelligible to the ungodly but intelligible to those who are properly instructed.” Blaise Pascal (1623 – 1662 CE)
E
Greetings to my Friends Leah, Becky and Espumpin!!
I really liked the inputs provided by Po! Thanks Po, that was really insightful. Your explanations were lot more logical than Ian’s. Especially your interpretation of the Bible verse about “Son on the cross……”, that makes a lot of sense..
This is what we (Myself, Leah, Becky , Espumpin, Rico etc.) have been trying to convey since a long time… I believe some more people will be convinced by your sound reasoning.
I’m looking forward to hearing more from you..
I’m actually apalled by people who just plainly dismiss 2012 as a “nothing” .. If not more, atleast give it the due credit of being the harbinger of a once in 26,000 Years Event! Come on people this is no Joke! 26,000 Years!!
Espumpin, those extracts you quoted were Good… I really wish that this said “Body of Men” is raised soon enough and more people get “properly instructed”…
I watched the movie “Signs” over the weekend, i did not know that it was based on Crop Circles.. I really liked the way it points at a bigger scheme of things, i.e. everything having a valid reason in the long run..
Other than that i have read some of the Novels in the fiction section by Dan Ward on Halexandria.. I really recommend those to all of you. All of them have different themes but are very closely related to what we have been discussing here.. Dan Sewell Ward has done an excellent job of tying all these things together from Creation to 2012…..
Hello Amit,
Hope you are well. I’m glad that PO and Dave have explained in a different way, as it takes as many ways as there are people to get information accross. The film SIGNS packs a pretty big message…glad you enjoyed it.
By the way, would you know of a web site for Akrit Jaswal ?
Leah
Leah, i tried but could not find any official website in his name.. He is there on Wikipedia and other such sites but nothing belonging to him…
I think that the amazing kid has not thought about starting a website yet..
Science is only science when proven true by the sciencetific method or other science, so any one who says it’s not true without reason is not a scienceist.
“it’s” means something’s
Please enlighten me.
If it is 2012 and the things discussed here have just transpired, where do we go from here?
Please, anyone?
“Just a Thought”, thats a Good thought… But the question of “Where do we go from here?” does not rest with us…. We can only hope for the best and be prepared for the worst..
Now you would want to ask “What kind of preparation?” .. Well.. its too early to get into that, but we should keep a keen eye on the happenings and if the signs do point to a high probability of occurence of these events, then we should start preparing as best as we can… And we cannot rely on our respective Governments to take care of everyone.. It would depend on how well we work as communities and groups..
I know that if there is some sort of “official” confirmation of such an event then there would be mass hysteria and public will go crazy.. Every person will look to rip off others…
And the result would be no less than a catastrophe in itself.. So i dont think that there would be any confirmation by the authorities on this front.eg. Even if they know for sure that some other planetary body is going to pass very close to Earth, resulting in Global Cataclysm. They would just keep this information under covers, because there is always a level of uncertainty attached to such occurences.. Its possible that the body changes path due to any unforeseen reason and disaster is averted, but the confirmation by authorities has already caused a mayhem. People are looting each other and going crazy with fear…..
So, the best option is to wait and watch… Get on with life as usual but be aware of whts happening around us and look for signs that verify the things we discussed…
Dear Amit,
I need to understand something, and ask with the greatest respect and love for ALL.
Why do peoples, e.g. in India have so many children knowing there is less chance of being able to feed and care for a large family, compared to a smaller family ?
People in the western world have decreased the size of their families, because they want to BUY and DO stuff, but that has at least helped to curb high population increases in those areas.
What incentive would e.g. the People of India need to not have so many children ?
Leah
Thank you for the response,
I became aware a long time ago that self reliance is the most positive way of providing
for the needs at hand, either personally or on
a community level. Looking to the government for “the answer” generaly leads
to disapointment and involves surrendering
some control you may have held in the matter.
I agree that even if the govt. knew, nothing
would be said. Understandably so because
of the panic that would ensue.
It will be an adventure, as things come to
pass, to say the least.
Dear sjaman,
There is a lot of truth in what you wrote. A old saying “Prophecy is the Opium of the People” and “The Prophecy Must be Met” (the last part provided for me by a friend) is very true.
The easiest way to create a shortage of anything is to “Predict” a shortage…….at which point, due to fear of shortage. People buy up the entire amount of product available in the market in a short time, and BINGO, a shortage truly exists. Self fulfilling Prophecy.
I personally hope that we are the fools the say we are. I hope to see grandkids in 2025. I want my kids to grow up in this f**ked up world and have the same chances I did.I dont want us to be right. I wish I had chosen Bliss.I wonder if God forgives me?I wonder if we who are not scientist, Who were given basic clues, We who then put some of them in a methodical “link”.How easy it must look to those who hold the knowledge, that we are blind sheep. Chewing away eating s**t, day by day making them a path.They who hold the knowledge say look, they care not for the truth as long as we give them what they need.So lets charge them for that.Make sure they only learn what we want them to. All the while they fleece us and that away all we are worth. Do the really laugh all the way to the bank? Have you heard of the Amero? the R.I.F. chip. I never really thought of having $ as evil, but its true.I think I need a drink. I’m gonna go outside now and clear my head. I wonder how the ppl at NASA sleep at night?
Espumpin.
good morning , one and all!!! welcome back amit and badbart!!! this thread serves more that one purpose for me–if you all are posting, then i know you all are okay!!! …and that’s a good thing…
i had a rather obscure thought, but it is lingering, so i guess it is time to “put it out there”…has anyone, but me, considered the events the MIGHT accompany a 180 degree polar shift??? (north pole becoming south, and south, of course north)????? how long do you think it might take for this shift to happen??? how long do you think the earth might teeter or wobble until it settles back into its new axis??? i am sure of one thing…it will be an amusement park ride gone horribly bad…and we wlll ALL be just “along for the ride”…
PLEASE UNDERSTAND THAT I AM NOT DWELLING ON THE DOOM AND GLOOM OF IT ALL…I AM NOT SITTING HERE WAITING FOR THE RIDE TO START…i am merely asking another hypothetical question…that’s all…any takes???
and thank you for your thoughts and insights…
please enjoy your day…
Hi Becky,
Should a large enough body pass by earth close enough, and e.g. passing earth from north to south…..it could make earth’s crust swivel in that direction.
I believe somehow the maya’s where right in their predictions. I’m far from a doomsday believer. But they where right when they said there would be a change in the way we think here on earth. Don’t you people see what is happening at the moment?
The maya’s where great thinkers. The knew when they would predict change and give it a date 21-12-2012
800 years later we would start to think about it. so they where right. at the end of calendar many of us started to think different. we entered another dimension of thoughts.
the changes they meant are happening right now in the souls of everybody who is interested in the prophecy. It’s all psychology! and they knew what would happen in the years before the date. Don’t you people see, feel and notice that the way you think is changing since you are searching for answers about the meaning of the prophecy? after 21-12-2012 this change is fulfilled. on this date many will be disappointed because they start to think that nothing happened. but it already happened on the pathway to 2012. you have entered another dimension of thoughts! And this will only happen with the people who are interested in the prophecy. this happened the day and the days or years after you heard about the prophecy ad started the philosophy in your mind. thoughts that changed the reality around you. maybe nothing visual will happen in the world around you but it changed your thoughts.
Don’t start to believe the doomsday shit. your individual and collective thoughts are a force above all forces. your thoughts create the reality you live in! just go with the flow into the light believe in yourself and know your universal powers. it is all psychology!
Cheers amigo’s
IT’S GOING TO HAPPEN.
HALF OF HISTORY IS POINTING TOWARDS IT.
Hi Leah, the question you asked about the population in India is one that even we cannot understand!!
Its mainly in the low income levels, due to lack of education and awareness… These people still think that more children mean more earning because they put the children to work at an early age! And amongst them, child mortality rate is also high, so they want to have more children as a sort of a safety measure in case they lose one or two.. Another problem is the lack of awareness about birth control measures, which are offered free of cost by Govt. Illiteracy is the bane of my country Leah…. You wont see more than 2 children per family in the educated Middle Class and Upper Class… I’ll give you an example.. The maid who does the cleaning etc in my house has 8 children… And the eldest amongst them is a 24 year old girl, and you wont believe what i’m going to say now… She has 5 kids and is pregnant with the 6th!!!! And one of the 5 just passed away!! I gave her a severe tongue lashing a few days ago, trying to put some sense into her head! Sometimes i feel pity for these people, but sometimes i feel frustrated thinking that its these people who are pulling our country down!! They know everything but are still ignorant! When peple like us have decided to have only 1 Child, despite the fact that we have means to raise 3-4 easily, then why these people go on having one after the other! I know someone might take offense at my thoughts and chastise me, but then its just another perspective of mine… You need to have one look at their life and you will know whats wrong.. They dont have enough to know from where their next meal would come, but they have every bad habbit to boost.. They get drunk every night, they smoke too much, they gamble, and what not! And when obviously their means are not enough to serve these ends then they turn to crime! Disgusting! Leah, i dont like to be harsh this way, but when i see that even my family can become a victim of their random crimes , then it gets a bit too much for me! But i’m not afraid, and i dont let these negative thoughts fester in my mind.. I believe that the Universal Singularity , the One True Power will take care of me, i just have to do good and be good….
Sjaman,
Very rightly said…. I hope 2012 is ONLY about what you are saying and nothing else.. What you said about change in the thought process, i am feeling it already and i mentioned it here a few days ago.. And then some person called me Weirdo and crazy and what not…
But u truly feel that ever since i began to read about this, there has been a phenomenal change in my thinking.. There are so many things that i have learned from the history of mankind and the ancient prophecies…
If we are able to decipher the ancient knowledge completely then this world would become a much better place..
Hey Becky! Good to hear from you……
I wonder what will happen if this page is unable to take any more and crashes, then we will be out of touch completely, and it will be sad to lose so many good friends that i have made here! Now thats a thought which worries me more than 2012 right now!!!
This thread is already so long, i’m not sure how long this can go on! Do we have any alternative in that case?
Now about your hypothetical scenario….. I have reasons to believe that the situation you ar presenting is not entirely hypothetical, it may have happened in the past as well… The biggest proof is the mammoth which was found in Syberia with undigested vegitation in its stomach, pointing to a sudden change in his surroundings, from greenlands to frozen.. And this is only possible due to “you know what” ….
Sjaman couldn’t of said it better, the Mayans made us think and whether anything happens or not, there are thousands who are freaking out… damaged done as we speak
cheers, to all today!
Espumpin, I ready think that people at NASA do not sleep much, in-fact, most of there work is at night then some in the day.. NASA knows and covers up so much that they possible have to deal with the hardest of this all… I would be freaking out if I were to know things no of you did… Now that they have been in contact with E.T.s for last 60 years is spooky enough for me and the truth should remain between folks like us and not the regular public… they are not near ready for new like that..
Hi,
For those new comers to the thread wishing to stay in touch please use the following e-mail address [email protected]
Be well,
Leah
To have a separate e-mail address for this subject is useful.
Hi Amit,
Thanks for your reply. So it seems that the same old reasons rule. Safety in numbers, i.e. large families. A different way of getting the message accross to the people is required, in a format they can relate to and understand.
Secondly, finding the right deal to make with people, so they don’t want to have so many children, is also what is needed. Life is one big compromise.
Leah
amit–you are right–this thread is getting VERY LONG…and it has served a wonderful purpose in pulling us all together…where there is a will, there is a way…let me check with leah, and see if she can help establish contact with you off the thread…i do not want to violate any privacy or confidentiality…
best wishes,
becky
All the people thinking, and saying the world is going to end in 2012.
No one knows when the world is going to end, people thought it was going to end in 2000, and even over 50 years ago people have been saying the world will end soon.
Has the world ended yet?
No, and no one will ever know when it will.
So live everyday at It’s best, and dont worry about when the world’s comming to an end.
Just be thankful for now, It’s your life.
haha..well what ever u have shown is good…but is comepletely based on the thinking u have ….small one i must say….
go and see some of the prophecies of the prophets and also the writings of the famous oracles of the world…
on 21st december,2012… something is gonna happen…that will just change the world forever….
maybe fourth world will end and new world begins…
well nothing can be said… but just this that world is in danger….
if not ready to listen it up..than plzz read Bible maybe u will trust it and that ur eyes be open…
The bible is just a book.. and the greatest experiment ever, because it brainwashed so many folks… its like back in the day “Hey, let see what this will do”… the bible is like 2012 in a way, only stronger… on the other note, cheers Becky,
“Where there is love, there is hope”
http://hk.youtube.com/user/fozenstar
Heh, for a sec I was scared but after reading the Planet X article and this one I now see how stupid this is lawl
IT used to be thought of as just a manipulation, a mind-trick. Doctors wore white coats, spoke in soothing tones, exuding confidence and medical know-how, and if they told you a pill would make you better, it would. By the time you found out it was just a sugar pill, you were feeling great, so who cares? The placebo effect worked. How many placebo have the general population been given when it comes to the truth. How many more ppl are still willing to take the red pill. I dont want to rehash all that has been said, what sucks is I have to pay rent even though I explained to my landlord about 2012..LOL. Have a g’day everyone:)
Espumpin
good morning, everyone!!!
fozenstar–thank you…
just a couple quick thoughts…though the Bible, still today, signifies the “word of God”, it is important to remember that it was written by man–humans, mortals—just like you and me…it has been rewritten, edited, translated many, many times over the course of the years…for me, the saddest part of that story is the ending…it appears to me, that for some, they will never make history on their own merit..so what better way to make history than to destroy it and rewrite it all over again…history plays a huge part in our future—best to become aware of it before it no longer exists…man made it, and like everything else—man will destroy it…
great point, espumpin—feed it a sugar pill, put a band-aid on it…and “call me in the morning”.!!!…(bad break on the rent, though, buddy!!! )
leah!!!! THANK YOU SO MUCH for your efforts in establishing a place for us all to go to off the thread!!!!! i hope everyone who is serious about this, takes advantage and continues their thoughts by way of this e-mail address…it’s ALL GOOD!!!!!
love and best wishes to you all…please enjoy your day!
becky
Dear Tato,
Don’t you think that you are full of pride ? Being disrespectful of others and thaeir opinions, is not something to be proud of.
And….YES….you should research first.
OUCH!!!!!! Tato!!!! first off, my apologies for ruffling your feathers…certainly not my intent…perhaps i should have elaborated just a ittle more…i was not referring to the “spirit” of the holy Bible…i was referring to the actual REWRITING of it…the ACTUAL written text has changed over the past 100 years or so…it is a different Bible from when it was originally written….i am not talking about burning Bibles here, or persecuting people for their religious beliefs…the spanish inquisition ENDED centuries ago…
what i was referring to is the dessimation of archeological digs, ruins, wonderful and priceless artifacts, scrolls, stones, even museums that hold important keys to our past…if they are lost or destroyed–for whatever reason—then THAT history is gone FOREVER!!! how convenient if you want to rewrite it!!!
i was just thinking out loud…it really had nothing to do with “religion”–in and of itself…
yeah i dont believe in all this the world is going to end i mean it was ment to end like 2 years ago and im the 1980’s if it was going to end it would have by now.
but why are people now going on about there seeing ufo’s?.
Do we just sit back and terrify the boots off us? Do we have to believe every number and glyph thrown at us – calendars, portents, prophecies, etc.? Why not carry on with the very serious task of LIVING . As for the whens and hows of obliteration – there are far too many WONDERFUL and GENUINE people around to bring about an extinction. One thing the Universe is fair with – it’s fairness!
Thanks Ian. Really.
Let me just put this out there. Let’s suppose us all ‘were’ going to die on doomsday, or the world ‘WAS’ going to end. Don’t you guys think major scientists, world leaders, spiritual leaders and international heroes would all be talking about it to? Don’t you think humans would all unite to STOP this from happening?
Why isn’t this in the media? Why? Why aren’t the Dailama or the Pope giving all of us spiritual lectures on this? Why isn’t it such a serious matter? What in the world could be more serious than the end of the world … Gas prices?
For the rest of the idiot’s out there… the world is not going to end. If the world was going to end, don’t you think we’d be trying to figure out how? And figure out a way to save the human race. We’re the current generation that can stop doomsday.
If it was really a question about the end of civilization, we wouldn’t be planning our life and saving money. We wouldn’t be doing anything but working together as a human race to protect our race.
But… the reason why we’re reacting to doomsday so fearfully? There is power in numbers.
– Kush Thaker, Grade 8.
Kush, spoken like a true 8th grader.
None of us know for sure what is going to happen, we just hope one way or the other.
While it bothers me, I’ll admit that none of us honestly KNOW anything at all. Have any of you thought about how life if possible in the first place? As far as I’m concerned, it isn’t. But I’m just going to have to “live” without knowing whether or not I’m actually alive.
We just have to deal with it.
I couldn’t finish everything leah said to me and i didn’t see the reaserch thingy. well first of all my family is super religious. My cousin is in Rome right know in a university of priests. Anyway I am interested in history which i’ve studied for years. Now religion and history go hand in hand. for example the ancient greeks had written a great flood had destroyed all civilizations which in change proves noahs arc correct.Therefore i had to do no reaserch
Dear Tato,
If you would read the whole thread, you will find many posts that contain information and refeences to the Flood, and cataclism. Every culture has a story about it in their history, not just the Bible and the Greek legends.
No one telling of the event is the Definitive truth or fact. They are each an account of events from locations all over the world, therefore they will vary due to what the people experienced in one place as compared to another.
Dear Espumpin,
Please don’t be upset…….WE are that body of men…….the ones who study, and are therefore prepared as best we can be.
RE 411….address posted 6th August.
Be well,
Leah
Hi Espumpin,
[email protected]
nathan——WHAT A TRAGEDY!!! “I’m just going to have to “live” without knowing whether or not I’m actually alive.”?????????????????? did you really mean that the way it sounded??? or could you elaborate just a little??? thank you so much…
kush and tato—many, many people dedicate their lives to doing research…the credibility of that research lies with the recipiants of it…for every person that researches and studies FOR something, there is another who researches and studies AGAINST it…neither person is right or wrong…but both remain credible…one may not seem important to the other, but both remain significant…things are not always in black and white–there are many, many shades of grey…
…but we all look for answers that fit in with our beliefs—and that is the magic of it all…
Becky, Leah,Rico & Amit plz dont waste ur thoughts on ignorance. Leave that 2 some 1 just as stupid. First off 2 think world leaders or anyone who might know the truth,( if there was a truth 2 know) U believe they would share the knowledge. Thats what gets me about gulliable ppl giving opinions. U believe the goverments want 2 help us. I wont give a tongue lashing, but U know they have lied about every war, JFK,MLK, gas prices, the depression. If u’d like I can give U site to check out and books to read. But hey ur 2 busy enjoying life and saving money. $ wont even be able 2 help u wipe ur a** if the world ends. So I will make U a deal. U go about ur life as if nothing will happen and i’ll prepare. In 4yrs ur life would have simply gone as always. Me i’ll contuine 2 work-out and study and in 4yrs i’ll be stronger and smarter. We both will have $ family and friends. But if what we all fear does come to pass then ur going 2 b the only one a**ed out. There really isn’t any need 2 argue about it is there. S**t I hope U’r all correct and I can call myself a fool. I have kids I dont want the world to end. But i’m not fool enough 2 sit here while I think something may happen and not do anything about it. U more than I had better pray nothing happens, cuz u think we’re suppose to get a memo filling us in on what our great goverment leaders know. Go rent Fahrenheit 911 go learn something dont b a dumba**. Oh yeah u think i’m 1. Well then lets agree 2 disagree and I shouldn’t have 2 hear from u’s again cuz ur smarter than me. Right?
Espumpin
Just a reminder of how some minds think alike.
“About the time of the end, a body of men will be raised up who will turn their attention to the prophecies, and insist upon their literal interpretation, in the midst of much clamour and opposition.” Sir Isaac Newton (1643-1727 CE) 1
“The prophecies are to be unintelligible to the ungodly but intelligible to those who are properly instructed.” Blaise Pascal (1623 – 1662 CE)
E
You know, if you trust in god, nothing would happen to you.
For the believers in god… does that mean science over powers god for you?
– Kush Thaker, 8th grade
hey Kush, have you any of my other bloggs?
Leah, for some reason I dont have the e-mail address on my thread. can you give it again plz:)
Espumpin
Becky, I was just stating that things work beyond our understanding, and you can’t tell me that you’re alive just because you “think” you are. I guess it’s just difficult for me to explain so I’m coming off as a bit confusing. The brain is such a complex thing and if altered you can understand and see things so much differently. Take for example people with schizophrenia. They can sit there and tell you that they see something even if it’s not really there, and there is nothing you can do to make them think otherwise, because they really do see it. If a doctor is performing brain surgery on you, he can send electrical shocks to certain parts of your brain to make you feel and do different things. I’m just saying if it’s possible to make a human sense something just by altering a few chemicals in the brain, then I’m not convinced that I am what I think I am. Just something to think about.
And no, I’m not depressed or suicidal because I think this way, I’m just looking at the extremes and saying it is a possibility.
Also people, if you don’t believe in Santa Claus, why would you possibly believe in God?
And if nobody told you about God, would you still believe in it?
P.S. I guess I’ll also go ahead and admit that I have done a powerful dissociative called salvia divinorum, which was kind of the starting point of these thoughts. I wasn’t going to mention it because a lot of people are ignorant of “drugs” and look down upon those that wish to experiment with them. Anyway, I hope that cleared a few things up.
– Nathan
Feel free to bash, agree with, or just discuss these thoughts. But please, do it with your own words, not something you “read one time”.
– Nathan
hi, nathan–interesting!!! no bashing– that really isn’t our style!!! not quite sure how to reply to you just yet, but you can be assured, that when i do, it will be in my “own words”…
hi, espumpin– good to hear from you again…ya know, sometimes ya have to repeat things…it is part of the learning process…and if you have kids, YOU KNOW!!!!
sometimes you have to tell them 3 or 4 times before they start to understand…same thing here–eventually, they’ll start to get it…
best wishes to you all,
becky
worry about HAARP
Hi Espumpin,
q u 2012 @ google mail . com without the spaces.
For me there is a difference between EARTH, being a planet and the WORLD, being the conditions that humans have created for themselves and all other life.
So, for me, when the Mayan or any other prophecy says the World will change or end, it does not mean the EARTH is going to blow apart etc, its the conditions and way of life that will change or end.
Climate change or climatic mayhem, such as Ice age, enduces great changes from every aspect.
It is possible that past civilisations realised that any one civilisation can last only so long e.g. 5000 years. Like any one Empire, there is a limit to how long it can hold itself together. Even businesses come and go. It could be that the Mayan calendar (astronomical aspect aside) ends because they knew that in the early 21st century our civilisation as we know it would end and a new way would have to be adopted.
I imagine that once upon a time, the idea of being able to heat the atmosphere was born out of a knowlege and fear of the cyclical ice ages, amongst other repetative climatic events. Hence the wish to have some influence over the weather. However there are always those who e.g. choose to see a bottle as a weapon, instead of as a means to store fluids. It was the same with E=mc2.
What about the, “and I saw a new heaven and a new earth” passage we all know?
Things change all the time and some of those changes are not as subtle.
The world moves on.
If anyone is familiar with Stephen Kings The Dark Tower Books they will know what I mean.
After our faith in electronic technology fails us, for whatever the cause, and we have to do wihtout them, the world ( earth ) will be a different ( new ) place.
hi, sassy–YEP!!! another “well-kept secret”…hard to say for sure what that place is capable of…but i’m pretty sure it is not for the betterment of mankind…anytime you can alter the ionosphere, or send out enough frequencies to spawn earthquakes, hurricanes or tornadoes—it can’t be good…we did a little bit of reasearch on this one when they first started building it…followed lots of paper trails…you would be surprised who holds the patents…it is not all government or department of defense…oil companies, power companies and their subsiduaries, also have their fingers in the cookie jar…sort of makes you go “HUMMMMMMM!” i have been a believer for a long time in weather modification, and i am pretty sure HAARP is at the center of it all…
leah and just a thought–so very well put…guess it all boils down to perception…if you have 10 different people sitting and looking at one apple, you will get 10 different perceptions of that apple…no one will see it or relate to it in the same way…even the terminology changes (and we find ourselves talking about apples, and oranges as well)…so when you consider the destruction of planet earth vs. the destruction of our world(s)….the two are vastly different…but still remain relative to each other…
Hi Leah, Becky and Espumpin!
I was down with a bout of Viral Fever since Wednesday.. Juts got back to work today..
Was just catching up on the progress of the thread since the.. Happy to see some fresh thoughts here..
And thanks for establishing that channel for us to communicate outside this thread….
A good point about peception was raised here, and i like what Leah said about “Earth” and “World” , that is a very logical concept.. And when this “World” theory is applied with respect to “Percetion” then you are bound to get different interpretation of the prophecies, as perthe understanding of the interpreters. But the real truth may still be hidden somewhere, or it could be amongst the various alternatives discussed here…
Becky, i am absolutely unaware about HAARP, care to enlighten me?
Nathan, i have read your post 2-3 times and i am unable to make out what you real want to imply!
Well, i understand hen you say that there are things that are beyond our understanding! But what do you mean , we “think” we are “alive” ? As per the definition of “life” that we know, then we are much alive, beyond any doubt.. And if there is any other condition that is called “life”, then we need to see it to believe it.. Maybe that come after “Death”, if thats what u mean…
By the way, i am glad that i am “ignorant of drugs”, and i’d rather be this way than experiment with something that makes me lose control of my life! You may say that if one is in control and does it wisely then its okay, but the point is that ones you do it, you become a slave to it and there is no control at all..
Espumpin, your point was well taken, its good to ignore the ignorant ones here…. Because if someone is serious about it, then he/she will go the whole hog and read the thread fro the start, just like we did.. And if they are still not convinced then nothing can convince them… And there is nothing more we can do for them..
And like you said, we can surely keep an eye on things and exercise some measures of preparedness without disrupting our normal life.. That will be a Win Win situation. Because deep down we all want nothing “Bad” to happen in 2012.. I really wish it just turns out to be either of the following :
1. Nothing at all, just like another day and we end up being fools!
2. It is a Shift in Global Consciouness as suggested by some cultures…
3. A dimensional shift which results in new knowledge..
4. End of the world as we know it.. i.e. Back to basics..
Who knows!
And i forgot to tell you something… I am enrolling for a Masters Degree in Disaster Management…. You can say that this 2012 thing is the reason for that, but its not out of some kind of fear psychosis that i am doing it.. Actually, this course is in accordance with my current line of specialisation..
Even if there is no disaster in 2012, this Degree would help me enhance my career.. But in case we face a catastrophe in 2012, then i will be better equipped to handle such scenario andhelp my community in the best way possible..
What do u guys think?
Hi. Just found this site looking up a movie. Very cool information. I guess I’m going to give my take for whatever its worth. I’ll try to keep it brief.
1. 2000 the world was going to end because of Y2K messing with the clocks or whatever and it was going to start a Neuclear war.
2. When Y2K didn’t happen, they said the REAL turn of the millennium would be in 2001.
3. Someone predicted the end would start with a major city’s destruction by an earthquake here in America in 2006. That never happened.
4. People keep bringing up Nostradamus’s predictions.
this is hard for me to swallow for 2 reasons.
a. people said he predicted 9/11 and brought up a passage that he supposedly gave. Not only did he NOT mention a date… many of the words of his original text were changed to fit what was happening.
heck, if I did that, I could take that same text without changing a word, and apply it to a drunk driver whose car crashed through a house killing a young boy.
and
b. His predictions are so vague, like I said, you can basically make them fit ANYTHING. I can make one of his predictions fit something I ate today and say “NOSTRADAMUS PREDICTED MY BREAKFAST!!”
5. That one guy who believed a UFO was coming to take them home on a comet believed the world was going to end when the comet passed through. I guess it did for him and his followers who believed in the doomsday theory. but I’m still here.
6. My grandmother said the end of the world was upon us in the 1980’s. She said we wouldn’t live to see 2000. She was only partially right. She died in 1989.
Here’s the thing.
Most “Bible code” experts have been proven wrong. (IE, the “bible code” predicted Y2K which never happened. The bible code Predicted a massive earthquake in 2006 that would destroy Los Angeles… its still here even after this recent earthquake.
Psychics are being proven to be “false prophets” time and time again. One famous and respected psychic told Barbara Walters she had trouble with her blood. She went to her docter immediately and was told she was in perfect health. She had a second opinion to confirm the same thing.
Another “Renouned and accurate” Psychic told the family of that kidnapped boy that he was dead, and for a nominal fee, she’d help them locate the body. Not only was the boy NOT dead, but he was held along with another missing boy.
Also, for Christians who are falling for the doom and gloom stuff.
Read the bible much? It is made clear that NOT EVEN THE SON (Jesus) knows the hour or day in which he will return, until the father sends him to claim his children.
Then it further states in revolation that after the great war of the apocolypse when the father gathers his children and separates them from evil doers… Satan will be recast into hell, and there will be 1,000 years of peace and unity on earth before God’s children are called home.
For all we know it could be tomorrow, or 300 years from tomorrow.
As for the alien connection – I’ve always believed that it is arrogant of us to believe we are the only creatures in this universe that God created.
He created animals before us, he created the angels in heaven, he created the heavens for crying out loud… so why is it so hard to believe he created other worldly beings outside of us?
perhaps we on earth are the only ones created in HIS IMAGE… but that doesn’t mean we’re the only ones he’s created. The proof is in the millions of species of creatures that inhabit this planet.
and if there ARE aliens so to speak (not saying I believe that) but IF there are… whose to say they’re going to invade us?
They’re supposedly light years ahead of us in every way. Don’t you think they’d have attacked us by now if they meant us harm?
Perhaps, like all creatures, there are those who may if they exist, but I bet, if they exist, there are those who want peace as well.
But like I said… whether you’re a believer in Aliens, God, or codes…
the only thing that is certain is nothing is certain.
No one expected my uncle to die in a car crash at 49 years old. He was the healthiest of the family, he was only a few months away from 50. He was young.
no one expected me to come out unscathed when I was 2 years old and developed scarlett fever.
The one thing you can expect is the unexpected.
So just live your life, however long it may be, in a way that would make you proud to look back… so you can say “I did good.”
That’s all you can do. Forget about doom and gloom.
Lol… so much for keeping this breif. Sry.
2012 isn’t something we should be worrying about… But 2013 is something we should look forward to.
The Mayan calender is just a calender… Just like the one we use with 12 months, or like the one Hindu’s use, Chinese use, Russian use!
Why should we be so freaked out? Because it’s a Mayan Calender?
True, Mayan’s were very good predicters. So were Hindu’s. Hindu astrology is the main basis of horoscope signs such as Virgo, Leo, Cancer.
But why are we scared of the end of a Mayan calender? When the Hindu calender ends… it just resets, back to normal.
If we’re really believing in Hindu Mythology today, and following Horoscope signs, why is Mayan Mythology making us think 2012 is the end?
I’m not Mayan, and I doubt many of you are… But we’re being Freaked by Mayan Mythology?
Kush Thaker – Grade 8
Mr. Kush Thaker – Grade 8. All i have to say to you is that its good for you to believe that 2012 will be normal and pass like any other year. Because we certainly dont want you to stop studying and start worrying about a doomsday scenario..
But on the same hand, you should also notice that all thats being discussed here is not entirely based on Mayan Calendar.. There is a lot more to it, and i mean a LOT more… And we are not just prophesizing a Doomsday scenario here.. We are just a bunch of people discussing a host of possibilities… If you are interested in this topic, then just go through this thread from the begining,
Hi Amit,
Sorry about your flu, and good to hear from you. q u 2012 @ googlemail .com e-mail, its so we keep talking, like Stephen Hawking says. You’re welcome.
Dear Amit,
Disaster management is so very important, especially as they are more frequent at the moment. I feel sure you will prove to be a most valuable asset to the field, and I wish you success.
Nick Begich is one of the experts on HAARP. It has lots of uses…..just depends on the user.
Be well
Leah
amit–WELCOME BACK!!!!! you were missed…hope you are on the amends and feeling better…
i think your classes in disaster management is a wonderful idea… it will most certainly provide a different perspective and give you lots of new tools…best of luck to you as you start this new endeavor…keep an open mind, as i know you will…
as for HAARP… this facility was built in alaska…amit, please forgive me for what i am about to do, but i need to step aside here and ask that you do a google search on it, and read all about it for yourself…particular attention to the “this HAARP doesnt’ play” link…i do not mean this as a diversion…please understand that i, myself, DO NOT HAVE THE CAPACITY to recap it and explain it so others will understand……though i understand it, my explanations fall way short…so, please read about it for yourself, and then draw your own conclusions…i do not want to influence your objectivity…though my previous post and opinion regarding HAARP may have done just that…please let me know your thoughts after you have had a chance to explore it…
best wishes,
becky
Amit,
You’re right, we’re discussing possibilities. But… My comment was dicrectly to the article.
I thought you’d know that.
Kush Thaker – Grade 8
I think what really boggles my mind is that most of the people on here that are absolutely swearing that this shift will happen are swearing in absolutely horrible english.
I have read a lot about this subject, on both sides. I think the thing that really annoys me about all of it is the certainty of which people are saying either it will, or it will not. NASA is swearing it won’t. Most holy rollers are saying it will.
I think right now we are seeing a shift, but it in no way, shape, or form eclipses the other shifts the human civilization has been through before. I mean, yes, things look terrible right now….but do you not think things looked terrible to those about to enter WWI? The earth went on. WWII? The earth went on. And so forth.
People use mankind’s misfortunes to make predictions about future misfortunes. Ultimately, I think the main thing that people need to acknowledge is that knowledge is so much more accessible nowadays. It is so easy to see all the things that are going wrong because you can easily open up a web browser and look it up. Things seem so much worse when you know about them. It’s like 2 people across the globe….one hears about a volcano erupting, and the other one doesn’t. Ten years later, the same 2 people hear about another volcano erupting, and the one that didn’t know about the first one is thinking, “my god! lock the doors and board up the windows.” Panic stricken, heading to the basement for whatever shelter it will provide them. I think people need to get a grip on reality.
With that being said, I truly hope some awakening is coming in 2012. It seems like the corrupted have overrun every single government in this world. The only difference in America is we actually elect the sons of b*tches. Sadly, I think I’m going to wake up in my bed on December 22nd, and realize that the corrupted still lead us, the greedy still take our money, and the ones that are fighting on the side of morals are still losing the battle.
Dear Leah & Becky, thanks for your good wishes…. I am on the road to recovery now and pretty much back to normal…
Becky, i have started reading about HAARP.. These guys surely dont seem like Angels to me!! What i have read so far is like barely scratching the surface, but astounding nevertheless!
If you go down the chain that lead to this, starting with Project Argus in 1958, and follow it to HAARP in 1993 through “Mighty Oaks” in 1986, it does seem like a relentless effort by the Pentagon to achieve the impossible.. And you would imgaine that in 50 years, they would have progressed in leaps and bounds.. The capability (as suggested) of HAARP is absolutly mind boggling.. But if there is even some truth in what Dr. Begich says, then it surely spells Doom.. The govt. ofcourse goes into the denial mode about all this, but this is the way they are…
And its sad that such a marvelous technology is being developed as a weapon! Looking at what Malayasia did with the help of such technology (Through the Russians), i wonder if it can be used “only” for the benefit of mankind…
But there is one thing that makes a very good point for me. The relation of HAARP with the destruction of Nuclear Warheads being done by US and Russia and being forced on other countries as well. When they have such potent weapon that can cause more mayhem than a nuclear missile, that too while being invisible, who needs nuclear warheads!!
I am reading more about this, trying find out the “other side of the story” as well, but haven’t found anything convincing to that effect!
So many conspiracies going on around us and there is nothing we can do! Because we are being kept in dark by our Govts…
You know what, i get this feeling that all of us (Average Global Citizens) are fools!
Dear Amit,
If people just applied the theory “As above so below” “As within so without”, it would be enough for them to realise that everything is cyclical, and e.g. that Earth and the Solar system etc have their seasons as it were, just as we have seasons at ground level every year.
Ice core samples have proved that Earth cools and warms up on a very regular basis. Earth right now should be cooling. The contribution by humans to global warming has served to amplify the warming, but was not the catalyst or cause. Use of fossil fuels should cease due to the polution they cause.
I understand HAARP, and see how it could be used to regulate surface temperatures on Earth, in a cooling period, by heating the Ionosphere. It is also said that copper particles have been dispersed in the ionosphere to improve communications.
There are always going to be pros and cons for everything. As I said previously, it is the the user that defines whether something is constructive or destructive, no matter what the item is.
Leah
Dear a Girl who knows much,
Say you lived next to a volcano, and you saw it erupt and a lava flow coming toward your house. Would you watch, do nothing, not even remove yourself from the path of danger ? Would you accept it as your fate ? No………you would try to survive.
Speaking for myself, I see life on Earth as having to traverse hard times, and the more diligence I do, the more fore warned and capable I will be to cope. No worry, just study.
Just another abstract thought of mine but here goes. we found this Myan calendar that stops at 2012, well, maybe there is another one buried somewhere that goes from 2012 to 4067. and maybe a third that goes from 4067 to 7722. We haven’t dug up everything yet, that has been burried. What if someone in ancient Norway, or ancient Bulgaria, made one that goes to the year three thousand? Maybe we will someday discover one from Mesopotamia that goes to 4000. I guess if I made a lifetime calendar for myself, I wouldn’t make it further than I thought I would live. Maybe, in my abstract thinking, they the Mayan just thought their civilization would only make it until 2012. Maybe they weren’t talking about America and Russia. No, this thing could fall so many different ways that nobody need worry about the end of the world in 2012. I just don’t think so. I mean look, the black plague didn’t do it. world war II didn’t do it. five or six billion of us are still here. aids isn’t going to be able to do it. Japan is still there and going strong after two atomic bombs. God built the earth to last, and man is a creation of God that will last. some better than others, yes, but I believe that three thousand years from now, there will still be men on earth. Might not be any oil. We might be riding bicycles and horse and buggies, due to the fact that oil is a finite resource, but I believe there will be men with little vegetable gardens here and there, three thousand years from now.
Kinda’ glad we can’t be sure of what’s to come, it would be sure some ahole(s) would would turn a profit on it.
Tom, i respect your thoughts about the perseverance of mankind and your hopes of man’s survival even 3000 years from now..
But on the other hand, when you are obviously so ignorant about the Mayan Calendar , you should not be dimissing it so blatantly ! Mayan Calendar and infact “Mayans” are not just about 2012, there is a lot more in their studies, and their knowledge goes far beyond our understanding even till date.And the “End of the World” scenario was not proposed by the Mayans, its the people who interpreted the Mayan Literature who came to that conclusion. So, to put it plainly, no one is sure what is going to happen in 2012. But, thre are a lot of facts which point to the occurence of a major event on that date. eg., the alignment of our Solar System will be reaching an alignment which occurs only once in 26,000 Years, now does that ring your bell??
*sigh* another doomsday prediction faltered but unfortunately that wont stop the maniacs!!!
im not the most scientifically attuned kid but here’s a word for anyone reading this who is STILL worrying about the possibility of the end of the world; pretend the end of the world is definitely coming, what are you gonna do about it? NOTHING! just make the best of your life until you life ends. so quit worrying and take on a optimistic view ^o^ life’s short, you shouldnt waste time reading about such things as i am at this moment. worry is for LOOOSERRRSS! and thats just my juvenile opinion =) i hope i made someone happy!
Becky, i have been reading more about HAARP.. And this the kind of thing that makes you go – “Nah, you must be kidding, this can’t be true!!” But there seems to be a lot of truth in it.
While reading about HAARP, i also came across information which reveals the truth about AGW (Anthropogenic Global Warming).. I had some idea that we are being misled about this, and there is no such thing as Global Warming caused by Humans..
This document —
http://scienceandpublicpolicy.org/images/stories/papers/other/Labohm-What_is_wrong_with_the_IPCC.pdf
tells the truth. I was astounded when i read this. Fooling people is Child’s Play for these Govt. Agencies !!!! They can manipulate facts and play with figures so easily and make it believable for people like us, they even go the extent of “furnishing” false data! If this world ever needed a saviour, its now!
Dear Matt,
Got an idea there’s a few like Batman out there……just need more.
Dear Amit,
Precisely, if everyone practiced Respect and Self control, the World and Earth would be an Eden. You would think its not too much to ask……. but it is more than people are willing or able to practice and give.
All the best as always,
Leah
We need Batman…
Well, if every man and every woman comes to their senses and try to bring about a change, we wont need any Batman, Superman or He-Man!
Yes Leah, its not much to ask. We all need to find heroes within ourselves. And i am not talking about doing any “heroic” deeds in that sense. We just need to develop empathy and learnt to respect and help others. We need to learn to co-exist rather than compete.
All the deceit, ego, hatred, jealousy and greed thats become deep-rooted in our veins needs to go. We have to become conscious of our way of live. We should act responsibly in each and every action of ours and be aware of its impact on others.
Love & Peace are the only medicines that can heal this world. And if each individual finds contentment witihin him/herself, then it would be much easier to achieve Global Peace….
Amit and Leah you both have the right idea.
I personally believe ethics are a personal matter, and should be based upon concern for others and the wellbeing of society, rather than upon laws imposed by a legal or religious authority.
In a nutshell, if you keep backing an animal into a corner…it’s gonna bite…
Plus I feel we as a people are fully able to handle our own affairs and not depend on the “elite” to make choices for us…
We as a species have to take a step back and look at the bigger picture and what we want out of it…
Right said Matt ! But the problem is that “The Elite” have control over every aspect of our life… Their presence is marked i every sphere of our existence. Medicine, Science, Technology and now even weather is being manipulated by them. And God knows what other experiments they are conducting. They might just end up being the cause of the fulfilment of all the “End of World” prophecies…
That’s true Amit.
Humans will most likely cause the end of days. We have such a major influence on the planet, even more so than Mother Nature herself.
At least Mother Nature paces herself. We put our world through overload.
Matt, i have been reading about the sayings of the Hopi Ancients.. Many of there prophecies are so relevant today. Most of them pertain to the abuse of Earth by Humans, and the resultant venegeance of mother nature.. I’d like to quote an excerpt –
It goes on to say that common people will become concerned and frustrated because of their hectic world. They will be particularly against the bloodthirsty policies and the deceitfulness of the world leaders. The common people the world over will band together to fight for world peace. They will realize that their leaders have failed. People in high places will be hunted down like animals, perhaps through terrorism. In turn leaders will retaliate and begin hunting each other. This condition will gather strength and spread far and wide. It will get out of control the world over. Revolution could erupt on our land.
Doesn’t it seem like exactly what is beginning to happen? I am not relating this to any Doomsday Prohecy, i am just pointing to the relevance.
Coming back to the 2012 alignment we ave been discussing.. Just take a look at this Crop Circle which turned up in late June this year..
http://www.cropcircleconnector.com/2008/aveburymanor2/aveburymanor2008b.html
Now, this is serious, take your time to read through the interpretation. I don’t belive this is a fake, the scale is too grand for that.. And the interpretation makes a lot of sense. I am waiting for some to try to “debunk” this!!
WOW, my faith in human beings is being re-afirmed by those on this thread, on a daily basis, and I thank you all.
The truth of the matter is that each individual only obeys the laws they lay down for themselves. On a daily basis one can hear on the news about, theft, rape, murder etc, (aside from the mentally ill) commited by people who don’t believe and abide by the government laws relating to crime.
The vast majority of the masses have no need for laws to be imposed upon them, as they have already done so themselves. Further, it is against the law for anyone other than police to deal with those commiting crimes. E.g. someone breaks into your house and could sue you if you confronted them physically. The law doesn’t see that the thief should not have been in your house, and therefore forfeit some of their rights. Its as though you have to ask a criminal to wait until you’ve called the police, before they get on with the crime. Never going to happen. As a result the police have a very hard job of tracking down criminals.
The law seems to claim ownership of all crimes, much as medicine claims ownership of anyone’s illness etc.
As a species humans have fast forwarded, like a DVD, in evolutionary terms, and stands on the threshold of choice, to either become more civilised OR to de-civilise.
No doubt there are those that prefer we de-civilise, as it would put them in a god like position of power over the masses. However if we choose to become even more civilised, the doors shall open for a golden age that need not last only 1000 years. Do we move on, or do we start all over again ?
Self control and Respect, even if one doesn’t like or love something, one can still respect it, and have control over oneself to not do that thing harm.
Going back to our talk about “change”, the real answer is perhaps encapsulated best in the words of those who have come before us, the ancient Essenes, in a text that’s more than 2,500 years old. It reminds us of our relationship to the world around us, and says simply that the world around us is nothing more and nothing less than a mirror of what we have become from within.
So when we see a world that appears angry, cruel, and thoughtless, that produces suffering for our brothers and sisters all over the world — from this perspective, that world is a mirror of what we have become as individuals, families, societies, and nations. It’s not right, wrong, good or bad. It’s simply a reflection of who we are. The condition of the planet is a feedback mechanism.
So if we want to see change in our world, we must become that change in our every day lives. If we want to see peace, tolerant understanding, compassion, and forgiveness at the global level, we must become that. At the dinner table. With our families. We must become that with our schools.
We must demand that we be entertained through peace, compassion, and understanding. It doesn’t have to be dull and boring. It can still be very exciting, but it does not have to be ruthless, thoughtless, cruel, or heartless.
So in our daily lives, every moment of every day, we make a choice that either affirms or denies life in our bodies. Because we are linked through this grid. Our individual choices all pool into the collective answer to our future.
If we’d like to see a collective change, we must individually become that change.
Our individual choices every moment of every day right, wrong, good or bad are simply a reflection of who we are.
Well stated Amit.
We have more of an affect on those around us than “meets the eye” just as we are more affected by those around us than we care to admit.
good morning, all—so very wonderfully said…once again, all i can add, is “ditto, ditto, ditto…” amit, leah, just-a-thought—you all are truly messengers…you have such wonderful capacity for communicating thoughts and ideas…for which i am so grateful!!!! thank you …
leah reminds me on a regular basis that with great power comes great responsibility…we marvel at the “super powers” of our super heroes that appear on the big screen…they serve as an inspiration to us in times of desperation and need…what eludes me, at times, is the power that we all hold in the palm of our own hands…if we must believe in something or someone, why not start with ourselves???
amit, i loved what you said about the “heroes within”…that gave me chills—we do not need “super powers” to start making a difference in our own lives and in the lives of all those around us…it can start with unconditional love, honor and respect…and by surrounding yourself with those who share in your enthusiasm…it becomes contagious, and soon we have created a “butterfly effect”…but it is accomplished one person at a time…we all have the power to make a difference in just one person’s life every day (be it our own or someone else’s) …but it starts from within…hope still springs eternal…no matter what the future holds in store for us, it is today that counts…
…for anyone at this point who wants to suggest that i “get a life”, i can only reiterate that i have a wonderful life…for which i am so grateful!!!
Thank you for all the information that has been provided here in this forum. For all those that can’t seem to understand,you need to start from the beginning,rather then jump in without any merit. Here is a sight that might capture your interest…http://globalartistvillage.blogspot.com/2008/04/video-ultimatum-ninjas-vs-illuminati.html….This is in re to Benjamin Fulford vs the Illuminati…….also you can go to YouTube and just keyin his name. You will find more info regarding the above site. Meanwhile regarding the main topic about 2012;I couldn’t agree more at your options and your wealth of information to the public….good work all of you…..thxs….
OMG!!!!! i terrified about it !!!!!! i dont wanna die im just 15
there are 5 other Ancient Calendars from other ancient civilizations that also end Dec 21 2012. I dont think it could be coincidence. Who knows exactly what happens, on that day. Astronomy wise, right now were are above the center of the galaxy, on Dec 21 2012 we become parrallel to the center of the galaxy. After dec 21, 2012 , we are below the center of the galaxy. who knows what that could entail. poles could flip, something could happen. just dont know til that time comes.
Dear Becky, you are very right about the butterfly effect.. It has been proven. if you remember, sometime back i posted a comment about the 100 Monkey Experiment..
The thought patterns of the creatures across the globe is somehow inter-connected.. And we only need to spread this message of love and peace to a substantial number of people around us, and it is sure to spread like wildfire. And it is not as hard as it seems.. We need to take it step-by-step, start with our own families, neighbourhoods, workplaces, friend-circles..
Everyone knows that a smile is infectious, similarly, if we project love and happiness from the bottom of our heart, it is bound to create a similar effect in those who we come across….
And the first step is to induce Positive Thinking in our daily lives. We all have experiences, they may be Good or Bad, and our brain has 2 parts, like Negative Account and Positive Account. It is up to us to decide in which account we want to make our deposits. And wherever we deposit, it will accrue intrest and increase.. So if we deposit more in negative, we will withdraw negative too! We need to strangle that “Negative Teller” that dwells inside our brain and consciously think positive all the time.. This gives immense inner peace and satisfaction, which will automatically cause you to radiate happiness and positivity which will effect people around you…
Thats what i am doing in my life and its surely working.. In professional as well as personal life… People working for me are happy, people who i work fr are also happy. And so are family and friends…
Seems like a digression, but it really is connected.
Leah, did you manage to look into the link i posted for the latest Crop Circle in Avebury Manor?
What do u think about it? And Becky and “Just a Thought”, what do u guys think of it?
I also came across a Venus connection 2012 that seems astounding. And there is a lot more to Venus that tells us that Mayans had some kind of advanced technology at their disposal, because the things that they knew about Venus (Retrograde Loops and Transits and Reverse Loops etc. ) cannot be known without advanced telescopic
equipment!
I picked the paragraph below fo somewhere –
“We have never gone through a Venus Transit since the advent of our ‘electromagnetic’ civilisation. The last transit was in 1882 and Mt. Krakotoa erupted in that year.
It disrupts the normal flow of energy, the solar wind and other energies the Sun transmits to the Earth. We already know solar flare-ups disrupt radio-telecommunications and even power transmission. If my take on the ancient perception of Venus is correct, we are in for some nasty surprises in this 8 Year cycle.
Normally, the solar minimum period from now until 2010 would be a fairly calm time with few natural disasters and little social unrest. However, the transit may change that scenario. We can surely count on the years from 2010-2012 being intense and chaotic. We have been very lucky so far because none of the huge earthquakes have hit major cities. If the 9.2 quake that hammered Alaska last year had struck Los Angeles, the American economy would have gone in the tank and taken the global system with it.
We are in a solar minimum phase right now, which would normally last until the end of the decade. The next solar maximum is predicted for 2012. Now, this certainly puts a sharp edge on the end of the 5th Sun prediction. It would appear the ancient solar priests were aware of this double conjunction, the sunspot peak and the second leg of the Venus Transit both occurring in the same year.”
Refer this link if you want to read more –
http://www.newdawnmagazine.com/articles/Venus%20Transit.html
Hi Amit,
I’m familiar with the crope circle as I subscribe to crop circle connector, and check everyday. It is definately a date by formula and more.
One young man had been ale to film 2 small orbs of light moving around, above a crop circle as it was being formed. I think the clip is still on you tube in the crop circle section.
Leah
The latest crop circle looks intense… why do the others got to leave clues, why can’t they just tell us the final product…
“world is a mirror of what we have become as individuals, families, societies, and nations. It’s not right, wrong, good or bad. It’s simply a reflection of who we are. The condition of the planet is a feedback mechanism.” – Amit
I just want to say wow, that is some poetry in motion… I wrote a song about that and when I saw you say that, I about freaked… We are a mirror effect to nature… “Its time we get together, its time we realize, that the TRUTH is shinning, right in-front of our very two eyes!”
cheers,
– Igor
If God made everything, nature is included, which when observed, shows that all things have purpose and function, not just form.
So just what is OUR purpose and function…..surely it cannot be to wreck and rape the planet and all other life, wage war and be self centred, while we wait for God to arrive / return.
We’ll all be driving on corn oil products after all the fossil fuels are gone. We’re gonna milk every last drop until the CEO’s and rich shieks have enough funds to retire a whole nation and live on genetically engineered foods to mutate us collectively! How ya livin?
Amit, I did find the crop circle link and must say these thoughts crossed my mind, due to sheer size, it was well done. GPS would have been a huge help in its creation.
Could not help but wonder if it was not an exercise in dis-information by a government,
a “wagging of the dog” so to speak.
One thing that stands out to me is, no matter the source of origin, a point was/is trying to be conveyed.
Lets think about this for a moment. When doomsday is apon us we, will be looking at the newspaper drinking a cup of coffee. This is not the place of one human being to say when the end of the wolrd will be or even if it happens. So for all the people of the world. The Lord our God will let you all know when the end of your lives will be. He is the only one who can. Lets talk evolution God really exists, Big bang theory. Would you crash your vehicle into a wall, to see if a rolls royce spawns from your millions of particles, from your crash or would you simply call 911 and Pray you dont die from the blunt force to your brain. So if the big bang theory is correct then, I am crashing my little tiny fishing boat into the new york harbour. and i will watch my 15 story 15000 foot fishing sleeper party boat, called the king frisco form right before my eyes . Wake up people, the Lord our God is coming for everybody and be prepared in His Holy light of righteousness. Repent and trust in the Lord Jesus Christ. He is our only salvation.
Dear Espumpin,
In your own way you know more than you realise. I wrote early in the thread that all galaxies have black holes at their centre, also that galaxies are spherical, not disc shaped, the unseen parts of the sphere being drk energy.
Try thinking in terms of each tiny life being a light bulb, larger life forms as a collection of light bulbs, and so on up through the layers of life.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Just a Thought,
What you wrote is so very vital for all to realise, particulary in relation to their health, but of coarse the balance must also be in the air, water and food we consume…..if not illness / chaos comes about. Chaos is the status quo with the human world which we have in turn inflicted upon the natural world….its all very ill.
Humans must be un-natural by default….as we never include ourselves in
“The natural world”. I wonder who came up with that one.
Leah
This is just my opinion but I have been thinking what if when God created everything( & just bear with me here) picture the inside of a light bulb, even though we dont see or hear it. A little expolsion occurs every time we turn it on and off. Of course all we see is the light go on. Now here’s the point. When God said let there be light. All he saw was the light go on. We discovered explosions effect and the effect it has on everything around us. The dark matter that cannot be explained might be the resounding wave flux emmission whatever from that “Big Bang”, from when God first turned on the lights. By the way I have no answers and I apoligize if this theroy sounds ignorant. I do know that science and religion have a common bond we overlook. It might explain our missing link and what the other 90% of our brain matter is for. But hey, what do I know.
Espumpin
Did you know there is a massive black hole at the center of the galictic equator? We will cross in front of it in 2012. NASA calls it the blck dragon. I’m not making this up google “black hole in center of galaxy’.
E
We believe in Less is More, and so we keep our effect on the natural world to a minimum, as the difference we do not wish our lives to make…is to shift nature out of balance any more than it is.
Has anyone else noticed a post by Alfred Schrader that disappeared off the thread after a few hours ? Someone else also posted that a post of mine was missing on their view of the thread.
The crop circle video is fake, i watched a documentary on the crop circles, and they had that clip in the movie, they said the person who submitted it admitted it was a fake, i can’t remember why he admitted it, but he showed us how he made it and everything, i still think the sources of most of the crop circles is a mystery.
Amit
regarding your post of July 29th, 2008 at 9:46 pm and the East Kennet crop circle.
The colour contrast of the two circles implies light & dark. The crop-circle may be a reference to the dark star (brown dwarf) that is possibly in orbit with our Sun (albeit a highly eliptical orbit). The objects around the “dark star” in the formation may be a reference to a comet shower that could accompany it after it’s passed through the Oort cloud.
a possible interpretation of the crop circle.
Each one of us (humans) follow our “heart,
some for “the good”, some for “the bad”.
Like any “thing” it takes a measure of balance to make it what it is, sometimes even down to the mitochondrial level. Upset that measure of balance enough and whatever that “thing” is stops being that, and becomes something else. As many on this thread have agreed, “the good” must come from within and it is my belief that the
“Great Spirit”, (or insert whatever name) gives us the freedom of choice and if our chioces upset the measure of balance enough …..
It seems to me that this holds true from the very least to the very greatest.
Alot to consider but, (to use an altered quote) “as for me and my house we will serve the good.”
I would like to join Leah and say: “my faith in human beings is being re-afirmed by those on this thread, on a daily basis, and I thank you all.”
YES!! Thank You!
We ALL live in our own circles, self, family, friends,etc. It is what molds us into what we are as individuals. These circles are inseparably intertwined to create that measure of balance. That is the answer to remember when we ask ourselves, “What difference do I make?”
Hey peoplezZz!!! Long time no see!
I like this place because I can come in here and type what I want and I know someones going to read it and understand it ;-)~
You guys are great!! I just want to thank you all for being here.
When I started reading the Earth Chronicles Series. I had a nasty dream. I’m not going to go into details as to where I was in the dream and all that but there was a part where I was looking at the evening sky. It was like still light out but you could see the moon. I was staring at the moon and it started to move to the right kind of sloping downward. It started maving real fast and I turned quickly to warno someone and when I did my legs went down from under me. Its the same feeling I got several times when flying in comercial airlines, like I’ll go to the rest room and on the way the planes drops in altitude and then it corrects and your legs kind of give like if you were all of a sudden heavier. I didn’t like the dream at all it seemed to real to me and I awoke with a start. I had this dream then an almost identical dream the next night. Only in this one I saw shooting stars, you know, meteorites entering our atmosphere but there were many and the unique thing about these was that they had no tail. I would see the light in the sky above like a blink. I realized in the dream that they had no tails because they were coming straight down at me. I again awoke with a start.
Now don’t get me wrong. I’m not one to put much into dreams because I believe that your dreams are motly influenced by your life experiences. Being that I’m reading about all these things it influenced my sub conscious and therefore my scary dreams. I have a lot of scary vivid nasty dreams very similar to the ones described above. I forget about them sometimes then I have a repeat and I remember it again.
I’m just saying. When the shit hits the fan. It wont matter if youre eating dinner with your wife and kids. It won’t matter if youre sitting in the first pew at St. Patricks Cathedral in NYC or sitting on the Popes lap, You’re going to know it’s time. You will know immediately that it’s not an earthquake. You’ll know its a very special event. And we’ll be praying for survival.
Theres an interesting saying that I’m quite fond of ” There are no athiest in a foxhole”.
I’m in my late forties. this 2012 crap is too close for my taste. While I was growing up I’d never have believed in a million years that I would be alive for an Earth changing event. I cannot imagine surviving it. That would surely require uncanny luck or devine intervention.
Then…Did you really want to survive?
2012 will bring something. People mistake the Mayan calendar as something for measuring anniversaries and christmas and such. It was a celestial time piece. It measure celestial time. The calendar starts where it starts and ends where it ends because that where they knew the stars and other heavenly bodies would be located during that period 3113 BC – 2012 AD. Its a specific calendar. It is accurate and correct.
The most poular religions have this thing with God as a sort of a huge neverending existingt being thats invisible and sees all an knows all.
This is a mistake. They have a much more scientific explanation.
But lets not make any mistakes here. The elites know all this crap too. They have much better intel and the resources to follow up.
This SPT thing is a great example.
I noticed that a couple of our friends here wrote about HAARP. This harp things is unreal. We are being attacked on so many fronts its a wonder we’re still around.
Lets keep watching and see what happens. The events will soon be monthly.
-R-
Dear Just a Thought,
You are right, there are many things, if not all that need belief to be seen / manifest. E.g. war can only come about if enough believe in it.
So its a case of be careful not just what you wish for….but what you believe in too.
If there is one thing people should believe in, its their own capacity for imeasurable benevolence.
Leah
This is a little off the subject but some feedback would help sort things out.
We all believe something exists (you name
it) no mater what “IT” is. Someone disagrees and says “that (insert topic here) don’t exsist but IF you can show me I might believe.” (sidenote: IF is at the center of Life)
My thought is:
What about the idea that there are things that have to be believed to be seen? As opposed to the standard seen to be believed
good morning eveyone!!!
leah–yes, i did notice that a couple posts were missing…i sign on and read the thread every morning, but time does not always allow me to respond.. i.do not know what happened to them…
riccochet–welcome back…you have been missed…leah, as always, your insight is always right on the mark…and just-a-thought!!! welcome aboard…i loved what you said about believing is seeing, vs seeing is believing…not everybody has the ability to choose that approach…
EVERYBODY—THANK YOU!!! i just love this thread!!!
my thoughts for today goes back to Tom…i truly appreciate your input and will always respect your thoughts…i did, however, find myself wondering why we are sitting around waiting for God to fly down and save us from this mess…if you believe in the Bible, and the story of creation, you would know that “in the beginning, God created heaven and earth…and God was that it was good.” then He created Man…and woman…that, too was good…so good, in fact, that he called us his children…he gave us this wonderful planet we call “home”…and look at what we have done to it!!!!! we were spoiled little children…not only did we NOT appreciate it, and all the blessings it beheld, but we used it, abused it, disrespected it, and had total disregard for the balance of life and nature…so much to the point that it can no longer sustain us…
is it not just a little bit irresponsible for us to sit back and wait for God to save us from this mess, when God did not create this mess to begin with??? He provided us with everything we needed, and we did not take care of it…it is not His place to save us from ourselves…
God created the heavens and the earth, and all the things we cannot control…we were charged with the responsibility of one little planet…and look what we’ve done…God is not our only salvation…he also charged us with free will…we now sit at the threshhold of making better choices than we have in the past…as grim and as bleek as things appear to be, we still have the power to turn things around…speaking solely for myself, i think it would be a sin to sit and wait for someone or something else to intervene fix it for us…my God remains kind, loving, merciful, and FORGIVING…but this mess “is not His baby!”
‘to intervene AND fix it for us”…sorry!!!
On July 16th Amit mentioned a % of our DNA aspects and brain we appear not to use, to which Leah offered it may be room to grow into. (I’m making no attempt at exact quote just the content)
I would like to submit this for consideration
on that thought; IF, (back to if again), people
and angels walked the earth at the same time and they came together wouldn’t the result be a combination? Could that be what may help explain the % unused?
So much knowlage has been lost over time it gives new life to the saying “they have forgotten more than you will ever know”.
Dear Jus a Thought,
It is possible that those that were hybrids, in time, changed both physically and mentally…..loosing certain capabilities due to lack of use.
However, should it turn out that animals also have junk DNA as well, it is more probable that it is a “stock in hand” of raw materials, ready for new programing as and when required and new info is incoming.
I imagine that aside from cataclismic events, some species become extinct due to a lack of blank DNA to program with current information, and therefore cannot adapt to changing conditions.
Its like the hard drive on a computer that is full…..it just has no space left to remember a new program.
I do however think that the human brain is under utilised, and is capable of so much more if it weren’t supressed as it were. Somehow humans have been made to forget. I wonder if any comparison brain activity tests have been carried out to see if this is true in animals too. Probably.
Leah
Hi Tom,
Lots of good stuff in the Emerald Tablets.
amit–this is sort of in response to your reading up on the Hopis…but i’d like to share this with you all, if you don’t mind.
a couple years ago, i had a very unique privilege of meeting a Hopi storyteller…his great grandfather, then grandfather were medicine men/storytellers, as was his father…as is he, and soon his son…my sisters and i spent HOURS talking with this man…i walked away in awe and with a newfound respect for the hopi culture and traditions…one of the things i remember most was what he said about “cause and effect”…i can only hope and pray at this point that i can do this man justice…
for every action ( cause), there is a reaction (effect)…the reaction to that effect, then becomes another cause…that cause has another effect, and so on, and so on…it would appear that we are caught in the middle of a “tennis match” between cause and effect…though sometimes we may NOT be able to control the initial cause, what we can control is how we react to it…and that, in turn, will change the effect…
as an example…in smaller terms, we cannot control what people say to us, we can only control how we react to them…the same could apply in the grander scheme of things….
did i make any sense at all?????
though this was just one tiny portion of a weekend-long conversation with this wonderful man. the Hopi have a wonderful understanding of things…there are signs, clues, causes and effects for EVERYTHING we do ON and TO Mother Earth…
thank you all, once again for indulging me and allowing me to share…
my best wishes and gratitude to you all…
@becky
‘THE LAW OF CAUSE AND EFFECT & THE KEY OF PROPHECY’ from ‘THE EMERALD TABLETS OF TOTH THE ATLANTEAN’.
(app. 36.000 BC)
thanks, so much, tom and leah—how could i forget the emerald tablets??? been a while since i read them– it would behoove me to read them again…thank you for the gentle reminder…
With 2012 being so close, and taking present wars, natural disasters etc into consideration as well, people in general are wondering whether they should bother making long term plans.
The YK2 thing in 2000 was a man made hype…..someone cried wolf, as in the fable. Machines shutting down would not end the world. For those of us who have studied the ancient texts etc, and we are many, it is obvious that old prophecies are being adhered to in present times……conditions having been brought about and wrapped up in such a neat package, that it cannot be coincidence.
I DONT THINK IT WILL HAPPEN WHAT ABOUT 2000 DOOMSDAY THAT NEVER HAPPEND
I asked my 14yr old, wise ol’ son who studies Mayan cultures in his spare time, what he knew of their calendar. He said,” it ends on Dec. 21, 2012″. I said, “yes, and what do you make of that?”. He said “well, I know they were expert astronomers and made prophecies from what they knew of time and space…but I think they just ran out room on the stone and probably continued their calendar on something else!” hahaha I thought that was pretty good thinking, for a kid!
Dear Georgiagirl,
Hello and welcome. You’ve brought up an important point. To APPRECIATE and VALUE each moment as though it were the last….yes…….. everyone should live that way.
However to LIVE each moment as if it were the last, is not good…… it leads one down the road of NOT investing in the future. Its the “To Hell with Tomorrow” syndrome, which makes for a less desirable future of many tomorrows.
If its not planned, it won’t happen. So if one lives only for the short term, by default there can be no long term……why ? …….didn’t plan on having one.
Be well
Oh, yet another doomsday event, and this time, it’s about the ending of a so called ancient calender, how humorous.
When is the media ever going to stop depressing us? Is it their goal to end humanity itself by driving us to insanity! God, the frigging suicide rate is probably going to go through the roofs by the time 2012 comes around. No one wants to experience what will, or won’t happen that year, so why won’t they just move on with their lives, and go hey, whatever happens happens, if we can stop it we will, and if we can’t stop it we’ll just except our fate. I still do not believe anything is going to happen on 2012 anyways, cause this article proved so much more then what the media provided with their doomsday. Okay, Planet X is making an appearance, and it’s suppose to collide with earth. Why earth of all the space this Planet has? Won’t we make this new crazy technology to send it off to another course? And the wikipedia search of 2012 doesn’t even have all that bad of events. Aliens are suppose to make an appearance, really? God, we might as well just shoot em’ in the face rather than take them in our “loving” arms. Humanity is such a violent race it’s not even funny! We kill anything that is unknown to us…talk about paranoia. We think everyone or anything wants to kill us as well…Hmph.
2012 is just another day of our lives, another day to our future awaiting us…There is much more to this then just dying off because a calender ends that year, and I totally agree with the whole miracle.
Thank you for taking so much off our minds, we all needed it since the media isn’t helping much. Yes I am very much against the media cause all it causes us is pain.
Madison
ZACH
It is better to say nothing and allow people to think you are an ________ , than to open your mouth and remove any doubt.
you people are stupid believing this bull crap.
the knowledge of the End the unseen and the future of the world resides only with Allah the creator not with ibrahim, mossas, jesus or muhammad or any other created entity. so stop getting so depressed about these non sense. My guess is if anything is going to happen it could be the Dajjal(anti-christ) revealing himself and people will flock to him thinking he is really jesus(issa) with his powerful magic.
All these greate men(prophets) i mention above had the same massege to mankind that they worship their creator ALONE and the creation. but somehow mankind loves to turn that worship to the prophetsr other dieties or they beleive in God but somehow asociate and worships others beside God.
Qur’an 35:3-7 Surah Fatir
O men! call to mind the grace of Allah unto you! Is there a Creator other than Allah to give you Sustenance from heaven or earth? There is no god but He: how then are ye deluded away from the Truth?
And if they reject thee so were apostles rejected before thee: to Allah go back for decision all affairs.
O men! certainly the promise of Allah is true. Let not then this present life deceive you nor let the Chief Deceiver deceive you about Allah.
Verily Satan is an enemy to you: so treat him as an enemy. He only invites his adherents that they may become Companions of the Blazing Fire.
For those who reject Allah is a terrible Penalty: but for those who believe and work righteous deeds is Forgiveness and a magnificent Reward.
Qur’an 4:174-175 Surah An-Nisaa (The Women)
O mankind! verily there hath come to you a convincing proof from your Lord: for We have sent unto you a light (that is) manifest.
Then those who believe in Allah and hold fast to Him soon will He admit them to Mercy and Grace from Him and guide them to Himself by a straight Way
Qur’an 4:1 Surah An-Nisaa (The Women)
O mankind! reverence your Guardian-Lord Who created you from a single person created of like nature his mate and from them twain scattered (like seeds) countless men and women; reverence Allah through Whom ye demand your mutual (rights) and (reverence) the wombs (that bore you): for Allah ever watches over you.
Qur’an 10:57-60 Surah Yunus (Jonah)
O mankind! there hath come to you a direction from your Lord and a healing for the (diseases) in your hearts and for those who believe a Guidance and a Mercy.
Say: “In the Bounty of Allah and in His Mercy in that let them rejoice”: that is better than the (wealth) they hoard.
Say: “See ye what things Allah hath sent down to you for sustenance? Yet ye hold forbidden some things thereof and (some things) lawful.” Say: “Hath Allah indeed permitted you or do ye invent (things) to attribute to Allah?”
And what think those who invent lies against Allah of the Day of Judgment? Verily Allah is full of Bounty to mankind but most of them are ungrateful.
(Surat al-Baqara 2: 136)
Say: “We believe in God and what has been sent down to us; what was sent down to Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, JacoMKb, and the Tribes; what Moses and Jesus were given; and what all of the Prophets were given by their Lord. We do not differentiate between any of them. We are Muslims submitted to Him.”
if you believe in god then learn about the last prophet Muhammad(peace be upon him)
madison, i respectfully thank you for your opinions…all are welcomed here…for me–there are a couple huge flaws in what you said… it has been reiterated so many times throughout the course of this thread…before judgment is passed, please take a few minutes and read the entire thread…you will find that many think like you do—many do not…neither are right or wrong…these are just a collection of many thoughts, ideas, insights, understandings and misunderstandings shared by a few…
thank you so much for joining us…it is my hope that we all find our own way…
Hello everyone! I just wanted to say that I do not believe in people who think they can predict the end of the world. God, and only God knows when the world will end. In the Bible, it says that “no one knows the day nor the hour.” The world will not end until God says it will end, and that could be ANY time. So, shouldn’t we just all live each moment as if it could be our last?
Dear Leah,
I want to clafiry my statement. What I should have said was that everyone should put their faith in God, and make sure we are right with him. We should live our lives as an example of God’s love as if it were the last moment. I did not mean it in the context that it came across. I just mean’t that if we would all worry more about our faith in God, living our lives for him, and worrying about whether we have done all we could to please him and be a witness to others for him, the world would be a better place, and we wouldn’t have the time or a need to worry about things that the media, and some others try to get people upset and scared about. I did not mean that we shouldn’t plan for or invest in the future. I simply mean’t that we should live by faith and be prepared for the end at any time. Live our lives as an example of God.
see us humans always have to go to the most extreme thing…
Hey Friends! Just catching up on this thread since 14th.. I had an extended weekend.. 15th August was the Indian Independence Day.. And the term “Independence” just struck me as weird when i thought about it.. Are we really independent?? We are actually slaves… Slaves to the “Incorrect” way of living, slaves to the so called society, and slaves to the illusionary world that we are living in.. I don’t mean that the world “is” an illusion, i mean the illusions “we have created” around us, that we can just be selfish and do whatever we want and the rest of the world can go to hell ! That we don’t need to worry about the things we do as long as we benefit from them…. Even if we want to do “the right thing”, we are unable to do so because of the reprcussions. We are just held back by the social frame work that we have created..
Well, it was a thought i wanted to convey but i am notsure if i was clear at all……
Good to hear from Rico, after a really long time…….
You always have something substantial to add, and reading your posts gives the impression that you are like the knowledgeable veteran just keeping a tab on the proceedings and smiling at all our talk here. And drop in often with a post that has a lot of conviction, or i’d rather use the term “finality”, if you know what i mean…. I think Becky, Leah and Just a Thought might agree with me…
Now Rico, about your dreams… Even i hae such weird dreams sometimes, but i just put it to the fact that we generally dream about whats occupying our mind in subconscious state.. So in my daily life, all these thoughts about 2012 and Mayans and all occupy some of my conscious time also, but they stay in the subconscious as well when the conscious mind is occupied by the daily grind.. That may be the reason for such dreams..
But I remember a vivid dream where i was watching my neighbourhood from a very high roof top and i saw a huge “tidal fire wave” consuming all the buildings and slowly reaching me.. And this was loooong before i knoew about 2012 and all these things.. Well, not that i am making any interpretations, just sharing my thoughts…
Marc made a good interpretation of that crop Circle.. And No, i dont think most of them ar hoaxes… This type of work is beyond the capabilities of humans (No matter how advanced we are) ….
I think thsi circle painted a very elaborate picture, and a grim one too… When you combine thsi with alot of the others like “Galactic Mace” and a few others, you cant ignore this signs…
And Espumpin, about the Balck Hole, as Leah mentioned, there is a Black Hole at the centre of every galaxy, i agree and i have something to add, you might be aware that our solar system actually belongs to the Saggitarious Galaxy and it is slowly being swallowed by Milky Way (We discussed this some time back on this thread), could the black hole be causing that pull…….? But whatever one says, there is so much mystery about Black Holes that you never know what will be the outcome of the Earth crossing one…
Just a Thought, about a point you made regarding junk DNA.. You are actually right and this notion is infact supported by people like Sitchin, Velikovsky and Ward… As the humans are sort of “hybrids”, the earlier version had more of the “Angelic (Or Anunnaki) DNA, but with time the Homo Erectus DNA started outnumbering it.. This also the reason why the ancient humans (Noah, and some other descendants of Adam) were believed to have a long life span (Approx 900 Years), which slowly reduced as the line progressed…
This accounts for the Junk DNA as well.. And hasn’t it been proven enough that our ancients were much more advanced than us?Dont forget that the basic advances were made by them and we are only working with whatever was passed on to us.. And referring to the comment made by someone about “Forgetfulness” of Humans, a lot more has been forgotten as well.. The ancients were not only flying around byt travelling into space as well, and that too with such advanced technology that we cant fathom even now, and thats why there are no traces left behind.. All thse stone carvings and monoliths, and cave art were created to make us understand! because these were the only things that could survive the test of time!
But still, we prefer to forget and ignore.. Well, we are doing it at our own peril…
Dear Leah, some nice pearls of wisdon from you, as always..
But its a Big Bad World, and its a very tiny proportion of people who are practicing the right way of live, like what we are discussing here.. And no matter what we say, people are not going to chnage their way of life just like that.. Most people require some kind of trigger to induce the positive change in their life.. And it may a slow transition for some, and may be instanteous for some. Like in my case, i know that i have “changed”, but i cant put a finger on “When”, it was a slow , gradual change in my thinking which made its way into my practical life as well..
The best we can do is practice it and let the people around us see the positiv effects on our lives.. Then they will make a conscious effort, because we normally believe only what we see!
Maybe the collective conscience of humanity has powers which can avert any disaster, and if we have enough positive people on earth, who knows how that might help Earth shape up!
Hi Tom,
Junk DNA, I changed my mind about its function due to an epiphany of my own. Its a record of what went before since the beginning, which is reactivating bit by bit. It may be kept secret but cannot be controlled by anyone other than the individual themselves. Even then it cannot be avoided completely……but why would anyone…..its a natural progression, by the effects of incoming frequencies we are exposed to gratis galactic alignment.
Its not good nor necessary to remember so much in just 1 night of the soul. Little and often does the trick.
Leah
Correct me if I’m wrong, ancient writings tell of “The Day the Dead shall Rise”…..for me its by recovering archived memory. Somehow I just don’t see skeletons getting up out of their graves, or re-constituting from ashes.
This website has made my day 😉 My uncle was going on and on today about the end of the world… so i decided to go online and disprove his ranting and raving about 2012 doomsday and here we are, like the article said how many times has scientists,the bible, now the myans prophesize the end of the world and it hasnt happened. it is scare tactics to control society!
In my opinion alchemy provides answers to end of time questions. As Jay Weidner describes on his website: “At the very core of all the great spiritual traditions to be found across the planet (…) lies the knowledge of the secret of the alchemy of time.â€
The ultimate goal of alchemists is to transform led into gold, which is a metaphor for – believe it or not – achieving physical immortality. The Emerald Table t of Toth the Atlantean contains instructions and was considered forbidden knowledge. “In the silence of material senses lies the key to the unveiling of wisdom. He who talks does not know; he who knows does not talk. – Dorealâ€
‘THE KEY TO ABOVE AND BELOW from ‘THE EMERALD TABLE TS OF TOTH THE ATLANTEAN’.
Nine are the interlocked dimensions,
and Nine are the cycles of space.
Nine are the diffusions of consciousness,
and Nine are the worlds within worlds.
Aye, Nine are the Lords of the cycles
that come from above and below.
–
‘SUPPLEMENTARY TABLE T XV SECRET OF SECRETS’ from ‘THE EMERALD TABLE TS OF TOTH THE ATLANTEAN’.
Hear ye now of the mystery of nature,
the relations of life to the Earth where it dwells.
Know ye, ye are threefold in nature,
physical, astral and mental in one.
Three are the qualities of each of the natures;
nine in all, as above, so below.
–
As above, so below. The macrocosmos is the microcosmos and v.v. All is one. The answers we seek regarding the macrocosmos (universe) can be found within the microcosmos (ourselves). True alchemists, like the Paris 4 that wrote The Forbidden Letters to Philip Gardiner, know.
Those letters describe that alchemists are only those who receive individual and physical immortality by producing the stone in their body that ignites the Kundalini fire, which is thus something for the end of time therefore. The endgoal of evolution is alchemy. This firestone is The Grail, that secret societies have tried to keep secret from us.
Unfortunately I cannot post the link to The Forbidden Letters. Take the first link in Google on World Mysteries.
Those letters describe that alchemists are only those who receive individual and physical immortality by producing the stone in their body that ignites the Kundalini fire, which is thus something for the end of time therefore. The endgoal of evolution is alchemy. This firestone is The Grail, that secret societies have tried to keep secret from us.
To achieve immortality a metaphorical dragon/serpent has to be killed. The Caduceus, a symbol used by many medical organisations, implies this exit of the serpent through the spine. First the ‘Kundalini firestone’ has to be produced, then the journey to the inner earth (microcosmos of the body) starts. The beast inside (raw psychic energy) has to be let out. This process of pure horror is extremely dangerous. An extraordinary strong mind is needed. The process is sometimes called the night of the soul. One must eat the metaphorical lion, instead of being eaten by the lion.
“’Happy the lion who is eaten by a man, because that lion will become a man. But woe the man that is eaten by the lion, for he will become a lion.’â€
“He who will overcome†will still have the lightbody and will receive omnipotence and immortality through the lightbody. He who has not that lightbody will lose even what he thinks is his.
Alchemy is about producing the KUNDALINI-FIRESTONE in order to receive an IMMORTAL LIGHTBODY and be able to surive the END OF TIME.
Yesterday, after reading The Forbidden Letters of the Paris 4 and seeing a painting of The Lost Book of Nostradamus I had an Eureka moment.
To me it seems that alchemist Nostradamus is showing us the process of alchemy to survive the end of time. If you take a look at his drawings from the Lost Book Images (e.g. on History dot kom) you can see that image 11 a SERPENT is killed.
At crystalinks dot kom / image66 dot jpg you can find a drawing of Nostradamus showing the LION, night of the soul, with above him the SUN, the immortal lightbody.
Above you we see the WHEEL OF TIME. This wheel of time normally has 8 spokes, since the 8 spokes represent alignment of the Earth Cross and the Galactic Cross. However, in this image Nostradamus left one spoke out. We count only 7 spokes. The Galactic Alignment / End of Time / Apocalypse does not take place or is survived?
As above, so below. The macrocosmos is the microcosmos. All is one. The answers we have about the OUTERspace can be found in INNERspace. It’s all about a sacred spiritual journey into self. This is what ancient societies knew and practiced and what modern secret societies practice.
All the sacred and secret beliefs, that divide humanity, are all metaphors pointing to one universal truth: ALL IS ONE and this truth is to be found in ourselves.
P.S. Apologies for the strange urls… this blog does not seems to accept any hyperlinks.
andersenvance Says:
May 21st, 2008 at 10:43 am
Wake up. follow the coincidences – look within.
– Synchronicity, in harmony of Law
badmedia Says:
May 21st, 2008 at 8:01 pm
We are all one consciousness experiencing itself subjectively
– Inlakesh. (I am you. You are me)
b billy marse Says:
May 22nd, 2008 at 7:15 am
In the bible, metaphors conceal historic climate change within the fanciful stories.
– Metaphors indeed.
Thuto Moloi Says:
June 21st, 2008 at 11:59 pm
– Great post ! Especially:
Each decision is based on LOVE or FEAR. Choose love, follow your intuition, not intellect and follow your passion or “burning inner desire.” Go with the flow.
Thought forms are very important and affect our everyday life. We create our reality with thought forms. If we think negative thoughts of others this is what we attract. If we think positive thoughts we will attract positive people and events. So be aware of your thoughts and eliminate the unnecessary negative or judgemental ones.
Amit Says:
July 23rd, 2008 at 8:03 pm
I read this somewhere – “If you desire somthing from the bottom of your heart, the whole universe conspires to bring it to you”
– I love your insights. Thanks for sharing. The quote you mention is from The Alchemist by Paolo Coelho
Hi Tom,
Appreciate the stuff posted by you here.. Its always good to have a new perspective. Alchemy has always been a mysterious subject, but i like your interpretation, and this is also supported by a number of ancient texts. Somehow, alchemy has always been taken at its literal meaning, but i guess there is a lot more to it, as you say.. And even Kundalini, you can even find ways to link even Quetzlcoatl to Kundalni.. Ancient Indians had mastered the art of awakening their Kundalni through Kundalini Yoga… And if you have enough perseverance and faith, you can still try to practice Kundalini Yoga because the art has not been completely lost. Though not complete, you can even find steps for Kundalini Yoga on the web as well… But it takes a long time to master it and you have to begin from Ground up, start with basic Yogic exercises and then moving on to advanced Asanas, Breathing Techniques and meditation….
I have been dong the basics for some time now, and even those simple exercises have a phenomenal effect if done punctually and thoroughly. But i am not proceeding to the advanced stage till i know that i’ll be able to spare enough time and energy….
Dear Leah,
Hope you are well…..
You are very right about the “Day the Dead Shall Rise…” , but i’d like to make a correction here. Its rather the “Age” that the dead shall rise…….. Because its a gradual process which has started already.. Aren’t we talking about the ancient knowledge here? The memories of the ancients have been raised, and much of it is accessible to all.. We just do some research and keep stumbling upon more and more of that knowledge..
And for me, as i said earlier, all these monuments, drawings and carvings are no less than archives.. And i would repeat myself here, these are possibly amongst the very few which survived the tests of time, and the ancients probably knew that, and thats why this medium was chosen. They might have preserved knowledge through other methods as well, which may be still hidden, or destroyed, by nature or by man..
And when it comes to man, its such shame that they have destroyed so much of ancient knowledge intentionally, and sometimes due to carelesness..
The most ruthless example of intentional destruction of knowledge is the Library of Alexandria, which was destroyed first by Caesar’s mistake in 48 BC and then by Theodsius I in 391 BC and after that what precious little remained was finished off in 642 by the Muslim army led by Amr ibn al ‘Aas . For me, these are the most heinous crimes committed by mankind till date.. These people have denied us the knowledge, which if preserved and used would have resulted in a different Earth altogether. We would have progressed beyond any stretch of imagination!! But all thats is gone… And now the only way is to scour the Earth Inch by every Square Inch to uncover the ancient knowledge, and try to fit the pieces together…..
BTW, for those who are curious, or rather “scared ” about the Large Hadron Collider need not wait for long before the suspense is quelled. Its going to begin operaions soon.
Refer this link from this very site (Universe Today)
http://www.universetoday.com/2008/08/07/get-ready-for-september-10th-cern-announces-lhc-switch-on/
Funny, i almost forget that there is more to this site than this thread!! Ever since i landed here i just forgot to browse others ectiosn of this site!
Anyways, i dont think there is much to LHC.. Even the worst case scenario is waaaaaaaaaaay beneath a world destroying possibility!
Maybe some cults and ancient cultures took things literally, such as in the Kundakini Serpent….night of the soul etc. It is the mind that changes its perceptions and understanding of everything, not the physical head….hence be-heading was mis understood.
The archeological dicoveries are part of “the day the dead rise”……and no, it doesn’t happen literally in 24 hours. Long ago I read that a day is a 1000 yrs or more in creational terms. We are and have been for some years, within the influence of the Galactic plane, and very close to alignment, being the peak effects.
With 1500 + underground facilities world wide, the elite have made provision for animal, plant and human life to be re-booted (via gene banks) in a worst case scenario.
They were not built due to fear, but as insurance. Depending on what may (or may not) happen in the coming decades, the elite do not relish the thought of living underground for years, or possibly many generations.
What goes round, comes round. Veritable mini cities under ground have been found by archeologists in Turkey if I’ve remembered correctly……..so it seems that we have faced a similar situation before…..whatever that one was. Either 11,000, 26,000, 26 million, or 62 million etc years ago……being known cycles, who knows how many other regular events occur.
I have never found it necessary to like or to agree with anyone in order to respect them. If they are unable to respect me back……THEIR LOSS not mine.
How civilised one is, is not defined by wealth nor technology, it is defined by ones behaviour and philosophy.
To be devoured by the Lion, is to give in to primitive ways and de-evolve = regress, instead of devouring the lion, and move on and upward.
You reap what you sow. Sayings have been on my mind as much as anything.
Thoth…..cause = sow, reap = effect. In that context its easy to see into the future, and very easy to understand the status quo of the world today.
Its a case of sowing better quality wishes and wanting for ALL, as the All includes the INDIVIDUAL….. then WALK the WALK, not just talk the talk…..as they say. Turn away from that which you deem inappropriate, and attend to only that which you feel is beneficial for all, including the natural world and Earth itself. Stop feeding the fear, as nothing has to be given up to achieve this, by anyone, as the better substitutes already exist, waiting to be adopted. E.g. Geothermal and Tidal energy production.
What you don’t use, you loose. What is used, is kept.
The folk in WALL.E couldn’t see the world around them either……til the machines / devices of control / veil, were switched off.
ok, so… the world doesnt end, but the whole time your ready for something to happen your going to feel pretty dumb and pathetic… but lets think if something does happen then what? would you like to feel like a complete moron and still be alive if we could find a solution? or would you rather be watching the end come and your sorry. I really hope and think that the world isnt going to end on dec 21 2012 but I would rather be safe then sorry. this isnt just something to throw to the side, as a whole forget about different ideas forget about if its going to happen or not just think its survival of humanity. but let alone your own survival. theres no anticrist coming our way, theres no religious believes at this point. this is just survival. anyways I hope to the only god thats out there or to humanity….. I hope I turn out to be so dumb and pathetic but right now theres a chance that I might die. work as a whole and if there happens to be something then at least we tried. [email protected]
Hi Jen,
Well said, there are some facts about ancient civilisations that no one can run from.
Leah
The elite do not want a well informed or well educated population who are capable of
making good decisions therefore learning and advancing and questioning the elite when they are stunningly full of ________.
Alot of people (as we’ve said earlier) want the elite to take care of everything for them, but when we allow it we willingly surrender some measure of control of our lives.
From there it’s the ‘ol “give ’em an inch…”
Would that it were possible, we just stand together for ourselves, the elite would not have such a firm hold on our “leash”.
If some of our discussion here comes to pass we are going to have to “wing it” on our own anyway, with each others help. I’m sure the grand design will level the playing feild.
Unfortunately, until we reclaim our independance from the elite we will continue our BOHICA way of life. (bend over here it comes again) Good people, free thinking, helpful and giving, are what keeps the world turning. There are still some of us out here, however it seems we are on the endangered list.
After reading this article and the comments I now, more than ever, have to say, “my dick feels like corn” can someone tell me what that means? is it something I can figure out by looking at a calender?
As andersenvance wrote on May 21st: “The Mayan calendar is a representation of a cycle of consciousness, not time. Time depends on consciousness. 2012 is the end of a cycle of spiritual development.”
If you click on the image above in the main article (with El Castillo, the pyramid in Chichen Itza) you can count 9 layers in the pyramid. The pyramid itself represent the accelerating evolution of consciousness, from the big bang (flower of life, when light became matter) untill 2012. Each of the 9 layers represents a cycle of consciousness
‘THE EMERALD TABLE TS OF TOTH THE ATLANTEAN’.
Nine are the interlocked dimensions,
and Nine are the cycles of space.
Nine are the diffusions of consciousness,
and Nine are the worlds within worlds.
Aye, Nine are the Lords of the cycles
that come from above and below.
Each cycle of consciousness is shorter in time, so evolution is accelerating.. speeding up. Creation is a pattern that wants to unfold in a specific direction. We are all part of this and have a specific task in this. When we live aligned with this pattern, choose love and follow our hearts (intuition) instead of minds, we will discover that the path of our lives is already there. If you just BE and live that path “in harmony of Law (as described in The Emerald Tablet) doors will open to help you and the whole universe conspires to bring to you what is needed. This is called Synchronicity. Meaningful coincidences. Then it’s all a matter of following “the signals” and trusting on your intuition.
I did not understand too much of this until last year. I was in a personal crisis, trying to answer the questions Who am I? Why am I here? What is my goal here on earth?
During some months I intensively searched insided myself for answers. After I wrote my personal mission statement, also based on my Maya Kin (spirit) and given mission.. suddenly incredible coincidences started to happen. Too bizar for words.
As andersenvance said as well: Nothing is what it seems.
We are all co-creators of this reality, this big mental construct. We have to wake up to this.
We can choose fear or love. We must choose love and do what is right (in harmony of Law). Progression of the soul is all that counts on judgement day. On judgement day you will be able to tap into the collective memory (Akashic records) and we will see the effects of your decisions and actions on others. I remember a documentary where a reporter gets inititiated in a certain tribe. He has to undergo a specific ritual that includes consuming an extremely strong hallucinogen. After few days the reporter comes back from his trip and he is not allowed to tell to much.. but what he does share is that he wants to go home to apologise to a specific friend. This friend was sick in the past and he consciously made the decision not to help her. During his trip he had been able to see the effects of his decision. He had seen much much more but the tribe leaders strictly had forbidden him to speak more about this sacred experience.
I found a part of the specific episode:
The reporter is Bruce Parry in
‘Going Tribal – Among Babongo’. The consumed entheogen is iboga root.
Look in YouTube for “Going Tribal Personal Reflections on Drugs”
I think John most likely had the most intelligent and applicable post in the thread so far.
It must be noted that the Mayan did not predict an apocalyptic end. They predicted a great change. It is open to interpretation. Certainly, they must be given credit for predicting, 1,000’s of years in advance, the precise alignment of the sun, earth, and the center of the milky way galaxy on 12/21/2012. In fact, modern astronomy was not even aware that the center of the galaxy was a black hole until recently. The Mayan knew this 1,000’s of years before Copernicus. It’s not all whack-a-doodle. There are plenty of intriguing elements. Keep an open mind and an open heart. Don’t go assuming that we are the smartest, best things to ever inhabit the Earth. It comes off as rather ignorant and arrogant.
Here is another reference to 2012…
http://www.indiadaily.com/editorial/12-26-04.asp
One thing to be noted, there is absolutely no reference to the Mayan Calendar here. This is an independent observation of the monks. And at that time, this 2012 popularity had not achieved such mass proportions as today.
You may derive your own conclusions… I think that its yet another proof about the importance of 2012.
I just stumbled across this “Dark Star” scenario out forth by Andy Lloyd… Seems quite interesting. But i’m no expert on celestial movemnet, so i would leave it to others to judge the feasibility of this.
But the 12th Planet concept surely sounds more convincing with this..
Here is the link—
http://www.darkstar1.co.uk/solution.html
You’ll see
We’ve known since the seventies when a sizable amount of data was gathered from the Lunar Orbiter experiments that the moon may be hollow. The impact from the jettisoned lunar modules unexpectedly caused artificial moon quakes that lasted for up to three hours, supporting the conclusion that the moon has no substantial core. According to scientists who have calculated the moon’s mass, it seems our enigmatic satellite is too light, too big and according to moon rocks that the Apollo missions brought back, too old to be explained by physics or cosmology.
Just as the Earth sits in a perfect position to support life, the moon plays a vital role in supporting that life. The moon acts as our counterbalance, stabilising the movement of the Earth and regulating our tides – without the moon’s influence, Earth would be a very different place. The moon’s gravitational field and precise location means that it also acts as a shield, protecting us from catastrophic meteor impacts that would otherwise have wiped out life on Earth many times over. If extraterrestrials have had a hand in the creation process then this might explain the lunar anomalies that cosmology can’t account for. The moon may well have been placed in her current orbit quite deliberately, not by a supernatural God or chance, but rather by ancient extraterrestrial civilisations that may have long gone, or which may still monitor, manipulate and nurture what is in effect, a massive alien ant farm.
The late Carl Sangen once observed that due to the reflection of the sunlight, the Earth seems to be sitting in a beam of light, almost as if there was some special significance to our planet. That relatively narrow beam of sunlight represents the key to the survival of life on our planet. The Earth is perfectly positioned in every sense of the word. If we were just 5% closer to the sun, temperatures would reach an incredible 900 degrees Fahrenheit, rendering life impossible. Likewise if the Earth was 20% further away, the planet would be a frozen wilderness, too cold to sustain life. Depending on your philosophy, the position of the Earth represents either an amazing example of random chance, or part of a very deliberate blueprint for life.
The position of the Earth isn’t the only factor required to support life, a myriad of other criteria such as an abundance of water, a gravitational field, oxygen rich atmosphere, nearly circular orbit, slow rotation and the presence of a large moon are all vital if life is to be sustained on a planet. When we take into account these elements it seems wise to at least consider the possibility that the Earth isn’t a result of pure chance; she was either placed in her orbit – or perhaps chosen deliberately for her location.
A new theory that is beginning to take shape suggests that humanity, and indeed all life, has been left to propagate in an artificial environment known as Earth, perhaps under the watchful eye of the higher intelligence that created us.
Mankind may actually be living proof of intelligent alien design rather than simply a product of random chance and evolution. If we were indeed made in the image of our makers, will we one day be capable of repeating the trick and thus become gods ourselves – and is that part of the grand plan?
Now, why did i take the time to compile the above?? Obviously, i want to stress the Anunnaki connection. And i think most of the people who frequent this thread already know that i am a strong believer in Anunnaki!
I have always been intrigued by the Clock Work precision ith which the Earth and Moon operate. While it seems so simple and natural to us, its still amazing when you think about the fact the the coordination is such that when there is sunlight on one side, the moon is there to light up the dark side! Just think about it…….. A second here or there would spoil the precision.. And there are so many other such things that we take as natural and dont even think about…
For me, every single thing on this planet is an intelligent design… One only need to change his/her perspective to observe the finer aspects of the things aorund us….
Dear Tom,
Yup, done the Camelot Project. Like with everything, there’s a lot of truth in there. The trick is to do as Amit has kindly done, and relate it to other versions of the same thing.
THANK YOU AMIT. If one were to perform the same exercise with all myths, legends, ancient scripts etc, one would find that they ALL tell of the same thing, even if names vary. The same, just from different perspectives. Same with all the Religions. Just think if they bothered to get together, they would discover that they actually all believe in the same thing.
Leah
This is an example of how easily sheeple can be mis-lead.
The company that supplies my electric said they would supply me with GREEN energy, from Wind and Hydro. Its why I signed up with them. Now they write to say that “Due to the rise in Price of Oil” the cost of electric has to go up. They either didn’t tell the truth about the Greeness of their product, or are raising the price….because they think they can get away with it.
Earth doesn’t have a piggy bank into which she pays the proceeds from selling her natural products. The cost of finding, fabricating, time and effort, and delivering product to the people, plus profit, is in actual fact what we pay for. The raw materials, are FREE, in terms of money.
Time, effort and ability, are the only real currency in our world.
I’m not certain where I heard it, but the language in the Mayan text supposes on that date in 2012 we will become different humans…and further the date is not exact…”and, a little longer…” meaning whatever happens will be somewhat after that date….
In any case, for certain in the next two years we, as humankind, will have to contend with the end of life as we have been living it…oil production is finite, not limitless and bottomless…we will also have to contend with the dynamics of how all that burning of oil (carbon?) is lending itself to the poles melting…leading to warmer oceans, i.e., dead oceans devoid of oxygen, if not hot oceans where currents stagnate and weather becomes more violent…we will have to contend with how that all will affect food production…and we will have to contend with the psychology of human populations that follows economic meltdown.
I do believe these outside (environmental) conditions affect the synapses in the human brain’s makeup perhaps bringing the subconscious/unconscious to the conscious level–through fear alone as fear and our more negative emotions produce more chemicals and acids in the body. I do believe by 2012, and a little after, humankind will have “morphed” into a different human being. The best outcome is we “upgrade” our consciousness to a higher, more evolved level of intelligence and the least outcome “degrading” our consciousness to perhaps a level where we are unable to “think,” wiping out or blanking our memories and intelligence.
It is my opinion all this is potentially likely to happen within the next four years, by the 2012 date, and a little after regardless of any ancient prophecy or prediction.
Comparing Hopi and Sumerian Beliefs
By Robert Morningside
The Hopi believe the Creator of Man is a woman.
The Sumerians believed the Creator of Man was a woman.
The Hopi believe the Father Creator is KA.
The Sumerians believed the Father Essence was KA.
The Hopi believe Taiowa, the Sun God, is the Creator of the Earth.
The Sumerians believe TA.EA was the Creator.
The Hopi believe two brothers had guardianship of the Earth.
The Sumerians believed two brothers had dominion over the Earth.
The Hopi believe Alo to be spiritual guides.
The Sumerians believed AL.U to be beings of Heaven.
The Hopi believe Kachinas (Kat’sinas) are the spirits of nature and the
messengers and teachers sent by the Great Spirit.
The Sumerians believed KAT.SI.NA were righteous ones sent of God.
The Hopi believe Eototo is the Father of Katsinas.
The Sumerians believed EA.TA was the Father of all beings.
The Hopi believe Chakwaina is the Chief of Warriors.
The Sumerians believed TAK.AN.U was the Heavenly Destroyer.
The Hopi believe Nan-ga-Sohu is the Chasing Star Katsina.
The Sumerians believed NIN.GIR.SU to be the Master of Starships.
The Hopi believe Akush to be the Dawn Katsina.
The Sumerians believed AK.U to be Beings of light.
The Hopi believe Danik to be Guardians in the Clouds.
The Sumerians believed DAK.AN to be Sky Warriors.
The Hopi believe Sotunangu is a Sky Katsina.
The Sumerians believed TAK.AN.IKU were Sky Warriors.
The Hopi name for the Pleaides is ChooChookam.
The Sumerians believed SHU. SHU.KHEM were the supreme Stars.
The Hopi believe Tapuat is the name of Earth.
The Sumerians believed Tiamat was the name of Earth.
The Hopi call a snake Chu’a.
The Sumerians called a snake SHU.
The Hopi word for “dead” is Mokee.
The Sumerians used KI. MAH to mean “dead.”
The Hopi use Omiq to mean above, up.
The Sumerians used AM.IK to mean looking to Heaven.
The Hopi believe Tuawta is One Who Sees Magic.
The Sumerians believed TUAT.U was One from the Other World.
The Hopi believe Pahana was the Lost Brother who would
one day return to assist the Hopi and humankind.
The Sumerians would recognize PA.HA.NA
as an Ancestor from heaven who would return.
Question; This is all one big lab experiment by a higher power simply for the entertainment value of the creator(s), just to see what happens?
With a lot of scepticism I started watching the first part of the interview with David Wilcock by The Camelot Project yesterday. This man was talking about a lot of things, many of which I am not familiar with. Those topics I am not familiar with (and always were a bridge to far for me), like extra terrestials and reincarnation for example, I don’t want to criticise since I just don’t have enough information to form an opionon. BUT, the topics he discussed that I am familiar with made so much sense to me that I couldn’t stop watching. A lot of pieces from my puzzle started to fall in place. The way he talks, his profound knowledge and his emotions made him appear an integer man to me. Some topics are on the other hard to had to believe..
Has anybody heard about him and heard him talk? What do you think?
Dear John,
Levity not insult….but its beginning to sound like you need a doctor’s appointment.
Dear Espumpin,
Thank you for your kindness. As an example, look up 2006 SQ372, discovered in 2006, but write up not made public til recently…..a comet. Article on universetoday .com called “Astronomers find a new minor planet near Neptune”.
Everything is constantly changing, and with the advent of better / new technology and additional knowlege / understanding, such discoveries will become more frequent, and explain those changes you kindly listed in your last post.
There are those in high places that wisely “Keep their mouths shut….until they are sure of what they are talking about”.
What if, as the sun’s influence reaches further afield with the passing of time, each planet in turn, 1st Mecury the Venus, now Earth, then Mars in future, develops the ability to sustain life ?
Arthur C Clark actually saw the possibility for man to Green Up Mars. If more people did comparison lists such as yours and Amit’s, they would understand more of whats going on around them.
Be well and keep in touch,
Leah
The bottom line with the Electricity thing, is that as we have a Grid, it means all electicity, green or otherwise is delivered through the same power cable, to all of us. So the trick is to back up the power companies that produce or purchase electricity for clean sustainable sources.
If Big Business were truly bad, then WHY would they invest hand over fist, to convert to Clean sustainable energy ? They wouldn’t.
Everyone is talking about proof and needing proof before they accept or believe.
If you’ve seen the film Contact, you might remember a great argument;
Do you Love your child, mother, wife etc?
If you do, prove it.
Dear Tom,
The Rabbit Hole, The wardroble,the Veil, the subconscious, other dimensions….all the same thing. No nothing to be afraid of.
Luke Skywalker in Star Wars is told by Yoda when he asks “What’s in the Cave ?”, Yoda replies “Only what you take with you “.
Leah
Appologies Tom,
That is WARDROBE as in The Lion The Witch and The Wardrobe…..Narnia etc.
What I meant to add to the previous post was, that we each find ourselves and Truth down the Rabbit Hole, or in the cave. Similar to Star Wars, but maybe not the best comparison.
Be well
Leah
Everyone including my animals, go down the Rabbit Hole everytime they dream in their sleep.
This whole thing has given me the runs and I am outta T.P anyone here got a canander I can use? I can predict it’s gonna be messy
Just dropping by. Amit that was awesome. You made my wheels spin. Leah, what else is there to say your like our mom here. you teach, preach & clarify for us. Ricco I know your reading, thank you for all your input. here’s some stuff from that wilcock site I wanted to share. So much had been said and rehashed I agree and disagree with all of it. LOL. any way check this out.
As of 1997, Dr. Aleskey Dmitriev and other Russian scientists observed that the Galactic space we are now moving into is showing significantly higher concentrations of matter and energy, including charged particles of hydrogen, helium and hydroxyl, in addition to other new combinations of elements.
SUN: The Sun’s magnetic field is over 230 percent stronger now than it was at the beginning of the 1900s, and its overall energetic activity has sizably increased, creating a frenzy of activity that continues to embarrass NASA’s official predictions.
VENUS: Venus is now glowing in the dark, as is Jupiter’s moon Io.
EARTH: In the last 30 years, Earth’s icecaps have thinned out by as much as 40 percent. Quite inexplicably, just since 1997 the structure of the Earth has shifted from being slightly more egg-shaped, or elongated at the poles, to more pumpkin-shaped, or flattened at the poles. No one at NASA has even bothered to try to explain this yet. Link to full article at NASA.
MARS: The icecaps of Mars noticeably melted just within one year, causing 50-percent changes in surface features. Atmospheric density had risen by 200 percent above previous observations as of 1997.
JUPITER: Jupiter has become so highly energized that it is now surrounded by a visibly glowing donut tube of energy in the path of the moon Io. The size of Jupiter’s magnetic field has more than doubled since 1992.
SATURN: Saturn’s polar regions have been noticeably brightening, and its magnetic field strength increasing.
URANUS: According to NASA’s Voyager II space probe, Uranus and Neptune both appear to have had recent magnetic pole shifts – 60 degrees for Uranus and 50 for Neptune.
NEPTUNE: Neptune has become 40 percent brighter in infrared since 1996, and is fully 100-percent brighter in certain areas. Also, Neptune’s moon Triton has had a “very large percentage increase†in atmospheric pressure and temperature, comparable to a 22-degree Fahrenheit increase on Earth.
PLUTO: As of September 2002, Pluto has experienced a 300-percent increase in its atmospheric pressure in the last 14 years, while also becoming noticeably darker in color.
And here I thought I was the only one going crazy. Any one who really knows whats going on must not be right in the head or heart in these times.
Espumpin
If the world ends on whatever day, does it really matter? Are all those people who were right in knowing the world ended going to gloat and feel special? Most likely not, because no one will be around to hear it.
Perhaps people should focus on the preciousness that is life and realize that we live in a fragile world that has the potential to end at any moment without notification. When the time does come for the end, wither it’s some “prophesy” or just old age how would you like to reflect on your life? Would you rather think about all the fun, cool, exciting things you did/ accomplished or realize that you coward in the corner in utter fear of something that you could not control.
This was a fantastic article, very well written.
To all the people who have been sucked in by the fear mongers, I feel bad for you, for you will not live a happy life until 12/21/2012 passes.
To all those who do research and provide viable evidence, keep on keepin’ on.
Hi Amit,
I celebrate the joy that your words convey. I hope you are well, as you travel on your journey. And OHhhhhh what a journey lies ahead…..a veritable adventure….even if it is a seious one. You really do all add to my encouragement and faith.
as usual, Be well,
Leah
Wow…I must be tired.
That would be SERIOUS adventure. A thousand appologies.
Dear Amit,
You have placed even more pieces in the jig saw puzzle. Its happening everywhere. However just because its happening throughout the Solar system, is not an excuse to continue to poison Earth with pollution etc.
Am I the only one seeing the great changes of heart and mind that the Mayans predicted ?
Best wishes, Leah
Dear Amit,
Could it be that the CHILDREN already in this world in growing families, should be the ones to ASK their parents not to have more children, so thet they can survive and live ?
I have found that there is as much to learn from children, as there is for children to learn from adults.
Just a thought.
Leah
Thank you Leah for your response. I totally agree with your comment. “Relating to other versions of the same thing” is what I always try to do. Indeed, its the same from a different perspective. I’m just every time astonished again when more pieces of the puzzle fall into place and I see myself moving deeper and deeper down into the Rabbit Hole. “Aaaah that’s a ridiculous theory. I can’t believe that. Nutcase.” Being sceptical I start looking for information to INVALIDATE and somehow it all starts making sense.
I’ve read some great posts here. Thanks again. Especially Espumpin, Amit, Leah.
Espumpin, now you got MY wheels spinning! The first thing i did after reading your post was Google “The Camelot Project ” … I have just begun, will surely share my thoughts when i have read enough to contribute something here……
Hey Tom, good to know that you are beginnning to get the hang of it… Keep searching and keep sharing. This is the best thing about this thread, people like Leah, Espumpin, Rico, Becky, Just a Thought and now you, are all bringing new information here, just think about it, between the few of us we have managed to uncover so much!! If we only had a Thousand more people doing the same thing, imagine the possibilities!
Leah, your wise words are always encouraging!
Whatever people might make out of us, crazy, idiots, paranoid or whatever…. I know that 2012 has surely made a “positive” impact on my life, my knowledge has increased a lot. On the quest to discover the hidden truths, i have come across thoughts and concepts from ancient and recent history that convey the right method of life, about doing the right thing and being positive….
And the other facts about our planet, our solar system, and infact, The Universe, have also helped a lot. They make for very interesting reading at the least. And such knowledge doesn’t hurt.
Sorry no truth
Just a Thought – that was a nice question.. And i guess many people wonder if that might be the ultimate truth of mankind?
But if you ask me, i dont think thats the case, it may have started like that, but looks like we are on our own now, pretty much….
And we may have a higher purpose which is revealed when we are released from the web of this artificial world……
Do keep coming up with splendid – “Just a Thoughts”s ! Nice food for thought!
Cheers! —- Amit
Dont worry about the typos Leah, i noticed only when you mentioned it…. Its only the thought matters and that was conveyed Loud & Clear! A veritable adventure indeed!
Espumpin, here are some more points about our the Solar System, very similar to those you posted –
Sun: More activity since 1940 than in previous 1150 years, combined
Mercury: Unexpected polar ice discovered, along with a surprisingly strong intrinsic magnetic field … for a supposedly “dead†planet
Venus: 2500% increase in auroral brightness, and substantive global atmospheric changes in less than 30 years
Earth: Substantial and obvious world-wide weather and geophysical changes
Mars: “Global Warming,†huge storms, disappearance of polar icecaps
Jupiter: Over 200% increase in brightness of surrounding plasma clouds
Saturn: Major decrease in equatorial jet stream velocities in only ~20 years, accompanied by surprising surge of X-rays from equator
Uranus: “Really big, big changes†in brightness, increased global cloud activity
Neptune: 40% increase in atmospheric brightness
Pluto: 300% increase in atmospheric pressure, even as Pluto recedes farther from the Sun
None of these statistics are from “fringe†scientists; they are all very, very real, and what you have just read is only the proverbial “tip of the iceberg.â€
This Report’s scientific data, from a variety of highly credible institutions (including NASA itself), reveals that startling “climate change†phenomena are occurring, not just here on Earth, but, in fact — throughout the entire solar system. This material has been publicly available for nearly a decade in some cases, but it was simply never assembled into a coherent picture of “a System in significant transitionâ€
Well Leah, i have another thought in this case.. Lets see if i manage to explain it well enough..
There is so much information out there, but it is all scattered.. Way too segregated for a layman to make something out of it. And it looks like a conscious effot by the elites to keep it that way. But like you said, when try to put it together, an astounding number of similarities co-relations will turn up. One piece of information which does not make sense wil suddenly beocme crystal clear when you relate it to some other concept. Another off-shoot of thsi is that there is some knowledge which does nto make sense unless you are prepared for it. Just like an advanced course which cannot be done without a basic course.. So, another thing we can do is keep going back to whatever we have read in the past, and with the new knowledge that we have gained during this time will definitely help us to make new connections..
I tried to read about the famous “Law of One”, sometime back, and sure it all went right over my head! Now i went back to it again, and some of the things are actually making sense.. Well, i know its authenticity and that of Ra is in doubt and will always be, but regardless of that, whatever has been documented there is a monumental effort, and evn if its the work of Human Brain, its astouonding nevertheless! Now comes the point about proofs, a good point was made by Lee here, from the movie contact – “You love your wife, kid, parents etc., prove it!” .. What i interpret from this is that there are something that “are”, they just are… You cannot prove or disprove them. Its only belief, and you will certainly believe if it happens with you. So we cannot question the beliefs of others simply because we have not come across such fhings ourselves..
People like Hoagland and Wilcock, and may others are doing lot of research, i like their Aether (Ether) theory, and the way they have put it all together, but they are still ridiculed by the NASA led scientific community and people who belive in NASA…But the traditional science that NASA is staunchly backing was also the brain work of some earlier scientists, and if you go about proving that knowledge, you will be in a similar situation as Hoagland and Co now. So, who is to decide who’s wrong and who’s right..
It is well known that many scientists were burned alive for just speculating that ” Earth was not at the centre oif universe”, or “There might be life on other planets” ! And now, these very facts are known truths.. So, all these theories and concepts that may sound ridiculous may well go on and be proven and followed in the future! Science is about discovery, experimentation, and research, so each and every thought and concept that is propagated should be respected and supported and given a chance to be woked upon….
Well, i have digressed a lot, but i hope i was able to convey what i wanted…
Absolutely Leah, there is a lot we can learn from Children.. And i mean a lot.. Its straneg you made this point, because there is something i learned from children today. Well, not learned, but kind of re-inforced.. I was driving to work today and was passing a van carrying kndergarten kids, they all started smiling and waving happily whenever another vehicle passed, and when it was my turn to pass, they did the same, and unlinke the other people who just ignored them (Including my car pool folks), i replied by smiling and waving.. Come to think of it, there is nothing special in this incident , pretty usual right? But can you imagine an adult doing it? No, i guess, we are all so consumed by our daily grind that we forget to do the small things like be happy and smle! And you observed the “joy” in my words in an earlier post, isn’t it the smile from the kids that made my day?
So, we can learn that from kids.. We can be like them and not be “judgmental” about people and not have negative perception about everyone. “Stop to smell the flowers” you know… Be sure that i’m going to smile at a lot of other drivers when i drive back home (If not wave as well) .. And yes i know what they will think (Most of them) – “Crazy Guy”, “What the hell ar u smiling at?” , “How can he be so happy to smile?” … But if only a few of them smile back, i would know that all is not lost yet…. Not yet……
Hey Becky where are you? Long time no see…
The last few days have seen a sort of surge in this thread. What are your thoughts about the latest?
Be in touch , even if just to say Hi ……
Just came across something interesting..
On August 12, 2007, the Mayan number 6 appeared at Stanton St. Bernard, Wiltshire, England. See Cropcircleconnector.
The August 12, 2007, crop formation had two meanings: (a) six days left until August 18, 2007, which was an inferior conjunction between Venus and our Sun, or (b) six Sun-Venus conjunctions left until Venus transit on June 6, 2012. The 2007 crop formation showed planetary locations of Jupiter, Saturn, Mars or Moon on several Sun-Venus conjunctions leading up to June 6, 2012.
A crop picture from Secklendorf, Germany on June 23, 2008, used an ancient Mayan Sun-Venus calendar of 104 years to date when their Long Count calendar would end on December 21, 2012
on July 4, 2008, the Mayan number 3 has appeared at Stanton Bridge. If field inspection determines that picture to be real, then it probably means: ‘three superior conjunctions left until our current Sun-Venus calendar ends on March 28, 2013.’ The astronomical data are listed below:
0. June 9, 2008 superior conjunction—passed
(March 27, 2009 inferior conjunction)
1. January 11, 2010 superior conjunction
(October 29, 2010 inferior conjunction)
2. August 16, 2011 superior conjunction
(June 6, 2012 inferior conjunction—Venus transit)
3. March 28, 2013 superior conjunction—end of Sun-Venus calendar
Our current Sun-Venus calendar began on April 23, 1909, reached a midway point on April 10, 1961, and will end on March 28, 2013. It counts 130 Sun-Venus conjunctions of 292 days each, and lasts for 104 years minus 26 days. The time required for three more superior conjunctions to pass therefore equals 3 x 584 = 1752 days or 4.8 years, which is approximately correct for July 4, 2008 to March 28, 2013
death is sure for every one whether u live fora second or ayear . so why to worry about 2012.
chill and enjoy every movement so that every one in this world remember u as agood human . [email protected]
Salutations,
I suppose if we had all the answers we would lose interest because we’d get bored.
There is way to much going on to be bored,
an understatement but the idea is there.
The children have not been taught all the denial, (in general), that most “adults” have had ingrained in them which is why they can see some things for what they are and not what they have been taught to think they are.
Vi veri universum vivus vici, from Faust
(forgive the spelling), that is JUST my universe…..no wish to conquer anyone else’s.
Well put Espumpin and Tom.
Amit wrote: “I guess, we are all so consumed by our daily grind that we forget to do the small things like be happy and smile!”
Maybe you will like this short movie: theinterviewwithgod dot com
For me 2012 also has had and is still having an incredible positive impact on my personal growth too. Realising how heartbased beliefs (love, without ego) and our thoughts influence physical reality is the deepest insight I have gained by diving into the 2012 phenomena. I came to realise how important it is to have a positive mind and am trying to think positive thoughts more and more.
Somewhere in 2012 Enigma David Wilcock is talking about Project Looking Glass. He describes how his mind influenced ‘that what will happen in 2012’.
Consciousness is awakening. We (our minds) actually create the future. Wilcock says that 2012 is an energy field and is depending on our focus and how we go into it. The person looking through the looking glass determines the future. What we expect to happen in the future, how you look at it, determines the outcome.
Ian Xel Lungold says in the documentary (recommended) The Mayan Calendar Comes North: …and where it is all leading to is to our full ability to consciously co-creating our experiences. That’s a BIG idea.
“The universe is made of a shared matrix of energy that underlies our physical world and heart-based belief is the language that speaks to this matrix!” Gregg Braden
Mind moves matter.
MENS AGITAT MOLEM
Magna res est vocis et silentii temperamentum
E
Hello Just aThought,
We might see with hindsight, but we may know inherantly……a eureka moment for each person , just not for all at the same time.
In addition, the meek definately are the animals etc. Looks like life on Earth could be on the brink of a jump in evolution.
Be well
Leah
Thank you so much for writing this article. I hae to admit that I have been obsessing on 2012 after watching a program on the history channel two months ago. I have read many articles, and actually there are quite a few that blow the prophecy out of the water. I mean come on how many doomsday predictions have there been? Thank you for putting my mind at ease.
2012 – with all the what ifs – I have at least one more. What if in 2012 no significant happening is immediately apparent and only looking back from beyond 2012 we are able to identify the catalyst that sponsored the fulfillment of the prediction(s)?
The date recorded may be the date the “event” transpires that set the wheel(s) in motion.
Hi Tom,
Funny how a Hungarian will crop up in all fields eventually, Astronomy, Bio chemistry, Genetics, Philosophy etc etc (I include Transilvania too as it was part of Hungary).
Me too.
Leah
Dear Tom,
Thank you so much for reminding me of the Club of Budapest.
Leah
thank you , I am a 17 year old mother worrying whether or not I will be able to see my son grow up.
Even with the possibilities seeing as too I read every single comment. & You article, I feel a weight lifted off my back.
But I do know there is a what if , I do have my own theory & it basically contains, that the whole world will go through a struggle that being a finical or starvations, I don’t know. But that we will all come together as one, maybe thats just a fantasy of mine.
I am not as smart as all of you , but my ignorance level has came down alot seeing as too I have been doing all of research. But I hope you are right, because I have plans to change the world one day =]
@Just a thought
Like Sjamaan said:
“The changes are happening right now in the souls of the people interested in the prophecy.”
Whatever will happen on the 21st of December 2012, the prophecy is fulfulling itself already at this very moment. 2012 is now. This thread is a great example.
I recommend by the way the 10 minute movie Toward Integral Consciousness from the Club of Budapest, founded by Ervin Laszlo (author of The Chaos Point).
Laszlo was in The Netherlands for an interview in 2006, which was broadcasted on mainstream tv. English spoken. You can watch it here:
http://player.omroep.nl/?aflID=3701826&md5=26eead9b210fd4ad646d2d81fde73ddd
(click on ‘volledig scherm’ for full screen).
Laszlo makes all the abstract theories we discuss very concrete. Why do we need change? What are the actual problems?
..forgot to say that ‘Toward Integral Consciousness’ can be found on YouTube.
Ervin Laszlo was born on June 12 1932. If you decode his birthdate in the Maya Calendar you will find his Kin: Blue Cosmic Eagle.
Blue Eagle’s are the Kins (spirits) with the vision of the eagle, meaning the larger picture, the dream of the greater whole.
Cosmic is Tone 13. The final day in the process of Creation. After 6 days and 6 nights god completed his work.
Tone 13 means: unseen forces, unexpected change, open system, touch of destiny, interdimensional shift. It provides the possibility of a radical “frequency shift” offering limitless new openings.
I myself am a Blue Resonant Night. My higher self and guide is Blue Eagle. In other words, people like Ervin Laszlo inspire me.
If you want to know your Kin go to: tortuga dot com dash eng dash decode
After you find your Kin just google it, e.g. Blue Resonant Night and take the link to Astro Dream Advisor.
There are 260 different Kins in total.
Hi,
Turns out I’m a Blue Crystal Monkey. Thanks for that one too Tom.
Hi Patrick,
By the way you write, you remind me of another Patrick I once knew. Facts have a habit of re-occuring, like the galactic year, and alignment etc. Its like an electrical circuit completing itself and so the lights switch on.
Nice one Espumpin.
Best to all,
Leah
The number 11 is me, born on the 11th of the month, at 23:49 pm. Everything good turns up in the 11th hour, as in just in time…not quite last minute but close enough for my liking.
Life has shown me though that if I have faith, what I need will turn up, its just that it cuts it close.
Blue Eagle reminds you to step powerfully into your commitment as a planetary server! Your assignment includes whatever furthers your personal evolution and the evolution of global mind. You are an awakener, a transformer, an empowered gloal visionary. In your vision, you have compassion for others, and your decisions are made in the light of global consciousness. Ask yourself how you might experience compassion toward self, the Earth, and others. Be guided towards types of work, relationships, places to live, and projects that will benefit the Earth and her creatures. Allow your spirit to expand. Soar on your spreading wings and planetary perspective. Affirm: “Through your, Gaia, I am also transformed! I am awakening as the return of divine love and light. We are all one. Gaia, as you awaken, I heal myself. As I awaken, you are healed, and together our petals open ecstatically to the new Sun of Flowers.”
You are a member of the one global family, a planetary server and transformer. Blue Eagle asks you to join in lifting the collective mind. It is up to each one of us to hold a positive vision and affirmation, for the means by which this miracle will occur is through changes in the one affecting the greater whole.
This is from some web site I found. I like it I thought i’d share.
Espumpin
Hi Tom,
Have you got a handle on the philosophers stone yet ?
Leah
Hi Tom,
Used to alot, but recently its been the last 4 digits of my land line. Earlier this year we received our tickets to an event, that were my deceased husbands pin and pass numbers.
What numbers do you see apart from 11:11 ? I’ll say I’m a 9 11 57. Soooo much went on in 1957.
Leah
this is a very well thought out article and the writing is to be commended, but in order to argue the facts behind the 2012 belief, you must take more into consideration then just the mayan element. The book of ‘I Ching” (the chinese book of change) when put into a timeline, the beginning of the ‘world’ can be perceived as 1.3 billion years ago, yet the end is seen as 2012 a.d. A more scientific basis for the mayan calendar can also be seen, the 5126 year long-count calendar corresponds with the galactic year, in which our solar system orbits around the center of our galaxy, (a massive black hole at the center of the milky way, named Sagittarius A* in 2002) in the year of 2012 our sun will directly eclipse Sagittarius A* . Although i neither refute nor accept the doomsday belief, i do believe that it is important to know all sides of the story before refuting others as incorrect and completely disregarding their opinions.
Dear Tom,
Re sulphur, check out organic sulphur, MSM, its not vitriol.
Leah
Dear Tom,
Should you wish to keep in touch, don’t forget [email protected]
In the meantime, there seem to me,as a gemologist and minerologist in the past, that there are 3 or 4 minerals in the metabolism that could be candidates for the philosophers stone. So you are on the right track.
Numbers have been doing it to me all my life, so don’t worry. Lots of numbers everywhere throughout history, as clues and signs, for those that bother to see.
Leah
Funny how science itself is toying with 11 dimensions.
Also worth watching in this context are Telescopic Evolution from the movie Waking Life and Spiral Dynamics from Graves, both in YouTube.
“De-evolution: Truth, loyalty, justice, freedom… manifestations of the new evolution. That is what we hope to see from this, that would be nice. ” : )
how do I check mine?
If you look at part 3 of David Wilock’s 2012 enigma you will see how he explains everything about the pineal gland, the 3rd eye, and how this can be found in Hinduism (3rd eye), Buddhism (pine looking head), Bible (vatican architecture, pope), Egypt (farao’s with snakes and eye), Anunaki etc.
Amazing! The Caduceus symbol illustrates this perfect. Yin/Yang energy going upwards to the pineal gland where they can balance… since the pineal gland is the only part in (the exact center of) the brain that is not divided in two parts.
But as I said… speculation too… but pieces of the puzzle fall in place for me. In that pineal gland is DMT to be found. An amazing entheogen. People that extract DMT from plants and consume it describe to reach other dimensions without the limits of time and space.
Thank you for doing this i can now sleep without thinking about what im going to do in 4 years i will be 20 in 2012. I think that this is just a way to scare people as there is sad people who get there kicks out of doing that.
Dear Tom,
I’d be interested in your web site address, if you’ve already quoted it, sorry can’t find it.
The human body contains an extensive menu of minerals, each one with their own significance. When not chelated, or in ionic form they grow into crystals, and ore, which is smelted into metals. This you know, so you could be right about the iron, and that each has a function re transmutation etc.
Understanding the alchemists terminology of sparating the Subtle from the Gross has helped.
BTW whats Spanish for Blue crystal Monkey ?
Be well,
Leah
Doug Yurchey, and Vladimir Pakhomov are worth a read or re-read, especially as there is another Sphinx in Russia, in the Sayan Mountains.
Dear Espumpin,
Sorry if you got brain ache. You are not off subject at all. Thoth also wrote what you quoted from Plato, who wrote about Atlantis which is where Thoth came from to Khem.
Please remember we make suggestions only.
The website came up for me but try
http://www.tortuga.com/eng/decode/index.php
good luck
Leah
Remember that TIME acts only on the flesh but has no hold over MIND.
The speed of thought is instantaneous. If it takes time to read it is because the brain is the hardware with which we do so, but once the info has been up loaded, the mind can recocile and inspect the info at indecribable speeds.
Best to upload, and let the mind work stuff out like a computer program running in the background. Let the mind do its job, wrather than get brain ache whilst trying to force out the answers.
Dear Espumpin,
You are really cool !!!
Dear Tom,
Seems you have the understanding and you await only to remember that which is within you. Enjoy the journey. Levity……I always said about myself…..that I was man enough for any man.
Dear Eva Marie,
Age matters not, stick with what you feel, you are on a good path.
For Tom and any who care to listen,
Vangelis wrote and Jon Anderson sings, a great piece of music that puts it all in a nutshell.
Its on the album Heaven and Hell, called So Long Ago, So Clear.
I’m listening to the track as I write…..it describes it all so beautifully. No coincidence that in this life Vangelis is my favourite. He writes food for the soul, and shows how MUSIC is our finest creation.
Matrix…..We are not here to choose, we are here to understand the choices we have already made.
We are all here to do what we are here to do.
Dear Tom,
Did I understand that your website is under reconstuction at this time? When will it be possible to open it in English ?
Cool site. Leah
Leah, I dont mean to be a pain, but this web-site http://www.tortuga.com-eng-decode/ keeps redirecting me. Tom you got my ears,keep talking. For all I have thus far read I am excited to see where my kinship lays. If there is another web-site I could check out? Becky, Ricco & BBart. I’d love to hear some imput from youse on this subject. Funny every time I looked at the clock for most of my life I would always catch it at 1:23 AM & PM. But for the last 4yrs I catch 11:11 AM & PM. I felt a litle crazy about. If you watch emily rose, amityville horror, or An American haunting all three films are based on the fight with the spirit world and all though they are on different topics, they are all attacked at the 3-3:30 time frame. Did hollywood pick a universal time or do all three stories have an underlying truth. Here goes my off the subject ranting again. I thank everyone for their kind words. I dreamt we organized a meeting and I am not able to remember the rest. OK till 2012 changes us in some way make mine marvel.
Espumpin
.”..there is no opinion handed down among you by ancient tradition. Nor any science which is hoary with age.And I will tell you why.There has been and will be again, many destructions of mankind…And so you have to begin again all over again like children, and know nothing of what happened in ancient times.”
-Plato-Timaeus- Do you get the feeling he knew something? I read this qutoe like he was talking right at me. I dont mean to bring a downner to the thread but we look at all prespectives here? right? Now Leah has got me reading Vladimir Pakhomov and Tom and Amit, To much info brain hurts.
E
Leah, Thank you…your right, & the new site worked check out what I am.
Utility
Spectral Moon day 11
Year of the Yellow Electric Seed
kin 254: White Resonant Wizard
I Channel in order to Enchant
Inspiring Receptivity
I seal the Output of Timelessness
With the Resonant tone of Attunement
I am guided by the power of Death
me thinks i’m kool:)
Espumpin
We are all one. That is why the Mayan say:
In lak’ech. Meaning: I am you. You are me.
Looking somebody in the eyes and realising that person is another me changed my life forever.
“To find The One, One must find him- or herself first.” is a quote I came up with after this experience. If you don’t know who you are.. how can you recognize yourself in another?
The supreme creator God of the Maya, the source of all energy, is HUNABKU (the galactic butterfly).
If you google this image you will see how it represents perfection, the balanced cosmic energies (yin/yang). Also you will see two crosses. This is the 8-spoked Wheel of Time. The galactic alignment.
Actually there was not even a name or symbol for this all. Because this supreme God, source of energy cannot be grasped in a word or symbol. It was Jose Arguelles that found the symbol on the clothes of Mayan weavers. This symbol came according to him the closest to the Maya supreme God.
Dear Tony,
Please don’t be so annoyed. Ian has written a piece that has given many the chance to bring their ideas and experiences to light and to share. 2012 is not about death, the Mayans as you wrote, foretold of the completion of a cycle, that there would be change to the extent that they could not see which path we would choose. That is that our perceptions would change.
Through climatic disasters etc the Earth as a planet will go on as usual, along with its inhabitants.
@Espumpin: I read your Kin in English and Spanish. I would summarize as follows, maybe you recognize it.
You have wisdom that comes from alignment between mind (mental power) and (open) heart. You are reserved, though an integer person, free from need to manipulate or control. Self-acceptance is in your shadowside of your Kin. You need approval from others? SELF-ACCEPTANCE is also in your Tone 7, Resonant. So that’s self-acceptance as a theme in your life twice. You are in touch with the Divine and you might have psychic abilities (therefore wizard).
@Eva Marie: You are not speaking nonsense. This is your feeling and it can never be right or wrong. Actually, more and more people have a feeling that they wish to change the world, and they feel supported by something they can hardly grasp. Something ‘supernatural’. There a communities of people trying to turn this into positive action. Google ‘lightworker’. Just follow your heart and go with the flow. All best to you.
Hi Leah, that is not my website. I just found that website via Google.
Today I finally found information I was looking for. Gonna take a rest now.
Magna res est vocis et silentii temperamentum
wow… thank you i read one article before this one and it got me all woried but then i read this one and it totally changed my perspective on it… now i can tell everyone in school to chill out.
Hi all, I decided not to participate in this discussion anymore, since some of my posts have been deleted. If you want to stay in touch you can reach me at 11hunabku11 at gmail dot kom. Best to all.
good morning, dear friends…
i have been experiencing huge problems with my server this past week…no posts past august 18 would appear…i was so excited when everything appeared this morning!!!! and boy–what i have missed!!!!
amit- you are such a kind soul…thank you so much for your everything you bring to the table…leah, as always..tom, espumpin, just a thought, eva marie, and bad bart–glad you are well—all the newcomers–welcome and thank you!!!!
after reading, and trying to play “catch-up” with everything this thread has touched on over the past week, i find myself feeling rather small…quite frankly, i am so overwhelmed–but THAT’S A GOOD THING!!!!
i feel like a child standing at the edge of a mud puddle…i want to jump in just to make a splash…but, friends—there is nothing i can add or say that would make the impact any better than what has already been said—and said so very well…every one of you have “covered and protected all the bases”…at this point, the best i can be is a huge cheering section!!!! you all continue to astound me with your neverending insight, knowledge, reference, and understanding…and simple “thank you” seems very inadequate…amit, you asked me to weigh in—i can’t–i lead with my heart–it takes my mind a long time to catch up and grasp all that has been brought to light here…eventually it will all sink in, and like leah said—it will be a huge “eurika” moment for me!!! it just takes me a little longer than most…thank you all for indulging me and showing your kindness and patience…
what i do understand, is the joys of a child, and, amit–how smiling and waving back is the beginning of the “butterfly effect”…i am a “stargazer”…it takes only a few seconds to look up into to night sky and realize that things are changing…the intensity of how our planets shine at night is only the tip of the iceburg…thank you and espumpin for you wonderful insights reagrding that…i have believed in “the numbers” for a long time…my understanding of the “numbers game” and how they all fall into play is expanding…these things,and so many others, for me, are one of those things that i read about, and at the time it made no sense to me AT ALL…but more and more lately, i find that those “old things” are having significant relevance…and it’s time to “dust off the cobwebs”…everything goes hand-in-hand—everything is relative…
how i wish i could be more profound—how i wish i had more to offer and contribute…i can only say “ditto” and thank you…
love and best wishes to you all,
becky
(this is not farewell-i just don’t know when i will be able to get back in to the thread again)
Each is contenplating their own enlightenment.
Tom, Becky youse humble me. Thank you.
Tom some, alot of my bloggs disappear as well I dont believe they are erased just the site doesn’t post them. Maybe if more than one person is trying to send a message or something, I think everytime my blogg gets deleted that a butterfly flaps its wings in Tibet. JK. I hope you don’t stop posting BBart and yourself have add pieces most of us or at least I have been searching for. I am one of the most ignorant ppl on this thread seeking knowledge and redistrubting what I can. I have never claimed to have answers and thank all of you who have at the very least contrubited in a positive truthful manner. Ditto to everything like Becky said. I am in the middle of researching that wilcock and harrp, as well as trying to stay focused on my job and family. Anywho plz dont forget for better or worse we are all in this together as a human race. LOL what do you think the KKK and Al-Qaeda will do if we have to hold hands to save the world? Will muslims and jews play with a dradle? Can we just work with each other with having to worry what we get out of it? These questions I feel make me ignorant, for if I knew the answers what difference can be made. OK,OK i’ll close with this Ab/Ex uno disce omnes.
Espumpin.
p.s Tom u got my latin going again, you can’t leave now.:)
Sorry i meant Ex uno, not Ab/Ex that was for how I wanted to phrase it. Havent had to use latin for a while.
E
tom, espumpin–thank you from the bottom of my heart!!! these journeys are truly wonderful…even more so when you have people to share them with…tom, please do not discourage…i wonder if Ian ever imagined that his thread would go on for so long…and hold so very much wisdom!!!!!!!
Greetings to all my freinds here! Phew, just a 3 day weekend and you guys have certainly moved the thread!!
Hey Tom…. Guess What?? I am a White Lunar Mirror and this is what was written on Astro Dream Advisor –
“Blue Night is your Subconscious Self and Hidden Helper.”
These were some oter things –
Electric Moon day 24
Year of the Blue Magnetic Storm
kin 158: White Lunar Mirror
I Polarize in order to Reflect
Stabilizing Order
I seal the Matrix of Endlessness
With the Lunar tone of Challenge
I am guided by the power of Heart
BTW, i had stumbled across this thing earlier , but your rererence to Astro Dream Advisor was good..
There were other things written there as well.. And just like i am able to identify with the traits of my Sun Sign Libra, i was able to identify with many things written there as well…
Now, i have a lot to say about the other things that were discussed here as well, but i will take a whil to organise my thoughts a bit and put them across..
Thank you Leah, I just find it frusrating that everyone has to look at 2012 as a doomsday or end of the world, then bring the whole Y2K thing into the discussion, kind of mocking the Mayan’s if you will. I believe that everyone has the right to believe what they want but once 12/21/12 hits, that right is gone and everyone will either have no choice but to believe, face reality and regret that they ever doubted the most advanced civilization to ever walk the face of the Earth (i.e. the Sumerians), or maybe it’s bs, and the Mayan’s, the Sumerians and myself are proven wrong. But I challange anyone to STUDY the Sumerians ancient text, and read about who they were and most importantly, the “God’s who to Earth from Heaven came”. We as a people , a civilization have failed, not as far as advancement, or achievment but of enlightenment and peace. Sooner or later evryone has to take responsibilty for the kind of human they are, and pay the consiquences.
Well, about disappearing posts, even i face this problem here…. Maybe Ian is getting jealous!
Just Kidding…………
Is it possible that i am able to see the posts on my machine, but others cannot see it? Because sometimes i am able to judge from the response (or lack thereof) that my post may been deleted…
Right said Tony!! It simply blows my top off if someone compares this with Y2K.. This is such an insult to the Mayans….
All the ancient scriptures mention it so clearly for all that there was a time when an advanced species walked the Earth and helped shaped life here..
And those who speak rubbish against the Mayans and Sumerians, are infact the least informed about the achievements and capability of these civilisations.. They dont even know what they are talking about.
They should atleast respect what they dont know.
Hey Bad Bart! Hope your research is moving along nicely…
Looking forward to hear more form you!
Wishing you success in your endeavour..
Dear Tony,
The problem that people have, is that they haven’t got round to respecting those things they don’t like or agree with…..yet.
As you said, a time will come when they will have no choice, but to face and judge themselves. YK2 was something of human influence only, and under human control.
Leah
Dear Amit,
The Mahabharata, Gods with flying machines, seemed to me to be similar to the Annunaki.
Be well,
Leah
Hi Amit,
I have several reasons to leave. First of all, but least important, the posts that got deleted. Second of all, I’m moving to Mexico this week and probably won’t be online anymore too much. Third of all, I found the answer to my questions and can’t talk about it anymore. As Leah said: “Each is contemplating their own Enlightenment.”
Good luck on your journeys of discovery!
Tom
Seems that Blue Night is something else that many of us have in common.
Tom, congratulations on your success and wish you all the best for Mexico. Thats a place where i want to go at least once, in the next couple of years….
I still have many questions that are yet unanswered, i have a long way to go i guess.. But i will keep searching till i am satisfied. Lets see where this takes me!
Au Revoir… Amit.
Here is one of the most convincing compilations about Nibiru….
http://www.erks.org/nibiru.html
The site is in French, but fortunately, the section about Nibiru is in English, just scroll down a bit…
This kind of proves what we have been discussing. Kind of stuff which will make NASA Scientists bury their heads in sand.
best wishes, and good luck, tom!!!!!!!!
Dear S Reid,
Welcome. What is the fate of the letters to be, and how could they help ?
Best wishes,
Leah
Hey MR EINSTEIN, how much is the GOVERNMENT is paying you? People has the right to be prepaired. Even if you are telling the truth, let them prepair. People are not idiots whether they believe it or not, people are the master of their own thought. Maybe the MAYANS were wrong but, the truth of the matter is that there is something going on, something wrong with our planet. This is based and judged by our INSTINCTS! dont deny and be honest with it.
YES the world is going to end on December 21 2012. Earthquakes with shake all our cities, the ocean will rise up and swallow our islands and coast lands, lava will rise up and burn everything, freak hurricanes will devastate and worst of all our sun will burn us. Those who survive the day will suffer from hunger and slowly die. BUT we can stop it!
Last night I had a crazy dream about all of this, I am not a psychic or anything of the sort but the dream was vivid and I can still recall all of it. In the dream my dog “Star”, spoke to me she told me that we can stop it, she said that if I gather peoples hope if I make everyone believe in the power of the mass conscience we can stop this. My dog said that we are the planet and the planet is us. She told me to gather notes from everyone with commitment.
All morning I have been thinking about this: In order to stop the end of the world you have to send me a letter; in this letter write to me why you love this planet and why you love this life and sign it, in order for me to know that you are serious you have to send money in the letter. A penny, a dime, a quarter, a peso a yen whatever, this will let me know that you are serious and committed to our cause of saving the world.
send you letter to:
S.Reid
82-15 Forest Parkway Drive
Port Moody BC
V3H 5G3
Tom…g’journey to you, may you find the answers you seek. S REID 30,000 pennies equal about $3,000 no?
Remember, the best measure of truth will always be “a still, small, voice”.
Ok, Seriously. 2012… What did we learn at the year 2000?? Y2… Don’t believe everything we read…. We all couldnt be so lucky to have this horrid world to end then.
the sacred book of Islam. Revealed by God to the Prophet Muhammad in separate revelations over the major portion of the Prophet’s life at Mecca and at Medina, the Qur’an was intended as a recited text.Muhammad was to understand and pass the wisdom given to him by God.The first section of the Mahabharata states that it was Ganesha who, at the request of Vyasa, wrote down the text to Vyasa’s dictation. Ganesha is said to have agreed to write it only on condition that Vyasa never pause in his recitation. Vyasa agreed, providing that Ganesha took the time to understand what was said before writing it down. Am I grasping at straws or does anyone else see the link of recitation.Muslims believe the common elements or resemblances between the Bible and other Jewish and Christian writings and Islamic dispensations is due to their common divine source, and that the original Christian or Jewish texts were authentic divine revelations given to prophets. If they understand how those three books are linked, then there are only two more original (Zorah and Emuna Elish ) which I believe a third of you have read as well and would agree all tie in together.Am I onto something here, is this common knowledge and your wondering where have I been? Do you have any facts to throw at me? I can go on with more thatr I have but may I have some feed back first plz. Or dont say anything and no harm no foul.
Espumpin
Dear Espumpin,
You have obviously taken the time and trouble to find the commonality, and in so doing you have seen that they, in ESSENCE, carry the same message.
Perspectives, locations, time frames, and names may differ, but the ESSENCE remains the same.
It is the people that need to understand this, as the leaders already know.
Be well
Leah
Dear Espumpin,
They all believe in ONE CREATOR, but they are each going to have to admit, that the CREATOR cannnot be owned, laid claim to, patented or even called on to choose sides, when peoples have disputes.
During wartime, each side will convince itself that God is on their side. Like children in a playground choosing who will be on their team or side. People must stop falling for the divide, conquer and rule syndrome, if they want peace.
Leah
1000, 2000,2004,2012,2032….
3 doomsday down…2 to go. 2012 i dont believe. 2032 a meteorite is supposed to hit earth..buy then we will have a laser shield around earth. Or some other planetary defence system. So i think i will sit back, relax, and enjoy life. adios
Not off subject, just another perspective.
The Younger Dryas lasted 1000 yrs back 12,000 years ago, and was a mini ice age.
What if the promised 1000yr golden age, is a mini ice age ? It would certainly be a huge TIME OUT, for the the planet, like slowing down or stopping the Hamster wheel.
With so many buying property in S. America, are they privy to info that the masses are excluded from ? Naturally there is not enough room for the whole world to live in the Southern Hemisphere, and grow food, but wisdom and team work now, could see life on earth through even such a period, safely.
Dear Espumpin,
I think there is a misunderstanding here…..looks to me like Rich agrees with the Mayan calendar and that 2012 is about the ending of a cycle, with the beginning of another.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Rich,
Have you bothered to read the whole or at least the latter half of this thread ?
Need I remind everyone that we are all in different countries, and not necessarily all100% fluent in English. Espumpin has been on the thread for a long time, as have many of us.
So Rich, read the content of the thread….stop calling anyone names……and we’ll all get along fine.
Here we go again, with posts not showing up.
Dear Espumpin,
With so many nationalities writing in just one language, it is not suprising that misunderstandings happen. Please don’t stay away too long….your input is valued.
Best wishes
Leah
Dear Rich,
You are all very welcome.
Best wishes, and welcome,
Leah
Dear Rich,
This whole thread is a veritable Magnum Opus. All the pieces are here…maybe 2 missing but they will surface eventually……it pays to re-read it ocassionally too.
Hi Rich,
My sentiments too, soooo much good stuff…..its why I posted [email protected] as a way we could continue.
Hello Just a thought,
How are you ? We have started here…so where next ?
Best to all,
Leah
There seems to be a consusus that there is A Creator that created everything originally, and therefore we too are an expression of the Creator. Further that we have free will.
It would be reasonable to say, that the potential and temptation for evil is within us due to our free will to choose which to be.
Reasearch shows that a predisposition to evil acts can be inherited through DNA.
Considering that the vast majority of people are good willed deep down, it would seem that the ancient battle for souls has already been lost by the evil side.
Please forgive the ramble……I know I’m esoteric and cryptic…..its for good reason.
Dear Rich,
Are you close to the UK?
Leah
Rich,
Magnum Opus = MO so does
Modus Operandi. Any Ideas ?
I have made note of a few of the posts that disappear from my view of this thread, shortly after posting. Lord knows what didn’t appear in the first place.
Seems that a secret meeting in the flesh is the modus operandi, so people can discuss even the WEATHER these days. Expletive post aside, its an insult to human integrity, intelligence and sensibility.
Dear Just a Thought,
My point exactly. Just need to open eyes to see.
Be well
Leah
Dear Just a Thought,
A few have noticed that their view of the thread differs from other’s view. This id the case. Hence my post as a message upline to those that regulate communications.
Telepathy is useful.
WOW! for aqll the replies about how good this was, everyone missed the biggest error and im sure there are plenty more..
“The calendar was constructed by an advanced civilization called the Mayans around 250-900 AD. ”
If the author of this page would have done any reasearch he or she would know that the Mayan Calendar was constructed from around 3114 B.C to 3374 B.C.!!!
you retard! so when I read that I almost didnt read any further, but I did, and you went on to say that the Mayans predict a “dooms day” NO! It is the end of one cycle and the begining of another thats all, and yes change will come. You should do alot more research before you post retardedness.
I wont even get into what you stated as the “Venus cycle” and how accurately it has there days and seasons as well, I’ll leave that to you and oyur dumb readers to find out for yourselves.
One more thiong have you heard what NASA is saying about lining up with a black whole during the end of the calendar?
Que sera sera.
hey rich let me ask u? have u figured out why ur a a**hole yet? see my friends and i not only know about the hole,but where it is. do u know we dont belong to this galaxy that the bh u refer 2 is active right now. have u any idea what side of the earth will be facing that center on 2012? no right u f**king ppl make me sick. the mayans, a** hole what about the Sumerians,Indiains,Chinese,etc…countless other civilitions with knowledge that they simply wont share. Do you know what was found under the rock at mecca? dont come 2 this thread as the man cuz u dont know s**t. What saddens and scares me the most is that i will become like you be fore you become like me u egocentricselfcenteredass.
you and your kind are the reason my kin have not reached enlightment for so many cycles. your the reason mankind will think to rely on everything other than the one thing you need.
Dear Espumpin,
LEARN TO READ!
You have no idea what I know. I know all about the sumarians, chinese, Annunaki, and the representation of the reptile you retard! So ease back off your self proclaimed “enlightment” I think you ment enlightenment? maybe, so what are you a free mason? a wanna be owl that can see in the dark, well little man my people are Wolves that terrorize little omegas, The blood of the mayans runs threw me, and we see where sight is not permitted! See when you stated we dont belong to this galexy, is cause your a slave in training, the Sumarians knew we were put here for slavery, but the Reptile came into the garden and spread knowledge, so know we think freely not as blind drones easily concured and tricked into a life of slavery, so BOY before you begin to think, STOP! and read, research, validify the information infront of you. Look in to the Bible, people always blow it off as religious BS, but, all the info that is in the bible coinsides with anchient text, besides all the political rhetoric to get you to follow like sheep, look into the book of revelations, genesis, even the book of job, and when you put what our ancestors left for us and these scriptures it will gel in a way you never thought possible, and before your retarded butt thinks im here preaching, refer back to my first statment. and Leah thanx for trying to help him understand, but you must remember that some are born with the hatred in the hearts and mind.
Nican Tlaca….
See you spelled galexy wrong, we all make mistakes. Really i’m a toastmaster not mason. i’ll go crawl into my hole.(RED FACED). I just thought ……………you have no need to except my apology but I agree with your second statement. Maybe I need some time off this thread. I..am at a loss for words. If you read my previous bloggs you’ll see i’m not or it doesn’t matter. Anyway I apoligize to Rich and all I may have offened with my words. I have a lot of work I need to do and should learn well from my ignorance Magna res est vocis et silentii temperamentum.
Espumpin
Espumpin, forgive me for my words as i forgive you of yours, I think we all get emotional about the subject, on that being said, I will read into your blogs, and try to stay active on this one, I just came across it today and was astonished on the first replys on how great this article was when in the first paragraph was a gross error, please forgive me as well, and please keep searching and spreading the truth even if we only have a part of the puzzle another will come along with another part till we start to have a Magnum Opus, Leah thanx for seeing both oour sides.
wow, I Just read threw the meat of the fruit, and I love it, I wanted to know if we , mostley, on the same page, why dont we form an international group/organization to teach and gather minds to research and make more people aware of what is being with held from our youth, I been taught this stuff since I was very young and never understood it till now, Now I can sit with my grandmonther and go over a bunch of stuff that baffles my mind, is there a site or forum you are all part of and if not we shoudl really find or form one, because I know alot of young minds that are starving for this kind if information.
It makes me wary of any that say they have all the answers which is why this thread
is so important to me, it may be that each may have a peice of info. that validates the next. New light for a new day. The results
are yet to be seen, but thus far it appears to be cohesive and well founded. A good place
to start.
Rich Says:
August 26th, 2008 at 1:47 pm
“Magnum Opus”
Leah,
I’m well thank you. Wish the same for all.
From here….
“The longest journey begins with the first step.”
But we’ve already made that much progress.
I’d like to again offer the thought, “some things may have to be believed – to be seen”.
It could very well be right in front of us.
posts that disappear
modus operandi
esoteric and cryptic
starving for information
The best outcome is we “upgrade” our consciousness
IF the info. we share is allowed to be shared
and is not made to “disappear” by whomever
feels it’s necessary to confound our effort to understand.
I too, have found this to be true.
Some things – I wish I didn’t know – are a part
of the chimera of freedom we live in.
Selah
here’s my thought, maby all these people didnt have a answer is what is going to happen because they didnt know, and perhaps this might be a chance for us in the here and now to choose which direction to go and a chance to pick a more benifial way of living and also i think we need to get rid of fearing and choose to live more harmously instead of fear, let end the drama and trama and move on to a higher way of living envolving more love balance, and freedom
Espumpin, have a good rest and enjoy.
The male and female sides of me are well balanced. Thats why I said I’m man enough for any man. I am a Tigres when it comes to defending others but am a peace loving woman and mother otherwise. I am no master of anything except myself.
Just didn’t want anything to get lost in translation.
Leah
Rich you have no need to apoloigize, I am at fault. Like you said about getting all emotional
Leah is like the headmaster of this school. Thank you for being there. I feel I really put my foot in my mouth and showed my true ignorance. I could blame a bad day and lack of sleep,or the gas prices. but i’ll own up to my folly. I start vacation friday so i was gonna be gone for a little while anyway. This is a good as time as any to start collecting my thoughts. G’journey to all, hope to speak with all of you soon.
Espumpin
its looking nice………..
Why do a sphinx, farao, buddha, shiva, pope, hunabku and many other primary sacred elements look the way they look?
Answers are in the symbols and how they tell a similar story. It’s not hard to understand. It’s hard to believe.
Hi Ricochet,
Good to know you are around.
Maybe we have time to replace the old slavery type system left by the gods, to a better one. One that doesn’t punish the good people for what the bad ones do.
We need a system that manages, not governs, and that gives freedom of choice within a foundation of basic laws. The commandments weren’t bad.
Be well
Leah
Ironically it’s the female side of me that got me so emotional the other night. Just kidding no hate mail plz. I must apologize again as you can see i’ve become like a squatter on the site, i dont want to go. But as last night showed i’m fasinating on this to much and becoming way to sensitive on the subjects. My family and I are going on a end of summer trip to kings dominion. I’ll be back in a week but would rather sign off leaving knowledge (even if it is rehashed).
Ancient Mayan prophecies based on two millennia of meticulous astronomical observations indicate that 12/21/12 will mark the birth of a new age, accompanied, as all births are, by blood and agony as well as hope and promise.
Since the 1940’s, and particularly, since 2003, the Sun has behaved more tumultuously than any time since the rapid global warming that accompanied the melting of the last Ice Age. Solar physicists concur that solar activity will next peak, at record-setting levels, in 2012.
Storms on the Sun are related to storms on the Earth. The great wave of 2005 hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma coincided with one of the stormiest weeks in the recorded history of the Sun.
The Earth’s magnetic field, our primary defense against harmful solar radiation, has begun to dwindle, with cracks comparable in scale to the ozone hole opening up randomly. A pole shift, in which such protection falls nearly to zero as the North and South magnetic poles reverse position, may well be under way.
Russian geophysicists believe that the Solar System has entered an interstellar energy cloud. This cloud is energizing and destabilizing the Sun and all the planets’ atmospheres. Their predictions for catastrophe resulting from the Earth’s encounter with this energy cloud range from 2010 to 2020.
Berkeley physicists, who discovered that the dinosaurs and 70% of all other species on Earth were extinguished by an impact 65 million years ago, maintain, with 99% certainty, that we are now overdue for another such mega-catastrophe.
The Yellowstone supervolcano, which erupts catastrophically every 600,000 to 700,000 years, is preparing to blow. The most recent eruption of comparable magnitude, at Lake Toba, Indonesia, 74,000 years ago, led to the death of more than 90% of the world’s population at the time.
Eastern philosophies such the I Ching, Chinese book of changes, and also Hindu theology, have been plausibly interpreted as supporting the 2012 end date, as have a range of indigenous belief systems.
At least one scholarly interpretation of the Bible predicts that the Earth will be annihilated in 2012. The burgeoning Armageddonist movement of Muslims, Christians and Jews actively seeks to precipitate the final End-Times battle.
Have a nice day, & i hope even one will be safe. See you all in a week.
Espumpin
People,
The Earth is not going to ´´end´´, but all evil on Earth shall end.
Good shall conquer Earth once more.
Good=God
Evil=Devil
.
That was funny, never before seen any mention of the blood of the scared crocodile. Supposed to be the actual substance (ointment) used in godly and kingly annointments.
Fun stuff.
After reading the Sumerian (Akkadian) versions of creation and such I’m inclined to believe in more than one god. I think theres a problem with us Gentiles or Goyim or whatever it is the Jews really call us behind closed doors not so much believing in Yahweh but worshiping him.
Lets be frank, Yahweh is the G-d of the Jews (Hebrews or Dark headed people as referred to in the Sumerian).
Now the parable is thus: A Man threw a great feast and invited his best friends and all his favored people. He spared no expense!!
When the time for the feast came none of the invited showed to the feast. So the man asked his servants to open the doors and whosoever they saw in the streets they should come and enjoy the feast so as not to let it go to waste.
Basically this parable defines the foundation of the Chrisian Religion. See what happens here is that because the Jews didn’t accept Yeshua as the Messiach then he would become the savior of the gentiles or whosoever believes in him, his ressurection, the whole nine yards.
We’re still stck at square one here because we’re still looking for the love and grace of Yahweh though Yeshua. The G-d of the Jews.
What I want to know is this. What gods were worshipped in UR when Abrams father was the priest there. It wasn’t Yahweh. Furthermore, the priestly function in those days was to comunicate with the god and King. The priest was like an intermediary.
So yes. I believe in more than one god. Yahweh came out on top because he kicked ass. He’s a warrior god. Look at his history.
So many men were killed for Yawehs glory alone. In fact, most of the big killings he liked attributted to his glory.
It’s a religion of fear they offer by a warrior god. “Do this or die and go to hell for eternity”.
I’m sorry if I’m offending anyone here but thats the way I see it.
Even in th story of Job when Yahweh is hanging out with his counterpart and they get into how much Job loves Yahweh.
He allows Satan to kick Jobs ass in the worse way. What bothers me most about this story is that no one ever asks what the hell did Jobs wife and kids do to deserve getting caught up in this bet!! They all died for “The Glory of Yahweh”.
He told Moses what? Go to Pharao and tell him to let my people go but I will Harden his heart so that he does not let them go so I can show off my powers kicking his ass!!! Look it up if you don’t believe me.
Our main religions are not religions of love, but fear.
Especially if you’re a Christian. Think about it. Heaven wasn’t made for you. It was for the Jews but since they didn’t want to go then as a last resort they’re letting you in. Like leftovers or something. Its sad really. What you have to look at though is why the Jews didn’t believe that Yeshua was the Christ. Google it, it’s very interesting. The Jews consider the new testament a fantasy. They won’t tell you to your face like that but I have Jewish friends and thats what they believe.
This brings us back to the original pantheon.
During those days there were places where man was forbidden to travel. Certain mountain tops and such. Because the gods resided or dwelled in those places. Today, there are no such places unless you include military installations but in those days they told you “NO! You can’t go there! The gods live there!” And they were forbidden.
People, the gods left the earth long ago. They left many legacies though. If not for them we’d still be half apish or something.
What we have today is the shadow of what they intstilled in terms of government, religion, civilization in general. The setup we still use is basically what they founded.
I wonder what will happen when they return. Will we welcome them with open arms or will we consider them a threat to this great warlike civilization we live in.
The partys just starting people, 2012 is just going to be the pre-party festivities.
It’s all going to be so much fun!!!!!
You know what a sin is? Planned obsoletion. A light bulb with a measured life span.
Its a slavery mentality. Its all built like that.
We’re screwed folks, face it. We were made to be slaves and when the gods finally left, the pricks they left in charge maintained a confused shell of what was their civilization to keep slavery alive.
Anyway I’m ranting. I just want to state for the record that I have never lost a post here. They always appear.
Take it easy people.
May the great God Enlil and his son Ninurta bless you all.
How’s that?
-Rico-
Hey Leah!!
Yeah, I’m still around. I read the thread and keep up somewhat but some of the stuff here is way too much for me. I feel that the answers are to be found in the very beginning. See, because civilization exploded in Sumer and because the original tampering took place there and these gods first made themselves known there. So I only delve into other cultural pantheons. The reason being that they are mostly stories about the same gods with name changes. They all describe space ships when talking about these beings so at this day and age we now know for a fact that they were extraterrestials.
As far as the system goes. I’ll give you an example. How is it posible that you can go to jail for planting seeds and growing plants.
Man didn’t make the seed, and man didn’t make the soil. But if you try to grow your own pot they will lock you up. Make sense?
Ok, so when you are able to plant seeds anywhere you want. Grow them, trade, use and sell the final product without taxes or laws governing this aspect of society. Then you are at the begining of a new and valid society. How far would you say we are from this?
I’d say it’s going to take a world changing event like a polar shift. The survivors will have to eventually plant things again and I assure you. All seeds will be valid.
This is like a huge ball thats spiralling downhill!! We’re all stuck in it and until such time as we hit a wall. We’ll keep rolling along with no choice.
To be honest. I couln’t care less what happens on 2012. I just hope I don’t die before then because its really going to be something spectacular. Even if I die during the event. I’d just like to be a part of it. Even if nothing happens. I just want to be here.
Remember when that y2k crap hit? It was a blast! People were taking that very seriously. As we get closer to 2012 there will be more publicity. It may actually get a little ugly.
Anyway, I’m still around folks. I see Esump and that new Rich guy with all that Mayan blood running all through him. Thats cool.
I’m a firm believer that plant drugs have religious qualities. A lot of the older cultures were destroyed by more….Modern religions not to mention any directly we all know which one I’m talking about. These people killed so many, killed them, labeled them heretics or pagans or whatever, destroyed so much writing. So many things that were engraved in gold that they just melted for ingots and buillion.
It borders on evil. Its gotten so bad that if you try to fix it now you’ do more damage.
Imagine if you had proof that all religion was false. If you exposed this then what would happen to society? We actually depend on crazy fantasies to describe our Gods. Crazy stuff!!!
The gods left long ago. And I’m not sure I want them to come back. They weren’t exactly the best role models.
I post here and I feel insane. I imagine some of the people here think I’m not right in the head. I’m right people.
See, just like most of you. They raised me proper like. They made sure I was ready for the worlds lies from a very young age, they told me a story about this guy named Santa Claus that would bring toys………………
-Rico-
its not going to happen for a long time silvia browne said we will all be dead and it will come a long time from when we pass on.
2000 for example nothing happened i will go outside on that day looking around.
Our law is our heart, our faith is our God.
As so many have stated it all comes from within. No one can “make” someone else do
anything. They can only make it uncomfortable (even unto death) for us not to comply. We’ve heard, “I would rather die..”
or “To die for” spoken without conviction or cause. Only a few are strong enough to not
succumb if made uncomfortable enough.
I “follow the law” (where I see fit) because it is in my heart to do so, the same holds true with my belief in a higher power. I must
say I NEVER want to be tested as Job was.
Dear Rich,
Modus Operandi is Mode of Operation, but I like your Motive Of Operation even more.
leah
Harry Dale Huffman who wrote The End of the Mystery, maintains that Niburu is actually an ancient word for Crossing, and refers to the crossing of the present and former planes of planeteary rotation.
Its possible that he is right, and that Niburu is a representation of conditions on Earth and in the solar system at given intervals, which would coincide with the Cross at Hendaye (Jay Weidner), four seasons, the four suns, 5th age and 5th sun being the beginning of a new era / season.
If Niburu turns out not to be a physical object, or one from another dimension, it has to be something…..why not a formula, of a set of conditions and a date defined by the position of the stars.
Dear Ricochet,
Thinking in terms of DNA. If a few of the gods remained, kept their bloodline pure and did not over breed (keeping it in the family as it were), one can assume that by now there would be upto a few thousand of them.
The hybrids will have increased in numbers substantially, millions. The original homo sapiens having only basic DNA modification, and used as workers, by now would be in the billions.
Be well
Leah
Hello Just a thought,
YES John Titor…..whats your take…..I’m facinated by the concept and the computer he came to get.
Leah
Just a thought, almost every man has his price. It could be that you can be bought for money. You can be bought for love. Or you can be bought through threats, such as killing your son or wife or mother unless you comply.
Now the story of Abraham sacrificing his son is one of the few stories that you hear about a man that can’t be bought. But if you put a knife to my sons throat and tell me to jump, I will ask how high.
I would say that the odds of finding a person without a price are very low. Maybe, maybe just a speculation. 1/1000. That would be a generous number.
I don’t want to get on about “Our God” because like I said. I find it hard to believe that Yahweh really cares too much for my gentile ass.
Now this is the trick. I believe in Yahweh. I believe the story of Yeshua (Jesus). Although I do believe that there were many things edited and heavily sanctioned in the New Testament. I don’t believe that King James was a Holy person so to speak. I believe he was a rather bad person. An egotistical bastard.
I do believe about Enlil and Enki and a whole slew of other gods (Sons of God from Gen. 6).
Now its not a matter of believing is it? It’s a matter of worhip and prayer. When we pray are we still heard? Hard to say isn’t it? How do we worship now? The word worship is a derivative of the word work. In fact, it actually means the same thing until the meaning was changed to apply to todays religions. First there were Temples where the gods resided. Then came Synogogues after the Jews were taken to Babylon and were allowed to worship Yahweh there. Churches came later. We actually go there to “praise God”. Don’t get me wrong. The Church helps a lot in society. They have been invaluable in building this civilization but they did much damage too.
I believe that there were and still are superior beings to us humans. There may even be some living amongst us. Descendants of those of long ago.
But the way I was taught about God as a child and participating in my local Church services and the way people believe in God. I don’t believe in that way. When you say about the laws written in your heart and all that. That’s all explained within the initial tampering. Right and wrong and emotions are more than likely Godly traits that we inherited along with the DNA change when we were “created in His image”.
But there was more then one god involved in all this. So it become hard for me to pray to God as we were taught to know Him.
I pray to the great creator but in all honesty I don’t think he hears me.
Even in the Bible God isn’t all knowing and hes descibed in a physical sense. When he puts Adam in the garden, after Adam screws up. God goes into the garden LOOKING for Adam and actually calls out to him. Would’nt He already know where Adam is and what he had done already if he were omnipotent and all knowing?
Check and see who it is that Abram haggles with when hes negotiating for more survivors at Sodom and Gammorah.
Good stuff bro. But I really don’t know where people get the notion that God is All knowing and omnipotent. He is not described thus in the Bible.
He admittedly makes mistakes and flip flops on His decisions.
I’m telling you man. I’d be afraid of the gods returning. I don’t trust them.
-Rico-
Dear Leah,
I’m in California, in the Jew Knighted Snakes of America.
And do you mean M.O. Motive of Operation?
You kow we are in the fourth sun, and the mark of 2012 brings forth the fifth sun, its funny taht the sun is beggining to dim, and how the bible states that the sun will become red as blood, right before a star dies it becomes red, so i wonder if this all will be followed by us being swallowed by a black hole and transfered to a fifth sun.
Just how is it that the DNA of all known life varies so little….humans I believe are 98% the same genetically as a friut fly.
Why has a gene bank been storing only mitochondria DNA info on species ? Are they leaving out the JUNK DNA from the gene bank info……probably, if junk DNA is past genetic memory. One could reboot life that has no genetic memory.
John Titor, anyone?
I think that these people are just crazy because there should be no reason why to think that if the myan calander ended on 2012 the end of the world will be on 2012 they probably didn’t know the number 13 maybe they just felt like leaving it at 2012 nothing is going to happened and after this they are going to find something new and say that will be the dooms day dooms day was suppoosebly the world was gonna end on 6-6-06 because the devil but whatever i dont believe in this
It is impossible to predict future. So only idiots can believe on this.
Dear Just a Thought,
Life does feel like someone is constantly futzing with the timeline. One has to ask the question “Why has a professor at a Uni in the USA aquired substatial funding for developing his design, which would allow time travel ?” if its just sci fi fantasy.
The rule that says…..2 things cannot occupy the same time and space, does not make time travel impossible, as a past and present me are not the same, so we each get our own time and space.
As for not being able to travel back to a time before time travel became possible……you take your device with you.
We travel in time in our dreams, and it may turn out that, that is the only way…..memories and fantasies about the future. At best a Star trek style holo deck, with the past re-created etc.
Traveling through time at different speeds…..now thats a possibility. Einstein….speed and gravity effect the passage of time……time dilation if you like.
Be well
Leah
.
I never belived in the 2012 theroys. World didnt end in 2000. Also, it if restarts to 0.0.0.0, or goes to 13,0,0,0. Wouldnt it be like right when they made the calander?
I am amazed as to how many people here who knows exactly what will happen on 2012. What I know is,is that this topic is not about the coming elections, its not about the next great sports event, its not even about civil rights. This topic is about the end of mankind or life as we know it…or not. The way I see it regardless who is right or wrong. One side will be laughing while the other will be grabbing their ankles. since no one here lived 26,000 years ago to tell us what happened. I guess no one here really knows anything at all. No one here has proof of anykind for either argument. So let us all just wait and see. Muhahahahahahahaha!!!
Oh and another thing, whoever used an example of putting a bunch of sports balls together to demostrate a solar alignment, gets the big trophy in the retard hall of fame 🙂
Leah,
Undecided, veracity inconclusive but from what little I have sifted through is highly entertaining. Geneva, 25 August 2008. CERN has today announced the success of the second and final test of the Large Hadron Collider’s beam synchronization systems which will allow the LHC operations team to inject the first beam into the LHC. John Titor talked about this and many other things.
He was not predicting the future, he was telling the story of his past.
Bunch of stuff on the web on both sides.
Blackle is an energy saving search tool, run by Google, but if it saves energy every bit helps.
And the computer he came to get, well now if we want to go “hook-line-and sinker”,
is the reason y2k was a bust.
A wrinkle in time is not out of the question.
What say you?
I think you all should shut your mouths and stop bad mouthing the Mayans they were a civilization beyond their times. And Eric at the top it’s (School) maybe you should ask for your money back. The world isn’t going to end in 2012 there’s going to be a major transition in our civilization, so maybe you should read some books before you open your mouths to say something rude!!!!!!
I did some research on this so called Mayan calender, and everyone tells that it ends on 21 december 2012 but there is no real proof that it would be that date.
It is somewhere between 17xx and 25xx, and I doubt really that the Mayans would have synchronzed their calender to our western calender to have this nice number (2112 would be a better choice).
Also in regard to the galactic plane, we have been for the last few thousands in the galactic plane because it is 6000 lightyears thick! And every year the sun is for us at the galactic plane at 21 december!
Also, that the black hole in the center would have an sudden effect on us is as crazy as saying that the space shuttle drops out of orbit when it crosses the equator. We are in free fall so is the sun orbitting the galaxy the same way the astronauts are weightless because they are in free fall. Nothing happens.
Wanted to create some research about this 2012, en see if that could happen or not, first of all using gravity simulation I discovered that a planet like Nirbiru could not exist, and if it did exist, we would have seen the effects by now, and it would not even matter, since at the speed of 152000 km/hour and Earth moving at a speed at 105000 km/hour, it simple would not have an effect, since it is too fast.
For all other clames, everywhere I search on the Internet I get all competing theories all claming to be true but none of them makes sense when you dig in deeper into the science. This science can be easily tested by anybody yourself, by just reading the science books or even obseving the skies yourself.
And YES you too have as none-scientist access to robotic telescopes that have the same filters like Infrared like the NASA would have. So many amateurs are using their telescope to monitor for astreoids, variable stars and hunting for comets. None of them have reported a coming planet, none of them are talking about the passing of the galactic plane…. And these have far better equipment than de Mayans had! Even the images taken from the ground by amateur astronmers are getting better than hubbles using the latest technology.
The real scientific conclusion I have in the research I have been doing the last 5 weeks is that the 2012 proposers are trying to make people scared so they get a lot of followers so they get the attention, the power and the money. It is nothing more that simple economics, by creating a hype so that believers believe everything and buy their books and articles. The reality is that you are beeing ripped of by hoaxers so they get their books sold and get rich themselves.
Instead of looking for an outside source, we have to look at our own responcibility and taken action not to distroy our planet we are busy doing now.
Hey people!!!
Let me just start by addressing Olafs last post somewhat.
Olaf, my friend. First of all it sounds insane that you say you concluded a study on this subject in 5 weeks. Insane. Its like me saying I quit smoking cigarettes, I haven’t smoked one in the last 3 hours.
Lets me ask you this. In the course of your 5 week study, did you perhaps read this entire thread?
I didn’t think so because then you would be aware that we have basically concluded here that the Mayan calendar was not actually designed by man. It was like the bible no? Designed by man but inspired by God. Something like that?
Dude, we’re talking about aliens here. The son’s of God mentioned in Genesis 6 of your Bible. Study that. Then read the apocryphal book of Enoch which wasn’t included in the Bible by our favorite uncle and his pals. King James and the Church fahers.
After you’ve read that stuff then come back to Google and look up the Anunnaki. Then study how the early Mayan culture referred to their gods. You’re right about one thing though. We have better space viewing technology than the Mayans but not better than their gods.
I think that after you follow up on these last suggestions you may want to re-evaluate your conclusion.
In fact maybe you want to go all the way back to the Olmecs and Sumerians and check out their pantheon of gods.
We’d also like your input about who it was that built the great pyramid of Giza.
Think aliens dude, think aliens.
I probably sound like some loony extra on some X-Files episode. My wife says I’m crazy.
I talk to religious people and they tell me I shouldn’t read about these things I’m going to go crazy.
I look at them as if they already are crazy. In fact, theyre all still waiting for Santa Claus.
Olaf, seriously dude. Check out also what happens thats special in our galaxy on Dec 21 2012. Its something special that happens only once every 26,000 years.
Thank you comagain,
-Rico-
DejaMoo: The feeling that you’ve heard this bull before.
:)>
@ The elite propaganda-R-US
If it were not for the occasional spark of hope from acts of selflessness my fire would
have long since gone out.
Day after day I’m less amused,
Look for the light through the pouring ….
The point is- at this point in my journey it is all to easy to become discouraged-still I look
to find a reason to believe.
I believe an intentional miscommunication has left me/us a bit disenamoured with life and I lose sight of what a very wise person said,;: “we can’t control what has happened- we can only control how we react to it”
My theory is that there will great disasters and then after that or before that the rapture will happen then the antichrist will rise to power by coming in peace by helping other countries who suffered devastation and slowly take over the world and while peace he will be destroying the world with war and the 7 seven years of tribulation will be 2013-2020
Rico, the only difference that will be on 2012 is that we wil pay more for our gas, we will pay more taxes, people will die, babies will be born. Some nut wil start another war….
But except for these things, astronomically nothing is different from 21 dec 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, ….. The planets are even not in a interesting position. You can check all these things for yourself.
I mean every year we crosses this galactic plane, and nothig happens. This supposed crossing takes 70 years and the maximum already happened in on 21 dec 1997.
I am sorry to tell you this, but you have been brainwashed by hoaxers with only one intend and that is to sell books. or get a lot of attention.
And yes I all know about these anunaki, my sister is interested in those. And I have been reading a lot about it.
And yes I have been reading this tread and I see no conclusion that the calender is not made/inspired by man.
And yes I love to see aliens one day or another, I follow everything very closely in regard to scientific research like the mars rovers now.
Rico, try this, take a astronomy program and see for yourself.
The crossing of the galactic plane is on 21 december 2012 because the sun is from Earths point of view 180 degrees the opposite.
No, check out every previous years and next years of 21 december of any year and you will see that this just happens every year.
But f you forwared of go back a few hunderds of years then you will notice that the sun has shifted slightly. Basically the sun is not crossing the galactic center anymore on the 21th! but on a few days before or later.
As you can see for yourself, this crossing is very normal.
Just ask yourself, if the 2012 is really a hoax set up by someone trying to get a lot of blind followers and wanting to earn money by selling books and movies about this topic. How would you know that it was a hoax? How would you know that some person did not misuse the mayan calender in order attract power about people scared about the end of the world and who knows maybe hopes them to become member of his sect?
Maybe you have already noticed that all these proof of 2012 is based on psychological manipulation by making people scared by showing scary images taken out of context, and pretend they know something that no one knows.
But you have to choose what you believe yourself; You are responsible for the choices you make in your life. If you not want to stop believing that 2012 is not a hoax, then I would advice you not to investigate the scientific part and not start looking at astronomy and science since it will undermine your believe in 2012.
Just do your research folks, or you’ll sound like all these people bashing on people for what they believe in.
Even if the world doesn’t end in 2012, i’m sure most of you “bashers” will be held up in Concentration Camps by our US Government by then.
Just take some time and open your eyes.
Stronger, more frequent Hurricanes/Tornadoes, HOTTER Temperatures, flooding in Florida from TS Fay (Due to abnormal sea level), Floods in India, 4 months of powerful aftershocks in Eastern Asia,
Conflict with Russia/Georgia. (Remember, Russia is backed by IRAN, CHINA [just to name a couple])
There’s a NEW WORLD ORDER in the works, the only question left to answer is, who’s going to rule it??
Whether the world ends or a New World Order is in place, whoever said that “Life as WE KNOW IT, will cease to exist” pretty much hit nail on the head.
MARK MY WORDS
DO YOU TRUST YOUR GOVERNMENT????
I don’t!!
January 2012, moving to the country, gonna eat alot of peaches. January 2013, moving back to the city and surf the awesome internet lol. Just in case 😉
Is this gonna be the end i do not know will i die at 16 i doo not know who knows what god has in plan for us.
I think the brotha got tired of chiseling and stopped… or he was eaten by a large animal…. it’s not like he could keep going forever…maybe he got arthritis lol
You all have it wrong! We, the Earth and entire solar system will end on at the later half of 2012 if not sonner. Using the symbol 1 to represent 2,236,580 years (followed by 2 through 9 as multiples), the world will, GUARENTEE, will be gone in the 2012 timeframe.
Greetings to all!
I was down with a relapse of the Viral fever i had earlier, so i was grounded for the whole weekend as well..
Took me some time to catch up on the thread since my last post on 25th August..
It was good to see Rico back here!!
And more wisdom as always by Leah…
Just A Thought, you seem to be turning into a philosopher.. you have started to talk in riddles!
And Espumpin , i hope your worries have left you and you are at peace with yourself now…
I read your post about the similarities in all ancient texts, this is something that i am also striving for these days.. One thing is common in all, Space Ships, Weapons of Mass Destruction, All Powerful “Gods” , Powers like ESP, Teleportation, Invisibility etc.. And just like Rico said, there is only one thing that comes into mind here – Aliens…. And “God” is just a name given to them by humans, or maybe the name they preferred to use for themselves…
Olaf,
You seem to be gravely misinformed about the conecpt of “Galactic Alignment”.
It is important to define what the Galactic Alignment is in precise astronomical terms.
The Galactic Alignment is the alignment of the December solstice sun with the Galactic equator. This alignment occurs as a result of the precession of the equinoxes.
Precession is caused by the earth wobbling very slowly on its axis and shifts the position of the equinoxes and solstices one degree every 71.5 years. Because the sun is one-half of a degree wide, it will take the December solstice sun 36 years to precess through the Galactic equator.
The precise alignment of the solstice point (the precise center-point of the body of the sun as viewed from earth) with the Galactic equator was calculated to occur in 1998.
Thus, the Galactic Alignment “zone” is 1998 +/- 18 years = 1980 – 2016. This is “era-2012.”
This Galactic Alignment occurs only once every 26,000 years, and was what the ancient Maya were pointing to with the 2012 end-date of their Long Count calendar.
In terms of Mayan astronomy and mythology, the Dark Rift feature (which the Maya called the Black Road or Xibalba be) lies along the galactic equator (the Milky Way) in the place where the December solstice sun will be in 2012. (More precisely, the December solstice sun will reach the southern terminus of the Dark Rift, where it touches the ecliptic in Sagittarius.) Thus, in terms of Mayan mythology, we can also describe the Galactic Alignment of era-2012 as the alignment of the December solstice sun and the Dark Rift. This entire region is targeted by the cross formed by the Milky Way and the ecliptic between Sagittarius and Scorpio. This Cross was also recognized by the Maya, and was called the Crossroads or Sacred Tree. This entire region is embraced by what astronomers call the ‘nuclear bulge’ of the Galactic Center—the center of our Milky Way galaxy. As any amateur astronomer or naked-eye star gazer knows, this nuclear bulge is recognizable without the aid of radio telescopes. It is wider and brighter than other parts of the Milky Way. So, in a general sense we can also say that the alignment in 2012 is an alignment between the December solstice sun and the Galactic Center. However, since the nuclear bulge is quite large, this definition is not as precise as saying “the alignment of the December solstice sun with the Galactic equator”, which occurs in the range 1980 – 2016.
Clear??
And Olaf, there is something else you said which i want to respond to. You said something to the effect that if Nibiru was here, we should have noticed the effects by now.. Sir, we are already noticing the effects,. refer to the post by Espumpin on 20th August.. Our entire Solar System is undergoig some peculiar changes.. Especially Pluto. It is moving away from the Sun , and so, due to the decrease in temperature its atmospheric pressure should also decrease, but it has increased and that too by 300%! What do u have to say about that? It surely points to a huge planetaary body which is having an impact upon not only Pluto but every single planet in this Solar System…
Wow very interesting ideas on this site!!! but there is one thing that puzzles me is that who was the first person to actually realize that the world was “coming to an end” in this year and date…. And dose not the bible say that no man nor women nor any angel will know the time or date. So how can we even attempt to get the year lol and even the date…… then I read about all these gods and this and that……, I believe in 1 God (YHWH) Im sure most of the world does as well, they just dont know his name. YahWeh or for the rest of you….. יהוה 🙂 check it out… please no mean comments…
I agree with Rico completely when he says that the Mayan Calendar has an Alien Influence, and their technology was far more advanced than ours… And the Alien influence can be found in their Drawings, Carvings, Architecture too…
The megalithic structures in places like Tiahuanaco,Stone Henge, Pyramid of Giza etc are still beyond Human Capability to be constructed. Scientists have no answers to how the heavy stones were moved and arranged so with the help of the primitive tools that man posessed at that time..
And not only this, there are many other features that are beyond explanation. eg. There is a Carved stone block at Puma Punku (Tiahuanaco).This precision-made 6 mm wide groove contains equidistant, drilled holes. It is impossible that this
cuts were made with use of stone or copper tools.
You only have to open your eyes and see these things and ask questions. Questions which your Governments cannot answer because the Elites dont want them to be answered…..
An interesting Link –
http://www.sanandaseagles.com/pages/spacecraft_in_art.html
This is a compilation of ancient drawings with presence if Spacecraft..
Dear Ultirags,
Conclusion….you seem to have put a lot of time into analysing this thread…..just think what you might have learnt if the same time and effort had been put into analysing the world around you.
No insult meant, you are free to do with your time as you please……but the info you aquired by the exercise does not help you…..unless you read all the posts too.
Dear Amit,
Sorry to hear you were unwell…..but good that you have recovered.
2 commonalities between faiths / belief systems are A Prophet that was crucified / nailed to wood, and the Snake. Not to mention that the prophets in question were all born to a virgin, and they could all perform miracles. Like the flood / floods, there are commonalities that span ancient history.
The Serpent Grail by Philip Gardener joins the dots on that one.
Amit, thinking about the slowing of Earth’s rotation and the increased gravity that results….it could be that a fly by of something like Niburu effects the speed and direction of Earth’s rotation and therefore gravity.
A fly by from west to east would speed up our rotation, and decrease gravity. A fly by from east to west could cause our rotation to stop, then start up again but in the opposite direction. Sunrise in the west and sunset in the east.
Be well,
Leah
Sorry Amit,
Thats West to East …speed us up, and a fly by East to West would possibly change our direction of rotation. My brain isn’t fully in gear yet today.
Leah
Think about it this way, if the world is going to end in 2012 you arnt going to stop it. If it doesnt end you will have successfully wasted four years of your life worrying about it stop wasting your lives worrying about things that are out of your control and enjoy the day you are living in
Hello Friends:
No Doomsday in 2012 – Some intresting statistics of this blog (with minor approximations)
TOTAL POSTS: 1500 (Congratulations Ian O’Neill!)
TOTAL NUMBER OF PEOPLE (duplication excluded) : 400
TOTAL DURATION (so far): 4 Months
TOP THREE:
1. leah Says: 358 Times
2. Amit Says: 114 Times
3. becky Says: 81 Times
Conclusion: ?
Olaf Says:
August 29th, 2008 at 2:05 pm
“I discovered that a planet like Nirbiru could not exist, and if it did exist, we would have seen the effects by now, and it would not even matter, since at the speed of 152000 km/hour and Earth moving at a speed at 105000 km/hour, it simple would not have an effect, since it is too fast.”
I find the above statement very strange!! Let me compare this with an example… Say you are driving a regular Sedan at 60 MPH, and a Huge 18-Wheeler overtakes you at a speed of 90MPH, it would have no effect?? Wont it cause your car to sway a bit? And when you talk of Earth and Nibiru, not only Mass and Speed, “Gravity” also comes into play..
I dont know what was your source of “Scientific” informtion, but i guess it can only come from NASA, who are experts at denials and half cooked explanations. They cant do better than confusing people..
Before you can challenge people like Rico, you need to read more, a lot more. And even then you will have a hard time debating with us because we all have put our bits and pieces together to form a Big picture, a nearly complete picture…..
5 weeks research doesn’t prove or disprove anything and neither makes you an Expert!!
It takes Ages to unravel these mysteries, and those who are wise enough make sure to follow the signs provided by the ancients!
The small things always have had a very large consequence attached.
When we ignore or mistreat them, (the significance often never considered at the time), the results are remarkable and most often undesirable. This can be anything, small, Kids, bees, atoms, hadrons, quarks,
cells, virus, mitochondria, farandolae, etc…
Anyway, time and again peoples undoing has been preceeded by their superciliousness. We like to tell ourselves we know what we’re doing and find out what we did NOT want to know.
With great knowledge comes great responsibility.
Kay,
There is no need to panic…
Its as simple as Que Sera Sera……
Even if the world is going to end in 2012, there is nothing much we can do about it, why worry about it then? Just live life normally and enjoy each day. But try to get information about the subject, it wont hurt. Preparation only helps… And to start with, this thread is as good as any.
There is a lot of curiousity and uncertainty attached to 2012, and no one knows for sure what will happen. The signs foretell of a very important event taking place and the galactic alignment at that time will be such that happens only once in 26,000 Years.
And who knows, it may bring something Good to us?
So quit worrying and stop this rubbish about committing suicide! Life is a precious gift, dont ever think of wasting it.
Hi leah, i am aware of the possibilities you are talking about. There is another possibility – “A Glancing Blow” , where Nibiru is first repelled slightly by Earth’s magnetic Field and then comes close again to scrape the Earth.. And the Comet Tail giving a severe lashing to the Earth.
Well, who knows what will happen, one can only speculate. And even the speculation is limited to whatever we come across on the Net, and even that is the research done by others.
One thing that bothers me is that many people were harping about Nibiru’s return in 2003 as well. And thats the major argument NASA uses to quell doubts about Nibiru in 2012.
Could be that the people spreading this in 2003 did not have their facts right, or is it that the same people have latched on to 2012 because it sounds more convincing due to the Mayan Calendar?
I dont like to stick to a single point of view, so its natural to have an eye on the other side as well. Its not that i am doubting every single thing about 2012, i.e. Mayan Calendar , Galactic Alignment et al. But i have doubts about Nibiru.
I wanted to comment on this earlier but forgot….
This post below —
—————-
Amit Says:
August 28th, 2008 at 9:52 pm
It is impossible to predict future. So only idiots can believe on this.
—————-
It was not by me! Seems like a one off from a namesake… I belove the content of this post would have told my friends that its not me!
wow so no comments…
Dear Leah,
About the commonalities in annals of different cultures/religions. Virgin Birth only points to advanced scientfic techniques like Artificial Insemination, Clining etc. And at that time, it was possible only through extra-terrestrial contact. Even the miracles…. Something which the Human Mind cannot fathom is termed as a miracle, so the things that the Aliens were able to do at that time were beyond the understanding of primitive man, so he coined the term “Miracle” for it… But as human capability is increasing with the advancement in Science & Technology, many of those miracles are actually becoming “normal” these days.
So why are people not able to make the connection between – Gods, Miracles, Space Travel etc with Aliens………. Anunnaki?
Like i said i an earlier post, all the monuments in the name of “God”, all the idol worship signifies that the “Gods” dwelt with us during those days.. And this also points out that those “Gods” had an Ego which was satisfied by people through such things, and as a result they did favors for those who pleased them. Doesn’t this make them “Human” ? And not the blameless “God” that we make them out to be.. This makes the concept of Anunnaki all the more believable…
I agree with Rico on his doubts about our response to the return of the Anunnaki. Who knows what they would want to do with us this time? And who wants to be caught up in their faction wars again!!
Dear Amit,
My reference to The Serpent Grail, and imaculate conception, is in agreement with you. Lots of mixing and combining of DNA, artificial insemintation etc.
Its that it seems to have gone on everywhere over a period of time, that is interesting. A true missing link in the evolution of man, has still not been found. So the theory of Alien intervention with mans developement just keeps getting stronger.
Be well,
Leah
Why does everyone got to bash on the people that like to believe that the world might possibly come to an end.. or have some kind of a major downfall? Some people, not just the believers, are in denial too. Do people honestly think that the world is gonna be here forever? I don’t think it will. I’m not saying everyone’s world is going to come to an end in an instant, all within one day. But, i do believe that a lot will start changing for the bad drastically..
Nothing is going to last forever. Even earth itself.
So i will not bash on the people that do believe in this theory. Nobody’s bashing on the people that don’t believe in it. So what’s the big deal?
Time to jump off the high horse Jessica. None of us believe the world will last forever. We just have to laugh at those who feel they have the exact date figured out.
Well said Jessica!
Brian, for you i’d rather say its time to hop on to a high horse and see whats going on around you! Your perch seems to be low enough to make you oblivious of the signs…
And about the world lasting forever, well, who knows whats the definition of “forever” ??
We know for sure that the destruction and restoration of world is cyclic in nature.. And in past we had contact with advanced beings who were aware of these cycles and helped us decipher their nature.
And now when those signs are being interpreted by independent scientists, our “official ” agencies are hell bent on barricading their research and diluting their credibility…
Dear LOL. Nice story!
And for you, i dont even need to refer you to a another story, i just have a single line which will do –
“IGNORANCE IS BLISS” !
Enjoy your blissful life!
Dear Leah,
I agree with you absolutely, we both are basically following the same leads.
For me, the missing link is the Anunnaki Intervention. That is the reason for the sudden acceleration in the Genetic Pattern from Homo Erectus to Cro-Magnon Man.. An the corresponding extinction of Neanderthals..
How wise is it to believe that a primitive race which used to hunt with stones wakes up one day and starts to practice metallurgy and makes weapons like arrows and spears??
Even Darwin agreed that there is one missing link in evolution which will be discovered soon, but we all know that it hasnt been, till date. And never will be, because the real missing link has been found, but people choose to ignore it. Funny, they believe strongly in Bible which is nothing but an “Abridged” version of the real Sumerian Texts. But when the real stuff is brought forth, they just classify it as BS!
Amit, did yiou even read what I just said? I don’t know why any of you think we are debating the cyclical nature of the earth. We all know there is a day where humans won’t be around so there is no need for Jessica to imply that we are ignorant dumb asses. I think you my friend Amit need to stop pretending you are some sort of prophet…most of the drivel you contribute to this thread is laughable at best. Go find yourself something productive to do….life is too short.
Damn!! I can’t get away with posting so infrequently. This thing gets away from me.
Ok, I just want to say mainly to Olaf. First of all for those of you who are really studying this stuff you already know that the mayans didn’t make the calendar.
The didn’t make anything actually they inherited all those temples and stuff found in south america. If you really study this stuff you will know this. Even as far back as the conquistadores when thet first saw those structures they were dumbfounded. It was evident to them that the structures were already ancient even then. They were also mystified by the sheer weight of the stones used. Some were as big as 600 tons and the quarry was about 60 miles away. They had no metal tools and yet the boulders used making these phenomenal stuructures had groves in them where some kind of metal clamp secured them together.
The mayans attributed their knowledge to their god Voracocha same as the Incas. In Mexico same thing only he was called Quetzacoatl there. You need to read about this stuff to understand what happened down there. There was a civilization prior to the mayans that really created all the advanced stuff down there. They were the Olmecs. Thev’e discoveed some written language going back to their time but no knows how to translate it today.
The Olmecs started the mayan calendar system.
Is is a stupid thing to ask how did the mayan calendar soincide with our calendar. It should be asked the other way around as the mayan calendar predates ours.
You have to understand that our calendar sucks. Its only 2008 years old. The Jewish calendar can be usedd better as an anology or comparison. You need to look into this Viracocha.
Olaf, I understand that you are just getting into the Anunnaki, but you need to look more into that. Heres a thought. Maybe you should read something like The Earth Chronicles. Its a six book series by author Zecharia Sitchin. First book is called the 12th planet.
Man didn’t make that calendar. It was made by beings not of this station. They were oltherworlly and they knew the stars better than NASA does today.
Look into the “SUNS” aspect of the mayan culture.
It says in the good book that no man or angel knows the hour. But it also says to watch for signs. Earthquakes in deverse places and wars and rumors of wars and the dead sea surrounde by arimies.
You tell me then.
Its not going to be long now. If anything is going to happen people, and I’m not a fear monger or anything. But it is supposed to start around June of 2009.
So don’t make any long term commitments you may need tose investment dollars for something else.
Olaf. There is nothing mystical in what I’m saying here. I’m not stating my opinion after 5 weeks of study. I’m simply stating the facts as presented by the svidence.
There is an allighnment of planets that occur once every 26,000 years that is scheduled to occur again on the winter solstice of 2012.
Recheck your data.
My spellings sucks today but you guys know what I’m saying so I aint gonna proof read this.
Just a quickie to mattman. I think that Yawheh is the G-d of the Jews and Christians, not most of the world.
I believe in Yahweh also, but I don’t think he’s my G-d. I think hes the Hebrew G-d. I don’t think he really cares to much for my Gentile ass do you?
-Rico-
All the hype with doomsday, If it is coming in 2012 & if any people survive they are gonna fight for suplies so I’d suggest all to keep a AK-47 OR AK-74 and an m9 berretta for such a situation because their ammo is easily available in most parts of the world otherwise just have a beer or two with ur friends and\or watch a romantic movie with ur g’nd!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Brian,
Why do you always have to accuse me of being a doomsday prophet?
before classifying my posts as drivel, you really need to read atleast some of them! And you even misinterpreted what Jessica said! She did not say that you are an ignorant dumbass.. But i guess you feel that way about yourself, so its perfectly okay for you to interpret things that way!
Do you even have a shred of evidence to support your views? You just come here and try to bash others’ opinions without anything to back your own views.. Your attitude is just like a Bully who gatecrashes another’s party and just has to have things his way!!
And if you dont believe the things we discuss here, why do you even need to bring your sorry ass to this thread again and again? Go and hang on to the “NASA Stuff” which will make you feel good!
And dont bother about my productivity, i am doing well enough for myself..
We have had many people who dont share our opinions, but they are sensible enough to respect our views as well, and they have some points to deate as well. So, for a change, go and “learn” something first and then poke your head here!
Hi Rico,
Good to hear from you… This thread has this quality of zipping ahead if you stay away for a while!!!
But as always, there will be many Olafs and Brains coming to this site who will form an opinion just reading the last couple of threads….. But i would prefer the Olaf types to Brian types any day, and you know why!
Rico, the thing about Gods or “G-d” is all so confusing… For me, Yahweh is none other than Enlil…
Sumerian ISH.KUR (or ADAD) becomes Viracoccha. He was given many names by many peoples, including: Ramman (“The Thundererâ€) by the Babylonians and Assyrians, Hadad (“Rolling Echoâ€) by the Western Semites, and Teshub (“Wind Blowerâ€) by the Hittites and Cassites. His symbol was the metal tool and forked lightening, the same symbol which appears all over the Andean highlands and most notably as a huge symbol on the side of a mountain near the Bay of Paracas, along Peru’s Coast.
But another stream suggests that it was Ningishzidda who was Thoth and also Quetzlcoatl. So if Quetzlcoatl and Viracoccha area same then it means Ishkur and NIngishzidda are also same? But how is that possible? this thing is confusing me a lot…..
I think Quetzlcoatl and Viracoccha are different. Because Ishkur was Viracoccha and Ningishzidda was Quetzlcoatl… Ishkur was Enlil’s 3rd son and Ningishzidda was the osn of Enki and Inanna/Ereshkigal…
The fact is that al the parallel myths are so similar it is undeniable that they must all have a common origin. Furthermore, systematic research conclusively demonstrates that these religious practices all have the same focus. Each of them, through various forms and ritual, implored the god of heaven to return the missing deity that mankind was convinced would bring about a return to the prior conditions.
Dear Amit,
The Greek and Roman Gods were the same set of gods, but each culture gave them names that were meaningful to them. The real reason for each culture having different names for one and the same god, would be to lay claim / ownership to that god. Its the same today, each faith claims that their god is the only real one, and all others are fake, or that the god has chosen to be on their side only.
Like children competing for parental attention and affection, the squabbling continues.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Hugh,
There are those, in the scientific field that would disagree with your theory that speed of rotation has no relevance to gravity at all.
Easily discouraged, there are few things that point to a favorable outcome for humans.
The United States has to choose between the lesser of the two weasels. Any way you look at it you lose. 2009 the U S gets a new pres. and no one can say that it will have no effect on the rest of the world. By July the writing should be on the wall. Rico called out June. Hope-what a concept, love-is a rock or foundation for hope/faith.
I grow weary of the downturn and question reason to continue the struggle.
Heart says must go on for those who care
about me, so as not to let them down.
Hey Amit, it’s me again. Nice try at an insult. You probably think you’re pretty clever. Your argument, however, fails miserably since ignorance isn’t the only thing that’s bliss. It’s kind of like saying that oranges are round and, therefore, everything that’s round is an orange. Besides, I’m pretty sure that at sometime in their lives Becky and Leah and your other friends have felt blissful. Does that mean that they’re ignorant? If you want to call me ignorant, go ahead and say it. Just don’t try using the same faulted logic to do it that you use to defend your absurd beliefs. You’re not that clever.
I’ll address just a few arguments, from an (admittedly) scientifically-biased viewpoint.
Leah, the speed of the earth’s rotation has no effect on gravity. Gravity is a function of mass, not angular momentum. The earth’s gravitational constant would be the same (1 G, by definition) whether or not the earth was rotating.
Amit, an 18-wheeler passing a sedan on a highway affects the sedan because the truck displaces air as it moves, causing a high-pressure wave at the front and a low-pressure area in the back, and to a lesser extent, the sides of the truck. As it passes the pressure differential affects the sedan. This is also known as ‘wind’, which is the movement of air from high to low pressure areas. In a vacuum (like space) the passing itself would have no effect, though if the bodies were sufficiently massive there would be gravational effects.
Pluto’s atmosphere appeared to be denser in 2002 than in 1988, though Pluto was, in fact, further from the sun at the later date. Using the logic postulated in previous posts, the Earth should be at it’s warmest in January, when it reaches perihelion. In fact, that’s winter in the northern hemisphere. Why is this? Axial tilt – which on earth is 23.5 degrees. Pluto’s axial tilt is 118 degrees, almost 5 times that of earth. Seasonal changes caused by axial tilt will be far more pronounced on Pluto than they are on earth. In fact, spring in Pluto’s southern hemisphere started in 1987. The southern polar cap, composed mostly of frozen nitrogen, began sublimating, releasing massive (for Pluto) amounts of nitrogen gas into the atmosphere, accounting for the increase in atmospheric pressure.
Variations in planetary orbits are well-defined by standard orbital mathematics, there’s no need for woo-woo or additional planets to account for them. Pluto has a unique orbit, yes, which is one of the main reasons it has been reclassified and no longer holds the exalted title of ‘planet’. There are literally tens of thousands of bodies in the Kuiper belt and Oort cloud. Pluto is the largest currently known to orbit the sun. Kuiper belt (and Oort cloud) objects have highly eccentric orbits.
There is no longer a need for ‘Planet X’ to explain percieved discrepencies in Uranus’s orbit. Voyager 2 measured Neptune’s mass, and it was approximately 0.5 percent less than previously believed. When the new mass figures were used to recalculate Neptune’s affect on Uranus’s orbit, the discrepencies, and hence the need for ‘Planet X’, vanished.
Why would the Mayan calendar end in 2012? The calendar can be represented by 0.0.0.0.0, The 4 rightmost digits are in base 20, However, 2012 is approximately 13.0.0.0.0. Why would the leftmost digit have a maximum value of 13 in a base 20 system? What’s wrong with 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19? Maybe they decided that the rightmost would be in base 13? Actually, that doesn’t work either, as the maximum digit in base-13 is ’12’ (or ‘C’ in hex). If the rightmost digit is in base-13 then the maximum date would be 12.0.0.0.0.
As for the Mayan calendar being a ‘gift’ from aliens, or inspired by God, I can only offer the same comment I do to believers in creationism or ‘intelligent design’ – where’s your evidence? You could just as easily say the Gregorian calendar is ‘inspired’ by god or was ‘gifted’ by aliens. It’s simply a calendar, that’s all. To claim divine or alien influence is an extraordinary assertion, and hence requires extraordinary evidence.
I don’t understand why so may people seem to need this sort of woo-woo. Isn’t the universe, as revealed and explained by real science, fascinating enough? Maybe it’s just that we like to scare the crap out of ourselves. If that’s the case, just rent a few horror movies. Far cheaper in the long run then spending the next 4 years waiting for the end of the world as we know it.
No lol he really isn’t…but he sure knows how to read a history book doesn’t he. Amit, the topic of this thread has gone so far off course it’s unbelievable. I’ve read most of your threads…I just don’t see much substance to them. Sorry if you took my words as harsh but I didn’t misinterpret what Jessica said. She was under the impression some of us are ignorantly thinking that humans as a race are here for eternity and this is not the case. You go about saying I don’t offer any back-up to what statement exactly? And then tell me I misinterpret what exactly? While we are on the topic of not backing up our statements that is………
Sorry, the maximum date would be 12.19.19.19.19, not 12.0.0.0.0. I should proof-read a bit more closely.
Whatz wrong with U ppl. The world is not going to change or end on 2012. I read half the thread, which trust me is alot of the same thing being said over and over. I’m not gnostic or mason or any of those conspiracy theriost you claim or try to be. If U believe in a higher creator then why worry about the world ending. Oh thats right everyone claims to want to go to heaven but none wish to die. what a paradox. Everyone want the prize but nobody wants to die, except for suscide bombers who do believe that for their actions they will recieve heaven, but we all think thats crazy. right? If U have fate in God, Jehova, Allah,Yahweh,Zeus,Odin,Quetzlcoatl ,Budda why worry about the mortal body but if u claim 2 be a scientist, Then what the fuuccckkkk, Open ur eyes look around of course the world is changing an ice shelf the size of manhattan just slipped into our ocean this morning,russia has not held up to their end of the cease fire, three more hurricaines are brewing in the atlantic. Who give a s**t about the density of pluto or if the sun has more sunspots. Go help rebuild a community or something, I won lotto I have nothing better to do and find sites like this and give my 2cents. what do u do for a living? Do u have as much time to waste as i do? Oh well i hope i gave some food for thought. I’ll close with this if u are really concerned about 2012 and feel that there is not alot you can do individually, and in all honesty u simply want to inform. Then get off ur ass away from the computer meet some ppl go outside have a life. I know easier said than done right? lol.
Spliff
p.s. hugh if speed doesnt effect gravity? why do the put astronuts in that spinning thing that simulates gavity.?
people. cum on. i meen this calendar has been acurate so far. i think that you are scared. and rightly so. the world is going to end in 4 years….
Yes Brian, i’m not that clever.. NO ONE is “that” clever. But i am sensible enough to know what to believe. And i am not hee to pick fights with anyone, but if someone is hell bent on using harsh words directly for me, then i’m going to reply in the same currency.
If you want to argue, fine. But there is a decent way to do that. Not the name calling way that you practice. You say i have only posted meaningless stuff here, but what have YOU contributed? Pure Bullshit?
Bring something to the table first, let us be enlightened by your profound knowledge that you are reluctant to share so far.
And its but natural that you will agree with people like LOL…..
Ethan, come on! We dont want more name calling here…
Even i am not in agreement with Hugh, but that is no reason to call him an Asshole…..
Hugh, i respect the scientific arguments that you have brought here. Though my sicentific knowledge is very limited, i just try to gather whatever i can and make some sense out of it. I have read many scientific theories which can counter your arguments very well, but my memory is not that strong to allow me to write about that right away. I need some time but i will definitely provide some opposing views.. Donth think that i am in a personal fight with you. I am happy to get some facts from the “other” side as well. And if you are able to change my opinion, i would welcome that as well.
But just a quick question for you before i wind up – What about Crop Circles? True some of them are man made, but many of them are so evidently NOT man made due to their sheer scale and detail, and many of them indicate about some of the galactic positions of 2012, like Venus Transit, a big celestial body on a collision course with Earth… And many such things.. Whats your take on that??
Hugh,
Your comment about the Kuiper belt –
“There are literally tens of thousands of bodies in the Kuiper belt and Oort cloud. Pluto is the largest currently known to orbit the sun. Kuiper belt (and Oort cloud) objects have highly eccentric orbits”
Now there is something present in the Kuiper Belt that points to a great anomaly , and that is the Kuiper Cliff.
If you travel out to the far edge of the solar system, into the frigid wastes beyond Pluto, you’ll see something strange. Suddenly, after passing through the Kuiper belt, a region of space teeming with icy rocks, there’s nothing.
Astronomers call this boundary the Kuiper cliff, because the density of space rocks drops off so steeply. What caused it? The only answer seems to be a 10th planet. We’re not talking about Quaoar or Sedna: this is a massive object, as big as Earth or Mars, that has swept the area clean of debris.
The evidence for the existence of “Planet X” is compelling, says Alan Stern, an astronomer at the Southwest Research Institute in Boulder, Colorado. But although calculations show that such a body could account for the Kuiper cliff , no one has ever seen this fabled 10th planet.
There’s a good reason for that. The Kuiper belt is just too far away for us to get a decent view. We need to get out there and have a look before we can say anything about the region. And that won’t be possible for another decade, at least. NASA’s New Horizons probe, which is heading out to Pluto and the Kuiper belt, was launched in January 2006. It won’t reach Pluto until 2015….
As for the significance of the Mayan Calendar, its important to understand the Mayans first.
The ancient Mayans had many advanced abilities and most importantly ancient knowledge, probably oroginating from sources that are not immediately apparent at this time. Among these abilities were mathematics, astronomy, and prophecy based upon past world and astronomical events.
The Mayans knew that nothing ever happens by “chance” in the Universe, even though it often seems like it from a narrow human, temporal experiential perspective. The Mayans knew that everything happens in cycles of varying lengths, cycles that correspond precisely to past and future cosmic and world events.
Many of these events are the result of the one factor common to everything in the Universe without exception; Energy, which can manifest at any level from the Universal to the individual.
This is why Astrology, not the “horoscopes” of the tabloids, but mean genuine astrology, is so significant, charting as it does the effects of a confluence of Energy being prevalent at the time of arrival on Earth, and which has so much influence over our physical life. Energy is everything!
The ancient Maya knew this, and were able to observe the effects of these confluences and events, and thus, with their seemingly amazing mathematical abilities, track future events.
Historically it can be demonstrated that every quarter of the long cycle, approximately every 6400 years, there has been a major catastrophic Earth event for the last three such quarters. These include great floods, earthquakes, and other global events. Such events are documented as the “great flood”, the destruction of Atlantis, etc.. The final quarter is December 21, 2012.
It should also be mentioned that other mathematical systems, notably the Chinese I-Ching, which was also once used as a calendrical system, also point to the year 2012, as do other lesser known systems it seems.
On December 21, 2012 there will be a galactic alignment of the “galactic equator”, and what the Mayans refer to as “The Sacred Tree”, with our star, the Sun, at the very centre of this alignment. This in itself is no coincidence. This alignment has on our solar system astrological, astronomical and Universal considerations, and in particular the corresponding Energy effects both on Earth and indeed the entire solar system.
Historically the Schumann Resonance has held steady at a frequeny of around 7.83Hz, however in recent years Schumann Resonance has increased to as high as 12Hz, the highest possible believed to be 13Hz.
The magnetic field of Earth has been progressively reducing over the years, and in fact appear to be doing so proportional to Schumann Resonance although they may not be directly connected.
Evidence of this can be seen by the fact that some sea mammals such as dolphins, porpoises an whales use the magnetic poles for navigation purposes, and there has been a large increase in these creatures going off-course and beaching themselves.
Finally, extinctions of species on Earth is 100 to 1000 times higher than the historical average, being greater than at any time in fact since the last dinosaur extinction 65 million years ago.
All these things cant be just co-incidence, right?
Hugh, you commented about Divine Intervention and proofs, rather “Extraordinary Evidences”. So lets give you some evidence.
Extraordinary Evidence No. 1 – Ancient Pyramids.
There is significant proof to date the Pyramids to around 11,000 BCE for their construction. Certainly, with our technology of today we could build such monuments to the precision of these great structures – but… what about back in 11,000 BCE? The Humans of the Bible were farmers and Shepard’s. The technology didn’t exist to create such structures. Now, look at the Maya and their Calendar. Their understanding of astronomy and astrology far exceeded their ability to understand the stars yet they provided us with a calendar, which has been exacting. The examples of technology exist through out our history yet scholars often refuse to consider this when putting together their thesis or journals. It isn’t mainstream science, thus it would bring way too much attention and critique and essentially ruin their career.
In the Sumerian Epic, the story of Creation and the Garden of Eden are shared. The Great Flood is also a favorite written in the Epic. These stories aren’t changed all that much when represented in the Bible – however, they are manipulated. The Sumerian Epic tell of the Anunnaki; a race of beings from Nibiru who created Humans by taking the indigenous beings on Earth and splicing their own DNA with that of the Aliens. The Anunnaki were greatly advanced beings and created the great monuments found on the Earth; Moon; Mars and other solid planets/moons within our corner of the Universe.
The purpose for creating Humans is also written in the Epic. Humans were created to be servants of the gods. Many would have called the early humans, slaves. We were used to mine precious minerals such as gold. Still to this day, gold is considered a highly sought after mineral. Researching the Sumerian Epic will also tell you reasons for this unique status of gold.
And since you seem to be a supporter of the Theory of Evolution, I have some evidence against that as well.
Extraordinary Evidence No. 2 – DNA.
The number of ways that any group of N objects can be arranged is:
N x (N-1) x (N-2) x . . . x 1
Thus, 4 objects can be arranged in 24 ways (i.e., 4 x 3 x 2 x 1)
and 5 objects can be arranged in 120 ways (i.e., 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1)
We’re told that the earth was formed 4,600,000,000 years ago and the universe began 15,000,000,000 years ago. These seems like pretty big numbers, and pretty long periods of time during which anything could have happened.
When viewed from the perspective of probabilities, however, it’s just a flash in the pan. The number of ways a deck of just 52 cards can be arranged is about:
80,658,175,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,
000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
That’s 80 million trillion trillion trillion trillion trillion
DNA has over 3 billion base pairs of 4 separate chemicals. Can you imagine what odds must be involved in sequencing them into perfect order in a mere 4.5 billion years through chance and adaptation alone!
Life, however, is not just a random draw from a deck of chemical cards, but a precisely assembled house of cards built from specific combinations of components.
Extraordinary Evidence No. 3 – The Eye –
Evolution theory has never adequately explained how organs of extreme design and perfection could “evolveâ€
Even Darwin recognized the challenge it posed to his theory in the chapter entitled “Difficulties of the Theory” in his book “The Origin of Species”:
“To suppose that the eye, with all its inimitable contrivances for adjusting the focus to different distances, for admitting different amounts of light, and for the correction of spherical and chromatic aberration, could have been formed by natural selection, seems, I freely confess, absurd in the highest degree.” Charles Darwin, 1859
If you’re viewing this page with a 1024×768 resolution monitor, you’re seeing 786,432 pixels of light. A high speed Internet connection typically delivers web content at around 500,000 bytes of information per second. In comparison, your eye sees about 125,000,000 pixels of light through five distinct kinds of neurons, processing about 10,000,000 point images per second. Your eye is remarkably efficient, able to produce a signal with only one photon.
How do we realistically explain by chance and adaptation the design and manufacture of an organ that far surpasses the technology of cameras and computers which have taken the collective efforts of mankind centuries to develop?
Extraordinary Evidence No. 4 – Phi (Golden Proportion)
The Fibonacci number, phi, is more than a mathematical curiosity. It is one of the most amazing and pervasive numbers known to man. This, above all numbers, would be a perfect sign to tell us that creation is not just the result of random processes
Fibonacci, Phi and Spirals in Nature:
If you sum the squares of any series of Fibonacci numbers, they will equal the last Fibonacci number used in the series times the next Fibonacci number. This property results in the Fibonacci spiral seen in everything from sea shells to galaxies
DNA
The DNA molecule, the program for all life, is based on the golden section. It measures 34 angstroms long by 21 angstroms wide for each full cycle of its double helix spiral.
34 and 21, of course, are numbers in the Fibonacci series and their ratio, 1.6190476 closely approximates phi, 1.6180339.
The Solar System
The average of the mean orbital distances of each successive planet expressed in relation to the one before it approximates phi.
Plants
Plants illustrate the Fibonacci series in the numbers and arrangements of petals, leaves, sections and seeds.
Many plants produce new petals in quantities that are based on Fibonacci numbers.
Each successive level of branches is often based on a progression through the Fibonacci series.
Extraordinary Evidence No. 5 – Irreducible Complexity
We’re told that life evolved from the very simple to the highly complex, which would make sense if it were true.
The truth, however, is that even the simplest of life forms are highly sophisticated pieces of biological machinery.
Every living cell contains DNA, the program which describes every aspect of the organism’s physical design and life functions, including:
ingestion
digestion
conversion to energy
excretion of waste respiration
reproduction
circulation
growth
locomotion
regulation
response to stimuli
A cell would not really be “alive” or survive unless all life functions became operable at once, so how did even a “simple” single-celled organism “evolve”?
We’re told by scientists and academicians that finding or creating a simple molecule of amino acid is evidence of “life,” yet DNA of even a simple E. coli bacteria cell contains 4.6 million base pairs, or 9.2 million bits of information.
Does evolution theory offer any evidence or even a truly plausible explanation as to how even a single bacteria cell came into being?
Right now, this has to be the end of my list of evidences. The list is endless, but unfortunately time is not, and there is only so much of it to accomplish a lot during a work day. So i wll wind up here and save the rest for later.
So, are these evidences enough for you?? You might say that I have just argued against Evolution. But Divine Intervention and Alien Intervention are one and the same thing. So when Divine Intervention is proved, it points to the Anunnaki. And the presence of Anunnaki on Earth proves the reliability of the information encoded in the Ancient Monuments and Artifacts (Including Mayan Calendar) …..
Dear LOL,
Buddy, i said “Ignorance is Bliss”, not “Bliss is Ignorance” …..
Just twisting and turning and dissecting my sentences wont do you any Good!
You used a very crude way to insult the people who believe in something that you dont. And when you do that, expect the same from the other side as well.
If you think that you are so good at wisecracks then learn to take some with a pinch of salt yourself too…..
The beliefs that you call absurd have their proofs in the same science that you are relying on for disproving them. But whats the use talking about Science with you? You are better off reading your kindegarten stories…..
And yes, me and my friends here have an absolutely blissful life, but that bliss doesn’t come from ignorance (Like you), it comes from knowing…..
Amit, and most others here – I’ve been gone from this thread for at least a month, came back on a lark and only read a few sentences, so I admit I may be out of line, but –
Whenever anyone uses the word “beliefs” I automatically substitute the word “superstition” or “faith”. The only difference between a cult and a religion is a matter of success.
Without scientific evidence which has passed the rigorous, and necessary, tests of PEER REVIEW, no ones “beliefs” are anything but hogwash. You can “believe” anything you want to, but if the scientific community has rejected your claims, it’s probably for good reason. If you feel certain ideas were unjustly rejected, then get together with the brightest of your like-minded and submit better arguments than those before you. Just don’t expect the skeptical among us to buy into the “spiritualism” I’ve seen rampant in this thread.
Do you believe in Ghosts? Spirits? Demons? UFO’s? Ancient Astronauts? Astrology? It seems that if you answer yes to any of these questions that you will have plenty of friends in this thread, and be accepted by all.
BUT – not by me. Extraordinary claims require extraordinory proof. NOT someone’s archeolical interpretations, which, by the way, have been rejected by the mainstream.
The more you all proselytize on “keeping an open mind” with each other on astrology and other pseudo-sciences presented here, the more the rest of us just laugh and giggle whenever you actually try to get serious.
THE ENEMY OF THE BEST
OK, reading a little farther up – “tens of thousand” of objects in the Kuiper belt?
Try Millions, probably Billions…
Do you guys get your science from quick snippets of Wiki?
NOTHING TO SEE HERE, MOVE ALONG
Welcome back Marcus Demetrius,
Good Day to All,
Designer Truth, is what we are living, and have been living. Everything is marketing and packaging….even war.
The truth at any one time is whatever is desirable for the majority of the masses to believe in…..it is a control mechanism.
Certain aspects of history are written in advance i.e. planned. If it is published as speculation or propoganda, its purpose is to ensure that the masses for the most part, have time to accept the plan. In recent times TV is airing dozens of war documentaries and films every day. If war, death and destruction is not on the cards, why is it being popularised so vehemently ?
My family of 5 have, been through WW2, earthquakes, hurricanes, 2 sewerage floods, 2 massive floods (loss of homes), meningitis, 2 dead from cancer, 2 revolutions, plus some smaller stuff. We can speak from experience…..peace and tranquility is sooooo under rated, and chaos way over rated as being exciting….yeah so long as its happening to someone else.
Apart from the Astronomical info in the e.g. Mayan calendar etc, and Armageddon etc, it could be a long term plan, that if adhered to, would come to pass. If an Armageddon does take place, those that believe in the prophecy will even welcome it, and proclaim their book and belief system as having been right all along, even if it kills them.
Prophecy is the Opium of the People, and The Prophecy must be Met. We all live on a speck of dust in space….there is no room for picking sides….there is only one side, EARTH and all life on and within it.
There is much to be learnt from the ancient writings, to suppose there is nothing they can teach us is like a child in school , asuming that the teacher is the pupil.
Markus, if you dont believe in all this then its your problem, not ours’ .
And you just cant talk about “Peer Reviews” and “Mainstream Science” on the same level.
Mianstream Science a lot many things without any plausible explanation, and they can afford to do that because they hold a certain position of power in the scientific community. Scientists presenting differing views are supressed and rejected, and their career heads south! Mainstream scientists protect their beliefs rigidly, because they dont want to go out of their comfort zones, thats why the are still propagating the outdated views of their predecessors. Now coming to peer reviews, you will find many peer groups that have dared to differ from mainstream science and provide compelling evidence for their own beliefs.
As they say – “the truth is out there”. But this is the age of information and the truth cant be keep hidden for long.
You guys can laugh and giggle all you want, and you can laugh more when we praise the work of Sitchin, Hoagland, Gardener etc. But the time will come when your Mainstream Scientists and the NASA Puppets will catch the “Foot in Mouth” disease. We will see who can laugh out louder then!
Sorry for the typo, i meant Mainstream Science “Rejects” a lot many ……….. (Missed out “Rejects”)
To all – Sorry for that last. Looks like I’m trying to edit other’s comments. No excuse for rudeness.
In my defense, I’m just coming off a 3 day X’tasy Roll mixed w/shrooms…my neighbors have good connections. Spread out, I did 21 hits and around 9 grams total – I try to hallucinate at least once every 2 or 3 yrs, keeps me from gravitating too far to the right. It was great – 3 fog machines, black lights, strobe, music, women (no sex, but good to have around since my neighbors are gay), plenty of glow sticks and fruit juice. My favorite was the glow-in-the-dark Hoberman sphere. I shared it with others, but it was my friend. Downloaded fractals from my laptop were neat, but only for a few minutes at a time, too intense. DJ Teknikal ruled most of the time, but Tech N9ne was heard and loved. This 53 yr old army retiree needs a real vacation once in a while. I was in another galaxy, and I named it Heaven. I admit to internally reverting to a homophobe, I’m awfully glad the ladies were there. My neighbors are committed to each other, but I wasn’t so sure while tripping…
I do, however, stand by my above comments about scientific peer review and the lack of realism here. Skepticism is a good thing, it keeps the bad ideas out of textbooks. It’s not rude to disagree with others, especially when they use the word “belief”. That usually means “no science needed” and I reserve the right to jump right in. I’m no scientist, but I’m knowledgable in many disciplines and have a good grasp of the scientific method, and I see little of it here.
I HAVE BEEN persuaded that I was wrong, and admitted it. Just give logical arguments, don’t give me “links” because you can’t make a solid point yourself, it weakens your case and I’ve a slow connection.
NOT TENSE, BUT TERRIBLY ALERT
Amit – I agree that it’s hard as hell to get new ideas accepted, and there is definitely rigidity to change. But it’s a scientist’s job to try to discredit new ideas – that’s why only the good ones make it thru the filtering process.
In this age of information, more ideas are (thankfully) being presented, and that means true scientists must attack them even more vehemently to insure that only the truly worthy get accepted. The onus is on the originator of a new idea to provide foolproof logic and proofs, as it should be.
JUST OUT OF BETA
.Dear Amit,
Please humour me, by providing me with an example calculation as per the sum of the squares of a series of Fibonacci numbers being equal to the last and next being multiplied. When you have a minute….no rush.
Be well,
Leah
good morning–friends of the thread—
leah–thank you for your above post…it settled my nerves before i posted post # 82…(no flattery there)
it has been almost 2 weeks since i have been able to even get into this thread—and now i know why…WHAT THE HELL HAS HAPPENED HERE?????
perhaps we are all “dumbasses” here to some degree—given the fact that we are all looking for “the answers” and trying to find our own ways…but being disrespectful to others’ people’s thoughts and ideas will not achieve that goal!!!!!
may i remind you all, once again, that different eyes see different things, and it is respect and consideration for all those visions that will help us ALL…you do not need to agree to understand…we have all chosen different paths–the scenery may be a little different for each one….none are right or wrong!!!
to inject “assholes” and “idiots” completely detracts for the essence of the message…and completely defeats it’s purpose…WE ARE MUCH BIGGER AND BETTER THAN THAT!!!!! time to start exercising the RESPECT and consideration we want to command and preach about–myself ALL INCLUSIVE….
best wishes to you all,
becky
Of course the world is not going to end on Decemember 21, 2012. However there will be the start of a new cycle. The earth’s light vibration (consciousness) will ascend from 3rd to 4th dimension of being. When this happens a wide variety of possibilities may occur. The main and most relevent is that people who have the conscious awareness of this transition will have the opportunity to evolve on a mental and spiritual level. Nobody can say for sure what events will entail as the so called end date approaches, but I would advise to keep an open mind and not get set on any one persons views or opinions.
thanks for saying that we might die
now were all worried sick!
because were all young and wanted too live life too the full and now look youve worried us all.
who would want too die we actually want too live life too the full and now well done
cheers mate :S
To the thread,
The things that have touched our lives make us who we are and how we see things.
You are right and I am wrong
will not work for me, any more than I am right and you are wrong, should work for you.
Unless I miss my guess- this communication is for sharing ideas and being open to a different point of veiws.
Of late it has become a place of deciding
who is the bigger ___________ , or how
stunningly full of B.S. the next person is.
NO ONE IS FORCED TO BE HERE
So Please, play nice.
AND
Should the world end it will be our big chance to “get away from it all”…
Hi, I’m Jean, i would like to challenge you ! “December 21, 2012″ will be not the end of the world. When you said that, we made a very big mistake. It’s could be only the begining of a worsest time of the humanity, but not the end of all thing like you told that. I will say you the true, the end of the world will be in the ” YEAR 3000 AND SOMETHING”. You will not oblige to believe me just follow the even…. And you will have to know that.
Dear Spliff,
Thank you for your kind words, but I’m intrigued….what mind reading thing do you think I do, that is different to others ?
Hope you enjoyed playing ball.
Leah
ur all alive & waste ur time wondering when ur gonna die. whats the point of knowing the date when if it is fate i’d hate to admit i wasted my life if a doctor told u had to 2wks left would spend that time looking for a cure or would u be outdoors u say in 4yrs we’ll all know know whos right or wrong but i agree with espumpin i’d rather be strong and smarter and smile at kids like amit did i wish i hadd the map that bbart claims he has i agree that here i have found some knowledege as rico said the old texts must be read wise didnt write to waste thier days and leah u scare me with ur mind reading thing but hey if u can i live in brooklyn k no disrepect i see u are like the den mother keeping things in check making sure there is respect all at the same time giving good advice making sure we play nice well g’bye 4 now i got to go play some ball but i got something to say to all the other people that i didnt mention this time around
peace out
SPLIFF
*wise men
*we’ll all know for sure whos right or wrong
Going back to “The world will end / change, as we know it”.
The advent of the industrial revolution certainly changed the whole world, for all life on Earth. Not in the blink of an eye…..but still in a very short time. Humans have a habit of measuring time in relation to their own life spans, thinking that e.g. 70 years is a long time……it isn’t . Electricity alone changed the lives of humans in a huge way (and as we know, for Earth in a detremental way), and the world became un-recognisable in comparison to pre industrial times.
There was a time when popular belief maintained that the Earth was flat…..mariners though didn’t seem to be put off by that theory, and sailed all over the world. It might have been a well kept secret.
This past 12 months alone have seen the collapse of banks and the property market, along with so many climatic disasters, there are few whos worlds haven’t changed. Just a Thought has already written re the subtle changes and signs in life being ignored by the masses. If its not hollywood glitz or fireworks, it goes un-noticed. Planet Earth is not going to end, but conditions will continue to change, which in turn changes each our individual worlds….even more than they have already been changed.
I was pretty freaked out about this Doomsday thing. Thanks for putting up the facts!
Hey People!!!
I’m reading this book now, I won’t say the name. But I come across this opinion quoted in the book that says that mans greatest invention was writing. In this way we can actually comunicate with those as yet unborn many thousands of years in the future. Needless to say we now have video and other methods of storing data. But back in the days of pre-history. They didn’t have video and stuff, they had writing. It’s a curious thing writing. Its open to so may interpretations. I find it hard to believe that the ancients wrote all these things about their dieties and that these beings were imaginary.
The Jewish calendar began like 5767 years ago. The Hebrew Bible was put together around 500 BC.
Ok so follow me here. The Sumerian clay tablets were ANCIENT BEFORE the beginning of the Hebrew calendar.
Sorry for raisng my voice like that.
Hugh, I think you misunderstand me. I’m saying that the Mayan Calendar wasn’t of Mayan origin. This is a fact. Their astronomical abilities were not discovered by them it was taught to them according their “Myths”.
Hugh, its is a fact that civilization exploded in Sumer first of all the places on earth. Can you explain that? Their tablets already offer an explanation, it credits their gods with everything they did. They were a first on many things including the wheel.
Now my question to you is this. It’s impossible for you to explain why civilization sprung up scientifically speaking, “overnight” in that sspecific location as its been tried. You can’t explain that. What I ask of you is that you prove that what they left us written on those tablets aren’t just myths.
How can you explain all those pyramids and ziggurats in so many different parts of the world.
I think it becomes abvious that there either was a superior race here before the first men. Or a superior race came while man was in his evolutionary infancy.
Or both. Then I might add that I am also of the belief that these being interfered with mans evolution on a genetic level a fact which has also been recorded throughout history.
Then you add to that the fact that the temples and ziggurrats in souh america were already ancient when the mayans took them over.
All these things just lead me to conclude that the calendar was provided by these same superior beings.
This calendars seems to be basically a measurement in time. It does not start at the beginning of the world nor does it end at the end of the world. Its just a span. But according to the legends at the end of this span there will come great destruction. It seems that there were other spans. Some ended in flood and some in earhquakes and other calamities. It also seems like after mans suffer these calamities hes visited by some Viracocha looking guys all over the world.
Hugh. I don’t know man but I’m thinking aliens. Thing is. I think they were here first.
We don’t have too much longer to wait.
I can understand the people that don’t think anythings going to happen.
These people are complacent. They figure God gave this old world one big spin like that old lady said in the movie “The Stand”.
There have been polar shifts in the past and mans survives them. In the last 100-150 years we’ve become electrical. We depend on electricity so much its hard to imagine how people lived without it during any period of our history. Our children probably imagine the Pyramids back in their heyday all lit up like las vegas at night.
I hope its like some people say. There will be a huge light in the sky or in your head and suddenly we will all know the truth. We will remember and we will be reborn. I call that crap. I thinks its going to be volcanos and earthquakes up the ass when the the stars leave their station in the sky. It won’t be the stars falling. It’ll be the earth changing its position right before your eyes that’ll make it look like the stars are falling. This has been described in past writings.
Hugh, you want to know what the calendar is?
It;s a time message in a bottle to let you know, so you can confirm and prepare. Well, I know for a fact that the scientific comunity has confirmed a unique astrological event on Dec 21 2012.
But we’re so dug in we can’t prepare.
I’m tired. I’m going to smoke me a dooby and go watch some college football.
“There are none so blind as those that will not see”.
See? Even during the old Biblical times they knew about those kind of people so don’t feel bad believers!!!
Laterz
-Rico-
Markus Demetrius,
Beliefs are funny things. When you start out in life your parents prepare you the best they know how to survive in this world.
The Santa Claus thing is really cruel but it helps you in life.
We are taught about God and we are taught to pray even. When we are of age we can the decide what we believe. We get input form different experiences and we learn.
When it comes to God or gods and the like, things like UFO’s or Demos or whatever, if it interset you then you begin to look into the subject deeper. Now we have the internet and we can access information so much faster. So we can gather information quicker and we formalize our beliefs by what makes sense to us.
Markus, the way you write in your post is interesting in many ways. It seems you don’t believe in any supernatural ideas. This is ok.
I don’t know if you’ve read anything about the Sumer Akkadian tablets and what they say but they seem to refer to extraordinary beings.
This is not a superstition. This is fact.
I read the Bible, I read scientific material and of course I read this thread and there are so many technical people here with regards to the astrological aspects mentioned. When I say astrology I mean it as the study of the stars and the zodiac. These were used to measure time and such on their calendars back in those days.
But after reading all these things I choose to believe that we’ve been misled religiously across the globe. Todays religion is 100% symbolic there is nothing real to it.
I don’t know about Nibiru being real or not but these guys came form somewhere other than earth.
Its obvious you choose not to believe these things. But I just want you to know. You are still accepted by me.
By the way. Mainstream doesn’t exactly agree with your Xstacy Shroom whatever cocktail but that that doesn’t make ot wrong does it?
Let me go finish this blunt,
May Enlil Bless you all,
-Rico-
Well, I read the article and then some of the comments & I’m only up to May 20th!! This is fascinating & I am loving the back and forth of opinions and facts…and of opinions being touted as fact.
Since I don’t remember much from my school days of what I learned about the Mayan civilization; I wonder if anyone could recommend a good unbiased read on the Mayans?
I don’t necessarily buy into the doomsday theory, but I also agree with those who state that none of us can positively say what will happen in 2012 (or in 12 hours when I get up to start another day).
This is a great site & I’m so glad I stumbled on it!!!
Hi, I’m back again just for me to explain more about that thing, i know the WWIII is for sooner and all the scenario is already for this day, except one thing, the actors hasn’t been yet at their real place. All this matter it’s just a time question and that’s not suppose to be the the end of the world what ever the mathematic formulas experienced. I believe also the world can’t be ended without some mysteries could be revelated, like the UFO for example. Where come from? How many there are?….. You will have to know all that before like was your squadron’s defense flyings saucers. The end of the world will have to come just after the “WWIIII”, year of 3000 something, it’s only at this point i’m agreed with Nostradamus, or Renauld Michel De Notre Dame.
Um. Guys…
What if the group of people that were making the calendars for all those years just quit their job or died?
Maybe the calendar is just not finished ‘cos they got bored of writing the same stuff over and over?
I was presented with the idea that when the bible talks about people living to be hundreds of years old- it was their years- and
a year to them was approx. like our month.
Thus, a 900 yr. back then would be roughly
our 69 yrs of age. ( 🙂 69 ;)> (fun) )
Any shred of truth ?
I’m always looking for a clue.
My thought on “sin” is this:
We need to be aware of consequences from our chioce -however- if it is not a “sin”
in your heart,(that still, small voice), then to you it is not a sin. If the thought crosses your mind that this isn’t right or it “feels” wrong then, for you, it is.
Different subject:
What is it – mana – what was it?(as provided
as a food source in the bible)
I read someones post earlier about the Summerians. Gosh, I hope I spelled that right. Well one thing that always fascinated me about the Summerian culture was this picture I found of some carvings in stone of these men with wings. Now these men with wings in the carvings seemed to be holding some sort of devices in their hands. It reminded me, don’t laugh, of Dr. Mccoys medical thingy in star trek. But here we have a thousands of years old carving showing men with wings, with very dignified and elegent beards, apparently to me holding these electronic devices. Well I am inclined to believe that Summeria was a very civilized, very advanced culture of people. Now what I’m amazed over is that as I have researched central, south and north american stone carvings as well, I have come across depictions of the same electronic devices, only being carried by differing types of peoples and beings. The american ones were wingless. However, Quetzecotal may or may not have been wingless. Ok, lets say that my immagination got the best of me and no, these things aren’t electronic devices of some sort. OK, lets say they are seed bags, and these people kept seeds in these bags and planted seeds in them. From them. None the less, what I am trying to say is that I’ve seen the same thing exactly, in two different places. In the stone carvings of Summeria and in Central american carvings. It leads me to believe that our theories of the continents having been closer together at one time in history, or perhaps all lumped together in one big lump, are true. I’m convinced that the early people had contact together because it is too much of a cooincidence that there are pyramids of some sort in Mexico, and pyramids of another sort in Egypt. They knew eachother somehow. Probably by sailing in boats.
Now go ahead, laugh me out of the country, but I’ve seen early maps which show sea monsters in the water between europe and the United States. Well, maybe there were, why would one draw something they didn’t see. OK, once again, I’m a Summerian six thousand years ago, I’m sitting down with my carving tools and I have rock to carve on. I decide to carve a very elegent looking man with wings, holding some things in his hands, why? Did it just come out of my head and am I just an abstract artist? Or did an angel visit Summeria six thousand years ago? If an angel visited Summeria six thousand years ago, perhaps there was another thriving civilization of people in central america that these angels saw fit to visit too. All I’m saying is that if anyone makes the same search into ancient carvings that I have, they may see what I see. That the Summerian and the Central American stone carvings have an distinct and I say almost identical simmilarity in these objects that they held in their hands in the depicti0ns in these carvings.
Now when I was somewhat younger, I studied the Egyptiian tomb paintings and always wondered, “What are these things that these people are holding in their hands.” Well if they were holding something in their hands, it must have been something important or useful to them. I mean I hold my car keys, my house keys, maybe these ankh and etcetera were keys of some sort, but to what? Were they a tool. Were they a weapon. But in paintings and carvings of thousands of years ago, these characters were frequently holding something in their hands. I sure like to study those things they are holding in their hands. A picture is worth a thousand words in this regard.
And further, if we are to believe the Bible, and I do. Didn’t two male angels go someplace and now I’m no minister mind you, but didn’t Lot pull them into his home and close the door to keep the gathering of men outside from “disturbing” them. correct me if I’m wrong but these same angels had the power to strike every one of them blind. I never heard anything about wings in that story but I believe they probably didnt need them.
Have there ever been angels on earth? Yes there have! Have there ever been angels in Summeria? I don’t know. Have there ever been angels in Central America? Once again I don’t know.
I like to look at these things in the hands of the paintings of people thousands of years ago. I like to look at the things in the hands of the carvings, of people, thousands of years ago, and I ask myself, what is that, and what does that do?
Guys, a lot of prophesies point to a catastrophic event happening in 2012. Also, centuries ago, a Catholic saint, whose name escapes me, correctly predicted the name of every Pope to date. According to his predictions, we are on our next to the last Pope. Everything happening in the world today was predicted in the Bible: wars and rumors of wars; weather changes; an explosion of knowledge; etc. As the Bible says, no one knows the exact time the world will end, but we are to study and be ever mindful of events taking place. But don’t worry, Heaven will be glorious! Admission is easy. You have to believe in Jesus and ask God to forgive you of your sins! The Bible is full of good news, the most famous line coming from John 3:16, “For God so loved the world that he gave His only Son, that whoever believes in Him, shall not perish but have everlasting life!”
Don’t you guys find it interesting that the Christian religion is very similar to the Pharoas religion.
They both believe that you first had to physically die on earth before you eligible to enter heaven.
But we know that Enoch and Elijah both went to heaven and didn’t have to die first.
As Christians we don’t believe in the Egyption gods/ Therefore we don’t believe that the Pharoas went to any heaven after their deaths in fact we commented on how you cant take it with you when their tombs were discovered with all that loot.
But their religion is the same as Christianity. You have to die first.
I feel duped.
-Rico-
Dear Amit,
As per a previous post, it would seem that all prophets from all over the world had births, lives and deaths that were the same.
People everywhere were being given the same information in different time slots. Or were receiving the same message. The trick would be to understand the true meaning of the message.
One of the truths in the message, for me is that, There is more to life than we think or can see.
Be well,
Leah
Hey Becky!
Good to hear from you after a long gap…
Yes i agree there has been a lot of debating in this thread lately, and i have been on one end mostly.
But seeing the kind of things some people have written here , one cannot help but reply sternly. Still, i have taken care not to use any bad words. And wherever possible, i have given genuine counter-arguments to some of the “scientific” views as well.
This debate is endless, but we dont mind if its done in a decent manner without using personal affronts.
But if you guys feel that somewhere i have stepped beyond the line too, i apologise for that. Will try to ignore such comments in future…
Rico,
Yes, i find it very strange. Infact i have always been intrigued by the similarities. And not just the concept of heaven, many other things as well.
As food for thought, consider these facts about Osiris:
– Osiris-Dionysus is God made flesh, the savior and ‘Son of God’.
– His father is God and his mother is a mortal virgin.
– He is born in a cave or humble cowshed on 25 December before three shepherds.
– He offers his followers the chance to be born again through the rites to baptism.
– He miraculously turns water into wine at a marriage ceremony.
– He rides triumphantly into town on a donkey while people wave palm leaves to honor him.
– He dies at Easter time as a sacrifice for the sins of the world.
– After his death he descends to hell, then on the third day he rises from the dead and ascends to heaven in glory.
– His followers await his return as the judge during the Last Days.
– His death and resurrection are celebrated by a ritual meal of bread and wine which symbolize his body and blood.
Jesus Christ , anyone??
Hey Leah and Amit and Becky and the new folks… so whats new? anyways… I just want you all to know that I have never even read the book called the ‘Bible’… And i know there are some many who haven’t either, and I think its for the best.. I am a 25 year old musician, and yes, I will write a song before I choose to throw my life away on some book that anyone could of written.. “If there is love, there is hope” “Will we even know the truth? What its like washing those windows when you know that damn pigeons on the roof!” cheers folks and I’ll be back a little later
– Dimitrienko
It is ridiculous to assume that the Mayans knew how civilization would advance and prosper 3000 years into the future. I challenge anyone, who doesn’t have a time machine, to prove to all of us doomsday deniers that they can predict the future with any shred of certainty.
Civilizations have risen and fallen throughout earths history. If aliens or some other supreme being was “helping” the Mayans, than why did their civilization die out? Human civilization should have originated, expanded from and prospered in Central America!
Planet ‘X’ ?? Please. We can see millions of miles away using telescopes that you can buy at Wal-Mart. If there was a mysterious planet out there, someone would have seen it and reported it.
We are light years ahead of Mayan culture scientifically and intellectually. To state that they knew about a coming change in 2012 is completely and utterly bunk.
I’m Shekki Azziz and I approved this message.
I doubt this will happen
^agree
with all the knowledge on this thread that has been accumalated, why haven’t any of you figured out how to find a life, something more than trying to figure out ancient knowledge and end of world scenarios.
There is nothing new under the sun.
just for the record there is a “planet X” the former planet was announced a couple years ago that it is no longer a planet and is instead Pluto’s moon. upon its discovery it was named planet x and the name was never changed. so it being pluto’s moon means it’s waaaayyy out there and there it is going to stay. if it were to break off however, its size is so small that another of the greater planets would nab it in their orbit long before it ever reached us.
A wise person, Hopes for the best, prepares for the worst, and takes what comes.
According to me the world will end on 3058 Jun 06. Its all finaly over on this day.This will come true.Its all of God’s work.My name is………………….those who believe this u will come to know my name.
All u nuts that dont believe in 21 december 2012 should rethink once before bullshitting it.I give u my reasons.
1)How come the mayans predicted the actual position of our sun and other planets and moon on 21.12.2012 which is now scientifically proven by our scientists.
2)Our scientists and archeologists also believe that mayan calendar was much more accurate and perfect then ours.
3) It is proven that our solar system will be exactly in front of our galaxy and in center of the milky way which is obviously a black hole.
4) How come in their 13 year countdown to the doomsday starting in 1999 said that the living style of the world would entirely change after 2001 and we have it on 9/11 as terror attacks.
Many more scientific and visual results signal the doomsday coming at us.I am not saying it will surely happen but we should not sideline the signals.Global Warming was also firstly a myth but now a reality and everyone accepts it.So dont bullshit everything without its complete knowledge.
Get some knowledge first and then debate on it.
Hey mansa, so you are saying the Mayans predicted the Sept.11th attacks? How in the world does planetary positions affect terrorist activity based on religous beliefs. Manther are some dense people in this world.
Believe it or not, there are some people who accept that there are things our current civilization does not know or has simply forgotten over the epochs. It humors me how you can simply dismiss the beliefs of a culture just because NASA hasn’t told you about it. Well maybe they don’t want you to know about it, or they just don’t know. I don’t believe the world will end in 2012. But if an ancient civilization had a way of devising a calender that could accurately predict solar eclipses and other galactic events thousands of years into the future, arguably more accurately then we can today, im going to at least listen when they say there will be a significant galactic alignment on a certain date. The Mayans dont claim to have created that calendar system either, they say it was passed on to them by the “gods’ (white bearded men) who spawned their civilization. In all reality, these “gods” were most likely the survivors of the high civilization that perished at the end of the last ice age due to unknown global cataclysms. We know from preserved Mayan Codices that they had believed there god (known to them as Quetzalcoatl) would return on 1 reed. which corresponds to the exact day Cortes ( a white bearded man) landed in the Yucatan. Some believe this is the reason the Spaniards were able to conquer Central America in the speedy fashion he did, because he was fighting natives who thought that he was there reincarnated god from the “golden age”. The point of this post is that some people who write on this website are entirely too scientifically minded and are unwilling to accept any theories if its not supported by the powers that be. Do the research for yourself then decided. You don’t have to believe the world will end on 2012 to believe that there could had been sources of great knowledge in the past that had been passed on over thousands of years. SOMEONE OR SOME PEOPLES MAY HAVE KNOWLEDGE ABOUT HOW THIS UNIVERSE WORKS THAT IS UNKNOWN TODAY. Its amazing that the standard we perceive as TRUE or THE AUTHORITY ON THE SUBJECT is the one based on Roman and Greek astronomy, who were among the last cultures to find out that the earth wasn’t flat, and that the earth actually orbited the sun and not vice versa. Egyptians, South Americans, and Sumerian cultures had been aware of these facts for epochs of time, But yet we still perceive there knowledge today as trivial or unsophisticated. maybe the western way of thinking is the reason for this. if you don’t believe what the Mayans have to say fine, BUT ATLEAST CONSIDER THE POSSIBILITY THAT AT ONE POINT IN TIME, SOMEONE MAY HAVE KNOWN MORE THEN US.
I propose that on 2012 the earth and sun will align with the center of the galaxy. This is not something that is considered outrageous by mainstream science. What is up for debate is how this alignment will affect our solar system. I’m no astronomer, but i’ve done my fair share of research on these subjects. All the stars in our galaxy orbit around a giant super massive black hole, and the gravitaional effects on any one star are greatest when that stars is at the galactic equator (same thing that is meant by aligning with center of the galaxy). So it is plausible that by crossing over this galactic equator noticeable physical changes in the earths orbit/rotation/precessional wobble or even weather on both earth and the sun(increased solar storms) could occur. I don’t believe this is the end of the world, but that something will happen that will trigger a new age of man. This could be a new way of thinking or a new discovery that changes the world, I dont know. The Mayans wernt the ones who said it would be the end of the world, that is a more recent interpretation. All that they stressed is that December 21 2012 was the day the earth progressed to the next age and that what happens on this day is very important to human evolution.
One more thing to add to my two previous posts. How did the Egyptians build the great pyramid at Giza with all their “primitive” technology?It spans 13.6 acres and is PERFECTLY aligned to true N, S, E and W. It was constructed from stone blocks weighing up to 70 tons that were quarried from many miles away. it would be impossible WITHOUT A DOUBT to recreate this monument with out technology today. The most powerful cranes on this earth could not not lift some of these blocks, not to mention align them to the cardinal directions more accurately Prime Meridian of the World at Greenwich, England which is known to be very slightly offset from true North. If you ask any constructional engineer about recreating this monument they will tell you the same thing I did. The foundation has sank less then most modern office buildings do in two years, and this monument is at least 4500 years old, which is about 7000 years younger then some people like myself think. This is the single greatest piece of evidence that shows how greater knowledge can be lost and how at some point in the past, civilizations new more then we do today. slaves did not carry those stones and build that monument, it would be impossible plain and simple. Survivors of the so called “Atlantis” were most likely the sources of this monument and many other current mysteries like the Mayan calendar. The Mayans and Egyptians both speak of very similar “gods” that lived among them in the “First Time”. They were likely both referring to regular humans who a part of a highly advanced civilization that existed at the end of the last ice age. (approx 10,500BC) this high civilization was obviously destroyed in a series of global cataclysms and the few survivors set out to teach the world their knowledge in the form of huge monuments and calendar’s systems that contain the knowledge of there fallen civilization. The cataclysms that wiped out Atlantis is most likely the great deluge you hear about in the bible. details went given about this civilization in the bible because whoever wrote the bible wasn’t around a few thousand years before obviously, they could only tell the legends that had been passed down from generation to generation.
“Where there is love, baby there is hope…”
Hey Ross, welcome to the group…
Some well compiled facts posted by you, and this is what we have been discussig for a long time on this thread…
The statement that needs to be underlined is that “Mayans never predicted the end of the world”.. As you said it was a recent interpretation only. But at the same time, it doesnt mean that 2012 is insignificant. We have tons of proofs lying right in front of our eyes that tell us of the importance. And whatever NASA says, it will never be enough to discredit the ancient knowledge..
There are many people who still dont want to believe this stuff… They are happy to follow NASA blindly.
A comment by one “Shekki Aziz” just a few posts above this one reflects the mentality of most of such people. The comment is so ridiculous, so full of stupidity that you dont even feel angry……
NASA and other such organisations cant fake it for much longer now, there are many many scientists out there who are converging on a wholly different sort of truth than whats portrayed by NASA. Maybe, 2012 is all about this change in peoples’ perception of turth, the end of NASA’s supremacy. The discovery of the real truth about our universe will be revealed to all….
why do you care about these ridiculous dates, you might get ran over an die tomorrow then what do these dates mean to you, absolute fuck all, worry about how your gonna provide for your family’s if your bank account gets robbed and you are denied a loan, not about ridiculous times and dates. pathetic people
leah Says:
September 9th, 2008 at 6:49 am
A wise person, Hopes for the best, prepares for the worst, and takes what comes.
Hi Leah,
Your name comes foremost to mind when someone says “Wise” here….
About your other comment – “all prophets from all over the world had births, lives and deaths that were the same.” Couldn’t agree more. Because people used to travel a lot , even with lack of the modes of transport thatw e have today. And that travelling caused a lot of history to be shared between various different cultures across the globe. People passed on the same stories about “Son of God” to their generations, but to make it more believable, they twisted the truth a bit and altered the details of those sages. And this conecpt of God was induced a bit of control in peoples’ actions and behaiour. When their “wise ones” told them that “God” is watching their actions and will punish them if they do bad deeds and reward them for Good deeds, it had a much better effect than any amount of external policing could ever have.
Likewise, there were people amongst humans who knew a ot about the universe at that time, much more than the common man. They knew about the effect of Moon on Earth and they knew about Eclipses and the effect that other clestial bodies have on earth. But the common man would not understand that stuff if it was conveyd to them as it is, so, the wise ones created myths and “superstitions” so that the people would be able to understand these things.. Many of those myths and superstitions have been unravelled by Modern Science and are known to all as common facts now.
Supposing that the NIBIRU hits our world on the 21st Dec, 2012, and we experience the greatest disaster of the century (if not the end of the world, of course). I haven’t read all the replies as yet but if some one could kindly let me know as which part of the world would be severely hit and damaged by this disaster. Is is going to be the extreme northern or southern parts or the central area? I am sure it is possible to calculate and give a scientific explanation about the the exact location of NIBIRU and its travel route and the exact destination on earth where it will hit on 21st December, 2012.
Supposing, it is not going to hit the earth in 2012, then what would be the most likely situation in that case? What will happen if it passes through the galaxy, between earth and and the sun? How badly the world would be affected by NIBIRU?
Can anyone tell me whether the countries like Sweden, Norway, Finland and Iceland would be less affected because of their ideal location? Wish I knew it. Because I don’t want to see my kids die so early.
It is interesting though how fads like this become “fads” so to speak. What do I mean? Have you ever heard of the “Bible Code” This was a thing that hit back in the late 90’s. A mathematician from Israel discovered that when laid out in a long flat grid, the old testament/Jewish Torah could be “decrypted” and used to predict the future. There were “hidden” facts found all through it. Two things that make this one hard to use is that you first have to be able to read Hebrew for it to actually work, because it only works with the Hebrew translation of the Bible. But by using a computer this guy was able to enter names of people or events and find patterns in the Bible and then they usually corresponded also with hidden dates or other related events. Up until that point, it had only been used to find past events and it seemed like it was working. However, the “end of days” as described in the second book written about this was predicted to start in 2007 and would be based around Iran. When reading this in 2005 and 2006 it really was getting interesting with all that was going on. However, many of the predictions either never came to be or they were “interpreted wrong” as the believers in this phenomenon claim now. It is still intriguing how this all supposedly worked, but as I said, you needed to believe all you read unless you knew the language. That is where I think a lot was really exaggerated since the biggest following of this came from the US, and was not as widely known about where this language was used. Thus you had almost a cult following of this. The other point though that this guy tries to make in his book is that maybe this info is given to us not as prophecy or predictions of the future, but also as a warning in a way that we can still change these things. All sounds pretty credible in the book until you get to the latter chapters where the author of the books (not the same person who discovered the code) starts telling about where the Bible came from. He starts to question whether God as we know him is a god being or if it was some supreme race of alien life that brought human dna to the Earth and gave us the Bible as well as the code to help us live. Thats about the point of the book where I started to roll my eyes and started to lose any respect I had for it.
MY PERSPECTIVE and PREDICTION…. As of tomorrow morning, there is a group called CERN that is doing an experiment on the events the preceded the “Big Bang”. I believe this is going to be a huge catastrophe. The Mayan’s did know something. though, this wont end the world, it will just bring about a huge catastrophe that will usher in other major events. The catastrophe will leave large parts of Europe in ruins and wars will break out to fill power vacuums because of this. 2012 is actually not the end of the world but when the rapture will occur. Barrack Obama (aka the AntiChrist) will come to power and use these events to catapult him to even higher power in the world. You should read the “Left Behind” series 😉 I do say a lot of this tongue in cheek…… or is it all that far fetched.
Heck if Planet X were to pass through in 2012, that would bring with it many of the phenomena that will occur according to Revelations and other prophetical books (both Biblical and non-Biblical).
That said. I hope to be able to see some replies to this post after tomorrow. Wonder if we will all still be here or if the people at CERN will BLOW US ALL UP!!
Good day everyone.
Welcome Ross and hello.
Dear Amit,
Now you’re talking….in any given age, the language used to explain stuff, has to be in a context that the masses can identify with at the time. Today’s language is e.g. science.
So to understand what was going on in ancient times, its necessary to put yourself in their frame of mind. Naturally we cannot know the thoughts and opinions of people so many 1000’s of years ago, but we can ask good questions, e.g. what else could a Fire breathing Dragon have been ? Today we have helicopters with flame throwers on board.
One good question is so valuable, and leads to many more. Story telling, myth, legend, lore and religion, are still the best way to presreve information, to ensure it survives the rigours of time. Old version of Hollywood if you like……the truth hyped up and embelished….but there is truth wrapped up in the hype.
Re the Large Hadron Collider, today was just a test start up of the machine. Those that are interested, should look up the proposed dates of when experiments actually take place, years in advance.
A good question re the LHC would be, What else Can it Do ? After all a kettle doesn’t just boil water, e.g. it can boil and poach food amongst other things.
Be well,
Leah
Hello Espumpin,
You have been missed. The one saying nothing will happen in 2012, are the ones who said, Live For Today, as none of us knows how long we will live.
So you are right to improve the quality of your life NOW, as each day should have some joy in it. We live the best we can each day, but realise that we keep experiencing tomorrows, and so make provision for the future too. Like you, I enjoy whats left of my family each day.
Having said that, the trend or the path, right now in planetary matters, is not the best one.
People need to attend to being able to look after properly what they already have, before they say they want MORE, especially when it comes to children. The future will only ever be as good as our input and efforts NOW.
So glad you’re back,
Leah
haha to magistar, made my day with that political humor. 🙂
people said that the world will end in 2000
did it? no
i wish some1 would stop the large big bang experiment
it will destroy earth
and i DON’T want to DIE
youz are gay wat u on bout
use r all a packs af freaks ! iom bored in i.t !
i dnt believe this crap at all this is full of crap man like they said toay that the world is going to end but wat happen im still alive who ever thinks that this is really real is so crazy hell can u believe this they always say this every single time
this is full of crap:)
i hve a life unlike use
My butt itches.
Wow, I have been away longer than I thought. So many posts and opionions I almost forgot how fast the thread flies. I had to step back from this site and remember what was most most important. Now what I find important may not be what you feel is and what bothers me may not bother you. Yet we all want the same thing. I have a habit of ranting so just bear with me. I was obsessing over the facts. I was assiduous in ensuring my facts were accurate,reliable and with enough references so that others can make their own decisions. I never want to come across like if I had any answers as all I read is that we all have questions. We we’re given brains for a reason. Curiosity was given to us as well. By God or by aliens? Do we really wanna know the truth? I took time off the thread to clear my head and enjoy my family again. I’ve rediscovered my family and I think I need some weed to clear my head, just kidding. I have been thinking lately how if 2012 was an end of all dates, I do wanna open my own firm to see how I do. I’m gonna buy my 17yr old a better used car than the 4,500.00 I was gonna spend and I’m gonna take two vacations a year instead of staying so loyal to my job. In other words we should all pretend we are gonna die in 4yrs. For all the ppl who read this and say we idots for believing in doomsdays plots. I challenge everyone to act like we are all gonna bite the big one on 12/21/12. Are you like some one who has Aids and try to infect others because your miserable with your life or will try to make your and everyones last days enjoyable. Would you wanna know your gonna die? How would you handle that? If this makes you depressed, then dont worry about it. The world will not end no wars or raptures will come about on that date. But as I stated earlier none of have the answers just a bunch of questions. So really I dont even know what i’m talking about. LOL. I did ask if you can bear with me, right? OK thank you for your time.
Espumpin
Join the world’s greatest movement. . .
http://www.lightchannels.com
Well, this was an interresting article. I’ve read it all and can say only one thing, I am not religious to the bone but I believe in some spiritual stuff. One of them is that in the year 2005, 13th july at approcemently 03:00am in the morning, I ended up in the hospital for getting a rock in my kidney (don’t know how to say it in english), same date, same time only 1 year later, my father died. There doesn’t have to be a meaning with all of this that I have said…but I still believe in some stuffs regarding the number 13…my “unlycky” number
Hey qazi:
you asked what part of earth will be hit by planet x. the answer is none. planet x is actually a dwarf star thats 8 times the mass of the earth and all it would take is for it to pass through our solar system any where close to our sun
(probably anywhere inside of pluto’s orbit ) and it would have devastating effects on all the planets. Its is coming from below the earth right now which is why the only place that it can be seen through a telescope is currently at the south pole. NASA has already set up shop there and has an observatory built specifically for watching this object. Leaked images of nibiru from astronomers working at the telescope are available on the internet and are confirmed NASA images. just google ” leaked planet x images” and you can see the reddish star faintly with clearly 3 or 4 objects orbiting it. ( looks like small planets or moons.) hope this helps
The Government and NASA are NOT our friends and will lie and deceive us to retain power. I assume that our government has huge amounts of knowledge on all of these topics and the public is only seeing the tip of the iceberg. Advancements in technology in the last decade have allowed our top scientists to discover some ridiculous things the the public eye has no clue about. David Wilcock who is pioneer in consciousness science said that one of his contacts in the black ops said the U.S. government would rather loose a major American city to a nuclear bomb then give up the science of torsion fields. Human consciousness and it power is just starting to become known to mainstream science and this is the next big thing. The power of the brain has been unknown by scientist for a long time but is just recently getting recognized for its ability to have an effect on physical reality. Really interesting topic. i g2g ill talk more about it later.
The Big Bang is thought to have occurred 15 billion years ago when an unimaginably dense and hot object the size of a small coin exploded in a void, spewing out matter that expanded rapidly to create stars, planets and eventually life on Earth. What if that coin size explosion came from the void the one True God, i’m not religious & for a long time found ways to prove God did not exisit. Bear with me,Our solar system appears to be near the center of the universe. Galaxies look the same, and are moving away from us in the same way, in all directions. The cosmic microwave background radiation comes to us very uniformly from all directions. These and other data strongly indicate we are located at a very special location by design. Now Like I said I would find ways to disprove such things I believed in Darwin.Then the Mayans,I-Ching, & Zorah we’re given to me at once by a good friend and I felt like I was in the matrix 25yrs ago, Then the mahabratta,The Enuma Elish, must I go on…
Instead of accepting the obvious, recent models of physical cosmology assume the earth is not special and that everywhere in the universe the exact same observation of receding objects would be seen. Instead of a universe with an age measured in thousands of years, this assumption leads to billions of years. Keep in mind I was raised a scientist. I only believe in the facts given that I can research.In contrast, creation cosmologies explain the data better by starting from biblically-based axioms: the cosmos has a unique center and a boundary for its matter, beyond which there is at least some empty space; and on a cosmic scale of distances, the earth is near the center. Which can open a whole table on the topic of 2012 but, Ok I’m ranting again but listen do you remember the LHC…They will be looking for how the particles come together, fly apart, or dissolve. The conditions in the LHC could also confirm or disprove the existence of the Higgs Boson, a theoretical particle named after Scottish scientist Peter Higgs who first proposed it in 1964.Also referred to as the “God particle,” the Higgs Boson is thought to give matter its mass. It has never been observed but they “believe” it is out there. I feel they think as I do that this energy that created us is seperate from us yet connected 15 billion yrs is not along time if you are immortal which is what the reward is suppose to be what if its not. I dont know where i’m goning with all this so i’ll just go now.
Espumpin
Some people who look at 2012 in a more optimistic mindset believe that its not about destruction but about evolution. On December 21 2012 when we cross the equator of the galaxy wouldn’t it be plausible to think that this could have a physical effect on our own consciousness. Maybe were approaching a time when our DNA will be physically altered to give us greater capabilities. ( similar to our ancestors learning how to communicate verbally for the first time or some transcending capability of that stature.)Telepathy maybe. IDK. The important thing is that there actually is science emerging to support theories like this and its very interesting stuff. i’ll post a link to and interesting video a lot of people here would like. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y5b-kLvppdg
i recommend watching all the parts. David is a very smart man and has a lot of science to back what he says.
As with all things people believe everything they hear. 2012 the year of enlightenment. Maybe that’s what we should be saying. In this day and age of information we must question the powers that be. Don’t believe everything they tell us and only believe what you see before your own eyes. (not what you see on the computer) Remember to think posititve thoughts and keep negativity from our minds. By the law of attraction we bring about our own nightmares. Blessings, Aim
Thank you so mach for posting this!! I hear bout this doomsday crap all the time!!!!! i cant believe people actually believe it. i mean how many times have people predicted things and it hasnt come true! its so annoying! but these “doomsday” dates have always been around and they’re obviously not coming true. and as soon as this ones over (and were all still here) another date will pop up. so thanks again for posting this. im glad to know there are some people out there with some sense. and for all you believers, i wouldnt not go christmas shopping. X-MAS 2012 WILL HAPPEN!
i dont care what none of dat mess
onyly god knows when the world is going to end…if he wanted to it could end right now so be ready to go…!
Dear Amit,
Instantaneous thought manefestation…..the condensing of matter from the ether as per the Alchemists of old. It would also be the ability to CHANGE things instantly with a thought. Only those that know contentment could be trusted with such a gift…..otherwise chaos would ensue. Just imagine just all the words, wishes and thoughts born out of anger becoming manifest. Life would be un-recognisable, changing from second to second….all because the vast majority don’t have control of their minds.
Nice thought….but it requires that we each have our own world / time line / dimension.
I’d said in the past that music was the greatest contibution etc of Man. Frequencies is what everything is, and music is just an audible wave band width of frequencies, as a laser beam is a different wave band width set of frequencies, as is thought. There is more known than is published / admitted to when it comes to the power of thought and consciousness.
Whilst the masses are encouraged to ridicule such things as e.g. telepathy and remote viewing, others actively study and use those that display such abilities.
We most certainly have mislaid more knowlege than we have at present……most of which is just hidden, for fear of sharing.
Appologies for being cryptic….don’t wish to influence.
Bw well,
Leah
Hey Amit,
Just read your last post. This kind of research etc isn’t covert anymore, in fact its out there in the open these days. The masses however continue to bring up their kids telling them that anything out of the “Ordinary” is just nonsense, or they must have imagined it etc. Thank god I had the Father I had, other wise I wouldn’t even trust my gut instincts.
Leah
Well Amit its 6 am here, and time I went to get some sleep. I leave you with this thought re Darwinism and evolution.
During whatever time Earth has existed, and whatever time life has had to evolve, from say, goo to amoeba to other more complex life forms, how come the gap between Humans and all othe life is soooooo huge ?
Its like all other life has evolved at a snails pace, but humans are on a fast track. We don’t even include our species in the natural world. We don’t consider ouselves natural.
No other species is remotely like us, other than in terms of DNA, and maybe looks physically….the Apes. The human species is no less than the Anomaly in the Matrix.
Be good to yourself,
Leah
The way America has changed their way
of being handeled, (living), maybe 9/11 accomplished …..
We have surrendered many freedoms since then.
From the Wilcock site “New evidence increasingly tells us life is not a product of random mutation.What does that leave us with? Some scientists are now advancing the idea of “Intelligent Design” as an alternative. The mainstream media vigorously attempts to marginalize this movement and lump it together with Creationism. Hence, the average person is being told they either believe in science (Darwin) or superstition (Fundamentalist Creationism) — and most people are still falling for it.Many ‘whistleblower’ reports have surfaced suggesting that the world’s political-corporate elite very much believe in the Darwinian model. Nature is a cruel, ravenous beast, supporting only those who are the most bloodthirsty.The science and religion theroy of mine which mind you is only my opinion melds for me here.The Mayans developed astronomy, calendrical systems and hieroglyphic writing. The Mayans were noted as well for elaborate and highly decorated ceremonial architecture, including temple-pyramids, palaces and observatories, all built without metal tools. They were also skilled farmers, clearing large sections of tropical rain forest and, where groundwater was scarce, building sizeable underground reservoirs for the storage of rainwater. The Mayans were equally skilled as weavers and potters, and cleared routes through jungles and swamps to foster extensive trade networks with distant peoples. Yet we were mostly taught about the egyptians, who I thought were the most advanced till I learned of Summerians,Tiwantinsuya,Mu,Chinese, the Indian, the Mesopotamic and American cultures.The present scientific notion is that these cultures have all evolved on their own. And that relationships only existed between those, whose homelands were not separated by large waters, because long range sea travel (between continents) was impossible. Knowledge of astronomy, breathtaking construction techniques, religious beliefs, all were developed and invented several times from scratch, again and again. Because they all were isolated on their own continents, this notion is called isolationism. Have you ever heard of
Dr. Heyerdahl? He had a vision To organize or sponsor archaeological excavations and research that may throw light on the origins of pre-European settlements and on oceanic voyages in pre-European types of watercraft.
To work with scientific institutions worldwide to develop an interdisciplinary approach to looking at long-distance travel and trade, both by land and sea. To increase public awareness of archaeological and anthropological research being done worldwide, and to promote all aspects of scientific research into the beginnings of civilization. To promote the spirit of open-mindedness and curiosity. Seams simple no, more knowledge will lead to more answers right? People thousands of yrs ago looked for the answers we do.Priests, Shamans, Kings. Astronomy was known to many civilizations and observatories of varying kinds were build all over the globe, but only to predict the change of the seasons or for use in rituals. Because, what other interest in the sky could they have had?Most cultures do not have an end date, at least not the ones they teach us about. Or the info that is left out. They taught me the mayans were primative, bloodthirsty savages.not mathematicians, astrologers & religious.
We are supposed to believe, they had no sophisticated tools like we have today, they were just very, very good with copper and stone tools and had plenty of manpower to bring in. And the opposite view is, that civilizations spread out over the oceans and brought their culture along. They were masters of navigation and boatbuilding and shaped new civilizations wherever they set foot ashore.By those means, Egyptians and Americans created magnificent artwork, cut and worked the hardest and toughest stones and piled those extremely large and heavy rocks up into the sky. Wow I had a lot on my mind I know theres no answers cuz I asked no questions I just hope I made some sense.
Espumpin
No I made no sense I should re-read b4 I post but why do I see a link I am not able to explain.
Hi Espumpin!!! Welcome back… Your presence was sorely missed here!
Good to know your fresh perspective about 2012, i.e. improving the quality of your life… And as Leah said, that should be our endeavour every day that we live…
You made a lot of sense in your post there… Anyone with the right background and the “right frame of mind” will be able to tune into your thinking….
About Darwinism, its so frustrating why the scientific community is so rigid. There have been so many alternate theories, and many of them so plausible that they deserve more attention. British astronomer, Sir Fred Hoyle, proponent of the Modern Theory of Panspermia, mathematically dismissed the chance of Darwinian evolution being an actual occurrence, arguing that “even if the whole Universe consisted of organic soup … the chance of producing merely the basic enzymes of life by random processes without intelligent direction would be about 1 over a 1 with 40,000 zeros after it; a probability too small to imagine.” Hoyle concluded that “Darwinian evolution is most unlikely to get even one polypeptide sequence right, let alone the thousands on which living cells depend for survival.”
Given that there are trillions of different kinds of cells in the body, all in delicate balance with each other, each of these varied cellular structures would also have to develop by chance. In a Times-Advocate interview in December 1982, Hoyle declared that this mathematical impossibility is well known to scientists, yet nobody seems willing to “blow the whistle” on the absurdity of Darwinian theory. Hoyle claims “most scientists still cling to Darwinism because of its grip on the educational system,” and because they don’t want to be branded as “heretics.”
Others have “done the math” as well. British molecular biologist Francis Crick, who received the 1962 Nobel Prize for the discovery of the double helix structure of DNA, wondered if we weren’t from around here. After discovering the astonishingly huge and complex information storage capacity of the DNA molecule (humans have three billion coding letters in each nucleus), Crick could not imagine any conditions under which this information vehicle could have evolved from non-living chemicals. He argued that since the earth has too short a history for life to have developed here, it must have developed on another planet in a solar system several billion years older than ours.
Yeah, everything Ross says is true. Its what I’ve been saying all along only he’s a lot more patient and eloquent 😉
Ross my man the only place that I see that you go offline is in that pansperniatic theory about some mystical wholesale change on humanity.
It’ll more than likely be as it has been in the past that it’ll be an earth changing event with catastrophic results for mankind, again as in the past.
Don’t get me wrong. I said it already that it would be fantastic to have some kind of telepathic worldwide simultaneous revelation but but that seems a little to science fictionous or something.
More than likely something will happen that will kill off more than half the population on earth then again as in the past there will be some strange visitors with some great teachings and all that. Perhaps even some relocating some of our people to a more “heavenly” abode.
Some even say that Nibiru is a brown dwarf with like 6 or 7 planets and that this is how Nibiru gets its heat. Others have said that Nibiru has its heat from its core. All I know is that the SPT that you mentioned is set up to look best in the area that the IRAS satttelite was last looking at and it was a brown dwarf that was supposedly moving.
I don’t think it’ll be Nibiru on 2012 as according to the Sitchin books it shouldn’t be scheuled to come around until aound the year 2900 or something like that.
You’re also right about the Mayan saying the the calendar was a legacy from the gods just like the Sumerians said that everything they knew was taught to them by the gods.
Its obvious in this day and age that the Pyramids from the East and the Ziggurats and Pyramids and Temples of the Americas are related.
How can they not be?
I don’t know whats going to happen. There was so much destroyed in the Americas. Huge bonfires of writings. It was just insane.
Now the world has what I call abridged religion, a remnant of these earlier beings or civilization.
We can never rule out the probability that there have been discoveries that we are unaware of. In fact we must assume this.
Then you have to consider the technological explosion the world has experienced in the last 150 years.
So may of these conspiracy theories to consider. Is the government really already in contact with other beings?
There is no question that somethings going to happen on THE DATE.
I hope we all have superpowers on that date!!
Lets just wait and see.
“Time ain’t long as it has been”
-Rico-
Yes, i know about Thor Heyerdahl… The master of experimental archaeology.. He discovered the similarities of names in Norse mythology and geographic names in the Black Sea-region, e.g. Azov and æsir, Udi and Odin, Tyr and Turkey.
Then his “Long Ears” and “Short Ears” theory about Easter island…
His work in Peru, and his research about the Incan God – Kon-Tiki (Viracoccha) is also very impressive…
You will be pleased to know that his grandson Olav Heyderdahl is continuing his legacy. You should watch out for his work as well…
Hey Rico! How are you??
Just picking a few lines from your post above –
“Its obvious in this day and age that the Pyramids from the East and the Ziggurats and Pyramids and Temples of the Americas are related.
How can they not be?”
Very appropriate.. Specially the last line! Because even i feel like screaming at the top of my voice, grabbing some “Scientists” by the shoulders and shaking them hard and asking them ‘Why cant you see the things that are right in front of your eyes?”
The links that you talk about have been proven, and the proofs are there for all to see…
And about abridged religion, this is what Leah and i were discussing afew posts ago. When you have a single place where civilisation exploded, and then spread across the Globe, there is bound to be a lot of variations in the stories that each travelling group carries with it. So, most of the Global Religions are way off the mark, they have been abridged so much that the truth has absolutely disppeared…
Like you, even i believe that Something will happen on that date, but difficult to say what will happen…. And wont we all love to have Superpowers??!!
Someone proposed that 2012 will be the year when we reach the level of Thought=Manifestation..
Just imagine the possibilities with that!!
But who knows, because – “The future is not what it used to be!”
This is the Most logical explanation I have heard , good job. People who insult you just don’t have facts to back up their outlandish views and they know it.
Good Post!
I guess we will just have to see what happens …
ahhhhhhhhhhh omg!
No facts, just beliefs.
Hey Leah!
This is exactly the point… Remember, a few weeks ago, i touched the same concept with the example of a tribal kid seeing a Rocket launched for the first time………
And many years down the line, the things that we do not understand today, may become “Science” too….
Answers are available freely, we only need to ask the right questions!
And i agree with Ross about the “Powers of Human Consciousness” being the next big thing in Mainstream Science, but i would like to add that its not the “next” big thing. Experiments are already under way…. A huge amount of money and resources are being spent covertly for this kind of research…
In 1929 some historians found a map that was drawn on a gazelle skin. Research proved it was a genuine document drawn in 1519 by a Turkish admiral named Piri Reis. Piris high rank in the Turkish navy allowed him access to the imperial library in Constantinople, where he copied the map from its original source maps dating back to the fourth century BC.
what is interesting about all this is that the maps showed some interesting features that were not suppose to have been known at the time. The map showed the eastern coast of south America, western coast of Africa and the northern coast of Antarctica. Antarctica wasn’t discovered until 1880 but somehow they had known about it hundreds of years before. Thats not the crazy part though, the map showed the northern coast of Antarctica with astounding accuracy with exact matches to longitudes and latitudes that we have on our modern maps. The Piri Reis map also showed Antarctica without any ice! the ice on Antarctica is over a mile thick and the last time that it was free of ice was 4000bc or earlier. the person who made the source maps had to have traversed that region before 4000bc because surface feature details like rivers and valleys and separate mountain ranges were shown on the map. The U.S. government just found out these about these features less then 100 years ago with the ground penetrating radar technology. What this all means is that there were sophisticated mariners capable of making detailed maps of the entire globe. The mapmakers had somehow found a way to determine longitude on the earth to very precise increments, this was something not invented until the second half of the eighteenth century, because very accurate clocks are required. There is nothing in the traditional view of human history that can explain this map. This proves that technologically sophisticated human civilizations existed thousands of years before the dawn of what traditional historians consider to be the oldest civilizations, (Sumerians and Egyptians)
Dear Espumpin,
No smoke without fire. So many discoveries, such as the Piri Reis map, proove without question that the ancients were extremely sophisticated, and our present generations are only re-discovering what has been forgotten / lost. Nothing is invented by humans, they just come to understand what things are made of and how they function. Its all out there, whether we’ve discovered it or not.
Whether events take place on a 25,000 year cycle, necessitating a reboot of civilisation, or on a different cycle, its disconcerting to think that life on Earth is living a repetative scenario, that varies little from one cycle to the next. It is however the most probable status quo. The knowlege that we the masses, are lacking in is the knowlege that the ancients had, right at the end of their cycle.
However, after each cycle ends, we keep a little of the knowlege, through myths and, carvings etc, with which to get going again. So in that sense there is a little progress, even though its painfully slow.
Be well,
Leah
Why did you bother writing the lyrics of a song on here ??! as if thats going to sway anyones judgement on the issue.
So if everyone is so sure nothing is going to happen in 2012, are you saying that all this is coinncidence?? I dont see how so many people could have been saying and believing the same thing(end of world 2012) thousands of years ago on different sides of the planet!
Not saying i believe the world is going to end on that day but its still a hell of a coinncidence even if it doesnt.
anyone agree???????
Wow again, In 1953, a Turkish naval officer sent the Piri Reis map to the U.S. Navy Hydrographic Bureau. To evaluate it, M.I. Walters, the Chief Engineer of the Bureau, called for help Arlington H. Mallery, an authority on ancient maps, who had previously worked with him.After a long study, Mallery discovered the projection method used. To check out the accuracy of the map, he made a grid and transferred the Piri Reis map onto a globe: the map was totally accurate. He stated that the only way to draw map of such accuracy was the aerial surveying: but who, 6000 years ago, could have used airplanes to map the earth?? What rock have I been under? How can we prevent such knowledge from being lost again? Are we destined to simply be destroyed and the earth rebuild itself again, in another 25,000yrs will we be trying to figure this all out again?revelation13. net, go to the web site. Nostradamus’ quatrain 9:44, Kings james 6:12-6:14. I know its like i’m going from one subject to the other but i’m really not. Mallery has proved that the Piri Re’is map is plotted out in plane geometry, containing latitudes and longitudes at right angles in a traditional “grid”; yet it is obviously copied from an earlier map that was projected using spherical trigonometry! Not only did the early map makers know that the Earth was round, but they had knowledge of its true circumference to within 50 miles. Stuff like this reaffirms my ignorance, when you think you have learned all you can you realize you know nothing.I’ll try to stay more focused on one subject from now on.
Espumpin
Dear Ross,
You are right, much has been discovered very recently, under water, such as the old harbour at Alexandria, and Haifa – Israel.
Like wise in the Nile, Egypt. Archeology is going sub aqua, due to huge finds…..no doubt they will find much much more.
According to science, our solar system has travelled around the Milky way at least 5 times. However what science can’t tell us is how often do we align with the galactic plane, as in 2012. Does this alignment occur once, or more than once, during each complete circuit around the Milky Way ?
I respectfully suggest that alignment occurs many times, as the ancients attach importance to it, and
1. therefore must have either experienced alignment themselves, or
2. had experience of it handed down to them, from their ancestors.
3. if neither of the above, aliens must have informed them of the coming alignment.
modern humans have been around for at least 100,000 years. Seeing how much our population has grown since the time of Christ makes me wonder what happened in the past 100,000 years to act as a speed bump human population growth. Traditional views of history cannot explain this. Humans are a species with “amnesia” because after a disaster occurs, all efforts are put into survival rather then preserving information. so we will only resume recording history again once civilization has been reestablish. The human population could have been devastated as many as five times in the past and we wouldnt know it today. At the end of the last ice age sea levels were 400 feet lower then they are today, as we know from today, more then 50% of the human population lives within 50 miles of the coast. So whatever event triggered the end of the last ice age would had rose sea levels by 400 feet and completely drowned coastal cities. Remains of the civilization that preceded ours are likely all under water right now. that where we need to look to find out about our past, the ocean floor. In my nest post i think i ll get something going about the sphinx in Egypt.
Jack: im not saying nothing important will happen on 2012, and i cant stress this enough, i just don’t think it has to be the end of the world. The Mayans didn’t say it would be the end of the world only the end of “the age of masters and slaves” and the beginning of the “golden age”. the doomsday prophecies is more of a history channel thing. David wilcock believes the new age will be 100X more harmonious then the one were in now, moving from 3rd density to 4th density, which has a lot to do with human consciousness. I believe the change will have to do more with human mental capabilities then anything else, we will be freed from the system we have now that is basically slavery via the monetary system.
Ok, we are all alive, but I jumped the gun a bit….. The CERN issue was only them TESTING yesterday. They wont get to full power for quite some time.
BUT
This leaves a more scary thought. The German scientist who is quoted as to saying that this will bring about many small black holes, but the destruction of earth wont be overnight, but more of a 4 year period…. yada yada yada…… I was paraphrasing, but tried to get all the facts there from his quote.
Anyway…. The interesting thing. If you do the math from their predicted date of their first full power test and his saying up to 50 months for it to destroy the earth. It puts us ALMOST TO THE DAY of Dec 21st 2012.
Again, you know where I stand on this and biblical prophecy from my first post, but it makes things all the more interesting. Just not sure when Obama the anti christ will come to power in all this. 😀
I love reading this site! Keep it up, but keep it educational, philosophical or at the very least entertaining, just not insulting! G’day everyone. God Bless!!
btw….
BOOOOOOOOM!!!!!!
did I make anyone jump? lmbo
first of all, its not our choice or the solar sytems or the aztecs or whoever those freaks are. k. God is the only one that could do this. We all live in heaven, and this thing called “life” is a trip from home to experience negatitivty like this to enhance our knowledge. If god wants all of us back home, then hey id be more than happy to go home. im sick of it here, although i love my life. if this happens, then i guess it happens. if we stay then hey,ill get to have some kids.
LMAOO THE WORLDS NOT GONNA END PEOPLE LIKE TO BE SCARED
Okay, thank you SO much for writing this.
God’s probably laughing at us all for believing this crap.
I graduate that year so I was like OH HELL NO I HAVE A LIFE TO LIVE.
xD but again, thank you. this is just so reasonable.
Anyone who’s been reading this thread the last few days should watch this movie on youtube. “2012 the online movie” it has 13 parts but i promise you will be entertained. There will be no doomsday on 2012 and no planet x destruction. If you FEAR these events you are literally worshiping the Illuminati and everything evil. Control through fear, people in power have been doing this for ever. Where do you think the idea of hell came from? its purpose was to control the masses through fear. Evolution of consciousness is the only thing that is happening as i type this reply. humans have only two primal emotions, fear and love. Fear is the only thing that will gurantee that you will not survive 2012. Those in power do not want you to experience higher states of consciousness because they don’t want to loose their hold on you. Thats the reason the U.S. government has made marijuana and other mind altering substances illegal, Even though mature adults can enjoy the occasional use of the 100% natural plant marijuana in the safety of their own homes, it is still forbidden. This is because they want to suppress you. im not saying go do dugs. But i am saying DO NOT FEAR, ONLY LOVE. and if you don’t completely understand that now, hopefully you will one day. watch the video learn all about this.
leah: the alignment we will experience in 2012 happens once every 25,765 years.
2012 is real!
but the doomsday scenarios you hear about were put in place to control you through fear, and hide from you what is really important, expansion of your conciousness. Humans that are fearing 2012 or planet x will not be as susceptible to these changes in the field of conciousness as a person who is giving off the vibes of love. the powers that be know they will loose there hold on us if we loose fear.
I used to think if my mom and dad weren’t horney I wouldn’t be here. I used to believe that in the next primordial goo, our evolution will jump to the next level. That the fact there are impact craters under the ocean,kinda explains why the great flood occured. The fact that the sun is held and holds all of us in place because of gravity, I used to make the joke that if God made gravity he must of come in first place at his science fair. I was ignorant, I still am ignorant cuz for all I know i’ve discovered I know nothing. Now there is nothing I see,hear,taste,touch,etc…That I cannot ascribe that was not created as the one true God. With all the science, all the philosophy, math, current events, comics, sci-fi. i’ve learned nothing. When I read or hear others speak of God as they know him…………..I’m not sure where i’m going with this. Thanks for letting me rant, Oh yeah God is not laughing at us. If he believes we are ignorant he will forgive us. But once you eat from the fruit and can no longer claim ignorance then you will be held responsiable. I mean I don’t know any more than the rest of you, but I don’t want to die and then find out I missed out. If there is something to miss out. i’m not as confused as I sound. Hey Tom if your reading can you translate, or at least articulate my words. If you believe in the one true God, If righteousness and justice are within your heart. That is the common link each religous book has in common from sumner to isreal. Ok i’ll shut up now.
Espumpin
God is going to end the world and he wont tell us when it will end.
they said in 1800’s the world was going to end. it did not happen
Funny, I was thinking if anyone on the thread thought I had any smarts, it all went out the window if I talk about GOD.
The following quote is from Kyane West
I can talk about sex, drugs, lies and video tapes. but if I talk about God my record won’t get played. i’m sure it’ll take away from my spins (meaning his playing time on the radio)
Which’ll take away from my ends( meaning his $) But I hope take away from my sins, and bring the day that I dream about, Next time i’m in the club everyone is screaming out..Jesus walks with me.
Its a real song
E
i always enjoy facts, and some good ones here. I never have believed that the world would “end” on that specific day, but i think in the future we will look back at this period of life on Earth and notice some crazy shtuff took place. Oh and since when is it alright to call people idiots for believing something. (cough…the bible…cough, cough)
Leah,
The alignment was well known and documented by the ancients. The Mayan myths, Number Series and Codes reflect a Great Deal of Mathematical and Astronomical Knowledge which was highly advanced.
Many number series and codes of their myths seem to have been converted into their monuments. The word monument comes from Latin. Literally translated it means “warning”. In other words, the pyramids, the Sphinx and many other miraculous buildings from a distant past are standing here to warn us and arouse our curiosity, so that we start the search for the “why”.
In his book “The Orion Mystery”, Bauval proved that the pyramids were built according to the Orion constellation of 12,000 years ago. Its proven that the construction of the pyramids is related to the precession of the Orion constellation in 9792 BC ( The year of the previous catastrophe)
In those times the Sphinx was looking at its celestial counterpart. The last pole reversal took place in the age of the Lion. Therefore we are here confronted with a sky-earth dualism, a serious warning about what happened then and what is awaiting us now. Even worse, the precession of those days is identical to the one of 2012, the year of the next pole reversal.
This is not the only similarity. Venus meant everything for the Maya. Just like it did in 9792 BC, Venus will make in 2012 a perfect circular retrograde loop above the Orion constellation behind Gemini. In the Egyptian Book of the Dead this code is denoted as the movement that anticipates the end.
Here we have again an incredibly serious warning, because this year correlates with the end of the Maya calendar. In order to show their technically far-advanced civilization, the Maya temples are built in such a way that they exactly indicate the vernal equinoctial point. There is an irrefutable relation between their incredibly exact astronomical knowledge, which exceeds the present knowledge, and the construction of these temples.
The Dresden Codex concerns the sunspot cycle. A theory that our present astronomers do not know (yet)! You can discover this only by means of accurate observations of the sky, consistently carried out during thousands of years and with the help of a very high mathematical level.
How highly developed must this mathematical knowledge have been?
High, very high. Much higher than we thought up to now!
They were astronomers par excellence who had been following and recording the explosions on the sun during thousands and thousands of years, and found that when there is a big change in the magnetic field of the sun, the earth will turn upside down.
What does it really matter?Let people believe what they want to beileve without being called a sterotype.That is what is wrong with the world today,the people.The earth will end at some time and it will be GREAT.This world is messed up in every way and we will be the ones to destroy it by trying to make everything bigger and better.We the new generations are destroying it.I cannot wait till the day this world ends I hope the mayans are correct and it does end in 2012.I can get away from all the messed up political people and the constitution which means nothing.Everything means nothing.Take a look at this You cant sing the star spangled banner in some schools today because it says “god” in it.What happend to our freedom.? dont believe in god but I respect the people that do and that’s a disgrace toward them.In baseball their was a team that waer called “The Devil Rays”.Which recently had to change their name to”The Rays”Because the people who believe in god didnt like it.Wheres the freedom?We discriminate the gay people.Wheres the freedom?We are divided in some many ways and this country will not survive it.
And Espumpin Kanye is right with it just like my comment above.And its great you bring that up.
Dear Ross,
Early in this thread I had written about the age old Battle for Souls. Call it what you will.
A state of Fear represents Evil, and those without Fear, having Love and respect etc represent Consciouness / God.
There are those that rule by fear, hoping to keep their hold over people, but the Di were cast a long time ago, and the way in which anything begins, is the way in which it will end.
Rest assured Ross, if its one thing I’m not, is naiive.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Amit,
You have come full circle. No 2 cycles are identical, but yes, much will be very similar in 2012, and already is now. Unless we are also on the cusp of one of the great extinction cycles of which there are a known few…e.g. 62 million year cycle, a mass extinction level event is not on the cards, but cannot be discounted, and particularly not out of preference.
However, one must take into account what others are up to, e.g. underground safe havens, seed vaults, and gene banks, food stock piles…….WHY ? Even these actions could be due to human activity, such as war, and not linked to natural events, but the question still demands an answer.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Amit,
An interesting snipit for you. The Stein asteroid, diamond shaped with many craters, including a string of 7…….just like the crop circle in September on crop circle connector.
You might like to take a look at the research of Muller, re Nemesis theory.
Leah
Dear Espumpin,
Do I take it from your last post, that something makes you think the planet is going to cease to be, in the next 10 years ?
If that is the case, and it is out of the control of humans……whether its explained or not, living life as best one can is what is most important. But that is the point of life per se, to live it as best one can.
Be well,
Leah
very very interesting
Noboby has to answer if you don’t want to…..
This just an observation…………………..
If the world was gonna end 12/21/12, would you be able to explain to a 10yr old that this is for the best? How? Because there are evil ppl in the world? I dont have the answer, do any of you?
Dear Espumpin,
9/11 is indeed a cruel reminder that reminds me every time I have a birthday (9/11) how I’m alive and to be grateful, but sooo many died that day. So many since too, because of it.
I appologise to you if you think I used $10 words….not my intention.
Its a confusing world for many, especially with conflicting info being proliferated regularly. One science team says Global Warming, another says Ice Age is coming.
One thing we can be sure about is that, truth always finds a way in to the open……secrets cannot be kept forever……secrets love to be shared.
Be good to yourself,
Leah
I do not think the world is going to end in my life time.Or my kids. I’ve re-thought everything i’ve learn. ‘ve learned nothing. I mean everyone one here speaks with $10 words and puts them in use, not just throw them around. Yet what do we know about 2012? Nothing we all have theories but none of us here have facts. Should or shouldn’t I worry. Who am I to tell you or calm you any more than you can tell me. No disrepect & forgive my ignorance. But none here have time to waste. Not because of 2012, but cuz life is short. 9-11 is a cruel reminder. I know that I just rant without thought, so forgive me again. There are ppl willing to bring about some sort of armaggedon, revolution, anrchary, war. The same ppl would accept any G-D at that time to save their sorry a**es. I might be wasting my time…………………
Just as the Spaniards made a slaughter of the Indians in the name of Christ, whose Message was of love, so had the Aztecs fallen away from the similar teachings of Quetzalcoatl.
Quetzalcoatl’s message of love and wisdom is reflected in the following advice of an Aztec noble to his sons:
“Take great pains to make yourselves friends of God who is in all parts, and is invisible and impalpable, and it is meet that you give Him all your heart and body, and look that you be not proud in your heart, nor yet despair, nor be cowardly of spirit; but that you be humble in your heart and have hope in God. Be at peace with all, shame yourselves before none and to none be disrespectful; respect all, esteem all, defy no one, for no reason affront any person”
I will not even begin to pretend to have a clue, I have three little faces that ask me
“why” all the time. I feel, (to tell the ten year old), you must lead by example as Leah said
and be just and true to the extent of your ability.
Ask yourself what benifit the child(ren) will
have from the explaination, and, until we know “what’s up”, is the incomplete info. a bigger burden than they need at this time.
I am not saying to ignore it and maybe it will go away, however, when “what’s up” becomes more clear we will be better equipped to share that info. with them.
There are no guarantees, I may not see the next hour so to lose this day to fear of a 2012 event seems a poor example to set for my three little faces. Personally, I think something noteworthy will transpire. The “what” is yet to be distinguished and who is to say it has not already commenced.
If things allow us to continue we may look
back from 2015 and say “oh my, now I see, but back then …”
Thanks for this article. i didnt really understand it (im 10 years old) but ever since i found out about 2012 last year ive been so scared! i just wont b the same again until 2012 is past
hope this happen and im still here after to se the new world.. 😉
An apology is never needed. Plz, do not take my words out of content. I mean no harm and am the first to admit I am guilty of the crimes of man as well. I am no better than anyone else. no smarter or stronger. Did Albert Einstein know what supermans real name was? Even he didn’t know everything.I know I know I make no sense.
Espumpin
I agree there is a lot of hate and fear being spread in the world. We would all be better off to treat each other with more kindness, patience and understanding… which has thankfully been discussed.
I disagree with the original theory. I think there is some amazing science out there that tells a different story, not to mention most anthrolpogist and “scholors” on Mayan culture are wrong. Speak with their living elders and you will have a different understanding, not what some white guy saw and said, “This is how they must have lived….”
You’re not going to find the answers in a blog, or a doomsday website – search for the correlation between sunspot activity and major storms such as Katrina. Even the lack of sunspots (which is occurring now) and the mini ice age in the 16th century have a correlation. What of the “volcanic and earthquake unrest” happening at Yellowstone? What about the “horn of Africa” disappearing 37 foot long, 13 foot wide cracks have formed? What of the “massive crack” in the Greenland glacier… I could go on and on.
Our planet is changing. We need to change our consciousness with it. We need to educate ourselves and not be ignorant. Change is scary but it often brings wonderful things. I agree be prepared, be awake, be kind, live your life now because whether it’s 2012, 2030 or you get hit by a car on the street corner or go peacefully in your sleep. Life ends. We need to make the quality of living count, for everyone.
To the stillness of being –
Its all about
Little Kin
Forgive the prince for awaking rude
He heard footsteps near his head
Lady luck had made him proud
When he spends his stays in bed
Making love to the victories
Wives just paying for his head (?)
Today will outlive yesterday
As long as someone breaks the bread
He’s his mamma’s pride
He’s his daddy’s last heartbreak
Well the sunrise in the kingdom
Chicken’s swooned to hear the man (?)
Some find their way onto the paintings
Others calling to the frying pan
And the farmer’s wife wakes him with smiles,
tender budging hands
Meat and wine for all as long as someone breaks the land
Meat and wine for all. long as someone breaks the land
He’s got his mamma’s eyes
He’s got his daddy’s younger hands
Sunset makes the shadows longer
But the tavern in the valley glows
Stars fly on the forest, hell,
There’s a prince hanging out the window
The farmer’s daughter rubs his neck
Her hands are strong from serving rum
Today gonna outlive yesterday
Tonight gonna outlive yesterday
Tonight might make for kingdoms to come…
Kingdoms yet to come
Kingdoms yet to come
i do believe thi could happen
but u never know the could just be guessing or lying yet it true we don’t know weather the world will come to a end tomorrow no one knows
and if it dose then oh well there is nothing we can do about it
but live our lives wile we steel have them
it like they said be o they said the would was going to come to a end on 2000 yet we are steel here
they could be wrong they could be right
u can believe them
u might not believe them
that your prob.
your even lucky they tell u what they know
any way i dont care its not like i can do anything about t so i might as well do what i think i should do
cause thats me
wow i just want to say thanks!
at a young age I am always thought to believe what I hear in school and what I hear in the media but I just want to congradulate you on this truely beautifully written piece. I realize that even though I won’t feel better untill this day passes, reading this will help me sleep better. haha
Like some peope have said, if it happens, it happens. There’s no reason to fight it. No reason to be scared. I find myself to be a hypocrit for saying that even though it is my duty as a human to be scared. If we all do go and we find that the end of this calendar means the end of life (I really hate that this is the reason we’re scared) I hope that I’m with those that I love and that it doesn’t hurt! hehe
Thanks so much for restoring reason and fact into my eyes
I can’t wait for December 22nd! DUDE! I’ll be almost 23!
i lied
i’ll be almost 21!
if this happens
i’ll be wicked P.OED
NO ALCHOL FOR ME!
haha
Ian, for my sake
please be right
=0]
Sorry for reposting
What will happen in 2012: We will realize how much time we’ve spent being scared and unable to see what we are doing to our mother Earth. We will bond together and we will start the New Revolution. It’s time for change
I am no longer scared of 2012. I can’t wait to live a happier life.
love and peace
It’s funny bringing up the piri reis map and the wondering about the location of the lost ancient civilization.
It’s been theorized that the location of the main city of these ancients was antartica.
There was a time just before the end of the last ice age I think, that the land there was lush and green with mountains and rivers.
When the flood occured the ones that got away went to different areas and established civilizations.
This is all good and fine its obvious that there was a race of beings that were far more advanced than man, a race that was here before cro magnan man. A race that has reportedly intermingled with actual humanity and thereby changing his DNA.
Some have called these beings gods. It has been written that they came from above. In fact their name in the very early Sumerian Cuniform language: Anunnaki literally means “Those who came from the heavens”
These guys get the credit for everything. The Giza pyramids, the buildings at Tiutihuacan, all the Aztec stuff, all the Mayan stuff, all the Egyptian stuff. In fact even anything the has to do with civilization. These guys started it.
My point is. Who the hell were they!!!
Should we worship these guys? I mean, any of them?
Even Yahweh is involved in that mess. Enlil, Enki, Marduk, etc.
Sometimes when I look at my dog I think about early prehistorc man being exposed to these guys and I feel that the way I feel about my dog was basically what man meant to these guys.
Any story I read, it’s not about love for man. It’s not about creating man for the sake of creating a new creature just so it can enjoy an existance. Its about worship. All of it.
Any god wants worship. Its insane. Frankly I’d find it very hard to worship any god at this point. Very hard. I go to church and I listen to the pastor preach an erroneous sermon. Always mixing up passages to create some message that wasn’t even part of the sciptures. Its almost funny if it wasn’t so real.
So yeah, I believe in the calendar. I believe that it, and all the astronomical data that you find applied to the way the pyramids at Giza are alligned. The fact they represent 3 stars in Orions belt. The fact that some kind of Pi was involved in their creation. The fact that the great pyramid and the Sphinx are probably from 11,000 BC.
Whoever these guys were they knew the stars. I think its safe to assume that there are only two ways to acquire this knowledge aside from inheriting it. You either had to be watching the stars for thousands of years or had actual access to the skies in which they shine.
When we read the book of the dead and other Egyptian, Sumerian, Akkadian, or any of these ancient pre historic texts we shouldn’t be so quick to reject what they say as mythology. Its like finding a written history of a place so bizzare that you think maybe its a script for a theatre play.
You know what? We’re in trouble. I hope that these people are right and that some cosmic event will change us in a way that we see beyond the limits imposed on us.
Just for the record. I have never in my life seen a random calendar. Its always a planned calendar. You don’t see a calendar that starts in June of 1997 and ends like on february of 2003.
Its always for a logical fixed period of time. What would make anyone deduct that the Mayan calendar is just a calendar? Makes no sense.
But like I said. Theres a theory that the fabled atlantis or whatever city it was that housed this extraordinary civilization was probably on antartica and is now buried under all that ice.
The Oceans have been mapped. No cities under there.
We really have to give some credence to the space travelers though. Too may documented descriptions of technology independently corroborated. Just with the story of Elijah being taken to heaven and the Vedas alone you see what I’m saying.
In all the mythology they have flying craft. Some stories describe flights beyond our atmosphere.
The sad thing is that we’re made in the image of an imperfect being so we’re imperfect. And when these guys left men in charge of men. Well, theres your history right there.
Sorry I ranted. Just having some thoughts.
You guys are so c00l for listening to my crap.
Thanks,
-R-
I don’t believe for one second that this world will end in 2012…there have been so many predictions and so much “scientific proof” in the past and the world seems pretty much intact to me. All these morons are doing with their ridiculous blogs is scaring people…they’re causing people unecessary worry that is possibly inhibiting them from going on with their daily lives. I think this is all ridiculous…and if you believe the world is going to end in 2012 then why are you wasting your precious last few years obsessing over it!! would you rather die along with everyone else on 12.21.2012 saying …”im glad i knew this would happen, i’ve accomplished so many things because i expected this”…or “gee, i wasted the last 3 years of my life before the appocolypse writing on blogs about it…” All i know is that if i believed this world was going to end in 2012 i’d probably be climbing everest or skydiving right now. I will say however, if i wake up on 12.21.2012 and the world is ending outsde my window, i will make it my dying duty to log on and post a message on this blog to apologize to all of you brainwashed idiots. 🙂
Funny how “the world will not end 2012”, is the excuse for so many to NOT do so many things.
Each of our worlds will end as we know it. Too many avoid facing their own mortality until little or no timeand strength is left. Putting off such activities as climbing, sky diving, etc, because the world won’t end in 2012, is nonsense, and old age is not the time to start doing dangerous sports and activities.
There is no present /now. Each second is fleeting and becomes the past in the blink of an eye, as time stops for no one.
Ricco, well put. You are the man. I wish I had your prespective. I normally rant you were very articulate. When the age of Aquarius
comes in it will bring change. In the mahabratta the grandfather of all the gods who is often discribed as being aloof & unworried about the affairs of man, will be in power at the time.To quote R “When we read the book of the dead and other Egyptian, Sumerian, Akkadian, or any of these ancient pre historic texts we shouldn’t be so quick to reject what they say as mythology. Its like finding a written history of a place so bizzare that you think maybe its a script for a theatre play” I gues you didnt want to get ppl started by adding the bible,torah,quran etc…to that list. I firmly believe in a one true God. Conan the barbarian had a god named crom who didnt give a s**t about him. Crom would only help them who helped themselevs first. No worshipping or sacrifices no committment or loyality needed. Cuz if crom was busy you were a**ed out, so you’d better be able to handle the situation you placed yourself in. I wish our gods were more upfront like that. See this is ranting and me shutting up. I had a point when I statred I just am not able remember it. Remember keep an open mind about everything. I do agree with Leah go skydviving before you grow old, not because you might die.
Espumpin
Funny I just read this, for all the ppl who think we’re wasting our time about 2012.
Walter L Wagner and his fellow Hawaiian Luis Sancho, according to a report on MSNBC, filed suit in the Hawaii federal court last Friday. The men are worried about one of several planet-busting physicists’ nightmares being unleashed in the LHC’s bowels deep beneath the Franco-Swiss countryside. (According to Wagner’s website, as of publication, the LHC is located “near Generva, Switzerland”.)Firstly Wagner is concerned that careless atom boffins might slip up and create a miniature black hole. This would then suck in surrounding mass, gaining unstoppably in size and power in a runaway process until it had engulfed the entire Earth and packed it down inside its swelling, unescapable event horizon.
Everyone is worried about something.
E
good morning, friends of this thread!!! my “comment box” mysteriously reappeared this morning… WOO HOO!!!! THANK YOU ALL so very much, once again, for all the wonderful thoughts and insights you have presented over the past few weeks…it makes my little heart take wing and fly…though i have not been able to post, i have been reading–rereading–watching, learning SO VERY MUCH, and finding new understandings, for which i am so very grateful—THANK YOU ONE AND ALL!!!!
leah—you are absolutely the best– a belated, but very happy birthday wish!!! ross, welcome–amit, as always, i am in awe of you–rico, espumpin, just -a -thought—you guys are so instrumental for me!!! fozenstar—thank you for sharing your words…this is not designed to exclude anyone…thank you ALL for posting…
i don’t really have any new ideas or insights..once again, you all have covered the bases so very well…but i did have a couple thoughts…we are all so very blessed to be living in these times…in spite of all the trials and tribulations, how lucky are we that we are witness to such a crucial time in our history???? how lucky are we that we can wonder, and debate, and help each other through rough times??? how lucky are we that we can hold each others’ hands, with comfort, guidance and understanding, and say “everything will be okay”???
ross made reference to david wilcock, and evolving from the 3rd dimension to the 4th… i LOVE the concept of evolving…how can we help but not???? i read a book called “the celestine prophecy” a few years ago…i do not know who the author was, but i remember thinking how HARD the journey was for those people, and in the end, that journey was absolutely necessary in order for them to survive, and ultimately evolve to the next dimension…i now see the parallels…and these times are truly the necessary evils in order to make that transformation….
i also sometimes wonder if there is not a “war of all wars” going on in another dimension…this war is a war between good and evil and is designed to clear the way for our transformation…will the outcome be be good or evil??? and are we feeling the effects of that war in our every day lives, only we do not recognize it as such because we cannot see it??? perhaps it is a battle being fought for our immortal souls??? i know this sounds preposterous, but sometimes when i see a beautiful red sunset, or clusters of bird feathers laying on the ground, i wonder if the bloodbath produced another fallen angel????
and NO, I’M NOT ON DRUGS!!! wondering about such big things helps me focus on the little things—and reminds me of all the things that are of value and importance in my own personal life…
just-a-thought, my heart turned to mush when you mentioned your “three little faces” asking you why…it brought back many fond memories of my mom…under the guardianship of loving, watchful eyes, she would say “why not?” instead of “why me”–“why not me?” it helped me look at things from an entirely different perspective…though i did not understand what she was trying to do back then–i certainly understand now…and i can only thank her for it…i wish you well as you guide and teach those three little faces of your own…
back to the big picture–i can only say that we still have a long ways to go…we are experimenting (LHC/CERN, remote thinking and thought manifestation), we are watching (SPT and nibiru), we are discovering (the piri reis maps, and what’s under the ocean?)…as amit reinforced, we need to keep asking all the right questions…and as leah guides and watches over us all, the truth is out there…secrets cannot be kept secrets for very long…
i don’t know about you all, but i am so very grateful to be a part of all this!!! please be relentless in finding your own way, and getting all your questions answered…and remember all the things that got you where you are…it our pasts that has made us who and what we are today…
my best wishes and gratitude to you all…
becky
this is all bull y b/c how can the world end in december 21 2012 look in USA is december 21 and in chinais december 22 that dosen’t make sense wat r they going to be witing for us or something!!! plus if god wants the world to end right now he could!!!! and it could happen!!! =(
will 2012 become a doomsday will we have to worrie yes or no and why or why not will will have werid side effects and if so will would it be if you can think of it
Alright, to all the skeptics out there, I must say one thing that there is some truth to the doomsday of 2012. May be its not going to be the end of the world but astronomically and geologically something major will happen. So check this out just to be informed.
http://www.polereversal.com/
First of all I wanna say hello to the regulars here. You know who you are.
When you see people like Jacky posting like that, you can feel her fear in her words. You have to feel sorry for people like this. Its sad but true. These are the people that when they were kids and you were playing checkers with them, when you’re winning they flip the whole board over in frustration.
The thing is that to us, this is a normal blog about something that interests us. Some people just bump into this blog on the run and since you dont have to create a PW or anything they stop by, read a little, get scared, then they feel they must insult us for scaring the crap out of them.
Its 3 years away, wait until the movie comes out and we get closer to the date. Any earthquake will become a sign. Its gonna get hairy.
See Jackie, you are the reason that our governement wouldn’t tell us if anything was coming. Right away you wanna have your fun. Well there are some just like you but their fun would be raping you in the streets because guess what? Its over anyway.
You have to maintain some perspective.
The fact is that what these people don’t understand is that they are the “brainwashed idiots”. All of them, the whole lot.
They all believe that if you’re a good little boy or girl Santas gonna bring you that bike or that Barbie!!
You can play with the Pharoes as they also believed in Santa. Some even saved their toys for when they return.
The best thing about being a man as opposed to being a god or a Son of God. Is our mortality. Embrace it.
May some of you survive the event and in the coming age may you meet our visitors and may they bless you with access to the tree of long life.
That is the best adventure I can wish for any of us.
In the meantime, lets eat, drink, smoke ;-). and be merry and keep posting!! Its fun!!
-Rico-
There was another map of antartica that showed details with no ice.
The Oronteus Finaeus map.
There are some places there that the temperature reaches -89 degrees celsius. Its totally uninhabitable. Its very feasible that under all that ice there is something.
They used this in the Alien VS Predator. The first movie. There was that pyramid under the ice that had all of the ancient languages written on it. It was just a movie but this was a very good point.
Sleep well people.
-R-
Hello to the Regulars (Picked that from you Rico 😉 …..) !!!!! Nice to way to include everyone quite personally without fear of excluding anyone!
You put it together very well…..
Dear Becky, welcome back!!! You are always like a breath of fresh air on this thread…… And you are right, we should be glad that we all are in touch through this thread and discussing such great mysteries in detail… And when our kids (Our someone else) discusses this with us, we will be in a better position than people who just have 1 sentence “Nothing will happen in 2012”, or “The world will end in 2012″….
We atleast have some knowledge to back our beliefs…
And those who say that we are scare-mongering and stopping people from getting on with their life should think again.. Because such people like to get scared and will find ways to scare themselves witless….
9/11 happened, it was bad.. But did people stop going to work in their High Rise Offices?? There are people who think that they are very safe and nothing can happen to them. On the other hand, there are people who discuss issues like Terrorism while carrying on with their normal life.. Does it make them scare-mongers?? Who is more foolish here?? The people who belive they are sacrosanct??
And why do the people like us get branded as Scare-mongers?? Just because the history we are relying on is ancient? Why should we only believe in recent history?
There were 5 Bomb Blasts in my city on Saturday… I could have been there at that time.. Fortunately i wan’t there… But knowing that thsi couldhappen will make me more careful, i will avoid crowded markets, but i will not stop going out altogether…. And isn’t it the right thing to do?? But when we follow the same logic with 2012, why are we called “Brainwashed Idiots” ?
I guess i am just ranting…. But i hope the essence of my mesage is clear….. Atleast to my friends here…..
Rico, you made a very good reference to AVP….. There is always a bit of fact behind fiction…..
🙂
And about signs, are we not close enough to already see the world changing? But i guess some people need clearer signs, and the signs are only going to get Loud and Clear from here onwards….
And we will still Eat, Drink and be Merry…. As individuals we know that life is not everlasting, and when one person dies, its the End Of World for him/her… Why should we be bothered if that end is near… Let it be… We will enjoy our life and we will try to find out some truth by the side…. And to hell with the “Hit & Run” people who come to this thread!!
Dear Leah,
Thanks for providing reference to Stein Asteroid and Nemesis Theory… I will surely look it up and share my views with you..
Its always nice to have some new stuff to research and come across new facts which sometimes can be nicely threaded to existing ones….
Its like a Big Jigsaw, where we know that all the pieces are surely going to fit in together.. But we dont know exactly where and how….We have fit some of the pieces in the correct place and time will put the rest of them in their place too……..
Hi Espumpin,
You have pointed out just how little has to happen to change the worlds of so many people. I’m sure the employees at Lehman Bros feel like their worlds have been turned upside down, by losing their jobs so abruptly, and having little hope of getting other jobs in the banking industry……cos the whole sector is in deep sh-t.
Dear Amit,
Good that you are safe…..no doubt there were casulties. Such extemist behaviour never solved any problems.
Be well,
Leah
am astonished by all that i read well .the will of the LORD be done and may the ALMIGHTY GOD HAVE MERCY ON US THAT DAY IF IT RAELY IS.
This may be off subject for now but can you find what i’m trying to get at,Lehman Brothers, burdened by $60 billion in soured real-estate holdings, said it is filing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy after attempts to rescue the 158-year-old firm failed. Its businesses in Britain were already placed in administration, said the administrator, accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers, and employees carrying boxes and bags were walking out of Lehman’s London offices.
Bank of America Corp. said it is snapping up Merrill Lynch & Co. Inc. in a $50 billion all-stock transaction.The demise of the independent Wall Street institutions came as shock waves from the 14-month-old credit crisis roiled the U.S. financial system six months after the collapse of Bear Stearns.
The world’s largest insurance company, American International Group Inc., also was forced into a restructuring.And a global consortium of banks, working with government officials in New York, announced a $70 billion pool of funds to lend to troubled financial companies.These are the words of a Canadian advocate for the creation of a new currency for North American
countries. His theories seem to lead the pack of similar philosophers and economists.In a foreword for Grubel’s study on the prospect, Gordon Gibson characterizes the situation as such:
“Most fundamentally however, Mr. Grubel makes the sensible observation that “sovereignty is not infinitely valuable.” Every nation in the world, even the mighty United States, has traded off elements of sovereignty to multi-national associations such as the WTO, NAFTA, and the United
Nations. Canada has been in the forefront of encouraging every such development–a natural policy for a middle power.”
For a “middle power” whose economy is weak and exchange rate declining steadily, such a maneuver may be in the best interest. This is not the case when the strongest economy in the world, the United
States of America, considers diluting its monetary system with Mexico, a third world, “developing” nation
and Canada, a second socialist nation on our two land borders.The Security and Prosperity Partnership between Canada, Mexico and the U.S. is underway at this
moment. Why such a massive international cooperative trade program has not been promoted by our government, may seem a mystery. It is touted as an arrangement to “increase security and enhance
prosperity” through “greater cooperation and information sharing.”Why so little fanfare if it’s such a great thing? When studied, the program appears to be the United
States’ official launch into socialism, recognizing the common thread, “the rich get richer.”A strategic goal of the SPP is to ease restrictions on transport of goods. The U.S. being the primary consumer within the union, it is no mystery who the “goods” are headed for. The SPP intends to diminish, or eliminate, security at U.S. borders, preferring a “perimeter” around the three nations
The “program” was supposedly launched in March of 2005. The U.S. Department of Commerce describes it as a “White House-driven initiative” and goes on to claim “The SPP recognizes that our three great nations are bound by a shared belief in freedom, economic opportunity, and strong democratic institutions.”It is critical to note, the information presented on this site is not conspiracy theory, shock journalism or
speculation. The SPP is an international work-in-progress that the U.S. State Department and Department of Commerce have embarked on without the consent or oversight of the U.S. Senate or
Congress. They are going to start another great depression here in america, lou Dobbs almost got fired from CNN for reporting this. You-tube it. Like it has been said time and time again this site is for more than 2012 there are catstrophies, world changing, etc.. events going on as we eat our lunch. This is what Titor spoke about as well. Ok I think I got that out of my system for now. Oh there is also a African & Asiain Unions that want their currency as strong as the Euro. Thanks for letting me rant.
Espumpin
good morning–all—i promise to keep this brief…amit!!! SO-SO glad you are safe and sound…another blessing MUST be acknowledged here…i, for one, have NEVER lived in the environment where bombings were a part of my everyday life…quite, frankly, i cannot even begin to imagine what that must be like…thank you for sharing that with us all…my thoughts are with you, as are my hopes and best wishes for your continued safety…sending lots of “good mojo” your way!!!!!
just a small second thought—knowledge is a powerful thing–a little knowledge is scary !!!!…you know what they say about your fears????? if you worry about them, dwell on them and nurture them, you will draw them to you–eventually they will have to be faced…
so–no worries–no fears…most the stuff we “worry” about, never happens anyway—it always works itself out—always for the best…even when it’s NOT the way we think it should be…
same thing on this thread…everything will be okay!!!!!
best wishes to you all…please enjoy your days!!!!
Dear All,
I’m so glad that I came to this thread. i started from the start and read every blog.
Thank You
I’m not as full of fear as I once was. There was more information here then any one can ask for. I even went to web sights that were givin for more infor.
Everyone have a blessed day!
Dawn
Would you agree that there is a ambiguity to this thread,site,page,forum…. in the sense of the word where everything is open to interpreations from whom ever is reading. You know what a blind person can see? A persons soul, let me explain. When you or I see a person we know or dont know, whether you admit it or not, looks come into play first. If you want to be seen with that person in public, or want to carry on a conversation or relationship. A blind person can tell if your a good person or an a**hole, cuz they know your vibe. The mintue you open your mouth you change the mood for a blind person. In a good way or bad. Just like you can see a certain person has posted a blogg, you either feel ” I wish this person would go away” or ” i can’t wait to read what they said this time” and without knowing what the other person looks like you have a preset judgement. From the vibe they have brought around you before. Has anyone ever read the Testament of Solomon? Amit said “Its like a Big Jigsaw, where we know that all the pieces are surely going to fit in together.. But we dont know exactly where and how….We have fit some of the pieces in the correct place and time will put the rest of them in their place too……..”
It makes me wonder where I fit. Will or contrubitions to thread effect someone else’s life? In a good way a bad way. What if this thread unknowinly sets things in motion? I’m ignorant right? LOL. I had a dream the other day that was very vivid. A angel for lack of a better word. I tried to start the sentence differently but the “guy” I was walking with it wasn’t like he had wings or a halo, but you could tell you didn’t want to f**k with him. Like wolverine from the comics sure hes a good guy but you don’t want to me with him. anyway my point is what I remember the most was “he” told me, that i’ve been saying the Lord’s Prayer wrong my whole life. It wasn’t my fault I simply wasn’t taught the right way. I felt like I had let someone down even though I wasn’t treated like that. I woke up and went to the computer maybe I had this on my mind…………From the point of Light within the Mind of GodLet light stream forth into the minds of Humanity.Let Light descend on Earth.From the point of Love within the Heart of God Let love stream forth into the hearts of his children.May Christ return to Earth.From the centre where the Will of God is known Let purpose guide the little wills of Humanity – The purpose which the Masters know and serve. From the centre which we call the race of Humans. Let the Plan of Love and Light work out. And may it seal the door where evil dwells.Let Light and Love and Power restore the Plan on Earth
Boy i’ve been talking alot lately. This may have taken you 5min to read put it took me 35min of writing and re-writing. Hope I added and just didn’t add.
Espumpin
Hm. I’m supposed to grauduate in 2012. Wow.
Just kidding!
Thanks for explaining all of this nonsense. People really need to calm down.
Dear Leah & Becky, Thanks for all your Good Wishes…
Guess all of us in New Delhi would need a lot of blessings and luck in the days to come. Because a new militant group has infiltrated deep inside Delhi and their mastermind is a very sharp and cunning guy, they are calling him “India’s Osama” ….. I fear that the serial blasts of Saturday was just the begining….
If this is what the world is coming to, then bring it on!!! We are not afraid! Whats the most they can do, kill us? The spirit of humanity will never die…….
And as Espumpn said –
“Let the Plan of Love and Light work out. And may it seal the door where evil dwells.Let Light and Love and Power restore the Plan on Earth.”
We can only hope and pray…….
Hi Dawn,
Welcome to the thread.. Glad that you could take the time to read through all of the posts before jumping to conclusions…
We are still trying to contribute more information here, so it would be a good idea to check back time and again. And you should also share your views with us..
We have various people with different perspectives on this thread, as you must have noticed..
Anything can be viewed from “n” number of perspectives, and the higher the value of “n”, the better it is , for all of us!!
you-tube Alex Collier viedo # 8. and keep an open mind plz.
all you are focusing on in the mayan calander your forgetting the countless oracles that predicted it and the i ching did to
Arthur C. Clark…..Rama series of books….similar to the ship that Alex Collier describes on You Tube.
2001 Space Odessey….obelisk, bringer of info or DNA ?….also Arthur C. Clark.
Doesn’t matter which way this is pushed or pulled……we never were in Kansas….as per Wizard of Oz.
Hey E,
Just back from you-tube Alex Collier viedo # 8. Wow man, it struck me as listened
that the elite in the world are imposing the very things Alex is saying. We have to be free
and take back our freedom of thought and choice while maintaining or reinstating accountability.
Apathy? Or is it the comfort zone of plausable deniability?
An issue that concerns me is the desensitizing of ourselves where we just accept that violence is a way of life. It seems
that respect is becoming a moot point.
There are some of us who (unwillingly) have witnessed this first hand.
If you think this is not a problem that affects you, be sure, it will.
Thomas Dye, a political scientist, and his students have been studying the upper echelons of leadership in America since 1972. These “top positions” encompassed the posts with the authority to run programs and activities of major political, economic, legal, educational, cultural, scientific, and civic institutions. The occupants of these offices, Dye’s investigators found, control half of the nation’s industrial, communications, transportation, and banking assets, and two-thirds of all insurance assets. In addition, they direct about 40 percent of the resources of private foundations and 50 percent of university endowments. Furthermore, less than 250 people hold the most influential posts in the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the federal government, while approximately 200 men and women run the three major television networks and most of the national newspaper chains.
Facts like these, which have been duplicated in countless other studies, suggest to many observers that power in the United States is concentrated in the hands of a single power elite. Scores of versions of this idea exist, probably one for each person who holds it, but they all interpret government and politics very differently than pluralists. Instead of seeing hundreds of competing groups hammering out policy, the elite model perceives a pyramid of power. At the top, a tiny elite makes all of the most important decisions for everyone below. A relatively small middle level consists of the types of individuals one normally thinks of when discussing American government: senators, representatives, mayors, governors, judges, lobbyists, and party leaders. The masses occupy the bottom. They are the average men and women in the country who are powerless to hold the top level accountable.
According to C. Wright Mills, among the best known power-elite theorists, the governing elite in the United States draws its members from three areas: (1) the highest political leaders including the president and a handful of key cabinet members and close advisers; (2) major corporate owners and directors; and (3) high-ranking military officers.
Power groups and people with money are conspiring with the power elite to decide the direction of the country.
It is a joke when grassroots community movements mobilize to be heard in the political forum, and when certain celebrities are profiled to lead voting crusades. Many people say that the efforts does make a difference and that we should continue to participate in the political system. However, many others who do not take part in the political process of America believe it is a waste of time and may be closer to the truth than the former. It may make a difference at the local level, but not overall.
The way to survive in American society is to construct a social paradigm in one’s own mind as to what life should be like and then pursue that life. In other words, abide by the immediate laws of the system while at the same time living life the way it should be lived by the laws and rules of true justice and democracy.
Hi Ian (Author of the Article),
I just want to congratulate you on your wedding…
Wish you a happy and harmonius married life!!!
Just because you are not paranoid does not mean that someones not out to get you.
ted to this
testing?
John Titors name keeps resurfacing, some of what was said seems to have some
merit and appears might not be all that whacked.
Im not able to submitt my blogg, why?
Do they give lessons in the Spanadian?
From the outside it looks like the elite would like to a see north america with one govt., one money and do away with Canada, mexico as well as the U.S. to make one big happy family.
Hey E. I can read you.
Bear with me I have to send this in parts.
We kinda’ think you have ’bout four years.
Good One, just a thought!! :))
I’m extremely glad that this article was made. It really makes me feel a lot easier about 2012 approaching us. However, I think another article should be typed about other theories. The one that’s got me going is a doomsday from our own inventions kind of thing. If you watch this movie, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pMcfrLYDm2U, which was supposed to be an information video for a school not a doomsday prophecy! So don’t get me wrong there, but if you watch it, it will give you an idea to how fast our world and it’s technology is changing. It’s got some cool facts in it, but if you think about it in a whole, it can actually be quite alarming. It mentions a predicted date in which a computer will be stronger than the human brain, that’s a creepy thought. And with all the stories like Terminator about an Artificial Intellegence taking over the world, it starts to scare me. They also said that by 2050, if we survive that long of course, there will be $1000 computers, that are more powerful than the entire human race put together… That really just scares the crud out me. I wouldn’t want to be around something that smart, would you? So, I’m not saying the world will end, but if another article could be written giving reasons why this theory and any others that you missed in this article, are completely rubbish, it would really ease my thoughts you know?
How about some
‘Chilly Water’
In the easy chair with my boots on
Melted whiskey in my hand
I couldn’t have been asleep for more than three hours
Time to go to work again
Once more I beat the sunrise
And there’s a dark breeze at my door
Raise the water from the well up to my face
How could a man like me be poor?
As long as there’s water
Chilly wet water
Gimme some of that cool water
Well, my horse’s eyes are glassy
He breathed the city in his lungs last night
I lead his natural body
To the trough to regain his might
Red rooster crow them blues here
That Old Blue he round the bull
And the mornin’s crying rays of sunrise
It hasn’t rained for three weeks full
As long as there’s water
Chilly well water
Gimme some of that cool, cool water
Venus light is rising
I lay my buckets inside the shed
And there’s a man I see – a stranger
Leaning on the gate outside my fence
Said “I’m riding out from the city
Where they started holding water back last night
I was hoping I could get a drink from your well
Before I ride on to another city tonight”
Before I ride on to another city tonight
Before I ride on to another city tonight
Chilly well, chilly well water
Cool well, chilly well water
Before I ride on
And that should educate a few of you!
amit–you are right on the mark about the “pyramid structure” here in the united states…and it could not be any more obvious when you look at the collapses of all these gigantic financial and insurance institutions that has happened on wall street and in the stock market this week…the government stepped in and bailed out AIG…they called it “a loan”—but AIG will never find the trillions of dollars it needs to pay it back—so basicly, now our government owns another one…is it just me, or does this sound a little bit like “old russia”(everything is becoming government owned)…this is just one of those gigantic corporations that had so much money, “it could not fail”????? but it did–and now the government owns it , too…these “power plays” have just about brought the working class in the united states to its knees…sure, it will eventually smooth out, but after the smoke clears, the government, or foreign gvernments, will own every aspect of our lives…from our home mortgages…insurance..retirement plans, —just about every detail of our personal financial lives as we now know it to be true…was this by accident or by design?????
forgive me, but i do not think this was an accident…there is still a higher trump card–or a “check mate” yet to be played–and many–so very many, will be left sitting in ruins…these are interesting and trying times–to say the least…
good luck, and best wishes to you all…i am still looking for that “cloud witha silver lining”…i know there is one out there somewhere…
“To sin in silence when one should protest, makes cowards out of men” Sir Oscar Wilde.
How about, is there a limit to how much money the Fed can create to fund itself? The New York Times reports that the Federal Reserve has less reserves. Specifically, a year ago it had $800 billion in reserves and that number is down 63% to $300 billion. The other $500 billion is “encumbered” — that’s a nice way of saying that instead of being invested in “safe” Treasury bills, the Fed owns the assets of AIG $29 billion worth of grubby former Bear Stearns collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and the like through a little something it calls “Maiden Lane LLC”, and tens of billions worth of the same from Lehman Bros, Holding and a bunch of other banks like what they are doing to WAMU. In another troubling sign of U.S. financial institutions’ fiscal health, the FDIC shutters two more regional banks, 1st National Bank of Nevada and First Heritage Bank. Owned by Scottsdale, Ariz.-based First National Bank Holding Co., the 28 locations are scheduled to reopen on Monday as Mutual of Omaha Bank branches. They are going to do this till they can introduce the Amero as our savior. When they have the Americians in another depression I watched Freedom to Facism, boy I thought I was ignorant. I’ve come to realize that if you had good information from a source you trusted and that source told you that there was going to be a war that the masses will be inslaved. You and some of your family may be free but the majority will not be. Would you tell anyone? Would you try to fight the power? (so to speak). Would you say better them then you? would you just go about your life intill it effects you? “To sin in silence when one should protest, makes cowards out of men” Sir Oscar Wilde-1877.
This is all tied into the North American,Euro,Asian & Africian unions the one world govt. wants to control. Ignorant I may have been by thinking they would never do that to us. A coward I am not. but ranting is what I am doing now. I had so much more info yesterday and my computer crashed. I think the world may need a civil war not a world war, each country should take back there govt. No more $ on defense we really are not gonna blow up the earth trust me they want to rule it not destroy it we need to find the truth about us as a ppl no matter where you live in the world whatever your rligion or if you think aliens genetically made us who cares it all still means and says in the holy books we are al;l the same inside Dracconions ( I spelled that wrong) will eat a black or white person and God will accept you whether your black or white so any way you look at it we are on this earth togeher and I feel i’m just rambling with no point. I hope your right Amit I hope in this mess there is some sense. It looks like we got rid of some of the naysayers who were poping up. G’night everyone tomorrow is another day. LOL
Espumpin
We are watching history unfold. The takeover follows days of heavy selling pressure on HBOS shares, which closed Wednesday down 20 percent at $2.68, a fifth of their value at the start of the year. Natural gas and electric company Mid-American Energy Holdings Co., a unit of Warren buffetts, Berkshire Hataway INC. said Thursday it will buy Constellation Energy Group Inc. for $4.7 billion in a cash-and-stock deal. Why is this important? The famed investor had also reportedly been in rescue talks with insurer AIG before the Federal Reserve bailed out the insurer. But the govt. said no one had the capitial to help AIG? Now i’m not a banker but….Titor makes me feel like he was Nostradamus. This is happening all around the world. First on a small scale and when we cannot take much more they’ll makes us think they rescued us.
E
Lloyds took over HBOS for 21.85 billion today.
If you’d (anyone) have told me 18 months ago we would know what we now know…
I’d have to asked to share the recreational drugs that made you (anyone) think these things.
I was reminded by a wise person,
“That the truth does not require our belief or our permission.”
Some bright news, It appeared in the sky for the briefest of moments. A dazzling arc of psychedelic color reminiscent of the Cheshire Cat’s grin in Lewis Carroll’s Alice in Wonderland. But this is no fantasy or trick of the light–it is known as a circumzenith. Relatively rare in Britain, the arc only appears when sunlight shines at a specific angle through a thin veil of wispy clouds at a height of around 20,000 to 25,000 feet. At this altitude the cirrus clouds are made of ice crystals, the size of grains of salt. Renowned astronomer and writer Dr. Jacqueline Mitton was lucky enough to capture the optical phenomenon on camera near her home in Cambridge last Sunday. Mitton, who has a doctorate in astrophysics from Cambridge University, was awed: “I’ve never seen anything like it before–and I’m 60.” (To see this multicolored marvel, click through to the original Daily Mirror story.)
al arc. It was an upside down rainbow.
Espumpin
Yeah E, Circumzenithal Arcs are very interesting…… A smiling rainbow!! 🙂 Circumzenithal Arcs are centered on the zenith of the sky, and can only appear if the solar angle is less than 32 degrees. For conditions to be right for a circumzenithal arc to form, small, flat, six sided ice crystals must be suspended high in the sky to create a field of tiny prisms.
But they are not that rare, they are often seen in Canada around North Cascades Mountains and in other regions as well..
Uh Oh……… I had such an interesting post but its not showing!!!!
Hello my people,
I’m always reading a book of some sort trying to put this all together, looking for that missing link of an idea. Anyway, into this latest book I come across the old idea of what if these guys found something already? What if all those movies like star gate and the latest, transformers where you see that they found that robot along with the CUBE in the ice.
The more I read the more I come across this concept. It seems like THEY have something that they found that has convinced them that there is somehing to this spaceman thing.
The American intelligence services and the military have both spent a lot of money and uses expensive resources and to this day maintain a Super Secret thing about them. All this men in black and sector 7 stuff.
Anyway, the theory is that there are some that are finacing these studies along with our government as mentioned above because they are preparing themselves for some kind of landing. Like if someone was coming and they know this and are getting ready to receive them as superior beings.
It is also said that they are already in contact with them ala CE3K when that tone was directing them to Devils Tower wyoming
and they sut up a meet. Well imagine that. Do you think that would have been a one shot deal? They would have set up all kinds of things after that people exchange. We’ve had major explosion in technolgy lately and I’m not talking about the stuff thats in use. I’m talking about stuff we can only imagine about. That Quantum stuff is literally arcane.
Either way I don’t think that we as ordinary citizens like us will be directly involved with these beings, our governent would keep this top secret and we’d get leaks like we have already on this but we couldn’t do much about another conspiracy theory.
Basically it sucks trying to find an honest man. When you do find one nobody wants him around.
Elections are around 6 weeks away. I know everyone in the world is going to be watching this. Its going to be truly historic.
Change, we’re getting change.
This is going to be the best part of the roller coater ride that I consider my American life. Its the end part. Its going to happen fast like going downhill full speed. You guys better get ready. After this year things will begin to move twice as fast as now.
I hope we can all stay on this thread at least until it gets real interesting. Those earthquakes in China and Burma were a prelude of whats to come.
I want you guys to know that this thread is always on mind though I be offline.
By the way if any of the regulars want to add me on MSN or want to email me I’m cbudet@gmail. com.
May the force be with you,
-Rico-
Since we are talking about such phenomenon, there is another thing that comes to my mind.. Have you ever seen a Moonbow?? Now that something rare!!
Take a look —->
http://www.atoptics.co.uk/rainbows/bowim51.htm
Isn’t it Lovely?? We may have discovered Laser Lights and all. But when it comes to showing off, no one can beat Dear Mother Nature!
Hey Rico!!!
A very scary scenario indeed….
And you are right… We are surely living in very intersting times. As becky said….
I do hope that we are able to carry on with this thread. And its good that you shared your Mail ID here….
2008 has been a very strange year, there have been so many calamities all over the Globe. There is not a single region which was not unstable! India, China, US, Russia (Georgia) …. I have never seen so many incidents in 5 Years put together, forget a single one!!
The theories we were discussing pointed out that the signs of the times to come will start in 2008, and if these are not the signs…… Well.
This thread has become an important part of my daily life too.. The regulars here, all feel like Good Friends, even though i haven’t seen any of you!
If someone gave me 3 wishes right now, 1 would surely be a Campfire in The Teotihuacan with Leah, Rico, Becky, Espumpin and Just a Thought!!
Good day all,
Around a camp fire with friends…..sounds great. I’ll think of you all when next I sit by my camp fire, star gazing.
It could be that the info we don’t have, is that some of us went on a space tour with our alien neighbours, like a cultural exchange (some of them stayed while some of us went with them) , and we’re coming home.
Problem is that humanity on earth has de-evolved while our people have been space hopping….probably travelling at the speed of light or faster….therefore little time has passed for them, while for us 1000’s of years have passed.
During these years climatic, cyclical upheavals made it necessary for as many as possible to take shelter in underground facilities. By the time it was safe to re-surface, what had once been a highly civilised and technological society, had become the stuff of myth and legend.
Those re-surfacing would be viewed as the characters in the embelished myths, feared by some, embraced by others, and worshipped by yet others.
Just as we cannot assume that all discoveries and knowlege is being revealed to us, we cannot assume that the cave paintings of beings in space suits and of space ships, relate to arrivals of other beings only. They could be a record of the status quo of the day…..earth being co-habited by many different races, not just human.
Its possible that a missing link, re human evolution will never be found, and if it is (or has been) its not one that links humans in the way we have been taught.
Just a WHAT IF, nothing more.
Be well,
Leah
Hi,
Well said Becky, we all see different perspectives, and get along fine with eachother as a direct result. Like we are each one of the colours if a rainbow……but together we make a whole Rainbow.
Leah
Ever feel like a burnout?
You know, when you have to keep checking by asking “I’m not the only one seeing this, right man?”
Strange days indeed.
As Amit said, “This thread has become an important part of my daily life too.. The regulars here, all feel like Good Friends, even though i haven’t seen any of you!”
I resemble that remark 🙂
When R was ratiocinating on what THEY may already know, it told me that I’m not the only one (as we all agree) who is aware of the great cover-up. Our “slippery slope” may well become a cliff before the meat is laid to the wheel.
It probably was no solace to the folks on the Titanic to have the knowledge that they were all in the same boat – any more than all of us being aware that the “light at the end o the tunnel” is more than a figment of our immagination and most likely an oncoming choo-choo. Far out man, go into the light.
good morning–dear friends of this thread!!! for me, any more, it is a MAJOR event when my comment box appears…never know when that is going to happen…i am also sure i am missing a bunch of posts…but with that all being said, any day i can get in and read and share thoughts with you all, is a GREAT DAY in paradise for me!!!!! if i have not said so before, today would be a good day to reinforce exactly what you all have just said—a “bond” has certainly been formed here…and i smiled at amit’s wish of a bonfire outing…can you imagine??? just-a-thought—funny you should mention the light at the end of the tunnel—i had wondered FOR YEARS if that was not an oncoming train…little ironies that continue to appear in the midst of all this serious stuff bring a smile to my face and a joy to my heart that makes me think we are truly on the right track…as we bond a little tighter–none of us will have to go through any of this alone…being alone is sometimes very scary–there is truly “strength in numbers”…all eyes looking in different directions…each set prepared and atuned to see something different in order to assure the safety of others…i find GREAT comfort in that, guys!!!!
thank you all for being a part of that for me!!!! more importantly–thank you for allowing ME to be a part of that for YOU!!!!
by the way—i LOVE RAINBOWS!!! whether “smiling” or arched..they are a constant reminder of a promise made…
“let it be a covenant between Me and the earth”…
love and best wishes to you all,
becky
I am Honored & Humbled. To be a part of a group of minds,souls,ppl trying to ask not pry simply wanting to know and inform not horde but share. (BBart and Tom should go to i’ll pay their way) LOL. As well in spirit LIL. A may God rest his soul…..As long as we’d get to know each other. Know this Ricco, I got a custom made Bong for the cook-out thats gonna blow you away. If any one wishes to lose,er play chess. Be fore warned I was taught by a grandmaster and have won $.
“TO US” If the world ends tomorrow, i am certaintly glad to have an acqaintance, & repartee with ppl who live 1,000s of miles apart, & meet at this campfire”
Espumpin
“If men are to be precluded from offering their sentiments on a matter which may involve the most serious and alarming consequences that can invite the consideration of mankind, reason is of no use; the freedom of speech may be taken away, and dumb and silent we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter.”
– George Washington
It’s troubling to see what is happening in the world and what will eventually come.
Albert Einstein
We can’t solve problems by using the same kind of thinking we used when we created them
Albert Einstein
The hardest thing in the world to understand is the income tax.
Albert Einstein
There are two ways to live your life – one is as though nothing is a miracle, the other is as though everything is a miracle
Albert Einstein
Great spirits have often encountered violent opposition from weak minds.
Albert Einstein
Science without religion is lame. Religion without science is blindAlbert Einstein
A person starts to live when he can live outside himself
Albert Einstein
The further the spiritual evolution of mankind advances, the more certain it seems to me that the path to genuine religiosity does not lie through the fear of life, and the fear of death, and blind faith, but through striving after rational knowledge
Albert Einstein
A human being is a part of a whole, called by us ‘universe’, a part limited in time and space. He experiences himself, his thoughts and feelings as something separated from the rest… a kind of optical delusion of his consciousness. This delusion is a kind of prison for us, restricting us to our personal desires and to affection for a few persons nearest to us. Our task must be to free ourselves from this prison by widening our circle of compassion to embrace all living creatures and the whole of nature in its beauty
Albert Einstein
I want to know God’s thoughts; the rest are details
Boy that sure sums up how I feel.
Espumpin
Amit,
You bring the hookah, I’m sure we can find
something to put in it!
Old proverb say, “A person consists of his faith. Whatever is his faith, even so is he.â€
BBart- Wyoming
Becky- Phoniex
Leah- U.K
Amit- India
Markus Demetrius- Colorado
Espumpin- New York
What is the purpose of the last post?
Looked over the thread again, and soooo many posts are missing that I know I read.
I’m sure that each of us has a different view of this thread.
Dear debauch…….whats your point ?
Boy, I thought I had nothing better to do. LOL.
I feel like we’re in an episode of Scooby-Doo.
hi, guys— a very obscure observation…if you post again, debauch, i, too would be interested in what you were thinking…especially since rico and just-a-thought were completely overlooked…looking at the map–i kinda like our “oblong” circle of friends…
it appears to me that george washington and albert einstein knew a lot more than they were given credit for!!!! what wonderful insight they had—long before our times…
on occasion, there is an ugly side of me that likes to “stir the sh–“…i have a special “sh– stick” for just such occasions…in the midst of all this financial turmoil this past week, i kept waiting to hear one name—and it was never mentioned…anyone ever heard of “the Carlyle Group” ??? if you haven’t, i’m sure you probably won’t –at least not in mainstream media.. i first heard about these guys when their CEO was our former president, george h.w. bush, himself…this silent giant grew through “acquisitons”…and the list of carlyle’s board members is l-o-n-g, and very distinguished…if you have a “slow news day”, and want to browse around, do a google search on them…you will be amazed, i am sure…
all that’s left to do is see if this post appears…
enjoy your day, guys!!!
best wishes to you all!!!
Welcome gpa,
Look forward to your thoughts.
Dear Espumpin,
Hope you all enjoyed dinner. We been out most of the day, chores, shopping and of coarse a movie.
I had a campfire in my yard last night…star gazed and thought of you and the others.
We are each one of the collective colours, that in turn makes a Rainbow.
Be well,
Leah
The Army’s 3rd Infantry Division 1st Brigade Combat Team has a new mission.
“They may be called upon to help with civil unrest and crowd control or to deal with potentially horrific scenarios such as massive poisoning and chaos in response to a chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear or high-yield explosive, or CBRNE, attack.”
Guess where this mission is? Not Iraq, that’s for sure. Let’s just hope our military remembers who and what their supposed to be fighting for.
A.P-Saturday, September 20, 2008, 12:30 am
After focusing on Iraq for the past five years, the 1st Brigade Combat Team, 3rd Infantry Division has a new mission.And this time, it’s a little closer to home. In June, U.S. Secretary of Defense Robert M. Gates issued a 29-page document outlining the national defense strategy. The document identifies five top priorities: defend the homeland, win the long war, promote security, deter conflict and win the nation’s wars. In doing so, Gates inadvertently set into motion a new mission for 3,200 soldiers at Fort Stewart. On Oct. 1, the brigade will be assigned to the Army’s Consequence Management Response Force and charged with reacting to chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and high-yield explosives incidents – domestic and foreign.
New knowledge is the most valuable commodity on earth. The more truth we have to work with, the richer we become.
Kurt Vonnegut.
There is a tragic flaw in our precious Constitution, and I don’t know what can be done to fix it. This is it: Only nut cases want to be president.
Kurt Vonnegut.
Enlighten the people, generally, and tyranny and oppressions of body and mind will vanish like spirits at the dawn of day.
Thomas Jefferson
I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around [the banks] will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.
Thomas Jefferson.
I wish I knew how to put words together, but all the quotes I put express my thoughts to a “T”.
Espumpin I would rather be exposed to the inconveniences attending too much liberty than to those attending too small a degree of it.
Thomas Jefferson, to Archibald Stuart, 1791
An unusual time piece was unveiled at Corpus Christi College, which is part of England’s Cambridge University. By unusual, we mean that the clock cost approximately two million dollars, took seven years you to make, and was unveiled by none other than Cambridge professor Stephen Hawking.
The clock, designed by John Taylor, is nearly four feet across, is gold plated, and comes equipped with, we kid you not, a hideous, terrifying, time-eating locust/grasshopper.
You see, Taylor views time as the great destroyer and he wanted a clock that represented the morbid reality that “once a minute is gone you can’t get it back.” The locust revolves around the perimeter of the massive gold face, mouth agape, tongue hanging out. Every second, its mouth opens wider and on the 59th second its jaws swallow time. The clock does not have hands or anything of the like. Actually, the clock only tells the exact time once every five minutes. The time is determined by a light source within the clock that shines through small slits on the clocks face that pulse and play tricks on the mind. Every five minutes, the lights pause on the exact time, then go back to their capricious ways.
Oh, and we forgot to mention that on the hour, instead of a traditional bell tone, the clock emits the sound of a chain dropping into a coffin. Nice.
The clock will be displayed in front of the Taylor library at Cambridge.
Espumpin.
Intresting? right! I thought Hawking had passed away.
The Department of Homeland Security has issued a final rule to establish minimum standards for state-issued driver’s licenses and identification cards in accordance with the REAL ID Act of 2005.
These regulations set standards for states to meet the requirements of the REAL ID Act, including:
information and security features that must be incorporated into each card;
proof of identity and U.S. citizenship or legal status of an applicant;
verification of the source documents provided by an applicant; and
security standards for the offices that issue licenses and identification cards.
This final rule also provides a process for States to seek an additional extension of the compliance deadline to May 11, 2011, by demonstrating material compliance with the core requirements of the Act and this rule.
Espumpin
#Dear Espumpin,
Glad your dinner was good. As you know I used to be in the gemological and minerology field, seems like several lifetimes ago. Quartz…hardness of 7 compared to diamond at 10. HP spent 2b dollars on quartz research last year…..so its said…..plus what others spent. There is sooooo much more to quartz…….water even….that is yet to be discovered. Not to mention what is already truly known about crystaline materials. Has anyone ever wondered why crystals, precious or semi precious, of great clarity, are so coveted ? Its not just due to rarity or for a show of wealth.
Camp fire for me tomorrow night……will be thinking of you all.
Leah
Dear Amit,
You OK ?
Leah
(AP Business Writer- Emily Flynn Vencat in London contributed to this report. Stevenson Jacobs reported it from New York.) – The government’s unprecedented move Friday to ban people from betting against financial stocks might be a salve for the market’s turmoil but could also carry serious unintended consequencesI am sure they already took this in account before putting us in jeopardy. The ban took effect immediately Friday and extends through Oct. 2. The SEC said it might extend the ban — so that it would last for as many as 30 calendar days in total — if it deems that necessary, which of course they will. The short-selling ban is “kind of a time-out,” said John Coffee, a professor of securities law at Columbia University. “In a time of crisis, the dangers of doing too little are far greater than the dangers of doing too much.”But on Wall Street, professional short-sellers said they were being unfairly targeted by the SEC’s prohibition. And some analysts warned of possible negative consequences, maintaining that banning short-selling could actually distort — not stabilize — edgy markets. How can a house divided, not have fallen already? Jeff Tjornehoj, senior analyst at fund research firm Lipper Inc. said “Most people want to be in a stock for the long run and want to see prices go up. Short sellers are useful for throwing water in their face and saying, `Oh yeah? Think about this,'” Tjornehoj said. “As a result, restricting the practice could inflate the value of some stocks, opening the door for a big downward correction later.” “Without offering a flip-side to the price-discovery mechanism, I think there’s a pressure built up in stock prices that only gets relieved in a great cataclysm,” he said. Why does the govt. want to banned them why put a halt a service they provide? Oh yeah $.They say-“Government officials”, on both sides of the Atlantic have been denouncing hedge funds and other short sellers they say have swarmed over the limp bodies of venerable investment banks and other big companies. New York Attorney General Andrew Cuomo likened them to “looters after a hurricane,” and his office is investigating a possible conspiracy among short-sellers to spread negative rumors to pound down companies’ stock prices. Now since there are 3 sides to every story heres the short-sellers. Short selling involves borrowing a company’s shares, selling them, and then buying them to return them to the lender later, when the stock falls. The short-seller pockets the difference in price. Sounds pretty clear, oh thats right how does the govt. make $ off that? They dont. The 799 companies covered by the SEC ban are an A-to-Z of the nation’s financial institutions, including the powerhouse investment banks such as Goldman Sachs Group, Morgan Stanley and commercial banks running the gamut from Bank of America corp to Cape Fear Bank Corp. SLM. Corp., which is known as Sallie Mae and is the biggest U.S. student lender is on the list, as are Charles Schwab, Berkshire Hataway INC. & Principal Financial Group. Jim Chanos, a prominent short seller and president of a $7 billion hedge fund, Kynikos Associates, called short-selling a “vital investment strategy” and said banning the practice “will not enhance long-term market integrity. He argued that investment banks’ bad bets on risky assets — not predatory short-sellers — were the true cause of the steep declines in the stock price of financial firms. “Far from being the cause of the crisis, many short sellers were warning months and years ago about problems in this area,” Chanos said in a statement. ProShares Chairman Michael Sapir called the ban “extraordinary” and said it remains to be seen whether it has the intended effect of calming the markets.
“I don’t think anyone sees the action today as a long-term solution,” Sapir said. “It’s a way to calm things down, but it isn’t consistent with a free and open market.”
The SEC’s ban came in concert with Britain’s Financial Services Authority, which announced a similar ban there Thursday. Some British politicians had claimed that short-selling was partly responsible for HBOS PLC’s abrupt takeover by banking rival Lloyds TSB PLC on Thursday. The ban there was met with a similar reaction as the SEC move — a mix of relief and skepticism.
“Banning short selling is just a part of a solution,” said Nic Clarke, banking analyst at Charles Stanley Stockbrokers. “We view this as a side issue. It doesn’t stop the underlying reason for the credit crunch and it doesn’t get to the heart of the problem.”
OK, its off to Applebees for dinner. Funny I was on all day and always thought i’d be able able to go back and forth with the “campfire crew” if I was on for a while. I hope that stupid list didn’t scare anyone off, I looked up the thread and thats all info we gave not some govt. mole. I mean geez they should write our real addresses if they know so much. And they didnt include J.A.T & R. So debauch? Do you even know what that means? Find something better to do. anyway i’ll part with….Any fact that needs to be disclosed should be put out now or as quickly as possible, because otherwise the bleeding will not end.
Henry A. Kissinger.
Espumpin.
I just discovered this gathering and I’m impressed by the extremely interesting thoughts expressed hereinto. I for sure, will have a pleasant weekend here in Greece, reading all these staff. I will consecrate my interest in the very first article written here, by mr. O’Neill and his conclusions. First of all, I have to declare that I’m not a believer or a non believer of the potential 2012 disaster proclaims. Nevertheless as a scientist myself (in the law industry), I do have to see the facts, listen carefully to any opinion and take seriously any serious argument. Coming back to mr. O’Neill’s article, it seems that his main logical based explanation to the so called Mayan myths, is that the calendar ends on 13.0.0.0.0 and then will automatically reset on 0.0.0.0.1 just like 12/31 of each year is followed by 01/01 of the subsequent year. But the fact is that Mayan calendar actually ends on 20.0.0.0.0 as their numeric system depends on a base unit of 20 and not 13. And here’s coming the big problem for the wonderers. Why have such an interruption and the calendar ends without logical explanation on 13.0.0.0.0 (=2012/12/21) instead of the normal 20.0.0.0.0 which we should consider it as the reset point based on their numerical system? I think at this point are based any thoughts regarding a violent termination of the world as we know it. I cannot also understand mr O’Neills arguments as presented regarding his conclusion that Mayan calendar is not designed to calculate dates beyond 2012. I think that here we have misleading information. The long count actually is designed to count up to 20.0.0.0.0 (8000AD), which of course is well beyond 2012. The big question is, why ends up on 13.0.0.0.0. In ancient Greece we had the so called “sophistes†a wise group of people having the ability to express totally wrong arguments with a totally proper and serious way. It’s better not to try to present our arguments with a totally perverted way. As I said, I’m not a believer or a non believer. But as I’m having my roots in one of the biggest civilizations ever (that of ancient Greeks) I do pay a lot of respect to any such heritages are given to us.
The Mayans were considered by many as great “seers†and built a society that focused it’s studies on time, synchronicity, and consciousness. The Mayan calendar predicts that mankind will go thru a change. Not end of time, just the end of the time we know.In the year 2012. In how we live and precieve our life. A period which also signifies the end of the current era in the Mayan calendar. But this end may represent a symbolic end – more so than a literal end. An end that refers to a shift in consciousness I mean what do I know I dont know anything. China’s “Book of Changes,†the I Ching was written in 2800 B.C. and is revered to this day in China. I wonder if in china their reading about the Mayan? I know the mormons dont care about 2012. lol. The oldest tribe in the United States, the Hopi Indian tribe, believed that the world has been created and destroyed four times previously. The Hopi’s believe that we are on the brink of the Fifth World. They predicted that this occurrence would be preceded by submersion (rising waters), the sun getting hotter (global warming), and earth occurrences (hurricane’s, tornadoes, and mass flooding).
Even more intriguing is the fact that many suggest that there is scientific evidence that points to a very rare astrological occurrence taking place the year of 2012. For millenia, the Mayans believed in the existence of a dark rift in the center of the Milky Way and considered it fact. Only recently did modern scientists discover that they knew what the were talking about. Makes my hair stand up just thinking about it. Did they talk to the crystal skulls? How’d they know more than us, before us? Hewlett Packard labs in the early 1970’s tested them check out these results. For those of you who don’t know, quartz crystal is the basis to our modern day computers. However, the purest form is required and, as a result, scientists now must “grow” their own quartz using a natural “seed” from which to grow it from.
So now that you have an understanding of the rarity of a large natural, virtually pure, piece of crystal – let’s get into the astonishing results the HP scientists reached. The skull was submersed into Benzyl alcohol, having exactly the same refractive index of pure crystal. When this was done, the skull “disappeared” indicating it was of the purest, natural, form. A polarized light test concluded that the piece was one large, natural, piece of crystal. It was not created by fusing several together. Amazingly, the detachable lower jaw was carved from the very same piece of crystal. Pure crystal is one of the hardest materials in the world, being only slightly softer than diamond. It has a very brittle quality and shatters rather easily. The scientist determined that to carve the skull using modern day tools, it could take up to one year. Did your hair stand up yet? Even more amazing, the scientists felt that it was not even possible to do so using these tools. The heat and vibration would surely crack the crystal. The scientists took particular note of that with regards to the bottom jaw and the teeth. There was simply no way modern day equipment would not damage the piece.
Mind you this was in the 70s, but still.The scientists magnified the skull and found no tool marks, tool chatter or scratches. As a result, the HP scientists had to conclude the skull was carved by hand. This was a phenomenal discovery to them. This would have had to have been done by rubbing the crystal with sand and water. According to the HP scientists. . . .this would’ve taken 300 years. GPA thanks for reminding me what we’re talking about here and now i’ll shut up. Thank you for asking I had the baby-back ribs platter. I’m full & tired & and my next day off which is very rare you can expect more of the same ranting as today. So till the chains come off. Make Mine Marvel.
Espumpin
Oh, 1 last thing before I go. (I gotta remember to proff read before posting) The HP studies
also concluded that the sand used would’ve had to have been graded down. From finer sand to more coarse sand. One wrong rub and oops it all could have been over! Yet another discovery by the HP scientists was that not only was this one rare, large, pure, piece of natural quartz crystal – it was also “Piezo-Electric Crystal”. This is where if your wheels arent turning, get ready. This is precisely the type of crystal that is used in modern electronics, computers, time keeping devices, radios, radar, sonar,In our HD TV’s, Cell-Phones, etc…..
E
RANT ON, ESPUMPIN!!! love to read what you are thinking…all the executive orders you mentioned sort of sounds like our very own “patriot act”, doesn”t it…
GPA, welcome—always good to hear from newcomers…hope you stay with us for a while…
LEAH, as always—you have that knack for uniting us…reminding me that the rainbow would not be a rainbow without ALL it’s colors…i have always loved campfires as well—even more so now–thank you for thinking of us in your quiet times…i am sure that, too will be shared by us all every time we sit around the fire…
SEE WHAT YOU STARTED, AMIT???? perhaps we should call that gathering “amit’s summit”!!!!! that one little thought will stick with us all for a long, long time…thanks so much for the joy!!!!
okay, kids–that’s it for me…till we meet again…
becky
Dear debauch,
Wonderfully explained…..thank you. I hope you’ll stay a while at our camp fire and share more wisdom.
The western way of life is proof, and stands testimony to materialism / money, in fact making people less happy, discontented, and stressed in their pesuit of diversions.
Ultimately what people want is to love and be loved, and to be spiritually content. Love the expression by Alex Collier on you tube…..The love you with hold, is the burden you carry. I couldn’t exist without loving all life.
Leah
Hi folks
I am from the UK & just thought I would write a post to say that I have spent quite some time (hadn’t realised just how long this would take) reading the posts on here & although I am not a scientist, a scholar & nor am I religious, it intrigues me that there are so many different ‘takes’ on what 2012 will bring.
Although some of the posts certainly seem to be doom & gloom, I believe there is something that we should all take from this.
The human race over the years has in general become quite arrogant in assuming that we are the most superior, advanced & intelligent inhabitants of our planet. Even going as far as to say that we are now responsible for impacting the climate on the planet!
I simply choose to believe that the earth has through it’s natural regular cycles & the impact of other planets & stars eliminated much of it’s history & that of previous inhabitants – almost a regular cleansing if you will.
Because we do not fully understand what we have found from these previous times does not mean that it or they are inferior to us & our technology – they were just different in their approache & one thing that we all have in common is the obvious curiosity & need to understand the planet we have all inhabited at one time.
Who knows 1000 years from now some future descendant may find remenants of our current technology & be confused by it – trying to explain it away as left by aliens, a cover up by their leaders or maybe even refer to it as primitive scientific attempts by a less advanced race than them.
However you look at it, we are each of us here for a mere nanosecond in the grand scheme of things and should spend more time enjoying what we have, we should take nothing for granted & endeavour to make our world a better place – trying to understand the planet we live on & what our future holds is natural but becoming fearful of what it may mean is not healthy or productive.
We may not be able to accurately predict the future, nor may we be able to change it so why not concentrate on the present & what we can change. We chase cures for disease, try to reinforce our cities against natural disasters all to protect future generations. War remains one of the biggest threats to innocent life that WE CAN DIRECTLY CONTROL yet we continue to destroy our own history & stamp out what we do not understand & therefore fear most.
Maybe some will consider this a very narrow minded post – I can assure you that I am not narrow minded – I applaud those that search for the answers the universe has to offer. I just feel that some answers have not been properly supported by solid evidence & until they have they should remain what they are – the theories of enquiring minds.
We could have many more years left on this planet before change comes (I am sure it will eventually – that appears to be natures way) so let’s make the most of it!
Thanks for a very entertaining & educational read
Michelle 😀
According to Mayan Priest/Shaman, Don Alejandro Cirilo Oxlaj Peres: “… The prophecy says now is the time of the awakening. This is your job now, to awaken. The Vale of the Nine Hells is past and the Time of Warning has now arrived. It is time to prepare for the Age of the Thirteen Heavens. The time of 12 Baktun and 13 Ahau is fast approaching, and they shall be here among you to defend Mother Earth. The prophecy says, ‘Let the dawn come. Let all the people and all the creatures have peace, let all things live happily’, for the love must not only be between humans, but between all living things. They said, ‘We are the children of the sun, we are the children of time and we are the travelers in space. May all the songs awaken, may all the dancers awaken. May all the people and all things live in peace for you are the valleys, you are the mountains, you are the trees, you are the very air you breathe’….Now is the time of return of the grandmothers and grandfathers. Now is the time of the return of the elders. Now is the time of the return of the wise ones. And the wise ones are all of you. Now is the time to go out into the world and spread the light. The sacred flame has been kept for this purpose and now the time approaches when you will be required to love all things, to love a world that has gone crazy, to rebalance the heavens and the Earth. For the Time of Warning has come to pass and the Warriors of the Rainbow are now beginning to be born. The Vale of Tears, the Nine Hells, is over and it is time to prepare for the 13 Heavens. The ancestors are returning, my brothers and sisters, and we do not have long. Now is the time that the prophecies will be fulfilled.”
michelle–welcome–and thank you—very nicely said…please don’t be a stranger…
debauch–welcome back, and likewise for you…still curious, though, where you call home????? please know that i am not making light of your post–sorta gave me “goosebumps”…and it reminded me of two phrases from “the Battle Hymn of the Republic”…”mine eyes have seen the glory”.. to “His truth is marching on”…
speaking solely for myself, i do not believe that there is one person here on earth that does not, in some way, feel the changes that are taking place…they feel them every day–they just do not recognize them for what they are…
so many of you are blessed with the knowledge and capacity to quote chapter verse and line…others, like myself, are blessed to be able to read them, study them, and understand them…most will see and learn–some choose not to…some will never learn…whether this was manmade, or created by design, we are about to go full circle, once again…
i hope we ARE preparing for the “heavens”…for some, this is truly “hell on earth”…and i hope we have learned a bigger, better lesson, next time around…i have said all along that it is the goodness and kindness that lives in the hearts of mankind that will help sustain us…in our everyday lives there is LOTS that we can do to assure and insure…and you don’t need money to do it !!!!
please forgive me for the sunday morning sermon—did not mean to preach–just wanted to give back a little of what you all have so unselfishly given me…thank you…
best wishes to you all…
Now that we are at the gates of a New Path of Venus over the Face of the Sun on June 7-8 2004, the least we can do is expect a new change in the outcome of humanity. Death is knocking at our doors. The drums of war can be heard. Intransigence, the destruction of our Mother Earth, pollution, new diseases, the resurging of old plagues, global warming, the fear of world conflict, intolerance and fundamentalism in any of its manifestations, negligence, apathy, the confusion or worst still the extreme estrangement of drug abuse. All of this is a reaction to the fear caused by the thought that the world as we know it can be destroyed, and to the poor answers that materialism gives, having reached its limit and offering no other direction, because it is based in distractions, in momentary satisfactions. While reason and logic tell us that we have to stop all this madness, we are living in the age of prophecies, and the responsibility of balancing things is ours. There is no more time to play; it is now time to act.
in 2012 the central Sun of our galaxy will enter a new beam of light. It’s going to be a rite of initiation where we step into adulthood, This initiation in the Mayan calendar is the energy of the storm. It’s not going to be gentle & it’s not going to be easy. . . . and it will be a lot to take into consideration. . . . Our whole belief system is going to be wiped out & it will be the end of our descriptions. By 2012 information will be doubling by the second & reality will be manifesting as you speak. With the whole Earth changes ~ like the poles melting & the global warming~ there’s really no guarantee of anything. I live here where you are. The messeages……you wouldn’t believe where they are coming from. You worry about your goverment, material things & religion…it is time to move from the campfire time is to short. Everyone here has parts of the puzzle, but you will never find the complete “picther” here.
Scientific research has proven that advanced meditators develop the ability to use their whole brain and to live in a more balanced state characterized by brain synchronization and whole brain functioning. Some of the most brilliant scientists, technologists and artists throughout history had a high degree of “whole brain synchronisation”. Einstein, Picasso and Lewis Carol are a few examples of the small percent of people who used Whole brain thinking only they had no idea. Do you? Good luck to most of you, I will build a campfire when the time is right, then we will have time to talk.
Wow, i’m speachless. Becky has a point you stired some sort of something in my gut. I dont want to sound like i’m some holyman but I had to look this up so I wasn’t miss quoting. but WOW. This is from numbers 11:24-30. We have here the fulfilment of God’s word to Moses, that he should have help in the government of Israel. He gave of his Spirit to the seventy elders. They discoursed to the people of the things of God, so that all who heard them might say, that God was with them in truth. Two of the elders, Eldad and Medad, went not out unto the tabernacle, as the rest, being sensible of their own weakness and unworthiness. But the Spirit of God found them in the camp, and there they exercised their gift of praying, preaching, and praising God; they spake as moved by the Holy Ghost. The Spirit of God is not confined to the tabernacle, but, like the wind, blows where He listeth. And they that humble themselves shall be exalted; and those who are most fit for government, are least ambitious of it. Joshua does not desire that they should be punished, but only restrained for the future. This motion he made out of zeal for what he thought to be the unity of the church. He would have them silenced, lest they should occasion a schism, or should rival Moses; but Moses was not afraid of any such effects from that Spirit which God had put upon them. Shall we reject those whom Christ has owned, or restrain any from doing good, because they are not in every thing of our mind? Moses wishes all the Lord’s people were prophets, that he would put his Spirit upon all of them. Let the testimony of Moses be believed by those who desire to be in power; that government is a burden. It is a burden of care and trouble to those who make conscience of the duty of it; and to those who do not, it will prove a heavier burden in the day of account. Let the example of Moses be followed by those in power; let them not despise the advice and assistance of others, but desire it, and be thankful for it. If all the present number of the Lord’s people were rendered prophets, or ministers, by the Spirit of Christ, though not all agreed in outward matters, there is work enough for all, in calling sinners to repentance, and faith in our God.
your creeping me out “debauch” and to tell you the truth, you need a new name. Or maybe i’ll just call you D.
Espumpin
Amit- I hardly watch CNN, but I pray You were no where near those floods. My thoughts are with you and I haven’t seen a new post from you. So I kinda got worried….awwww:). Take care.
Espumpin
hi, guys–the best i can do is strive—i cannot apologize for the entire western world or the distain the rest of the world feels for it…i am, however, obliged to live and work within my means…i will never be able to do great things, but i can do small things in great ways…
amit–please be safe!!!!
best wishes once again to you all…
Hello Everyone!!!
First of all , Dear Leah & Becky, i want to allay your fears about my safety.. I am safe and sound indeed. Thanks for your good wishes.. At the moment there is no flood threat in my city (New Delhi – Capital of India)…
My absence was due to the weekend, because i dont have internet access at home.. So you can expect this gap in my posts at weekends…
Well, this thread has moved on!!!
And Espumpin -Yes, you are scaring me indeed! And guess what, i dont even live on that side of the Globe!!
And Debauch gave me a lot of Goosebumps!
Nce new inputs by Michelle and A Deo et Rege…
All these new posts got my wheels spinning and still not stopped…
Becky, “Amit’s Summit” sounds real good…, But i dont want to take that credit, and i have a better name… “Seekers” Summit”… Aren’t we all seeking the hideen truth here??
Keep Seeking…………..
I liked Leah’s thought about the “De-evolution of Humanity” …….
Guess thats the word that truly reflects the state of the World today.. We have forgotten our basics. And we are still getting it wrong.. We have forgotten real happiness, we dont know how to co-exist and co-operate… Greed, “Money” has taken over the world and everything else is secondary to it… When someone asks me whats your definition of success, i just quote Ralph Waldo Emerson –
“To laugh often and love much; to win the respect of intelligent persons and the affection of children, to earn the approbation of honest critics; to appreciate beauty; to
give of one’s self, to leave the world a bit better, whether by a healthy child, a garden patch or a redeemed social condition; to have played and laughed with enthusiasm and sung with exultation; to know even one life has breathed easier because you have lived–that is to have succeeded.”
And this is what i am striving for now.. I want to shatter this web of illusion enclosing me…
Espumpin, thanks for posting those gems by some of the wisest men on earth! We have such an abundance of wise thoughts framed by these men that we can easily wrap our lives around them, and live a lot better due to that!
Becky, Carlyle Group is on the top of my agenda today!! Man you giys are really unearthing it by Tonnes!!!
Leah,
You are very right about the Quartz research by HP.. But guess what they are after?? Money… they just want to be ahead in the Rat Race to make more money… And me thinks they have unearthed more than they tell…
Just a Thought, nice thought about the “Slippery Slope” ….. My version is that we are on the way “up” a steep cliff, slowly reaching the summit, and there will be a moment of revelation which will send us screaming down the other side!!!
Espumpin,
Just saw your post —–>
“Amit- I hardly watch CNN, but I pray You were no where near those floods. My thoughts are with you and I haven’t seen a new post from you. So I kinda got worried….awwww:). Take care.
Espumpin”
Man , give me a hug!!! 🙂
Espumpin, if you call Debauich, only D, we will have an intyersting alphabetical series here –
A – Amit
B – Becky
D – Debauch
E – Espumpin
F – Fozenstar (Dimitrienko)
J- Just A Thought
L – Leah
R – Rico
Do u all remember a guy who posted the number of posts made by myself , Leah and Becky sometime back?? I’m sure he will have the time to fill it up from A to Z!!!
no one can predict this because biblically speaking jesus did’nt create people for not to last long in the earth especially this kind of matter that will put all of life’s to death and fear and will make their believes in that doomsday article more higher and maybe will think of themselves only to survive and became a selfish person that god dont want to happend..
have faith and believe to jesus and almighty god and you will not think of this to happend
Friends, i just stumbled upon this —>>
THE GHOST FROM VALLEY FORGE – author unknown
I had a dream the other night I didn’t understand, A figure walking through the mist, with flintlock in his hand. His clothes were torn and dirty, as he stood there by my bed, He took off his three-cornered hat, and speaking low he said:
We fought a revolution to secure our liberty. We wrote the Constitution, as a shield from tyranny. For future generations, this legacy we gave, In this, the land of the free and home of the brave.
The freedom we secured for you, we hoped you’d always keep, But tyrants labored endlessly while your parents were asleep. Your freedom gone – your courage lost – you’re no more than a slave, In this, the land of the free and the home of the brave.
You buy permits to travel, and permits to own a gun, permits to start a business, or to build a place for one. On land that you believe you own, you pay a yearly rent, Although you have no voice in choosing how the money’s spent.
Your children must attend a school that doesn’t educate, Your moral values can’t be taught, according to the state. You read about the current “news” in a very biased press, You pay a tax you do not owe, to please the IRS.
Your money is no longer made of silver or of gold, You trade your wealth for paper, so life can be controlled. You pay for crimes that make our Nation turn from God to shame. You’ve taken Satan’s number, as you’ve traded in your name.
You’ve given government control to those who do you harm, So they can padlock churches, and steal the family farm. And keep our country deep in debt, put men of God in jail, Harass your fellow countryman while corrupted courts prevail.
Your public servants don’t uphold the solemn oath they’re sworn, Your daughters visit doctors so children won’t be born. Your leaders ship artillery and guns to foreign shores, And send your sons to slaughter, fighting other people’s wars.
Can you regain your Freedom for which we fought and died? Or don’t you have the courage, or the faith to stand with pride? Are there no more values for which you’ll fight to save? Or do you wish your children live in fear and be a slave?
Sons of the Republic, arise and take a stand! Defend the Constitution, the Supreme Law of the Land! Preserve our Republic, and each God-given right! And pray to God to keep the torch of freedom burning bright!
As I awoke he vanished, in the mist from whence he came, His words were true, we are not free, and we have ourselves to blame. For even now as tyrants trample each God-given right, We only watch and tremble — too afraid to stand and fight. If he stood by your bedside in a dream while you’re asleep, and wonder what remains of your right he fought to keep. What would be your answer if he called out from the grave? Is this still the land of the free and home of the brave?
Now u know why i shared this with you??
The questions asked at the end hit really hard…
Greetings all, let me please start by saying that I am amazed at just how long the comments here have been allowed to progress, seeing as the quantity is quite hefty. I am surprised i was even able to read as much as I did let alone all of it. I read enough however to enjoy myself, be amused and listen to the base idea here.
Now i may be wrong but basically the idea is that creationists here are absolute morons whilst Evolutionists are Science’s hound dogs, thus knowing the logical basis for the earth’s beginning and all that has been embodied as science since.
I must say, i am actually quite confused. I wish no offense to anyone, but that particular desire may not be fulfilled seeing as mankind is a very self centered species and seeing anything outside of each individual comfort zone and perception may be hard to do. Superficiality seems to rule this earth.
What confuses me is that most of the individuals here either read the bible or any other religious book with a dogmatic and biased mentality, not researching possible holes, or miscalculations. But sadly the same is said of the evolutionists here, taking word of mouth and a few books as warrant for an arrogant crusade.
This next slew of words may take awhile, But i want to say beforehand that no matter WHO you are, and how uncomfortable it is to accept the probability of things you do not desire to accept may be, you owe it to yourself and to others (if TRUTH is what you care for, rather than comfort and ignorance.) to research ALL known aspects of that idea in as MUCH entirety as you possibly can. Otherwise, how strong is your word? Your word is nothing if fueled by emotion alone. If you are unable to backup how you believe ( this going to both evolutionists AND creationists) beyond the SHADOW OF A DOUBT having researched every single possible facet of its character, you have nothing but a point of view, ruled by feelings, and thus no more in depth than a spec of fog in london on a bad day.
Here are some facts for you, for those of you are have had the patience to read my comment in its longwindedness without giving up or trying to skim through it so far.
Mathematical probabilities of chance occurences can be calculated precisely. For example, the probability of rolling 5 dice with each one showing a 6 is 1 in 7776 ( 1 in 6x6x6x6x6 which can also be expressed as 6 to the 5th power.) The probability of winning the california lottery is 1 in 18,009,640, yet despite the odds, people still believe it can happen because honestly it can even with slim to no chances. The mathematics for calculating the probability of arranging a fixed number of items in order is somewhat different.
The chance of arranging jsut 10 flash cards in a Predetermined order is 1 in 3,628,800 assuming that each card has a different face and you know all 10 faces in total. A protein molecule is far more complex than even attempting to arrange 100 flash cards in a predetermined order. THe mathematical probability of the atoms of the SIMPLEST replicating protein molecule coming together in order by chance is around 1 in 10 to the 450th power ( do the math).astrophysicists estimate that there are no more than 10 to the 80th power infinitesimal particles in the universe and that the universe is no more than 30 billion years old. If each particle can Participate in A thousand billion different events every second, than the greatest number of events that could through its entire history is 10 to the 110th power ( again do the math my comment is long enough as it is heheh). Any event with a probability less than at least 1 time in 10 to the 110th power therefore cannot occur. And since the probability of a simple protein molecule occuring by chance takes far more than 10 to the 110th power to occur, the chance of life occuring by chance is zero.
Now, a living cell is FAR more complicated. The chance of jsut a SINGLE living cell occuring by chance is a whopping 1 in 10 to the 400,000th power.
What the evolutionists here fail to realize is that in order to even Believe in such an outrageous occurence, you must crossover out from the field of logical science, and move over into the bounds of faith and downright willpower. Just as any religious person does, the truth is, none with these belief are actual idiots, with such relativity shown with that word, everyone at any time is one. Honestly, Evolution is just as much a Theory or even Religion as christianity or what springs forth from the idea of creationism, So honestly, you all should give respect, as you all deserve it, and are all on binges of hope and desire, rather than logical thought.
Also I apologize for any typos or lost words, its late, I’m tired, and to remedy any potential word slurs from here until sun up, I’m calling it bedtime for now. Goodnight.
Andre, what you say has been discussed many times on this thread…. The answer lies in a quote by Albert Einstein posted by Espumpin here – “Science without religion is lame. Religion without science is blind.”
And going with this, a mix of creation and evolution is a very acceptable scenario..
Come to think of it, How is it, that for a millennia, homo sapiens that emerged after the demise of Neanderthals existed throughout the world as mere hunter gatherers? Then out of nowhere, let’s say around 3000BC, the first of about six civilizations sprang up around the globe. These civilizations told of creation myths in which the Gods came down to Earth, fashioned homo sapiens in their own image and then taught them how to be civilized. Cultures that were established in Egypt, Sumer, Peru, Mexico, China and the Indus Valley created humongous pyramids. How is it that the Mayan engineers designed and built the longest bridge span in the ancient world? Imagine this, a 600-foot suspension structure with two piers on each side of the river and two supports in the river itself. How did primitive man obtain the knowledge to create such an elaborate bridge? Why do the Mayans and Aztecs talk of the feathered serpent god called Kukulkan by Mayan standards and Quetzalcoatl by Aztec standards. This god with two names is described as being white, large eyes and has a flowing beard. He wore a long white robe reaching to his feet. He referred himself as the God of Peace. Did the Mayans and Aztecs just make this stuff up? Are we reading ancient science fiction? If it is ancient science fiction, how did they become so savvy in agriculture?
Why is it that many UFOs are seen at Lake Titicaca? It is rumored that there is a UFO base under the lake. How odd, that if you look into the history of this lake that borders Peru and Bolivia, that there is a story that the God Viracocha created the first people near this lake.
All of the pieces of the puzzle show an intriguing picture. Let’s see a part of this picture. The African Dogons believed they were visited by beings from Sirius. Their belief system was similar to ancient Egyptians and Sumerians. Egyptians and Sumerians had great knowledge of physics and astrophysics. Could this knowledge been imparted to them by extraterrestrials? Could we have a connection to Sirius? Could we have the partial DNA of the gods?
So many ancient stories connect. The story of Noah’s ark originates from the Sumerian clay t@blet$. The Sumerian god Enki is described as amphibious. Enki does many similar things as the god Jehovah. When you look at the stories of Enki and compare them to Jehovah, you will discover they are actually one and the same. Does that mean the God Jehovah is amphibious? Ummmm….yes. I know it’s a frightening concept and I am taking you down a path that you probably don’t want to imagine or believe. What is it about those amphibious gods? How about the Babylonian’s semi-daemon Oannes, who was a fishtailed amphibious being from the heavens who according to the Babylonians founded the human civilization on Earth? No wonder we have legends of mermen and mermaids.
There is an old saying…what is science fiction, will become become science fact. We watch the TV show Stargate, but could have the ancient Mayans possessed actual methods of transdimensional travel? The superstrings, quantum jumps and wormholes through space-time described by contemporary physicists might provide the basis for unique techniques of visiting other realms. Could the gods have incorporated this knowledge to the ancient Mayans?
There are so many things that point to the fact that we were visited in ancient times by the Gods. Ancient text tells how they gave us fire, how they taught us science, how they taught us to build, how they punished us if we were too rebellious. I’m not even going to discuss the ancient India text that describe flying Vimanas of the Gods, otherwise I will be writing a book and not an article. Yes! The signature of the Gods are everywhere. Are the Gods signatures on the Cydonia section of Mars? Many scholars, scientists and authors think so. Could extraterrestrials be influencing man now? Could they take a man like Edgar Cayce and bless him with the knowledge of the ancient Akashic Records, allowing Edgar to have knowledge of Atlantis, Mu and Lemuria?
Could the extraterrestrials from these ancient times be with us right now? Is that why commercial pilots, air traffic controllers and thousands of citizens witnessed the Phoenix lights? All of these witnesses claim they did not see conventional aircraft and flares. They claim what they saw had to be extraterrestrial in origin.
I believe the government knows a lot about what UFOs are. I believe they know the purpose of the extraterrestrials, they know where they originate and they also know how they kick started the human race.
O_O … you had no backup for literally anything you said. What i saw was, hey this text says this, then you as a question leaning towards your beliefs, then do it again … you sound like one who can’t make up their mind … a polytheist? Also, what answer lies where, i asked no question nor implied one.
You are speaking from imagination, feeling, speculation. Gods? Ufos? Conspiracy theories? You have to explain to me your goal in this thing you wrote. As its reference to my own comment is far fetched … If i didnt know any better which i don’t … you sound like you are hopped up on speed or cocaine … enlighten me as to the goal of your post. Spare me my imaginative ideas of your mental state please? Ya got no idea how confused i am right now as to the reason for your retort or even its place in my speech … really no idea O_O.
Let me correct myself, I dont think you are polytheist, You seem to be a believer of the Ralien theory … I’ve heard it all before … whats your deal? And again what does this have to do with the initial goal of my post?
And uh, whether or not this reply reaches the boards before yours does, Maybe you should Email or chat with me? Because uhhh, this right here, isnt going to work that well, not on this board. We have to speak more in depth eh? Its [email protected] as a matter of fact, if you have an IM program just add me K?
this is my 3rd or 4th post in a row, dear God man what is going ON?! You are so Hype about this he said she said rumor theory idea perception. Again lets talk in depth, this’ll be my last post of the night … aye aye aye … I apologize, you jsut came at me with Way too much energy. Like you were crusading for a convert or something. You didnt even ask what i believed before rambling on about what you did. I am like, blindsided lol seriously, i dont mean you offense jsut calling it like i see it. You have ALOT of energy right now. We would do alot better to talk in private. Take taht request seriously please. WIthout accurate conversation we’ll get nowhere understanding each other.
Dude, anyone reading your last few posts will be able to form a Good Judgement on who is more confused or who needs to make up his mind, and even who is “high on something” ….
And if you want to talk in depth, this is the best place, better than private chat, because there are a lot of intelligent minds on work here who can provide different views on the same topic..
And my intent was certainly not to blindside you or “come at you” … I was just giving you the other version…
Taking this quote from your post – “Now i may be wrong but basically the idea is that creationists here are absolute morons whilst Evolutionists are Science’s hound dogs, thus knowing the logical basis for the earth’s beginning and all that has been embodied as science since.”
This sounds a bit insulting, and i am speaking for both the groups you refrred to here.. We are a group of open minded people who respect the opinion of others as well, even though our beliefs are not the popular kind. We know where to draw the line while having an argument. And you are also welcome as long as your arguments are rational, and not personal affronts.. Otherwise, you will have some serious stuff “coming at you” and you will know the real meaning of getting blind-sided!
And about backing up my thoughts.. Do you expect me to put the research data of a few years on a platter and hand it yo you?? Do you think it is even possible?
I have made so many references, just use Google and find out for yourself, make your own judgement, because ultimately, thats what one believes the most….
Dear Andre,
Probability ratios, like the insurance business is in fact the bookmakers business, trying to make forecasts…..then quoting odds.
Odds do not have any effect whatsoever on outcome……conditions do.
Dear debauch,
Its odd that people readily believe in things such as the air, radio waves, magnetism, x-rays, etc……even though they can’t sense the causes but can sense the effects.
Its all a harmonic of frequencies.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Andre,
Besides your opinions re those on this thread, what do you believe ?
All life forms are players on the world stage, and the show will only be coherant / sucessful if all play their parts and co-operate……team effort / work.
Alas the human is the only life form that repeatedly goes off at tangents, e.g. not co-operating with nature, and much of the time not even with eachother.
Faith :firm belief in something for which there is no proof. It’s ashame how this must be said time and again, & still the meaning is lost. We were given examples of Mathematical probabilities.You showed of chance occurences that can be calculated precisely. To quote Andre- THe mathematical probability of the atoms of the SIMPLEST replicating protein molecule coming together in order by chance is around 1 in 10 to the 450th power. Stay with me, I did your math do my science. What you call a soul,mind,spirit is composed of substances, just as your physical body is. Your mind is in your brain, its made of electrical impluses. These substances are just as complex as the molecules and cell structure your physical body is composed of – in their own way. However, these substances cannot be destroyed by such things as atomic explosions or even entry into a black hole. The soul is durable and indestructible. Souls are born, and evolve and grow, just as in your physical world you find plants and animals springing up from seed, from a single cell. This does not happen haphazardly as Andre pointed out. So then the religious and scientific aspects of how the brian works comes down to faith. No one has to tell you the food is posioned in order for it to kill you. Just like none here will try to force you to become a convert. If nothing is left to chance, be thankful you were lead to this site. Here most souls, minds, spirits will find the peace they are searching for. Prehaps, you feel that there are no answers to be found on this site. Yet i guarantte you will leave here asking alot more questions than when you came. Nevertheless, there is some small scientific aspect to support the general human perception that they have a soul. In fact, so prevalent is this feeling or belief in humans, that one stating the opposite comes in for some heat. Religions invariably espouse the soul and an afterlife as a reality.
In any discussion about human science or religion there is more than discussion about facts, assumptions, and theories. There is also posturing and the need for comfort. Postulating a theory becomes, too often, a matter of ownership and pride. The theory thereafter cannot be wrong, or the owner is somehow discredited and falls in stature. let none judge the other. Einstein’s works, when first presented, were not only pronounced wrong, but were shouted down. They were treated by those whose posture required the existing theories to continue as a threat, which Einstein’s work was. So was Jesus, i’m not comparing the two. Still two men who stuck to their views and changed our lives. one spiritually one scientifically. True or false:Newton is still taught in the schools, to the young, along with Einstein’s theories, and when they contradict the students are expected not to notice? do you know why? You are not to show you know more than your teachers. This is because the professors require a posture of being all-knowing and infallible, and any student implying otherwise suffers at their hand. I dont have to remind you how a teacher will embrass you if you can teach the class by making you stand up and address the class. Soon we will have to stand and address a higher authority. And we will be asked questions i pray you have answers for. Faith :firm belief in something for which there is no proof.
good morning–everyone!!! thank you all so much for these last few posts…i had a thought—just one,though—it’s all i can muster this morning…
God knows, we would all like to be scientists, mathmeticians, physicists, astrologists–and use our brains to their full capacity…but some aren’t–the only things they have to hold on to is their is their basic beliefs, their faith and their hope for something better in the “hereafter”…are the scientists, etc to be envied??? and those “less fortunate” pitied???? i think NOT!!!! there must be a balance…both are required to achieve it…for every theory, there is a counter-theory…but i wonder how many times, even our most prolific scientists have said “i HOPE this works” ???
at the time they Mayans were making this calendar, weren’t they attacked? I am pretty sure they were, and by saying that. Can’t that mean that they ended on that date because they were brutally attacked and forced out?…..
Yes Amit i do expect references and/or sources … ones that are not word of mouth or witnesses. Thats kind of what i was explaining when i was basically talking about infalliable proof in your research, there should be NO holes in it if you wish to pose it as fact over belief. And yeah believe me its extremely possible, you havent even talked to me in depth yet. WHich i am not sure why you havent, you seem to be a conversational explorative type, alas i am confused again. Also, no i didnt say anything untrue, i said everyone here is either evolutionists or creationionsts, to prove you are one or the other listen to this please.
If you do believe partially in the ralien theory, tell me, where did the aliens even come from? Every question about origin goes back to, when did it begin, as our world shows us by meer example cause and effect, beginning and ending, the entire Idea of moving forward and being taken back is grafted into our mentalities. The whole entierty of this system that allows Growth … learning … you do understand that these concepts alone had to be created or sparatically combusted into being jsut as significantly as the physical did right? Came from somewhere yeah?
Also again, i didnt intend to offend you, I’ve heard your theory before, I almost however want to single you out as a pagan who believes in aliens as the main cause. But i dont know you well enough because you want to talk on a website that you feel is some golden cluster of knowledge. This may shock you, buy my studies have given me great understanding, and i have yet to be asked what I believe i am jsut assumed to believe one thing.
No, i have literally no questions Debauch, and who said i believe in the soul. THe Most frustrating thing here is, i got my information about the several belief systems here by reading them in comments. I heard loads of disrespect earlier and mid section in this article thats why i said you all should give each other respect, obviously that wasnt aimed at those who already are.
But again, no i have no questions, see this is why i wish to chat with literally ANYONE in private. I have been blessed with some of this hidden knowledge you speak of. and when you actually talk in private you know better, times when in or out, times when you can meet. You dont post an idea and then maybe wait for an hour or so for the other person you aimed it at to visit. You stand by your viewpoints heavily, so why not chat with a fellow explorer in more depth? Nothing to lose I say. And that goes to anyone who is actually interested in my thoughts, rather than is comfortable making assumptions of them for themselves.
Also, let me reiterate things thought but unsaid. I have sources for what I say. If any of you actully care to hear them whislt you explain to me yours or simply inquire. I would be glad to oblige, i have heard the philosophical destruction of all that Is, * what i know is that i know nothing* or * no matter what i wish to be sure of I will doubt everything since everything is possible*
Problem with these ideas is, the moment you sad what i know is that i know nothing, you admit you think you know nothing therefore you know something, the comcept is self defeating, just the babble comparable to a toddler attempting to extending her vocabulary. The idea that you should doubt everything fails as well, because those that believe you should doubt everything are unable to doubt the idea that you should doubt everything itself, Self defeating.
Again, in depth i can pull out resource after resource, so for those interested, put me down on your aim or toss me an e-mail, or reply on here but know that i might be awhile in replying back in such a case. Love to all, and again, no offense, but i have a Thirst for knowledge and have since i was a child, i learned there are somethings that you have to be wrapped up into a ball to believe, i know life is based on perception, but there must be a reason why certain perceptions are unable to be broken.
For example, If a child of 3 months old who doesnt understand life or death yet meaning cannot fight against them based on his perception alone, gets thrown into a shredder and has nothing but a finger left ( yes its gross but i need to make a point) then was it his perception that killed him? DId ours? Or was there a standard of life and death that need be followed by all? I have seen mentally unstable people who believe they can end the world witha word and try everyday, They believe it like its real because its all they know. Guess what? that perception is unable to do it, no matter how strong it is, becasue everything is relative to something stronger than it when it comes to weightier matters.
There is not enough time to share it all, or take it all in, not right now, so again, for the last time, if anyone including you amit, is interested, and not afraid of being uncomfortable by reason of conversation whether we agree or debate, then message me or email me. Again love to all, and have a good day.
Want to apologize for any typos there are loads, but i am on my way to work, Again my apologies.
To leah before I leave, of course it has to do with the outcome lol. The mathematics are provable, verifiable, repeatable. I didnt use false statistics gathered by a consensus like most modern surveys, I told you base fact. Is it really that hard to accept?
Again you didnt ask my source or what I beleive, are you taht scared to dwelve into the mind of another? If i see this kind of weakness much more throuighout the forum then It may as well have a shaperone or a babysitter presiding over it. Honestly wha tmerit do you have unless you can learn from those around you whoa re right when you are wrong, or beat the ideas of those around you without doubt, when you are right and they are wrong. Humans are so juvenille … I am almost ashamed to be one.
Excellent, You asked a good question. The fact is, there are opinions, and there are facts, then their are opinions about facts, if the fact can stand against opinion as an unchanging constant, it stays fact. I rarely use opinion as justification for my understanding. Destroys the purpose of my research.
What do i believe, Leah, I like you, but attempting to explain What I believe, and then Why i believe it, Would take a long time back and forth on this thread. I’d like to get that information across to you are abetter conveniance for the both of us, as i am not attempting to make a public spectacle, I like talking one on one. Allows for less interruption and more concentration, more focus on the one person youa re speaking with.
So, do Me a favor if not yourself, if you are truly interested, as I am in your beliefs as well. Please, add me to a trillian or aim, or message me with an Email, or even ask for my myspace. SOme things need detail and strict attention, and you are not jsut a name to me you are a person, so i want to treat you as such rather than as a post on this board. I am also a lover and writer of poetry, philosophy ( when it makes sense), theology, science, I even enjoy some cartoons.
But i promise you, it would be extremely inconveniant to embody the source and resource of my beliefs here. So again, message me if you are interested or tell me you plan to so i will be ready. FOr now i honestly am off to work, I walk over 15 miles a day there, So i expect to look pretty good soon ( internal cheer, as if i care about my physical appearance) SO i will hopefully chat with you later? I would be honored to :). Farewell for now.
Dear Just a Thought and Amit,
You have both quoted The Ghost From Valley Forge, within 2 days.
The answer, no matter where one lives….is no. Speaking for myself though….freedom is a frame of mind.
Be well,
Leah
Excuse me, ‘Dre.
I wish to speak on behalf of myself, but the regulars are my “witness”. As to the fact that each in their own right are “seekers of the truth” as Amit said. I work alot of hours, got a son about to go to college, another on the bball team.A hour a day, While I do excersises I check the site. Mostly to read cuz my son is here sometimes and not for nothing I dont want to freak him out. Listen I dont have time now but ( b4 I 4get, Amit g’to hear from you) I check my past post I may rant on sometimes but I my point is I am ignorant not that I dont know anything but know enough I can learn more, if you can find sometime to emancipate my mind from the divertissement that Shakespeare says we are all a part of than plz, enlighten me I would humble myself for such a reward. But ignorance doesnt mean I am foolish I want to quote a source you might trust before I go…”What do i believe, Leah, I like you, but attempting to explain What I believe, and then Why i believe it, Would take a long time back and forth on this thread.” Well we have till 2012 at least right. lol
E
To any and all,
Given the fact that all have the freedom of choice as to what they do …….naturally there are consequences as we know….law being a guideline, or request to comply at best….just what is it that the masses would want to do, if say….there were no laws ?
Each and every person only truly abides by the rules they impose upon themselves, or believe in. There are naturally those that, abide by rules out of pure fear.
How would it change your behaviour if LAWs no longer existed ?
I think all you guys will be supprissed to wake up dec 22nd 2012– thats pretty sad
yes i see it big time my friend : 1 – 2012 Solar Max, no more ice poles no more food for all, go to http://WWW.NASA.GOV than type in :climate time machine . 2- the new start 0.0.0.0.0 he’s back, 3 – It all started on our date of 08/08/08 , 2008 is solar min, but she sill is melting , THE CLIMATE IS THE KEY, IF THE
CLIMATE IS BAD THAN LIFE IS BAD, IF THE CLIMTE IS GOOD THAN LIFE IS GOOD, HIGH CO2 AND SOLAR MAX OF 2012 BAD,BAD,BAD AND IF IT GO,S TO THE 50 YR. SUPPER SOLAR MAX THE LAST ONE IN 1958. NOT GOOD ,TYPEIN SOLAR MAX TOO. GOOD LU
Salutations,
I found this and wanted to share, it is called
The ghost from Valley Forge:
I had a dream the other night I didn’t understand,
A figure walking through the mist, with flintlock in his hand.
His clothes were torn and dirty, as he stood there by my bed,
He took off his three-cornered hat, and speaking low he said:
“We fought a revolution to secure our liberty,
We wrote the Constitution, as a shield from tyranny.
For future generations, this legacy we gave,
In this, the land of the free and home of the brave.
The freedom we secured for you, we hoped you’d always keep,
But tyrants labored endlessly while your parents were asleep.
Your freedom gone—your courage lost—you’re no more than a slave,
In this, the land of the free and the home of the brave.
You buy permits to travel, and permits to own a gun,
Permits to start a business, or to build a place for one.
On land that you believe you own, you pay a yearly rent,
Although you have no voice in choosing how the money’s spent.
Your children must attend a school that doesn’t educate,
Your moral values can’t be taught, according to the state.
You read about the current “news” in a very biased press,
You pay a tax you do not owe, to please the IRS.
Your money is no longer made of silver or of gold,
You trade your wealth for paper, so life can be controlled.
You pay for crimes that make our Nation turn from God to shame,
You’ve taken Satan’s number, as you’ve traded in your name.
You’ve given government control to those who do you harm,
So they can padlock churches, and steal the family farm.
And keep our country deep in debt, put men of God in jail,
Harass your fellow countryman while corrupted courts prevail.
Your public servants don’t uphold the solemn oath they’re sworn,
Your daughters visit doctors so children won’t be born.
Your leaders ship artillery and guns to foreign shores,
And send your sons to slaughter, fighting other people’s wars.
Can you regain your Freedom for which we fought and died?
Or don’t you have the courage, or the faith to stand with pride?
Are there no more values for which you’ll fight to save?
Or do you wish your children to live in fear and be a slave?
Sons of the Republic, arise and take a stand!
Defend the Constitution, the Supreme Law of the Land!
Preserve our Republic, and each God-given right!
And pray to God to keep the torch of freedom burning bright!”
As I awoke he vanished, in the mist from whence he came,
His words were true, we are not free, and we have ourselves to blame.
For even now as tyrants trample each God-given right,
We only watch and tremble—too afraid to stand and fight.
If he stood by your bedside in a dream while you’re asleep,
And wonder what remains of your right he fought to keep.
What would be your answer if he called out from the grave?
Is this still the land of the free and home of the brave? (Pastor Paul Payton)
To me as an observer, this is sad truth.
Read the book of the Jaguar Priest to get a better idea of what the Mayan thought of their end times, because it was written by Mayans, and not some white guy on the internet who has absolutely no insight into Mayan culture.
Whether it be the return of their gods, the universal and final stage of consciousness, or just the end. Something is going to happen.
Also, I enjoyed the Nostradamus reference. If you would have known anything about Nostradamus, you would know about his lost book, found in the Vatican library. It also refers to 2012 as the end time, with the exact same references to the tree of life, and the galactic equator, just like the Mayans.
It is interesting to live in interesting times. See you on the other side. Suckers.
Good Morning Folks!
Very well put Espumpin….. We are all witness to each other here.. “The Seekers’ Summit” agrees that we know nothing, but we are striving to find out and still i am sure we will have more questions than before at the end….
And we all have our daily rigmarole to be taken care of… But that does not prevent us from seeking the truth, and at the same time, the seeking does not prevent us from performing our roles in our daily lives.. Espumpin has a son about to go to college, and one to join baseball team.. I have a 2.5 Year old who is in Pre-nursery.. Sometimes i wonder what kind of world will he grow up in… As a parent, my heart pictures him growing up and me playing with my Grandchildren… But my mind tells me not to think beyond 2012, its not that i expect the world to end, but the changes that are expected are enough to halt any long term plans.. So when my son turns 5 in October 2011, i will celebrate the occassion very well….
Now, i am ranting…….
Dear Andre,
You do seem to be a knowledgeable person… And knowldge has to be respected whether one is in agreement or not. So i would give that to you. But the problem is that while your formulation is crystal clear, your thoughts seem to be confused…
Leah asked you a very good question, and that sums up the image you portray on this thread.. I mean no offense, but while asking us for proofs and references and not “our opinions”, all that you have posted here so far are your own opinions about the others here….
You said that you know the reason why i am not willing to share my sources, i am 100% sure you are wrong…
If you are really interested then you should go back to the begining of this thread and follow our progress.. You will get a lot of sources and references along the way.. And you will be in tune with our beliefs and the reasons for those beliefs as well…
I would surely love to know your beliefs as well, and any sources that you quote to back the same will be most welcome…
And for God’s Sake , please tell me what the hell is a “conversational explorative type” !!!! You would do well to stop trying to judge what “type” i am… Because my knowledge does not merit any classification.. And it is so because i am always open to new information.. I dont have any rigid beliefs…
I dont understand your insistence for Private Mail or Chat…You can think of us as a single entity in a way ( I am including my friends when i say that)..
I am very comfortable discussing my thoughts with others here.. And my friends are not just “names” … They are real people who have a permanent space in my heart and my mind…
We are not uncomfortable discussing anything with anyone and we certainly have no reason to be skeptical of what you might prove…
Whatever you want to say, whatever you want to discuss can be done in the best possible manner right here…
Welcome to the Seekers’ Summit !
Keep Seeking…………
Leah,
You made a very interesting point about Law.
I believe there are two kinds of law. One is based on Justice. The other is based on control. The predominant form in use today, and which has the greater ancient heritage, is the latter. Basically, what the vast majority of individuals view as law today is a bastardization of the Golden Rule: “Dem wid de gold, makes de rules.†It is the law of control, of raw power, of “might making rightâ€. It is retribution, instead of restoration.
The “Me” of the Sumerian civilization includes one of the earliest known forms of law, which was based — curiously enough — on fairness, justice, and equality — as opposed to making it easier for those with the gold to run roughshod over everyone else.
Consider our current body of laws. They define what is permissible and what isn’t. If there is no law on the books for a particular act, then no matter how damaging or hurtful it is to others, then there is no crime. But if there is a law which defines a crime for an action which harms no one, a crime has indeed been committed. In the latter case, the State then claims injury to “the peace and dignity†of the State. Barn carpeting! Such a State has no “peace and dignity†when they would enforce victimless crimes
In virtually every religion and philosophy throughout the world there is a binding edict, which says in essence:
“Do unto others as you would have them do unto you. ” Thats Law. Period.
Uhhm Amit, I’m gonna need a quote as to when i said i knew for sure why you didn’t want to talk in private. Also, I need to know where i used opinion in my expression of mathematics. If its not there, thats alright, if it is, correct me please. Also, Puhlease, do not let my arrogance discomfort you in anyway. I used to be extremely shy, badly spoken and insecure.
I was abused as a child, raped, abandoned and homeless for over 4 years, and molested Daily. But as i got older i learned to love myself. And i learned to do it based on merit alone rather than the yearn to feel accepted. So yes i am arrogant though i try my BEST to hide it. I have information that i do not in ANY way shape or form deserve. And its not me who i praise for it, my goodness the things that have been put together in this mind make me gasp and tear up for reason of their power. Its not that i believe myself to be inteligent, its that i thank the stars that however or whyever, I jsut make alot of sense when i am able to express myself correctly.
With that said, and alot of my childhood spread about on this board, it should be obvious that i am not trying to hide anything from anyone here by wishing to talk to you or anyone here in private. I gave my reasons for doing so, but if you like a social Group setting mroe than 1 on 1 chat. I respect that, and will chat with you on here if you like just the same. But when you ask me a complex question, I guarantee an extremely extensive answer. With that said, if one of my comments seems ( I have gone braindead from reading for so long) long, Know that its jsut the best way i can get my point across. Sometimes in such complex matters, being concise defeats the power of the point :).
Also, again i meant no offense, i LOVE your character on this board. I only Felt blindsided because it was around 3 am or later, and i didnt have the energy to match your own. I apologize wholeheartedly if i came across in an offensive way :). twas not my intention to anyone here.
wait so its not ending? but he seds theres gonna be an ice age, meteorites and stuff it seems scary very scary i was scared about the big bang thing wit the excelator particle machine now this oh when will it end i wanna live! bloody idiots dont fear nothin even those who do the very next day they forget about it! is there a percentage in if the world will end? anyone know im really keen in knowing 🙂
cheers addrian.
Andre, Sorry, you said you are “not” sure and i missed the not.. Sincere apolgies for this mistake..
Look , my intent is not to indulge in any kind of war of words with anyone.. All i want to do here is have an intelligent discussion with people who have somethng to contribute to this topic.. Lets forget our “introduction”.. I can understand your feeling of getting Blindsided , and the reason for the difference in Energy is the difference in Time Zones, we are on opposite Time Zones actually…
Really sorry to know about the travails you had to face in your Childhood, but at the same time its appreciable on your part that you have come out stronger from it and managed preserve your character.
And as for arrogance, dont worry, i can give as good as i get 😉 ….. And if you manage to let go of your arrogance here, then i will be the first person to reflect the warmth as well….
So lets make a fresh start here, bury the hatchet as they say…
Okay, the first question i want to ask is Whats your take on 2012??
Well, honestly, I cannot say for sure how i fell about 2012. Its a year, and the more than christians attempt to interpret and predict the future based on the bible the less credible they become when then world again does not end. It would be better to shut their mouths, and wait to see what happens.
Secondly, I am not a mayan, and when i start setting events on my calendar, and those dates stop getting set, i don’t intend to leave behind the idea that the world was going to end the very day i stopped setting events.
In all honesty i feel like this, If it happens, great thats alright, i have nothing to lose either way. If it doesnt, ok, the world gave into something far fetched ( almost as far fetched as when they set the african slaves free, which was great, but left them in america rather than sent them back to where they were bartered from, yet i suppose they Were basically domesticated, as they were treated like animals but the kind you dont really treat nicely. So i guess it made sense to leave them here, but then why hate them afterwards? Could very well be the fear of change factor … hm …oh and also I myself am Black I am intending no insult, jsut trying to get a point across here) and made itself look silly yet again. ( i digressed ALOT i apologize, i am becoming comfortable and in comfort i become well … somewhat silly at times.
I dont like such Certainty based off of such Variable and Perceptively powered or infused resources. Where is the constant? SUre its obvious the earth is going through changes, I know this. I wont be blind to it, but i would have to be pretty sure to simply say, It will happen, or even, It won’t happen. SO i stick with this, If it does, again, i have nothing to lose and if it doesnt, ok well life will go on :). I cant explain it any other way. I am honored that you asked for my opinion on this matter.
I wish i had more light to shed on it, but there simply isn’t enough proof for me to side with either. ANd my answer should reflect MUCH of my personality. The reason why i profess siding with Certainty only when the proof shown is near impossible to defy with true rationality, is because i do not like debate. I find the facts and let them fight for themselves.
This is the only way i can speak truth in every circumstance, unless i say ahead of time that i am about to speak an educated opinion,and the deeper i dig, the more ways i find to show truths without question. But this topic, could be deciphered into Multiple different languages if you know what I mean, its simply not cemented enough to stand on either side with the authority needed to justify its truth in either opinion.
Oh and as for my childhood Amit. I am EXTREMELY happy that i went through it, there are even more unspeakable and i do mean unspeakable perils i have faced throughout my life. But you see i couldnt be happier about them. They cultuered me in an amazing way, helped me mature and learn how to respect people as if they were myself. And it taught me alot about the world, the knowledge within it and the people there.
So i am thanksful for your apology, your sincerity is appreciated deeply. But please do not feel sorry for me, because if i had the choice to change ANY of it, any at all, I’d turn it down in a heartbeat.
Andre, its good to rely on certainty. But in things such as the topic we are discussing, its not possible to have an absolute measure of certainty, because the future is always unpredictable. All sorts of calculations and theories can go wrong, because change is the only constant, everything else is variable..
Many of us in this thread believe that there is a very strong possibility of a significant event taking place in 2012. And if i were to give you the exact reasons for this belief, i would just be repeating whats being discussed on this thread since a few months… But most of that belief comes from Enuma Elish, and once you read it carefully and try to match the information therein with other sources, you will be able to tie a lot of things together.
I mean all you have to do is just read the previous posts, and tell us what exactly you dont agree with.. You may have gathered a lot of knowledge, but you are yet to share it with us.. Dont worry about long posts, we are okay with it. You have formed a good basis for your reasoning and we have a fair idea about your personality now. But its time for facts now… Lets hear some from you then….
Facts? About what? The only facts i purposed so far were about mathematical probability in regards to evolution. And there are several constants besides change alone. Your request puzzles me. I have given no opinion where i intended to give fact …
I know much of the basis for the belief in this spectacle in 2012. Its not that i don’t know why people believe in it. You seem to want me to choose a side, and I note you speak for many others than yourself.
Basically i think I need you to be more specific. If its about 2012, you know where i stand, it could or could not happen it isnt my interest as to whether or not it does. If it does I won’t care, if it doesn’t i wont care. My main goal of my initial post was basically to say exactly what i am standing for right now in regards to your question.
If you dont know for sure, dont speak for sure, if you almost know for sure, speak with that authority and no more, if you know KNOW for sure, then profess your knowledge as such, and not the entirety of the World will be able to defraud you.
Thats the basic idea i was trying to get across, research msut be done from all angles. I cant jsut say a rapist is sick or a serial killer is unstable, i literally have to be able to understand exactly why that particular individual did what he or she did and see it as well as possible from their point of view whilst retaining or modifying my own.
Also, the word unpredictable means unable to be predicted. If my wife keeps eating the same bowl of cereal the same time for 10 years and has no yearn or intention on changing, that act becomes predictable even 5 weeks ahead of time.
What i believe you mean to say is that predictions are not always right. But can very well be. Its what the stock market relies on, and those who know it better than others make better predictions and fall into more money. Its the same concept, you admitted yourself that this topic has not enough certainty behind it to take a side with an absolute understanding in so many words. “things such as the topic we are discussing, its not possible to have an absolute measure of certainty”
So i must ask why you expect me to give one. And in regards to knowledge I choose to share, Quite simply i have not been asked the right question(s).
What good would it do if i randomnly began to explain the embodiment of our entire universe, or attempted to list all the things i have come to understand as facts, even if they regard to weightier matters? I responded to many of the topics and ideas i saw already present here, I havent presented any new ones because the relavence they would have is relative SPecifically to the individual percieving them and no individual has asked for anything but my take on 2012.
This is kind of why i like one on one Friend chat. It can range from casually shallow to extremely abnormal and in depth. You dont walk up to your friend and say * Ok hey Rob Now tell me what you think about vegetarianism * holds the mike up to his face*) You talk, it flows like an amazing dance of epic and miniscule proportion.
This is again why its hard for me to respond in such a structured question and answer format as the most intense conversation most times combusts from following a fluent flow rather than writing blueprints and declaring their need to be fulfilled in the exact way they were illustrated.
I do wish to speak with you and anyone here about things in depth and provide fact after fact, i never once said this is the kind of subject to do that with. It is hard to accept for many, but no matter HOW deeply their hearts are in the world ending or it not ending. Whether or not they choose to accept it, there isnt even close to enough unchanging variables and constants in this matter for them to say their placed faith, is known fact.
An adlib. Its 5 07 am here and my wife specifically told me not to stay up this late because she tends to believe that when she is asleep and i am next to her that it … well makes her feel closer to me. ( though just Telling her that i was next to her all night on the nights i Do stay up like this would give the SAME satisfaction making it COMPLETELY perceptive and without uncompromised identity)
Either way, I wont lie to her, and even though she is next to me Right now, when she wakes she will say ” Good morning Dreby *hug* did you ahve any dreams last night … and eventually, what time did you go to sleep last night?” So no matter what i’m going to get yelled at either way before i make her daily breakfast ( which i enjoy doing as she is my queen and a kind queen should be catered to as she caters to her equal just the same) so really I do have to be going soon.
Again i would LOVE to talk in depth with you, but the reason i am not so *Emergent* about this topic within itself, is because again … if i end up dead than dead I will be, According to the evolutionists i will not have any recollection of existence or memory of my life previously, nor will i even be present in this world since i am jsut a body anyways. To the religious, if i lived my life according to a certain set of principles correctly i will have piece and i will have chaos if i didnt.
I am comfortable either way. I am thankful you have even considered caring to hear my take on this in particular, so i will try not to be rude. Lets see … do i think the world will end in 2012 … I guess I’ll have to ponder it … however i will more than likely ponder it without paying attention to it and eventually ponder it as a sidetracking … and well when 2012 comes if i am alive and still pondering then I guess I’ll know for sure than won’t I? 🙂
TIl then unless a stroke of genius and Eureka beats the crap out of any doubt on this matter in my mentality … attempting to side without the proof … would be completely outside of my character.
Oh briefly, the sarcasm in my last tidbit paragraph was intended. I just wanted to make you smile :), not trying to be a jerk.
Back to fundementals. Our reality and perceptions, along with parts of our historical knowlege, have already been changed. We no longer believe Earth to be flat, or that humans have only existed on earth for 6000 years, etc etc.
The coming years will bring many many more such changes in perception, as knowlege and truth unfold at an exponential rate. These changes, which will not be just from sources outside of the self…..many will be from within, much like not comprehending something, and then suddenly the penny drops….and there is understanding, will be pleasing to many, but will be like Dante’s inferno to others.
The open minded are the folk that will cope best with changes to understanding….whilst those that have closed minds, prefering their chosen dogmatic beliefs, will consider their world to have ended, as their realities are shattered and left in tatters, and so feel that they are in a hell of chaos.
Changes due to climate aside, the big changes that are upon us, are on a mental and spritual level, which tend to be more difficult to cope with than the physical. Its our perceptions that are changing. Nothing new…it has been an ongoing process….the more we learn and discover….the quicker we are able to discover and learn more.
E.g Genetics have shown that all species share common DNA. Should genetisists show in future that all species differ only in form and function, but are the same otherwise…..all thinking and feeling etc, it would make some feel guilty (due to their past behaviour toward animals), disgust some (not being willing to view animals as equals), whilst others would celebrate, as would I.
Just one such discovery would change our world, at the very least our eating habits and the ensuing changes to farming etc. 2012 is more about ones mental and spiritual status quo than the physical.
Andre, you keep saying that you were never asked the right questions… When i asked some questions in my reply to your first post , you strangely replied that “You have not backed up anything you said” … I told you that my backup is spread across this thread.. And that i cannot repeat myself or just gather all that i have researched so far and refer to you…You said that its possible to do that…
Then you said that you have some great knowledge that you are willing to share, and when i asked you to share, you cited the same reason as i did…..
Dont you think that you are constantly contradicting yourself here? And why do i get the impression that i have been pulled into a meaningless argument which will lead us nowhere….
Funny, i just tried to find out what exactly you want me to explain, but you are making it seem like i am the one who is begging you for information.. Now, why would i ask you specific questions? Are you an oracle??
The regulars on this thread dont have to ask each other questions, we just keep on sharing whatever we stumble upon and we share our thoughts as well.. And we are in a nice flow…You just jumped in and tried to fight the flow, while you should settle in slowly to go with the flow.. Now dont take me wrong when i say “go with the flow”, i certainly dont mean that you should agree with whatever we say….
You said that you’ll just ponder about 2012… So what the hell do you think WE are doing here?? Are we not pondering?? We are just pondering aloud…
Do u think that we have stopped living , and all we do is just wait for 2012 while being constantly afraid??
A bit of fun. If one hovers in space above the artic circle, Earth rotates anti-clockwise….then hover above the antartic, Earth rotates clockwise.
Likewise if you hover over the equator, if your head is to the north, earth rotates anti-clockwise, if your head is to the south, earth rotates clockwise.
Its a matter of perspective and vantage point, as is everythng else. In space there is no up or down, right or left, forwards or backwards, clockwise or anti clockwise, there is just rotation, whether its on ones axis and / or around another rotating body.
Direction of rotation does have an effect on the type of energy field produced.
Thanks for the awesome article – a very interesting read!
My only problem is all the JUDGMENT from a the people who responded! Who cares if other people get freaked out about 2012? If it bothers you so much, then pass on information like this too them instead of judging them. Seriously, they’re not hurting anyone!
A. and A.,
Caring quite a bit,
interesting – if it dont matter either way.
Dear Debauch,
I’m on [email protected] should you like to stay in touch.
In reference to your last post and the different holy writings, and as something to be questioned by all.
Do they not see that they all write of the same things….do they not see that they (we) are all the same……or is it that they don’t care to see, or have been prohibited from doing so ?
Its not like God or the Creator of life can be patented and / owned……each one already has their rightful allotted shares / stock in creation / God……they are not tradable, nor can they be taken away.
Each of the 3 main religions maintain there is only one God, but each maintains they have it. Now either there is more than 1 god, as per many ancient writings, or if there is truly only one, then we all have it. The only thing that any one belief system cannot lay claim to is that, there is only 1 God, but only they have it, exclusively.
Hope you get in touch Debauch,
Be well,
Leah
Oh what a tangled web we weave, when it is our intent to deceive.
Dear Andre,
I had made no reference as to how old we at present believe the world to be. I wrote….we no longer believe that humans have only existed on Earth for 6000 years, or that the earth is flat.
good morning, seekers!!!!!
okay, andre—i’ll bite…you’ve dangled the bait long enough–no more “beating around the bush”—since no one seems to be asking you the right questions, then i respectfully ask you to share your knowledge with us… EXACTLY WHAT IS IT that you know????? WHAT IS IT THAT YOU “KNOW” BUT WILL NOT SAY????
you have stayed here for a reason…what is it?????
there is only ONE answer to this question…..
Dear The Dude,
Indeed. So very true.
Dear Andre,
How long humans have existed on earth is NOT my timescale.
Life’s too short for so much word play.
Amit, it is an honor to know you. Do you remember when I lashed out at rich? I had alot on my mind. I thought he was like ‘dre. Here let me show you. I’m ok now:)
LOOK ‘DRE.
Take a stand thats what we asked, I believe/think, in 2012 some sort of awakeing will occur. Not to all, you are an example of the kinds of minds that will stop us from getting to that next level. you want a sob story to explain your behavior? I dont have my fathers name on my birth certificate i never evn knew the $%#%^ my mom left me at the shelter when i was 9 got out of foster care earned a scholoship have a good job married paid taxes you know i have 2 boys well my 9yr girl was raped asn killed 2yrs ago am i sceaming at the world sometimes i think im going nuts but ho the hell are you to judge and say ” So yes i am arrogant though i try my BEST to hide it”. Well I have we have little time to waste with ppl like ypou and when i say we more than the regulars you may not have anything to lose well i have lost and have alot more i dont want to lose the thing that bothers me sometimes and may the one true God forgive me is that i have to try to save narrow minded selfegostupidselfcenterd………………………,before you get all teary eyed and crap I dont want any condolences plz I earned a nba with that college $ and my wife used to be a model and now takes the pictures and ‘dre i used small words so my point should ber clear and info or plz shut up no disrepect ok but your talking down to a friend of mine and i’d like to see you do it in my face “oh how uncivilized” well i had a rough child hood. sorrrryyy. listen i make about $75,000yr depending on howthe Knicks play. its true. im not bragging really im ranting and ‘dre listen Amit apologized b4 and you still came back hard chill already and something positive, or plz go find another summit to climb. plz, thankyou. just like me i hope next i get a chance i dont waste it on pointlessness. lol
E
andre–i apologize and retract my last statement–there are probably MANY things you know—but let’s start with just ONE!!!!
oh the stand listen i dont think the worlds gonna end our 777,777 angels are coming or the raputure,armageden,aliens,metors nope just knowledge some with stronger minds or spirits then maybe all the stuff said above one of them will occur be we will be more informed than t his and ppl are gonna panic and i gotta get back to work i just hadda write after i checked the site his morning
Dear Chelsee,
I got what Andre was getting at with “I don’t care either way” re 2012.
Speaking for myself re 2012, I am wiser than to think that my preferences or beliefs could stop anything from occuring, or cause them to occur. I think what Andre was trying to convey….is that its acedemic to him….what will be will be.
You have to remember that this thread is multi national, and misunderstandings can happen.
Dear The Pulse,
If you read the whole thread, that is a a teacher if you have the time to do so (no sarcasm, I mean in the context that teachers put in more hours than people think), you would find that there have been very few misunderstandings, even less incompetence, and little disrespect. However there has been much in the way of input, scientifically, archeologically, and philosophically etc.
Dear Espumpin,
Congratulations re Gladiators. Are you going to be a centestant or a gladiator ?
We don’t ge the US version in the UK yet, but I’m sure we will sometime.
Re the quartz research…..I agree with you that profits from new technologies they develop is their motivation. However no doubt its also the additional power and control that those techs could bring that is of even more interest to them.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Andre,
As per your request for one on one, I e-mailed you yesterday. Look forward to hearing from you.
Leah
Dear Andre,
If you don’t mind me asking, which country do you live in ?
Dear Espumpin,
The posts were appearing so fast ealier on, that they could not have been appearing in the order they were written. Confusing and also leads to misunderstandings.
I thought I read in one of your posts early in the thread, that you are in Tokyo…..is this correct, or is it just my turn to be nuts ?
Be well,
Leah
Well put Leah,
Espumpin should learn to be as tactful. I shall be more subtle in trying to translate his rant. truculence in your words Andre is all you have wrought. I to came crypticly with knowledge I wish to share unlike Esp I believe a Tribulation, Transmigration of the Soul,something is going to happen. maybe there will be an Apocalypse of some sort. I quote,”Those who believe (in the Quran), and those who follow the Jewish (scriptures), and the Christians…and (all) who believe in God and the last day and work righteousness, shall have their reward with their Lord; on them shall be no fear, nor shall they grieve.” The Qur’an, 2:62. The book everyone fear right now, speaks of unity even in the end. You must add to this thread Andre, I think you are scared. No offence, so am I. I have found what I hope I am “seeking”. What is it you seek? Are you prepared for the time of change, do you feel it. You should ask yourself, with all you know why are you here, on this thread? I am here to learn and help share what I have learned. Time is short and by attacking one you have disrupted a colloquy grave in disposition. If you wish to iota any congitation please be gentle and tractable as be can desired. Come back to us as part of the kinship. I have been accepted, and I still feel each of will and has effected each others for a while now. Not strong but the links will grow. Just as the Hopi envisioined, this spider web will be the the cause for what may seem minor now. To be Mind blowing in hindsight.
Debauch
Alright i am Very confused. Its as if you people are not listening to yourSELVES. Amit you continue to treat me like i have wronged you in some way and if you reread my comments you might understand why I am confused. I didnt attempt to fight the flow i will say this one more time and one time only.
The reason i posted in this thread in the First Place, was SIMPLY because of the fact that i heard lots of namecalling and ridicule towards the religious as well as blindness towards the evolutionists. I didnt post it to ask for Sympathy Espumpin i have NO IDEA why you would insult me like that. This is always the problem, people think emotionally first and logically later and when they do that with ME, they are seeking some large picture when i am only attempting to introduce a small concept.
I never claimed to be an oracle or to know everything and I am literally hurt taht i have been attacked in such a way. I dont respond to Peer Pressure and i never wished to be accepted within this “Group”. I am a grown man with a Wife he loves DESPERATELY, a life filled with question and humor. But you can’t just accept the simple huh? There jsut MUST be some reason he won’t say how he feels ( though i have about 3 times). Scared? OF what? Is it taht hard to believe that i couldnt care lessa bout jsut What happens in 2012?
Well i am sorry but I do not. This isn’t preschool or elementary so honestly if i say i dont have an opinion on something YOU are interested who the heck are you to tell me that i have to voice it. YOu don’t hold my hand and i certainly don’t wish to hold yours. I have no idea what you guys are trying to prove here but again i have been misunderstood and misquated several times here. ITs like there is an Initial hostility towards me which i dont get because with all the smileys in my thread it should have been obvious that my mood was loose and humorous as well as not intended to offend.
Some people have GOT to be taken at face value. Trust this, when i say something about how i feel and i give reason its no more in depth than that its incredibly simple. What i said to all of you was that i have been blessed with a bountiful understanding of knowledge. I also stressed my disagreeance to this question answer format. I would have been fine if NO one replied to me about my attempt to make peace between those who WERE being rather unice on this thread. Stop taking what i Said i did and what i Did period to be something i NEVER said it was.
Now. I hope to goodness i am misunderstanding everyone here as i have been misunderstood as well. I never came in here claiming ANY side and its like you are honestly forcing me to. I visit this site because its nice to hear what others have to say. But i explained VERY well that i have no reason to takes sides. ARe you MAD that i dont care? HOnestly? I think thats whats going on here its Irritating to you that i havent conformed when you think everyone should. Who gives a crap whether or not everyone cares about this. It doesnt mean i believe nothing will happen, It does however mean it doesnt matter to me either way.
And espumpin i shared a Portion of my childhood with all of you to show how open i was not to compete about who had it worse did you NOT see me say right after that i wanted no sympathy as i am HAPPY it happened? Also Debauch i am prepared, the fact that it can go either way for me should show you that. No i am not a robot I am a human being … so let me ask the question you all seem to WANT to ask but come off sounding like dictators for your own cause. ” Where is your Faith placed?” There see? I am sure that helps. See i side with absolution, but i am human so i obviously must have Some form of opinion about Somethings right?
So here since you can’t jsut handle the fact that I dont have any particular urgency on this topic i will give you some opinions Of my own.
I like moose tracks flavored ice cream i Think it tastes good. I Believe in the equality of man and woman i see niether side as superior. I do not like the beach as i dislike the physical exposure of humans i see there but i do love the rain. I am not agnostic, not one bit. I have studied evolution for over 10 years, ITs got too many holes to believe in and if anyone ever CARED to hear them i will list as many here without blowing up the page. I also do not like green eggs and ham.
Ok is that good enough for you guys? I will not Bow and CHoose a side as if this topic will change the way I live i am living the same as before it started. You all can make your own ideas about it all you want, enjoy the conversation. But dont you DARE attempt to FORCE me into believing in something I don’t. WHen i have yet to force you into anything so weighty.
The nerve of you people! The next time one of you makes a reference to something i “Said” get it right please, i Despise those selective with their reading rather than objective and thourough because,
i already stated my goal in posting here Several times,
i never said i was an oracle,
i already stated my stand on this matter and that stand is simply to say that it could go either way and i don’t care otherwise.
I tried to become a part of this “kinship” by expressing some of my personality.
I never said i knew everything I know alot.
And again, What have I to fear? I am happy with how my life has gone i couldnt care less if i die in 4 years.
And to Becky, you want to know One thing I know? Just One? I already explaoined how i feel about the topic so jsut WHAT are you asking of me? You want in depth conversation? Pick another topic or send me an Email because this forum is meant for 2012 and i already said how i feel about it so if you want anything else yes, you’ll have to ask for it.
Also Leah, you said WE no longer think the earth is so young. YOu speak for too many, Carbon dating has been proven wrong Multiple times. If you want the research i have loads of sites to link you to that actually prove otherwise not to MENTION we havent even reached equilibrium yet which was SUpposed to happen in 30,000 years. Scientists admit we arent even 1 3rd of the way there yet.
I will not apologize for my attitude, No one tells me which side i msut stand on if i already founded myself. Even in the face of Death if i have no certain opinion on the matter and i am forced to choose, the fool can just kill me. IT need not matter to this mind.
Dear Andre,
Glad that dinner was good, and I like the sense of humour.
Did it ever occur to you guys to just leave eachother alone…..as it seems that you do misunderstand eachother easily, or maybe you seek different things.
I stayed out of it, as at one point on my view of the thread in the UK, posts were appearing out of coherant order and faster than they could be read.
So…today has been a small example of what the Chinese mean by INTERESTING.
Peace and wellbeing to ALL,
Leah
Also please forgive my typos. But as far as I am concerned this is no race to hope someone figures out without a doubt what may happen. I realize you all jsut want me to contribute. I sincerely do, but i already said there isnt enough information to do so in a weighty way. Again, Any topic please just pick ANY ONE i LOVE conversation its like Sex and Bratwurst to me but Please stop asking how i feel about this when i already told you. Please, i Hate causing harm to Anyone and i Never even meant to get so mad. But i feel as though i am being ignored when all i wanted to say was so simple that it was overlooked.
YOU wanna talk about evolution? Creationism? The ralien theory? Paganism? Philosophy? Society or the world. Perceptive matters? Really i am GLAD TO no sarcasm intended. But 2012 has been discussed by me, Please jsut take waht i said for what it was and ask no more of it.
Wow!!
This thread has certainly become interesting.
I like Andre. Sounds a lot like a lawyer but who am I to judge?
Just a qucik tip to Andre. I wouldn’t be so quick to describe how happy I am in my life with my wife and all. All of us here have families and none have ever felt the need to bring them into the picture to sort of support the fact that they have a life.
We all have a past, some not as glorious as others. Like take me for instance. I wouldn’t come in here and say that I spent 30 years of my life in the Bronx during the 70-90’s. Its not important to this topic that I witnessed the actual birth of the Hip Hop culture. I was right there. I was a graffitti artist also. I went through crazy life threatening stuff during my childhood. I’ve been married a little over 25 years to the same woman and I have never cheated.
So what? Whos cares?
I’m sure you have us all feeling rather anti-climactic with your opinion about this 2012 discussion after reading all that stuff you feel you have to write to say that in fact you have no opinion either way.
No offense bro. I’m just sayin’, you ain’t said nuthin.
Just a quick summary as to how I see this. I came to this forum because I’m interested in the ancient astronaut – prehistoric man topic.
I made it known immediately and I even posted sources and gave our regulars words and names to Google themselves thereby providing the sources for my conclussions.
I pointed out simply that if one were to read the words left to us by these legendary peoples without prejudice as prescribed by Andre. You know. Without judging them as myths.
Then maybe we would be able to offer better explanations for some of the mysteries left to us by these ancient races.
I don’t care how smart anyone here is. They can’t explain for certainty either the age of the great pyramid, the sphinx, or the temples at tiotihuacan.
By not being able to explain then consideration MUST be given to what the ancients say. Then when you apply the knowledge we have today we interpret what they they describe as gods as alien with some kind of flying craft.
This applys to different religions in different cultures including Christianity (Elijah).
Now when we look at it in tha context then one or two things can be deduced. Either these people from different parts of the world had the same but varying experinces or the story started in place and was spread throughout as history.
Andre the way you think with numbers and all that logic.
Have you ever run accross an explanation as to how civilization sprung up literally overnight (speaking about scientific terms) in one place on the planet?
I mean, how would that explain evolution?
Anyway, none of us know the whole story but Andre, you’d be a lot more interesting if you put some meat in your post and left out some potatos.
There is so much to dig up over there its insane. Do you know that headdress you see on some of those stellae? The one with like a cobra around the head? None of those have ever been found. In fact, I’ve been looking around for any pictures of found Pharoic headresses and I haven’t seen any. If anyone has a link I would appreciate it.
Anyway. I’m feeling longwinded.
Thanks for listening people.
4 give my typos
-Rico-
The difference between paranoid and prepared is the outcome.
Just noted this … uhh Espumpin I didnt attack Amit … maybe you want telephone conversation? You seem to be giving my words a tone that they werent setting … May you can show me where you believe i attacked Amit? Also uhh … I said i was arrogant because of what i understand and that was in sincerity … not because of my childhood.
Also, say what to your face? Kind of at a loss for words here not sure what you are suggesting. Also for future reference, I am not an offender, i defend if need be when it comes to physical altercation … I have no reason to antagonize you? But please dont wish i would … Amit you have an entire life to live. Sometimes its not wise to risk the things you love by putting them on the line in a threat towards another that could easily end in death for either of you. Why resort to violence?
Especially when again, i never attacked anyone, this is why i like one on one and Amit hopefully this proves it. Its hard to give inflection to typed words when you dont really know the mood or the character of the one who typed them … Just so you know, all of you, the mood in this post is calm, confused, collected, and gloomy.
Again Rico i already made my stand on the matter, twas not my intent to make anyone feel anticlimactic about it. I didnt volunteer the info it was inquired of me.
I am very consistent with absolution, the reason my words seem weak and meaningless to you is that they dont matter to you as all you are concerned with right now in that post of yours is 2012 it would seem.
I am glad to know about your bronx experience, the personalities and experience of others is what matters to me. I think you basically just admitted one of my fears, that you are honestly irritated that i dont care about the topic of 2012. I can’t fight that can I? I also never called anything myth please quote me on that -_-.
Oh and please lets not do semantics. I write comfortably here. I ain’t being graded on grammar. When I said Hip Hop it was really rap. There was no such thing as hip hop back then.
Just in case. You can Google it all up.
Millbrook houses, bronx, N.Y.
Now that was on 139th stree two block from brook avenue and 138th street.
If you know anything about the NYC time space continuem you will know what that was back then.
I was there for the crack epidemic. I saw my neighbors sell his kids pampers so he could smoke it up. I saw 100 people lines to buy crack!!
I saw drive bys that left multiple people dead. What the hell!! I been shot at!!
Wow!! That was a really fantastic experince!!
Yeah right, I’m lucky to be around. In fact you know what?
Thank God!!!!
Nuff’ said
-R-
See yet again its your own ideas you give to my persona projected within yourself that cause these problems. So far it is Me that has been patronized and ridiculed excluding my recent attitude filled Retort taht was about 7 miles long.
I dont think i did anything wrong by saying i care about the character and personality and experiences of people more than i do this one 2012 subject … why does that bother you? I like that you cared enough to tell me about what you witnessed during that time and Yes i know the difference between rap and hip hop i HATE hip hop I Enjoy poetry/rap when it speaks about something meaningful to me.
If you continue to speak to me with that prejudice that I am ( a robot who seems to have no emotions and think he is better than everyone here, even though i never once said or hinted at that and if you think i did quote me) Then no matter what i say or how sincere it is you’re going to continue your hostility. I already told you why i posted ever here in the first place. Why cant you jsut accept that?
It was because people were being called idiots and it hurt my feelings that folks couldnt jsut respect the views and ideas of others so i posted a few in depth facts about evolution to at least get the evolutionists to stop ridiculing all of those who were worried about 2012. I havent professed anything else … why am i being yelled at for not saying something i never said i wanted to say in the first place … I’ve never been more lost within a conversation than i am now.
I d’not believe this. Andre how to you feel about the dark rift or the galactic equator?
I hope Tom is OK, on his trip to Mexico.
OOOOOOH Good idea i never thought of this before! Any of you have Skype? I think you can have group chat on SKype. Or maybe a microphone? I think that would be lovely. We would all be able to understand each other more because not only would we speak but we would be heard which would help rule out too many misunderstandings based on falsely reading tone.
I can guarantee that some of you here are already going to consider my tone in this post sarcastic -_-. its not, its sincere and honest. I like voice chat better than written word is all 🙂 . Just an Idea, tell me what you think of it.
Oh sorry espumpin i was typing when you were. Those two topics certainly sound interesting but I’ve never researched them before. They were never a point of interest for me until you brought them up actually.
Just to help you better understand me, the things i research are usually, Science, Theology, Evolution, In depth and shallow philosophy, Personal character and the Human mind, Society and much of what it embodies or why it is as it is, human recations, human concerns. Video games, board games, all sorts of complex theories … poetry etc.
I know enough about this topic to understand that i cant be certain either way … to me, even 90% certain is still uncertain. THats why i never professed to stand on either side, no matter how much i can dig up against evolution there are still those who will believe it. No matter how well i am able to explain Design in the earth itself or maybe even How obvious it is that spirituality is a reality in many shapes and sizes it wont matter to everyone.
I like your passion and your Fire Espumpin Thats not sarcasm from me. But no i have never researched those particular topics. I am doing so right now though, May i ask why you inquired of me about them?
Now plz, if your answer is you dont care or you dont know, then you are just wasting time and everyone should just go on like we’re rubber and your glue. Like my man -R, said. Wheres your part of the knowledge, what do you bring to the table. You almost caused me to have a bad attitude at work. Your words build no timbers in my woods and I have applied & been accepted for American Gladiator. When it airs you can see who your talking to. cuz I put my nickname as Espumpin. Lord you must’ve been sent hear as some sort of test of our bond, we have a “love” for one another. Penpals if you will. I even came to grips that if we dont hear from one of the regulars that would mean something happened irl. man do I get off subject or what.lol ‘dre there is enough fighting we dont want to have to as well we wont run from it but we dont have to engage in it. Ask a question shed some light or shut the f**k up, plz,thankyou
Espumpin
Ya know what I think this is simpler than before thought as. Here we go, according to the research i have done myself, the obvious earthly change, ( aso you will notice about me i dont give resources or facts unless they are asked for becasue in the past i learned that they get ignored EASILY when no one really cares for them and i end up wasting my time) The way people have literally been proving The book of Revelations and many other books in agreeance with it … I’d have to say that i believe the world will be ending soon.
Too much points to it, more than ever before. Though sadly much has pointed to it alot throughout history, even thousands of years ago people thought they knew for sure the world was gonna end soon. Honestly all I can say is that i feel it will end soon. But since Soon is such a relative term, no its hard for me to be exact on the matter. But please inqure what you will, you approached me without hostility and i can easily respond much better now and am open to exact or vague inquiry at this point.
Well im glad your online right now. I got about 15 more mins b4 i gotta go. how can you have researched Science, Theology, Evolution, In depth and shallow philosophy, Personal character and the Human mind. And not have a definitive stand on 2012. I am a jack of all those studies a master at none. Ignorant I am a stand I have.
What on earth? Espumpin why do I have to keep repeating myself? 🙁 Honestly what on earth is going on here? I said already that i didnt have certainty on THis particular matter so why do you keep asking for it as if i said I did. Wasting time? Ever think there is more to this current life than the worry or conversation of something that we cannot change ( besides global warming)?
What makes you think i came here as some angel of death ro destroy your grip on one another??? Where is that idea coming from? I am willing to learn as much as I am to explain but how is it that if i dont agree on this topic i am wasting time? did you notice that early on i said i like talking in 1 on 1 because there is no CERTAIN topic then but many? I knew long ago that i didnt have any certainty on this topic i never said I did what do you want from me?
I already told you my stand but you are making it black and white. It will or it wont happen. Please dont be angry with me for not being able to say in certainty either of them. None of you can, why am I getting the short end of the stick for it here?
My apologeis Leah, I was saying what i meant to say but it came out wrong. As stated i do disagree with your timescale of how long humans have been here.
the world is not going to end anywhere near our life times. I will see my grandkids. If the bible is a source you trust may I suggest reading the Zorah or mahabratta. You may find common links which may surprise you.
E
No the bible is not my main source it was A source. I am fine with you making a Certain stand on whether or not you think the world will end soon … is it Ok with you taht I am fine with that? Or is there a problem with my acceptance of your view?
When you read those references and cross reference those with the galactic equator & the mayans you’ll be close to the event horizion i’m staring at. anything you wanna share with me?
E
About this Topic? You are Clever Espumpin you are trying to bait me 😛 . I still dont have a certain idea about it I am sorry i won’t give anything more than that. I never said i did, and here i still support that. American gladiators you say? That sounds fun, I am quite good ar Graeco roman wrestling. If i knew you in person We might be able to spar a bit 😛 .
However in regards to this sadly no i never said i did i never implied I did and stil I do not have any certainty on this topic. This is why i am fine with anyone elses ideas, even if I did, I respect freedom of speech and everyone is entitled to it here 🙂 .
yeah of corse I just didnt like how you came out yopur face to Amit. You and ppl like you are narrow minded and feel yours is the answer. Funny thing is everyone who respects me asks me why am I so humble when I can be more arrogant and get away with it. here you try to justifie why you are. Maybe we got off on the wrong foot but I gotta get off the site to take a shower and take my family to Dave and Busters talk to everyone klater. I just hopwe there is something to talk about not fight about
E
I … O_O … its now evident you are not listening to me. Now, i have Nothing to say to you, i’ve been wasting my time. I never once said MY answer was RIGHT i never was once arrogant about my answer being right as I didnt have an answer for you. you have NO source for it, NO quote for it, and any IDEA you ahve formed I am destroy with the actuality of my speech in EVERY SINGLE Post i have made up here. Challenge me with your REASONING or get off it cuz it Never happened. I’m done with you otherwise.
Off on the wrong foot? More like the wrong planet.
i WILL destroy*, guaranteed. And show where i * Came out my face to Amit* Honestly do you think you are in ANY privilage to “Punish” Me. You are starting to overstep your own boundaries If you do indeed think that You are the one to bring consequence for my actions.
You dont have to know me Nor I you to know that everyone in this world can bring harm. Bragging about that OBvious fact is one of the Dumbest things You or anyoen can do. As if you affected me in some way by yelling. Good lord man if you had a bad childhood as well why on earth would you of ALL people think that you somehow Got to me by saying things that were unsaid in the first place
the next time ANYONE says that I was narrow minded about ANYTHING you’ll jsut be proving as the very thing i tried to stop from being blindly flung around as an idea when this topic started. A Moron, an Idiot, a Simp, a Smhuck, an absolute Assanine spectacle.
Because again, you cant prove it, I never said it, and its being based off of your own feelings alone. It never happened, Prove it? YOu cant, I’ll guarantee it, Accept it or move on. I never stood strong with ANYTHING here in this topic besides what I said about evolutionary mathematical probability.
You cant type to a buncha Bats they cant see anything. Friggin waste of time. Using feelings to edify your opinion … This is why i hate Humans, THis is the mentality that will destory society, and This is the reason YET AGAIN why i like one on one chats. I’m through.
Thanks to those who were COmpetent enough to read what i said and not what they Felt I said. Goodbye, have fun on your way to 2012 and have fun when it happens, then also, get over it if it doesnt.
Wow. This commentary is quite intriguing. I read all of what I have seen here and I thank you all for yo9ur emotions, opinions, and standings. But i do feel that an injustice is bein dones to the guy who just lost his marbles before storming out of here. Its kind of sad.
DId any of you notice that he was being LITERAL the whole time he was talking? He was so good at expressing his idea without feelings and with word alone that those of you unable to comprehend that added feelings to his speech when they were the basis of his statements in the first place.
He was Unbiased and said it could go EITHER way how is dat narrow minded or one sided? And Also, he took a stand, there are three stands here, It will happen, it wont happen, and in this case it could happe, but also might not. His stand was JSUT as significant as your own. If the adults of today who claim to be inteligent cant even read simple post that use the english language LITERALLY rather than emotionally speaking the world is going downhill fast.
I mean he literally Said how he felt and was judged as feeling a whole notha way … you people … wow. Maybe I am an alien becuase i can be unbiased and see things as they are not how i wish or FEEL them to be … After seeing this here collectively. If this is what it means to be human, I’m not human at all.
when tey Weren’t the basis* Big error dere
I been quiet on the forum here too CHelsee. But man you have a good point lol. He even said at the beginning he didnt post here to talk about 2012 but about the namecalling and to bring peace … you guys like overlooked Everything he was actually trying to get across.
Dang man … i’m a teacher at an elementary school and even I dont get this much incompetence lol. This is So good, its down right Got to be fattening XD.
Oh and Since I am actually ON a diet. I’m gonna go ahead and leave this forum Be. Cuz i’m no glutton, and you guys are gonna keep ignoring people you dont like like this. I’m just gonna have way too much fun stuffing my face with it. Much love, live well, and goodbye for now.
Well, now thats that. I don’t really care what people say about what just happened here with Andre but I have to say that the guy was a little stuck up. I mean, he was eloquent as hell but lets be realistic. He was long winded as hell too. He made whole paragraphs to say that for him 2012 was an endgame or it wasn’t he didn’t care..
That guys gotta lighten up a little. Takes himself to seriously.
Anyway, we don’t need anyones input that leaves. We need the input from those that will be coming in.
I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again. This is a 2012 Doomsday yes or no forum. This is not for people with no stomachs.
I notice that Andre never addressed anything about pre-historic humanity or their gods.
This is MY whole theme. The Mayans didn’t make the calendar on their own. They were taught by the Viracochas. This is what they say. I wasn’t there so I’m not going to doubt them.
The Voracochas are identified as some beings superior spiritually, intellectually, physically, and morally to the pre maya.
The Maya actually inherited the temples and knowledge from these Viracochas.
I understand the frustration that Amit may have trying to maintain a dialogue with Andre.
Amit felt that Andre was evasive and condescending. I didn’t say that he was, but I can understand anyone getting frustrated talking with that guy. He admits it himself when he says that IRL he sounds sarcastic.
Too bad. He’s gone, and now we’ll never know.
LMAO!!
Just the regulars survive here baby, just the regulars.
Your REGULAR Joe,
-Rico-
Wow, i was reading this forum by reason of curiousity jsut because it made me think for a good bit. But a certain one of you hase caught my attention
Espumpin i been reading and i hate when people attack those who dont deserve it with physical threats.
Andre didnt threaten you once but you had the nerve to flex your muscles at him for voicing his opinion jsut cuz you didnt like the sound of it. Let me tell you something bud, I been a sniper in the marines for 24 years before i retired. I made many aquaintances, seen many things, and have killed over 47 people in my lifetime, some authorized and some unauthorized and then covered up.
If you ever have a physical issue with me for talking with a slight attitude towards your whore Amit, and you want to flex your muscles around me, my address is 4628 Secor Rd. Toledo Ohio My name is James Robinson. My address is already on the internet but maybe you should know it just in case you wanna show those guns you seem to feel so confident about.
I hate arrogant asses like you buddy. And I can guarantee you that i will be ready if you ever decide to get an itchin up your hind parts and make any threat you may have in your mind a promise towards me. And no matter How violent my retort, I’ll do it with a smile on my face. This i promise you :).
By the way. I emailed Andre for some one on one and he never answered me. This was before his last post.
This is what I wrote him:
Hello Andre,
I’m Ricochet from the 2012 Doomsday thread.
I’m not as good a writer as you but I think I make my point when I really want to.
I see that you rely on numbers. I just finished reading a book called “The Stargate Conspiracy” by Lynn Pickett & Clive Prince.
There is a chapter called “Epilogue: The real Stargate?” towards the end. In this part they are talking about Amazonian Shamans, they say that these Shaman had astounding botanical knowledge. They write that these Shaman mixed precise amounts of certain plants to reach a desired effect. Now Andre what they also mention is numbers. They say that there are 80,000 species of plant in the Amazonian rain forest so to discover an effective remedy uisng a mixture of just two of them would theoretically require the testing of every possible combination – about 3,700,000.000. Needless to say that some combinations require more than two plants.
Andre, I’m not sure wether or not you’re familiar with the Earth Chronicles by Zecharia Sitchin.
In these books he sort of translates stories in Sumerian clay tablets. These are stories very similar to the Biblical stories only in greater detail and obviously of more ancient origin.
In Sitchin versions its very interesting because he covers both evolution and creationism. He says that man was already here probably as neanderthal or something similar when these “gods” or highly advanced alens decided to use an “apewoman” and to add their DNA in order to create a hybrid species that would be more intelligent and therefore more subserviant for what they had in mind.
There are similar stories in diverse cultures. I’m sure that in your searches you’ve run accross many.
Now I ask you. What do you believe? I need more input for my own enlightenment.
-Rico-
Di anybody see the movie Idiocracy?
-R-
Yes i saw taht movie about 7 times it was fantastic. Its exactly whats going to happen if society keeps thinking with its emotion and feelings alone over its logic.
Hotshot, piece of advice bro. You should never put all that personal info on the web.
As a sniper you should be aware that the position is pro active. When you put your addy on the web man. If someone is coming after you. They will be pro active. You will be on the defensive IF you’re ready.
All that besides its just not a good idea in case of identity theft and all that.
Lets keep it real people. Stop the threats and shit cuz the truth is that nobody here ain’t gonna do shit to anyone else.
Lets keep it 2012.
Peacekeeper and Religious Consultant,
-Rico-
Yeah Ardvarkian, that movie was extremely intertaining.
The reason I brought it up is because even though Luke Wilson was the only normal person around. They wouldn’t hear him because to them he sounded “faggy and pompous”. In fact he wasn’t but sometimes “perception is reality”.
And this will help explain the Andre issue.
Analytical,
-Rico-
Wow … lotta ruckus since i left, I checked back in the hopes that someone Just MIGHT get what i was trying to say. Lot of ideas about me i see … also Hotshot … thank you for your concern, also kudos on giving a false position so you could have the jump on your attacker as I doubt you would tell so much info here unless it was to your advantage, but i can defend myself :).
Also, thank you Rico. now THat i appreciate, your reference to me even makes ME understand how easy it is to start misunderstanding someone and then STAYING on that road simply because it continues to feel right. I didnt know you messaged me :), I’ll check it immediately and retort. FOr now i have to make dim sum.
No problemo Andre, Take your time bro. It seems like you were answering threads directed at you by one person and you would answer someone else. Gotta get on track dude. Its all good though.
Anyway, we all hope you stick around a bit. Just try to say things in english as opposed to all that Shakespeare you write.
By the way. I love Rap (Hip Hop). I saw the whole evolution of the music.
To each his own though.
Andre, Id be very interested to know what thoughts you have on the Biblical passage in Genesis 6 concerning the “Sons of God” . Bearing in mind that the word angels came later from the greek angelos so that the Hebrew version Elohim (Sons of God) wil be accepted at face value being the older description. I’d also like for you to consider the Sumerian Anunnaki as coroboration to said “Sons of God” from Genesis 6.
That is, if you have the 15 minutes it would take to confirm the Biblical passage and Googling Anunnaki to verify that what I propose is correct.
I’d like your thoughts on this at your convenience if you don’t mind. Also if it makes you feel more comfortable you can just email me your thoughts on this subject at [email protected] as you’ve made clear that you prefer to dialogue on a one on one basis.
Thanks bro,
Diplomatic,
-Rico-
Ran upstairs to check on the conversation here. I am honored Leah thank you, I have alot of junk mail to sift through but i will your email through it ( over 238 junk mail to be exact lol) Burgers are a fryin though, be back soon.
I fry burgers in 100% butter. Gotta use ground beef though. Preferably ground sirloin. Pattys suck.
You season them on both sides with some garlic powder, garlic powder, black pepper, and some seasoned salt. Then you fry them in butter with some onions all chopped up in the butter. If you can get some Velvetta sliced cheese thats great. I don’t know about the UK but any sliced cheese that melts easy would work.
Enjoy your food Andre,
Internet Chef,
-Rico-
And so what Andre needed lawyers, what the f……k why couldnt he have just said that himself. Listen we’re all adults you wanna judge yet not be judged. in the end someones gonna be right to many opinions to be wrong.
Espumpin … what are you talking about? What have i done to anger you Now? This is hopeless. Anyways regardless, 100% butter is my style, and yes It Has to be Dead Cow.
Espumpin i dont know what your beef with me is since i already said i never gave a direct answer about this topic regardless and i never asked anyone to talk for me that was of their own doing. But whatever the beef is, unless its as tasty as the burgers i made for my wife tonight. I’m gonna ask you to put that meat aside … To show its not pride making me say this but peace instead …
I will ask this with a Please, not to mention a cherry on top, and do NOT forget the bratwurst in the middle. Ok? I don’t know why you misunderstand me or seem to even dislike me, I didnt make any judgments so harsh as yours, and i always covered my behind by saying * I think* or * it seems like*, meaning i am open to correction. SO please, put the beef aside i have no problem with you.
Thanks in advance.
Also i am in USA. 🙂
Hey Friends,
Look what we have here now…….
First of all, Espumpin, the honour is all mine.. And thanks for your support. Although that makes Hotshot think that i am your whore!! What the hell.. I never read a more hilarious comment than that… He should change his name to Hot$hit!! Thats what he is……. And he got Kudos from the Great Andre himself, and what for?? For giving a false location so that he could have a jump on his attackers (Espumpin and Me!!!) Thats sooooo hilarious!!!!! Espumpin, how did they know that you had an army at yor command and you ar gonna bomb Hot$hit’s location?? LOL!!! BTW, aren’t snipers good only till they are hidden? And everyone knows what happens if their hideout is discovered! They would be wise not to challenge someone who got selected for American Gladiators!
Man, i really did not intend to get into all this again, but could not help it…
Anyways, Espumpin, congrats for your selection on AG, i wont be able to watch it in India, but i am sure my friends in the US will record some of the episodes for me and send me the CD!
Rico, you were bang on when you mentioned the thing about Andre that irritates us the most….
I could judge the speed of the posts when i continued from where i left yesterday… Its my disadvantage that i am on the opposite time zone as you guys….
Andre,
I know i will get a lot of flak for stirring the $hit again.. But some of your comments ar really bothering me..
I will quote from your own post –
“Amit you have an entire life to live. Sometimes its not wise to risk the things you love by putting them on the line in a threat towards another that could easily end in death for either of you. Why resort to violence?”
“Just so you know, all of you, the mood in this post is calm, confused, collected, and gloomy.”
Would you care to explain what do you mean by your first comment?? Death and Violence? Are you absolutely out of your head?? Who has resorted to violence?? And where does Death come in?? Please explain this…
And about your second comment..
Gloomy huh?? And please dont drown me in a flood of words without really saying anything when you reply….
Isn’t your own E-Mail ID “Gloom”skittle or something like that?? That tells something……
Well, after the monetary deviation.. I want to get back to business here. Just came across a litle snippet. Ever heard of Project Aquarius? Sample this —>
AQUARIUS is a project which compiled the history of alien presence and their interaction with Homo Sapiens upon this planet for the last 25,000 years and culminating with the Basque people who live in the mountainous country on the border of France and Spain and the Syrians.
Contains 16 volumes of documented information collected from the beginning of the United States Investigation of Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) and Identified Alien Crafts (IAC). The Project was originally established in 1953, by order of President Eisenhower, under control of NSC and MJ12. In 1966, the Project’s name was changed from Project Gleem to Project Aquarius. The Project was funded by CIA confidential funds (non-appropriated). The Project was originally classified SECRET but was upgraded to its present classification in Dec. 1969 after Project Blue Book closed. The purpose of Project Aquarius was to collect all scientific, technological, medical, and intelligence information from UFO/IAC sightings, and contacts with Alien life forms.
This orderly file of collected information has been used to advance the United States Space Program.
WHOA thanks for pointing that out Amit nono i was talking to Espumpin in response to the anger in his implication. Again this isnt sarcastic that was MY mistake. I meant to say His name not yours. However if after all this you still want to fight with me. You’ll be fighting with yourself -_-. Not sure what you want with me, i think even after i clarified my mistake you will still find something to be angry about.
ALso, honestly, Get off Espumpins Nuts ok? Stop worshipping him as he seems to worship you. A bullet can kill anyone you moron. American gladiator or marine. And he didnt give his position he basically gave the position he wanted his enemy at. YOu didnt even see me say that to explain him.
Yeah thats it. You and Espumpin are both whoremongers for intsegating and if you Cant understand my flood of text, go back to school. Learn a little something about comprehension. I dont waste my time talking to asses like you, have fun replying, I tried to reason, but you are too deep on the drugs, Same goes to Espumpin. Seriously, get help. Goodbye.
Also that E-mail was from 6 years ago when i was less than stable. DOnt make assumptions like that when you dont have enough to go off it. Oh and Espumpin cuss me out please come to the defense of your whore I wont care anymore or less. Its Her who needs a lawyer and you as well if you cant get your heads out of each others buttholes long enough to see the light.
have fun, yet again, waiting for 2012. I laugh at people like you. You wanna email me your enormous rage go ahead thats lovely, but I am off this forum for good. So honestly, waste someone elses time. Buh bye, live well.
Yes Andre, i know that i have restarted this… But with a comment like yours, how can one resist from replying…..
Your reply proves who is the one that wants to fight here… I just politely asked you what was your intent in including words like violence and death in your post. What made you think i wanted to fight?
And its you who is using insulting words like “Asses” , “Whores” and more all the time.. Just check back all my posts to you and tell me if i ever used such words against you…
And about worshipping and whoremongering, we are doing none here.. We just have mutual respec and concern and we ar gonna stand up for each other…
About drugs, never even touched a cigarette in the 28 Years of my life so far… But i am not going to deny you your sadistic pleasure in believing that i am on drugs.. Think whatever you want but if you utter $hit about any of us here, you’re gonna have it!
As for comprehension, i am not the only one here who thinks that you are basically ranting without any meaning…
And about your comment on Hot$hit’s position, i know what you said exactly… I was not discussing the merit of his wisdom in giving wrong position to his enemies intentionally.. I was just referring to the hilarity of the remark!! Does he/ do you really think that anyone here is gonna take his cue and attack him??Why did you need to explain him?? Do u think anyone cares a damn whether he was a sniper or President imself?? Grow Up!!
I wish i was like Leah, who can ignore such things.. You managed to irritate her as well, but she is someone who knows how to keep her composure.. But i am not like that..
I would really need an iron will and a lot of patience to resist replying to your next post, but i know i will be forced to reply, because you, being the really nice and cultured person that you are, will surely say something that will anger me..
Andre,
We will all will be glad to see you off this forum!!! But please be gone from Good! Dont come back again!
And no i dont want to E-Mail you, there is no reason to do that.. As for enormous rage, its you who seems to get his hindside on fire everytime i say something, even when i am polite…
I am glad you said that you think i have wasted your time.. Because you did not waste mine, i learned a lot from you…
“Wise men learn more from fools than fools from the wise. ” — Cato the Elder
You would do well to get some basic education in social beahviour… While you have learned to frame fancy sentences (which really dont mean anything), you are yet to learn the basic etiquettes of a conversation. Thats why you always insisted upon a One-to-One, because you think that will hide your deficiency somewhat…..
Loser!!!!!
Dear Amit,
Don’t worry, you are just fine. I’m a freak when it comes to self control, but then I had to have it due to past occupations. Plenty customers ready to have an argument or fight, and it was up to us to difuse and stop it.
I find it less energy consuming to either stay quiet, or throw water on a fiery argument, wrather than throw oil on the fire, and fuel it.
On a lighter note, there’s a picture of a crop circle of unknown location on crop circle connector….worth a look. Checking back over this years circles, there are so many that I see Metatron boxes in (not always obvious at first), and others that seem to convey a “parting of the ways” as it were, almost like Earth is going to go in 2 different directions.
Be well,
Leah
To know how fast your teen is driving, buy Davis Instruments “CarChip.” It can be purchased from discount retailers and websites (like www. sears. com) for about 100. The CarChip can be plugged into most cars built after 1996 using no tools. The only cars it won’t work on are a handful of 2003 models that use the CAN computer protocol. These vehicles include certain Ford pickups, GM Saturns, Mazdas, and Saabs. Go to www. davisnet. com to learn more about the CarChip, and…
Friends, whats your take on VeriChip Implants??
Veri-chip implants, or any tracking device…..means that all have been deemed guilty, sumarily.
So a chipped new born child would be considered a criminal, just for having been born into this world, and for breathing.
George Orwell’s 1984…the Sequel.
You just can’t skate in a buffalo herd!
A thought which i wanted to share with my fellow regulars….
Did you notice that recently it was proposed (Again!) that i am on drugs. It has been done so many times by different people here.
I am wondering what have i said to merit this accusation from strangers?
Drugs… Me?? Those who know me will laugh at this.. I have never smoked anything in my life, i dont drink any sort of alcoholic drink, i dont even take aerated soft drinks!!
At 28, i may seem too young to most of you. But even as a kid, i was more like a grown up, because of the conditions at my home.
OK, i agree that i was a bit immature in dealing with Andre, i should have tried to ignore whatever he said and not gotten into this stupid argument. But tell me, did i ever use such bad words as he did?
It may seem odd but this is really disturbing me… I was never rude, initially. Even after that, my arguments with him were quite rational. Its only after the name calling and cursing he started that i became angry and reacted harshly. Still, my retorts were never insulting and never did i use such filthy language…. But at the end, i do feel that all of it was unnecessary, and since i was a part of it, i owe you all (Regulars) an apology..
This whole episode makes me feel as if i was mud wrestling with a Pig, and now i realise that the Pig actually enjoys it!
Now i promise that this was my last post about this matter. I will not address any of my comments to Andre now, no matter what he says… That chapter is closed for me!
Peace…………
WHEW!!!!! take a deep breath—in with the good—out with the bad!!! repeat as many times as necessary…was looking for a little levity—just-a-thought—thanks—now that little song is going through my head…roger miller, i believe…
verichip implants, amit—the mark of the beast…project aquarius—a rose by any other name…they have reclassified it—renamed it…but will never call it what it really is—and we most certainly are not privy to it…one chapter closed only to re-open onother one—and the paper chase continues…
leah–loved you 9-23 post to debauch about God—he is indeed many things to many different people, in may different ways…rico–sound familiar?????
well, kids–gotta run…please have a blessed day…best wishes to you all.
amit–clarification—the “one chapter closed” was in reference to project aquarius…i believe they do stuff like that as a diversionary tactic…
I feel like a johnny come lately, anyway with the whole ‘dre thing (just to add my 2cents). I didnt know he was a robot devoid of emotions and was asking questions like a vulcan. Hey, i’m ignorant enough as it is. How was I suppose to know? As for coming to Amits defense, i’d do it for anyone. My face is full of scars not because I won every fight. but sometimes I don’t know any better myself. especially when it involes bullies. I didnt mean to imply I would go to fist to cuffs with ‘dre. Just come on ppl he was being rude and malicious you can “feel” it in his words from someone who claims did not come across with emotion. The whole AG, not even do I still have 2 more interviews but like Rico said, we dont have to justifie having a life. And I more than likely I would’ve waited to see how I did before I ran my mouth I was going on the show. Yet just like with Rich, I let my emotions get the better of me. OH S88T, IM HUMAN. enough,(like slick rick said)enough. Yes Leah, I was in Japan and Beijing. I work for the NYK best team in the N.B.A. at the time I was on loan with our head coach when we went with team USA. Not bragging but now you know why I love my job and put in long hours. I am a strenght and stamaina trainer I work under Dr. Lisa Callahan. Now i’m back in NYC. OK enough of me and the past.
The first people to receive the Verichip in large numbers will be those who society feels need a watchful eye,That way it can be passed off as useful. They’ll make us believe we need it to watch children, the elderly, immigrants, prisoners and paroled criminals,and the list goes on. Police officers and gun owners are all likely candidates. They could also be some of the first to accept the implant. A microchip in the hand and another in the gun would allow only the owner to fire the weapon, thereby reducing accidental death and increasing safety. Sounds Good. Expect to see large scale applications in animal “chipping”, both in pets and livestock. These are perfect pilot programs to test and refine a system that will be used on the populace. Criminals will follow since they have no choice in the matter, and children will come next as the fears of parents are increasingly preyed upon. All the while a restless and rebellious segment of the general population will be getting “chipped” because they think it’s cool. Now what? Do we wait for these events to unfold? No choice any thing eles and they’ll think we’re nuts. lol. How about this just in case your allergic to the chip, check this out……The CombiChip Mycobacteriaâ„¢ Drug-Resistance Detection DNA chip, recently developed by Genein (Pusan, South Korea), is an oligonucleotide microchip coupled with polymerase chain reaction for the detection of mutations associated with resistance to isoniazid (INH) and rifampin (RIF). This oligonucleotide chip was compared with DNA sequencing and phenotypic drug susceptibility testing with 69 INH- and/or RIF-resistant and 27 all tested drug-susceptible Mycobacterium tuberculosis isolates. Two selected codons (the katG codon 315 and inhA15) allowed identification of 84.1% of INH-resistant isolates and 100% of RIF resistance were detected by screening for 7 codons: rpoB511, rpoB513, rpoB516, rpoB522, rpoB526, rpoB531, and rpoB533. The overall specificity of this oligonucleotide chip for detecting INH and RIF resistance were 100 and 95.3%, respectively. This level of sensitivity and specificity is concordant with that from the determination of M. tuberculosis drug resistance by DNA sequencing. This oligonucleotide chip is a rapid and reliable genotypic method capable of detecting multiple mutations associated with INH and RIF resistance simultaneously in a single microchip slide.
Now im not that smart but it sounds to me like just in case the first chip dont work. Then they’ll find away to make it work. any opinions?
Espumpin
The world has never had a good definition of the word liberty, and the American people, just now, are much in want of one. We all declare for liberty; but in using the same word we do not all mean the same thing. With some the word liberty may mean for each man to do as he pleases with himself, and the product of his labor; while with others the same word may mean for some men to do as they please with other men, and the product of other men’s labor. Here are two, not only different, but incompatible things, called by the same name — liberty. And it follows that each of the things is, by the respective parties, called by two different and incompatible names — liberty and tyranny.
ABRAHAM LINCOLN
he should’ve mentioned one of the other hundreds of prophets, seers and peoples (etc) who made the same assumption. everyone just focuses on the mayan calendar.
People, the best description of this mark of the beast as we like to refe to it comes from the Bible.
Les not make any mistakes here. The reason will be that unless you have the “chip” for want of a better word. You will not be abale to buy or sell. In other words. It replaces money.
Picture this scene. A good Christian man raising his three children, any ages you want. Les say one is 18 one is 14, and one is 9. Now, we have this really really good Christian man aware of the whole buy sell chip thing because it comes from the Bible with which he is very familiar. Hell, he’s very familiar wwith everything including all the endtimes rumors.
Now our little Christian hero see he has a great job. He’s making like lets put him at 125,000 a year. Hes happy he has major bills with his mortgage, making arrangements for his 18 year old college coling up and all that.
Now he goes to work one day and they tell him that he will no longer be getting a check nor dirct deposit or anything. For security reasons hes has to be implanted with a chip. This will keep track of his employment and everything. It’ll be his medical insurance, well, everything.
Does our little hero have a choice? Do it or go find another job. Now what?
Yeah see, he’s no longer only responsible for his life and soul. He’s responsible for those of his family.
Then we take some hardcore guy thats in debt upto his ears. You know what they’ll do? Clear his debt. Add some start credits and chip the bastard. Whats he going to opt for? He can’t do anything. None of us will be able to do anything. Then according to the Bible don’t forget. You can actually choose. The forehead or the forearm.
Heh. its a beautiful thing. This will probably happen when we go to some kind of global economy I imagine. What they also want to do put a man hour price on skilled labor. Like say a plumber. Well the general price for a plumber would be the same worldwide beacause thats the scale of pay thats been established. But it woulod work for any kind of skilled labor, including Doctors, cops, firemen, anything will have a measured value and price.
Frankly I don’t see this ever coming to fruition. In my opinion after the 2012 event mankind will be set so far back he’ll be busy just trying to get potable water. Then some time after. I expect an otherwordly contact to come down and help mankind keep it real same as in the past.
We’ll see.
Chipless,
-Rico-
Sample This —>
Amphibian Warning Bell
In the August 12, 2008, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, a zoologist and biologist presented data about the question: Is Earth now in a 6th mass extinction that could see thousands of species on land, in water and air die off forever, as happened 65 million years ago when it is hypothesized that an asteroid slammed into the Gulf of Mexico and wiped out the dinosaurs along with 70% of all earth life in the fifth mass extinction event? Scientists are concerned that a growing data base of die-offs means the answer is yes and that the increasing decline of amphibians is the alarm bell.
This time, human civilization is equivalent to the destructive asteroid. Our human territories continue to expand, which shrinks the natural wild habitats. Human industries are warming the planet, forcing animals and plants to move with temperature changes into new territories. Changing ecosystems provoke insects, bacteria, viruses, algae and fungi to also change their tactics in living off other earth creatures. Further, our massive commercial food industries are filling soils and plants with a wide range of pesticides that scientists know can be especially hard on amphibians that breathe through their skin.
One of the NAS Proceedings authors is Prof. Vance Vredenburg, Asst. Professor of Biology at San Francisco State University. He says that because amphibians are such ancient earth animals that survived previous mass extinctions, we humans should all be alarmed that “something is wrong in our world. We humans might be doing OK right now, but the amphibians are doing poorly.†The question is – will humans pay serious attention to the amphibian warning before it’s too late for all life?
Rico,
The Global Economy you are talking about is pretty much on the verge of takeover…
The worldwide Elite oligarchy has decided that the public is “on-to-them” when they use the term “New World Order”, so they have changed the code words to “GLOBAL”. When you hear them use such terms as Global architecture, Global economy, Global village, Global interests, Global neighborhood, Global movement, Global needs, and the like, you can substitute the old code name of New World Order, and you will know that they are still talking about the secret cabal that is trying to dominate economic and political control of the ENTIRE world.
The name of the European Economic Community (EEC) was changed to the new name of EUROPEAN UNION, as agreed to in the 1992 Maastricht Treaty. All they need in finishing this first UNION is to have one monetary system, one judicial system, and one central bank, and these are scheduled for completion by the year 2000. Their present goal for changing the name of North, Central and South America, plus the Caribbean Islands to the new name – AMERICAN UNION – is the year 2005, which is just around the corner of time. They will then change the Asian Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) to its new name – ASIAN UNION, by around 2010. During this same period, the former SOVIET UNION will be resurrected, but this time not under hard line Communist control, but under the direct and absolute control of the Elite. Then by around the year 2012, the governing body over all these four GLOBAL REGIONS will assume full command, and will be called the -GLOBAL UNION (or perhaps another name will be used by then). By this time, national sovereignty of all nations will be lost completely, and we will all be under strict Elite control. Then, there will be only two classes of people – the Elite, and the rest of us – their slaves. You can verify this by reading the United Nations document titled “OUR GLOBAL NEIGHBORHOOD, A Report of the Commission on Global Governance”, published in 1995, by Oxford University Press
The Elites are in complete control. They control everything.
Wars – They decide when wars should start, how long they should last, when they should end, who will and will not participate, the changes in boundaries of countries resulting from the outcome of these wars, who will lend the money to support the war efforts, and who will lend the money to rebuild the countries after they have been destroyed by war.
Money – They own the central banks, such as the Federal Reserve System in the US, and similar organizations in all major countries throughout the world, and therefore are in a position to determine discount rates, prime rates, money supply levels, the prices of gold and other precious metals, and very tightly control who and/or what countries should receive lo@ns (guaranteed by the taxpayers of the respective countries).
Governments – They decide who will be allowed to run for the offices of President, Prime Minister, Chancellor, Governor General, or other names applied to the leaders of all major countries around the world.
Stocks, Bonds, & Commodities – Since the Elite own the major banks and the Central banks, they know exactly what interest rates and money supply levels will be, so it is very likely that they regularly run these exchanges up and down to their financial gain.
News and other information – They directly or indirectly own all the major news media, and can therefore tell the public exactly what they want them to hear, and deny the public the information they do not want them to see, hear or read.
Wages and salaries – They directly or indirectly own all the major banks, businesses, industries, and the like, and therefore can suppress wages and salaries by either shipping the production jobs to the cheapest labor rates around the world, by importing the technical specialists from the cheapest countries around the world, and by employing mostly temporary and/or part time workers in their home countries. The labor unions do not resist such efforts, because the labor leaders are members of the Elite as well.
See this is what happens when people stray away from our creator and what is said in the Bible…They become lost sheeps and will believe anything else that comes there way and thats where the real doomsday begins …
Someone had mentioned about the Bible being fictional and that seeing is believeing. I feel that if the Bible is fictional then why are we starting to discover evidence of the Bible ? Like Noah’s Ark ?, skeletons of giants ? tombs of people in the Bible ? Artifacts ? and things of this nature ?
Dear Espumpin,
Thanks for letting me know re Japan etc. Thought I’d dreamt it or something.
Chips could send a signal to medical emergency re e.g. a heart attack, and save life because the ambulence got to the person quickly. By the same token a signal could be transmitted that causes a heart attack. Any one thing can be used as a tool, or a weapon. It depends on the motivation and goals of the one in control.
Society is going to go its separate ways. Bit like in the film Johnny Mnemonic.
The problem with RF chips is the wide variety of frequencies that they could receive.
Be well,
Leah
On certain levels there is a need to behave as ONE WORLD, as all life is exposed to the effects of what is done in any one location on Earth. There would be no harm in having a world currency…..it would make the money markets redundant….the money changers as they were known in the Bible.
In pricipal there would be nothing wrong with the cost of food being the same for a person in the east as in the west, or even the value of a person’s hour re wages.
Such a plan might work, IF the motivation was not one of fear, and intent to control.
Money is the tool of control, mostly the lack of it. I’ve even heard some employers in the past say “thank god there are still hungry people, otherwise I’d never have enough staff”, which hurt me a lot. Need, which has been created by monopolising the basics, necessitates that people work for income, in order to even eat, as most no longer cultivate their own food. The world has shifted from No food = no life to No money = no life.
If the plan is not good for the ALL, it is already a failure at the outset, as it has discord and dis-harmony built in, which has either been planned for, or shows the present limits of thinking capability .
Sadly, there are always going to be some, that irrespective of law, are going to kill or rob etc. Crime per se can only be gone when there is no one left who “permits themselves” to commit such acts. People are still at liberty to choose. What we don’t need is a Minority Report style regime, as ideas and fleeting thoughts would be mis-mistaken for intent.
Re artifacts….dug up and whisked away to museums, where the informative ones remain hidden. Depositories of knowlege, that few have true access to.
Dear Amit,
IF the masses are the worker ants, and the elite are the soldier ants, who are the queens ?
The fundemental flaw with plans, is that they invariably each interfere with all other plans. So all the plans in the world, keep running interference, but don’t achieve much. E.g. I had planned a secure financial future for my family through property. Problem is that the plans of others, leading to the collapse of so many banks, has interfered with my plans, by wrecking the property markets, and selling has ground to a halt.
Even when we get it right, we the masses are still wrong, because the plans of others keep demolishing ours. The more complicated the plan, the less chance of success.
All the best,
Leah
We are in real trouble folks, if sooo many people still don’t or can’t differentiate between WORLD and the PLANET.
Dear Mopig,
Welcome. I’ll give you an example…..the day anyone dies….is their doomsday, if you like.
Many have mis-understood all the ancient writings, and prophecies, choosing to apply the word doomsday….to all life, simultaneously. Not even an extinction level event that wipes out 90% of all life on Earth, can be in truth deemed a doomsday event, as 10% of all life survives, and so life goes on. The only event that for me that would be a true doomsday, is if an asteroid or something bigger were to completely blow Earth apart into tiny pieces.
I’m sure that alignment with the galactic plane will have its effects, as does everything, just not sure what they are already or will be in the coming years.
Best wishes,
Leah
When it gets to the point that no one can buy or sell without “the mark” (chip or whatever), I belive that we will see an sub-
culture develop. Those “unmarked” will work together in a trade underground, black market.
What a crock,i have been tracking Nibiru(planet X) for several months.It is absolutely real,and getting closer.The earth has been through this cycle 5 times before in recorded history.The Mayans predicted their own demise to the day.Everything ties together,we as a society are too narrowminded and self absorbed to connect the dots.All of these tie together.Crop Circle’s,The rapid increase of UFO sitings,Nibiru and it’s entry into our orbit,global warming,the Bible,Nostradamus,the Crystal Skulls.They all play a part.We just have to put all the pieces together and look at the big picture and not focus on all the small images.But one must hurry,time is of the essence.
Some, (maybe most), aspects of life are going toslurp a whole lot more before it’s over. The bible says the end days will be shortened or no one would be saved.
The world ending in 2012 is rediculousy stupid. People researching day by day to see how long they have left to live. Im a sophomore in high school so I graduate in 2011, freshman in my computer class are always looking yup 2012 or “Is the world really going to end in 2012?” It is really idiotic to be looking the stuff. The bible said that the world was going to on the on 2000th day and it never did that was 8 years ago. Then people were saying that god will take all of his childern to heave the night before 6-6-06 and that Saten will take over the earth forever and rule over the people that were still there. Nothing happened so what is so importnat about 2012. The Mayans just did things differently why are we going by there judgement, and there calander? I’ve over hear some of the people at school saying that the are going to do this and that before the world will end. One day the world will end just not in our time. Millions of years from now when the population have decreased it will end. The childern and people today need to know the truth. I’ve had friend kills themselfs because they want to leave the world before the world left them. It is not funny to mess with courious people over the internet. It is imature and stupid. Yes there are idoits out there they like to look this stuff up and say “OMG the world is going to end I need to do this and that.” “There will be a blakc hole to suck us all in.” Nobody knows how the world will end one day. No scientist can tell me now that the world will end the year after I graduate. So thanks Ian for telling people that the world will not end in 2012.
and for idiots out there IT WILL NOT END IN 2012!!!!!
Dear Mopig,
Please don’t mis understand me….I did not say that I think a good portion of the earth will be destroyed, I only gave an example.
You could read the whole of this thread…..it has much information, but none of us knows for a fact, what is happening. We are here sharing information and ideas….so don’t let it bother you.
Leah
Dear Mopig and Robert,
So many posts don’t make it, like my last one….so I’m on [email protected]
Best wishes
Leah
Dear Rico,
Stargate the series did an episode that was the opposite…..they used a real alien…Thor of the Aasgard to convince people that aliens were just a holographic projection….being an as yet undisclosed and unseen technology.
Art does not imitate, it informs and especially re secrets kept.
Leah
Dear Rico,
Here goes for the 2nd time, Stargate the series did an episode where a real alien was used to convince the masses that aliens were a holographic projection….being an as yet non disclosed technology….and therefore there had been no alien contact in reality.
Art does not imitate life, it informs re life, especially of secrets kept.
Sorry about that one folks….was testing the system as I was getting 2 different views of this thread simultaneously.
Dear Jeffrey,
Being considered old, as per the context of Matrix the Movies….good point. I don’t go to the gym. But I don’t intend to get hit by a bus either.
Wow Rico,
Relativity……in yet another discription / aspect. Like Matrix….Good point.
Help me out Debauch,
Enlightenment necessitates the forgeting of old doctrines, in oder to see truth.
Amit the stuff I’m reading talks about the elite take-over. You’re going to get a kick out of this man. The only thing missing in a Global control project is guess what? Religion. They say that this opens the door for this cabal group to fake an alien connection as if they were gods. In other words. Say a flying saucer landed in manhattan right in front of everyone. You know blah blah its from outer space the whole CNN nine yards. Then we make contact. Not you and I but some government chaps see? They then get dumped by some government crew thats been prepared to deal with these guys. Now its all set up. The aliens give us all kinds of new technolgy and cures and such, show us some extraordinary things and before they leave. They tell us who they’ll be contact with and therefore left in charge. In other words the gods returned, contacted humanity, then left leaving us some group in charge that supposedly keeps in contact with these guys.
The whole problem with this is. Its all been faked. It’ll be incredibly well done. But it will be faked.
When these guys really come down. We look to Biblical passages for that. It’ll be seen by everyone on earth starting from east to west.
They couldn’t fake 144,000 flying saucers. It’ll be something simple but spectacular.
Thats the only way to do the global thing uniting religion.
They will explain everything, the pyramids, the south american stuff. You will believe that they are actually the gods come back.
Once you have one Global Religion. Its over. We’re screwed.
We have to see how 2012 evolves. This is important for everyone. The people in power have gone off the farm so to speak. Its all set up for selected survivors. I guess you can’t blame them. But we don’t have to like it either.
Watch the US elections this fall. This is also imporatnt. Keep an eye on the signs, they’re everywhere now, everywhere.
Bell Tolling,
-Rico-
forgetomori.com
Zcharia Sitchin has an analogy on the immortality of the Anunnaki.
He says that is a fly could talk he would point to you and tell his son that you were immortal. He would say that you’ve been around looking the same as always since his grandfathers grandfaters days. This is because a fly only lives for 5 days so we seem like immortals to him.
This is what sitchin applys to the anunnaki immortality. They’re not really immortal, just slow to age. Now my question is this. Supposing that Niburu is real and that whole pantheon wa real.
Those guys are dead already. There will be no Enki or Enlil. What we’ll be seeing according to Sitchins way will be whoever’s in charge on Niburu. Not nessessarily Anu either.
These will be what? New gods?
Sounds like something outta DC Comics don’t it?
We’ll see. You guys should all read the sitchin books. Really really good stuff.
-R-
im so happy that someone has relieved me of this worry. its been sitting on my head for days now.
is the world actually going to die? if so can you give me information for my school asembly? thanks
hi, the names monique i just wna no sum info bwt 2012. any help?
Leah WHAT THE FCUK. Doomsday is when MANY lives are taken. Its a catastrohpic event that kills lots of people. People ‘meet their doom’ as it were when they die. Doomsday is another term for the apocalypse.
Don’t misconstrue words so badly. Foreigner?
good morning–all—kind of a slow day, i see…leanna and monique, the best wayi could direct you is to ask that you startat the very beginning of this thread, and read it the whole way through…there is SO MUCH information here—lots of different thoughts and ideas…you both will surely see a wide spectrum of thought on 2012, the mayan calendar, all points pertaining to our history, and where we are headed…some of it you will easily understand—some of it won’t make any sense to you at all…but please do not throw your hands up in the air, dismiss it all as BS, then walk away…best of luck to you both as you start your journeys…be relentelss in finding all your answers…
simon, if you had read this entire thread, you will know that there are people from all corners of the world that read, post and contribute to the contents here…you will also notice that because of that, there are sometimes misunderstandings—symantics become an issue rather than points or content of thought…please do not be so quick to judge anyone…definition of terms is not always in black and white…different words DO HAVE DIFERENT MEANINGS…i am grateful this is in english–not is some other language i do not speak or understand—look how much i would miss!!!!!!!
Becky, your too kind. I no longer bother directing people Leanna, Monique, or Simon.
These are people that read a little of the start of the thread and then come in to say that they are greatfull that some has alleviated their worries. Or the other ones that come in and ask for information on the subject when they could just read it for themselves. It’s a waste of time.
The real people you never hear from, they’ll come in, read the entire thread and won’t post anything. They’re the reason that we write.
Have a great day peoplezZz
-R-
Enlightenment necessitates the forgeting of old doctrines, in oder to see truth?
Yes, cut and dry. Let me explain,When we primarily think of what constitutes the ‘Word of God’ our minds tend to think about the current usage of that phrase within the churches we attend where the phrase is a label employed to describe the Bible. However, it’s such a rare occurrence within the Biblical record of ‘word’ referring to what’s written, that we need to grasp afresh the Biblical concept behind that phrase. In other words yes you were taught a certain way to make coffee, but your style is all your own. Your given the same ingredents everyone has but everyones blend is different.
When the Bible refers to the ‘Word of God’, it’s normally not the written but the spoken, anointed and living word of God that it’s referring to. It’s that word that has the breath of God upon it (the breath being the life that gives power to the thought behind the speech). On a cosmic scale, we we’re each introduced to God in our own ways. Some believe he is in the room with you right now as he is with me. Not true, what is true is his divine energy is all around us. What was taught and what is true are similar yet not the same. Unfortunately, we’ve so conformed the usage of the phrases to refer to what is recorded in Scripture, that we often fail to grasp the force of the words we read, interpreting sentences and passages according to our pre-conceived belief, imposing meaning upon them that’s a far cry from what the original authors intended. Is it not true that if you teach a child that trust and loves you anything. It could be robbing a bank that child will do their best for you to earn your love. If we do pull verses randomly from the Bible (thinking that the ‘Word’ is Scripture) and make ourselves believe them for our own situation, this is not faith. The verse that we began this section with rightly says that faith begins by the word of Christ (or ‘Word of God’ in some versions) but if we begin with a wrong understanding of what that word is, then we shall arrive at a ‘faith’ that’s also the wrong item. For to long this is what has been going on. In boston they abused kids under this false umbrella. Telling them that it was done in the name of God or that it was by God’s command. (Count your blessings that you were not taken advantage of that your mind is still free to think.) God never intended that we should magically rely upon reading the Bible for God’s word to us in the anointing of the Holy Spirit – but that we should rely upon Him to speak to us through whichever channel that He desires to use (even the odd donkey – Numbers 22:28-30 – and it was a pretty odd donkey). The Bible,Koran,Torah, etc…are inherently authoritative but not inherently anointed. When we’re looking at a ‘Word’ from God that we can react in faith to, then we’re looking for no dead written word but a living one that comes directly from the mouth of God and which is the specific word for the situation that we find ourselves in. Like the one most of you find yourself in everyday. I’ve deliberately neglected to provide you with scientific evidence to prove my contention that God created all that we see around us. It’s not that there isn’t evidence available but, that my confidence in what God has said (a fact which seems incredibly apt for adherents of macro-evolution as well). With no new word, we begin to stagnate and starve spiritually (Amos 8:11), we lack the vision that’s necessary to achieve anything for the Lord and begin to wander aimlessly through our lives, aiming at nothing and normally hitting it. I can quote to you from every major religion the same lesson. Knowing that the authors tainted the books with mis-leading information, how can they all preach the same. This is where your journey into wanting to know. Not just setteling on your right. Most of you sense the changing wind, the fact that even if you dont know what, you know that something is about to happen.
The first step before faith can kick in and believe is to receive the word that faith will focus on – and that means that, even though the word may be delayed, we should still wait for it. Do you understand. All you were taught was to prepare you for this time of change. Those around you at the moment are not as aware as you are. And when the war is at your doorstep you’ll be surprised who may even turn against you. David enquired of the Lord before he went to battle (II Sam 5:19). In this way, he saved himself from ever suffering defeat. He was able to have faith that the victory was assured when the enemy didn’t look as if they could be defeated by the army he could muster. On occasions he was even given the right strategy that he was to employ to secure the victory (II Sam 5:22-25).
Summarising, when we do not know the Lord’s will in a certain situation, we should wait for a word from Him so that we know what He requires. Our faith will then be exercised in what God has said and victory/success will be assured us in every situation that we find ourselves in. Not from old doctrines, in oder to see truth.
debauch
NEW YORK (Sept. 26) – As the debate over a $700 billion bank bailout rages on in Washington, one of the nation’s largest banks-Washington Mutual Inc. – has collapsed under the weight of its enormous bad bets on the mortgage market.
Hate to say I told you so.
are u guys crazy who belives in tht kinda stuff.
only god knows the minute hour date and year the world is going to end. so u guys need to start getting real
Boy Debauch i only read 2 of your posts, and i wanna know where you give your weekly sermons. Good stuff, 10 points if you guess the religion this is from. Doesnt it sound alike like what you’ve been saying-same story different words?
But the Gods saw that when the First Men lifted up their heads, their gaze took in all that was before them. Nothing was hidden from them; they knew all things. “This is not well,” the Gods said to one another. “These are not simple creatures; they will rival us who are their creators.” The Men of Maize rendered thanks to the Gods who had created them, saying, “We speak, we understand, we think, we walk; we see what is far and what is near; we understand all things great and small, and our gaze takes in the heavens and the earth.” But what they said was not welcome to Tepeu, and Gucumatz, and Hurakan. Then the Heart of the Sky breathed a cloud before the First Men so that their eyes were covered as with a mist. They saw, but they did not see clearly what was far nor what was near. Their vision and their wisdom became small–small as they are with us.
The First Men slumbered, and during their slumber wives were made and brought to their sides. When they wakened they knew their wives, and the hearts of the First Men were filled with gladness. Children were born to them and the race of men increased and multiplied. They said prayers to the Maker, the Former, the Heart of the Sky. They prayed that children might be given to them.
DONT FIGHT THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
The word bible comes from the greek word for books or biblos.
The bible wasn’t a book that was laying under some ock in thee old world. First off in the KJV its composed of two parts. The old and new testament.
The old testament should really be read as history.
I think it was around 500 BCE when these Hebrew scholars decided to put together this “book”. These guys had libraries full of old witings but they decided which books to include and which to exclude.
The old testament is the key to the religion because the new testament is basically telling how the son of God, the messiah came and what his life was like for his last 3 years on the planet as a man.
Without the old testament there would be no new testament because the new testament inserts Yahweh, the God of the Jews as their messiahs father.
The story is thet since the Jews didnt accept the messiah then the doors have opened to Yahwehs heaven for all of us if we accept the Jesus story period.
The Bible is full of fallacies. I spoke with a very wise Theologist the other day and I mentioned this and his reply was that “It has to be read with discernment and in a spirutual manner.
Ok.
Anyway reading the Bible itself you can see how the stories in it and the actions taken by God at different parts are not the same God at work.
Its all there. For example. when the 3 strangers meet with Abraham in the desert and stop and eat with him and he haggles with God as to how many he can spare from Soddom. This is God hes speaking to.
But later he tells Moses that no man can see him or he will surely perish. More like they may recognize him as one of the local gods.
Like maddness says. God wasn’t talking to himslef there in the garden before he kicked adam out.
He kicked adam out because he figured that since he had eaten of tree of knowledge of good and evil then he would also eat of the tree of life and be just like God. This is what God says in the Bible.
Anyway, the bible can be used in conjunction with other non biblical ancient writings to better understand the ancient stories and you can better decide what is real and what isn’t.
I don’t want to argue here with anyone about my biblical fallacy opinion. If any of you take offense I offer you the chance to explain to me who the hell Cain was expected to multiply with when he ass was banished as the bible offers no explanation. 15 years after cain kills his bro and is banished seth comes along and grows up and multiplys too. Again, where do the girls come from? And don’t tell me to use my imagintaion or that I should be reading it in a spiritual manner because if I do that then I’ll use my imagination to translate everything I read in there. Some of it is history and most is parable. But the stories have fallacies and are incompete.
Still good reading though,
Pastor,
-Rico-
Dear Madness,
Good one. I’m not going to rob Debauch of their 10 points…..its familiar.
I wonder if the mist that covered the eyes of the First men, was a holographic matrix…..to fool the eyes and the brain. There is a cautionary saying….something like, your eyes are there to fool you.
Eyes are just lenses, it is the brain that does the actual seeing. One could transmit images directly to the brain. It has been proposed that antennas such as haarp can project images onto clouds.
Another cautionanry saying…all that glitters is not gold. What you see, isn’t necessarily what it is in reality.
The key to power and control, is to be able to dictate / design popular belief, by way of being able to manipulate the perception of the masses…..at present fear is the no 1 tool.
One cries, shortage…..even if there isn’t one…there will be as soon as the masses perceive a shortage. Marketing.
Hi Becky,
Thoth, the more wisdom we aquire, the further away the goal moves. Thoth’s right….no chance of ever having all the answers.
Have you seen the latest thing in astronomy, The Dark Flow, on daily galaxy, and I think on universe today.
Hope you are well,
Leah
good morning, friends–
rico–i have often wondered that myself—the Bible is very vague about how all this “begatting” was made possible…where did cain, abel,seth find their “brides”?
it sort of puts a new spin on the concept of who or what the original God was…perhaps the “Gods” were extraterrestrial…and they airshipped them in—sorta like “mail-order brides”…or “here come the women!!!” from the OLD TV series of “here come the Brides”…
I DON”T KNOW!!!! the Bible makes no mention that i know of as to how this all came about…perhaps God created them, just like he did Eve…from a rib?????? don’t know…????
or, perhaps there are some things we just aren’t supposed “to get”…we are just required have to have a little faith and believe that all our questions will someday be answered…because it’s the right thing to do… ??? again, i don’t know…
if we had all the answers, what would we do with them??? would we all then KNOW and believe the same things??? if everything was “common knowledge”, would we ALL be Gods??? i don’t know…but i can’t help but think it was by design that we don’t all share like and equal knowledge…is it not HUMAN nature that we learn from each other??? as you can see, there is more i DON”T know, than what i do…but faith, beliefs,and hope fill in the gaps until such a time comes, when all my questions will be answered…
does your skin fit…and does it feel right???? this one i know…it’s what feels right for me…
just a short PS…over the past 3 0r 4 days, none of my posts appeared…God only knows why it did today…but just a short affirmation…amit, rico–drugs or no drugs–personal preferences matter NOT…no worries—you all are OKAY BY ME!!!
hi, leah–i always thought that our brains were just processing centers for what we see, hear, taste, touch, feel…the more we know, the broader our senses…the fallacy with that is that our brain is not our mind…and it is our minds that play the tricks on us…you are right—nowadays, seeing is not necessarily believing…holograms, jingles—
did i really see what i just thought i saw??? did i really hear what i just thought i just heard??? there is a fine line between the distinction…and yes, there is trickery in this that i am sure will soon be used to deceive the masses…
kinda scary, isn’t it????
Dear Debauch,
Forgive the levity which has offended you. Madnesses post was addressed to you, and I did not think it polite to jump in.
I do not think you have said too much. We live in times when not enough is said….but naturally the choice is yours. My dreams are as you describe, always have been, and my light is switched on…..its bright…just don’t know how much brighter it is going to get.
I’m aware of the falsity that is purportrated. There’s a battle indeed, if it hasn’t already started.
This is one for everyone.
Re the Popal Vuh, the Mayan book of Creation….written in the original Mayan language, then translated into Latin….has since been translated into 2 widespread languages, English and Spanish…..and Hungarian. Why why why would one of the least used languages in the world be chosen as the 3rd ? As some know I am half Hungarian…so its a reasonable question for me to ponder on.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Madness,
The thread got hot with bickering, here and there, but all in all its worth reading. Lots of info. Money is a human invention…..so it could be un-invented. Ego is a whole other ball game…maybe inherited from our makers.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Debauch,
Out of respect, and on reflection if I misunderstood…… “Leah do you believe I am more than 1?”….. I appologise. Also for mis-spelling other as oder. Means the same in German though, if I remember correctly.
I would answer the questions….have you ever helped a stranger without wanting back….etc. However without the inflection and sentiment that the vibrational qualities of voice…..there would be mis-understanding in doing so in writing.
What I can say is that I and my family have done so in the past, and continue to do so when occasion arises. We do not fear to do so.
Best wishes,
Leah
Good one. I’m not going to rob Debauch of their 10 points…..? Leah, do you believe i am more than 1 ? Maddness, and everyone else. The Bible is not a science text; the scientific method was unknown in biblical times. …The purposes of religion and science are completely different. Science seeks to describe, explain, and predict. The Bible tries to tell the purpose of creation, and to point the way to morality, righteousness, and salvation.
It should not be surprising that their methods are different and even incompatible. There is no way for you or I to know answers to which there are no questions. Evolution v.s Creation, that is part of the trap your mind is kept in. Think of the 3 major religions of the word as the greatest comic book publishers in the world. Only the super heroes and villians are real.
There out there a war rages now for something you have no idea the value of. Your soul, your emotions,thoughts the feeling of being alive. With the abilty to do far more than you think you are capable of. How many of you have controlled a dream? If for nothing but that sec. you realized you were dreaming and then awoke. Your mind traveled past that galactic equator you fear.
No, not the one in space but the one in time we must all pass. When you slumber you are closer to the realm of the dead than you may care to believe. It is here that all your mediatation is to prepare you for. If you believe i am crazy you havent even heard the tip of the truth. Yes, there is life on other planets, and are you under the impression this part or sector of space is not already owned.
A war is coming and you are the officers, will you have the courage when it is not muscle you need to win? Are you ready to say i must stop reading about things i know, and try to learn something even if you dont like it? Have you done something for someone you dont know without wanting back? why would you do that? you only think its the right thing to do. but why should you do it? A clear & focused mind is needed.
There is a different description of the creation of earth’s life forms. Most mainline and liberal biblical researchers attribute this section to “J,” a writer who lived in the 9th century BCE (some say 10th century; others say after the Babylonian exile). Again, religious conservatives trace the authorship to Moses, and believe that this is a simple restatement of the earlier creation story.
Whats funny is the arguement can go back & forth or it can stop. You can see the world for what it is. I ………will stop now. I know this might be to much. In the first account, God created fruit trees before Adam and Eve; in the second account, God created Adam, then the fruit trees, then Eve. In the first account, God created animals before Adam and Eve; in the second account, God created Adam. then the animals, then Eve.
Genesis 1:20 describes how God had “the waters bring forth …fowl” ; in Genesis 2:19, God formed them “out of the ground”.
In the first account, God created the fish on the 5th day; in the second account, the fish of the sea were not created at all.etc,etc……..
If these are questions that you have wonder about or pondered. Then you are more than half way there. why?, because you have come to realize that of all the information you have gathered is tainted. Already raped by those who do not deem you worthy of the truth. Are you? Are you ready to accept that all you have learned is false?
The united states told the Americian people aliens were really threw the movie M.I.B. They let The Priory of Scion publish the real story of jesus and turn that into a movie. Ponder this…Jesus died over 2,000 years ago approximately how many children could possibly have his blood. His blood is the blood of Kings…royalty. Somewhere along the lineage not everyone would result as “supernatural” Jesus if they did not possess the spirit of God inside of them or practice to obtain mastery of those certain “miracle” powers…
Need I bring up Cane and Able and how different they were…although brothers?
Like Rico stated who did he procreate with. How about Genesis 4: 15-16 But the LORD said to him, “Not so; if anyone kills Cain, he will suffer vengeance seven times over.” Then the LORD put a mark on Cain so that no one who found him would kill him. So Cain went out from the Lord’s presence and lived in the land of Nod, east of Eden. Who was he protecting him from. As well as you must realize then that since he was the last son left, from the D.N.A of a murderer when we then created. May your light find you I must go now.
Debauch
Oh and Maddness, Men of Maize: The Modernist Epic of the Guatemalan Indians.
Debauch
Imagine ones body is a light bulb, and electricity the energy that makes the bulb light up….being life. Does it mean that life no longer exists / continues, because the light bulb is no longer capable of receiving electricity ?
You all know what assumption is…….of coarse you do……its the Mother of All F-ck ups.
D, my dude, i meant no harm either. You got me ready to send donations & put you on the air. The worship of money and pursuit of ego is what gots the world drinking out of the toilet
You got me feeling like maybe the Matrix was one of those movies. How do i wake up? I tried to start reading from the top, but there was alot of bickering. I scrolled down just to see if it was there was, & BOOM i find your blog. Listen i’m just like everyone else in the world, “confused”. Maybe i’m to sick in the head to know any better, but alot of this makes sense. Anyway i hope i didnt offend you in anyway. Look forward to your next sermon.:)
DONT FIGHT THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
I gotta tell you Debauch, you bring a stong case. I only have to ask why dont you believe that science and religion dont mix. you say there is a no reason to argue Evolution vs. Creation. I only agree because Evolutionists, who view themselves as the only “scientists” in the debate, insist that the burden of evidence be upon the Creationists. I was that man of science. In any scientific debate, the theories must be tested according to the evidence. Only a fool would accept something as truth without evidence. Typically, scientists observe evidentiary data and then formulate their conclusions. Evolutionists have formulated their conclusion, and now look for the missing data. Which to me has to be religion. Science without religion is lame. Religion without science is blind-Albert Einstein. You said you dont like qouteing, I’ve memerised most. I’m the most ignorant person on the thread but from other great minds I have learned. A good example of how great minds think alike is this, last quote i’ll leave you to think about.
A human being is a part of a whole, called by us ‘universe’, a part limited in time and space. He experiences himself, his thoughts and feelings as something separated from the rest… a kind of optical delusion of his consciousness. This delusion is a kind of prison for us, restricting us to our personal desires and to affection for a few persons nearest to us. Our task must be to free ourselves from this prison by widening our circle of compassion to embrace all living creatures and the whole of nature in its beauty
Albert Einstein
Remember your the one who said
“Are you ready to accept that all you have learned maybe false?”
Evolution vs. Creation — Until Evolutionists find the evidence they’ve sought since the beginning of the modern Evolutionary movement about 150 years ago, there is actually no debate at all. Creation is the default. Evolutionists insist that complexity developed from simplicity despite the contradiction to known physical laws. Moreover, Evolutionists maintain that this simplicity just sprang into existence without any cause at all. Let’s collect the evidence, and then we can start a debate.
First learn about science, before you think you got it all figured out.Do you know what Uniformitarianism is?Uniformitarianism is a geological doctrine. It states that current geologic processes, occurring at the same rates observed today, in the same manner, account for all of Earth’s geological features. Thus, it assumes that geological processes are essentially unchanged today from those of the unobservable past, and that there have been no cataclysmic events in earth’s history. As present processes are thought to explain all past events, the Uniformitarian slogan is, “the present is the key to the past.” So what do you think Creation is the default fits in that? Let’s collect the evidence, and then we can start a debate.
COMMON SENSE
not an opinoin just something i came across related to subject. re: electricity, being life. This from the Associated Press.
The evidence so far suggests that when the heart stops beating, there’s no blood flowing in the body, everything goes still. The brain shuts down in about 10 seconds. The interesting thing is – when we as doctors intervene and do vigorous chest compressions, and give drugs and shock the heart – despite all our best efforts, studies have shown we cannot get enough blood flow into the brain to get it started. This may go on for tens of minutes or an hour.
Well, what happens to the mind at that time? In my case, what happened to that patient? Is his mind there or not there? We expect the mind to stop working in a few seconds, and interestingly, though – in 5 independent studies, one of which was mine, 10 to 20 percent of people who have gone through clinical death will report some activity of their mind. It appears that some people have some form of consciousness present when there’s no brain activity.
What they describe is a near-death experience. It’s subjective and a dream-like state. They say, “I saw a tunnel, I saw a light,” the usual stuff. We can’t validate that. I can’t say whether your dream is not real or is real. A proportion of them come back and describe watching doctors and nurses doing specific things. The question is – does that really happen? Is it real? Doctors and nurses have confirmed what patients have said. People recall seeing things. Did they really see it? How did they see them? Or were they really at the ceiling?
The key point is that no one really in their right mind can deny this experience occurs. The easiest answer is that it must just be a trick of the mind, an illusion. The problem with that is when people come back and tell us exactly what happened [in the hospital room]. It’s not so easy to say it’s an illusion. It could be that it’s happening just as the brain shuts down or as the brain is recovering. For example, you might have a dream that you’ve been somewhere for a year, but it could be a microsecond in real time. It could be that as the brain was shutting down you had a quick experience. You felt like you were there the whole time. Putting aside the tunnels or lights, they come back and tell us specific details, “At 9:15 a.m., this may have happened.” And that was 10 or 20 minutes into the event.
The alternative explanation is that they do see things. People have their eye closed, maybe they happen to open their eyes, and they’re just gathering information and their brain collects that information. The point is that they did see things.
The mind is a mystery. We don’t understand, and it may be possible that the mind is non-local to the brain. If you ask quantum physicists, this is possible because we know at that level things can be non-local. They behave in a weird way.
What do you hope to achieve through this research? Medical advancement? A better understanding of death?
What we do in medicine benefits in society. If you suddenly discovered a cure for cancer, it’s a medical advancement but ultimately a social advancement. This is a medically-driven study that will benefit all of society. It’s important because we know very little about the mind and brain. In most circumstances, we can’t separate them. Only in clinical death and cardiac arrest, the mind and brain may be separated from each other. If they can be separated, then there are further implications in neuroscience.
A lot of what we do is to study what happens to the brain and the way we can improve resuscitation during cardiac arrest and improve the way we manage patients whose heart has stopped. If we do manage to get patients back to life, there could be less incidents of neurological deficits, cognitive impairments, abnormalities.
It’s really a spectrum. One is pure cardiac and the other is neuroscience. Over all it should benefit everyone.
let me just clarify this for you the world is not going to end just because it ends were only on the seventh there are 23 more the world will naturaly end by 2100 or more
is the world really going to end at 2020-2025? please someone reply!!
First of all, I really wish that we as human beings could respect each others opinions. No one knows exactly what will happen. Although ignorance is bliss and to call others who have there own beliefs idiots just because they don’t believe it….is in fact idiotic.
With that being said…do I run around thinking the world is going to end? No. However, I won’t be so arrogant as to not at least have an open mind to those beliefs. At the same time, I do believe this date on 2012 has some significance. I am surprised that the author is basing his whole opinion on just the Mayan culture. There are other cultures that point to this year, as a year of significant CHANGE. The Babylonians, Egyptians, Sumerian’s, Tibetans, Chinese, Hopi, Cherokee, to name a few, believe in this same 26,000 year cycle. And most of these cultures do have a calendar to mark this cycle. You can research yourself. It is not the end of the world as in we all perish in a fiery death. I believe we are due for our upgrade as human beings. We can’t have our technology being smarter than us! We currently have new computers coming out almost every month. And by the time we reach 2012 nothing will be old anymore. The technology will upgrade every few seconds by the rate it’s going now. And it may even be able to think for itself. The technology for A.I. is becoming more of a reality folks. Also, the author in this “blog” doesn’t talk about the Mayan myth surrounding it. It’s not just the calendar. It is written that they believed this 26,000 year cycle to be similar to the 260 day gestation of a human being. In other words a birth. And actually we are in the Apocalypse right now, which is why everything seems chaotic, because we are leaving the “5th world”(which is what the Mayan called it). We are entering the 6th which is enlightenment(coming out of darkness into light). And Apocalypse is just a revealing. That’s all. I mean, there will come a time when we will have to stop killing each other. AND CALLING EACH OTHER IDIOTS. It’s evolution at work. Especially, if we want to venture furthur into space. How can we if we’re blowing up everything on our own planet? Also, I wonder what this same guy has to say about the other cultures I mentioned that believe Humankind is due for a change. How come he didn’t mention the I Ching? You have to ask yourself why did all those ancient people point to this year? Also, you won’t wake up one day and everything will be crystal clear we are working up to this change right now. The internet is a big part of this new consciousness. Never before in history have we been able to communicate with each other around the globe in this fashion and the Mayans do mention the internet in one of there prophecies…(not by name don’t get crazy folks). Don’t be so blinded by your own fear of change that you can’t be open minded. Don’t fear change….fear things that stay the same or keep you from becoming your ultimate best… Besides what’s scarier, having an open mind to possibility or having a closed mind to impossibility. I live my life on what’s possible because everything up until now has shown me possibility. You work it out….
Hey Friends!!
Just trying to grasp all the new thoughts that were ref;ected on this thread during the weekend…
Nice similies by Rico and Leah (Fly and Light Bulb)…
One of the most plausible scenarios in 2012 for me is the “rate/speed of change” … This has a very valid basis in the Time Wave Zero/ Novelty theory by Terrence McKenna.. You dont need to be a rocket scientist to see the rapid advancement in technology.. In such a short tome span we have gone from just Hunting/Agriculture to developing technologies such as AI and imitating the BIg Bang (LHC)… Who knows what more lies in store??
And as for God and Religion, its just a matter of perspective. As long as we see the reason behind the myths of all the world religions, we will be ale to understand the intent of their creation. Would you understand if i started to make my posts in Binary?? Let me put it in another way.. When computers just came into picture, Binary was the only way to communicate instructions to them, but as they became advanced, we started having different interfaces to communicate iwth them, and seeing the rate of advancement, there will be a time when we can wire them to our brain and give direct command (Almost like manifestation of thoughts)… Now , if one (Who is used to this new interface only) was to look back at the times of “Binary Language”, he/she would surely wonder whats the need for such basic commands when we can convey muc more so easily and the machine can understand easily… I dont know if i was able to get the point across.. My intent was to make the connection between the human evolution vis a vis the Ancient Texts and Religion. if the religion had evolve with Human Understanding, then we would be seeing a different world today. A more practical religion is whats required today….
Rico,
You are quite right anout the Elite takeover thing.. And Espumpin, you seem to be on the right track dude!!The collapse of Washington Mutual… Eeerie!!
And Rico, about Global Religion and the thing you said about “Faking UFO Contac” … I may come across as Paranoid, but aren’t we being prepared for it when even the Vatican has issued a statement that “Its not wrong to believe in UFOs”.
I see a connection here. And why do we see an increasing number of reports of UFO Sightings everyday? Because we are deliberately being “fed” such footage… Its like someone is trying to make UFOs “Everyday Stuff”, to the extent that people start seeing them as “normal” . Then the next step will be taken by the Elites…
This even makes e think about the “Anti-Christ” and “Real Christ” reference.. When people are shown the fake contact, they will believe all that stuff, but ofcourse the intent behind that is Evil (Anti-Christ), but then we will see something which surely cant be faked and we will know the truth…?
Well, i was just trying to put some pieces together as per my logic…..
This is like listening to the attendees of a Star Trek Convention where they’re ALL on LSD. Go outside and play more, kids.
Dear Ricochet
Thanks for mentioning the people that do read this thread but don’t post. I have been here for a while. I like to read what everyone has to say and check out the sights that are mention. I am a seeker and this is one place I come for information.
Thank You
Dawn
Folks,
I was just reading about “Black Death” in England in 1347-50… I was amazed to find a UFO reference there as well!!
People were reporting ‘comets.’ But they were clearly not comets from the descriptions. People were reporting bright flying objects and said the aerial objects were spraying gas, which they called ‘mists’ that caused the Black Death. This was a very common thing that happened from town to town and region to region.
This started with the first outbreak in China and then hit Europe the hardest. Nohl also found that people reported only ground mists. They didn’t necessarily see the bright lights, and in a couple of cases, the mists were even bluish in color.
The third phenomenon, which was very intriguing, was the men in black happening at that time, too. In a number of villages and towns, people would report human-like figures dressed in black would appear on the outskirts of town with a long instrument they would wave back and forth. Right after that, a plague would break out. Sometimes people reported seeing these figures walking through town with these long instruments and right afterwards, the plague would break out in those towns.
The interesting thing is that when the figures in black were out in the fields, the eyewitnesses called the instruments ‘scythes.’ The idea was that symbolically, the figures were mowing down the wheat or whatever grain was growing and this was symbolic of the death of the people later. But eyewitnesses reported that the wheat or grain was never actually cut by the mysterious moving scythes. So, it may mean that the figures had some instrument that they were waving around and spraying out in the mist whatever germs they were spraying around the town.
This obviously leads to a question.. Why would the Non-Human Intelligence want to cause such Large Scale Deaths on Earth?
There is good evidence that the soul/spirit is separable from the body. That’s an idea that goes way back and continues to be expressed in the New Age movement and Christians express it pretty much as do most religions. They just all have a different idea about what happens to the soul after death.
That’s where death might fit in because if we keep forgetting we are souls and keep being re-cycled over and over again thinking we are not recycling souls, it maintains being imprisoned here – which is something the Gnostics talked about and the Essenes talked about – the imprisonment aspect of human life on this planet.
Just to keep Earth as a possession as it’s always been. To quote Charles Fort, ‘Whatever our mysterious usefulness might be,’ we still have that same usefulness we had thousands of years ago. And that might be all that there is to modern Earth UFO phenomenon. To me, the use of a Machiavellian technique is simply a technique of management.
And the way you do that is keep the inhabitants not knowing what’s really going on and keeping humans so consumed with fighting each other and all the problems that brings, that all we have the time to think about mostly are our Earth problems. We’re worried about paychecks and now we’re worried about what Russia is going to do in Georgia and we’re worried about whether Iran is going to be bombed by the United States or Israel and this dominates our thoughts so we don’t see the Big Picture.
In the early history, there was the obvious benefit of the Custodians having a slave labor force. But now, they don’t have that. (Or do they?) Now there is the abduction evidence and great interest in harvesting DNA and doing the hybrid experiments – maybe that’s the key to what the agenda is.
To keep control over its possession and to maintain Earth as something of a prison, that other civilization has bred never-ending conflict between human beings, has promoted human spiritual decay, and has erected on Earth conditions of unremitting physical hardship. This situation has existed for thousands of years and it continues today
Our usefulness has changed, but we are still useful in a different way.
Hi Dawn,
I remember you from an earlier post… You had mentioned that you had read the thread from the start and come back often to check the new info.. I know that there are a lot of other people like you.. And even i intended to do just that initially. But then i decided to start posting as well. And i never realised when i became a part of this thread myself, one of the regulars.. At first, even i thought – “What can i contribute here when so much has been discussed already? ” But taking the references given by Rico, Leah and some others here, i started to search and read, and i have managed to contribute a fair bit myself.
So, every new person who reaches this thread is an asset, because the person brings a new perspective with him/her, and may take a direction which is untreded so far…
Its good to be a seeker. But its better to seek and contribute. You are most welcome to share your thoughts here… 🙂
Dear Espumpin,
I wish you all the best at training camp.
Re the bank thing, its a house of paper….quite literally. Its all going to fall down.
Leah
Dear Amit,
The plague…..it culled many as you know…so did the spanish flu almost 100 yrs ago. I wonder how many other such plagues have occured, and if any of them were planned cullings.
I watch the news from time to time, but with CGI tech, no one can know if what they are seeing is true. Like wise with newspapers, or contracts for that matter, or old, apparently historical documents……so easily manipulated. Deemed genuine by experts, when it suits, and fake when discreditation suits the agenda.
The weakest of human virtues….is trust.
Humans take everybody’s word for everything, but few ever bother to find out for themselves…..and so have been easily lead astray. Even when the intent is to convey truth….there is still the matter of perspective and vantage point, which can be mis-leading in itself.
One thing that I’ve learnt from experience is that…..As somthing starts out…..so it will end.
It looks that Deceipt was the original intent, and so, for the faction whos goal it was, a great deception awaits.
Be well,
Leah
We splice and dice DNA…..in an effort to gain an understanding of our origins. We may be doing as our makers did / do. One experiment among many, as they themselves seek their origins.
Many humans deem the life of an animal worthless….or of less value….so use and abuse them in experiments…..as Whitley Strieber aptly put it…..they think of us humans as ants.
It takes a mind without boundaries that imprison….to get what Debauch has shared here.
If you had not been taught to Make the Best and Most out of life….cos its the only one you’re getting…..instead you knew that this life was not the only one…..would you have endeavoured to be the best that you could be, in relation to conditions on Earth ?
Nice one Gnostic Joe.
Dear Madness,
I f only kids say, under 12 were left, sadly they would at least in part begin to copy the behaviour of the adults that had influenced them alreday.
Only in total forgetting, a wiping of the memory completely, can there be a new beginning. Even then something could happen that brings the memories back.
Book…..Lord of the Flies….. marooned kids that adopt hierachy.
Be well,
Leah
Science asks a question…..then sets up a load of petri dishes as an experiment…..then waits and observes.
Say one by one over a period of time, the bugs in a few different petri dishes, became aware of their circumstances and surroundings……began to take action …..these bugs would be exterminated, as its time for the next phase of the experiment. Then they’d be disected to better understand them.
Here in 3D land, the madness stops, if complete and total awareness of all thats gone before is removed. Nothing to copy or emulate….cos there is no remeberence of experiences. Its one of the fundemental differences between humans and other species. Animals are born with knowlege of the experiences of past generations. Genetic memory.
Like wise with enlightenment……got to give up that which is thought to be known, in order to know that which IS.
Dear Madness,
To me at least, you don’t seem a nut. On the contrary. No one wants to die, whether they are scared or not. We have such beauty all around us…..music…..laughter and love etc….when we choose to love and respect, not fight. We are those that happen to be around, during these times. We are the ones that are best suited to these times.
If all you do is truly believe in yourself and your unlimited capacity of goodness……and are not swayed by those that would mislead….you are well on your way.
Leah
Bit of levity…..we are all members of the…..whothef-ckarewe tribe.
The 3 of the most popular human questions are,
1. Is there life after physical death ?
2. Why are we here ?
3. How did we get here ?
Considering we are sooooo very much the odd species out, I would add, What are we supposed to be doing ?
Writers go to great lengths to provide different perspectives for consideration.
Deep Space Nine….the character ODO, the shapeshifter…..whos task it was to experience as much as possible before returning to the LINK, to then share those experiences with the others.
Like Gnostic Joe rightly said, the answer is simpler than is thought. This is due to man, having been systematically lead down a path of believing that…..if its not complicated….its not worth having / knowing.
Life is complex…..but its not complicated.
Dear Madness,
Goosebumps ( when not feeling cold) are quite often a physical reaction to truths.
Leah
If I become aware that I’m an experiment in a petri dish, fine. No experiment = no life for me. Awareness of my status quo, does however let me realise, I have choices re my reactions etc.
Training camp is in 2 days, I may be gone for two wks. Just letting everyone who might miss my ranting not to worry i’ll be back. Debauch, i’ll be egarly awaiting your response.
E
The last hot story today on Coast to Coast am .com We are not alone….pilot and politician spot UFO, is well worth a read. Pay particular attention to the last 2 paragraphs.
It’s a shift. Not the end. Never the end.
As delivered by Christ in the Pistis Sophia, there exists a group of ten gnostic commandments which every aspiring Essene or Nazorean gnostic must follow. These commandments are general in form and can fit peacefully with any existing religious beliefs. It should be the goal of any man or woman, of any race or religion, to accept these precepts into their life and into their own spiritual transformation.
“Be calm, be loving unto others, be gentle, be peaceful, be merciful, give tithes, help the poor and sick and distressed, be devoted to Deity, be righteous, be good that ye may receive the Mysteries of the Light and go on high into the Light Land.
As Amit has discovered, there is more than meets the eye when it comes to our forefathers. As well as on what Leah & Debauch were discussing. The gnostic way ties everything up in a nice package, that doesnt look like much, but turns out to be everything you wanted. How? By carefully collecting, purifying and implementing the ageless teachings found in the priceless scrolls of the Order.
To penetrate the mysteries to bless with a good conscious, to be great and yet empty, to return to stillness and be forgiving, to be compassionate and to deliver all people, to do good deeds and help people reach the other shore – these are the great benefits of our Path of cultivation.
I am not trying to recruit, simply inform. May the light From God shine upon all who waste not the wisdom, the gift of knowledge that He who sits above has given us. Those that seek answers and are not satisfied with false teachings,but wish to CALM PEOPLE in stormy times, to help them understand the nature of things, to maintain purity, to nourish all things, to respect all life, and to answer the needs of those whose beliefs come from the heart – these are the services the Order of Nazorean Essenes can offer.
Gnostic joe
Did you know, the Americains tainted the blankets they gave the Native Americains. With small pox? They gave them Food and water that already had mold at the bottom? All so they can take this land? What gets me is there was about 8-10 millions indians that got wiped off the face off the earth. yet the Jews inspire everyone to think/believe that 12 million of their kin were wiped of the earth? And they have a country weres the indians country? stop it, Ok come on look at the word you are using….. anti-semetic. A person who is against the jewish faith or against jews in general. Mel gibson made some anti-semetic comments …Thats in the dictionary? What about anti-black or anti-jehova witness?
Oh the words dont make sense? Thats because anti-semetic is just as stuipd. People just dont like people point blank and simple. I read the whole thread and here I thought I was going maddddd. Maybe the world needs to be burned and from the ashes re-made. Only the kids who have not had the oppurtunity to live life do I feel bad for. The rest of us “adults” gotta go. Is this Madnesses or Truth: Question: If everyone in the world ages 12 and under were wiped off the earth, do you believe the kids left would fight over territory and skin color? Or play with each other and try to help each other survive?
I know they wouldnt use the Spanish flu. I may well be one of the few people who looks forward to 2012 and prays it’ll be an eye opener for everyone.
DONT FIGHT THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
Yeah, but those kids were well over 12yrs old and from a boot camp. ‘m saying if you go to a school yard with forth graders there no most popular, no best dressed or best looking. This is instilled through time. Time that may well be burning out. We will never change. I may want to know how to read minds. and promise to not abuse the power. But would feel very uncomfortable with some who can. In other words I may know everyone should do the right thing, but if I can get over someone I will. Am I evil or honest? I was rasied to respect others and still keep an out for those that will never respect you for how you are. Happens in schools,jobs,churches,
How will the Madness stop? As you can tell I have issues, who doesnt? Maybe i’ll checkout the Gnostic. cccHeHeHeHEHEooOOOLOLOLOLOLOLOL
DONT FIGHT THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
You know I dont mean to come off as a nut. I just wish it was easy to believe in something like all you people who claim to find some sort of higher power. I dont want to die, Even if 2012 if the biggeset world disaster ever. I dont want to die. Does anyone else feel like they havent gotten a fair shake in this deal? Why are we part of the end time? Why cant somebodys grandkid be going nuts about this. not a question. Is anyone else scared. I’m not a stupid person and I have no answers. Worse thing is like D said. I dont even know the right question.
DONT FIGHT THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
No offense Maddness, I just think your “scared” to ask the question. The answer is simplier than you thought. I will pray for you. But you have to do the rest.
Gnostic Joe.
Hey, are you guys flirting with me:). Just kidding, but I do feel all warm and fuzzy inside. Thanks…………………, IDK what else to say
Dear Madness,
Maybe God gave us free will, to be all that we can be, but some high tech reptilian aliens futzed with our DNA, used us as slaves etc. The aliens broke the rules, robbed us of our free will, made the big kahuna angry and he’s going to teach them a lesson……maybe the last lesson. Maybe the rule is, non intervention, as in Star Trek etc.
We would have to choose who we stand with, the Loki mischievous types that broke the rules, or the one that gifted us free will.
Be well
Just to add about ODO. The funny thing is he didnt know where he came from. Or what his purpose was either. I’m kinda a trekkie. ODO chose law enforcement to find a purpose, because at first he was a lab experiment who became aware of his enivorment and wanted more. Boy that sounds alot like us. Just gave my self goosebumps. I was wondering what religion does Debauch follow? If any. Another thing is why wont God or gods just make their presence know. Is there some rules they have to follow like the highlanders( you know the immortals) Or if the were aliens same question. Human kind couldnt hold a candle up to those powers. And we’d proberly blow the candle out and hide in the dark if we had to be held accountable. I’m not really looking for answers to thses questions, instead it’s a reminder okay remember now
DONT FIGHT THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
It’ll only make things worse. LMAOOMGLOLOOLOOOOOOLLLLOLOL!!!!!!!!
Dear Espumpin,
Re the article you shared, for which I thank you.
In between all the chest beating, all the speech making, blaming, finger pointing…..Heaven help us ! is the best that they could come up with.
I’d written earlier that it was all a house of paper…..literally. To patchwork with a bailout, would only be a short term fix, whether on a national or global level. This is a global economic situation….so its all interlinked. We need a totally new concept, and new style economy……that is good for all, not just for a few. Money for sooooo long has trickled only up, its time for it to flow in all directions, without having to take it away from one, to give it to another.
Is it that a finite amount of money / value is attainable, and no more is available ? No. As much of it as is necessary can be written on paper as credits. Which is the form in which Trillions….Zillions exist. If you had as little as a Billion in any currency…….try withdrawing it in cash….can’t be done. Humans invented money as a common exchange mechanism. A method of measurement of the value of one thing in relation to another……a ruler. See Einstein even understood money.
Its time for a system befitting the 21st century….and replace an archaic BC monetary system that has set man against man…..and been the cause of envy and greed, theft, kidnap and even murder etc.
My preference is for FOOD, note a bit of paper that promises me that I can exchange it for food.
Forgive my tirade….but the aquisition of a man made tool that has mutated into the reason to commit any act. without conscience or respect…..but is the excuse to leave undone ALL that should be done, even compassion being ruled by the availability of the almighty MONEY….really fuels my fire.
I’m not bad mouthing anyone….I’m not against anyone….I’m just discerning regarding what I am FOR. I saw this as an inevitability 20 years ago, having looked into the securities business, shall we say. Had the concept of momopoly and greed had no part, the system could have survived a lot longer, but basing world economy on “the promises to pay ” so far into the future, was doomed from the outset….it was only ever a question of time.
The Insurance sector…already in some trouble…..but there’s more to come. Premiums due to natural disasters of late, must increase drastically if the industry is to survive.
Greed for money (in so far as it is real), for power and monopoly, is the eventual undoing of empire, whether as the ruling country, caste, or business.
We are in a leaky boat of NO MONEY= NO FOOD. Lucky are those that have land, as land = food, and therefore life. Rest assured, a way exists….its a question of who can be bothered to find it.
Signing off in the genre of Rico,
Big mouth,
Leah
Dear Jeff,
You have a most honourable philosophy.
Dear Amit,
Re the post to you, “Who are the queen bees” Not that I meant it in terms of gendre, just as top dogs if you like.
Please don’t blame what I think you perceive as being the elite, for having takien the risk of delivereing product to the people….that the people thought they wanted…..and the elite got wealthy in the process….but also provided jobs. They are not the top echelon of power.
Best wishes,
Leah
Dear Amit,
Cruel as it sounds…….only when it hurts badly enough will people be willing to at the very least listen ? I have found it to be true.
So you are right in so far as, until we get to a perceived point, that it can get no worse…..no one will listen….least of all those that think they are in positions of power.
I deem you wise and seek your opinion……so describe to me the conditions at which point it would be perceived as not being able to get any worse ? PLEASE.
Love the Rico sign off thing….like Amit’s camp fire. I sit at the campfire at least once a week.
Leah
Dear Jeff,
Some have the telepathy thing with those open to it…….its really cool. Cuts out a lot of mis-understanding etc. Saves time too.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Amit,
Intent….Will…..going back to what Debauch has written. They are powerful tools….but something else too. I don’t care to go there yet.
What a crazy world….ask to exchange the bank note…..and get told you can’t…even though it has the word PROMISE printed all over it.
You know something……I’ve known some, that cheat another by say, 11.am, then go to their holy place at mid-day….pray and ask for forgiveness…..then cheat another by 2pm….like 5 days a week. Don’t they get it…asking for forgiveness and repeating the crime has got to get OLD, even for their version God.
Rico style,
Just an observer,
Leah
Dear Amit,
My 21 year old daughter, such an old and wise soul……told me long ago that we humans are our own undoing. However we have not undone ourselves byond salvation yet. I appreciate your candidness as I do your position as the father of a young one. It is indeed the very young who have the ability to sort out the mess. They see so very clearly. You compliment me by calling me wise, and I thank you in no small way.
There is a good, and better (not perfect) way forward. I regret in no way having not sought PHDs to put after my name for any reason, least of all money. I make like Socrates…you know, a carpenter knows much about wood, a metal worker about metal etc……I know nothing, but I have observed all etc etc.
The masses pay attention to the other bits of paper….degrees. If you don’t have one….you must be mindless….brainless….fit for digging only….catch my drift ? So I’m the first, in that case to dubb myself fit for digging only etc. But I observed all that my eyes, more importantly my mind could perceive. Thats how I know there is a way forward.
Best wishes,
Leah
Good one Jeff.
I just can’t resist this one. Before a reptilian alien throws a big rock at Earth or anything else….they would be wise to remember that a greater power than them, MADE THEM, and is wathing them as they watch us.
Dear Amit,
Yup….out with the old in order to make space for the new. I had left out the bit about massive change and upheaval….but on purpose. So long as there is food and shelter, all other undesirable upheaval passes, not that I don’t acknowlege that there is physical and spiritual pain in the process.
We know however that all life becomes accostomed to good or better stuff in the blink of an eye. Its only the bad stuff they don’t adapt to…..that causes prolonged pain….why ? because its bad, or undesirable etc. We all welcome that which we feel is good with open arms, and resist (for decades sometimes, like communism) that which causes discord, and feels bad or wrong.
So long as the new system is genuinely good and creative, there will be very little upheaval . A change of attitude and perception more than a physical one.
Positive thinker,
Leah
Dear Amit,
Its been a privalage to chat tonight, but this 51 year old, Hag by another name, as in Shakespeare, but who has 2 eyes, both wide open…..is going to get some sleep.
Beware of prophecies used as propoganda to instill fear, when they were an account of what went before, and serve to forwarn, as histiry has a habit of repeating itself.
Many thanks to the dear Friend who reminded me of this earlier today.
Respect to all life everywhere,
Leah
WASHINGTON (Sept. 29) – In a vote that shook the government, Wall Street and markets around the world, the House on Monday defeated a $700 billion emergency rescue for the nation’s financial system, leaving both parties’ lawmakers and the Bush administration scrambling to pick up the pieces. Dismayed investors sent the Dow Jones industrials plunging nearly 800 points, the most ever for a single day.
“We need to put something back together that works,” a grim-faced Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson said after he and Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke joined in an emergency strategy session at the White House. On Capitol Hill, Democratic leaders said the House would reconvene Thursday, leaving open the possibility that it could salvage a reworked version.
All sides agreed the effort to bolster beleaguered financial markets, potentially the biggest government intervention since the Great Depression, could not be abandoned.
But in a remarkable display on Monday, a majority of House members slapped aside the best version their leaders and the administration had been able to come up with, bucking presidential speeches, pleading visits from Paulson and Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke and urgent warnings that the economy could nosedive without the legislation.
In the face of thousands of phone calls and e-mails fiercely opposing the measure, many lawmakers were not willing to take the political risk of voting for it just five weeks before the elections.
The bill went down, 228-205.
The House Web site was overwhelmed as millions of people sought information about the measure through the day.
The legislation the administration promoted would have allowed the government to buy bad mortgages and other sour assets held by troubled banks and other financial institutions. Getting those debts off their books should bolster those companies’ balance sheets, making them more inclined to lend and ease one of the biggest choke points in a national credit crisis. If the plan worked, the thinking went, it would help lift a major weight off the national economy, which is already sputtering.
Hoping to pick up enough GOP votes for the next try, Republicans floated several ideas. One would double the $100,000 ceiling on federal deposit insurance. Another would end rules that require companies to devalue assets on their books to reflect the price they could get in the market.
In the meantime, Paulson said he would work with other regulators “to use all the tools available to protect our financial system and our economy.”
“Our tool kit is substantial but insufficient,” he said, indicating the government intended to continue piecemeal fixes while pressing Congress for broader action.
Stocks started plummeting on Wall Street even before Monday’s vote was over, as traders watched the rescue measure going down on television. Meanwhile, lawmakers were watching them back.
As a digital screen in the House chamber recorded a cascade of “no” votes against the bailout, Democratic Rep. Joe Crowley of New York shouted news of the falling Dow Jones industrials. “Six hundred points!” he yelled, jabbing his thumb downward.
The final stock carnage was 777 points, far surpassing the 684-point drop on the first trading day after the Sept. 11, 2001, terror attacks.
In the House, “no” votes came from both the Democratic and Republican sides of the aisle. More than two-thirds of Republicans and 40 percent of Democrats opposed the bill. Several Democrats in close election fights waited until the last moment, then went against the bill as it became clear the vast majority of Republicans were opposing it.
Thirteen of the 19 most vulnerable Republicans and Democrats in an Associated Press analysis voted against the bill despite the pleas from President Bush and their party leaders to pass it.
In all, 65 Republicans joined 140 Democrats in voting “yes,” while 133 Republicans and 95 Democrats voted “no.”
The overriding question was what to do next.
“The legislation may have failed; the crisis is still with us,” said House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif., in a news conference after the defeat. “What happened today cannot stand.”
Republican leader John Boehner, R-Ohio, said he and other Republicans were pained to vote for such measure, but he agreed that in light of the potential consequences for the economy and all Americans, “I think that we need to renew our efforts to find a solution that Congress can support.”
Sen. Chris Dodd, D-Conn., said there was scant time to reopen legislation that was the product of hard-fought bipartisan negotiations.
“What happened today was not a failure of a bill, it was a failure of will,” said Dodd, the Banking Committee chairman. “Our hope is that cooler heads will prevail, people will think about what they did today and recognize that this is not just scare tactics — it’s reality.”
A brutal round of partisan finger-pointing followed the vote.
Republicans blamed Pelosi’s scathing speech near the close of the debate — which assailed Bush’s economic policies and a “right-wing ideology of anything goes, no supervision, no discipline, no regulation” of financial markets — for the defeat. It was not much different from her usual tough words against the president and his party.
“We could have gotten there today had it not been for the partisan speech that the speaker gave on the floor of the House,” Boehner said.
Rep. Roy Blunt, R-Mo., the whip, estimated that Pelosi’s speech changed the minds of a dozen Republicans who might otherwise have supported the plan.
That amounted to an appalling accusation by Republicans against Republicans, said Rep. Barney Frank, D-Mass., chairman of the Financial Services Committee: “Because somebody hurt their feelings, they decide to punish the country.”
More than a repudiation of Democrats, Frank said, Republicans’ refusal to vote for the bailout was a rejection of their own president.
The two men campaigning to replace Bush watched the situation closely — from afar — and demanded action.
In Iowa, Republican John McCain said his rival Barack Obama and congressional Democrats “infused unnecessary partisanship into the process. Now is not the time to fix the blame; it’s time to fix the problem.”
Obama said, “Democrats, Republicans, step up to the plate, get it done.”
Lawmakers were under extraordinary pressure from powerful outside groups, which gave notice they considered the legislation a “key vote” — one they would consider when rating members of Congress.
The U.S. Chamber of Commerce said opponents of the bailout would pay for their stance.
“Make no mistake: When the aftermath of congressional inaction becomes clear, Americans will not tolerate those who stood by and let the calamity happen,” said R. Bruce Josten, the Chamber’s top lobbyist, in a letter to members.
The conservative Club for Growth made a similar threat to supporters of the bailout.
“We’re all worried about losing our jobs,” Rep. Paul Ryan, R-Wis., declared in an impassioned speech in support of the bill before the vote. “Most of us say, ‘I want this thing to pass, but I want you to vote for it — not me.'”
“We’re in this moment, and if we fail to do the right thing, Heaven help us,” he said.
If Congress doesn’t come around on a bailout, more pressure would fall on the Federal Reserve.
The Fed, which has been providing billions in short-term loans to squeezed banks to help them overcome credit stresses, could keep expanding those loans to encourage lending. And, it could keep working with other central banks to inject billions into financial markets overseas.
It also has the power to expand emergency lending to other types of companies and even to individuals if they are unable to secure adequate credit.
.
sorry only have 5mins copied it b4 I read it always keeping the watgh. cuz I hate 2 say I told U so.
Hey E! All the best for your training camp….
Your presence will be sorey missed and we will eagerly await your return!
About the news, well, i was hoping that this Govt. Bailout will tide things over, but now that the bill has been rejected, i am feeling very uncertain about the future…
Leah put it very aptly, its a house of paper and its all going tofall donw…
Columnist for the New York Times Roger Cohen evocatively wrote: “When you trade pieces of paper for other pieces of paper instead of trading them for real things, one day someone wakes up and realises the paper’s worth nothing.” Therein lies the core of the biggest crisis faced by international capitalism for the last 75 years, to be precise since the beginning of World War II.
A working paper published in March by Claudio Borio of the Bank for International Settlements, based in Switzerland, pointed out that the “unfolding financial turmoil in mature economies…regardless of its future evolution…already threatens to become one of the defining economic moments of the 21st century”. He added: “The turmoil is best seen as a natural result of a prolonged period of generalised and aggressive risk-taking, which happened to have the sub-prime market at its epicentre. In other words, it represents the archetypal example of financial instability with potentially serious macroeconomic consequences…”
The BIS has estimated that the derivatives trade has grown five times between 2002 and 2007 to touch a level in excess of $500 trillion — this ‘shadow’ economy is ten times larger than the ‘real’ economy of the world and five times bigger than the volume of trade in securities that are backed by tangible assets. Derivatives are financial instruments that ‘derive’ their values from other financial instruments — the classic case of paper being traded for more paper.
The US has less than five per cent of the world’s population. It consumes over a quarter of the planet’s resources. Nobel laureate Joseph Stiglitz (who was economic advisor to Bill Clinton) wrote more than a year ago that the principal reason for the underlying volatility in international capital movements is the huge deficit of the US, a country that was borrowing a stupendous amount of $3 billion (or Rs 13,500 crore at current exchange rates) from the rest of the world every day. Two-thirds of this money comes from developing countries. Simply put, the rest of the world has been saving so that American citizens can splurge beyond their means and croon: “I owe, I owe. Therefore, to work I go”.
I think all the doomsday prophecies people thinking its going to be the end of the world are just people imaginations thinking the worst. Its been known that things like the moon effect the earths tides and such which shows how everything in the universe is connected in some way.
Is it that hard to image that 2012 being the end of the cycle triggers something in the universe causeing something doomsday like to as same as a cycle of the moon affecting the tide. whose to know wat it is, we werent around to see what it was like during the long count cycle before this one.
some people live there lives by horoscopes which proves it effects their lives, they choose to let it. which in turn effects our lives by association with that person on earth in some way like the butterfly effect.
wether or not something extrodinary will happen. the mayans intelligence to even put this together and live by it shows a great harmony with the universe and how everything is connected.
i for one don’t have any certain belief on whats going to happen on 2012. but just the fact that there will be so many “believers” and “non-believers” wen there really isnt anything to believe in in the first place waiting and paying attention to what happens or doesnt happen is enough of an event in the first place which will then stir up something else which is what the whole mayan prophecy may have been all about anyway
Sometimes i feel that its quite unfair that i am not online at the same time as you guys.. I feel left out when i back track to the point of my last post and then follow the progress of the thread!!
But, on the other hand , it gives me a chance to view all the other posts collectively and then share my views at leisure….
BTW, Sorry if the above post makes the Americans amongst you feel offended.. I was just quoting from an article written by an Amercica himself….
maybe it will be the the birth of the next step in human evolution and maybe well be able to talk to each other telepathically or well be able to fly or sumthing.
that just be cool, you know it would, thats all im saying.
Well said Leah, but this sort of thing requires a huge turmoil…..
Frankly, i cant see the Global Economy mending ways sometime soon….. We are still going to thrash about in the leaky No Money=No Food Boat!
Just think of it, even currency notes are nothing more than promissory notes – “I promise to pay the bearer a sum of XYZ” … But if you take it to the bank and ask them for money against it, they will laugh at you and say “you are crazy, isn’t it money that you are holding?!!”
The only hope is that it gets down to a point where you can say that It can’t get any worse and things only brighten up from there… Maybe this collapse is a prelude to a new system getting underway…….
Another Rico style signoff…..
Floating on Hope,
Amit..
Yes Jeff, we can only hope for the best !
When we are almost sure that something’s gonna happen, but dont know what.. Then we would do well to imagine that it will only be for the betterment of mankind!
Telepathy and higher state of consciousness, end of monopolistic and money oriented economy, Peace… It all sounds good to me…
To an extent i also believe that if you think that certain things will have an impact on your life, then they surely will….. We have people here who believe in Astrologers and Sooth Sayers and Seers and consult them before making evry single decision in their life… And then there are those who dont believe in this stuff at all, but they are not doing badly either!
When you think about it, it comes across as an example of the power of human will and faith (I cant find the exact word).. Believing in something makes you concentrate your intent towards the attainment of your objective. It provides Positivity to your thoughts and stregthens your belief in a favorable outcome…
If every human learns to concentrate their intentions towards Global Peace and Happiness, i am sure we will be able to alter reality as we see it…..
Dear Leah,
Thanks for your kind words.. But you are the wisest on this thread… I am just a seeker who picks up bits and pieces here and there..
I dont even know what i believe, not even “what to believe”!!
Well, as for the Rock Bottom Point…. When i see the world in terms of “humanity” , i fear we are already on Bed Rock… I dont think i need to elaborate more on this point.. And thinking in more practical terms, i think we are still far from the Lowest Point Scenario. That will come when we lose all our Finacial Security.. No Stock Market, No Jobs, No Money.. Basically, no economy… And i’m afraid, not much food either.. We, the current generation, will be the ones who will pave the way up somehow, but the fruits of the labour will not be enjoyed until the next few generations…
Did i make sense??
I naturally seem to be going to a catastrophic scenario….. But the way the Global Economy seems to be heading, we dont need any Glancing Blow from another planet or Galactic Alignment to cause Global Distress… We have pressed the Self Destruct Button.. But we dont know the timer setting…
Thanks leah!
and amit, one can only hope!
all i know is that if some sort of catastrophe does happen on 2012 the mayans belief system will take precedence over all other believers of any religion or followers of rulers, trends etc. and the remainder of the population of earth will follow more closely what the mayans believed in. (which from my little knowledge, as i only started really reading up on this yesterday, tho have heard talk about it) is the celebration of life and sole purpose to learn and gain knowledge on how everything in this universe correlate.
if thats what it takes for things to change with the problems in our society then i dont think its so bad. i mean who can we possibly blame for throwing a huge planet sized rock at earth?
The camp fire thing makes me all Starry Eyed!
I dont know if my wish will ever be fulfilled..
Man…….I dont even want 3 wishes, even if i get one , i wil ask for the same thing… You guys have become an integral part of my life (I wont take names individually, you all know who you are!) …… And to imagine all of us together in reality!!!
Starry Eyed,
Amit.
Very True Leah,
But when it comes to forgiveness, they are just deceiving themselves… Just thinking that following certain rituals and mkin “God” forgive them will settle the issue… This tirade cant continue for long….
A snake has to shed the old skin before it gets a new one… Similarly, our current belief syystem needs to be shattered for us to follow a new (Old/Original Actually) one.. But like a snake, this thing is not natural and periodic..We would require some external stimulus to cause the shattering…
And to expect just a spiritual upheaval does not seem practical… Physical pain and harship is going to be a part of it.. Even the ancient texts say that there will be times of great turmoil (The Rock Bottom Point), then we will enter the Golden Age… i dont want to quote Bible or other literature, but this is the essence of all the ancient texts….
I just feel that the build up has started… There have been terrorist attacks in almost all parts of the globe.. People die everyday.. But still the world goes on.. The only thing that can stop the world in its tracks is an Economic Collapse.. And we are plunging headlong into one… And i’m afraid this is just the tip of the iceberg….
Apprehensive,
Amit.
Oops, “Tirade” doesn’t fit here… I dont know why i used that word…
“Blindess” is appropriate…
Respect your poitive opinion Leah… But tell me, why would everyone want to leave their comfort zones??
A change of attitude is indeed required, but the trigger to cause that has to be physical…
Just to cite and example from the current state if affairs in India… Our Govt. was aware of the Bomb Threats looming over New Delhi since a long time, but they were not doing anything at all, they were not “changing their attitude” towards terrorism… But now that the blasts have taken place and many people are killed and injured (Physical), the govt. is taking some steps now…
Yes, i believe that the new system will be Good, but the upheaval has to take place “before” the new system falls into place…
Its the process of shattering of the old system that will be painful.. But as long as we all believe that the “Golden Age” is round the corner, we should try to take it all in our stride and concentrate on surviiving those difficult times… Collective Intent is going to be the key there…
Remember, its only pain and destruction that brings people together.. Happiness does too, but that its only skin deep mostly! Well, people do get together on Marriages, Birthdays etc. But tell me, if i throw a party for a promotion i got in my job… Will everyone present will identify with my happiness? No, it will only be a few, rest will be just there to mark attendance… But when we see pictures/videos of people affected by some tragedy, we are able to identify with their pain and sorrow… And imagine a single catastrophic event affecting almost entire globe, the feeling of kinship and empathy will increase manifold….
I know i sound a bit negative… But i’m just going by my hunch.. This is what i feel…
History does repeat itself…. And thats why i feel that we , the collective humanity on Earth are stuck in a rut… There will always be destruction followed by reconstruction.. But we will go round and round in the same circle again… We are set back to Zero at the end of each cycle, but we take the materialistic path again and again….
To come out of this vicious cycle, we need a great spiritual upheaval.. And in this i am really banking upon the particular “Interpretation” of Mayan Texts which talks about humans reaching a higher state of consciousness…… Evolving, in the true sense of the word…..
Thinking Wishfully,
Amit..
Gnostic Joe,
Thanks for the enlightenment….
I always used to classify myself as an atheist, because i am not able to affiliate myself to any particular religion of the world, and the modern definitions of a religious person dont fit me either…
Its like i never found the answers that i was seeking in any one religion.. It all comes down to rituals/prayers/idol worship in some way or the other…. I dont identify with these things at all…
What you said about “Essenes” belief does come across as a humanitarian approach… I would surely like to know more about it from you….
Though i said above that i am more of an atheist, i am still open to the learnings/wisdom provded by all the religions, because although the modern religions may have digressed too far from the original context, there are still some scrappings that have survived the times, and if one interprets correctly with the help of correct perspective, its not all that difficult to gather the essence of their beliefs….
I say, screw the pessimists, optimists, lets party and wait for 13 December 2012…
I wonder what the dommsday Prophets would say then…
Dear Amit,
What I was proposing earlier, is a new system…..one that has to the best of our knowlege never been used. Change, even good changes, contain within them upheaval.
So, a system that is truly good for all, and is capable of evolving through time, would not require the GIVING UP of comfort zones, but yes, it would change the comfort zones, by enhancing them somewhat, even if there is a short delay between implementation and the effects being felt.
The human being is a wierd creature, it fears the idea of change more than the change itself, except of coarse change like winning a lottery jackpot, which causes in itself massive change and upheaval for many winners.
I’ve been told lately by some, that they are sick and tired of paying, to be tired. Get up tired, to go to work to get even more tired, and be financially punnished for the privalage into the bargain.
If I proposed a system that simplified, necessitated a giving up of old complicated, out dated, and convoluted methods, but which required NO sacrifice on behalf of anyone, would you consider such a change as causing undesirable upheaval ?
The finacial system is much like a house. There are so many holes in the roof, repairs are immpossible to keep up with. But still, the occupier blindly attends to roof repairs…..patchworking. All along the foundations of the house have been crumbling…..he knew in the back of his mind, but was more concerned about getting wet, when it next rained, than being completely homeless, when the house collapses.
A wise occupier would have weighed up the whole situation, made alternative arrangements for accomodation, detonated the house, and built a new one, of superior quality.
Gold like money, is valuable only so long as someone is willing to exchange it for, say food.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Debauch,
For me…..truth can never be too much. If you can visit here, please do, whenever you can.
More and more are getting it…..like Star Wars….when Yoda advises Luke re going into the cave……You will find only that which you take with you.
Be well,
Leah
Does anyone feel that their Creator is foolish enough to patchwork a leaky roof, shouls the foundations of the house be found crumbling beyond repair ?
The foundations of man are still ok, but on the verge of crumbling if not attended to. So be brave, take a long hard look at yourself on the inside. Introspection. Its ok to find that you’ve made mistakes, admit them to yourself, promise to learn from them, and not to repeat the exact same mistake again…..ever. Decide to wage an onging inner battle within yourself, to become the very best that you were meant to be.
One in All, All in One. Religious lingo I hear you say.
Every cell in your body has your entire genetic code, and yet each cell is only a small part of you…..your universe. The code is the same One in All the cells, and All the cells are in the One body / universe. Holographic. As Above So Below. The same One Creator in All Life, and All Life in the One Creator.
If you take preconceived ideas, fears and horror etc into the cave with you, that is what you’ll experience.
Do your dreams not seem more real than your wakeful experiences, sometimes ?
Aborigines of Australia…..Dream Time etc.
I take with me a freedom to experience only that which is truly in the cave.
Time to re-read all that Debauch has kindly written.
Dear Clueless,
Considering that everything as an effect on everything else, therefore relative, and included, all at the same time……to limit descussion to just the Mayan culture, is like trying to discuss a whole cake, but which we insist has only one slice.
You can save your soul if you like, in the blink of an eye. Respectfully suggest you read at least the last month’s posts, better still, all of them. Most that needs to be written, has already been written in many different ways. So happy reading.
Leah
What would Jesus bomb?
B O H I C A for the U.S. citizens!
good morning, friends of this thread…
so many good post here…amit, i am always behind–not to worry—by the time i usually get to read and catchup–you guys are already on to something else…but that’s okay…
just a couple thoughts–the first being our economic crisis…the paper our money is printed on will remain worthless as long as there is nothing to back it…like leah said…it is a promise to pay…they print money like it is a newspaper…the united stated has chosen gold to back it’s currency…even with the value of gold going through the ceiling—it cannot match the amount of currency being printed…heck—if “our word is our bond”…and a handshake seals the deal, then lets go back to basics, and make it mean something again…i realize this would never happen, but the “barter system” wasn’t such a bad idea…it had honor and integrity, and allowed EVERYBODY to operate within their means…
nobody understands the distain for the united states by the entire world better than those who live here…it’s private citizens…what saddens me even more, is that our government will not put politics aside to come up with a solution…party lines still prevail–even in a time of crisis…i don’t care who’s republican, or democrat, or what they believe…that is not the issue here…don’t shake hands here, then go back to your neutral corners and come out fighting…let’s just shake hands and come together for the good of everyone…there is much more that the united states that stands at risk here…though i squirm as i say we seem to be right smack-dab in the middle of this entire debacle…
aliens are among us–and i ‘m afraid some of them are sitting in our congress!!! i say that in jest, but i’m not so sure it is that far off the mark…
here’s another scary thought…i hope i have my facts right, here…thanks to the patriot act, if our country were declared to be in a state of national emergency, the elections could be cancelled…is this financial crisis big enough to be declared a state of emergency? and if so, was this by acident or by design????? the deciding factor here would be that it would take a congressional vote to cancel the election—congress can’t come together enough to vote on anything…so perhaps we will be safe…who knows???? it is just one coin toss after another…should this election be cancelled that would mean that george bush remains in office… any thoughts, anyone???
and one last thought regarding foregiveness…intent is the operative word here…if your intentions were pure, and and you made conscientious efforts not to repeat your actions, then forgiveness is the only option… but you cannot keep crying wolf and expect anyone to pay attention for very long…until the real wolf comes along…we quit paying attention a long time ago—seems the wolf has arrived…now what?????
well, guys–my time is up–gotta run…thanks for allowing me this time and space, and my babble of thoughts……love and best wishes to you all..
Man stared into the Abyss, and found only himself staring back.
Can’t remember who told me that one, it was a long time ago.
Something in our souls tells us that change is happening on a global consciousness level. You can read this in the earth itself. Plant forms from previous worlds are beginning to spring up as seeds, This could start a new study of botany if people were wise enough to read them. The same kinds of seeds are being planted in the sky as stars. The same kinds of seeds are being planted in our hearts.
All these are the same, depending how you look at them. In Theosophy, and various descendants and offshoots of theosophy, ascended masters are a group of spiritually enlightened beings, once mere mortals, who have undergone a process of spiritual transformation. According to these teachings, they remain attentive to the spiritual needs of humanity, and act as superintendents of its spiritual growth.
In this, they can be compared to the Great White Brotherhood or Secret Chiefs who are posited by various magical organizations; and more remotely, to the bodhisattvas of Buddhism, Order of Nazorean Essenes, the saints of Catholic, Followers of Kabballa, the Torah and Orthodox Christianity. Historically, for the past two thousand years, the concept of ascension seemed so outrageous and confrontational, especially within traditional, western, orthodox religious belief systems, that many people dismissed the idea immediately or have a very strong adverse reaction to it.
The idea that all humans could conceivably do what Christ supposedly did is seen by many religious persons as presumptuous, if not blasphemous. Even with others forming all these different umbrellas, under the name of one God. Even with each claiming to top the other in the eyes of the True God. Even ifr all this knowledge left a sour taste in your mouth. Even still our souls tells us that change is happening on a global consciousness.
Is it by chance. Jeff should get 10 points. As he understands our minds are the key what we believe or disbelieve will be come manifest.Will give our fears substance. We shall bring about our own fates. In our hands have always been the answers we seek. You will yet learn that peace is part of you, and requires only that you be there to embrace any situation in which you are.
And finally you will learn that there is no limit to where you are, so that your peace is everywhere, as you are.Or you will learn it is not peace that dwells within you. Are you prepared for the truth?
You have already chosen sides in a war you know nothing about. All were put here for these end times for a purpose. What is this purpose? Why the mystery? Why have us all speak different langauges & have us to find the answers in parts? “So the Thought that has the power to heal the split became a part of every fragment of the mind that still was one, but failed to recognize its oneness. Now it did not know itself, and thought its own Identity was lost.” In finding your own identiy and returning to your father is the plan.
Like a child who is taught by thier parents and let out to the world. A parent is either proud or disappointed in the out come. Have you made your father proud? Salvation is undoing in the sense that it does nothing, failing to support the world of dreams and malice. Thus it lets illusions go. By not supporting them, it merely lets them quietly go down to dust. And what they hid is now revealed; an altar to the holy Name of God whereon His Word is written, with the gifts of your forgiveness laid before it, and the memory of God not far behind, soon your memories will be returned to you.
No more mysteries but are you ready for the truth? Science is one way to explain what you can take apart Espupim, but doesnt exp[lain how it was put together. Thats what they call a theroy not a fact. Science makes you feel a little bigger or stronger or smarter than everything else. Yet that is how God intented it in the first place.
Science is EGO-The ego is idolatry; the sign of limited and separated self, born in a body, doomed to suffer and to end its life in death. It is the “will” that sees the Will of God as enemy, and takes a form in which it is denied. The ego is the “proof” that strength is weak and love is fearful, life is really death, and what opposes God alone is true. The ego is insane. In fear it stands beyond the Everywhere, apart from All, in separation from the Infinite. In its insanity it thinks it has become a victor over God Himself.
And in its terrible autonomy it “sees” the Will of God has been destroyed. It dreams of punishment, and trembles at the figures in its dreams; its enemies, who seek to murder it before it can ensure its safety by attacking them. God is egoless, To know reality is not to see the ego and its thoughts, its works, its acts, its laws and its beliefs, its dreams, its hopes, its plans for its salvation, and the cost belief in it entails.
In suffering, the price for faith in it is so immense that crucifixion of the Son of God is offered daily at its darkened shrine, and blood must flow before the altar where its sickly followers prepare to die. |As I said before this may be a bit to much at one time. My words are not meant for any other purpose but to inform your soul. Can you feel it? The truth can at times hurt or make you scared.
The truth is, we are the bringers of salvation. Will you accept your part as saviors of the world, which through our joint forgiveness is redeemed. And this, our gift, is therefore given us. When we look on everyone as brothers & sisters, perceive all things as kindly and as good. When we do not seek a function that is past the gate of Heaven. Knowledge will return when we have done our part. When we are concerned only with giving welcome to the truth. May you light find you.
Before I go, This all does have to do with 2012 for that is the time of change. I’m not sure about 12/21, but i am confident on the year.
Debauch
Dear Madness,
DS9…Vic the 1960’s crooner who is a self aware hologram, who really enjoys his times of physicality when the programme is running….but who can still communicate even when the programme is switched off.
Remind you of anything ?
Have you watched Lost, and Fringe by the same makers ? All about the same thing, just in different ways and contexts. My favourite is still SG1 and Atlantis, bit by bit over time, gently does it style. They’ve had the guts to address ascension, which is something of a taboo subject.
Be well,
Leah
I’m not sure if this is the right time to say this. Seeing how this thread looks more about everything other than the Mayans. But the I-Ching and other civiliazations had a prophiesd end time date. Is 12/21/12 the universal date? I dont believe we were given the real information from the ppl who found and translated the codex. In fact the way things are going look, we’re headed towards the end date at 12/21/08. So if I cant save my soul am i fu*ked. or is this more about the physical and nothing more? Hope you can answer some these questions, because im know im not the only person in this world who is worried and…………………….
Clueless.
At least we will get the Olympics over before the world “ends”.
😉
Joking. This “end of the world” business is a joke, think back to the 60’s when all the little kids had “The End Is Nigh” boards. Well we are still here, and recently with the Large Hadron Collider, what happened there? A black hole?
Well, I don’t think so. Otherwise we won’t be here today listening to these stupid prats who think the world is going to end when it comes to a certain date, which happens to be my brothers birthday. It is ridiculous, maybe we should just get it over with and Korea can set off all their Nuclear Bombs! It’ll be alot quicker, and then we don’t have to get up for work on Monday! Also we don’t have to listen to people who believe a comet is going to blow the world up at 10am on the 21st of December.
Anyways, well done on the article. I enjoyed it
Grant.
You know in read from the top and wish i could just cut in and smack some of you. I would bet anyone 1000 dollars we’ll be around for 2013, hell we’ll be here in 3000yrs.
And you keep trying to find god instead of apparently a life. I said I promised I wouldn’t get in to some sort of disrespect mode. but seriously what do you people want to happen? for the world to end so you can’t tell anyone you were right? Does anyone get the punch line?
If the world was gonna end all the rich people and anyone they informed would already be on some space lab. The rest of us would’ve been left here to kill each other off. Especially if it was only less then 3yrs away. I mean come on would they care about the stock prices? I hope there is a god, because some bodys gotta be laughing at us. cause honestly humankind is a big joke, the punch line is on how we waste our time on earth.
SEE YOU IN THE FUNNY PAGES
Billy Wagner
Amit
I am not capable of “teaching”. As well as my insights are only being more clear to myself. I am flattered you ask for my wisdom, but any wisdom that has reached you first and foremost was given to me from above.
Without beating around the bush I can send you on the path. In the original coptic manuscript, several pages of related ritual formulae have been collected together — these having been probably taken from other separate collections.
Interspaced in the text are complex symbolic diagrams listing a variety of the “names of God and the Powers”. One might suggest these names were to be used as “mantras”, vocalized in ritual recitations. The names listed in these diagrams (which are not “translated” or transliterated into the English text) consist of long strings of vowel sounds which, like the great name “IEOU”, were intended to be intoned or chanted.
This incantation of the divine names occurs as a technique in other ritual traditions (e.g., the Kabbalah of Abraham Abulafia) for the alteration of consciousness in meditation. It should be remembered that the core of Gnosis is individual experience of the divine realms. The Books of IEOU probably represent notes to rituals used in intiation rituals and meditation directed towards producing altered states of spiritual consciousness.
I hope this helps you go from calling yourself an atheist, to a believer of the light. From what i have read in your previous posts you already have the light within you. When you thought about how, one simple action as in smiling at the kids can affect everything else. Your thoughts already are on the right path, it is your mind and soul who have to accept the rest.
I hope i have helped and any questions you have i please don’t hesisate to ask. of course i do suggest reading The First Book of IEOU. Like many other Gnostic texts, the writings in the Books of IEOU were not intended for public distribution or to be simply “read”. More will become clear as your journey progresses.
Good luck my friend. And Debauch Cedo maiori, are you from M32 or M110? Your words affect me and remind me of my teachers. I am unsure if i should remain to this thread without your blessing.
Pax tecum Facile princeps.
Gnostic Joe
Thank you for writing this, you have changed my beliefs in doomsday as far as the calendar running out, it’s as simple as resetting it, and about Planet-X, I no longer believe in that.
But what about the other theory’s, such as the Sun lining up with the Milky Way? The chances of that seem logical, but at the same time there are chances it couldn’t, what is you’re opinion on that?
There are so many things believed to happen on doomsday, I doubt they all could really happen in one day.
Thanks again!
The situation in Washington DC puts me in minf of monkeys and footballs.
(as in: “monkey f ‘ ing a football”)
State of emercency? We’ll have to watch.
Debauch, you really seem to be an enlightened being… Its a privilege to read your words of wisdom here….
In truth, deep down in their hearts, all humans know that this is how its meant to work – Purity in Intention, Positivity in Thoughts, Empathy in Soul, Love in Heart and Virtue in Actions.. This is the true way of life….. But such is life that we often stray from this righteous path.
If people start to practice these things on an individual level, then i cant see why it wont start a Global Change and enlighten all humanity. Its been proved many times that the thought patterns of societies are inter-connected. The 100 Monkey experiment for example.. It works better with animals because they are not pre-occupied with worldy worries, there mind is clear and their hearts are connected to the true source. But it does work in Humans as well, we just need to have faith and a powerful intention.
Infact, how we can communicate on a sub-conscious level is a very basic thing.. Any parent will know that, because there are many things which an infant learns through this sub-conscious communication… If you try to explain how these things were really “taught”, i bet you will fail!
So, is there any reason why this cannot work on a mass scale?
Maybe this 2012 alignment is all about the re-programming of our genetic codes where we all understand this concept and realise hidden powers like Telepathy, Astral Travel, Auric Vision etc…
It cant be just a co-incidence that almost all world religions are coming to the same date being of phenomenal significance.. And i credit this to the fact that there is a single source to all the religions…. I’m a firm believer in the Sumerian Epic, and thus i can conclude that that is where our answers lie…
GJ,
Thanks for the kind words…
Still, I know i am not organised enough to align myself to a particular faith… And its not only about having organised thoughts, its also due to the lack of conviction.
I keep using words like “True Source” and “Light”, because that is what i believe in, but i dont have any words to describe it… Nor can i find much reference outside to practice this.. Its evident that i am having trouble conveying my thoughts in this post… I will leave it for a later time when i am able to portray my thoughts with crystal clarity….
But one thing i know for sure….. That i will find this “source” within myself… I am just not spending enough time towards it…
Becky, you have presented a very scary scenario indeed… This co-relates with some other decisions regarding Homeland Security as well.. Scary Indeed!!! And you are right, its not just US that is at stake here.. Almost every other country is looking up to Uncle Sam now.. This breakdown can lead the entire world into a new Great Depression… And this time, a lot more is at stake… The gravity of the situation is such that it could lead many people to their graves..
Lets all hope that we sail through these difficult times without much damage…
Hey Leah,
I can clearly see the picture you are trying to paint.. And its sort of comforting, coming from you…. 🙂
We humans are very apprehensive of change and resist it as far as possible.. But for the first time in my life, i am ready for a change… I feel ready to accept whatever it brings..
Its not that i’m tired of life the way you said some people are.. But still , sometimes, when i have time to reflect upon the purpose of existence and the ways of the world, i do feel confused…. The vicious circle that we call “Life” does come across as absurd!
We have made it so complicated.. All this industrialisation which makes simple things complicated and then produces more things to simplify those complications!! If we posess one thing then we need a few others to make it work….
Lets hope this new system changes all this…
Rico, hope you are doing fine… Been long since we heard from you here…
Be Well (Leah Style)
Concerned,
Amit. (Rico Style 😉 )
Dear Amit,
Thank you for your kind words. I don’t know what is being planned re the economic situation, I only know what could be planned, if they wanted to.
I’ve attended many types of religious houses, studied others, and of coarse, observed and listened. In the end, I settled on having faith in myself. That said, it seems to me that each religion is about trying to explain the same thing, in a way that large chunks of the masses would be able to understand, even if not immediately.
It occurs to me that a Universal Template is required, that individuals can apply to whichever context they are best able to identify with, and therefore understand easily.
E.g. Doctors identify with medical context, Madness on the thread with Deep Space Nine (probably much more too), etc.
The context that is best understood need not be the chosen profession, it is the field or subject that is an individuals favourite, passion, but always the one they feel most at ease with and identify with.
To date Music, with or without lyrics, is a context that just about everyone has in common. Irrespective of genres, music can at least convey sentiment.
Re animals, they do indeed have pure hearts. All species communicate with eachother, but we can’t understand them. When the languages / tongues got mixed up, it was between the species as well
Bit of fun. From the film The Love Guru……
B.I.B.L.E. BOOK of INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE LEAVING EARTH. tm
Why choose to look for the bad when one can choose to look for the good, when one knows, that we each only find, that which we go looking for. Every cloud has a silver lining.
May your God go with you,
Leah
Dear Madness,
Yup we did 10,000 BC earlier in the thread…..stick with me here. Vic…..if I remember designed his club, and everyone even thought of it as HIS CLUB. He could even leave his program ….like when he talks to Kira while she’s meditating, to set up dinner at his club between her and Odo.
Gene Rodenberry, and his concept of Holodecks, and how e.g. safety protocols function…..are worth due consideration. So too with the replicator machines, instant manifestation of whatever you want…….
Its all good stuff Madness, or at least it can be, if you want.
Leah
Even the 3 Musketeers speak of it…..All FOR One, and One FOR All.
Dear Becky,
Seems like you don’t have all the many recent posts on your view of the thread. This we know happens.
Right here,
Leah
There’s a saying…..Cleanliness is close to Godliness…..folk use it to teach their kids to wash and bathe.
Applied to the Spirit and Soul…..whole bigger picture comes into play.
If I wish for a cancer cure for ALL, surely the ALL includes my family too. So to practice self centredness, or to be miserly, is MOOT. Thats why it doesn’t work.
Lets be open, the body needs Sustenance and Shelter, through which good health are achieved, on the physical plane. However, all the aspects, such as mood, intent, frame of mind, etc are the most powerful factors in how well you REALLY feel.
Lets consider substituting “Judgement” day(and all the negativity and fear that it projects) with
Graduation Day, and the possitive sentiment that it carries.
If your dreams are your theory lessons, and your wakeful hours are, your practical lessons….a chance to put into practice, and gain experience from the theory lessons……..
Graduation is……?
Keep in mind, that you chose the lessons, because you have free will. Life is the finest University, and we the students attending.
Dear Madness,
Gene Rodenberry had his inner light switched on, like Debauch and Gnostic Joe, and also George Lucas etc etc.
When you fancy getting lost in something different…..try Joy. Only a suggestion.
Leah
Dear Debauch,
Many thanks for helping to remind me of my original design and why I designed it, so I’ll be taking to my cave, that design, and not the one I described earlier.
Its impossible to not love and care for another, just because of their actions…or lack of it. So they’re all welcome in my house.
Leah
Its a wise soul that accepts when something has died, as in out lived its usefulness…and knows not to flog a dead horse.
Flogging an economic system that if it is still alive….is in a death throw……is to fuel the pain.
Dear Amit,
Going back to Club of Budapest. Global Marshall Plan.
The word Marshall is reminicent of The Marshall Plan of 1947…..and instigates thoughts of Marshall Law.
I would have thought that they, the wise could have found between them, a word of finer quality, and not use Marshall.
Leah
Dear Amit,
I should have been clear in that, Marshall Law and The Marshall Plan in ’47 are refered to as 2 different things.
Leah
Dear Espumpin,
Enjoy….have a great time.
Leah
For all who feel like they may not have a handle on things, its ok . It seems everyone is looking for the answers. Even if they have to make it up. I.E………A Christian book publisher says its next edition of the Bible will be handwritten by more than 31,000 Americans. Zondervan, located in Grand Rapids, MI, kicked off a 90-city, 15,000-mile cross-country tour Tuesday to mark the 30th anniversary of its popular New International Version translation of the book. The tour will stop at special events, churches and U.S. landmarks to allow people to write out Bible verses. (Should you wish to contribute a verse of your own, you can check the itinerary of the Bible Across America bus-cum-scriptorium).The shame is if this turns into a following. Never a dull moment on earth huh? Debauch, Forgive my impetus implication. Your light is promiscuous which is how i’m sure you earned your name. I feel as if i am unworthy and should find the others.
Gnostic Joe
Amit-
Allow one who is in the grace of the light reaffirm to you. You stand here with me. Your dediacation to family and your community. When your thoughts are turned to action, when it comes to helping others. There are some who feel they walk in the light when they are in the dark. You search for the light, and are blinded by the light that is there. You simply need to focus, squint your eyes, put on your shades. As you will see the crystal clarity….that you seek. Be well friend.
Gnostic Joe
eeeEELOLOMaOLOL…..Wow, DS9 was my favorite. I always felt the writters took the conflicts happening on earth, and wrote them in a way that we related but took as sci-fi. Has anyone ever saw 10,000B.C? I know long movie. Still remember what Debauch said about them dropping the 411 thru movies and what nots?
People they added ALIENS to that movie. You dont believe me check out the scence when they are building the pyrimads. Man i started freaking out yesterday. I’m sur[prised my mom didnt call the white coats on me. LOLMAO. Anywho i started thinking how many movies out there talk about god & the devil. You know what i looked it up and theres none. Some about possesion some about a demon claming to be the devil some about jesus. God and the devil none. The devil may wear prada but hes not a topic hollywood wants to touch. What if mickey D’s right. i dont know how to save my soul i couldnt even save my paycheck from being spent. And i was the one spending it. I’m 23yrs old. I thought i can had things firgured out. I would like to thank all of you at least you got people like me spreading your message. I just hope they dont put me away for it. heheLOLOLOL.
DON”T STOP THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
Dear Debauch,
Our chosen contexts differ, but speak of the same. Does it cause you pain to know the truth…..it caused me little that passed within months. Thats the Hungarian in me….Huns are without fear by nature.
For me, only truth is worth having….and permit no diversions from it, on any plane.
So we will all make our stand together,
Good dreams,
Leah
good morning, dear friends…and so another day begins…thank you all so much again, for such wonderful thoughts and insights…
leah, amit, debauch, rico, (where are you?)–i become so inspired by the things you say…and am so grateful that you have the gift to say the things that i cannot…leah–we have talked about “our creator” before…and somewhere in our DNA, he programmed us with free will…it is that free will that built this house of paper…it is that same free will that has chosen to turn a blind eye to the crumbling foundations, and provide the “quick fixes” to the more obvious problems…i maintain that OUR CREATOR did not create this mess…my creator is more concerned about things “more everlasting”…things not visible to man through the naked eye…and that is our immortal souls…we are not humans with a soul—we are souls doing a human experience…and we owe it to our souls to live this life the best we can and know how—it our souls that will ascend and transcend…this human body is only a temporary receptacle…it was not designed to live forever…the soul was…
this leads me to amit…i, too, do not practice any organized religion…that does not mean i do not believe in God—all that means is that sometimes religion can stiffle or restrict what we are capable of learning and knowing…so, why not believe in it all??? there is so much more to living that what lives in the confines of a church…a basic belief in God, or our creator, provides a solid foundation…no matter what you choose to believe after that…please understand–I am not denouncing anyone’s God…i have problems with the churches that claim to symbolize him…..”where there are three”, and God’s happy…our campfire would be a wonderful “church”…
debauch, i am glad i am not the only one who ever considered Jesus’s “miracles”…He was no magician, or “Merlin amongst men”… He born “of the flesh”…just like you and me…but He was the only Man ever born on earth that ever truly “got it”…He entered every miracle NEVER BELIEVING it couldn’t or wouldn’t work!!!! AND HE WAS GRATEFUL FOR IT ALL…he had full understanding of how it’s all works…we all have that power!!! we just don’t know how to refine it, channel it, and use it for the betterment on ALL mankind…
i don’t know how you all feel about this, but would it not be a good idea to try and be more “Christ-like?”
i may have very well laid myself wide open for this one…religion means so many different things to so many different people…so set “religion aside”, and go with your spirit…free it from it’s shackles and let it be free to roam…there is so much more out there still yet to be seen…
…but we are trapped in paper houses…major concerns do not have to become major worries…the end result may not be what we were hoping for, but in the final analysis, we will ALL STILL be okay..
thank you all, so very much again, for your kindness, patience and indulgence…
best wishes one and all…
becky
Yes, The whole A.I. thing seems like might be reality. Holodecks the X-men stole that idea. lol Gene Rodenberry was so ahead of his time. Makes you wonder what first inspired him to write. Or even to believe people would like what he wrote. I would,ve thought it would be laughed at or thought of as too much fantasy. like with Kira, and the gods her people worshipped. How in the end it was Sisco that the gods chose. WOW, HEHEhehehe think about it. Sisco came from earth with no knowledge of bosuarin religion and turned out to be their avator, savior. WHoa i’m putting more thought into this then maybe needed. To much info i guess its okay it’ll get lost in the maddness. I do like this site, hope you people have a good day. Off i am to school, you know what my next essay is gonna be about you guys. IOlolheheHELOHELOLlolololololoMOAOLOL
DON”T STOP THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
Dear Gnostic Joe,
Well put.
Leah
So much I wish to address so little time. Debauch welcome to the “campfire”. As you know I have been keeping an eye on the $ sitiuation heres the lastest info. The plan for Wednesday night’s vote was set after leaders there agreed to add tax breaks for businesses and the middle class and increase deposit insurance in an attempt to revive the legislation rejected by the House. The White House tried to build support by warning of the conseqences of failure.
“This morning we’re seeing increased evidence of the credit squeeze on small businesses and municipalities all across the country, so it’s critically important that we approve legislation this week and limit further damage to our economy,” White House spokesman Tony Fratto said.
Democratic presidential nominee Barack Obama and his GOP rival, John McCain, planned to fly to Washington for the Senate vote, as did Democratic vice presidential nominee Joe Biden.
The surprise move by Majority Leader Harry Reid, D-Nev., and Minority Leader Mitch McConnell, R-Ky., appeared likely to win a big vote in the Senate that would put pressure on the House to go along and send the measure to the White House.
Hoyer, though, said on NBC’s “Today” show he was concerned that the tax issues could complicate the chances of final congressional passage when the legislation comes back to the House floor for a vote.
“There’s no doubt the tax package is very controversial,” he said, adding that “there’s no doubt in my mind that the Senate added this because they thought that’s the only way they could get it passed.” He said he wasn’t pleased the tax provisions were attached to the bill. I see the R.I.F-Chip as the solution and problem. I wish I had more time to comment on the subject everyone is talking about. Soon -Rico I at least hope you are reading all this, Your input would is like fresh air, something we need. Anyway thanks for all the well wishes for camp. Talk to everyone soon.
Espumpin
By the way BBart, Just-A-Thought and Tom. I hope all of you are well & wonder your thoughts on this and all the subjects.
E
I was scared that 2012 was true; Thank you for clearing this up! 🙂
Dear Just a Thought,
Are you well ?
Love jocularity. These are difficult times….nuff said. We can farm, have some farmland, so can feed…..not all, but a good few, not meat though. I’m sure there will be feed back.
All the best,
Leah
Dear Friends,
I thank you for your words. I must admit you humble me. If i may, please allow me to tell you alittle about myself. I have found that i am lost. You are more confident than i. In finding the light i have discovered the lie. The shadows were cast aside for me. In the light i became aware that everyhing eles was false.
If i have imposed knowledge or removed some light for you. Then it is not i who you need thank. Give praise To He Who Sits Above. Gnostic joe you flattery lead me to write this, I am as you say, one of the legion i understand you are. If any of you feel the weight in my words.
Then you understand it is your soul i speak with. Read my words not with your eyes but your mind. Here is a quote i found reading from the top of this page-.”..there is no opinion handed down among you by ancient tradition. Nor any science which is hoary with age.And I will tell you why.There has been and will be again, many destructions of mankind…And so you have to begin again all over again like children, and know nothing of what happened in ancient times.”
-Plato-Timaeus-
Now the reson that was said was said in shadowed mind. Not that he didnt have a great mind, A powerful mind indeed. Yet if he had been taught from the light, he would have learned from the choice which was not taken. Will you be able to make the right choice when the time comes.
What if it all depended on you? Are you really willing to die for someone you dont know? Even the promise of life after, is not enough to take the fear of death from you. When you are graced to step into the light. You will see the fear was foolish, akin to when you were scared of a needle the first time at the doctor.
What if it all depended on you? Are you really willing to die for someone you dont know?
I must go, again thank you all but before this is all over i will the one proudest to stand by your side. May you find your light.
Debauch
Beware of what you think you are fearful of, or of what you think fear is. If all you had was taken from you, all you love, all you own. Would your mind follow soon after. Would you do anything it took to save everyone else? For that is the way to save none. Words can be used to have you stand in the shadow, even if you believe you are in the light.
This web we use to commmunicate, to unite us at a “summit”, where try to inform and enlighten. Make no mistake that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction
Gnostic Joe
There is to much to digest since my last post.
In a small way, as a former low ranking military person, I guess it can be said that I had offered my life to save those I didn’t even
know. It is a matter of case specific perspective I suppose, however, I knew the score going in.
Religion:
As I posted before I am wary of any that
claim to have “the answer”. Always open to a different idea or thought. “Need more input”, “information good”!! Is it “barncarpet”
(thanks Amit) or not is up to each of us to decide.
Love being here to share/learn on this page. Campfire has become Heap Big Pow-Wow. Good medicine for heart and head Trippendicular Dudettes and Dudes!!!
Feedback please:
When we are no longer able to buy or sell I trust there will be enough of us to form an below the radar way of living.
Star Trek:
Cell phones are as close to a communicator as anything I can call to mind.
There is way more I’d write on many things but it is never my intent to bore.
To sign off with unfeigned thanks for your support. Comming here helps life slurp a little less.
HUMOR!?!
If you had purchased $1000.00 of Nortel stock one year ago, it would now be worth $49.00.
With Enron, you would have $16.50 left of the original $1000.
With WorldCom, you would have less than $5.00 left.
If you had purchased $1000.00 of Delta Air Lines stock you would have $49.00 left.
If you had purchased United Airlines, you would have nothing left.
But, if you had purchased $1000.00 worth of beer one year ago, drank all the beer, then turned in the cans for the aluminum recycling refund you would have $214.00.
Based on the above, the best current investment advice is to drink heavily and recycle. This is called the 401-Keg Plan.
Jocularity is a good thing.
Leah,
Doing o k and trust that you and yours are too.
Mom used to say things that are worth doing usually aren’t easy. Life must be worth doing then.
The whole thing is based on the fact that since the mayan calendar commenced we have been above the level of the eliptic motion of where the sun rotates. There are scientific forecasts that say on december 21 2012 we cross that eliptic motion and will view our solar system from underneath. Think of it as the solar system is a pizza with the as a big old meatball on top. Since the beggining of time we have always viewed the pizza from the top, rotating around it. On december 12 2012 we enter the crust making solar flare activitiy even higher. Also, there is scientific evidence by NASA showing that solar flare activity is even higher when saturn and jupiter are on opposite sides of the sun, which as you can guess occur on december 12 2012. Even the smallest of solar flares have knocked out power almost state wide in the mid 1990’s. The whole thing doesn’t sound so far fetched to me… For more info visit http://www.viewzone.com/endtime.html
Good day everyone,
Perspective…..or aleast the ones we en mass decided to, or have been taught to view from e.g. Earth, Solar system even the Milky Way, are a means to be able to understand eachother when discussing such matters.
Matt’s Pizza…..if the galaxy rotates anti clockwise from our vantage point looking down from above the galactic plane…..once we have crossed the galactic plane, looking upwards from below it, the galaxy will appear to be rotating clockwise. Or visa versa. Forgive me, but for me the galaxy, and everything else, just rotates, if you like, dependant on, from which side I view. So its acedemic to me which way it rotates now as after crossing the galactic plane, it will be the opposite.
The physical aside, 2012 is deffinately about changes to perception. The direction of rotation of any particle, or planet etc, is only real in terms of its rotation in relation to another rotating particle, and in human terms, its definition is perspective dependant. If you have a perspex clock, viewed from behind, the hands are rotating anti clock wise around the clock face.
I did not wrtie this to confuse…..only to show that both vantage point and therefore perspective will change soon, beyond galactic alignment……2012, if we are being tols the truth about at least that.
There is more to be seen in ones minds eye, if one envisages the view and rotation of the galaxy from below the galactic plane, and indeed our own, both as clock wise and as perceived at present, anti clockwise.
Appologies for the long winded ness, but such things as which way do the hands on a clock rotate, is one of many small things in life which the vast majority never question.
Leah
Dear all, and Amit,
If you have been able to read the post by Captain America today at 10.39am……Club Rome……amongst others.
Being side tracked from world machinations by human hand, by such things as prophecies……(the future’s not yet writ….so change it )…..is not good.
War, violence, disease, and anything else that can be thought of, only ever leads to over population, again and again.
I feel sure the powers that be see this too. Only when people voluntarily and consciously choose to not over populate, will war etc become moot. I entreat the powers that be, to set aside their present perspectives long enough to consider, just what Contract could be successfully negotiated with all the peoples globally of this present time. The implementation of which would be the solution to over population into the forseeable future if not once and for all. It would further resovle the present economic situation, without having to give up, status, position, or wealth in hand.
So long as the addictive properties of the power to manipulate, the life of another, have not become irreversible, we could step into an age of a golden quality for all.
Please forgive me, as the intention of this worker ant, is only to add to the menu of choices, and not to rock boats.
Just passing along the info…………
September 29, 2008
Protests took place on Wall St. to protest the bail out plan – and the mainstream news media didn’t even mention it
Hundreds of protestors demonstrated agains the proposed $700 Billion bail out plan for the finance and banking industry, yet the national news media in America didn’t even report it! Why not? It seems strange that this barely generated a gander from the big news outlets like ABC, CNN, CBS, NBC etc. all of whom have a presence in New York City. Despite having such a large protest event occurring in their backyard, the major news media chose not to tell the American people about it. I had to stumble upon this on the internet to find out about it. That’s really indicative of the pathetic state of affairs in the U.S. media today.
Anyway, in case you haven’t seen it, I have collected a bunch of video from the protests on Wall Street (Sept. 25) and posted them below. Have a look at what the news media DIDN’T show you! Warning: some of the protest videos contain profanity.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XreAnHG8xu4
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EEWvegDAtkQ
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2j0C42-F-Xs
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fQteKIXEUuU
This is getting crazy…………………….
Espumpin
A question for the masses. With just today’s net increase of population, being 58,000…….how much additional land, sea or skys was created by the planet, to feed the 58,000 ?
We simply cannot use every square inch of land on earth to feed people and to build on, or fish the oceans dry, or the skys empty of birds. If we do, it is the end of life. Already the climate is suffering, and all life along with it. If we breed and eat less, we can expect to survive, and if we don’t, we can expect to die. The candle that burns twice as bright….burns twice as fast.
Dear Just a Thought,
I was thinking about Titor too, the last few hours. We are good thanks. I agree with your mom.
Be well,
Leah
You tube the “wall street demonstration”, CNN,ABC,NBC.POST,TIMES, no media from N.Y.C covered this even though it happened here. its getting worse. This is thew second time I posted this.
E
Hello Everyone!
I was scanning through the couple of links that were provided as references by some of you in the recent posts.
Intersting thoughts there…
Debauch/Gnostic Joe, Your kind words do reach the heart and i’m glad that there are people like you amongst us…….
Coming to Titor, i dont know what to believe.. Time Travel thing seems to be preposterous… But what he predicted is indeed coming to fruition.. Anyways, Time will tell!
Dear Becky,
Looks like we share our views in terms of God and Religion…
Just like you said, even i dont like the “limiting factors” in most of the religions.. Each person has his/her own way of connecting to the True Source, and while it is good that places of worship are created so that people can concentrate on this through such conducive setting which enables meditation and deep thoughts. But placing idols and making prayers and rituals is where we go wrong.. It lends a feeling of artificiality to the process… Most people are only going through the motions when they do all that…. They forget the ends and just concentrate on the means!
Its a journey on which each individual needs to discover his/her own path. Guidance can be provided, but the path has to be followed on one’s own…The only we can find the answers to our questions…
Now, about the future and our thoughts.. I like whats being discussed here..
Simply put, “The best way to predict the future is to create it.” Our thoughts determine the present and future of what is contained within our lives. It’s all about our choices. How and what we choose, upon what we focus, concentrate, or direct our attention, and where we spend our mental and emotional energies — this is precisely what we will attract or draw to ourselves. And the universe always provides.
One song which makes this profound statement of a truth simply says: “Our thoughts are prayers, and we are always praying. Our thoughts are prayers, listen to what you’re saying. Seek a higher consciousness, a place of righteousness. And know that God is always there. And every thought becomes a prayer.”
“1. Understand your world.Many Nobel Prize winning physicists have recently proven beyond doubt that the physical world is one large sea of energy that flashes into and out of being in a fraction of a second, over and over again. Nothing is solid. This is the world of Quantum Physics. They have proven that thoughts are what put together and hold together this ever-changing energy field into the ‘objects’ that we see.
“2. Know the tools of creation. Your thoughts, words and actions create your experiences. You become what you think about. Albert Einstein once said that imagination is the most powerful creative force. The Bible says ‘As a man thinketh, so is he.’ Become very aware of your thoughts, and be deliberate in your thinking. There are no idle thoughts. Have vision, and stick with it.
“3. Believe. Henry Ford said, ‘Whether you think you can or can’t — either way you are right.’ This is pretty much the same thing that Jesus and many others have said.
“4 Understand cause and effect. The law of cause and effect is the prime law that runs the universe. It is the number one law. Every spiritual and scientific teacher has sought to teach it. They may have said you reap what you sow, or you get what you give, or what goes around comes around, or karma, or consequences, or every action has an equal and opposite reaction, or many other similar statements. Quantum physics is now teaching us how this works, exactly, on a sub-atomic level. Things get better when you get better. They get worse when you get worse. The world is all within you. You are at cause over everything that happens in your life, whether you were conscious of it or not.
“5. Eliminate level confusion. Align your thoughts, words and actions with your goals. Become aware. And realize that the physical world is an effect, not a cause. It is a result of our thoughts, words and actions. You cannot achieve anything by trying to manipulate the effect. Instead look to change the cause.
“6. Understand infinite loops. You see what you believe and you believe what you see. But the start of this loop is that what you believe is what causes the conditions that you see.
“7. Know that there is no order of difficulty, as all limits are placed upon yourself by what you believe to be so.
“8. Find your purpose. Find out what makes you happiest, and work within your purpose. When you do so, your confidence, inspiration, creativity, energy and passion will be unstoppable.
Dear Espumpin,
Good point. Even if the demonstration had been filmed, with CGI techniques, you could have been shown anything at all on the TV.
It has got to the point, that if you were not there, its not possible to know what went on, and even if you were there, you would have only one perspective of the event. Better one than none.
Best wishes,
Leah
Good day all,
Taking a different look at the Annunaki, there is much re the males interbreeding with the human women. Did the Annunaki females not interbreed with human males, or am I missing something ?
They fight amongst themselves over power. When not served by us the slaves, apparently man kept naked and dumb, in a manner to their liking, they react by throwing their platters of gold at the slaves. I wonder if any human females were used as slaves, or were used as breeding stock.
I’ve yet to find anything that convinces me that they have any philosophy, or even religion of their own, which leads me to think they think of themselves as the ultimate gods, top of the pile as it were, which of coarse they are not. They too had to be created by a higher force.
When one experiments, there are always going to be the additional outcomes. We, on a biological level probably have something they can never have, as in be born with, and are desirous of, but which they could extract.
If the Gold they came for is so vitally important to their atmosphere, it beggars the question, “Why waste it on Gold Platters” ?
Or is it that Gold is not what they came for ?
Until further input, they strike me as a race of megalomaniacal egotistical Morlock types, all technoed out, that have misguided themselves. Without philosophy or belief in anything. Without high mindedness, they are the sum total of the technology they hold in their hands.
If I’ve deduced incorrectly, should they return, they will come in genuine friendship and peace. Naturally I keep in mind that the authors of these past events, may have misunderstood, due to their possible lack of understanding re the true motives of the Annunaki.
The book Childhood’s End, is a fine example of how easy it is to mis label and mis understand.
An intersting link for the fans of Sumeria
http://www.xfacts.com/ancient/
Here is a quote –
“The world is like a bridge. Pass over it, but do not settle down on it! He who hopes for an hour may hope for eternity! The world is but an hour: spend it in devotion, for the rest is of no worth.”
You know who said this??
I am sure Gnostic Joe or Debauch will be the first one to answer…..
Dear Becky,
Its a perspective worth considering. Ask Rico too.
The reason for my last post was to point out that, what is left out, not recorded, also needs consideration. If you pay close attention to the news on TV, its ominous what is not said. One shouldn’t be lead down a merry road by only what is said.
Be well,
Leah
If there is truth in 1000 years of a Golden Age, to live life with lethargy and complacency, life without incentive, would be a gross waste of a 1000 years. If one does not make the effort to advance, by default one must be retreating. No motion=No life.
The Messiah (God bless him and grant him peace!) said, “The world is a bridge, so pass over it and do not inhabit it.” And some people said to him, “O prophet of God, if you would only order us to build a house in which we might worship God!” He replied, “Go and build a house on water.” They said, “How will a building stand on water?” He replied, “And how will worship stand along with love of this world?”
Jesus (Peace be upon him!) said, “The world is a bridge, so pass over it and do not inhabit it.”
G.J
A cost effective way of merging, at the expense of those outside the fraternity.
Dear Gnostic Joe,
True indeed. Restriction has been imposed by limiting the menu one can choose from, therefore it is false, or at the very least incomplete. The one thing the menu is not….is true.
It causes me no discomfort. That which I do in order to live, has nothing to do with what I desire to choose as a path. When a complete menu becomes available along with the possibility to practice, I will choose.
I wish I could explain more clearly, but it is not due to a lack of linguistic capability. It is due to a lack of words in existance that convey the correct sentiment. Despite the massive vocabulary of the English language, it would seem we could do with a few more, or start using again those which are no longer used.
Be well,
Leah
For those out there on the following wave length, the meaning will be clear.
Metaphorically speaking and not in physical terms…..
I separate the subtle from the gross.
Better one ugly truth than a 1000 pretty falsities.
good morning–all…
leah–4 days later—my view of this thread IS pretty much patchwork—it’s “hit and miss” for me—AND FOR THAT I AM SO SORRY!!!!
i don’t know what else to say…
amit–your 8 keys for living did come through…thank you so much for that…wonderful words to live by…
debauch and gnostic joe—you remain strangers to me…though i can gather from the posts that did show up that you both have become a vital part of this thread…welcome and thank you…
so, please forgive me for blundering… for that i am so very sorry…i truly regret that i am missing so much…
Bit like in the Jewish faith…..only Jewish through the mother.
Would that mean that the offspring of an Annunaki female are considered higher in rank than those born of a human female and Annunaki male ?
Female mitochondria…….etc
hi, leah–just a quick thought–don’t know if it holds any relevance–i was just wondering…
do you know what “place” the annunaki women held in their society???? if they did interbreed, for what ever reason, would they then be considered “outcasts” or a “goddess” of some sort????
gold, and/or the love of it, has held many misplaced virtues over the course of history…if they threw plates of gold at the slaves, could it be because of the “courage” displayed by the slaves, either male or female, that they would “dare” to cross over a social line and be so bold as to interbreed???
or am i w-a-a-a-y out in left field again?????
A rat will press a lever day and night until it dies of exhaustion, if the “pleasure zone” in its brain is artificially stimulated with each press. Similarly, those with innate motivation will work tirelessly for their goals. It doesn’t mean they will reach their goals, but motivated people can be extremely resourceful and relentless in their quest. This is just an opinion.
Gnostic Joe
You can’t teach desire and motivation It comes from within. It determines the choices you want to make. It makes the other choices seem undesireable. As soon as the genes are discovered that explain the differences in motivation and desire across society, we as individuals and society will tirelessly find a way around our natural limits.
We need to think of ourselves as morally equal for several reasons, if you agree what are yours? We can pursue anything we choose. But we are not free in what we choose, because our choices emanate from our innate feelings and desires. Speaking for myself, because I don’t crave power and I don’t enjoy the limelight; it makes me uncomfortable. No one taught me to feel uncomfortable, it’s just who I am, and that obviously differs from who other people are. We are free to follow our chosen path (after we make a choice), but we are not free in our desires. i apoligize be right back
Man I gotta be missing some bloggs cuz I dont know what you’s are talking about. But “surprise” an announcement early Friday by Wachovia Corp. that it had agreed to be acquired by San Francisco-based Wells Fargo & Co. in the all-stock deal — without government assistance — upended what had appeared to be a carefully examined arrangement and caught regulators off guard. ???????
The Citigroup deal, announced Monday, would have been done with the help of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp., but the Wells deal would be done without it. The head of the FDIC said the agency is standing behind the agreement it made with Citigroup Inc. ????????
Citigroup, which demanded that Wachovia call off its deal with Wells Fargo, said its agreement with Wachovia provides that the bank will not enter into any transaction with any party other than Citi or negotiate with anyone else. ???????
Under Wells Fargo’s deal, Wachovia shareholders would receive 0.1991 shares of Wells Fargo for every share of Wachovia stock they own, valuing Wachovia at about $7 per share. This is a nearly 80 percent premium over the stock’s Thursday closing price of $3.91. Shares closed at $10 last Friday, the last trading session before the deal with Citigroup was announced.
Wachovia’s shares rose $2.71, or 69.4 percent, to $6.62 in afternoon trading. Wells shares gained $2.15, or 6.1 percent, to $37.31, while Citigroup shares fell $2, or 8.9 percent, to $20.50??????.
Sickness inevitably gets worse before it gets better. Critical mass as it were. Peaks and troughs. We are, for sure in times when a persons wits are finer tools, than fists.
I’ve had the experiences I’ve had, and learnt, never to say never. So if we should be visited by off worlders, my wits will serve me well.
Dear Madness,
Just watched DS9 Profit and Lace. Hilarious but true. Aside from the fact that the Ferengi are not a warring race, boy are a certain sector and fraternities just like the Ferengi.
Haven’t seen it for years, what’s your take ?
Be well,
Leah
Inana/Ishtar was an Annunaki female that slept with many men. In the story of Gilgamesh he claimed to be 3/4 god because his mother was a goddess/Anunnaki.
More instances but I’m running folks…So sorry.
Check out Ninharsag too. I think shes probably the mother of the very first Adam.
Good stuff,
Passing by,
-Rico-
Ultimately, our battle is with ourselves. Whether in our activities in society, or whether in historical, political or economic developments, everything essentially boils down to a struggle between positive and negative forces.
As we have agreed in past posts.
I will be the first to say it is hard to be positive while we are getting our teeth kicked in.
Having trouble with the thread.
Is everyone OK ?
Dear Mario,
Welcome. What some don’t like to accept, is that our knowlege today has been accumulated and built upon from our legacy from past generations, going back so far in time. Many things have just simply been re-discovered.
I have to say though that, if the viewer chooses wisely as to which films and TV programs to watch, much can be learnt about truth. Like books, choose good writers, enduring writers.
The winter soltice and other such alignments will occur at the end of this calendar cycle, plus our sun will be in solar flare max. The Mayans are far more ancient than anyone really knows, presently. They have dates going back to 64 million years, which may coincide with the great extinction, or possibly the million years afterward, that it took mammels to get a foothold on survival. Who knows? Mere speculation. What we do know is that on that date, according to modern science, our Earth will be undergoing the aforementioned alignments, and the solar max. If this creates a condition known as doomsday, then so be it, because there isn’t much we can do to prevent it, and if we could, we obviously aren’t doing it now. Already seismic activity is on the increase, as are natural disasters of all kinds. With the addition of the new Chinese and Indian dreams taking root, as was the case of well spent America’s, we will be headed for disaster, and it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to figure this out. It also doesn’t take the end of the Mayan calendar to think it possible that we may not fair so well in our very near future. Our whole tech world should be pretty much connected via interneted computing systems, which if given a large enough solar flare, may be zapped! Then what? We tear into the ground for oil, gold, diamonds, coal; then want to inject it with tons of carbon dioxide, nuclear waste, trash, and so on. To call people idiots just because they know about the tragedy of what we have been doing to our planet all these years and where it will most likely lead us, is absolutely asinine. What we amount to is watching tv, going to movies, going to and fro in polluting vehicles, theorizing on all scientific levels, sports, working jobs that may or may not be good for our planet, eating, sleeping, leaving waste products from body and otherwise, dreaming and dying. Many of us have spiritual sides; yet it looks like prejudgement is always around for everyone to throw stones. Just wait a few years, and hopefully things can progress passed 2012 into a new era of love, thruth and forgiveness. Perhaps, this is what the Maya meant by the end of their calendar; that by 2012 we should reconstruct ourselves to a better place, as it was for them after 3113 bce?
By the Chinese and Indian dreams, I am writing here about the consumption of all sorts of goods, like oil for cars amoungst so much else. That will be close to 2 billion extra people vying for our planets resources.
Mispelled some words such as, amongst.
Dear Becky,
Its no lie, if you say nothing. What some see as lies, are actually the supositions of those with a litle bit of knowlege on a need to know basis……which is commonly called a dangerous thing.
We have heard nothing from the powerhouses on Earth, so there have been no lies. What hasn’t been with held is much truth in a variety of contexts, via the arts…writing, painting, music, and in recent times film and TV etc.
It is true, that the truth is not everyones cup of tea. Its there for those that seek it, and not for those that don’t. Its the ones that don’t seek it , who are the ones that would not be able to take it. This is where panic lives, when something happens….e.g. a change which had not been addressed as a possibility, and so when it happens….its all shock and horror.
We all have our context or contexts in which we are best able to understand, perceive and relate. Its why no ONE can wrap it all up in one paragraph, that all could read, consider, understand, and in the end shout Eureka….I got it.
Imagine, there are potentially 6.7 billion perceptions on earth, one for every human. I was once told that I’m the sort that, if there was real merit in counting all the grains of sand on Earth, I’d be the first to volunteer. I see that task as being easier than explaining the same thing to 6.7 billion people. Its the task of the Arts, Religions, and Sciences. Same subject…different languages.
Be well,
Leah
good morning dear friends…
yes, it is a great day in paradise for me!!!! we have a few selected posts AND a comment box—boy, it just doesn’t get any better that that!!!! “gateway timeouts” have become the new “norm” for me…so today, i am just a happy little clam!!!!
leah–all is well on the western front–thank you so much for your concerns….you have maintained throughout this thread your ability to read between the lines…that is such a gift!!!! our news media, anymore, is nothing but fluff…no one seems to ask the hard questions–or even the right questions…and the answers are given in sound bites of obvious omition or deflection…they treat us like we are a bunch of “dim-wits”…with Jack Nicholson screaming, “YOU CAN’T HANDLE THE TRUTH!!!” who are they to say??? the truth is overwhelming ONLY AFTER you have been lied to for so very long…and even then, if you’ve had your suspicions all along, it is more of a relief that a shock…also, REdiscovery can, and often times is, just as exciting as discovery…(ie…look how excited we become when a child takes it’s first steps…we have been walking all our lives!)
mario–welcome, thank you—and nicely put…
(referencing your first post i saw dated october 4)..
thoughts of best wishes remain constant with you all…hope you, your families,and loved ones are all safe and sound…
becky
There is no absolute truth and even if there were we Humans could not fathom it.
KURT GODEL proved it if you would look him up and study his Incompleteness Theorem regarding the system of Arithmetic which is a part of Mathematics which is the foundation of the Universe , if not the Universe itself.
Godel proved there are True conjectures in Arithmetic with its axioms which , although true , can have no proof. So an infinite set of True conjectures some for which a proof is possible and some for which a proof can not exist even though they are true. We are lucky to find some true ones for which a proof was possible and for some of these, we even found the proof… Fermat’s Last Theorem is an example.
Lately they have postulated an extension of Godel’s theorem to possibly encompass the fileld of physics … quantum physics and cosmology.
One would be arrogant and egotistical to assume that humans , who are part of the Universe could understand and prove everything about it from within.
Tacticus says “I don’t know about Godel but …..”
Look up Godel sometime and see where your understanding of the bedrock of it all fits in.
The discussion of the potential dangers of the LHC and the possibilities for Planet X are examples of egotistical thinking i.e to assume you or any human can know all the truths and conjectures and underlying bedrock of the Universe , especially after what Godel proved in his Incompleteness theorem.
The “Tip of an Iceberg” is a tiny morsel of understanding that God threw us so we best take care in our experiments dealing with Mother Nature or we could become extinct .
We built the LHC because we don’t know all of Nature and quantum physics in the first place … sort of a shotgun approach similar to our trying to mimic nature in our design of weapons etc.
What right does an egotistical scientist have in cranking up anything like the LHC if they don’t and can’t possibly understand the bedrock Science of it.
The applied Mathematics we use in modeling anything is at best approximate and depending on the environment and initial conditions of the experiment we are on shaky ground perhaps and best not risk our whole planet and all our marbles and the whole enchilada on those expected values or expected infinitly large loss.
We are on safer ground if we proceed with utmost caution in the design of any experiments dealing with potential black holes or Bose Supernova initial conditions since we don’t understand the mind of God entirely no matter what Stephen Hawkings says.
There are some truths and conjectures for which we can never know since we are in the system and not outside … multiple dimension understanding and access to it might enable our super scientists to understand a little more of Mother Nature.but surely not the bedrock since there is no bedrock available., not to us and especially with our puny mental resources …. and maybe God or the Force created no bedrock in the first place so it does not exist..
Not a Sermon just an idea from an insignificant intelligence.
I wonder … in 7991 years, will archeologists of the time (9999 AD) think that our calendar is coming to an end, and that the world will end? Or will they figure out that this culture would just add another digit?
I don’t know if Mankind can make it 300 more years much less 7991 years without self-destruction. But if Mankind does make it to 7991 years(9999 AD), I’m going to say that there will have been something incredible happen where Mankind is saved and a New time is used where we once had BC, AD and now something new to signify the great event. Maybe in 9999 CE, people won’t be afraid of the world ending because the fear in the culture is gone in a world of light.
It is impossible to introduce into society a greater change or evil than this: the conversion of the law into an insturment of plunder.
A wrinkle in time
Last post incomple
Just a Thought havin diffic
I read this thread and it occurs to me that the people posting here are living in the most exciting times the world has ever known.
What makes it even more remarkable is the fact that as of today we’ve all made it that much closer to an actual end time.
Think about that. An end time. A new age. It’s truly incedible. We should feel truly blessed to bear witness to this event.
Even the people that come in here debunking our ideas. Even they are bearing witness to this once in several hundred lifetime event.
We can’t choose what race or what time period we were born in, or even what social status. But to this generation at the end. None of this will matter because we’re a special generation. We will live through the beginnings of the age of aquarious. We will expeience the change.
The word apocolypse actually means new beginning.
We will live long enough to see the apocolypse wether we like it or not or wether we believe it or not.
It feels so surreal when you think about it that way.
So many will be shocked, they won’t understand what is happening, fortunately because we’re so involved with this topic we will understand. We’ll be scared as hell but we’ll be much more expectant and observant.
I just know that I want to be ready when Jesus Christ comes down in his flying saucer from the planet Jupiter….Oooops! Sorry! That was a line from Swan Song one of my favorite books.
Anyway, think along those lines because thats whats real.
Rest up “my friends”,
-Rico-
Interesting post by Bedrock…
What Godel proposed makes a lot of sense…
Theory D is based upon the premise that Theory C is correct, and Thery B is based upon the premise that Theory A is correct… If we go back far enough, we will reach a point where we cannot rationally prove some theories without relying on other theories which are in turn unprovable themselves…
The statemet which really registers well from Bedrock’s post is – “There are some truths and conjectures for which we can never know since we are in the system and not outside….”
Very well put indeed….
Forget about the universe, we dont even know for sure whats there beneath the Earth’s Crust..
Dear Rico,
A very nice thought indeed…
A lot of hope can be derived from your inspiring words…. For me, 2012 is already a significant event… No matter what happens on that date, or what “doesn’t” … it has already made a good impact on my life… I have discovered some real truths..Many of my questions have been answered.. I have discussed my hidden spirituality.. And above all, i have made some great friends too……
To sum it up, My life has taken a positive change!
So, i see 2012 as the reason for change in my perspective… LIfe as “i know it” has changed…
Hey, Theres some stuff that you left out, Yes the mayan calender cannot record anything over 52 years, And the calender will just end on 13.0.0.0.0, BUT it can restart. They believed that there god, (one of them) was in control of the earth, he controlled the earths axis, so the mayans created 13 Crystal skulls that if sacrificed to the god at the right time, he would keep the earth on axis. Also, The idea of the crystal skull also originates from atlantis greece and te first nation religion. Atlantis was based on the form of energy coming from crystal. ( and yes they have proven that, they just need to prove that it actually comes from atlantis and not another area of greece) And they got all there energy from crystal. And atlantis HAD the technology to create skulls so easily out of crystal, and because they could be crafted into a skull, and as a form of energy, it was considered holy. It Which also relates to the first nations tribes. They believe that there are 13 planets which concede human life, and each one represents human life, and the final skull would join them together. The parts that have been proved scientifically? Well, The earth is going to be the EXACT center of the universe for exactly 24 hours. on december 21, 2012. Which all just finished everything together. coincidence? i have no clue, Do i believe that a mayan god wll destroy the earth? no. But you gotta post ALL the facts, Not just the ones of the mayan religion and say it is fake. YOu shouldnt question other peoples religion, its asking for a fight and can be offensive.
Perception. A tricky thing. Width is perceived as the measurement, of e.g. a wardrobe, that you see from right to left. Depth is the one from front to back. This applies so long as your perception is a view from the front or the back of the wardrobe.
When viewed from the side, the depth becomes the width and the width becomes the depth. What about all the diagonal measurements ? C.S Lewis.
Earth, as taught, rotates apparently on only one axis, but there are an unlimited number of potential ones that it could rotate on. If Earth is a 3D wheel, how many lines could be drawn from the centre to the surface ?
Take a camera, photograph a tree from say 6 different equidistant locations around it….same tree, but the pictures give the impression that you photographed different ones. Even then, you will have only taken pictures of the tree from one plane, the horizontal plane relevant to your personal height, and depending on how level the ground is around the tree. The effects are more extreme if the tree is on a steep hill.
To see Earth in a truer light, can be done by imagining Earth being transparent and oneself at its very centre, in a gyroscope, turning through all the possible angles. One can see beyond Earth as well. And that’s just the physical perspectives….there are the spiritual ones too.
Leonardo Di Vinci’s famous graphic etc.
Each individual is always at the centre of their own unique universe, mentally, spiritually and physically, and therefore each in our own realities simultaneously, each being a variation on a theme….musically speaking…..each variation being an expression of the original theme…….first cause being the theme. No two are living identical lives, similar yet not the same.
So it is with what we call the natural world (we don’t include Humans in that category), etc etc.
Hi Madness,
Good one. Enlighten me, who wrote that ?
Leah
Dear Gnostic Joe,
How right, we can’t have it both ways. Of late a line in some marriage vows has been on my mind.
What God has joined…let no man put assunder.
Put together, assembled, made, concocted, formulated, designed, created etc.
What God has made, let no man destroy, take apart, dis-assemble, un-make etc.
So if God made everything, it is not for man to destroy.
Leah
Einstein’s INTENT re E=mc2 was for it to be used for the creative benefit of mankind.
Those that used it to build weapons, had destructive INTENT.
As Debauch and Gnostic Joe have kindly explained, INTENT is sooooo very important.
Even martial arts teach that the INTENT you should use them for is defence….not offence. If all humans abstained from attacking….and only ever had the INTENTION of defending…….there could never be war. If no one casts the first stone……..
We are all born with the innate conviction that our life does matter. It is only the rationale for such persuasion that we need work on. I just wanted to touch on that because I had to go last time. Almost everyone lives on the assumption that human life does matter, but if you press them, very few are able to tell you why
. Those who argue against the transcendent value of human life often do so on a genetic basis, pointing out that humans, in terms of our physical make up, are roughly 95% identical to Chimpanzees. This misses the point entirely. Humans are not physically or genetically superior to the rest of the planet, we are “spiritually” superior.
It is not an external likeness but rather an internal, moral, spiritual and relational likeness. The very ability to ponder the essence of existence is itself a manifestation of this reality. It is not the raw genetic material which gives human beings significance…. I.E.. The ceiling of the Sistine Chapel is not valued for the pigment that makes it up but rather for the form given it by a master craftsman.
Crystal skull are a fine way to show craftsmanship, but remember a human made that as well. All we are from making calanders with an end date to a space shuttle, all we are we were made from. For those who refuse to believe that God is the author and creator of human life, they have no basis for assigning to human beings any special significance.
Maybe if this was true, all the world would really be a mystery. The secular, humanist worldview has no answer for why human life matters. The only answer it can give us is that life doesn’t matter. Are we slaves to a higher power? Life forms? Are we all just random accidents whose life is not a result of thought or design, but rather of blind chance.
Human existence could have just as easily never happened as happened. Right? If these are questions to you as well, then welcome to the club. I have found the answers I seek, have you? But you gotta post ALL the facts, Not just the ones of the mayan religion and say it is fake. YOu shouldnt question other peoples religion, its asking for a fight and can be offensive.
I apoligize if I have been offensive or to vage.
For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men who suppress the truth in unrighteousness, because that which is known about God is evident within them; for God made it evident to them. For since the creation of the world His invisible attributes, His eternal power and divine nature, have been clearly seen, being understood through what has been made, so that they are without excuse. For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God or give thanks, but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools, and exchanged the glory of the incorruptible God for an image in the form of corruptible man and of birds and four-footed animals and crawling creatures. Therefore God gave them over in the lusts of their hearts to impurity, so that their bodies would be dishonored among them. For they exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed forever. Amen.
Gnostic joe
In the end, the value of one human soul transcends the value of the whole of the material universe. One human soul is more valuable than the Sistine chapel and all of Michelango’s other work put together.
One human soul is more valuable than all the art and the architecture and jewels and precious metals the world has ever known. This is true not because humans are further along the evolutionary chain, but because we were created in the very image of God and will exist for the rest of eternity either in heaven or hell.
If you reject this premise, it is unlikely that you will ever be able to find a sufficient basis for the mayan calanders end date, the I-Ching, U.F.O’s, or whatever govt. conspiracies are bothering you. We can’t have it both ways. Either God made us and assigned to us a special value, or God didn’t make us, and human life is utterly meaningless. Remember to look at all facts, if you are waiting for one God in particular, prehaps that is something you should question as well. Without an absolute moral standard, even the most heinous “evil” in the universe, by definition, ceases to exist.
Gnostic joe
Dear Ryan,
Who was your post meant for ?
He came from somewhere back in her long ago
The sentimental fool dont see
Tryin hard to recreate
What had yet to be created once in her life
She musters a smile
For his nostalgic tale
Never coming near what he wanted to say
Only to realize
It never really was
She had a place in his life
He never made her think twice
As he rises to her apology
Anybody else would surely know
Hes watching her go
But what a fool believes he sees
No wise man has the power to reason away
What seems to be
Is always better than nothing
And nothing at all keeps sending him…
Somewhere back in her long ago
Where he can still believe theres a place in her life
Someday, somewhere, she will return
She had a place in his life
He never made her think twice
As he rises to her apology
Anybody else would surely know
Hes watching her go
But what a fool believes he sees
No wise man has the power to reason away
What seems to be
Is always better than nothing
Theres nothing at all
But what a fool believes he sees…
Thanks for that info Just a Thought. No wonder I didnt recognise the lyrics, that was like 2 lifetimes ago for me. Come to think of it, I have the track on a vinyl single packed away. I’ll have to get a record player.
Hope you well,
Leah
Would the real madness please stand up.
Not possible to please / fool all of the peole all of the time…..so the saying goes.
Really, you don’t cite where you get your info, but you state it as fact. It’s people like who sit around all day trying to debunk peoples theories. What site did you use for your facts wikipedia? I do not believe in the enbd of the world in 2012. Any man with half a brain knows that it’s a conspiracy created by our governments to create fear. 2012 will come and pass and people like you “will be saying I told you so.” It’s called misdirection. While you and everyone else are looking or panicking in one direction the govrnment will be making their moves towrds one world government, like they are with the economy. You are a sheep leading sheep. If you had any sense you would explore this manipulated collapse of the monetary system worldwide. The more you talk of 2012 the greater the government’s success.
I like to cover all my bets. No harm in being ready for any event. Keep your lanterns full of oil and eat, drink, and be merry!
Leah,
the lyrics to madness song sung by the doobie brothers.
Posts spurratic
Title of song “what a fool believes”
Fans running, S on its way
One person alone cannot know everything, so I have included links to many people’s articles and essays as well as to my own. When you read about the same subject from different sources, you have a much better chance of getting the essence of the subject. I hope that after reading my own essays and those from other magical thinkers, you will have a better understanding of this intangible thing called misdirection.
Theory is no good without practice. So please practice the techniques you find here. Yes, you need to practice misdirection too!
Enjoy!
Recommend this site to a friend
Choreographic Misdirection
Pocket Power
Misdirection – Your Most Powerful Tool
Magic as a Martial Art
True Magic’s Misdirection article
Misdirection in the Performance of Mentalism
The Sly Art of Misdirection
Motivation?, Marko
Is Your Magic Unmagical?
Keep your lanterns full of oil and eat, drink, and be merry!
DON”T STOP THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Hmmmm……….. Maddness everywhere!!
But our beacons of light still shine through on this site! Gnostic Joe, Leah – Your last few posts have been really thought provoking…
The Purpose of Life – This simple question can be the most complex question ever asked.. Again, your perspective comes into play here. The complexity depends upon the level of enlightenment of the person.. The more the person is enlightened, the tougher this question will become.. The more one knows, the more he/she asks…. Its a case of knowledge “feeding” the hunger, not “satiating” it… Atleast for me, that is…
When it comes to the state-of-affairs as exists in so many, allegedly free countries (e.g. the USA), one must consider the results of what has been called the “Lesser Primate Committee Thinking Experiment.” In brief, this consists of:
Start with a cage containing five apes. In the cage, hang a banana on a string and put stairs under it. Before long, an ape will go to the stairs and start to climb towards the Banana. As soon as he touches the stairs, spray all of the apes with cold water. When any other ape makes an attempt, again spray all the apes with cold water. Then turn off the cold water, and observe. Do not be surprised if when another ape tries to climb the stairs, the other apes will try to prevent the single ape from doing it even though no water sprays them.
Now, remove one ape from the cage and replace it with a new one. Observe that when the new ape sees the banana and starts to climb the stairs, all of the other apes will attack him. After another attempt and attack, the new ape will know that if he tries to climb the stairs, he will be assaulted. He ceases to attempt to climb the stairs.
Next, remove another of the original five apes and replace it with another new one. Observe the newcomer going to the stairs, being attacked — with the previous newcomer taking part in the punishment with enthusiasm.
Again, replace a third original ape with a new one. The new one makes it to the stairs and is attacked as well. Note that two of the four apes that beat him (the new apes which were never exposed to the cold water) have no idea why they were not permitted to climb the stairs, or why they are participating in the beating of the newest ape.
After replacing the fourth and fifth original apes, all the apes which have been sprayed with cold water have been replaced. Nevertheless, no ape ever again approaches the stairs. Why not?
“Because that’s the way it’s always been around here.”
New Rule: Grab the banana and run!
thanks man.
you dont even how much this calms me down.
i mean i noe there was the talk about the year 2000 and the year 2006, and they was saying the world was going to end, but never happened. well i just needed this to understand how desprete and ignarant people are, trying to scare people and make things up. Again thanks man, i’ll feel a lot better when 2012 passes.haha
Bless You man. God Bless everyone.
It’s “school” and “proves”. Who’s the idiot now, farm boy?
>>Quote: # eric Says:
>>May 19th, 2008 at 3:40 pm
>>
“thank you for telling people the truth. i mean there’s a lot of idiots in my skool that keeps saying the world’s going to end at 2012 but now this prooves that its not so thank you”
Dear Amit,
The apes learn to fear the potential possibility of being sprayed……humans fear in exactly the same way.
The one generation assumes that because they were unable to do something, that it can’t be done.
Within my family, my mother used to fear dogs, due to a bite when she was young, so it was impossible to convince her to let me have one. My Father and I were offered one and we simply brought it home. Worked out fine, for nearly 21 years.
We threw her into the deep end of the pool.
Its a trait in humans to pass on fear accumulated from their own experiences and events they witness, ones that they are taught, and the ones they are born with, genetic memory.
Good way to get the majority to police the minority.
Leah
Its all in the contract. What happens to a client that keeps up with their mortgage or credit card repayments to a lender that folds, due to those clients that do not ?
Banks insure debts owed to them, the insurance co pays the bank and persues the borrower to recoup the funds. Banking indemnity. I doubt they insure inter bank lending.
Past tax paid profits function from off shore offices, on behalf of the shareholders of the bank. Banks are trustees to all deposited funds, and are subject to trustee laws. If a loan goes bad, the lost funds of the depositors are supposed to be replaced from past profits.
The rule still stands that no more should be leant than is in hand to cover depositor’s funds. Banks borrow and lend between themselves…..overnight deposits and loans, at libor rate.
If just one, of significant size, breaks the rules, they fall like dominos.
The dominos are like trees in a forrest fire. If the desire is to save the banking system, a line has to be drawn around, but far enough away from the epicentre of the crash, put funds to only those banks beyond the line, and let all those that are within the line fall.
This helps the system, but it takes time to re-organise it on behalf of people.
The insurance industry has been hit in recent times. The payouts re climate damage has been huge. The industry is entwined with the banking industry, and so even when rules are not broken, other factors can cause the dominos to fall.
The reason the calender ends on this date the guy who wrote it ran out of ink
LOLOLOLOLOLOLOOLOLOLOLOLLOLOLOLOLOLLLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLLLLLLOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOMAO
Grab the banana and run! I might use that as my mantra.lol. That was cool-Amit
Before depositing funds, the contract should be read, in particular the part re the max amount that is guaranteed to be repaid to any one account holder, in the event the bank ceases trading, also who is backing the guranantee, the bank or e.g. government agency.
Just a thought,
Its been good medicine around the campfire.
Leah
(1999) movie: The Messenger- The Joan Of Arc story. Have you seen it? What did you think that meant? Who was the man in the black hood? If you have not seen it, just watch the last 45mins. Summary- So you don’t have to watch all of it,but it has everything to do with 2012.
Yet, it is based in 1509 about a 19yr old french girl. Now the story is based on facts and eyewitness acounts only. Because there were no recording devices you have to give 30% up to the writers,Take a look at what they wrote about, and does it pretain to you?How does it coincide with ’12?
The choice you make here, will be looked upon in hindsight as well. As you will see how you may betray or save yourself in the end. Unfortunately, as much as you believe you may be able to save another.That is really not a option.
If you truly wish to save anyone you love, you must teach them to stand alone first.Then together can you stand at each others side. To help one another,giving with out taken. No quater asked, none given.
May you find your light
Gnostic joe
P.S. I’m not looking to convince anyone of anything. All is simply my opinion, we all know where they belong.
* * *… where angels fear to tread!
It is not like we are going to be able to go back and do this again.
“only for a moment, and, the moments gone.”
Our “pow wow” has agreed to make the best of what we can around the campfire.
_FOR A FUNNY ONLY_
Amit, is that a banana in your hand or are you just happy to hear from us?
HUMOR is the ONLY intent.
“singing go on take the banana and run”
The feeling that one has been there before is often due to the fact that one has been there before. One has simply forgotten most of the original experience because one was not paying close attention the first time. One feels strange and identifies the feeling with a memory, even though the experience is completely new.
We often have experiences the novelty of which is unclear. In such cases we may have been led to ask such questions as, “Have I read this book before?” “Is this an episode of Inspector Morse I’ve seen before?” “This place looks familiar; have I been here before?” Yet, these experiences are not accompanied by an uncanny feeling.
There is nothing strange about not remembering whether you’ve read a book before, especially if you are fifty years old and have read thousands of books over your lifetime. Memories are state-specific. We can have experiences in one state of consciousness (like when we are drunk, for example) that we cannot remember at all when we are in another.
States of consciousness provide a much more direct way for someone to select how they will behave than remembering past behaviors and comparing them to present possibilities. I’ll make it as simple as I can here. The basic idea is that there are portions of the brain that are specialized for the past, the present and the future.
In general, the frontal lobes are concerned with the future, the temporal lobes are concerned with the past, and the underlying, intermediate portions (the limbic system) are concerned with the present. When these are all doing their normal thing, in normal states of consciousness, the feeling that ‘something is going to happen will only come up when we are thinking about the future, worrying about it, anticipating it or making plans for it.
The sense of the past will only come up when our memories have been triggered in some way.The structure that overwhelms our consciousness when we are ‘in the present are ‘being here now’ is the amygdala. It assigns an emotional ‘tone’ to our perceptions. When you step into the street and see a car speeding towards you, and you instantly freeze in terror and jump out of the way, that terror is the amygdala at work. Present. Here and now.
The amygdala also recognizes expressions the expressions on people’s faces. When we are talking to someone, we can recognize their expressions and change the way we are talking to them just as quickly as we recognize danger. Words can often seem dangerous to the one hearing them. “You are going to be judged for all you have done”
may your light find you
Gnostic joe
What we call Yellow, only looks, seems yellow, due to not absorbing the yellow part of the colour spectrum. A yellow flower is all the other colours from the spectrum which it absorbs, but reflects the yellow.
Its also feasible that when 2 or more people refer to the flower as being yellow, they are all seeing different colours, but have learnt to call what they each see as being yellow.
Eyes and perception (vantage point) can deceive.
Gnostic Joe,
I just love to read your posts here…
Your words are so insightful and thought provoking…
I am inspired to go further on this journey of enlightenment that i have commenced..
Thanks to you and my other friends here.
sometime I wonder why great civilizations like the mayans and egypt etc vanish in silent, and humankind have to learn things starting from zero again. Does intellectual (too clever) also cannot run away from physics laws like blackhole forming stars? which ‘collapse’ upon itself because of ‘mass’ (too heavy)?
I believe the mayans has did a great science during their time, and even now. But the end of a calender does not/ cannot/ would not interpret as the end of life. Just like a thermometer ‘0’ cannot be interpret as ‘does not contain temperature’.
For those who has strong faith with God, holly bible does say God created the earth, sun, star and life. But did God create another God too? I’m not a kind of anti-religion but me myself is actually a catholic christian. After reading most of the blogs in Universe Today, i found that the religion issue is always rise up when comment about who rise the chicken or egg. I lived in a multi-religion contry named Malaysia, and we have several religion for each human race such as Buddism, Islamic, and Christian. So does God creates the other Gods too?? Nope and i don’t think anyone will agree, in majority. Each religion will Claim their God is the one who created this if so. In personal, i believe that most religion has a same purpose, asking human to behave good. So human please do not get clumps for religion vs. science. Religion is for soul (if we have one) and science is for evolution (yesterday, today and tomorrow).
Lastly, don’t use science to describe God as for God to describe science.
Just a Thought, dont worry! My funny bone is still intact!
And i would never misunderstand your intent! I know that all my camp fire mates have pure hearts and good intentions towards each other!
The good thing about the Seekers’ Summit is that when one of us tries to reach the Banana, the others don’t stop him/her, they only encourage to go higher and higher..
But there are others who sometimes drop by on this thread and try to pull us down, because they fear the non existent cold spray..
Lets hope we are able to turn the original experiment around and show people that there is no cold spray if you reach for the truth…
Great to know as no offence intended.
clament, Very interesting idea of ; ” Does intellectual (too clever) also cannot run away from physics laws like blackhole forming stars? which ‘collapse’ upon itself because of ‘mass’ (too heavy)?”
Never looked at it from that direction.
I volunteer to let folks even stand on my shoulders to facilitate the “grabbing of the banana”, as it seems by just a thought we share is encouragement pursue more information.
amit–LOVED THE GORILLAS!!!!! thank you so much for that!!!!
just-a-thought, i, too would cheerfully volunteer my shoulders (hey-i’m 6 feet tall! and height sometimes has its advantages…)
poor attempt at humor–i know–so sorry!!! but as we all grasp for the “truth”, should we not also remain diligent AND mindful as to who or what is doing the dangling?
a rather odd analogy comes to mind here…here in phoenix, and in the “valley of the sun”, there are quite a few orange groves…we grow truly wonderful oranges here…HOWEVER, there are orange trees planted along the city streets that are put there for cosmetics only…when they bloom, the blossoms are just beautiful, and the smell so wonderful—one would think they are just like any other orange tree…but they AREN’T!!! they are for sight and for smell only….you CANNOT EAT THESE ORANGES…they are SO SOUR, AND SO BITTER…and when you try to peal them, the insides are not like normal oranges…but the outsides are the absolute perfect orange…so when i see an orange tree—i have learned to question “which tree is it?” will it have the results i so desired in an orange, or will it take me two days to get the “pucker” off my face?????
please be mindful…will that forbiden fruit hold the reward we so desired????
Camps almost over, soon i’ll be ranting away again. If anyone has NBA t.v. you might see me. I’m standing next to Danilo Gallinari. They filmed it a week ago, but I was told i’m on t.v. kool huh?. Only puerto ricain in the gym. I had a blue shirt on.
Espumpin
go watch this, Then ……………
Don’t Fight The Maddness
Sorry.. meant…..http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u8vEcC0IxKA&feature=related, AHA.
go watch this, Then ……………
Don’t Fight The Maddness
If you are interested in DNA exploration,
this is one of many things being explored.
http://www.ted.com/index.php/talks/paul_rothemund_details_dna_folding.html
Caught my attention.
Dear Gnostic Joe,
So right. Money is neutral. I grow tired of money being the justification for doing what should not be done. Conversely, the things that should be done, but are not, are always justified by saying….There isn’t enough money.
Its back to INTENTIONS, which influence the ordering of priorities.
Be well,
Leah
Necessity being the mother of invention, as the saying goes.
The economic situation that the human world finds itself in today, and the effects, is the necessity to invent, design, create a system that endures both time and change, being elastic in nature, capable of expanding and contracting.
A basic flaw is to have an economy that demands expansion, but which is inextricably linked to consumerism. Yet demands a reduction in world population.
One might have machines capable of production, enough to supply everyone in the world……but if the population is vastly reduced….so the market for products also shrinks. Productivity capability exceeds demand, but is lacking in areas of true worth.
There is a need and opportunity, for a new system, and a re-evaluation of the true values attached to each product, not limited to tangibles .
You can’t but feel a little sorrow for the many people around the world who are suffering from the global financial meltdown especially for the children. So much sorrow. And I wondered how it can be any other way. The Greed and the unwillingness to forgive/help others will be the song of sorrow and despair for Mankind. If only…sigh.
helpless_watcher—you are absolutely right…the question now becomes “are each of us prepared and secure enough in our own right to be UNselfish, and to be willing to forgive and help, so others will once again have a song of hope and joy for all mankind???” start small… there is a huge blessing hidden in the mess somewhere…
Dear Leah of Oct 9th 2008, 1.27pm
The scientists are not making up lies, like all others, its just that they don’t know or have all of the facts…..some call this truth.
They are all looking for answers.
Leah.
If a person who posts here, were to sign in with a different name, style of writing, and different stance on matters, would anyone notice ?
One can also be judged on what another said, whilst purporting to be you.
Idealists wonder why we can’t live in a world where everyone is equal, and therefore where there is no greed or jealousy resulting from status differences. Unfortunately, they overlook the fact that our desire to have higher status than others is part of our human nature, and nothing can change it. And because all men are not equal in ability and other characteristics, no matter what the playing field is, some will rise ahead and others will fall behind, and those who are behind will feel intense jealousy, even if the competition is about something other than money.
Tim. 6: 10 “For the love of money placed before the love of God is the root of all kinds of evil.” Did you catch that?
One should never expect the Bible to be consistent, and sure enough, it isn’t when it comes to evil. One of the very first acts of evil committed in the Bible has nothing to do with money. In the Book of Genesis, Cain kills his brother Abel because he is jealous that Abel’s offering to God was better received than his own. He is jealous that Abel has achieved higher status than him.
Wealth is an indication that a godly man has his house in order but not a guarantee of spirituality. The world is full of rich men and women who are lost spiritually. On the other hand, the majority of the world’s people are both lost and poor. My point is that the LOVE of money is the critical factor in determining if money is used for good or evil.
Desire for money, or greed for money if you prefer to use stronger language (reminiscent of a scene from the movie Wall Street), is a good thing when people play by the rules, and when their desire for money and status results in better ways of doing business and in inventions that help people and that make the world a better place. Desire for money and status is only bad when people do bad things in order to obtain what they desire. And even then, it’s not “greed” that’s really bad, but the person who’s doing the bad things who’s bad…..
The bottom line is that money, like technology, is spiritually neutral. It can be used for good or evil. God always deals with the heart and the motives of the use of money. If the motives are pure then the fruit can be very very good. Let’s stop loving things and start loving people. That is the measure of true wealth!
May you find your light
Gnostic joe
OTHELLO:
But this denoted a foregone conclusion:
‘Tis a shrewd doubt, though it be but a dream.
DON’T FIGHT THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Matthew 14:31 And immediately Jesus stretched forth his hand, and caught him, and said unto him, O thou of little faith, wherefore didst thou doubt?
G.J
well i dont think this is true because there is only one person who knows when our time will come and its not the mayans because they did not create this world so how would they predict something GOD made this world and he is the only ONE who knows when this world will end and until he calls us home to be with him i will keep living my life to the fullest even when dec 21, 2012 comes i will continue to live my life and every one else should do so to because everyone will leave this earth one day because no one lives forever but only when GOD calls them home with him.
We have to use $! forgrt thinking of it as evil. We have to use this moment to launch the next great global industry. Here we are thanking Bush about spending $700 billion to bail out our economy, and in my attitude, when the IT bubble burst, well it burst, but it left us with the whole internet infrastructure. When the railroad bubble in America burst, it burst, but left us with an America tied together by railroad lines. If this financial bubble bursts and only leaves us with a bunch of dead derivative contracts, and we spend $700 billion on it, that would be a tragedy.
We need to make sure we use this money. Let’s say the government’s passing out money for new mortgages, well let’s make sure every new home built with the government taxpayer money is LEED green certified. If we’re gonna spend $700 billion bailing out our economy, bailing out for instance, General Motors, I’ll consider that – on one condition – that General Motors agrees to truly transform itself and not just supply us with cars in 2020 that will get 35 miles to the gallon which they reluctantly agreed to. You want money from the taxpayers? You’ll produce 40 miles per gallon cars by 2015 pal, or you won’t get a dime out of me.
And I personally do not see a higher power coming in and changing what we should change our selves. Like G.J said, we’re not all playing on the same field. So what excatly does god have planned for me? Sorry folks if we want to change whats going on, we need alot more than faith.
Take alook at the sorry state the world is in. Smoke ’em if you got ’em. Take care of you and yours. Do the right thing. And if theres a god then hes gotta see how hard this crappy life was. I would be more happy to know that he’s waiting for us with a diploma after we die. And if you do the wrong things, you get left back. LOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLmao
DON’T FIGHT THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Unless truth has bells on it, and fireworks announce its existence, it goes un-noticed. No sensationalism = ignored.
The function of man is to live, not to exist.
I shall not waste my days trying to prolong them.
I shall use my time.
– Jack London (1876-1916)
Millions of people merely exist from day to day, from task to task. Are you one of them? Only when you do things that you want to do, you truly live. If the “have-to” tasks fill up your time, you won’t have any time left over for your “want-to” tasks. This is a problem: If you only do things that you “have-to”, you merely exist! You really live only when you do things that you “want-to”. However, if you can get your “have-to” tasks done quickly, you can collect the time saved for the “want-to” tasks. You can save time on the “have-to” tasks and spend what you save on the “want-to” tasks!
Do you “have to” worry about 2012? Do you “want-to”? Now thats the real question.
In both contexts, we tend to celebrate the individual, and look with wonder and a bit of curiosity at what must motivate him or her – to have or want. Why do some people want, when others don’t care if they have? Whether it be the twenty-something visionary who strikes out with little more than an unshakeable belief, or the solo alpinist, reaching with near frost-bitten fingers for the next handhold. To be sure, that the flourishing of individuals often rests on the foundation of cooperation and collective effort.
In this vein, I would like to offer my views on the way ahead in some important and pressing areas. But, I do so with a cautionary note. Some of the people on this thread want to argue like we aren’t allowed to have opinions. But I have found this site to be thought provking and informitive. I hope when I have more time, I can read the entire thread and contribute abd debate some of the discussions here.
Generation X
Dear Becky,
Seems we got another Leah. If it doesn’t seem like me…..then its not me. Just one post not mine.
Be well,
Leah
i think this is some bs it is not really going to happen so just keep on doing what you are doing and dont even worry about it it was like in 2000 they say it was going to end but did it no it did not so science people stop making up bunch of lies
I hear Gnostic Joe, here is an example of how ridiculous $ really is. As you all know I’ve been calling out the economy before it started to fall. Now check this out. From the N.Y. AP>As a short-term fix, the digital dollar sign on the billboard-style clock near Times Square has been switched to a figure — the “1” in $10 trillion. It’s marking the federal government’s current debt at about $10.2 trillion.?????
The Durst Organization says it plans to update the sign next year by adding two digits. That will make it capable of tracking debt up to a quadrillion dollars.????
The late Manhattan real estate developer Seymour Durst put the sign up in 1989 to call attention to what was then a $2.7 trillion debt.
Are they kidding us???? Fix a billboard??? What about the F**king economy. The sicker part, is that they laughed at CNN, and dismissed it as a sign of the times????
These aren’t the signs I was looking for!!!!
Titor said there would be a civil war…..Where do I sign up.
Espumpin
Belief is not always truth. For example, a person can believe another person is the greatest thing since apple pie, yet later find out he/she lied and cheated on her/him. Or, people can believe the Bible is the most complete and inerrant book in the world, yet later find out many of its historical leaders manipulated the text for their own gains.
Please notice that many people are either not interested in this,or or they get defensive and angry about it.
I know the only “truth” perspective (religiously and psychologically), which many don’t find appealing. As a matter of fact because it is put as a secret, it makes you feel how can I know something you do not. What puts me on a high horse. A secret was passed and no one informed you?
First I would like to explain. When a lie is told and said to be a secret a normal person accepts that. What do I mean? When you found out the truth about santa clause you were not mad. Despite the fact that Jesus never got his birthday celebrated, you didnt care. Fueled by our belief and our imaginations we projected them into existence and they became real to us in our inner and outer lives just as children have inner and outer experiences with Santa Clause and as Jesus appears to Christians.
The fact that presents were hidden from you or that you were told that someone other than your parents was watching you and holding you accountable, You Didn’t Care.
You know why? because you accepted the lie. You firgured the ends justifie the means. And hey, lets lie to the next generation it’s OK.
“So no one grabbed the banana”. Amit it seems to me that some of you here did. Now what are you gonna do with it.
In psychology, mythomania (also known as mitomania, pseudologia phantastica, or pathological lying) is a condition involving compulsive lying by a person with no obvious source of motivation. The affected person might believe their lies to be truth, and may have to create elaborate myths to reconcile them with other facts.
Have we done that? or is there a “truth” a secret that we have not discovered. The answer is already in front of you. You know when they said God is everywhere, they didnt mean he was standing in the corner or sitting in a chair watching you. But the energy of God is at all places at once.
Some consider that a secret, knowlegde about something that everyone should know. But when revealed isn’t that big of a deal. Only when all is shown in the light can the shadow of doubt be cast away.
Gnostic joe
“The Great Pyramid has lent its name as a sort of by-word for paradoxes; and, as moths to a candle, so are theorisers attracted to it. The very fact that the subject was so generally familiar, and yet so little was accurately known about it, made it the more enticing; there were plenty of descriptions from which to choose, and yet most of them were so hazy that their support could be claimed for many varying theories.”
Sir Flinders Petrie
An example of one the secrets we were lied to about.
Seriously though, There is good science, there is pathological science, and then there is pseudoscience same as with religion. These are cases where there is no dishonesty involved but where people are tricked into false results by a lack of understanding about what human beings can do to themselves in the way of being led astray by subjective effects, wishful thinking or threshold interactions, again in religion as well.
These are things that attracted a great deal of attention. Usually hundreds of papers have been published on them. Sometimes they have lasted for 15 or 20 years and then gradually have died away, funny huh?
So is there really anything to figure out or are we doomed to do the same thing every 26,000yrs?
Me i’m a person of science and facts For example ,stay with me here, you might think that if one onion root would affect another due to ultraviolet light then by putting on an ultraviolet source of light you could get it to work better. Oh no! Oh no! It had to be just the amount of intensity that’s given off by an onion root. Ten onion roots wouldn’t do any better than one and it didn’t make any difference about the distance of the source.
It didn’t follow any inverse square law or anything as simple as that. And so on.
In other words, the effect is independent of the intensity of the cause.
Now without sounding as if i’m bashing religion, this sounds more reasonable. Maybe a scientific approach to GOD is what is needed. And I can’t believe I just wrote that.
JOIN IN THE MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!
leah–a couple posts i read DID NOT SOUND LIKE YOU??? is it me, or a different leah???
Espumpin, I didn’t know that you were Puerto Rican.
It may interest you to know that I live in San Juan. I was born here. I was raised in NY but I returned about 14 years ago.
Anyway, I hadda use the forum for that personal contact sorry for making you guys read that.
If anyone is interested you may want to Google Noosphere.
And by the way. This age in the Mayan period ends in earthquakes according to Maya scripture.
So we get a whole mess of earthquakes in the worse places and all at once probably due to a polar shift then the Noosphere kicks in with some kind of Gaaian energy and we all become telepaths.
Yeah, ok.
Heres to thinking at you guys on 2012,
-Rico-
This article was definitely a refreshing view on all the hype surrounding the “tragic” predictions being pushed by so many doomsday followers. What I don’t think is right is that there are actual teachers out there who are not only teaching this theory but actually trying to convince impressionable teens that it’s true. In my sophmore year of highschool my myths & legends teacher was, to put it gently a complete eccentric quack. It’s not suprising that she was eventually fired because her lectures scared kids enough for them to head to the guidance counslers in masses. She didn’t like me as a pupil for the simple reason that I questioned all her whacked statements,and had a historical fact to counter all her crazy theories. I think there needs to be more articles like this so that it can quell some deeply rooted fears of a lot of young people,not to mention the adults I’ve had this conversation with. Keep on spreading the word on sanity guys : )
Ok, thanks for advice Rico.
Dont belive ever thigng your read on the inter…The book of mohamiad aint scared.
Jesus will come back soon
Rico Suave, Whats good. For some reason I thought you lived in Jamaica? Yep, i’m from Farjado. Small world huh? Noosphere! , you always give me something new to think about. Hey Leah, I agree if someone came on the page witha sort of Espumpin2 or like that I’d be like what the ….lol. But before I go does anyone else think Maddness is more than one person? If not, they may truly be mad seeing how they jump subject to subject.
Espumpin
The Revolution has begun. These are contacts. Remember nothing is hidden from Big Brother. Help the cause in any way, before the fight is at your door!!!
Molly Scott Cato
Frances Hutchinson
Colin Hines
Ramon Fernandez
David McKnight
Ben Gregory
If you truly wish to see what happens in 2012, Help these people and they will help you. Soon sites like this will be shut down due to treason. Keep the underground message alive. Bush will not give up power. Its time to prepare.
Leah, the reason you may have problems with another leah is because of your alias, namely, leah. See what people do is clone others as in the chat rooms. You can write leah with a small L or a capital i and it will lok the same. Sorry. You probably should have created Leah with a capital L leaving no room for cloning.
Maybe just recreate your alias. A rose by any other name and all that 😉
Yeah that noosphere is a kicker. You guys might want to look into what the government referred to as “remote viewing”.
This is probably what they used to verify alien contact.
If I put somethings in a box 50 miles away from you and you can describe everything in that box then I imagine that whatever you tell me you see at anytime will have some validity because in essence you’ve proved yourself.
The CIA and NSA overlooked and sponsored remote viewings using what they called “psychics”. Including Uri Geller. This is goung way back. These remote viewers got into everything, the pyramids, mars, the gods or whatever spoke through them. It was really insane stuff.
I’m not saying that I believe in all this stuff what I’m saying is that the government went to extrememes on this subject going way back to the 50’s.
As we all know they continued spending on other projects, MK Ultra and so many others throughout history.
The reason I bring this is because if I spent money on something for so many years and it didn’t produce. I would stop as would any of us or any government.
Over the course of so many years, so many man hours, and so many millions spent, I am under the imprssion that somewhere early in these endeavors something produced therefore justyfying all future expenses and expansions.
In other words. It wouldn’t be inconceivable to suppose that contact has been established ala CE3K and continues to this day.
There were a couple of more earthquakes this week in two places I forget which but you guys heard anyway.
As I watch the news daily I feel more and more like somethings about to explode. The financial bailouts, the Koreans, Iran, the elctions, Iraq, Its like the calm before the storm.
You guys keep your heads down wherever you are because when this crap explodes you don’t wanna lose your heads.
Keep watching, be vigilant, the signs are becoming so much clearer now.
-R-
A pair of thoughts;
On the; spent money on something for so many years and it didn’t produce…
That is unless it made for good “pocket lining”, then, continued spending on other projects would fatten the wallet.
On the; keep your heads down wherever you are because when this crap explodes …
I expressed that I felt:
Fans running, S on its way (and it splatters)
but answer me this if/as you can;
Is there such a thing as prepared? or,
What can each of us do to help it SLURP a little less?
Is there such a thing as prepared? I believe so. A better question maybe, what is there to prepare for? Captain America seems to be prepared for a war. Yet is that what is coming to pass? Some in Texas felt they were prepared for a hurricane. Photos later showed only one family paid $100,000+ for their house to survive. They were prepared. But it wouldn’t have saved thier house if a tornado had hit it.
But they didn’t prepare for that. Have you your affairs in order? Does it matter? Are you prepared for Executive Order 12333, that maintains the decades-old prohibitions on assassination and using unwitting human subjects for scientific experiments. The CIA notoriously tested LSD on human subjects in the 1950s, which was revealed by a Senate investigation in 1977? Are you prepared to accept that GOD’s words “might have been distorted”?
Are you prepared for The United States wanting to remain the only superpower with the power to unilaterally control any resources it needs and the government of any country that stands in its way of doing so. thus causing a world war? Are you prepared for any epidemic disease that is highly contagious, infectious, virulent and devastating.
Something that seeps us so fast there is no time for cures? Are you prepared to open your home to strangers who need your help? How do you prepare for any of this? And is there a need to prepare for any of it? What if I told you every person on judgement day will have a lawyer.Someone who will defend your actions based on your life.
A “Dola”, a protective spirit, but one who may become hostile if not appeased. The Dola is a personal fate, and is with a person throughout their life. And when you thought noboby was looking their was your Dola. How do you prepare for that? Did you know the Summer Solstice is the most powerful time of the year for divination? Podbljudnaja, is a special ceromony for this day. But this is not from the mayan culture.
Thousands of miles apart and different time periods and yet they share this in common. Now what I always found fasinating is that neither found the Summer Solstice as divine. Why did they prepare for one Solstice and not the other? What do you have to prepare for on the Summer Solstice 2012? What if I told you that 500,000 years ago when the people of earths ancient civilization had reached a crossroads. Aliens and fallen angels who had invaded planet earth divided the people.
Now, this may sound like science fiction. But truth is often stranger than fiction. They distorted the once-sacred rituals and art forms of people. This opened the door to witchcraft, voodoo, and black magic. They turned the people toward hatred,superstition, and a vying for power. As the people began to divert their attention from God’s Presence, they became more and more vulnerable to the divide-and-conquer tactics of the fallen angels.
Our nations also became divided by the warring factions of its tribes. People were losing the inner spiritual battle between the forces of light and darkness within them. And our division, both within and without, allows us to become enslaved. What if I told you a secret that could save more than this life of yours?
” As the Lord said unto Cain, ‘Where is Abel, thy brother?’ And Cain said, ‘I know not. Am I my brother’s keeper?” The one who answers no to that question is dedicated to his own ego and he will never be his brother’s keeper. And eventually the divine spark within him, the threefold flame, will die. ”
Does that make sense? Because it is a secret. All your life you were taught to take care of you and yours only. Right? When “you” and “yours” is acutally “mine” and “theirs”.
Nothing separates us, even if you don’t believe in Adam & Eve common sense says were all the same species. All created equal “no matter what the playing field is”. We were all given the tools and oppurtunity to prepare for the adversities thrown at us in life. And depending on how informed we were( and incidentally what we did with said info )we either came out better or worse for it.
Sometimes when someone is trying to help they are looked upon as trying to get over on someone. Soon you may have to trust people you never thought you would. Are you prepared for that?
Debauch
Good day all,
Good to hear from you Debauch.
Rupert Sheldrake is worth mentioning, who has written about collective consciousness, within species, and the super collective that includes all species.
We seems to have all tuned into, or been made to tune into different wavebands, like channels on a radio or TV, but the one that speaks truth, is not available to us. Restricted use only. As it happens when someone does accidently tune into that channel, they don’t believe what they hear, as all the other channels collectively tell a totally different story. The majority has got to be right….how could ONE on its own possibly be right…..?
At the very least, one could tune into some SCI FI shows and Films and ask 3 questions re whatever is happening in the story :
1. Could I survive that
2. Could I do that
3. What would I do in that situation
Heroes…..if you had a new ability…..how would you use it…..what are your intentions ?
Prophecy is met if perceived as a plan, and if the plan is made manifest.
When prophecy is peceived as information, there is a choice, events can be repeated, or we can choose to do differently.
Only the information was carved in stone, not the future.
The Ancients, like parents, warn and teach coming generations….they have been where we are, and have yet to go. With their hindsight we are better equiped for the journey, and a more preferable destination.
Sorry, had to revert to my name it was.
Now is a good time to mention, Schumann resonances not just Rupert Sheldrake, and collective consciousness.
Haha,as if ANYONE knows anything.
Dont try so hard to be sceptical you lot.
The ‘myth’ is doing its most to educate people to at least wake up and get of this road we are on.
Science….is…..fiction.
It appears that everyone here is fixated on the unknown. When you must understand, that which you don’t know now you have always known.
Collective Unconscious—a communal pool to which everything is connected that exists beyond the physical dimension of time and space.
The Collective Unconscious explains how numerous people, unrelated and in different parts of the planet, can independently arrive at the same idea simultaneously.
A collective pool of consciousness where all thoughts emanate helps explain how:
Charles Darwin and Alfred Russel Wallace independently postulated the theory of evolution at the same time
Sir Isaac Newton and Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz independently invented calculus in two different parts of the world
Physicists Erwin Shrödinger and Werner Heisenberg simultaneously wrote the wave equation which formed the basis for quantum mechanics
Neurosurgeon Karl Pribram and physicist David Bohm formulated a holographic framework for the brain and universe, respectively
The list goes on with some of our names added to it. More and more sites,movies,books,songs and videos are being made about the year 2012.
The more we add into the Morphic Fields, (which by the way is energy fields of consciousness, underlying thought patterns and images.)
That we are creating, giving substance to. The worst case scenario maybe from our own design.
This exculdes God & the Devil from having a hand in our destruction or our enlightenment.
From aliens advancing our technology or from trying to take over our planet.
We are all part of an infinite field of consciousness. Everything is recorded in this infinite field. Nothing goes unnoticed. Every smile, kind gesture, and loving thought impacts all of humanity. In turn, every advance that we make in our awareness benefits unseen multitudes and strengthens the next step for others to follow. Every act of kindness is noticed by the universe and is preserved forever. And vice versa
persona non grata
You have brains in your head, You have feet in your shoes. You can steer yourself any direction you choose.”
Dr Seuss.
DONT FIGHT THE MADDNESSS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
I must make a correction.
*Did you know the Summer Solstice is the most powerful time of the year for divination?
I meant Winter Solstice, The Summer Solstice is as special as a birthday.
It is only special if you make it.
Rupert Sheldrake is a person I would recommend reading about as well.
Debauch
Document Type and Number:United States Patent 7184602
Abstract:A system and method for facilitating low bandwidth video image transmission in video conferencing systems. A target is acquired (video image of a person’s head) and processed to identify one or more sub-regions (e.g., background, eyes, mouth and head). The invention incorporates a fast feature matching methodology to match a current sub-region with previously stored sub-regions. If a match is found, an instruction is sent to the receiving computer to generate the next frame of video data from the previously stored blocks utilizing a texture synthesis technique. The invention is applicable for video conferencing in low bandwidth environments.
I had never heard of “remote viewing” intil Rico said it. I thought it as new age but this patent was taken out in 1972. Boy I need to catch up with the times. It may seem that the Mayan end date is the least of our worries. Huh?
Espumpin
Dear Madness,
Good one. Tesla was next on my list. Compare the resonant frequencies with that of e.g. brain waves. Thought forms are creations too….make good ones.
A failing of Science to consider. Side effects of technological inventions and the transmuting of natural materials, are either never considered prior to implementation, or are, but…….inventors don’t care ?
This is something that not even Tesla attended to. Think before you leap, comes to mind.
Side effects are repercussions, back lashes and consequences.
Schumann resonances
Rupert Sheldrake &
Nikola Tesla
The Tesla Foundation of North America or TFNA is dedicated to the preservation of the legacy of Nikola Tesla and his inventions, works & papers;….
TFNA promotes credible advancement in the fields of power engineering and energy sciences derived from Tesla’s work among inventors, scholars & industry.
The TFNA furthers Tesla’s lasting positive effect on mankind through the administration of the Annual TFNA “Tesla Award” & “Tesla Scholarship” programs.
The Foundation serves as ‘provost ad hoc’ for IOTAMSA, or The International Organization of Tesla Associations, Museums, Societies & Affiliates and it’s members.
The Tesla Foundation is also producing the 1st “Joint Tesla Engine and Tesla Coil Builder’s Convention” & “Lightning Bolt Rally” to be held in 2008 !!
This is just logical enough to actually stop everyone from believing all this 2012 crap. I mean, people thought that Y2K was going to happen at the start of the millenium, and we’re still here. People thought that a giant asteriod bigger than the U.S. was going to hit Earth some time ago, and the last time that happened, the dinosaurs were wiped out, almost a million years ago. An asteriod that large will only get near Earth every 150 TRILLION years. The only reason the world will end is because humans are destroying it with all this paranoia about 2012.
I also want to point out that every end of the world prediction since 2000 has been an interval of 6 years (2000: Y2K; 2006: coming of the antichrist).
Another thing: Even if the world does end, in whatever way, three species of life will survive. Bacteria, protists, and COCKROACHES. Assuming Darwin’s theory of evolution is true, they will eventually evolve back into humans, leaving us another long period to worry about something.
Dear Naomi,
May I enquire where you found evidence that the Mayan calendar was 4 years off, and its 2012 now.
Leah
Lol, what a coincidence that the person who invented the mayan calender was 4 years off- thats right folks, seeing as it’s 2008 (apparently) that actually makes it 2012, kinda funny since those scientists are trying to recreate the big bang this month.
😛
I don’t belive the world is going to literally end- just the world ‘as we know it’.
Like, they’res gonna be a big change or summin.
Well, I may not be able to show the mayan calender is 4yrs off but, 18,890 days is what it takes to make the journey. What journey?What the Maya say about this day? Is that all that you /I have experienced, and actually survived (which I hope to) all evolutionary intentions for a 52 year cycle. Every 52 years, there is a NEW FIRE and a new beginning. This means that your Gregorian birthday and your Mayan Birthday fall on the same day for the first time since your birth. So, for those of you out there that were born in 1954 or earlier . . . Congratulations! You are now an ELDER!!!!!!!!!
MADDNESSS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
My fear of 2012 was initiated by a learning channel special which claims that not only did the Mayans predict doom, but that that date (or an approximation thereof) was also predicted by the Greek Oracle at Delphi, Merlin in Europe, the Egyptians, and other by other disparate cultures across the globe with absolutely no contact with one another.
Ok, I dont really know, but MAYBE there was some shinanigans with the numbers and data, but the learning channel has never lied to me before… and that was kinda scarey.
Still, I’m hoping for the best. Life hasn’t gotten REALLY good yet, and death at that early date would be a really big let down.
maddness—with great powers come great responsibilities (from the spiderman movie)…your fantasies are living testament as to WHY we are not ready for them…you are indeed, right, though…they would certainly be used for instant and self-gratification…that is so sad!!!!
another scary thought for me–george bush staying in power…could an executive order cancel this election??? God only knows we are sitting in the middle of a national and international crisis…
remote viewing—hardly being used for the betterment of mankind…it is self-serving to those who boast of having “the power”…
so many good insights, here, guys…thanks for the food for thought…not much else i can add…please keep them coming…
rico–so glad you are okay…thoughts and prayers are with you and your family…
amit–where are you???
love and best wishes to you all as we watch and prepare for things to unfold…it is my thought that we will all be called upon in one way or another…and we will all be amazed at “power” each one of us have within ourselves…
becky
p.s. none of us will know what we are truly capable of …until we are put to the test…
This is a very interesting theory, the world may end and in may not we go our whole lives not knowing whether or not we will live to see the next day or hour or even minute, But there will always be theories on the end of the world, like when 2120 comes when the end of the generation of the pisces is, moving into aqarious what will happen then thats what I would like to know
The one word that has me entertained while reading these articles is THEORY. We all are saying” Wouldn’t it be this?” or ” Wouldn’t it be that?” I have wondered about these things, but when you think about it, nobody here is psychic… I hope the world will not end soon, but I cannot rightfully say whether it will or not and neither can anybody. I do admit that it is an interesting THEORY and that I am sorry if I offend anyone with what I have said. All I am trying to say is that there are TWO POSSIBILITIES: The World Will End in 2012 OR The World Will Not End in 2012; but who am I to say which will happen? I just pray that if and when the world does end if it does before I die that it goes quickly and painlessly and that I don’t have to see my loved ones perish. Until that moment, live your life and wish for the best!
Just to Note: I did NOT read ALL of the comments, only about 5% ( no offense but not enough time) and I do not really want to know possible ways that I could die. I wouldn’t even be on this completely (how os it spelled? Intriguing?) amazing website(I really mean it) if my friends weren’t talking about it on Tuesday.
Gnostic joe: You are absolutely right: Belief is not always truth. In this case, I know the truth. The truth is that right now is not December 21 2012 and that until then we will not know whether or not 21/12/12 is really doomsday.. Just live your life regularly and either it will happen or not. Oh Well…
I’m so scared right now because when the world ends,I will only be 14 years old. I had alot of time ahead of me. I want to say that if this is real……then I will have to live my life not knowing what the world really is like.
Good Mornings Friends!!!
Been away for a while…..
We had an extended weekend here, owing to some festivals….
Some very interesting new thoughts here…
For those intersetd in Remore Viewing… Just google “Scientific Remote Viewing”, and you are sure to stumble upon a guide that helps you learn remote viewing in a scientific manner.. It requires a lot of perseverance and hard work, so i never tried.. You may try if you want.. I think it was at http://www.farsight.org
Leah, you dont need to worry about having your Alias stolen here.. Even if 10 other people post using your name, we would be able to filter out the post by the “Real Leah”….And its the same with others too… We all know each others’ styles very well..
As i was following this thread from where i left, i saw you change your Alias, i wanted to suggest you to change it back again, and a few posts down , you did just that…..
Dear Maddness, no offense meant but even i think that you are more than one..
Your posts differ so much in nature!!
I guess you do that intentionally, or maybe you have a room-mate or sibling who uses your machine and just posts with the same alias….
Not that it matters much, because you have got many interesting thoughts and views to share….
Becky, agree with you about Super Powers and their use… I guess thats the reason why all of us dont have any such abilities.. It would result in absolute chaos!!!
Still, the thought of 2012 bringing some of those abilities is nice though….Hope i am alive to see that by then… Just turned 28 today and despite my beliefs about 2012, i have a hope of playing with my Son’s Children….. And about Bush, even i get the feeling that somehow he will not let go.. Dont know if he can do that but i have a very very strong hunch about that! Lets hope for the best!
Espumpin, nice to have you back here…. Your “ranting” and $ updates are much appreciated… Too bad we dont get NBA here… Maybe, one of our friends here is nice enough to record that clip and post on You Tube……
And good to know that atleast you and Rico have a realistic possibility of meeting in person.. Otherwise, my campfire can take place only in my dreams!
Dear Amit,
Happy Birthday !!!!
Weather was good on the weekend so I had a campfire Saturday, and last night, watching the stars, and thinking about everyone in Amit’s Summit.
Would you believe it….just as Espumpin finnishes Gladiators….we start getting Gladiators USA on TV here. So I’ll be able to see Espumpin on TV in probably 2012.
Not worried, as many others have the same name as me…..mine is my name, not an alias though.
Re abilites….I used to know a person, registered blind, but who never used a cane, or guide dog etc. He told me he saw everything in bright neon colours, and energy. Its like the energy field I see when I close my eyes after watching TV, or stare at anything for a short while. He sees Auras.
The film Hancock, with Will Smith is an example of how not to be a Super Hero.
Be well,
Leah
A collection of photons, held together by a magnetic field…..is a thought worth pondering on.
Star Wars……May the Force be with You.
amit–a very belated happy birthday!!!!! ….and many, many more!!!
and, yes, you are right…i, too, am very hopeful that i live to see this “transformation” take place…these are interesting and exciting times….the excitement being held within the hope…
best wishes to you all…please enjoy your day!!!!
If you do some basic research you will find that it is actually saying that the world will not end but enter a new era….The financial powerhouses have failed…so i think perhaps its going to be more of a spiritual awakening as suggested.
First of all, joe what r u talking about?? second of all, its not right to call people “fools” or “morons” just because they believe strongly in something, its better than being a naive idiot thinking that the world will last forever, like most of you said. the world will eventually come to an end whether it be on Ddecember 21, 2012 or any other date. But there is no way humanity makes it to the year 2100, or even 2050 we will have “self destructed” by then there is just too many threaets to civilization for humans to continue existing short of some catastrophic or cataclysmic event.
sorry for all the spelling errors lol
If i may be so bold? I would like to go on record as to say….144,000 will not be desending from heaven, No metors, polar shifts, rapture or aliens will effect the earth. As a matter of fact there will be no doomsday on Dec. 21, 2012.
There is a transformation going on now as we speak. Planets are ready for alighment,
The earth is moving towards the galactic center, more earthquakes and hurricanes are happening now.
Wating for an excat date is what is building the “tenision” or “drama” so to speak. The more people that become “aware” the more we give “it” substance. Without knowing what “it” is.
A new ERA, a time of CHANGE, will occur, but not for everyone.Sadly not all will ascend. Not all will be given the oppurtunity to become more than they are. The rewards that are promised about our souls.
Ego will keep the world at bay, and those that do know will use fear to control the masses. These are not secrets all were told. People do not wish to accept truth, lies are easier to handle.
If Maddness was given the chance to have powers, make no mistake half the world would do the same. The way people think with ego is what has kept this world in chains.
I have hope that this “campfire” will help tip the balance, the more you inform in the positive the more shadows are removed. Debauch is on the right path, but do his words scare you? Do you think him as mad?
In the past many who were right were killed for telling the truth. Discredited refered to as liers and fools. After which the truth was they were right. Are you going to wait to see are will you take a leap of “faith”
Not i am not asking you to put faith in a certain “god” more into your self and in what God gave you. And when i say “GOD” i am talking about the true source of everything. Allow me to explain something.
Some of what the Mayans called “GODS” extremely long lived and aged at a much slower pace than humans, but was not immortal in the same sense as some other races of gods who ceased to age upon reaching adulthood.
Yes other races, beings who have put aside ego and as a race have excelled to that next “level’ for lack of a better word. These “gods” wereresistant to physical injury and he couldn’t die under conventional circumstances. It would take an injury that resulted in a spreading of a significant portion of their bodily molecules over a great distance, thus preventing the mystical lifeforce common to all of us from healing them.
This lifeforce is essentail in regenerating areas essential to our and their survival. Have you ever heard a story of someone not physcially capable of lifting a cup lift a car off of some they wanted to save. They tap the lifeforce.
These gods were capable of possessed vast energy manipulating abilities called the “TRUE SOURCE”. Ad could manipulate tremendous amounts of mystical energies for a variety of purposes, only some of which were seen.
Vast knowledge of ancient and arcane wisdom. That is what we have and what we are. You must find this in your self, The one true God did not hide this from us. As a matter of fact many Prophets or messengers if you will have been sent to ensure of our gifts.
The people on this planet unlike all the others in the myrid universe are special. We were made of carbon and you have no idea how that makes us more special than any other race.
Time and again i have said. I am not here to convert you, brain wash or maniputale. But i am to be judged the same as you. On that day i can atleast look back and say i tried to share what little knowledge i had. It is up to you if you wish to accept it.
May you fnd your light
Gnostic joe
We maybe Carbon based units, but many other vital trace elements….minerals….play a part, including Silicon, present in Rocks, Earth, Sand, Water, and Plant fibres.
Silicon is necessary for health, in particular the skeleton.
Silicon dioxide is Quartz, like the Mayan crystal skulls, its also an amplifier.
Carbon in rough diamond form, is octahedral, being two four sided pyramids base to base, like the Khufu pyramid with a morror image, if the sand around it were still water. The sand is mostly silicon.
Life on Earth is certainly made of materials that, transmit, receive and refract light. Every religion / belief system speaks of light, even the scientists want to smash light particles, photons, in the hope of finding the God particle. Its all about the light, frequencies.
Pleiadians are from a star system called Pleiades. This star system is a small cluster of seven stars located in the Constellation of Taurus the Bull; it is 500 light years from planet Earth. They are a humanoid race who visits Earth often and whom we share a common ancestry. The Lyrans from Lyra are our common ancestors.
The names of the seven stars in the Pleiades system are as follows:
1)Taygeta
2) Maya
3) Coela
4) Atlas
5) Merope
6) Electra
7) Alcoyne
Because of the many wars on Lyra, many peaceful Lyrans left on their spacecrafts and traveled for many years till they came upon the seven cluster stars in Pleiades. They landed on a planet now called Erra, which is located around the Pleiades Star called Taygeta. Here is where they started their new civilization in the year 228,000 B.C.
The Pleiadians are a very ancient race of humanoids. They have kept a record of the complete history of Earth’s human evolution from the very beginning to our present time. Pleiadians claim our Earth is 626 billion years old.
Around 225,000 B.C., the Pleiadians discovered a small sun system with a planet called Earth on one of their scouting missions away from the Pleiades. They discoverd on Earth, three groups of uncivilized people living there. The larger of these groups were light skinned and were of Lyran descent. The Lyrans had landed on Earth earlier and were forced to stay on Earth and enter into a uncarnational cycle, because of their ill treatment of the original brown skinned natives. This became their karma. At this time, the Pleiadians decided to stay and create societies on Earth.
The Galactic Federation allowed the Pleiadians to enter into a incarnational cycle with humans on Earth. The places designated for them to do this was Bali, Hawaii, Samoa and India. Civilizations came and went on Earth with many wars, peaceful cycles and natural disasters, between 196,000 B.C. and 10 A.D. The Pleiadians stayed with humans on Earth until 10 A.D. trying to help develop various civilizations such as Lemuria, Maya, Inca and a civilzation at Machu Picchu. They also were trying to guide humans toward a more spiritual path.
At about 10 A.D.; the last Pleiadian leader called Plejas left Earth for good, because Pleiadians finally achieved peace back home in the Pleiades. They felt it was time for humans to evolve on their own. Before leaving Earth, the Pleiadians left a spiritual leader called Jmmanuel, who later was known as Jesus. Jmmanuel was a very evolved soul, whose father was Gabriel of the Pleiades system and Mary who was of Lyran descent.
Earth continued to evolve on its own without direct Pleiadian leadership till our present time.
In the very near future, as Earth enters the Photon Band by year 2000, the Pleiadians are going to help bring all humans on Earth into the light.
The following is a brief description of Pleiadian Culture on the home planet of Erra. Erra is located around the star called Taygeta. Erra is 10% smaller than Earth. The Pleiadians are a Goddess Society (which worships family, children, women). They are on a fifth dimensional frequency, which is one of love and creativity.
About 400,000 people live on Erra, which the Pleiadians feel is the ideal amount for the welfare of their planet. The people of Erra are telepathic and therefore have no need for telephones. There means of travel around the planet is done by a tube system. The Pleiadians are primarily vegeterians, but on occasion eat some meat. They have no medical problems for they control their health by using their own mental powers. The average age of a Pleiadian is 700 years. Their skin is whiter and smoother than ours. The Pleiadians do not have blood, their memory matrix is in light.
The Pleiadians have no currency as we know it; they share the resources of their planet with all the people. All material goods are given to the people freely, based on their contribution to their society.
When children are born into the Pleiadian society, they are taught for the first ten years to understand the purpose of their lives. The children then spend the next sixty to seventy years being educated in various occupations.
Pleiadians travel in spacecrafts called a Beamship. They have different sizes for different useage. They are approximately 21 feet in diameter, can carry several people and have interplantary capabilities. Beamships can travel billions of miles in a part of a second by traveling in hyperspace. Because of this ability, the trip from Erra in Pleiades to Earth takes only seven hours.
The Pleiadians will land along with other benevolent extraterrestrials after the major changes have occured on Earth. When we are in The Photon Band by year 2000, the Pleiadians will bring in Mother Ships to help the survivors of Earth with food and temporary shelter. They have the technology to grow food immediately on their Mother Ships by using special soil and seeds. The plants grow immediately to full maturity. So people of earth, do not despair, help will be there when you need it. All you have to do for now is keep your body frequency to one of Love, so you can ascend to the fifth dimension by year 2005. You will then become part of the new civilization of light on a planet of light. See you all at the Cosmic Party in the year 2012!
The Mayan Calendar, according to the Law of One series, was a highly accurate system for measuring these natural cycles in the Earth, Sun and Galaxy, and was given to the Mayans by another sixth-density group assisting humanity thousands of years ago…
…Again, the whole game on Earth is about spiritual growth. That’s what we’re here for — and the hope, from the higher perspective, is to cultivate an environment where as many people will ‘graduate’ as possible…
…Our conclusion will be that strongly negative aspects of the world government are falling apart as we speak, and incredible synchronicities have been given that dovetail with hard data to validate the point. So, if you’re worrying about how things might turn out, relax your mind.
There will be various events that create shock, of course, but the overall trendline will continue flowing in a more and more positive direction. This is all part of the “shift” that is taking place.
This world has been here for trillions of years and will be here for trillions more. Gnostic joe take heart in the the truth within you. All will be made within the light.
This place is so cool. I love the people here. You guys take me away!!
Check it out. With regards to an incomplete and/or an error regarding any date by the maya calendar. Don’t make any mistakes.
There were three maya calendars and they all interlocked and corresponded acurately. Now these are actually celestial calendars. In other words in order to actualize our calendar with thiers all we have to do is match the celestial occurences in our time with what their calendar depicts is supposed to be happening.
In simple terms. The calendar is not off by a single year. If there had been an error of 4 years it would have been on our part and would have been matched up as such. It would have matched up with 2008.
Of course this argument is really a moot point because we are also aware that the end date on the maya calendar also corresponds with a celestial aberation or something that happens every 26,000 years.
People come in here and talk about nothing is going to happen, we’ll all wake up on December 22 2012 and feel like idiots.
These are people that are caught up in the speed time that we live in now. They read a little here and they feel that they have to add their two cent.
Don’t wait for 2012. This is not going to be an overnight event. It will start waaaay before 2012.
You see what the problem is. The elite for want of a better word also are preparing for this event. This is reflected in todays economy. There is little employment and the people working are being exploited unlike anything 20 years ago.
Its like selloff. Burnout the employees we won’t be needing them much longer and bring up the price of oil we’re going to need this money to get ready for this event.
This is what we feel economically. Its a selloff.
The way things are set up right now. Something better happen on 2012 otherwise we’ll have a global economic meltdown. Its all set up already.
Next year will be very interesting in the proverbial chinese sense. We’ll be witnesses.
The watcher,
-Rico-
Dear Gnostic Joe,
Thank you for the above info. You might think that “I’ve missed the point”, but I couldn’t possibly comment.
All I can say, as per previous posts, is that I used to be in the Gemmological and Mineralogical field, but not limited to.
I understand where you are coming from….and seeing from my perspective the other minerals do have function. Past posts would let you know that I am aware of the Annunaki etc. Gold in conjunction with Silicon provides high amplification and conductivity. The intention of my post was to let others know, that they may wish to address their own composition, as it is all part of the big picture.
Be well,
Leah
Forgive me if I’m wrong, but the RFID chips in biometric passports, contain silicon apart from other materials.
DNA research / findings re the gold content in humans, and its applications, boil down, yet again to intentions, as with RFID chips.
Some humans may have ill intentions….possibly worse than the Annunaki. There are no bad people, just misguided intentions……called bad by most people.
Um…Hi, Everyone,
Catching up on all the bloggs I kinda feel out of place saying wow the dow went up 982points. whoopee!!!, Hey Im not the most religious guy around and after reading everything written I went from ignorant to just plain stupid. I mean I wish I had some divine insite or s**t was clear as you ppl put it.
I’m unfortunatly stuck trying to get my kids thru school and add value to my property. I try to help others and wonder why I would have to defend my actions when the all powerful all seeing should be able to call me out. Is 2012 about doomsday or judgement day? I gotta be honest here Maddness maybe crazy as a fox. When things hit the fan if we are counting on the masses for help, then we are doomed. Anyway, I still have another interview before I get the call for A.G. I will let the regulars know when. Besides that I have nothing to add, have taken alot, and feel ingnorant again. I LOVE THIS SITE!!!!! because each time I come and go from here its always givin me food for thought. Catch youse on the rebound. Later
Espumpin
Dear Gnostic Joe,
No offence taken on my part….I can tell the difference, and am passed insult. I just didn’t want to be long winded with info from previous posts. Your post re the DNA research is important, is of concern and should be read by all.
Ricochet is one of the best read on the subject of the Annunaki, and I’m sure many of us are catching up. However you are the first to mention they want Gold for any other reason but to maintain / fix the atmosphere on their planet. May I ask how you came accross this information…..no obligation of coarse.
Be well,
Leah
I think it’s absurd that anyone is trying to predict the future one way or the other. It’s hilarious that someone would say “oh these idiots just want to believe in doomsday”… when we all know the basic human instinct is survival…And we’re all going to die one day anyway. Did we not just see that two planets collided in a galaxy similar to ours? Are we that egocentric and naive to believe nothing like this could ever happen to us?
It makes me wonder who the bigger ‘idiots’ are, the ones who are open to possibility, or the ones who deny possibility all together.
Strange things happen everyday. *wink*
Dear Just a Thought,
Watched it…very informative. Appreciate your position.
I’d like your view……is not our manipulation of DNA exactly what the Annunaki are supposed to have done ?
However at this point Arcturus is worth looking up if nothing else a search and short read on crystalinks.com.
Good to hear from you as always,
Leah
Dear Just a Thought,
Its the intentions of some of those that implement the findings of research, that is questionable.
Be well
Leah
Mesons and baryons, most popular baryons being protons and neutrons.
Dear Just a Thought,
You’re right.
Leah
im not really on the side of any of this stuff, BUT…
its interesting to think about the fact that people that simply bash doomsday theories saying theres “no scietific evidence” are the same people that defend their religions or their god even though the same “no scientific evidence” can be said towards their religion.
the end of the world will occur in 2012, if it hasnt already happened by then. we have much bigger problems then doomsday theories or even global warming and all that nonsense. think for a second, their are suicide bombers that dont even think twice about taking their lives, and we now have the capability to pretty much destroy the earth with nuclear weapons, so what makes people think that these fucked up people, given the wrong weapons, wouldnt hesitate to end our entire existence? maybe the mayans didnt predict that exact date in 2012, but they knew that somewhere around this time, different people wouldnt be able to coexist…. and look at the world today…they were right
and as for religion, it was simply created by people thousands of years ago to a) explain the unexplainable, and b) give people hope, and comfort those that fear death (which is basically another fear of the unknown) AND it is these things that originally werent to be taken literally…i mean nobody thinks the greek gods actually did all those stupid bullshit stories, they are meant to teach lessons…but yet people still take ‘the bible’, or any other book they worship, and believe it word for word, even though the stories have been translated and varied which has created a shitload of other bogus relkigions over time..
so in short, thanks for comin out everyone
@shane
so true
Dear Just a Thought,
It is. My knowlege is enough to understand whats going on, on the particle front. Isn’t it just wierd how the Cern machine broke down so soon.
Leah
Leah, I meant no disrespect, I admire who you are. Please accept my apology for any offense you might have felt i imposed, for i swear i meant none. As i reread my comments i felt shame for how they may have been misconstrude.
Gj
In a earlier post I had left this link : http://www.ted.com/index.php/talks/paul_rothemund_details_dna_folding.html
which kinda’ ties into a different aspect of genetic research (DNA) Gj was talking about.
FUN STUFF
I work behind the scenes in the feild and can not say much but, the advancements are exciting. Research into finding markers for predisposition to an affliction is opening doors to preventative applications.
Wish I could say more but I must not.
What of Uncorns?
Doppelgangers?
Hey laugh if you must, but I’ve never seen a hadron, yet the fine folks at CERN are running them into each other.
Leah,
Not my first time a crystalinks, thank you for the reminder.
Leah,
My position?
Propriatary litigation, I know you are all to familiar with that.
The use it is put to is the determining factor.
Leah,
To the exclusion of leptons, but my knowledge is minimal.
Greetings to All!!!
Dear G Joe, the way you connected Gold in Human DNA and Anunnaki got my head spinning… I am curious about this, can you please throw some more light upon this?? As Leah said, we have been associating Mono Atomic Gold with the Anunnaki atmosphere so far, but what you have come up with is a bit different.. Since it comes from you, i am sure you have some firm reasons to believe in this.. Another thing about the article you posted….. It is from Year 2000, and it was mentioned in the begining that a major breakthrough was expected soon, within days.. But its been 8 Years….. Do you have more recent info about the Project??
Dear Leah,
Even i find it quite quite weid that the CERN Machine is facing some problem or the other since it was started…
Arcturus is also very interesting.. Thanks for the reference..
The story of Arcturus in Greek Mythos is quite strange… And it was also mentioned by Edgar Cayce as the centre of the Universe!!! Now thats an important star if there ever was!!
Here is a funny continuation to G Joe’s post ——>
God Sues Celera Genomics Group Using DMCAMay 1st, 2001
MOUNT SINAI — “O most wicked and foul of corporations,” said God spokesperson Archangel Gabriel, “Under the terms of the Digital Millenium Copyright Act, He, Our Lord, demands Celera Genomics [Nasdaq: CRA] be punished most severely for its insidious and illegal reverse engineering of the DNA of man, created of His divine flesh.” DNA encryption is the schema used in all of God’s lucrative product line.
US Attorney General John Ashcroft said that the litigation “would most certainly suceed.” He later added he was happy for God’s continued support on gun rights issues.
The damages God is seeking are substantial. “God is being robbed of the licensing fees he normally collects,” said Gabriel. “He is an Artist and His creations must be protected.”
Lawyers representing Celera commented, “Our maps of the human genome constitute a parody, perfectly legal and itself protected under international copyright law. We also consider God’s requested damages of being boiled upside-down in Purgatory for a thousand years to be a bit excessive.”
Thanks for the info on Arcturus. Wow, some stuff i’d like to share and some feed back plz.
1) Arcturus is located at a distance of 37 light years, and became famous when its light was used to open the 1933 world’s fair in Chicago, as that light had left the star at about the time of the previous Chicago fair in 1893.
How the hell did they do that?
2)To the eye, it shines 113 times more brightly than our Sun.
How come this is not taught in school, & where can i see it?
3)Arcturus is close and large enough so that its angular diameter of 0.0210 seconds of arc can easily be measured also Arcturus actually shines almost twice as brightly, releasing 215 times more radiation than our Sun.
Does that not concern everyone else?????
By the way we are located at the University of Ohio. We were talking about the mayan calender in class. We found this web site and decided to see how you would handle our opinions. So far you haven’t disappointed. But now the topic we see is far more complex and in putting some of the info posted here( to the test so to speak )we have found ourselves with more questions than answers. Anyway my name is Susan but theres like 10 of us here using Maddness. Plz address me if anyone has an answer. Thank you.
Now you know theres a method to the
MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Amit,
Sounds about right.
“Isn’t it just wierd how the Cern machine broke down so soon.” (Leah)
Unsetteling is an understatement and perhaps the setbacks are “divine intervention”. For lack of another term.
Legion, for we are many. = Maddness
to the 2008 Uof O graduating class of MADDNESS—thanks for the disclosure!!!!that certainly explains “the 11 faces of eve”!!!!!!! …but i’m not laughing…
Wanna here why we started this? we graduate 2012lolololo, start of our lives might be then end of the worldlolololololo its enough to make any one join in the
MADDNESS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
I recall a number of dates in the past on which it was predicted by “those in the know; the inner circle; the ancient wise ones, etc.” that the world was going to end. In fact, I recall some total nut case coming to the front door of my parent’s house back in September 1972, and fervently claiming that the world would end at 4 p.m. the following day; he even had a hand-out explaining how this had been predicted in ancient times by prophets, seers, and what-have-you. Needless to say we’re still here. I wish people would direct their attentions to something worthwhile in LIFE, instead of continually latching onto imagined negatives and obsessing about gloom, doom, and total annihilation. Individual lives pass by very quickly to be sure, but sitting around worrying (or even believing) that everyone will check out on some pre-determined date is asinine and a total waste of time! I think these end of world scenarios are great fodder for book publishers, television “documentary” producers, and that ilk. I suppose too it’s a diversion from the otherwise hum-drum whine of our lives.
Dear Madness-es,
Re Arcturus, all info re your particular questions are available on http://www.crystalinks.com put arcturus in the search bar. You’ll also come accross Indian and Roman references`to Arcturus, along with alchemical, and masonic connections.
Google Arcturus….and you guys will come accross alot of info.
Regards to Susan. Happy reading guys.
Leah
Dear Amit,
The threshold of physical life and life of higher frequencies, is said to be an area of the Arcturians.
We could all stay in touch by e-mail….just create a separate dedicated address for this subject.
Be well
Leah
Once again…..people are idiots. I can promise you one thing just like when Y2K was going to end the world I will have my cooler full of beer, my 3 guns sitting at my side and waiting for the marshans to come rule the world!!!!!! LMFAO some people just dont have a clue about life……IF YOU WANT THE WORLD TO END SO BADLY IN 2012 I WILL LOAN YOU THE GUN TO KILL YOURSELF WITH ON THAT DATE
Hmm I just dont understand how anyone can be so certian in a universe of Possibilitys.
Personaly I think its just going to be another day myself, But I (You) dont really KNOW that now do I (You)??I mean how many times has this happened in the past?
To my understanding-Witch is limited- the poles switch alinment to a diff star every 5,200 years and the galactical alinement THING-whatchacallIThaha- happens every 26,000 years RIGHT???
well We belive the earth to be about 4.5 Billion years old—so someone plz do the math for me im kinda handicaped when it comes to math((ReMeMbEr Im A Joe Sixpack)
I work with my hands for a living…
Hasent This happened like THOUSANDS of times before Surely if there where a planet x it would have hit earth way before now MAYBE?lol? And as for OUR sun. Well Granted we are seeing lots of activity But its Always been active I mean ITS A STAR ! ! !
IDK I think Some people just want the world to end to be honest….Or to scare others…Or to turn a Profit…—Love The Shirts12-21-2012 Reminds me of the Y2K shirt and hat i bought In 2003 off ebay–LOL well all we can do is live our lifes after all its not like GoDs showing us the WAY these days huh?? I wonder if jesus had Split personallity dissorder those people that are skitso and alive today in hospitals ALSO can talk to GOD. ………Peace Out
Thanks for the revelation Susan…. Now we know the secret of the “Legion of Maddness” ……
Now that i think of it, a little bit of madness is essential to survive in this crazy wold! If you try to give a reason/logic to everything, you are sure to cause yourself and others a whole lot of grief.. So why not let go and take life with a pinch of salt…. I associate this madness with gay abandon (No pun intended) and a child like attitude….
Guess i’ll join the maddness then!!
I have noticed that there is one thing which everyone says about this thread – “Coming here to find answers and ending up with more questions” …. Thats a great thing indeed!! Food for thought is the best food you could ever had, and there is plenty of it here, and guess what, it doesn’t make you fat too !!! So keep feeding i say!!!
I’m also glad that we have some new people here who are becoming “regulars” too… Its great to have so many different perspectives about a single thing… And all of us always have something to contribute to this thread… The only concern now, is that the page will become so overloaded that it may crash someday and not openat all… I have a suggestion here… We should avoid posting long comments now, and try to link references instead, as much as we can…. Just to preserve the longevity of the thread….
Dear Just a Thought,
Divine Intervention sound right to me……
You may replace Divine with Anunnaki….
Who knows!
I have reached a stage where i believe everything and nothing….
The “seeker” in me has taken a back seat and the “Watcher” role is coming to the fore now….
The real truth, i guess, lies where we cross the threshold of this life….When we become one with the true source.
Anyone interested in finding out what’s going on with 2012
check out:
http://www.experiencefestival.com/fo…calendar-2012/
this shows that numbers affect people not nature
this shows that 2012 obsessions and 9/11 obsessions are connected
this shows that the calender changing in 2012 is the western one, but only in its indirect affects
all natural / cosmic / galactic / universal disasters are rejected by the theory
this shows that fears about the end of time/world are actually fears about the end of the year.
Blue Electric Monkey
I just have to put this question forward.
Why are people always made to pay for the mistakes of the so called Experts…..such as the banking fraternity re the recent collapse ? If they really knew anything at all, a collapse of the mortgage system would not be possible.
Its OK for them to be less than perfect….they are human…..but the experts never pay for our mistakes….the masses are obliged to be perfect.
Its all in the contract…..they can play it all away…whilst the masses may not.
Why the hell did you do that?
I have been asked that more times than I can count – I’ve even asked myself that.
I do not know who wrote this,
but I like it.
“You can go,” said the Lieutenant, “but I don?t think it will be worth it. Your friend is probably dead and you may throw your life away.” The Lieutenant’s words didn’t matter, and the soldier went anyway.
Miraculously, he managed to reach his fiend, hoisted him onto his shoulder and brought him back to their company’s trench. As the two of them tumbled in together to the bottom of the trench, the officer checked the wounded soldier, and then looked kindly at his friend. “I told you it wouldn’t be worth it,” he said. “You friend is dead and you are mortally wounded.”
‘It was worth it, Sir,” said the soldier.
?What do you mean by worth it ?? responded the Lieutenant. “You friend is dead.”
“Yes Sir,” the private answered, “but it was worth it because when I got to him, he was still alive and I got the chance to her him say..?JIM???.. I KNEW YOU’D COME.!!”
Many times in life, whether a thing is worth doing or not, really depends on how you look at it. Take up all your courage and do something your heart tells you to do, so that you may not regret not doing it later in your life?.
just a thought—THANK YOU SO MUCH!!! the answers sometimes do not always follow the question, but lie in the actions of our deeds…there, often times, is huge satifaction in selfless acts of kindness that not everyone knows, sees, understands or appreciates…”ours is not to reason why…”
to susan–and the MADDNESS team–sorry for the “snit”…absolutely NO reason for it, and i apologize…
i am going to stick my neck out and take a HUGE risk here…but if i don’t,i risk losing contact with people who have grown very near and dear to my heart…here is my g-mail address—i have used it throughout this entire thread…use it if you will…
[email protected]
forgive me, please–i just don’t want to lose contact…
becky
Dear Espumpin,
Your wife thinks clearly. The banks could also have given everyone a 1or 2 year rest on loan repaymantsvoluntarily, and extended the loan contracts by the same number of years.
Everyone, and the economy would have a time out period in which to recover and re-organise….all at no cost to government, or taxpayers. At a cost to banks of coarse…they would loose earning interest during the time out…..but they would not have gone bust.
Dear Espumpin,
Clear thinking just need to remember that $1million each for 350 million people, is $350,000,000,000,000.
Be well
Leah
I am currently selling 2012 life insurance for 5000.00 samalians. Should you perish in 2012 by some cosmic collamity i will pay our beneficiary 125,000 samolians.
Should you survive after Dec. 21 2012, I keep the 5 grand.
Any takers?
Dear Amit,
No one is obliged to rely on so called experts. Its just that people think they are not permitted to understand a field, or believe that they are incapable….without a degree etc. Not so…the degree is not a must to understand something for oneself…but one has to be willing to do the diligence. Its easier to pay an expert, and do as they say.
Be well.
Last week my wife was frustrated over the “debate” we were having. Anyway, she said & I quote “Aren’t there like 350 millionn ppl in America”? I said “maybe, I guess. Why?” “Well if they gave everyone $1,000,000.00 we wouldnt be in a recession, nobody would be poor.””And more importantly,banks would be booming”. Wow imagaine that. On top of which $6,750,000,000 would be saved from their big bail-out.
I’ll don’t understand thje \\MadDneSs
E
not really. But i would like to hear what a “treu believer” (idiot) has to say about this conversation.
oops true believer
well it could be at 1 thousnd per family, dropping it to maybe 2.5 billion
Pocket change for some, a lifes work for me.
” Why are people always made to pay for the mistakes of the so called Experts”?
Just a Thought but it may be that people just have not had enough of it yet.
When the people have had enough we/they will change
it.
“let them eat cake” turned into “off with their heads”
I paraphrase but I hope the point is clear.
Thanks for the E-Mail ID Becky……… It would be so terrible to lose contact with you guys….
Though i have not posted my E-Mail ID here yet, i have noted down all your addresses and will make contact on mail if ever this thread breaks down….
Just a Thought, thanks for the inspiring story.
And leah, you posted a very deep question, “Why should we suffer for the mistakes made by the so-called experts?”
Isn’t this the case in every field. But is there any alternative? If we are venturing into a domain where we dont expertise, we need to rely on experts.. Either we do that or we dont venture there.. The people who have lost the most are the ones who were making humongous profits through the same experts.. They were not complaining then.
Dont get me wrong, i know that there are lots of innocent people who have lost their jobs and who had no part to play in the Stock Markets.. But thats the way the system works.. And i cant see it changing anytime soon… The statement – “Money is the root of all evil” seems most appropriate in these turbulent times..
And as for the Govt. giving money to people… Million $!!!! 1000$!!!! Pipe Dreams……
They are not even going to spare a penny! We may rot to death for all they care… We cannot expect them to do anything for us…
The Finance Minister in my country is doing the opposite of what should be done, when inflation was soaring, he pumped more money in the markets.. And in the liquidity crunch that we now find oursleves stuck in, he is sucking all the funds from market!!!
Just to make the books of the Govt. appear better than they actually are, because elections are round the corner…. What about the country? Who cares!! They just want to hold on to their seats and milk the cash cows!
Somewhere i get this feeling that even this crash is a well planned affair and is serving some ulterior motive of the Elites.. There is a method to this madness as well….
Just a Thought was right, people have not had enough yet….
I dont know why all my hopes are pinned on 2012.. Not that i am doing badly now… Still…
Whatever happens, will be the best for mankind i guess…
Arcturians, Anunnaki, Pleidans, Lyrans, Greys, Greens, Reptilians……….
Whoever you are, its high time you showed yourself to the world and mend its ways….
You are right Leah… But such is the world that whenever the “Experts” devise new ways to mint money, most people follow blindly like sheep….. They are not obliged to, but still they do.. But who can blame them? We are all stuck in this vicious circle..
And i could not agree more about the futility of “Degrees” … I am a student of the “School of Hard Knocks”, and my degrees were obtained after i started working, so they are not the reason for which i got my job…
People should do the due diligence before stepping in unchartered territories.. And a lot of it has to do with asking questions.. We stop asking questions as we grow up… We just assume that this must be the way things are meant to be.. But we should be like a child who is curious about everything. The quest for knowledge should never stop…
Don’t you people have better things to do?
All lifeforms on Earth are energy conversion units, taking in energy provided by nature and converting it into forms for the maintenance of life. Highly efficient when consumed in the form presented by nature, but much less so when processed by man.
Just like the human metabolism, waste from processed (transmuted) materials is more difficult for Earth to digest and takes longer.
Earth has a bad case of blood poisoning, as in the polluted waters. The airways are made of Atmosphere, stratosphere and ionosphere, magnetospere etc, being akin to the skin on anyone’s body, are also diseased. Earth’s skin is as for us, a first line of deffence to protect Earth from outside influences, such as Gamma rays. What we are going through in recent times is a natural cycle, with humans amplifying the ill effects.
When disease strikes, a temerature is developed, even hot and cold sweats….sudden drastic changes from one extreme to the other….in order to get rid of the disease. Earth’s cylces of warming and cooling, are a deffence mechanism, to weed out those species that cause dis-ease.
So life in 2012 and beyond depends as much on how life on Earth conducts itself as on outside influences.
Its not enough for humanity to twiddle thumbs, and hope for divine or alien intervention, and for them to fix everything. One can have faith, but should be willing to meet e.g. God half way. We were given an Eden….which we are systematically trashing.
Dear Just a Thought,
Sad that the “comfort level” is really only applicable to a world minority, whilst the majority of people have little or none, (the natural world certainly having none), and live hand to mouth. The voice of the majority is drowned out by the voices of those that have technology. Some deem themselves to be more equal than others.
Leah
It seems that the “comfort level” of the minority in the world, is the one that needed altering. Have recent economic changes been a big enough poke, for the people “with a comfort level ” to change their ways ?
This article showed me a real good argument about this bull,
The world will not end!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
This was pretty good
We will end the earth to our own demise
lolz
This cycle we have been caught up in and the drudgery of indecency it has shown itself and it has been, and will be, our own undoing.
As long as our “comfort level” is not affected too much we seem to not care enough to make a change.
good morning, all…hope this finds you all well and happy…
amit, i am not sure that “money is the root of all evil”…i think perhaps it is the “love of money”…a pile of money, in and of itself, will do no harm….it is just a pile of money…
leah, what disturbs me most about out “expert” system, is the fact that when these financial debacles occur, the “experts”, and the CEO’s these experts guided, ALWAYS walk away from their mistakes with their OWN pockets LINED WITH PLATINUM…they make sure they will never feel the consequences of their mistakes…for me, that is a major flaw within the system…they are high-paid crooks, liars and thieves—and they should be criminally prosecuted, sent to jail, and their millions should be given back to the people they robbed…the victims have every right to be angry…but apparently they AREN’T fed up enough to file class action law suits to get their money back…it scares the hell out of me to think that our justice system is so far gone that these people have no recourse…
i agree with just a thought—what is pocket change to some is my whole life’s earnings… mrs. espumpin” had a pretty good point…but we all know that will never happen…i’m still not real sure how this “bail-out” is suppposed to work, but i see it as another “trickle-down” policy…and it will take some time before it meets the needs of those who really need the help… wall street, the banks and insurance companies are the only ones benefitting from it right now, and they are the ones that caused the problem to begin with…
as always, i offer nothing relevant–just thinking out loud…but, on the “upside”, it is with MUCH gratitude that i can say, i still have my family, my friends, my home, my job, my car, and enough money to buy food, gas, and the basic essentials….we are VERY fortuneate, and by some standards, VERY rich, indeed….
thank you all, once again, for your kind indulgence…
becky
i apologize for repeating what has already been said—posts are appearing now that weren’t here before?????!@!##$$#@!%%^&????
DITTO-LEAH!!! well said!!!
Hi Becky,
There are many levels of comfort zone, and perspectives. The context in which I mean “comfort zone” is to do with basics. Having health, food, shelter,sustainable income and security. Billions don’t have the basics, nevermind any creature comforts taken for granted in the western world. Thats not to say that they would all want a TV, a car or air con / central heating etc.
I know the tribes of the Amazon are very happy without techno gadgets, but they are loosing their comfort zone as the jungle is felled, and their beliefs are challenged and a concerted effort to recruit them into a different belief system.
Leah
This topic is interesting. i have just been reseaching and checking things out but this artilce says its true so read it and see what u think
http://www.mondovista.com/endtime.html
or better yet, like this:
http://www.experiencefestival.com/forum/mayan-calendar-2012/5456-all-truth-about-2012-a.html
The minute we are born, we start to die. Each one of us has an alloted time on earth.
We are meant to go about our business, making the most of our life. We should not worry about anything of which we have no control. The Bible states that we do not know the hour or day of the end of our life. Also the Bible states “our world is without end.” We may not be here, but the world will be here. Enjoy the next 50 months before December 21, 2012. Keep a positive attitude. Be enthusiastic. Enthusiasm is a Greek word that means “God within or to be inspired” Raise above the cynicism and evil of the world and live positively. Live like this is your last day on earth. Amen.
leah–it’s hard to define that “comfort zone”…what might be comfortable for me, might surely cause someone else to squirm…
I haven’t posted in a while. How are you all? I am not the speaker of doom and gloom, because I like our modern world like just a lot of people. I just saw on the History channel something about 2012. First off, they said the Mayans were conducting heart sacrifices when the Spanish arrived. I wonder how that happened, and on what temple, when what I’ve heard is that the Mayans were no longer living in their cities, and hadn’t been for supposedly 500 years. They referenced the Chilam Balam. What most people don’t wonder is, perhaps most of the supposed burnt books of these amazing people are probably hidden in the Vatican vaults. Funny how the age of enlightenment and the discovery of these books coincide. Just a speculative thought. Hi Becky, and to all the rest!
Dear Becky,
What comes to mind is “One man’s meat is another man’s poison” and “Each to his own”.
A basic comfort zone is the one that is common to all humans, food, shelter and the right, if you like to endeavour to sustain life and wellbeing. Beyond that there is only a need to respect the individuals choices re belief, lifestyle etc. Each should be free to strive for their own chosen comfort zone, without encroaching on or dictating the chosen comfort zone of another. Live and let live.
There are no uncivilised peoples / worlds, not even in nature, just a variety of civilisations. My neighbour eats microwave meals…I use fresh produce. Even though I know my way is healthier, it does not give me the right to force my ways onto my neighbour.
Be well, Leah
Dear Debauch,
Please rant some more. Knowlege or information is inevitably soaked up and considered by those who are interested, whilst rejected by those whos comfort zones / mental security fences, preclude them from doing so.
The saying goes “There’s nout as blind and deaf as those that won’t see or hear”.
Best wishes, Leah
mario–hi–so good to hear from you again!!! welcome back!!!!! i, too am a “history channel” buff…and i watched the program you were talking about…it’s kinda hard to say what all the spaniards brought back with them…if there were any kind of records of the mayan civilization, i’m sure their culture seemed very “appalling” to a “civilized world”…after all they were eating hearts…and perhaps the “civilized world” felt that these kind of discoveries needed to be hidden…
but–they kept going back!!!! they had to “re-educate” these heathens, and show them the errors of their ways…which resulted is war, robbing them of their gold, and contributed to the desimation of an entire civilization…which, by the way, was doing just fine, before this “re-education” process began…so who was “uncivilized” here???
bottom line is, that it is NO different than what we continue to do today…we still continue to impose our “civilized ways” on the uncivilized worlds…
…and that leads me right to you, leah…with these “comfort zones”…what do we do??? what are our options here??? do we take a stand and fight for them, or do we expand them???? i have never tried to impose my way of life on anybody—however in order to survive and sustain, i have had to expand mine… which isn’t necessarily a bad thing…
how do you teach or inspire “live and let live?” and at what point do we draw the line, take a personal stance and say “okay, enough is enough?” …without intruding or imposing our own standards of “right and wrong”? i struggle with this, because there really is no definitive answer…
please help me make the distinction and understand…being “civilized” is not all its cracked up to be…
leah–please understand i am NOT disputing you—i understand exactly what you are saying…and agree…it just seems that the boundaries are gone…and it ultimately falls right back into the laps of each individual…none of us can “fix” the world…we just have to do what we can in our own little corners of it…
According to the Popol Vu, written by the Mayans, they had already conquered the heart eating syndrom when the hero twins (the story where Joseph Campbell and George Lucas took Star Wars) were challenged by the Lords of Darkness (Underworld) to the sacred ballgame, which is aligned to our cosmos, and won against them, thus defeating even death. Talk about ‘safe zones’ and what we perceive as ‘non safe’, the hero twins were able to get out of their comfort zones and do something proactive for all humanity. They defeated the god, Tohil who originally had granted all people fire in exchange for human sacrifice. According to the Popol Vu, the people who survived the cataclysm of the last world were wondering around under a clouded sky, waiting for the sun to dawn, while singing a song called, “The Blame Is Ours”.
As we move closer to the edges of that zone or should i say shift or enddate. We begin to feel a bit shaky and unsure of ourselves. But those edges are where we grow. Boundaries create an unfounded sense of security.
Like inertia, a person who has established a” zone” in a particular axis of his or her life, will tend to stay within that zone without stepping outside of it.
To step outside a person’s” zone”, they must experiment with new and different behaviors, and then experience the new and different responses that then occur within his/her environment.
2012 and the mayans, i wish to use them as a refrencence. Only because the information i present will hopefully be resepective. Before i begin understand this these answers have always been here, even before you knew there was a question to ask.
The episode in referrence to which i speak is the murder of the “rain-bringer” Napot Xiu, halach-uinic of Mani, by Nachi Cocom at a town called Otzmal in the latter’s territory. Following a severe drought Napot Xiu started on a pilgrimage to the Sacrificial Cenote at Chichen Itzá to make an offering of human victims to the rain-god.
Being obliged to pass through Nachi Cocom’s territory, the Spainards stopped at Otzmal where they were witness to thje murder of the Cocom ruler. Here the chronology of the event is badly confused. It occurred in 1536 in a year 8 Cauac, while the year 4 Kan cited here began in 1545.
We can only conclude that our Maya historian confused the time of the Otzmal murder with some similar occurrence which took place in the latter year.
The number 158 appears to be an error of the Maya compiler.
Mesoamerican astrology is uniquely time-based (unlike Western astrology which is almost completely spatial) What is popularly known as the Mayan Calendar is what archaeologists, anthropologists, and archaeoastronomers call the Long Count. The Long Count is a large segment of time (1/5 of the 26,000-year cycle of the precession of the equinoxes) with a definite starting and ending point.
The period began on August 11, 3114 BC and it ends on December 21, 2012. The Long Count, a span of 5,125 years, was further divided by the ancient Maya into 13ths, 20ths, and 260ths. The 13th parts (394 years) were called baktuns. The 260th parts (19.7 years) were called katuns.
The 20ths of the Long Count were groups of 13 katuns (256 years) sometimes referred to as the “short count.” This later grouping had a long prophetic tradition and it is the main topic of most groups.
The 256-year cycle of thirteen katuns, the “short count,” was clearly a Mayan prophecy cycle. Each of the 13 katuns has a specific “fate” attached to it and the Maya believed that the occurrence, or arrival, of each katun brought with it this fate. We know this from surviving records, including the various books of “Chilam Balam” (jaguar priest) that were written after the Spanish conquest of Yucatan.
The katuns did not follow each other in numerical order. Any given katun in the cycle was always followed by a katun that was numbered two less. For example, katun 10-Ahau was followed by Katun 8-Ahau. The katun from which the cycle was said to begin was katun 11-Ahau.
In the several books of Chilam Balam, the influences of the thirteen katuns are stated, usually as a description of historical events that occurred during previous cycles. It becomes clear to the reader, however, that the Maya always expected history to repeat itself and it is also obvious that the ancient Maya were not very optimistic about their fate. Most of these “fates” are negative, but then this may have been was how life was for them. The delineations below are a composite taken from the Book of Chilam Balam of Chumayel and the Codex Perez and the Book of Chilam Balam of Mani.
Katun 11-Ahau: Apparently food is scarce during this katun and invading foreigners arrive and disperse the population. There is an end to traditional rule, there are no successors. Since this is the first katun it always opens up a new era. It was during the span of this katun that the Spanish began their takeover of Yucatan and imposed Christianity on the natives.
Katun 9-Ahau: This is a period of bad government where the ruler abuses his people and commits misdeeds. Rulers are so bad that they wind up losing some of their power to the priests. Carnal sin and adultery are practiced openly, by rulers and others, and it is also a time of wars. It is the katun of the “forcible withdrawal of the hand,” a phrase the meaning of which is unclear.
Katun 7-Ahau: This is apparently a time of social excess including drinking and adultery, a low point in the history of the society. Governments stoop to their lowest. The “bud of the flower,” an allusion to eroticism, is said to sprout during this katun.
Katun 5-Ahau: During this katun of misfortune, rulers and their subjects separate — the people lose faith in their leaders. Leaders may be harshly treated, even hung. There is also an abundance of snakes, a great famine, and few births during this period.
Katun 3-Ahau: This katun brings changes and calamities such as drought and wars. The people will become homeless and society will disintegrate.
Katun 1-Ahau: This katun brings even worse troubles, weak rulers and destruction. Governments fall apart due to rivalries. There may also be a great war which will end and brotherhood will return.
Katun 12-Ahau: Finally a good katun. During this period government and rulers are wise. Poor men become rich and their is abundance in the land. There is friendship and peace in the land. There will be six good years followed by six bad before well-being returns.
Katun 10-Ahau: Although this is a holy katun, there is trouble in the land once again. This katun brings drought and famine and is a time of foreign occupation, calendar change, and sadness.
Katun 8-Ahau: This may be the worst of the katuns as both Chichen Itza and Mayapan, the two great ruling cities of Yucatan, were destroyed during its period. The texts speak of demolition and destruction among the governors, an end to greed, but much fighting. It is the katun of “settling down in a new place.”
Katun 6-Ahau: This is a time of bad government and deceptive government. There is also starvation and famine.
Katun 4-Ahau: There will be scarcities of corn and squash during this katun and this will lead to great mortality. This was the katun during which the settlement of Chichen Itza occurred, when the man-god Kukulcan (Quetzalcoatl) arrived. It is the katun of remembering and recording knowledge.
Katun 2-Ahau: For half of the katun there will be food, for half some misfortunes. This katun brings the end of the “word of God.” It is a time of uniting for a cause.
Katun 13-Ahau: This is a time of total collapse where everything is lost. It is the time of the judgment of God. There will be epidemics and plagues and then famine. Governments will be lost to foreigners and wise men, and prophets will be lost.
This extremely depressing set of “fates leaves much to be desired. Out of thirteen katuns only one, katun 12-Ahau, has a positive reading, and perhaps katuns 4-Ahau and 2-Ahau could be construed to be somewhat positive. One would hope that clearer distinctions could have been made between the various katuns, but such is not the case and if any kind of astrological value is to be found here, we will have to find it through observation.
The table shows that we have recently lived through katun 6-Ahau: 1973-1993. During this period there was deceptive government (Watergate, Iran/Contragate) and we did have an actor for a president. There has also been an acute awareness of famines in Africa. The last time this katun occurred was between 1717 and 1736. During this period the “South Sea Bubble,” a major business failure caused a financial panic, and in England, the old and young “Pretenders” continued to claim the throne. It was during another katun 6-Ahau, this one from 1460 to 1480, that the Spanish Inquisition was established and Lorenzo the Magnificent ruled Florence. Finally, katun 6-Ahau of 1204 to 1224 saw the Children’s Crusade, an example of mass deception if there ever was one. Perhaps there is something to this cycle of katuns?
Finally, the present Long Count/creation epoch of the Maya comes to an end on December 21st (the winter solstice), of 2012. What will the katun that begins this new era be like? The Maya regarded katun 2-Ahau as half good and half bad, a time of uniting for a cause, but also as the katun during which came the “end of the word of God.” And what does that mean? It is true that in previous 2-Ahau katuns there were great religious or ideological crises. Between 1500 and 1520 the Aztecs were conquered and forced to convert to Christianity. Also in 1517 Martin Luthor started the Protestant Reformation. 256 years later, between 1756 and 1776, the ideas of liberty and the rights of countries and individuals became a growing trend and this led to the American colonies declaring independence from England. One could say that a new era was indeed dawning, although it took a few more katuns before it could stand on its own two feet. Quite possibly some of our most taken-for-granted beliefs, secular and religious, will begin to lose cohesiveness and credibility after 2012, paving the way for a genuinely new age. If the Maya were right, then don’t hold your breath for the mere millennium, the year 2000, hang on for the real changes that should begin twelve years later in 2012 and culminate with katun 13-Ahau which starts in 2032.
Like a biorhythm, which is the perfect form of a natural, though usually numerically inexact cycle, the katun allowed the Maya to better organize their life and to predict the future. Like a fractal wave, the Maya saw history as repeating itself on differing scales. With this knowledge they timed their rituals and gave meaning to human life.
Now i can argue that many of what is written here sounds like Bibicall many of you can argue back it doesn’t. Each can only believe in what they want. Gnostic joe overstepped himself, he gave cold-hard evidence that is still refused.
He is still attached to concept that if a person is shown what is right, how can they pick wrong? Amit has learned there are more fruits to pick from & maybe the thing everyone is willing to stop you from getting even if it seems bad for you. Might be worth checking into.
I must sound as if i am the one “ranting”. A comfort zone is a type of mental (you fill in the blank) that causes a person to create and operate mental boundaries that are not real. Such boundaries create an unfounded sense of security.
Gnostic joe & I had been lulled into one as of late, as a result have crossed certain boundaries that were put in place for all of our sakes. Much has been revealed if you wish to see. But we have shown we are not as wise or have the patience needed to guide or teach.
Before i go i have been asked by joe to thank all of you.He was very glad to have gotten some responses to his inquiries. Four years is not that long a time, enless it was put in terms of a jail sentence.right?
Debauch
Great article! I believe there is only one person who can predict the end of the world – GOD! Live everyday as it was your last, no regrets – no worries……….God Bless!
great subject i really loved the answer how ever you did not talk about all the morder phrophets and nusterdamus also the bible talks about it in the revilations so when you post something like this put those things in count.
cause stuff like that has been predicted as you said but all of them pointed to 2012
as the indians and the relegiouse people that were send by god said that God will cleans the earth and rebuild it in its most pure form so if we die we die oh well but as god said there will be a better life for us after this terror passes.
Dear Debauch,
I sincerely hope that I’ve understood your last post correctly. Otherwise I would feel the need to ask that a chosen few, not presume, to represent me in any way whatsoever.
Be well, Leah
Why would anyone want to know what will happen in the last several years of this age? I look at it as a blessing. Not everyone will understand these times, but those who are wise and have understanding will. Those who know will be aware that when they see these things.
If you know the truth now, then you know exactly what to look for. For that reason it is only revealed now — before that time comes on us. It will come shortly. “Blessed is he [or she] who is waiting earnestly and comes to the one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days.”
There is no purpose being served at this time to warn people of what is coming, as the warnings have already been given (to the degree purposed). This has not been done on a massive scale worldwide (although it has been done worldwide) because it only takes a small cross section to reveal the true attitude and spirit that exists throughout this world.
Debauch
Dear Debauch,
Wise words indeed…
Thanks for the great information on Mayan History.. It was really enlightening.. Please convey my regards to Joe as well… Its been a pleasure to know you and have the opportunity to get a few drops from the ocean of wisdom you possess…
Its all too evident that millions of people are unaware of the importance of this crucial period. We are fortunate to be a part of this realisation and should do our best to spread a “positive” awareness about all this..
Rest is up to people to see the things as they are happening and make their own interpretations, as we all do.
Folks, I was curious about the “alleged” Heart Sacrificing Ritual by the Mayans..
Who knows for sure?? Is there any proof? As far as i understand it may have been just a ruse created by Spanish to make them seem righteous in annihilating the Mayans! How else would they ave justified the slaughter of an entire race?
I maybe wrong, but its just an opinion… And when you consider the statement – “History is written by the winners”, then it makes sense all the more…..
Somewhere, i find it hard to believe that such an advanced and intelligent race would indulge in such barbaric rituals… But on second thoughts, as all the fingers in a hand are not alike, its possible that there were some tribes among Mayans who had a different way of life.. Just like we have a mix of different kinds of groups in every race/country/religion …………
Dear Becky,
You are right… Actually, evil is there only in the intention of people.. They will devise ways to “Evilise” even simple, harmless things…
Money becomes the culprit because practically, it is the thing which makes the world go round these days… When Money is associated with every single thing in this world, people are bound to develop a deep lust for money (Money Piles)… Their sense of security is directly proportionate to the height of their money pile……
We can associate this fact with the concept of Comfort Zones that you and Leah were discussing…And as stated by Leah, and very appropriately indeed, that our individual comfort zones are okay as long as they dont impact others adversely… So, even this money accumulation is okay as long as people dont step beyond the boundaries of righteousness….. The Golden Rule should always be remembered – “Do unto others as you want them to do to you” … If this is followed religiously, there will be no problems in this world… Honesty and Integrity… These are the keys to a happy world!
Dear Amit,
“Do to others as you would have them do to you”. It works where there is absolute respect, and no assumption. However to assume that the other wants to be treated as you would wish to be treated, is to measure the world in ones own image. Better to ask how the other prefers to be treated, or at least observe, and act accordingly. “Treat others as they wish, so others treat you as you wish”.
Mario has reminded me, that there are words in the English language such as CON-SCIENCE, which we never question as to their origins. Not the best word construct for something we perceive as part of our souls. Things associated with words e.g. Ostriches…don’t bury their heads in the sand, and Lemmings don’t throw themselves off cliffs. Sticks and stones break your bones….which heal….but words will remain in your memory forever.
Popular usage of words, sayings and nursery rhymes etc were handed down through generations by the people, not info recorded by a victor, and so merit attention.
One word can paint a veritable picture…Rubicon….not just the name of a river…a metaphor for “point of no return”.
The Spaniards made a lot up, as they (supposedly) destroyed their books. If what the Spaniards said was true about the amount of sacrificed people, then how on Earth did the Mayans have the time to build so many temples (thousands found and counting) and learn so much astronomy, etc? Not only ask, how did they have all the time, but who built the cities, if they were supposedly sacrificing up to a million a year? When you read the account of Cortez’ “La Noche Triste” you wonder how on Earth did Cortez see all what was happening on the temple, as they were supposed to be running at night, and while it was raining? History detectives, check this out, and to this day, we take this account as fact, historical.
Like I posted before, I believe the Mayans had already conquered sacrifice as their book, Popol Vu will testify saying, the hero twins descended into Xibalba to take away the power of death from the dark lords of the underworld. With this came the end of human sacrifice. Where the spaniards got their information on human sacrifice was therefore from the books that they are purported to have burned; although me thinks they may be hidden most likely under the Vatican.
Otherwise, how many sacrificial stones have archeologist found with human blood on them? How many skeletons going back to the 16th century that have been found with their ribcage broken where the hearts came out still beating, as they claim?
When you study buddhism’s chakras, as you get to the 6th chakra, which is the third eye area, the symbol is to cut off Maya’s head, because Maya represents ‘the grand illusion’ of our existence. If we were to take this literally by what was represented in drawings and writings, because said people had been conquered and most of their stuff had been destroyed, then perhaps we could fabricate a (His)story that they were blood thirsty killers of their own, especially women, as Maya is a female. How coincidental that the sixth chakra of the (India) Buddhist is Maya who gets her head cut off, and when the hero twins (Mexico) are in the sixth house, in there battle against the dark lords, one of them gets his head cut off by a bat, which doesn’t use its eyes to see (third eye). If you study the chakras and the Popol Vu (hero twin story) you find many similarities.
Getting back to human sacrifice, according to the Popol Vu, it had been practiced world wide, being given by instruction in exchange for the ability to harness fire, by the underworld god, Tohil. The hero twins defeated these arrogant under lords through the sacred ballgame, which is tied in, cosmically. Whether it was a reference to a later date, when they would give up human sacrifice, or it had already happened, is up for debate. Just don’t believe “Apocalypto, as according to all historians i’ve read, the Mayans were no longer even in their cities, as was depicted in the movie, where the (human sacrifice) escapee makes it out of the jungle, reaching the shore, only to see the Spaniards pulling in on their boats. Incidentally, the Aztecs who were still living in Tenochtlican, did not mistaken Cortez with the great white God, as many believe. First of all, being out to sea for so long, you’d wonder how tan he must have been, frail from hunger and scurvy, etc. Quetzacotl is the great God who is to return. Some think he is Christ, while others think he is the great white brother of Native lore, who is to conjoin with the great red brother to help bring on peace. Who knows?
I hope this kind of answers your questions, Amit. If not, I’m kind of tired, and have more info, but ‘am going to sleep soon.
Only a child has the foresight to ask the one question that applied to all, leads to wisdom. WHY ?
Why e.g. does everyone in the world have to end up drinking municipal water….eating processed and or GMO food ? Whats the true motive / intention ? Why is everyone being herded into becoming a member of what looks to be a “clone zone” ?
For that matter Why the branding of people like cattle, whether by chip or tattoo ?
The die was cast long ago, we have crossed the Rubicon, and those few that had ill intentions are going to reap what they sowed.
Gain control over your minds, both awake and asleep, and to differentiate between a thought form of your own creation, and one that is surplanted.
Dear Mario,
Thanks for the explanation… Your information fits the pieces together very nicely…
You have confirmed what i doubted… Its amazing how things which are only symbolic are taken literally to derive preposterous conclusions!!
The various points you have lined up in your post make a lot of sense..
You have a very good background on the Mayans and i would love to hear more from you about them…
No wonder we missed you on your long absence from the thread!!
Welcome Back!!
Dear Espumpin,
Truth, surpasses an unlimited number of Pretty Lies.
Leah
thanks so very much, guys!!!! MUCHLY NEEDED AND APPRECIATED!!!
It took a couple hours to catch up and absorb the last couple of days thread. WOW is all I can say. I am not even n the same level with some of this stuff. Plz keep it comin more & more are getting it. D I hope I misunderstood you. Are Gj & yourself partners? Are you saying that you are moving on from this site?
I must admit the whole D.N.A gold mapping, The awakening youse talk about. It’s some pretty deep s**t, I may not understand it all, but on behalf of all the ignorant ppl in the world dont stop the word. I personally want to know the truth even if I dont really want to hear it. Does that make sense? My son asked me if this was MySpacetill2012.com
Thats funny right?
Well till D & Gj reveal themselves as the dynamic duo Make Mine Marvel.
Espumpin
Dear all you scared and hopeless people,
I hope you know that on December 22, 2012 you will be asking yourself why you spent your life savings because you thought the world was going to end the day before. It’s a myth that has ben corrupting peoples minds years. People waste their lives trying to give a bullshit madeup explanation as to why the world is going to end. This is simply because they have nothing better to do with their lives.
-Tim
while this site may argue against the ancient mayan prophecy about 2012 it fails to mention the polar shift that NASA has stated will take place in 2012. sure we can argue against an ancient civilization, but can we argue modern day science?
humans aren’t any safer than dinosaurs from becoming extinct. the universe and the planet earth are greater than all of us. we can’t close our eyes to the increase of natural distasters happening all around us and the changes in the climate.
you can’t think about 2012 as a doomsday prediction that the “world is going to end”. put all prophecies aside and focus on the scientific aspect of this situation. you have to realize that there are elements beyond our control that can change life on this planet forever. it’s happened before. you have to understand that this is in fact a possibility and we are not exempt from experiencing devastating results from the 2012 polar shift that may cause “doomsday” type effects.
Great to see so many talking about this magnificant transition. We should all feel blessed to witness the dawn of a new era. There is more to life than this stage of existance. It’s a beautiful thing, look within.
Hi Espumpin….
Myspacetill2012.com
Funny indeed!!!
About GJ and Debauch, i get the impression that GJ identified Debauch as one from his own sect by the manner of his posts…
But i hope that they are not moving on from here!
lmao that takes a load of my chest i actually thought doomsday was real
Hello,
I just followed your thread today. I found it very interesting, in the beginning just for over one hour I was reading all the comments. Then when it started to get emotional I skipped to the end.
In the mid eighties I was working in a research lab as a scientist in the field of AI (artificial intelligence) battering my brains to understand why the mind thinks the way it thinks and perceives the way it perceives. After 8 years I figured out that I will never be able to understand the mind with my own mind. So I finally quit my job and left everything that I possed and went into homelessness. Now for over 10 years I’m a buddhist monk.
Godel and the book Godel Escher Bach, was a hit in the mid eighties and we young scientiest loved to discuss it in our meetings. What I remember is only the prove of Godel, that you cannot make prove of a system wihtin a system, but you can prove the system by creating a metasystem. Just in short forgive me if I do not remember correctly. But it applied also to my research and to understand the mind with the mind was just leading nowhere.
Thats for introduction.
We all fear death. If a doctor tells us that we have cancer and die within 3 years we tend to believe. We might not want to believe so we go to 10 doctors. If 9 out of ten tell us the same story we tend to believe, though we put our hope on the one that tells us we are not going to die. If some scientist tells us that we all die in 2012 we are also afraid that he might be wright so we want to prove it wrong.
We all know we have to die, but luckily we do not know when.
So I think it is not so important if we all die in 2012 what I do not believe in, but what are we doing right now at the moment. Because what we do now, this will have an effect on our future. If we are paralyzed by fear then we waste all these precious moments to change for a better.
Kamma is the law that governs our universe and our life. Kamma translates as what you sow you will reap. Every farmer knows this law. But we live defying it. We think we are strong so we hit the weak, we think we are knowledgable so we hit the one we think is an idiot. The law of kamma just states that this action will come back to us. Whatever we do think or say, will come back to us, thats why our parents taught us not to do onto others what we don’t like others to do onto us.
Master the fear of death, and you will master your life.
Sorry for intruding your space, I just felt sorry that the thread had from a more scientific argument turned into a emotional battle, that will lead nowhere.
Thanks for reading
there’s already another stupid doomsday thing going around that it’ll happen in 2013 these things seem to spring up faster and faster, I think it’s just an excuse to do stupid ( yet fun ) crap and not be held accountable
this doomsday thing is just a joke. nobody can predict the future. if you ask me it is just another form of bias that is keeping our minds busy on something else other than paying more attention to the facts that the government are keeping a secret from us.
or… somebody just mentioned something about the world ending in 10 years and everybody caught on and now every body just still spreads rumers about it. the idiot who thought about the end of the world, to hell with him. same with the other idiots who keeps making up dates, too. I say that we just stop this stupid bull-**** and move on. when it’s the end then everyone can panic for all i care.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D60258ftMJw
Proof Population Control Will Be Underway SOON!
Soon there will be nomore time for warnings
you are already slaves JOIN THE FIGHT!!!!!!!
Captain America
Even if you do not believe, at least pass on the info.
Someone else made be brought into the light.
Please time is short, but the proof goes on.
Captain America,
You may line up proofs by thousands, but still people will not believe you….
We have already done the best we can here.. There is a great knowledge database about 2012 on this thread, to which we all have contributed..
And now its upto people to decide for themselves… They can choose what they want to believe….
We( The regulars) have already realised the futility of trying to convince people.. So we are just continuing here with random thoughts which may or may not be related to 2012….
BTW, thanks for your input MARTIN……… And what makes you think you are intruding upon anyone’s space here?? This thread is not owned by anyone and its open for all to put forth their views… Yes, seeing some of us regulars here, you may think that we have taken ownership of this thread. But it isn’t so… You are most welcome to share your thoughts here.. We always like to have open-minded people on this thread.
Hello everybody,
we can try to make people believe, but some will disbelieve. We can try to make people disbelieve but some will still believe.
Do you believe it or disbelieve it? And if so what can you do. Just think of us discussing the future event of the tsunami that happend a few years ago and killed over hundred of thousands of people in Thailand and Indonesia and India. People who will believe it will not travel to these places and will be saved, People who disbelieve it will either travel or not depending on their interest.
Wouldn’t we be interested in going to a place, just in case there is something big happening that is relatively safe?
The big flood that, as it was said destroyed the civilisation of Atlantis was recorded in all ancient cultures in the east and west. It was said that it happend about 25 thousand years ago. ???
wouldn’t it be nice to live each day in a way that we can die happily that day. Then we would not fear if there is a doomday or not.
We are all seeking the truth, but what if there is somebody that told us that the truth changes from moment to moment?
A wise person once said, sorry I don’t remember his name: I know that I do not know anything
… food for thought …
Dear Martin,
It was Socrates. He observed that a carpenter knew much about wood, a metal worker about metals etc etc. He deduced that, “he knew that he knew nothing”.
The morrow for me being, that although he could do none of the things he’d observed, he had learnt how all the specialists fit together….the bigger picture, by observing the All.
Someone said to me this week “I know everything, its just that I don’t know, what I know”.
You are always welcome, be well,
Leah
Dear Gnostic Joe,
For sure we are more than just the sum total of our genes. Cremo…a fine scholar. Some though, may have come knowingly.
Be well,
Leah
Dear Nockers,
Quite so. Welcome.
Having realised that the Wave band widths, of the physical senses alone, of animals, in comparison to humans, are so much broader….wider range….and all the info is translated in the brian from the eyes, nose etc….one would think that many more would have realised by now that its a quention of tuning, as to what humans can sense / be aware of.
What if the wave band widths of the human brain are expanding, which opens doors to be able to sense / experience / understand a wider range of energy forms and planes.
Collective consciousness and or telepathy are an un-scrambling of the languages in their own rights, and that would be just one aspect.
Leah
As Amit pointed out we all just try to add alittle to the puzzle. Me I try to update on our economy & how it may be being use to bring about an end time sceniro, that I feel is one of the signs of the end times. I.E….
LONDON -Oil prices fell below $70 a barrel Wednesday as investors shrugged off a looming OPEC production cut after company forecasts suggested the U.S. may be headed for a severe economic slowdown that would crimp demand for crude.
Light, sweet crude for December delivery dropped $2.63 to $69.55 a barrel in electronic trading on the New York Mercantile Exchange by noon in Europe.
Crude investors have followed equity markets this week, looking for signs on how the U.S. economy will weather the current global financial turmoil.
Oil is now highly correlated with the stock market,” said Clarence Chu, a trader with market maker Hudson Capital Energy in Singapore. “People are looking to the Dow for sentiment on the economy.”
There should be a short-term boost to prices when they announce a cut on Friday,” Chu said. “But OPEC production has always been above their quotas, so there’s a credibility problem.”
In London, December Brent crude was down $2.11 to $67.61 a barrel on the ICE Futures exchange.
Investors are also watching for signs of slowing U.S. demand in the weekly oil inventories report to be released Wednesday from the U.S. Energy Department’s Energy Information Administration. The petroleum supply report was expected to show that oil stocks rose 2.9 million barrels last week, according to the average of analysts’ estimates in a survey by energy information provider Platts.
On the off subject–Between Debauch & Captain America, I dont know if I should grab a Bible or a gun. Hows that for thought. Just in case I hope everyone here is well when the S**T Hits.
Espumpin
You-tube, who would’ve thought…please keep an open mind.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SFkbaKo6sig
watch this part first, please pay close attention to the last five mintues.
Thank you
Gj.
The only idiots are the people who continue to make assumptions about what they know very little about. That in which I speak of is the universe itself. It is time that everybody starts thinking universely. Their are things going on out there everyday that are beyond our comprehension. But the fact remains that we have learned things about the universe over time. But if we look at all that we have learned it clearly leads to a conclusion that nothing is impossible when it comes to the universe. The possibility of a planet that has an eliptical orbit like every other planet in our solar system that circles our sun every 3600 years is a very real possibility. How could you rule it out. We are a speck on the wall in respect to the universe. I have learned over the years to keep an open mind when it comes to the universe. That anything is possible and usual is. I will be keeping an eye on Nasa over the coming years to see what is learned. Hell it wasnt just a few years ago where we had a near miss by a meteor big enough to destory are planet once again that “snuck” up on us. It missed us thank god. But it came very close in scale with the size of the universe. Its a shooting gallery up there my friends and we dont know whats next. But I do know one thing a mind is a terrible thing to waste. But how can you learn anything if you close it off to new possibilities like we have done as a society since the beginning of time. We are a civilization that only believes in what we can see or touch or so called faith. It is clear though that their is much to be learned by our predicessors and by researching the past and finding patterns we could just possibly find something that we may be able to plan for or even prevent. One very disturbing pattern is the evolvement of civilizations and the destruction of them. It has happened before many times and because of that one could make a strong assumption that it will happen again. How it will happen is unclear. But when your dealing with something as vast and uncertain as the universe I can only challenge the human race to use what little of our brains we do use and keep coming up with ideas and theories to explore. Strength in numbers.. brain storming.. Nobody is an idiot. Science fiction often turns to science fact. Look at the patterns and history to find the future. Dont dismiss anything with prejudice. Anything is possible. Dont be naive be creative. Its the only thing that may one day save our civilization. Its a long shot but without the right efforts there is not a chance in saving ourselves. We are just continuing the same path as prior civilizations took. It is time to think outside the box. Quit thinking of ourselves as the center of the universe and as a part of the whole grand scheme of things. Get out of the rule rut of thinking what is and start thinking what if. Im not here to debunk other peoples ideas, calculations, or theories. Or agree with them.. Picking and chosing which ones I believe or disbelieve. I refuse to take sides. Its a waste of time to me. Id rather spend my time encouraging man kind to start thinking universely by keeping an open mind and not ruling out anything as a possibility. Only then can we take great strides in learning whats in store for the human race. The only people I see as idiots are the people in the past and present that continue to think that we know everything and there is nothing left to learn. Thats just plain naive. Einstein was a great scientist. One of my favorites. But there are alot of things with his theory of relativity that was both great and restrictive. The one great thing that I take from Einstein’s days is the fact thay he introduced a new way of thinking about the universe by breaking rules of what was concurrent in his day. Something I like to do is to try to think the way he thought about solving problems and try to break his own rules. That is just damn interesting. After all, there has never been a scientist that was completely right about everything. Einstein had problems even believing some of his own convictions. But it did open the door a bit more for others to explore. It definately got us out of the rule rut that science was in respective to the universe at the time. But was it everything that was left to learn? I think not. I feel like we are in another rule rut again when it comes to how we preserve the universe and ourselves. Nothing is impossible when dealing with the universe. And not everything that matters can necessarily be proven. I think Albert Einstein quoted someting in that respect.
i soooooooooooo believe the world is gonna end in 2012!!!!… i guess i am one of those idiots you always refer to, (gee thanks)
🙁
you guys should take this way more seriously. IT WILL HAPPEN!! i know it will…
hmmm… Ya know how on our calandar, we begin a new year every dec 31, because thats when the earth has made a complete revolution around the sun? On dec 21 2012, there is some star or something that lines up with another. What if the mayan based their calendar off of this event, so their calandar starts over? Idk, but its just a theory
Scientists say that our universe is expanding; perhaps then, we will expand then contract, as if on verge of being born from a great wonderful womb! Beyond horizon-eventually, we will be pulled out into pure light, singularly adjusting our senses beholding, we have arisen from con-science.
Don’t not be afraid, for if we are, we can be saved.
By the way, thank you all for welcoming me. Mostly, I am more than happy to offer my p.o.v., or just say/write, hi everyone, hope you are all having a wonderful day!
Dear Nockers
taking no sides can be either extremely wise or extremly arrogant. You push for open mind, but are you really open minded as you state.
I remember one chinese movie, where there was a master with two disciples arguing. The came to see the master and then one disciple said this and the master nodded and agreed. Then the other disciple just stated his facts that were the exact opposites. The Master nodded as well and agreed. Then the disciples attacked the master how he can agree on both of them. Only one thing can be right. The master nodded again and agreed again.
What do you make of this?
If we do not take sides and do not have a standpoint of ourselves, only then can we be called truly wise. If we do not have a standpoint of ourselves, then we can see both points of view, even if they seem to disagree. Like a coin has two sides. But we only see one side of it at a time. Thats why we forget the other side. And of course the head can not agree to the tail and vice versa.
If we would be the earth and take a spaceship to travel the universe. The farther we go the more forget about earth, our true self.
Thanks
Dear Leah,
if you take your car and travel into beatiful nature, then stop the car, still having on radio and the engine running and the windows closed. You would see the nature. Now stop the radio. The more dominant sounds from nature you would hear. Now stop the engine. The finer sounds of nature you would hear. Now open the windows and you would hear everything.
You understand?
Stop the engine of the mind that constantly thinks, then you will gradually start to experience all the things that are beyond description.
Living in the djungle for 13 years I all forgot about the world. But now I do realize the world is still working in the same way.. A few years ago in order to deepen my practice I had to let go of my knowledge. It was a painful process and since then I really do not know anything anymore.
However when I sit in front of people and teach them, I find myself knowing things that I never dreamt of or thought of.
hello persona non grata
are you still around? I love the story you tell on oct 13th. Where is the source.? It so much reminds me of Edgar Casey, the sleeping prophet, when he talks about the civilazation on the continent of Lemuria and after its desaster of the continent of Atlantis that went down in 3 phases the last phase known in history as the big flood, around 25 thousand years ago.
Hello Martin,
Indeed. Tuning out, or shutting out diversionary frequencies and thoughts, allows the subtle to be heared clearly.
For me fhe master knew both students were in part, right, from different perspectives, yet each incomplete…..but if they could see how they fit together, they would be more whole than each is separately.
It never occurs, that everyone could be right, but that each is just one piece in a vast jigsaw puzzle. E.g. Scientists bicker over which theory is the only one that is right, when all are right, just incomplete.
Like Thoth writes, The more wisdom that is aquired, the further the goal moves. This is as it should be.
Leah
Dear Persona non grata,
Not crazy, just awake. I had reason in a past life to meet 1000’s of institutionalised adults and children, dubbed crazy, sick or mentally defficient…..they all had very interesting perspectives re life and everything, but were never listened to. Normal is defined by the preference of the majority….or at least what is marketed as normal.
Leah
Al Gore did an Inconvenient Truth. I’d like to add an inconvenient fact, that is relative to 2012, as is everything.
Each human contributes Carbon dioxide and methane every day as they convert energy, air and food. A very conservative estimate, taking all ages into account, is 1Kg per day per person. This adds up to approximately two and a half Billion tons per year (@ 1000 Kg/ Ton) being released into the atmoshere etc, by shear virtue of breathing and eating.
By 2012, just imagine how that number will have increased. Its not just that Earth cannot feed so many humans, its that Earth cannot process so much waste product so quickly. Add to that number all the other waste and pollution that is produced as a direct effect of human activity, and it is clear that we are on a path of self destruction, and the systematic destruction of most life. Earth can and will protect itself.
Past civilisations, as per Cremo, had knowlege, but did not use it to transmute everything, choosing to work with creation instead of against it.
Although we are so much more than just our physicality, it is not an excuse or reason to destroy ourselves. Earth which we share with such a wondrous variety of life is not ours alone. Voluntary reduction of population and therefore meat production for consumption, along with land given back to nature, and clean energy production (which exists) must be adopted before it is forced upon us.
Appologies for the rant, just sick of the proverbial BUTs. Money is a human invention….numbers on paper….so write bigger numbers. The amount needed on any given day, e.g to convert to clean energy production quickly.
Hi Martin,
Thank you for your reply as I find it very interesting. My take on the master in dealing with his disciples is this. The master seen the overall situation as the nature of human relations. He could not condemn one disciple over the other as each disciple has the right to their own opinion or idea. The master is wise in choosing not to take sides as there was no clear right from wrong. It was a simple difference of opinion that only the disciples could resolve among themselves. The masters final nod came after both disciples had finally came to the right conclusion on their own when they stated that only one thing could be right. Agree to disagree is the solution.
Dear Gnostic Joe,
Quite so.
Does illusion negate or justify NOT acknowleging the pain and anguish of others, including all non human life, which most, conveniently disregard as though they don’t matter at all ?
What quality of soul / being, calls pain and suffering OK, or Fine, and is lacking in empathy ?
Had lies not been proliferated so long ago, our path could have been beautiful and the transition one of great beauty for all.
One more time for the record, I’ve not voiced my beliefs, save re Junk DNA. Only observations and What Ifs.
Dear Leah,
First, thank you for the sincere welcome to this blog. Second, thank you for your input and ideas of how the human brain may be advancing. I find that fascinating. I also would have to simply say “why not”. If you think and look back over time you will see subtle advancements thru our children and education. Its funny really, I can remember when I was growing up and going through school my parents being amazed with what I was learning at such an early age in respect to their education growing up. And now that I have kids I say the same thing. My point is its clear that our inteligence always seems to be increasing over time. But I question how much and to what extent. I certainly entertain the thought that as we keep advancing our minds that one day what we consider freak occurences of telepathy and collective consciousness that few gifted people have shown up to this day and age could someday become a reality for us all. That would definately be cool.
Thanks again,
Nockers
good morning–all, and welcome necomers!!!great, great stuff!!! thanks so much for sharing…
just a small, and very irrelevant observation this morning…when i signed on to the thread , universe today has showcased a link in huge letters called “singularity summit 2008” with a link to the website…AMIT–THEY STOLE YOUR SUMMIT IDEA!!!!! apparently they did not realize that there was already one going on right here!!!!! sorry–i just found that a little amusing!!!
forgive me for rehashing something already discussed onthis thread a couple weeks ago…it has to do with the word “legion”…it is my ever so humble opinion that this thread and those on it have become a “legion of enlightenment” for me…no dark side here…just enlightenment… thank you all so very much for that…and once again–thank you for your kind endulgence of me…
becky
Dear Gnostic Joe,
You put it so much better than I do. My point precisely….empathy comes only from having had the same experience as another…or from having been the other. This is the road, and the lessons to be learnt.
Be well, Leah
In the Earth realm, Love is only experienced and known at a low level compared to all that truly exists. The God/Spirit frequency is beyond anything we know. It is Pure Love – It is is Pure Light. As we strive and come closer to that center of creation, we will know Love completely and be totally In the Light.
Eventually, all will become Pure Light at the center of creation, which is God or Spirit or whatever name you choose to call it. As we evolve, gaining wisdom and true understanding about our real essence, we begin to open up more to Love, and to feel our connection with one another and the universe.
It is often difficult or impossible for the human mind to grasp the scope of what is not familiar. Tuning into higher wisdom does not always mean greeting an alien or a spacecraft.
AWARENESS brings REALIZATION. Realization causes an Awakening. Awakening will bring you to an in-Lightened state. In the Light, you will find your TRUTH…and finally you will know that the POWER IS WITHIN YOU.
The American Indian Religious Freedom Act was passed in 1979. Amazingly enough, up until that time, Native Americans were illegally forbidden to practice their traditional rituals and ceremonies. Why?
Try thinking about time concepts if you will. Suppose that the past, present and future all exist at the same time right now. That certainly is not an impossibility if you consider time travel. Suspend that thought for a moment….time travel. Time travel is possible through consciousness. So often, this is how wisdom and higher information is passed to us. Without crossing the barriers of time, the human race would get stuck and stay right where it’s at.
Is this where we are? Most of my knowledge comes from the one true source. I have been blessed & wish to share. Edgar Casey was blessed as were many of the other prophets.
I am by no means a prohpet, but feel I am on the same path.
The purpose of all the prophets was not to save your soul, but to enlighten you more to the power and beauty of who you are, and to the divine creation of which we all are a part.
Which in turn is a part of your soul. Another part of the puzzle.
If we are to wake up, it is important to explore the possibilities and reach further to know who we really are. By exploring and remaining open, it is always possible to reach beyond ourselves for enlightenment, higher wisdom, and guidance.
As we seek and learn of things unknown, we will walk down many paths in life encountering just what we need to help awaken us to a higher destiny. Our journey will cover a lifetime as we gather a multitude of experiences that will help us to expand and evolve. The most important issue to the human condition is not to allow ourselves to become rigid and unyielding in our thinking. This is a common human affliction and causes many to shut down the gates to further exploration, settling comfortably within the confines of one belief system. Our universe is expansive, vast and never ending and mostly unknown – anything at all is possible…and all things are possible.
persona non grata
I guess I didn’t quite answer the question.
So my source is my open mind allowing the one source to help enlighten and understand.
But because I as well were born of flesh and blood, makes you and I the same. This babbling of mine is what has earned me my name. It is so hard to explain what should have no explaination….Does a crazy person know that they are crazy?? I’ll try to be more careful of what I say before I am precieved as crazy.
persona non grata
oh one last thing your “soul” doesnt need to be saved. It belongs to you already, none can take away from you what is rightfully yours. But your “soul” does need to be raised the right way if you will. Made to be a up standing citizen not a menace to society.
persona non grata
Dear Gnostic Joe,
Indeed we are all here to do (and learn), what we are here to (learn and) do. We are not here to choose, we are here to understand the choices we made. Both from Matrix the movies. Much truth in those lines.
The lies I mentioned, were re the divisions and emnity, driven in like a wedge. The path could have differed re purposeful cruelty. One act of cruelty that lead to so many. E.g. If one does not have a 1st war….hoping for a last war becomes moot.
Forgive my rant re CO2 earlier, but to keep in harmony with myself I cannot attend to only the big picture, and balance it with machinations in the everyday world we live in.
Be well, Leah
Please remember that your world is the illusion, not the true reality. It matters not if you devoutly believe in the millennium shift or are becoming aware of the imminent dangers of global warming. The cosmic joke here is that the effects of both are dovetailing into one scenario! Some will say that the shift is becoming palpable; others will say that the climactic anomalies of global warming are becoming more pronounced. It matters not which you believe in; just know that by 2012, the effects of both will be clearly evident. The divine plan is incredible in its intricacy, is it not? It covers all levels of belief in order to propel your lessons forward
.
Gnostic joe
Okay. So this article may prove that doomsday wont happen, but whose to say it wont. I mean unless some lost part of the calendar is found we can’t be 100% sure. Just voicing my opinion
Great artical!! well put & I enjoyed the read!
I am not a brainiac, nor am I a scientist or a scollar…I am a real person who lives everyday for her family and herself has raised 2 awesome kids and I am a realist. I have no conspirecy theories or anyhing like that, I do believe in God, I don’t believe in government. now that you know this about me, you can form your own oppinions about what I am going to say. I am going to just put this out there as I feel people make way to much out of the silliest things.
Ok, heres the thing… It’s my thinking that the “end” does not necessarily the end of the world, it may that it will be the end of one era and in with another, or maybe a new technology will be enveiled or something like that (the end of the world AS WE KNOW IT if you will). and in this case I am not a believer in the whole 2012 thing. I believe in a great many a thing, but not the end of the world.
but heres what I am thinking… If I was to say that someone in a city 200 miles from here will get in an accident crossing the street on January 11th next year (heaven forbid) if it happens…does that make me a profit??? (by the way , A profit, I am not!) If I made this prediction known within this city, how many people will stay in thier house for the day out of fear that it will be them it happened too. You bet your butt that there would be many because someone said it would happen, and those same people would not be using logic or rational thoughts
Really people who believe in these kind of therories will always live in fear and stress themselves over something that is TOTALLY beyond thier control (that is if such a thing will ever happen). you know what?, if the end of the world happens to you, it will be happening to every other living being on earth and you may not even realize it anyways and there would be nothing you could do about it.
Oh yeah, heres another prediction from me…ok not really just a question actually. How many people do you think there will be that rack up thier credit cards, live it up and create mass hysteria in their own lives up until Dec 21 2012? and for those people who do, when December 22nd rolls around, what then? will that be the end of the world for them?
Be real!!
Heres what I will be doing on Saturday December 22nd, 2012 (the day after) I will be sipping eggnog with my family, and enjoying thier company as I always do and wondering what is under the tree for me 🙂
I think people should just live life to the fullest without fear every single day as if tomorrow could be their last. If they spend so much time and energy worrying about what could happen then sooner or later they will be living with regret for the things that have passed them by.
without rain how would you come to appreciate sunny days? Without loneliness how could you not grasp that the comfort of others is sometimes good? Without the fear of death can you not be scared of losing your life?
Without pain meet Roberto he was born in July 2001, becoming Luis’ and Juan’s little brother. As a newborn, his parents thought he was the perfect baby.
Roberto is one of 17 people in the United States with “congenital insensitivity to pain with anhidrosis,” referred to as CIPA by the few people who know about it.
By all accounts, he’s a very happy boy. It is only when he rams his head violently into walls or plays a little too roughly with a schoolmate, all the while smiling, that you are reminded that he suffers from an incredibly rare genetic disorder.
But thats a literal take on pain, metaphorically speaking without knowledge you never knew you were ignorant.
Why do we have to learn both lesson? I have no idea. The concept of one is enough to encourge some. Others still need to learn the lesson themselves.
Relaxation relieves pain or keeps it from getting worse by reducing tension in the muscles. It can help you fall asleep, give you more energy, make you less tired, reduce your anxiety, and make other pain relief methods work better.
Some people, for instance, find that taking a pain medicine or using a cold or hot pack works faster and better when they relax at the same time. Spiritually and Physically, no?
Gnostic joe
.As the saying goes…No gain without pain
Dear Leah,
The narcissist loves an image which he projects onto others who reflect it to the narcissist the false self. The self centered thinking that goes on in their heads, yet this can be balanced and “cured”.
They lack empathy? no. They simply cannot tap into it. use it to its fullest. Enjoy it, they are not able to, not that they can’t.
That is not to be found among us here.
Leah, you said “Had lies not been proliferated so long ago, our path could have been beautiful and the transition one of great beauty for all.” The path is there. Here is where we were put for the lessons. Which lessons? Oh, only the ones you seem to have gotten, that you notice no one eles did. life is more precious than gold or oil. Saving people is more important than killing people. Even if the majority of the world’s population never hears about the millennium shift, the work you lightworkers are doing at a very high energetic level will be mirrored by the thousands of people who are currently involved, and will become involved, in search and rescue and saving lives.
From the pain that is to come will the true test for all of us. I can only hope & pray I am prepared. Part of theof the masses will occur as people reclaim their individual power instead of bowing to their old, fear-based societal traditions. We are speaking here of both East and West, because they must meet and agree, just as enough people, must demand change before science and spirituality can meet and merge.
We suffered a little pain when were born, pain/awakening was one of the frist things we go thru. I may have not all of the puzzle put together. But I am fortunate enough to have been given a little insight.
By the way fear then comfort are next. I must go & look forward to your next entry
Gnostic joe
just saying, like, idk, i dont completely believe this stuff, and i hear some pretty good arguements both ways, but, regardless, itd still be pretty cool to atleast keep an open mind about this, i mean, whos to say it wouldnt b fun to atleast party it up on doomsday, and if it isnt doomsday, well, then, you went to a fun party…
i dont think there is any harm in any of this crazy predictions over and over, untill people get taken advantage of over it, then something needs to be said
i saw i program on TV about how they code the bible into “Matrices” to find messages. they predicted 9/11, WW 1 and 2, and it also predicts actions on year 2012. such as “comet” “whole earth annihilated” even says stuff about the earths axis as mentioned by the long count and the mayans. “axis” “tilting” “sun”. i found that to be an extraordinary coincidence and i caught MY ATTENTION! heres the web sight http://www.exodus2006.com/2012code.htm. its an extraordinary coincidence. just saying…
persona non grata
this translates as uninvited person. Why do you think low of yourself?
By the way do you have a nice story about Atlantis? I love them they are beautiful
Casey said, that the last survivors from Atlantis went both to Egypt and Central America. In Egypt they buried the records of their civilization. Has it been found yet?
Leah
About the two disciples. You are close. They are just sitting opposite each other. One sees the car to its right the other sees the car to its left, but the master sits atop and sees both of them are right.
Just some thoughts:
crazy: the german word is verruckt. Retranslated it means he just has a different point of view. A view not normally shared by others, thats why the others lock him up.
But there is a healthy way of being crazy, a person who knows he is crazy. A person who knows and understands the views of the masses and yet knows differently but both of these views do not create a confliction…
What if this incredible light or god or however you call it is not the last instant, but can vanish? What would be left?
Meister Eckhart said, there is a room where we can meet god, and are one with god, but this is not the last room, However the last room if god puts his nose into this room god has to give up its name, its very existence.
Meister Eckhart got killed for this statement by the pope.
So what is this last room? Its the uncreated, the everlasting. And we do know that we and the universum is created… ???
Becky are you sure you will eat your eggnogg? Maybe you still are there sitting in your house with no water no electricity and no food?
Our civilization is so specialized. a devastating blow to it and we are thrown back into the stone ages. Who of you knows how to grow food, how to make tools and cloth and knows herbs to cure illness. The money we have we can use to make fire if we know how to kindle it without a lighter or matches. Or just use it to wipe our butts.
The primitive cultures will then have a great advantage over us. We will barely be able to feed ourselves. Just look at all the things you own and are dependent on. Would you be able to survive in the djungle for long?
Correction:
it should have been becca not becky.
Persona grata:
even our souls are created. Though they never die they constantly change through their experience in the different planes of existence. But to relieve you, within our created souls there is one unpersonal kernel that belongs to the uncreated. To get rid of the created means to meet the uncreated. That is the spiritual goal of all beings.
Just as the raindrop drops into the ocean it will loose its identity. When God or this incredible light drops into the ocean, it also will loose its identity, just as Meister Eckhart said.
Crazy?
John,
I find this link about Plato much more intersting. Used to be a number cracker I do not give too much weight on it. Its just set a million apes on a typewriter and the probability that one of them writes one sentence form the books of shakespeare is likely.
Here the link about plato
http://www.exodus2006.com/plato.htm
And dont worry the earth will not be anilihated. It will still exist for a long time. However there will be drastic changes, just like is said in this plato link. Either the people close to water will be saved or the people in the mountains. This time it will be the people in the mountains that survive.
have a good day.
The beginning of the long count correlates with our first writings and calendars being brought together concisely, along with civilization. The end of this long count may be the accumulation of all we know, thus allowing us to understand all things that are material based, as has been our quest (scientifically) all along. Then perhaps, afterwards, we will transcend beyond to greater spiritual heights, like ascending from one chakra to the next.
You mean there is not going to be a Christmas in 2012…? THAT can be the END..of the World of Business.!
“ The Apostles accepted joy and sorrow the same, thus, whatever they were suffering was for them sweet. They loved death exactly the same as life.”
Gj
martin–another perspective, perhaps—an individual raindrop falling into the ocean may lose its individual identity, but it adds to the identity of the ocean…just as each individual soul (of all lifeforms) adds to the identity of God…we are not humans with souls–we are souls doing a human experience..it is our jobs to provide our souls with the best exerience we know how…
i very much like the concept of “going back to basics”…i am on a personal campaign to get rid of all the “clutter” in my home and personal life…get rid of all the excess baggage…it is just “STUFF”…i have found that i am asking myself more often, if i lost my home, would i be able to just walk away from it all??? …and the answer is yes…my only concern would be for my husband’s and my safety…that, perhaps stems from the fact that we already lost a home to fire years ago…and our house has been burglarized since then…all things of value lost or stolen…
though it is devastating at the time, you get over it…and move on…the things of REAL value you still have and the rest remains in your heart…you walk away from it a completely different person, with a new set of values…and you start all over again…it’s not that bad!!!! you just have to lose your attachment to things that do not matter…re-acquire the things that you need….AND BE GRATEFUL FOR IT ALL!!! things happen for reasons we may never know…what matters is what we do with it…
please have a wonderfully blessed day…best wishes to you all
becky
I just want to know if anyone has any answers for these, I have searched far and wide have read and studied. All while chasing my tail. Your turn.
1)Archeologist working in an Anglo-Saxon burial ground in New Forest in June 2002 got a surprize when they found a glass bowl. What made it so anomalous was that after 1,500 years it was perfect and unbroken. It had been protected by being wrapped in cloth and placed inside a heavy wooden bucket which was bound with ornate copper alloy bands. Even with this in mind, it’s a small miracle that fluctuations of temperature and just plain old age didn’t cause cracks and damage to occur.
The pale green bowl measures 5″ across and 1.5″ high.
The cemetery dates from the late 5th or early 6th century and the grave site contained several skeletons, which are being examined at Bristol University. It’ll be awhile until the causes of deaths can be established but it is known that half of the victims were under 25 years of age and two of them were children. Other items, including trinkets, ornate garnet buckles and spearheads were also unearthed along with six copper-alloy bound wooden buckets that had imprinted design along the bands.
Archaeologists believe the bowl was not native to the area but was brought from Rhineland. It’s careful burial at the cemetery means the people there were of great importance in the society.
2) There are no maps or drawing of the Moon older than the one drawn by Leonardo di Vinci in about 1505. Carved into a rock in one of Ireland’s most remarkable prehistoric tombs at Knowth, County
Meath, is a set of lines and dots, estimated to be about 5,000 years old. That’s pretty much
all anyone thought about it, until Dr. Stooke looked at them with his mind’s eye Moon
template.
It’s all there in the carving. You can see the overall pattern of the lunar features, from
features such as Mare Humorun through to Mare Crisium.”
“The people who carved this Moon map were the first scientists,” said Dr Stooke. “They
knew a great deal about the motion of the Moon. They were not primitive at all.”
3)The most famous of Mayan temples is the Temple of Inscriptions. The temple is 75 feet high and
once had 40 foot “comb” on it’s top. According to legend, the temple was built according to
exact instructions from ‘sky gods’, incorporating advanced astronomical and mathematical data,
including directions to add a certain amount of steps every 52 years.
Mexican archeologist Alberto Lhuillier discovered a secret tomb-like chamber in 1952 which held
a large intricately carved slab known as “the Spaceman”. It’s still the topic of debate as to what
it means (if it wasn’t important, why would it be hidden in a secret chamber?). Some say it
looks exactly like a man at the controls of some kind of machinery, complete with foot pedals
and hand levers.
Also found was a duct that runs from the tomb up the inside of the stairs and opens in the temple
floor. No one has explained it’s purpose, but it’s just like the passageway ducts found in the
pyramids of Egypt.
4) The Kailasa Temple in Bombay, India, is thought to have been constructed in the 8th century. It’s the largest building in the WORLD. (look it up) Ancient Indian texts tell of gods coming from the sky in flying machines.
The floor plan of this temple is laid out to exact religious designs which represent the cosmos. Pretty amazing when you consider 200,000 tons of rock excavated, reputedly using 1″ chisels over a span of nearly 100 years.
If anyone can link or explain these I have 100 more questions.
Looking for answers:
Just read the threads of this feed and you will get a lot of hints. Follow some of the links given there and you will find quite a few answers. Go through the readings of Edgar Casey and you will understand where to the civilization of Atlantis has spread and what the achievements of this civilazation was. They had airplanes submarines and ships, not driven by oil, but by the power of the sun. They had powerstations, that gathered the energy of the sun and channeld it to all of its vehicles. Even today we haven’t found our way in engineering up to this level. Compared to them we are primitives.
After the big flood, 25 thousand years ago, the survivers mostly spread out to egypt and central america, but some of them to greece, England and other parts of this world.
Happy reading before you post more questions. Even if you know all the answers how does it help you with your daily life?
Becky:
why do these things happen to us? Because of the governing law of kamma. (cause and effect) From 5 to the age of 18 I was beaten up by kids, not my family, constantly harrassed and made fun of. At the age of 19 nothing of this was left. I was considered equal. Why I never harmed anyone. When I travelled, I was always safe, nothing was ever stolen from me. Though sometimes with friends together our luggage was mixed up and things were stolen, nothing of my stuff was gone. Interesting? Why? kamma!
I looked in my characteristic traits and found I was easy to hurt others by words, but I never was interested in acquiring other peoples belongings.
What the soul has done before entering human experience, the result of it, it will reap. If your are interested in kamma read the book a house with many mansions.
I live in the djungle now for 13 years. 19 years ago I gave everything away I owned, keeping a backpack for traveling. Now I own an almsbowl, 3 robes umbrella and needle and thread. Wherever I go I travel lightly without worries and sorrow.
I just dived up back into the world, seeing how it is and in a few months just disappear again.
Baimarean.
Yes there will be a christmas in 2012, but you might not be able to have a christmas tree and light it up. And your christmas feast might be only a can of soup. smile!
But this is pure speculation. When it happens or how it happens. It might happen in stages. Most probably the economic bubble will burst first, all your money is worthless. We had this in the twenties of last century. Earthquakes floods. All these things are not new to us. It happens all the time. The question is are we involved? You can rephrase it to are you going to board a plane or train, that is going to crash, or having holidays at a site where a tsunami, big flood will occur? Why threatening ourselves with things we do not know and most probably cannot know. We would need an Edgar Casey to predict it, like he predicted the exact day of the start of world war II and the exact day of its end. And then would we trust this person? Edgar Casey had a long history before these predictions, where he helped a lot of people in an unbelievable way. Used ways of medical treatment, that were only used in medicine decades after him…
Dear Tom,
Are you the Tom that used to post before going to Mexico….
Martin, With all due respect , this thread is full of questions. Some of you may have given a link to research more or have added an opinion to a topic. But there are no answers here.
By the way I did read (from top to bottom). Only Leah,Amit,Ricoochet & Debauch seem to have a handle on what might be going on,
not just talking.
One question for you..Since it sounds like you gave up all your wealth, family & friends.
What are you prepared to give up when the time comes?
(This is just an observation, dont get mad)
But it looks like you gave up everything so you wouldnt bad if you lost everything.
My point is your in djungle now for 13 years, Maybe hunting your own food? right?
Anyway the rest of us might be feasting on christmas with only a can of soup, and a child asking us how fair is this?
Now while you have made sure to relieve your self of this burden, the rest of us stepped up to it. No, I have no kids of my own, but thats why we have empathy. no?
My question to you is how’s your ” kamma” gonna get you with that?
*looks like you gave up everything so you wouldnt be mad if you lost everything.
Hello All,
” I think therefore I am”.
While we are asleep, the body is mostly inactive, and there is little if any awareness of the physical. Yet so much goes on in dreams just through thought. So I could perceive that I am thought……consciousness….a variety of energies.
Every cell in me contains the whole DNA program, and together they make a ME. I am holographic, within / below. Above, can be seen in operation when e.g. the internal structure of an Atom (nucleus and electrons) is compared to the Solar system….Sun / nucleus and planets / electrons. Everything one wants to know about the levels within / below is expressed in the above, life all around and in space.
It is helpful to first realise that the Truth will change perception. To some it may seem disturbing, to others beautiful. How would it change me if I found out that I am a hologram and part of a larger hologram….it would change my perception, and the choices I make.
I’m sure Tom meant “those that are NOT ready, will literally go out of their mind”. Too much of anything too quickly causes problems.
Too much incoming info too quickly can cause brain / mind overload, such as for those that expanded their minds with e.g. LSD, taking years for the mind to reconcile and organise that which was perceived under its influence, and then only in part.
“I think therefore I am” is good enough for me.
my most sincere apologies to you all for “just talking”…thank you all so very much for allowing me the space you have for as long as you have…
…my continued love and best wishes to you all…
becky
Dear LFA,
1) The bowls were kept in barrles lined with cloth & encased in cooper. This kept air and other elements from producing cracks, mind you not all the bowls were found intact.
2)Piri Reis map was taken from the same knowledge as the Knowth, County Meath, stones. Yes there are plenty of other hidden maps. One not talked about is a mountain system under the Alantic ocean.
3)The Nazca Lines in peru have the same hieroglyphics writing and numbering, as the mayan and incas. Here is where common sense comes in. The inspiration has to be the same. If the pictures and stories look & sound the same.
4)The Kailasa temple where do I start. Of course a structure like this cannot have been made without some sort of blueprint or floor plan. The link you search has always been there, you simply have to want to see it.
With all due respect it seems that here you can find answers, if not you would not have posed the questions.
Awhile ago I posted about D.N.A & the Annunaki. The answer is something I was not looking forward to posting. As a matter of fact I jumped the gun. L.F.A made me realize how much one can learn and still not understand.
The atmosphere of their planet requires gold. Which in turn is what keeps them alive. Some of their experiments were to infuse the gold to their D.N.A. Didnt work to well, then they found us. The elements and minerals were held together because of the carbon which we are made of. They are not.
I wish I had more time lately I’ve been in a rush. I must cut this short but like last time have more to say.
Before I go the ‘regulars” do more than just talk. They are the reason the light has reached you. ask your self why this site when you could have posted your comments any where?
May your light find you!
Gnostic joe
For sake of discussion:
What if the “space gods” in ancient carvings/paintings are us? After we’ve evolved, we travel back in time and “try to put them on the right path.”
Fact is also stranger than fiction. At times.
This is food for “what if”
The diverse prophecies are unfolding right now…
exponential-telescopic evolution of consciousness… the same change and transformation that took millions of years will eventually take place in days and minutes and seconds..
it´s a spiralling evolution.. the nature of growth.. 1.618….. Phi.. from the big bang untill 2012.. patterns.. 9 levels… as above.. so below..
fasten your seatbelt because those who are ready will literally go out of their mind…
B y the way,
I’ve heard murmuring that the Elite of the U.S. may “need” (Barncarpet) to bail out insurance companies.
WWHHHEEEE!
Fully unacceptable or unwelcome, especially to a foreign government: The diplomat was persona non grata.
I don’t think low of myself, I just know people are not ready to hear what is truth.
The truth is so unacceptable that the term “kill the messenger” was coined.
Messengers always tell the truth as they were told.
Just as I dont believe ppl are ready for the truth that what is going to happen in 2012 has already begun.
“exponential-telescopic evolution of consciousness”
I like that! but try telling the less informed what they need to do. And you will find yourself as the persona non grata.
I did that Maddness style.
heres alittle bit of truth.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cqi5F5MqqTQ
We are kids in the eyes of the enlightened.
Some may not find this funny.
persona non grata
If it is ok with the others then I would like to invite persona non grata to tell what he knows is the truth.
From the video I gather there is one person who has us in control and can do whatever he wants with us. He creates us or he destroys us. Nothing but conscious slaves. Or fate we cannot change, just like Hindus believe.
This I cannot agree with, I would see it more that we are kids, that need to learn being responsible for their own actions. In the way of Buddhism, we are responsible for our death and birth. Not some strange power holds the string of our lives in their hands. This is more christian belief to make people their slaves.
to L.F.A.
why should I get mad. I’m sorry if it came across that I’m doing the right thing being in the djungle and you are stupid. That’s not at all what I wanted to say with it. You do not have to live in the jungle to survive. I chose my way before this whole topic of 2012 came up. I wanted to understand why my mind works the way it works and why I percieve the way I percieve. You remember? So If some of you got my above statement wrong, please be so very kind and forgive me. That wasn’t my intention.
When the time comes, I will give up my five groups, e.g. body, feeling, memory, thought and consciousness. I’m not threatened by this, actually quite the contrary. It’s for me a burden to carry them around with me. I know from my own experience what it is like when the five groups cease to exist…
loving kindness: why do you think I help people to find themselves? This is my kamma.
I think therefore I am. Wasn’t it Descartes who said. it?
I is only thought and consciousness. Don’t we normally refer to this body as I, or feelings as I, like I feel good bad or sick. Don’t we refer to memory as I, I spent my last holiday there and there.
As I said above, these five groups mixed together all make us or I. Wouldn’t you agree. Without memories you couldn’t have views and opinions. Without feelings, your life would be rather dry and one could not decide what to do, because one has no preferences. Without body, we couldn’t smell, hear see taste touch or think. You could see the body, like Descartes as a robot, a machine, but still it gives you senses of pleasure and displeasure.
Just food for thought…
oh by the way. I’m sitting in the jungle not to hunt food, but live on armsfood. Living by myselve in caves or the forest, doing meditation while sitting and standin, just to understand who I am and what it is that makes I or me. Not thinking about it but perceiveing the processes going on with in my spiritual heart to understand what all of these things truly are.
Just along the same line of what I was doing in my AI research. But once I understood Godel, that only from a metalevel you understand and can prove the theorems below. Now I try to understand these five groups and see them how and why they interact. Sorry that I cannot phrase it or translate it into math. -smile-
“If it is ok with the others then I would like to invite persona non grata to tell what he knows is the truth.”
Fine, wanna know why if it’s a battle for your “soul”,then why do they have no problem with killing you? I mean killing us releases the soul, so isn’t that doing you a favor?
The “TRUTH” is, your soul is useless if you die with out ascending first. Thats right when your enlightened then you die your soul “transends” if not then you are just caught in the loop. And will be doomed to do it all again. “Recycled” if you will, but I don’t like that description, but for lack of a better word. Its not like reincarnation, and believe it or not, your karma has less to do with the personal and more of what you sat back and let happen.
Thats why when you do good for others more good happens to you. Some people dont help or hurt and that balances their karma moreso than someone trying to do good and gets caught up in the one bad vice they don’t think hurts anyone.
Which is part of what the Hindus believe as well. Your mind,body & soul which are the original Trinity must be ready. It doesnt matter if your in the jungle,country or city.
Theres no escaping the coming time Physically.
Without first learning how to do it Mentally & Spiritiually. All to allow the radiant energy that is within us all. It will penetrate through unveiling the mystery and fear of death. As an illusion.
Ok i’m tired now & don’t have time to proof read, so forgive any miss spellings. Thats some of the “truths” I know. And I still don’t have all the facts. Thats why i’m glad I found this and two others sites like this.
Most of the world if focused on whats gonna happen with their $, They dont understand its just a distraction from whats really going on.
persona non grata
its too bad that I’m 12 hours behind you
persona non grata:
I agree with quite a lot, but coming from Buddhism I have different views. But never mind. After I started practicing, I feared only one thing, not to get enlightened and having to be recycled – I love this expression – having to go through all the painful processes of birth growing up getting old and die again.
However I don’t understand what you mean with
<>
Bye I’m tired as well
All the best to all of you its been a pleasure reading
Eh where has it gone What I don’t understand is your second paragraph starting with
Fine, wanna know … doing you a favor?
Might want to let me know the other two websites you found? thanks
bye
If I may add my 2cents. At the end od these videos are a couple of sites where Debauch helped me understand how deep in the mud we are stuck. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HIqOiJm5nwE
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tOlLo7rdpXg
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sfhOSnoPnHs
It gets alot worst than this. Look up Moloch after you watch this, the missing link is revealed if you have the first link.
I don’t mean to speak in parables , but as we know parables are like metaphores that has been extended to form a brief, coherent non-fiction.
So in my humble opinoin, Moloch = Satan &
= God. Its up to you to fill in the blank.
May your light find you.
Again please keep an open mind, & remember this is still linked to 2012.
Esp, I keep a bible next to my weapon.
I would like to add my video to this sites
Wake up before its to late- film festival
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z_pAHABP2lA
Take note of how old the footage is. Take note how long they have been planning this.
And last plz, take note how this is all taking place now and how much time is left.
This will be my last transmission over the net.
After today all you write or view will be researched, just like they know who watches child porn with a high-lighted tracking system. So will key words you type and say will be tracked as well.
We allowed them to perfect the technology under the pretense that it was good for us. Soon we will reap what they sowed. G’luck everyone. The rest is up you……
Captain America
If 2012 isn’t true then why are government officials are building under ground houses to prepare themselves? and
For anyone out their that think the world will end in 2012 is an idiota…..lol…..the world will end when you die than the world ends for you……Only god knows when the world will end not the mayas or all the otheir idiots scientist that think they know it all if they know the world is going to end can they tell me the winning lottery numbers,,,lol pendejos….
Hello All,
Interesting conversation going on here….
Somehow, i am unable to understand the apparent disagreement between Martin and PNG…
The thing that everyone needs to understand about “Higher Consciousness” / “Ascension” / “Enlightenment” is that every person has his/her own method for it and realises the same in due time.. My mehod may not be the same as yours. But the end result may be same… So it doesn’t make sense for me to argue about your method and try to convince you about mine…
Bu, on the same hand, it is not wrong to follow another person if you feel that his path is right for you as well…We may be souls gaining Earth Experience, or we may be Holograms, or Light beings waiting to be absorbed by the True Source.. Whatever it is, our primary motive should be to ask ourselves about the purpose of our life.. Then only we will allow ourselves to seek answers and be open to receive them as well…
A point which i picked up from someone’s post was that most of us are “just talking” here….
To the newcomers, it may seem like that, but if you go back towards the begining of this thread and start reading, you would realise that we have discussed in great detail, the concepts of Anunnaki, DNA, Gold etc etc… And most of that is just being repeated here now… But often, new facts come up and new persons join who have a great deal of knowledge to share….
So, the reason for just talking is that we just want to be in touch.. Its just a way to mark attendance on this thread to let the group that even if we do not have anything to contribute, we are still “listening” …. And infact, whenever we get a snippet, we share it from time to time….
Just wanted to make this clarification on behalf of “The regulars” ..
listen theres no possible way that the world will end on that exact date yes there was a calender but it was to predict weather the mayans got all hurricanes right ok hurricanes wow so scary do u know how many folktales and stories like that have been goin around at that time just to scare people even if there was a 2012 disaster why december 21 why not the 20 becuz the 12 is dec ok got that part but that means it will be 2112 makes no sence and yes there will be a tsunami will hit the east coast donno when but it will and theres no planet x if there was idk why they wud just name it STOP TRYING TO SCARE PEOPLE ABOUT THIS heres aa tru story ok in europe underground they built a reactor to try to create the suns energy but it did work but an indian girl didnt know that it didnt work and ended up hanging herself bcuz she was spo scared and if these stores keep goin on other people will get scared and end up killing themselves serious stuff yes there are goin to b disasters but in time not this generation or the next not even for a few bill years
Sorry guys but i really do think something will happen on December 21st, 2012. Until that day passes ill believe………..
i think that you r right but what if its true what if the world will end on 2012 im really confused i really want to know the truth but what about planet x isnt that real people are talking about it and what about global warming that another thing thats ruining our planet and not yust that the north pole and the south pole are melting thats another one why is the nasa in a hurry to find life in other planets? thats what ive been worried about think about it people…Im The Historian Religious Scientist
I really like how you debunked the 2012 theories in your articles. More scientists need to write about this subject because it is a very popular idea right now. I am wondering if you are going to continue these articles because I would love to read your takedown of some of the other events that are supposed to happen, like alignment of the planets, black holes, gamma rays, meteors, and the ice age.
This is a dispicable article, its only way to capture readers is to cling on to the readers own self preservational interest to feel like their destructive lives will go on for ever. This is silly there is in fact scientific theory that cant say what will happen during this spectacular alignment but can speculate and the speculations can be interpreted in many different ways. Many speculate different but the possibility of a catastrophe cannot be ignored. The earth has been created and destroyed 5 times before. The mayan calender accounts for ages and in each age cycles of creation change and to change cycles the past events have involved a catastrophe to carry the change out. This article is also ignoring many mysterious crop cirlces that have coded messages pointing to this date in time as a very important one. Perhaps aliens planted human beings here and suppose they were from the future and humanities whole existence is their past, that would mean they could for see our future, and if you dont think this is possible than your just exluding the boundless possibilites in a boundryless universe. This is nonsense 2012 is real and modern people are idiots!
amit–thank you for your oct 26 post…i am, however, “guilty as charged” for “just talking”… (and am still rather embarrassed by it)…so i promise to keep it to a minimum…again, my apologies…and thank you for your kindness…
thank you for indulging me on one more thought—edgar cayce’s name has been appearing with more frequency here on the thread…my sister had given me 5 of his books a while back…decided it was time for me to start reading them–which i have…since i am so “prolific” at the english language–all i can right now say is WOW!!!
I hope I speak for some of the “regulars” when I say. Let us run our mouths till 2012-13 season of doomsday comes and goes. Anything one of you who I have so grown fond reading & learning from starts “just talking ” about, well your like E.F huttman to me.
(That means that everyone is listening). Me I’ma gonna rant and rave and hope I make sense to someone. Cuz in thses crazy times I feel I’ve linked everything to 2012. That may be ignorant but I ain’t stupid. Any way,As if the economic recession wasn’t hard enough on Americans, seeing the government spend billions to bail out Wall Street has made it all even harder for the average person to take. Yes, we all want to avoid global financial collapse. right? Well here is where the way the government bailout of Wall Street is playing out seems to be adding insult to injury. 1) When the government agreed to bail out Wall Street, the goal was to provide funds to shore up banks’ capital bases so they would start lending again. It wasn’t to help them fund the bonus pool. But estimates run that as much as $70 billion will get paid out in bonuses to Wall Streeters this year. That amount equals 10% of the $700 billion bailout. 2) Neel Kashkari, a 35-year-old former Goldman Sachs whiz kid who believes in free markets, is getting the job at the Treasury Department of dispersing the government’s $700 billion rescue. Is he really the right person for the job? Lots of observers have wondered if a seasoned vet with a little more political experience might be a better fit for the task at hand.
3) AIG sent salespeople on a lavish luxury retreat at the same time it was getting billions in government aid. The retreat at the St. Regis resort in Monarch Beach, Calif., cost AIG $440,000 and came right after it received a $85 billion line of credit. Even worse, it planned another lavish retreat soon after. But when the press caught wind of that one, it was soon cancelled.
4) Some of Lehman’s top executives got signing bonuses to stay at the banks that acquired their divisions in bankruptcy proceedings. The Financial Times reported that Nomura, which bought Lehman’s European and Asian divisions, gave bankers cash equal to last year’s bonus if they agreed to stay at Nomura for a year, for example. Given massive firings on Wall Street, were those payouts really necessary?
5) Lehman Brothers’ ex-CEO Richard Fuld seemed to want pity when testifying before Congress and spoke about how he lies awake at night wondering what he could have done differently. Former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan wasn’t much better when he told Congress, “I made a mistake,” when he reasoned that Wall Street could police itself.
( I tell my kids, sorry didn’t do it) so how is he useing it for an excuse? I can go on an on but i’ll wrap up with.
Lightinging round Q & A: Shouldn’t Banks Use the Money to Help the Economy?
Nope. It turns out that banks can use the money however they want. Banks that are getting government bailout money are contemplating using it for other things — like buying other banks — not adding it to the lending pool so they can make more loans and end the credit squeeze. Next up, insurance and car companies may get to tap into the funds. If this is “just talking” I wish there were more of us going around doing it.
Espumpin
Maybe we should just let them continue to produce paper money, while we detach from their wacky ways, and form our own society with our own currency. We’ll make them pay for everything, now that they’re just printing money to end. The gold’s been taken out of Fort Knox long ago, Espumpin, so there’s nothing to back them greenbacks, no way.
Hey, I got another idea, what about just let them do what they’re going to do anyway, which is to spend, spend, spend your money. They learned how to pan for American tax dollars long ago, and by the time most people find them out, oh, oh, too late. What gets me is this always present rhetoric from people in the know, which amounts to a minority of people, who always talk and talk about what’s wrong, yet never take to action to do anything. I mean, you’d think there’d be an outcry, especially since as you claim, the banks have hardly any accountability as to how they can spend this money. People should be writing letters to Washington. We should be protesting! NO wonder some politicians got mad at John McCain when he suggested our government should then be helping to bail people out of their mortgage woes. These Fat Cats are fighting this from happening. They want all the money for themselves, and are paying off stupid politians to accomplish this. They want US to be government owned, where we’re beholden, especially in these horrible times of terror… and remember, HALLOWEEN is upon US! BOO!
Hi Espumpin, Thanks for yet another revelation about the “Behind the Scenes” occurences in the financial framework..
But one thing is confusing me, why is your post coming under Captain America’s name?
I started reading it and thought why is Captain America posting an Espumpin style article, then at the end i saw it signed – “Espumpin” …….
Hey Becky!
Hope you are dong fine….
Please dont be so apologetic while posting… Its always a pleasure to hear from you, just like all the others here…
And if “Just Talking” is an offense here, then i too am not contributing much lately… I am just chatting up..
Infact, if someone goes without posting for a couple of days, the thread seems incomplete!
Like today, Leah is conspicuous by her absence…
Rico is also missing since a couple of days….
So is Just a Thought….
And lately, Debauch and Gnostic Joe too……
Where ar you guys???? Come back and start ranting here! We are missing you….
Just want to share an experience here…. The regulars would remember i shared something i learned from children.. Now i learned something from Animals…
Every morning, when i drive to work, i see people strolling around the perimeter of our copmplex… There are lots of people walking their dogs. On some days, i notice an elderly gentleman and his dog, both walk at a leisurely pace…. The leash is not stretched even once.. Even the dog looks old…
On other days i can see a young man “running” with his dog. The young man needs a great effort to keep pace and the dog is always straining the leash to the max..
Then something struck me about this dog, and i watched closely for a couple of the days… Guess what?? Its the same dog…….
He adpats himself to the ways of his walking mates – Father-Son Duo…
The lesson i learnt is that we should also learn to adapt ourselves to others and dont expect them to bend over double for us… The dog doesnt expect the old man to run after him, it knows that he is physically weaker, but when the same dog goes with the younger man, it is a picture of raw enthusiasm…
Isn’t it a great example of empathy and understanding? And it proves so well that if we get hold of ouor expectations from others, life will be so good!!!
Below is an excerpt from “The Lost World” by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle –
“For an hour or more that evening I listened to his monotonous chirrup
about bad money driving out good, the token value of silver, the
depreciation of the rupee, and the true standards of exchange.
“Suppose,” he cried with feeble violence, “that all the debts in the
world were called up simultaneously, and immediate payment insisted
upon,–what under our present conditions would happen then?””
The book was written in 1912!!!!
WOW! Some foresight!! Isnt it?? Sir Doyle must be smiling from the heavens seeing his “prediction” come true, even if nearly 100 yeras later!
Dear Amit and All,
Just been listening…reading…contemplating.
To turn Sir Doyle’s point on its head and into a constructive idea…..What if All Debts were to be cancelled on a given day…..
Everyone has what they have, but owe nothing. An economic reboot.
It would still only be a temporary fix, as the foundation of the economic system worldwide is built on a flawed foundation…..and in a short time the same scenario would occur.
Be well, Leah
im not sure wats going to happen.. but if something does happen ill be ready for it with my family by my side. but if nothing happens, we know how to get prepared well.
Not only does the world end when one dies, the whole universe as well, then is reborn when we wake up again into life. Time is only sequences of numbers correlating to our external perception of the movement of matter through space. If we study what all ancient books say, we are here for a purpose, and therefore will not be just blotted out by the “Gods”. We are here to stay, just like in the Wizard Of Oz with a ‘no place like home’ destiny.
As for paying back all debt at once, what a fiasco. Who could enforce such a thing, as practically all are debt-burdened. As for cancelling all debt, I’m afraid some are going to be completely teed off holding all them IOU’s. It’d be like winning the lotto, only to find out they went out of business. Wars can be started by disgruntled kings who have no more money, but still have plenty of weapons, still controlling the masses through mere propaganda and ignorance.
Yes Amit, aren’t animals wonderful when you think about what they put up with when you consider how impatient we are. One of life’s great wonders.
If anything is certain, it is that change is certain. The world we are planning for today will not exist in this form tomorrow.
– Philip Crosby
Might aspire to hang on but it will do no good, once the moment is past it is gone.
I sometimes get so entangled in the details that I miss the moment.
So, do I learn? NO I lose several more moments in remorse, then, I start to get pissed at myself (blowing more time) when I finally …. you know where this is going.
When you finally decide to have a cocktail. Ah. Nice and relaxed, finally.
Happy Halloween (again) and where has the year gone?
A cocktail is nice, but only one. I however, put no limit on the size of said libation ; )
Wow couldnt really read through all the feedback but still seems like people are missing a few points, The New World Order will be firmly implanted by 2012, english translations of certin words must be put into context also.
ARMAGEDDON = THE END OF SOMETHING OLD AND BEGINING OF SOMETHING NEW!!!!
all the reasearch iv done into the long count and the mayans beliefs, never reveild a belief of undeniable end, there is however some really big shit going down in 2012, the world as we know it will never be the same again, alot of laws and legislations and impending one world govornment!!! The NWO is the true threat and look into all your callenders and see how close the dates add up, eg hebrew calender, solar years and mayan long count etc.
Excuse the spelling
Dear Debauch,
Nope, your posts don’t appear on my version of the thread. Your last post I can read was on 19th Oct.
Best wishes, Leah
In with the old, out with new, out with the old in with the new. Armageddon can be translated as mount of Megiddo, or the final battle between good and evil. Evil is purged from Earth, bringing in good and peace. I wonder how the new president will handle all of this? Will he appoint a new 2012 research commitee, as the time counts down? Perhaps the end of this particular long count is the accumulation of the 26,000 year cycle which it is associated with, thus bringing us something cosmic not witnessed for at least that amount of time. If we could do research as to what may have happened 26,000 years ago, some etching which may have been found on a cave wall, or rock somewhere? Interesting. 26,000 years is a long time.
Hi Just a thought,
The format and layout of this page changes more often than the British weather. I think we all have a variation of the thread, but none of us has a complete version. George Orwell….1984.
Leah
It looks as if all my posts have been erased.
can any one tell me if they have read my last three?
http://www.n3kl.org/sun/noaa.html
Check this out.
Hi Amit,
Hope you and your family are well. Only those that do not count the fortune of others…but count their own, alone……could bear the thought of debts being cancelled. So long as there is envy, such a thing cannot happen.
So it would seem, that there is envy even re a neighbours greater debt…..but only if the loan is to be cancelled, but not envied so long as the debt is still owed The psyche of the human race is wierd indeed.
Be well, Leah
No Debauch here.
Seems to happen to Becky far to often.
Post-no post veiwable by some, not others.
Glitch or censored?
I dont think people are idiots for belieiving that something horrible can happen. I think people should be allowed to believe what they want without being judged for doing so.I wish people wouldn’t let their lives become consumed with theories and act irrational as some doomsday scientists and religous figures have but, to each his own. I believe what Ian Oneil wrote but I do leave myself open to other possibilities with the understanding that none of us have the answers. We weren’t there, and we can’t skip ahead to the future to see whats going to happen. We’re just going to have to wait to see what happens.
Hey Folks!!
Even i did not get the said “3” posts of Debauch.. And so with Becky’s posts….
I wonder whats happening…. Can’t be a glitch, but doesn’t look like censoring either!
Leah, regarding cancelling the debts.. Such a thing happened with farmers in a particular state in India… Govt. forfeited all their loans.. And some of them who had just paid off their loans a few days before the anouncement were feeling robbed!!
Anyways, we can all but speculate upon this strange financal structure which grips the world…. I think we are yet to see a lot more strange things before we are done….
Yes Leah, its hard to understand the psyche of our race…..
We all like to build virtual spheres around us which we call our own and are centred around those only.. Its “Me” first when it comes to me and my neighbour.. But when it comes to another colony and mine , it becomes “our colony” first (including that neighbour)… And so on and so forth… But its sad that we cant go on right down till “My World” !!!
Why should we love “only” our country?? Just because chance caused us to be born in a specific region defined as a particular country by man?? I could have very well be born in the US and would have been taen care of in the same manner.. So why should we limit our love to our country only??
Isn’t this narow mindedness to the extreme?
Do we really need Alines to attack us to dissolve the boundaries and become one?
Testing. Have joined Bad Astronomy forum….will see how it goes.
All the Best to All,
Leah
George Orwell….1984
Hauntingly familiar.
http://www.astroengine.com Search 2012 articles for “no doomsday 2012″……a blog exists there too. Its the web site of the author.
Salutations!
It is my wish that every one of us are left standing when this is over.
The things they are not saying cause me the greatest concern. Well proven we find out after the fact. Wagging the dog and hope we do not see the tail(what is going on behind) .
Enjoy the “floor show” and help each other stay informed as best we can.
What cas become of the Maddness?
Salutations!
It is my wish that every one of us are left standing when this is over.
The things they are not saying cause me the greatest concern. Well proven we find out after the fact. Wagging the dog and hope we do not see the tail(what is going on behind) .
Enjoy the “floor show” and help each other stay informed as best we can.
What has become of the Maddness?
It seems as if More than 3 sentences will not post. Prehaps my computer has the glitch. Testing 123
Testing 124 if not a glitch the Captain may have been on mark. I finally see my post.
he Hebrew University archaeologist in charge of the new dig at Hirbet Qeiyafa.
Believes a ceramic shard found in the ruins of an ancient town bears the oldest Hebrew inscription ever discovered
Believes a ceramic shard found in the ruins of an ancient town bears the oldest Hebrew inscription ever discovered
I must take my computer to the shop. If Gnostic joe is available i will pass info to him.
its every 5,125 days, don’t get this article were all dead. if not by this then by global warming.
Future holds us all in awe, as we go into a rabbit hole of broken physical laws, where things are backward, then upside down. We decide to push onward, wearing a red heart’s crown. Oh my, this mirror is cracked, broken I would say, for tomorrow is backed in a corner wiating another another day.
I should edit what I write, but hopefully you all get what my poem is about. Let’s live for today, hoping the best for tomorrow, which never arrives; yet keeps us in suspenced animation. 2012 is all about a change, because I think it will herald the accumulation of all we are, and what we will become. We are futurists whose purpose is progression, after all. If there is chaos, then surely, there will be outstanding order! Wait and see, we will be better. We will go beyond that date, see behind us, and instead of turning into pillars of salt, we will become platinum. Perhaps, the Maya may have realized that we would accumulate all our knowledge on that date, starting when history began to the day when we will know enough to decide to become greater than mere mortals, who are stuck on survival mode. We will flip the survival switch to automatic enjoyment and spiritual enlightenment.
Good day All,
2012 No Geomagnetic Reversal…..another of Mr O’Neill’s articles from early October, is a relevant subject to what has been discussed here…..so I’ll be reading and posting on that thread too.
Be well, Leah
best wishes–all—glad everything is still in tact…leah–thank you for being so instrumental…am “trekking” off to sites unknown, but am so glad all was not lost…just redirected…i’ll be back…
ian–thank you for another insightful article– (2012 no geomagnetic reversal)–as so many of yours are…so much to be considered when we deal with the “unknown”…
becky
Daniel Rey- Chicago
Captain America – Texas
Andre- Pennsylvania
Gnostic joe- London
Debauch- Moscow
Generation X- Las Vegas
Persona Non Grata- Arizona
Looking For Answers- Bermuda
Maddness- Ohio
We had made a list when We first came onto the page. Those ppl are the light bringers. You are the ones who are on the path. Your actions, thoughts & words will either bring a change for better or worse. You are but one sqaud in the army being brought together. You have all suffered in ways, others would have given up by now, yet you strive. You are the ones who see the signs for what they are, while everyone else will still deny the truth.
The list on top, is of those from my squad. Yes you may be surprised from some of the names, but you have to understand we had to test you and push you to see where you stand. We are legion, as hard as this maybe for some of you to understand we are all the same person.
We first came on as Daniel Rey along while ago. Each manifistion of thought was brought on by the thoughts the “regulars” as they were forming on this page. Yes, you brought us to your attention, not vise versa. Although many will not believe you, the answers to 2012 & what it means has already been made clear to you. The rapture will not be quick in one day it has already begun. The Mayans had started the new “calender” for after 2012, but that one is incomplete.
They are about to elect someone that everyone trust during some turbulent times on earth. Does this sound familiar? Thing are about to get 10x worse. We have been sent to see if any are worthy. We have ascended as we wish for you to do. A poltergeist is what can best explain what we are.
The energy on this plane is becoming more unstable for any beings of rightousness. More and more evil will be the norm. And up until now most of what I have said has been accepted as truth. It has been an honor, the glitch on this thread is our energy not a computer.
All information we have passed or has been recieved has come from the one true light.
We are mearly the vessel in which the knowledge was conveyed. We had said from the start the truth would be to much to handle. The truth is the ppl on the list can ascend together or doubt from one can cause all of you to repeat the cycles. And just like a butterfly flapping its wings there will be consequences based on your actions.
Time is short
Those on the list above will no longer be posting on this thread we have been called back. We ask you to highlight the names on the thread and read the posts in order if you wish to find our insight clearer. For the lightbringers brigade please maintain your faith & openmindness.
We are from M113 we are Ad idem we are part of the legion.
Madness & Gnostic joe wish to let Amit,Leah & Becky know that it has been a pleasure. Persona Non Grata would like Martin to know that he is on the same path he was once on. Captain America wants Espumpin to not use his name so he doesn’t get blamed for his actions. Andre apologizes to everyone.
Soon all the secrets will be revealed. We would like to tell all of you more in detail what to look out for but are not allowed. But in 2weeks an event will occur that will have you remembering these words. “It is not real”. It will then be up to each of you to accept what is presented to you or reject it.
WE will miss my time here with all of you. Time may be an illusion, but the time is also a memory held in one place forever, to be revisited at any time. We will speak again my friends, but next time will be face to face.
Adeste Fideles, Ad maiorem dei gloriam.
Debauch
Testing……..
Oh, it still works!
But i dont think that it will sustain for longer…
Just wanted to say Goodbye to everyone here…. Leah, Becky, Espumpin, Rico, Just a Thought, Debauch, Gnostic Joe….. The list goes on and on… Its been a real pleasure being in such erudite company for the past few months… You all have made an everlasting impression on my life and i will always count you amongst the best of friends that i ever had!
I have the E-Mail IDs and will try to be in touch that way…
Joining the other forums will take some time, but i will show up soon…
Till then, See you on the Geomagnetic reversal thread!
Dear Debauch,
I am still trying to come to terms with your last post..
It sounds really unbelievable….
But i will take your word for it and wait for “the event”, as you suggested…
Hope to hear more from you……
Later on. Peace out.
Oh, and you all have merry holidays until the end of time. Even Legion (poltergeist), being many, whose list is only really himself. Is that what he said? What a clique… and here I thought I was communicating with Earthly beings. How silly of me. I will go to the posts of mere mortals now. Away I go to the foxes show. Tally ho!
Dear Espumpin,
Titor…..yes. We are on Ian O’Neill’s other article….this website…called “2012 No Geomagnetic Reversal”. Or use my e-mail, if you wish.
Be well, Leah
WTF is going on ??? I dont know what to say. Am I reading right? Talk about changes this is the one place that has been the most stable of late, & now look at us. I too will miss this thread i’ve been having some problems with my posts as well. What the HELL is D talking about?? Whats happened to the “Campfire” posse? I admit I don’t get alot of time nowadays to post my job keeps me busy plus family but I enjoyed reading the bloggs while I workout or if I get a chance in the morning depends on when I wake up. Theres nobody eles who knows the research i’ve done that we have accumlated here. WHERE”S EVERYBODY GOING & WHERE”D EVERYBODY GO???? Where am I supposed to go rant at? If everybody leaves?
I’m a big boy I know things change ppl move on. I hope this isn’t the beginning of the kinda changes that just come outta nowhere and nothing you knew was the same any more.
Anywho I guess I will say farewell to all but I will check in from time to time just in case I get new 411 or incase somebody does.
It’s been real
Espumpin
Hey does this make Debauch like Titor or something? What if theres some hidden message? Just kidding 🙂
WAKE UP America!!!
“When all government, domestic and foreign, in little as in great things, shall be drawn to Washington as the center of all power, it will … become as venal and oppressive as the government from which we separated.” – Thomas Jefferson
Kinda’ like now.
WTF is going on ???
Am I reading right?
Please explain the event of the Debauch last post.
How is it that thousands of people can starve to death and not much happens but when big business in the US gets in trouble almost a trillion dollars is come up with at the drop of a hat?
Dear Just a Thought,
That would be due to life being considered less valuable than money itself, or the intruments it is invested in. Human race got its priorities all mixed up.
Be well.
So, my coworker told me about the 2012 thing just today and I have been googleing it all day since I got home. Yet I don’t see why the people would say it. Maybe I just don’t get it. Well, I could use more information about it. Google is driving me crazy. With more information on it, please let me know. My e-mail is [email protected]
To me, the world would not end. I guess I just keep on thinking that if this were to happen, I would only be married for eight years and my little sisters would only be seven. Yeah I have been making my own little list. But someone please get back to me…Thank you!
Wow!
I guess some people just choose to be oblivious to what is coming and that is OK. When it happened to Atlantis, most people didn’t believe it either and most of them were gone!
It makes sense though, only key individuals who are going to help with the change that this event it’s bringing will live and those who are driven by their egos and vibrating low will not because they will not be a match to the high vibration that will be experienced.
Hi everyone! I’m back for a quick moment. Is the alien from the planet legion gone, or is he still lurking about? (Kidding) WTF is right. Take care ya all. Here’s to 2013 and beyond!
To extract the essence of a warning / Prophecy, re a path you may wish to avoid, is to be fore armed, having been fore warned.
To consider Prophecy as a blue print / plan, is what makes it self fulfilling.
Like a parent that warns the child, to be vigilant when crossing the road, but is not, then gets run over. The parent sees the danger…the child does not. Children often believe that what they don’t see, doesn’t see them. In adulthood this changes to, what they don’t perceive, doesn’t exist.
To repeat a past post from someone else…..To consume poisoned food will poison you whether you know its poisoned or not. I’ll add…Only a fool consumes it, having been fore warned.
Then there are those who believe they can take up serpents and will not be bit, or poisoned by them. Their faith will see to it that they are not destroyed, somehow. Flawed thinking? You decide. Just don’t do it to prove a point, or you could be tempting fate. Sound advice, Leah. Jim Jones and followers should have taken heed with their “suicide is painless…” stint.
blind faith has got to be tempered with common sense…free will does not guarantee either…
Oh, those blind eyes of faith have sensed the common will to be free.
you guys are all nuts the earth is goign to die one wat or another there is a theory on the new saying that there is a comet or your so called nirabu plant x is coming for earth if it hits us the impact could destroy the earth and if it nics us then we will be knocked of rotation and if it just passes us then we will still be kjnocked of rotqation either sending us closer or farther away from the sun take it from me that is a very good point i just laid down
The world isn’t going to end in 2012, it’s going to begin. The entirety of history which has consisted of nothing but us trying to figure out what’s going on will suddenly make sense. Much like an emotional experience which becomes clear with time. Hindsight is 20/20.
Yes, people are idiots for saying that the world will end, but they’re not idiots for believing that something will happen.
What will happen you might ask? There are not enough neurons on the planet to compute the answer to that question. An author cannot create a character more intelligent than his or her self in a novel, and for that same reason we cannot imagine what this will be like.
Me, I believe it will be similar to the phenomena of several stem cells that make up a blastocyst spontaneously beginning to function as one unit: a developing fetus. By this I mean that instead of functioning as 6~ billion individuals we will trancend our individual identities and start functioning as one planet.
To the author of this article: i would ask you to do your research on the topic of 2012, for the mayan calendar is not the only source that points to this date. Specifically, Terence McKenna’s novelty theory has volumes to say about this date, and he is hardly an idiot.
Finally, if this planet were to disappear and be irrelevant, with our race and ever race preceding us being just a blip in the universe, I don’t think we’d be here to notice it. Similarly, if you were tortured for a week straight and then it was wiped from your memory, it would almost be like it didn’t happen.
you do have a point there chris but is this all true ??
alright, so I just read the article and took a little look into the overwhelming mass of comments ,
no one has seemed to mention the fact that the gvt is taking measures as to “prevent” lots of potential magnetic pole related tragedies such as the GWEN tower systems. could chemtrails be related to some sort of cosmic event in 2012? and what about the changes in schumanns resonance?
I like to think of the year 2012 as World War Z :P. People get infected by a virus and become zombies and run over the world. Forget all the crap about pole shifts and comets hitting the earth. What I said earlier is the truth.
shut up unknown
i dont think the zombies will be quite the write i dea of a good death how old are you
Well — some might say that the mayans were so far advanced because “creatures from above” came and gave them help and ideas… maybe they told the mayans when they would take over earth… I know I sound like a psycho but just think about it…. and people of the world I am not crazy but with all of the solar systems and galaxies in the universe there has got to be other life… maybe like us or opposite but there must be…
Anyway maybe the aliens are planning an invasion which is highly unlikely.
Sorry for the scare though because did you ever think that maybe it is just a calendar and if something like that were to happen: another ice age, meteor, and/or anything else the world would come together and we would easily find a way around it but it would probably not be easy… Hey folks anyway it is just a bunch of numbers special to the mayans.
But… why they decided to start the date 3114 B.C. I still ponder and many of you do.
And everyone saying idiots believe this that is unfair… it is that fear itself can drive man into complete juveniles and when fearful man believes everything.
I suggest waiting until the beginning of December of 2012 like December 12 and seeing the is happening in the world and how the media is doing to play with this topic… many people might even go insane just thinking about it… the end of the world…
No one in this world is an idiot… it is there beliefs for example there are many things in different religions that are supposed to happen and it is up to the people in the world to decide to believe it or not…
As I conclude this message I say stop worrying and just think about how many times things were proven wrong and/or didn’t even come close to happening.
What about our sudden economic plunge, or our recent steps (election?) toward socialism? And another step toward the North American Union (and thus another step towards a New World Order)? 2012 isn’t so far off, but seems more reasonable there may be a major revolution possible.
the world is gonna because of the allignment of the milkyway
yo bra the worlds gonna end
better play halo 3 niggers
I like reading articles like this is puts my mind at ease. I read all that other BS about the world ending and it does kind of scare you or get you thinking. I think the only person that will decide that is GOD. Not the Mayians, comets, black holes, but GOD. So I guess believe what you want only time will tell. Long as I have my girl with me and family I really dont care!
So let me get this straight. Some ancient calendar ends on a certain date and they forgot to publish the next edition. Therefore the world will end.
I accidentally tore off the ‘December’ page on my calendar. Sorry about that, but it looks like the world will end on Nov 30th.
I wonder what would happen if I ripped off the November page. Would the world simultaneously explode? No. Would the poles shift? Would there be a killer solar flare? Would the supposed ‘Planet X’ appear and destroy us all? No.
And just in case the badly written humour hasn’t made itself known yet: Feel free to ridicule how horrible the humour is.That’s all. Don’t ridicule the article, because it’s just silly to. Don’t be silly.
There is a wall in Israel that MANY people think to be holy we spend 500bill a year on that lame FAKE place.
Tell what is the difference from 2012 doomdays then any other religion???????
There is not one!!!! 90% of all humans belive ina fake god other humans made up
All i see 2012 is a link to us and nature
I read most of the dumb stuff people write on here its funny to read
When we seen the Atom how can anyone here say a naked jew died for our sins that is really silly
This here tells me that man kind is doom cus they FEAR anything they dont understand
Keep believing in your naked jew Maybe he will return and save us for the horde of dumb people on this mother earth
And most of all keep your day job keep thinking there is a god keep paying taxes and KEEP the capitalism spirit alive for the greedy jews
have a nice fake day non thinkers
2012 is a link to natural cycles.
I read the article but not all of the comments.
I will not be paying any of my money into any propaganda (i.e. the movie) concerning this nonsense.
I don’t know much about the Mayan calendar, so maybe one of you would enlighten me. Does the calendar give insight into the demise of the Mayan civilization too? If that was foreseen, there would have been no need to continue designing a cycle that went to 2012. Am I missing something here?
Back in July when I first heard about this I truly believed something was going to happen in 2012. I would think about it all the time. I think it was because I had just had a baby in May so my hormones were crazy. Now I don’t think about it as much. In a way I think it is crazy. But I do have a feeling something bad will happen maybe the world wont end. But something will happen.
They even have a movie coming out about this, it its called 2012. I believe it will be out sometime next year. The trailer said “How would the governments of our Earth prepare 6 billion people for the end of the world” something like that. THen they show a clip then it says THEY WOULDN’T. I don’t know I guess we will just have to wait and see. But ever since I heard about this, just about every week the History channel has something about this subject. Whether it be the bible codes, the mayan calender, or anti-christ. Just crazy.
everything mentioned and debated on this thread could very well be clumped together as “the signs of the times”…no one is required to be right or wrong, or to even have a definitive opinion about them either way…but it costs nothing to be aware of what is going on around you and to pay attention to it all—like leah said–“2012 is a link”…as is history, current events, past and present science, and everything we have yet to discover…it’s all linked through unlimited possibilities…none should be discarded…
Well, according to NASA, there is an astroid that will hit earth in 2012, they don’t know how big it is, they say it could be bigger then the astroid at meteor crater. Forgive my stupidness.
ok guys maybe the end is not in 2012 but, science has proved that their was a definite beginning. Therefore there will be a definite end! The Mayans were probably the closets civilization to the beginning of mankind so wouldn’t you think that they would know more about our creation and have a closer relationship with the gods or the god depending on your faith? Perhaps the gods told them when their time was up? perhaps they built the pyramids for a reason. you need to ask your self’s these questions before you go and call all the believers “Idiots”because like the christian faith it is about what you believe in.
we just have to wait and see. wether we believe or not. people have BLIND (not fact based) faith in all sorts of gods, devils, stars,numbers, and what not. so lets just see. some will be prepared, some wont. no matter what happens. no do overs.
T.K.
Bloody brilliant mate. You think this thread is going cactus you should see the lunacy that’s happening on the Non-geomagnetic Reversal thread! End Timers, hippies spouting gobble-de-gook, alien interventionists, the whole slobbering crew has gathered there. Scientific explanations mean nothing to them. A right bunch of wowsers.
I’m just wondering, what about what the ICH says on their website???
by that i just mean, is the 94% thing true??? or are they just full of it?
that is a viral-advertising page for the new movie ‘2012’ in 2009. google/wikipedia it
I have a question though. I remember reading somewhere (ages ago, can’t remember), that if you translated the Mayan Long Count calender to the current Gregorian Calender, the end of the Long Count is actually Dec. 21st, 2011. That true, or have I got it wrong?
I remember the movie ’23’, there’s something with this number.
20 + 1 + 2 = 23
Bam!
I hope you all realize that on December 21, 2012 the Earth, Sun and the center of the Milky Way will be realigned. At the center of our galaxy is a black hole that is capable of creating many natural disasters on the Earth and is also very capable of genarating greater solar flares from the Sun, and believe-it-or-not, flipping the world upside down.
I don’t expect you to believe me, I realize that pretty much all skeptics don’t believe anything that comes out of an open-minded person’s mouth, but I just thought maybe I could get through to at least one of you, since that is all I am really here for. But heed this, the Dark Rift is powerful and if you don’t believe me now, just wait until 2012. The Mayans saw this over 26, 000 years ago and they see it again.
Peace and Light.
Sorry Stretch but as the black hole at the galaxy’s centre is around 30,000 light years away and is actually quiet at the moment. We are simply too far away for it have any influence, good or bad, on us here in the galactic back waters. It certainly does not cause pole-flipping, giant solar flares or any other disaster. If we lived at or near galactic centre then we might be affected by huge amounts of X-rays, ultra violet radiation.
Also the Maya were not here 26,000 years ago. Humanity were Cro-Magnon hunter-gatherers caught in the middle of the Ice Age.
I would be interested to know why you think your theories are true. Evidence??
I believe “Seeing is believing” !
No matter what happen,whether there’ll be doomsday
or not, we have to do our own work as before.That’s our duty as a human being.
Does it matter what happens in 2012? Astronomers are still not sure, but suspect that a very massive black hole exist at the center of our galaxy, they believe it was created early in the history of the universe. Their suspicion focused on a compact radio source, also found to emit x-rays, hidden behind dust clouds in the constellation of Sagittarius, the archer.
Wars rage that the news does not cover, we only still wish”there was something we can do” We worry about a black holes, Polar shifts, Planet X etc…The black holes like evrything else can be explained. The public image of a “black hole” is rather menacing, a vortex sucking up anything that comes near, to be swallowed up and never to return. That is not so. The force of gravity near a black hole is indeed tremendous, but like the gravity pull of Sun, Earth or any other object, it obeys the conservation of energy. Any object attracted to a black hole gains velocity and energy, and these may get quite large.
However, unless that object happens to be headed directly at the black hole (a relatively small target) it will just swing around and fly away again, like a comet making a pass at the Sun. The velocity acquired in falling towards the black hole also helps it escape. Far from being a voracious devourer of stars and of interstellar gas, “our own” black hole is rather benign. So without getting into to much science, Have any of you found God & when I say that I mean are you still scare to let go of everything here? or are you ready to do what you are suppose to? The long count is for my next post.
Oh yeah, before I go like people, galaxies come in different shapes and sizes. There are thin spirals both with and without central bulges of stars, and more rotund ellipticals that are themselves like giant bulges. Scientists have long held that all galaxies except the slender, bulgeless spirals harbor supermassive black holes at their cores. Furthermore, bulges were thought to be required for black holes to grow.
Bubbles of dark matter could be masquerading as supermassive black holes at the centres of galaxies. If so, they could explain the puzzling pattern of X-ray emissions from the heart of the Milky Way.
Cosmologists know that most galaxies host a compact, supermassive object at their centre and they believe these must be black holes. Such a black hole is thought to be responsible for the X-ray flares coming from the middle of our galaxy, which would be caused by the black hole devouring surrounding matter. But recent observations show that these flares fire roughly every 20 minutes – a regularity that is hard to explain in terms of the behaviour of a black hole.
the center of the Milky Way galaxy is approximately 24,000 light years away. Because of the Earth’s position on an outer arm of the spiraling Milky Way, much of our knowledge about galaxies does not come from our own.
OkAy BeDTiMe, I wAs tOlD a SeCrEt……….
The Secret reveals the most powerful law in the universe. The knowledge of this law has run like a golden thread through the lives and the teachings of all the prophets, seers, sages and saviors in the world’s history, and through the lives of all truly great men and women. All that they have ever accomplished or attained has been done in full accordance with this most powerful law.
NaNoPrObE
Does make sense .. if something ends , doesn’t mean that everything is going to get affected .. its just a calender , not a god .. we people live in myths and legends .. its time to open our eyes and start living with logic .. not assumptions …
If a cell can communicate with other cells from totally different parts of the same organism, why can’t one side of our own galaxy influence another part, even if it is thousands of light years away? Yes, these things are all possible. Perhaps, we need to re-align ourselves to a better future; why wait for the planets to do so? why wait for the ‘rift’ of the Milky Way to awaken us, when all we need is a rift of the mind kind, as in, creating a bigger rift between who we are, and our ever increasing wastefulness of this planet? Why wait for 2012, when we got 2008 with 2009 just around the corner? By the way, Happy Holy Days, which is the time of our ‘short count’ year when we are to go forth with a strong mind, a generous heart, full of faith, giving thanks for what we all have here and now! Faith that tomorrow will take of itself, as a wiseman once said… and above all else, let us LOVE — — every year we get to go around and do it all again!
ok. i have a SLIGHT obsession with this 2012 ordeal and i find it funny that everyone thinks it is the end of the world. this article thrilled me. i loved it! im so happy to read the view of an intelligent person! thanks so much. i enjoyed it.
It is a kind of joke! The Super Man will come and save me ..ha ha
If you believe that …..you will be saved by him
ha ha / just kid
Just believe that you will die on one day .
not sure that when will you die
Do only good things,be kind , the god will save you when you die
ha ha ha ha ha ha (^o^)
So…
My friend told me about this last year and I freaked out. I am a sophomore in high school and i was thinking to myself why do all this studying so I can graduate highschool and die the next year? haha after reading this article it helped me see the other side of the story.
And… if the black hole is 24,000 light years away from us, if there were anything to happen to the black hole there would be a delayed reaction to when it will affect the Earth.
There may be something that occurs in space with allignments and galaxies and black hole (etc., etc.) on December 21 2012 but we may not actually see the affects of it years later.
Since it is pretty much proven that the black hole is the center of our Milky Way galaxy and has a great gravitational pull (why our galaxy is disc shaped) it would most likely effect us in some way.
All I know is that I was completely freaking out about these 2012 doomsday scenerios and this article instantly lowered my blood pressure. I was literally losing sleep not to mention ordering survival supplies and stockpiles of ammo. Hell, I even googled real estate in the Appalachain Mountains. I reside in Florida and was feeling pretty certain we were gonna be up manure street without a fricken paddle. Unfortunately I still have my insecurities with regards to the planetary alignments and pole shifts. I learned about this back in Astronomy class in College – about 22 years ago. I suppose I am feeling more affected these days because I am a father, and it would really SUCK if our world was wasted in a mere 4 years. Crap, maybe I need to up the meds …
Ok i am sorry to change ALL of your thoughts, but hundreds of scientists are full of these lies. Of course the goverment, and all the national leaders don’t want you to know the horrifing truth that lies on 2012.
It would cause mass chaos, people quiting jobs, school drop outs, MASS CHAOS.
Lets just think this over a bit. The Mayans were a very smart group of people. They discovered so much and knew so much more then anyone else, the calender also predicts other things other then the end of the world.
People are asking for proof, the man who wrote this article, just BSed his way of making proof. I am sorry but it was hardly believing article. Let me show you the proof.
Is it not true, that the Mayans predicted we would go through a dark rift in the galaxy?
Is it not true that the Milky Way Spiral is actualy a not finished circle, so in a way we don’t even belong in this galaxy, and on Dec 21st, the galaxy will finally be one complete circle?
Is it not true that the sun will be going from its quiet stage to its violent stage, and this stage or cycle is suppose to be one of the most violent ever?
Is it not true that certain giant volcanos that have exploded in the past (Pompei, Yellowstone) are believed to go off in the very near future?
Is it not true that on the day of Dec 21st, the Zodiac Lines and the Winter Solstice line will make a perfect cross, or a 2nd coming of Jesus? (One for the Christians)
Is it not true, that we have NO proof of what happens in a black hole, only theories that can not be supported?
Is it not true, that the Chinese made a pillar system, a little after the Mayan calender, that followed this same belief? And is it not true that this pillar system showed how the world would end on that date?
Is it not true, that we have no clue that the world will be safe, and evidence and mathametics show, that a black hole could lead to a new life, or beginning?
Is it not true, that you bsed your way through that whole article, so the public would not be afraid?
Im sorry everyone but what the Mayans predicted are very true.
For Nanoprobe, You know nothing about the current belief on blackholes. The black holes (from what we guess) are a hole created by a collapsed star that creates a black hole would suck everything into it. In simple terms, if you are in this black zone, you will automatically be gone, you have no choice. The Milky way does have a giant black hole in the middle of it. And this Black Rift could involve it.
The planets do not align on this date, the Center of the galaxy, the sun, and us align on this date. On this date, the gass planets also will form a perfect end of the world sign.
I am sorry, but the facts are true, the world will end. We will be reborn into another universe. Will we live? I can’t answer that, but the world will be drastically changed on this date somehow.
The exact time will be 11:11:11 EST KKK (11th letter in the Abcs) But some people believe it could be 11:13:11, be ready.
Good luck and live the time we have left hard and fun!
Tomi
Wow, these people are nut cases. Tomi, you don’t need to worry about 2012, I’m sure you’ll win a Darwin award before that.
There is a relief no doomsday cause that talk about it was kind of worrying about it only 4 years to live damn I need to do fun stuff
What was eplained in this article never once pointed out that te mayan calender recognized the astrological significance of every single day as a another day counting toward a planetary destiney. Also no point was made that many civilizations in the past have crumbled with no wide known explanation, no one can just say that those monunments from other past civilizations and their demise mean nothing, could someone really say that the culture like the Mayans that devoted all of their existance to a calnder and calender monumnets becuase it means nothing? If thats whats some of you think get serious. I think no one can ignore the changing weather patterns and melting ice caps happeneing ever mnore rapiddly with time passing, and what about the crop circles that statred apearing in 1987. Could all this mean nothing is happening or going to happen? I think not, 2012 marks a very significant time one which may bring disaster before a new age is birthed, the disasters may end this civilization and bring a new era of creation. All past cycles of creation were born and ended all measured by the Maya, I think this 2012 date signifies the end of this age and the dawn of a new one. This stuff means something its not just a silly made up thing!
Dear Amit,
The Mumbai thing….what do they want….what is their protest ?
I prefer to hear from you wrather than a news agencies interpretation.
Be well.
The is it not true guy is wrong. Sincerly, Literally. WRONG, The Mayan calender was predicted for a New age of time. The GOLDEN age. So is it not true that it will not happen. Ofcourse it wouldnt. Look i traveld to Mexico. Talked to an Mayan, And said, “No! The Mayan calender does not END the world, It just makes out a new Beggining, A completeion of a Solar Cycle, So don’t worry, Cya in 2013 =]!” Yeah. Cya in 2013 guys. And don’t belive me? Ask any Astronominer or a person who works for NASA. It’s proven that it will not Happen ^_^’ Peace out~
It will be my 31st birthday on 12/21/12 does that mean I will be Saved?lol
Hello Maddness,
Are you well ?
We have not gone…we are on the 2012 No Geomagnetic Reversal…comments page.
Be well, Leah
NASA and scientists have their own agendas, and it is not to keep us informed…they see only what they want to see in the circles of microscopes and telescopes…it is just a thought that they quit looking only in the circles and look at the big picture…
When gold hit $700 per oz, it brought the price to a negative 7% compared to a year ago. This would roughly mirror the huge correction “within” the bull market we saw from 1970 to 1980. The same Bull Run that took gold from $34.50oz. In January 1970, to $850oz. by January 1980, that’s roughly a 2,450% increase!
The question still lies… Why has gold dropped?
I challenge you to see things for what they really are, in terms of U.S. dollars; Gold has indeed dropped from its March highs of $1,000 per oz.
That’s only because gold is traded in U.S. dollars and the U.S. dollar has rose so much against other currencies. In fact, if you are in Australia, New Zealand, Europe, or most other countries, gold is actually at an all time high!
Let’s take a closer look at the reasons the U.S. dollar has surged higher.
To say the U.S. dollar rally is real or sustainable is like saying everything we know about economics is wrong! How can the U.S. dollar get stronger as the U.S. economy deteriorates?
The obvious answer is that it can’t!
The U.S. dollar is being devalued at an alarming rate. Faster than what took place in Argentina, Mexico, and Russia put together. The only difference is that our government has better ways to hide it.
Just think about the recent bailouts, how much has our government thrown down the endless “bail out hole”…
Let’s add it up!
$800 billion to support mortgage consumer debt
$100 billion for Fannie Mae
$100 billion for Freddie Mac
$150 billion for Stimulus package (from January)
$8 billion for Indymac
$29 billion for Bear Stearns
$ 700 billion for Wall Street ( Bank of America; Merrill Lynch, City Group, JP Morgan, Washington Mutual, Wells Fargo; Wachovia, Morgan Stanley, Goldman Sachs…)
$143.8 Billion for AIG ( which keeps growing)
$25 Billion for the big three in Detroit
$138 billion for Lehman Brothers (post bankruptcy) through JP Morgan
$50 Billion for money market funds
$ 620 billion for general currency swaps from the feds
Totaling : $2,863,800,000,000
This doesn’t include the hundreds of billions the feds have and will continue to buy in commercial paper. Plus, what they lend out to other financial firms.
Not to mention, the feds recent supply of new credit lines to Brazil, Mexico, South Korea, and Singapore to “help those countries deal with the global credit crisis.” The feds will start at $30 billion and have promised up to $100 billion dollars per country.
Can someone say HYPER-INFLATION !
If you can’t see where the U.S. dollar and gold are headed, I’ll be crystal clear! The dollar is going in the exact same direction as the Zimbabwe dollar and Mexican peso. Between the last devaluations of the peso, it’s lost 99.9%. If you want to know the price of gold in old pesos; you just have to multiply gold by 100,000.
With everything that has taken place, many “main-stream” TV commentators believe or want us to believe, that the U.S. dollar is now the currency of choice; a safe haven or flight to quality.
Nothing can be further from the truth.
The fact is that the U.S. dollar is now seen as a liability, not an asset. More and more countries are walking away from it.
The reason the U.S. dollar has gone higher is due to the $598 trillion dollar derivatives market. You see, hedge funds have over leveraged themselves and have been hit with tremendous margin calls as markets move against them. They have been forced to liquidate their investments overseas, which is why overseas markets are now crashing. They’re liquidating to come up with equity to pay off margin accounts, which need to be paid off in U.S. dollars.
The dollar is NOT rising because it’s a “safe haven” or a flight to quality; but rather to satisfy U.S. margin accounts. Remember until further notice, margin accounts in most emerging world markets can also be satisfied in U.S. dollars hence, the surge in demand for the U.S. dollar over the past few weeks.
Now let’s talk about deflation. It’s true deflation is here! Deflation is a normal stage in any depressionary economic cycle. Prices of goods and services are going down, they have to. We have an over inventory of cars, electronics, homes, etc… The universal law of supply and demand kicks in. Sellers of goods and services are forced to devalue their prices in order to attract buyers. Regardless of lower prices, people just aren’t buying.
Have no fear, deflation won’t be here long. The un-federal reserve assures us of that, every time they create money out of thin air.
Hyper inflation is just around the corner!
Anyone with a head on their shoulders knows that current consumer price index (CPI) is phony! Real inflation is much higher then government reported numbers.
Whether you believe hyper inflation is coming or not, you better prepare for it.
It happened to the Argentina, Russia, Germany, and recently to Zimbabwe.
It’s true; our government is just as irresponsible in their creation of money.
Another key issue that’s looming on the horizon is the five dollar floor for mutual funds. By law, mutual funds have to sell out of stocks that are trading under $5 per share. With the recent drop in the Dow, a lot of stocks are getting dangerously close to that mark, and when they get there, all mutual funds holding that stock, will have to sell it, creating a snow ball effect. Plus don’t forget we are walking into the worst retail Christmas season, ever forecasted. When the depressing numbers hit Wall Street, get ready to see the DOW take another dive!
Now let’s talk about the nasty rumor of market manipulation
and price fixing in the gold and silver markets.
The commodity futures trading commission (CFTC) puts out the “Commitments of Traders” (COT) reports. In where the public can clearly see the net long or short positions held by non-commercial and commercial institutions in all exchange trade commodity markets. Well, without dragging this out.. It’s true! Up until the first week of November, two well known bullion banks held %76 of all the short positions in the silver pits and the same two Institutions also held 60% of all the short positions in the gold pits at the New York Mercantile Exchange and the COMEX division.
The question is, “can this go on forever”? The answer is NO!
In fact, the CFTC is now in an active investigation of both the gold and silver pits.
Plus! At or before the expiration of the specified futures contract (gold/silver) all short positions must be satisfied by either the sale of the commodity (gold and silver) or the buying back of the short position. Well, we know they can’t sell metals they don’t have, therefore the only other option is to buy the short positions back, with a sizable profit I’m sure. Nevertheless, they will be bought back. Which will add a frenzy of buying, ultimately sparking the next Bull Run in that market.
Ladies and gentlemen, the time has never been better to own tangible gold and silver. We all know what gold and silver are capable of when the buying frenzy starts. You don’t need to be a doomsdayer to know that the worst is yet to come.
The largest load of bank loans re-adjusting the first quarter of 2009 and not stopping until 2012
Bank failures
Foreclosures
Rising unemployment
Inflation
Crashing U.S. dollar
The introduction of the North American Union and the Amero
These are all the reasons why more and more people are gravitating to tangible metals.
Please feel free to comment on my blog at:
http://restoretherepublic.net/blog_entry.php?user=AlexP&blogentry_id=1595 and visit my profile and websites below.
In Freedom,
Where’d everyone go????
Did we loose faith?????
LOLOLOLOLOMAO????
Do you need guidiance?????
You only worry about what you see,but you can’t see, whats already there. You did not wonder if it was real, because you have already accepted it.
What?? IDK do U? What you don’t see is what they show you, right in front of your face.
The time has already past, & doubt has already festered.
My words mean nothing to the others, & everything to you. 🙂 🙁
Maddness
Nothing will happen in 2012 and if there is something happening we’ll probably not realize it.Cut it out with the mayans already! There were lots of civilizations before us and most of em had prophecies.Mayans came and went,they made a calender like we have ours.Just that ours is actually better since is viable forever as long as earth keeps rotating around the sunt while the mayan one was only viable for 5k years. And don’t even start with weather changes and global warming and stuff.That’s all us baby! Two decades of industrial growth with minimal interest for our planet.We did it not the freaking mayans and their predictions.If they forsaw this they would have mentioned something about pollution,something that wasn’t even discovered back then.Mayans weren’t an extraordinary civilizations..I mean they used to sacrifices people to their gods.And if you believe this 2012 crap you’re no better then them. I will be looking forward to 21december 2012.I’d like to see how all you lot who believe in these doomsday predictions will explain the fact that nothing happened!
Okay. This is just too much hype for a little prophecy that isn’t necessarily proved correct. I agree with the writer of this article, and all of those who believe that the 2012 phenomenon is nothing more than a bed-time story. It’s good for movies, and stories. Nothing more. If the Mayans truly did know how to predict such events, then why weren’t we warned of the other great catastrophies that have befallen this world? I don’t know, but it seems a little far off to think that just because their calendar ends, so does the world. Sorry to say, but our calendar also ends every 365 days, and as far as I know, there is no great spatial collapse, or supermassive black hole, or some devastating weather anomaly. Why? Because such things can’t be predicted, or even happen without a fair warning. If such a thing were going to happen so soon, there would be great signs, unmistakable to even the most ignorant people. Great weather shifts. Earth-shaking quakes. Animal migration shifts. The people who made up this 2012 theory are simply a great lot of fools who have seen one too many doomsday movies. As for the whole ‘lining up of the cross’ theory. So what? Tons of things have lined up. Look around you. Things line up into crosses and other shapes all the time. It means nothing if the cross is made on a planetary level. It’s not going to create some spatial anomaly. There will be no great shift in time, or life. We will carry on as we always have; self-destructively. If there is any end of the world around the corner, its because of humanity’s own wrongdoings. Sorry. But there will be no end of the world. No black hole. No second coming of Christ. Just a day where a bunch of people will prepare themselves for the end, and be sorely disappointed, and made out to look like fools when the clocks all tick past the expected apocolypse. So, in my personal opinion. I advise that you all turn off your TVs, and go outside. Enjoy life. Stop grasping every doomsday theory that develops and can’t be proved. Honestly, I just think we’re looking for things to predict that will give us all a reason to truly live. I mean, what makes a person live more than having their death predicted? And so soon? Live like you’re going to die tomorrow. Not in three years. The only people dying on the 21st of December in 2012, are those who die because of someone else, or natural happenings. Not spiritual, or spacial. C’mon people. Open your eyes. Stop looking for reasons to live. Find your own.
-Juggalo Jimmy
http://atlasshrugs2000.typepad.com/
Check, Check this out..Check, Check this out.
Humans are the creators of the conditions of life today….if this were not so, we would still be cavemen. With knowlege came responsibility, which many have chosen to ignore, having sold their ethics and consciences in return for money….30 pieces of silver.
The scientists that use their knowlege to aid in the creation of weapons of mass destruction etc, belittle the work of other scientists, that strive to create technologies that are kinder to Earth and all life……and further, insult the integrity of both these scientists and all life on Earth.
So long as there exists a willingness to create the means for total destruction….the ability to destroy all life 10 times over….(whose left to push buttons after successful destruction, is beyond me…and if there were someone left, what would be the point….suicide due to guilt and regret ?) the potential of a doomsday for all life, within a very short time period exists.
Little has changed, only the speed and mode of travel, and fashion. We build caves to live in, have cars instead of horses and carts or our own legs, and are as territorial as ever, with an increased appetite for war as an opportunity to use the toys of destruction on eachother in the absence of, shall we say, any non-indigenous entities perceived as an enemy.
Given free will, each individual and as a collective, must want better for all, otherwise the will of a few will choose for all.
gordy–we already played this game with you—go back to your “rock” until you learn how to act–and take TK with you…what “degree of higher education” ENTITLES you to be so disrespectful?????
I’m sure things will happen in 2012, but then again history has shown us that changes are a constant throughout life. I do believe that there will be a point and time when ( as a believer) that Christ will return,however as stated it will be like as a thief in the night. No one will know exactly when, that includes the mayans also !
you guys are something else…who cares what the myans clander says its interesting,nothing more…consider this
our galaxy has anywhere from 200 to 400 billion stars…there are more then 500 billion galaxies in the known universe,the last super computer count I saw was estamted 70 sex trillion stars in the universe–thats more stars in the universe then there is sand on all the beaches on all the earth-not my quote discovery channel-point is we are so incredibly small…we can not even comprehend the facts we do know…we can barely predict tomorrow’s weather-but we know all about when the end of the world is going to happen-this is beyond redicioulous
@ Jack
Your whole response should be marked off the topic.
Jack said
Look i traveld to Mexico. Talked to an Mayan, And said, “No! The Mayan calender does not END the world, It just makes out a new Beggining, A completeion of a Solar Cycle, So don’t worry, Cya in 2013 =]!”
_______________
I would like to show everyone this guys flaws. One thing, Mayans do not exist anymore. 400-1500 AD, 500 years ago bud….
Next Beggining is spelled wrong.
Next, Mayans did not predict a solar cycle, which happens every 11 years….. Even if they did, they would have hundreds for each one that would happen.
Mayans did not live in Mexico, more in South America.
Finally, Are you good with your spanish? Did you translate it wrong?
@ dmurff
Close minded much? Im glad you brought up universe. You are wrong about this. We are just one universe in all the mutiverses. That is how the big bang happen.
Imagine a snow globe w. just bubbles. Each bubble is a universe. They all float around and when they grow, they get cramped, and hit each other. A hit off one another causes an explosion, Or a big bang, creating a new bubble.
We also believe the universe is infinite.
dmurff–focus, buddy—the universe will sustain itself—planet earth, the one little planet that we all call home–needs some help TO SUSTAIN LIFE AS WE KNOW IT…we have no control over cosmic or cataclysmic events, but we can control what we do to our planet, and how we treat ALL ASPECTS OF IT…we, as humans, have made some pretty bad choices…i do not fear demise or ruin from the universe—we are doing a pretty good job destroying ourselves…
tomi–why would you think that NO ONE from the mayan civilization survived???? is it not possible that there were those who “fled”???
planet x or what ever it is called it is not real ok? they say it happens every 3000 years if it did then why wasn’t it destroyed when it hit earth those 3000 years ago? its probably a universe forming and god wouldn’t let it hit us so there you have lmao
brandon–it did not hit the earth 3000 years ago…it was a “fly-by”…nor will it hit the earth this time through …big difference–different affects…
Dear Leah,
The question you asked me….
There was no agenda this time, it was just a “show of power” … Like they are mocking at us saying “Look what we can do to you!!” …
Our “friendly neighbour” has always been jealous of us. Our economy, our tourism business, our peace and prosperity… They keep planting these terrorist organisations to disrupt life here..
They want to keep the focus away from their own problems…
This time there is solid evidence of their hand in the terrorist attack, and India needs support from US Govt. to nail the culprits..
The problem is that our Govt. is not taking the required action against them, they are still playing the watching game.
The whole world knows that Pakistan is a large breeding ground for terrorists. Its time for the major powers of the world to put ther foot down and pressurise Pakistan to cooerate..
TK–thank you for your kind acknowledgement…since no one can say definitively what is going to happen, then it all falls back to speculation, and perspective…speaking solely for myself, i choose to take a broader look at all the possibilites…no one is right or wrong…we all just look at it differently…lack of evidence does not mean that the possibility does not exist…events happening inthe world around us points toward a “change”…not an end of the world scenerio or a doomsday prophecy ending life as we know it…but a change or transformation of sorts…i hold no “proof”…just trying to learn and understand all the possibilites…
thank you, again, for your kind consideration, TK
best wishes, becky
look yu guys no one can predict gods work
A very good article. i didn’t know about all this mayan calendar thing until my history lecturer mentioned it. And i believe that even if the calendar does end the mayans would have probably just reset it, and all the other stuff is coincidence in my opinion.
At the root of religion is science. Why? God is the greatest scientist. It is silly to believe that the complexity of living things just happened out of nothing, and im not just talking about human beings, im speaking about every living thing. the creator is intelligent and has infinite wisdom and only he can reliably predict the future no other person, even meteorologists are wrong sometime.
Keep bustin’ them myths.
I truly think that what he says is true i do not think that the world will end in 2012 and the thing is if it is true the WORLD wont end without us… life will go on. I remember when I first heard about this in 2007 I was scared to death but now im not scared even if it does happen because i believe life on earth, will go on and that makes me happy. The thing to really worry about is the asteroid that is supposed to hit us supposedly around 2032. The reason i believe that is because scientist proved that it is a high possibility and because i dont put all my trust in a prophecy that they cant fully prove.
President George W. Bush said his belief that God created the world is not incompatible with scientific proof of evolution.
In an interview with ABC’s “Nightline” on Monday, the president also said he probably is not a literalist when reading the Bible although an individual can learn a great deal from it, including the New Testament teaching that God sent his only son Asked about creation and evolution, Bush said: “I think you can have both. I think evolution can — you’re getting me way out of my lane here. I’m just a simple president. But it’s, I think that God created the earth, created the world; I think the creation of the world is so mysterious it requires something as large as an almighty and I don’t think it’s incompatible with the scientific proof that there is evolution.”
He added, “I happen to believe that evolution doesn’t fully explain the mystery of life.”
Interviewer Cynthia McFadden asked Bush if the Bible was literally true.
You know. Probably not. … No, I’m not a literalist, but I think you can learn a lot from it, but I do think that the New Testament for example is … has got … You know, the important lesson is ‘God sent a son,'” Bush said.
“It is hard for me to justify or prove the mystery of the Almighty in my life,” he said. “All I can just tell you is that I got back into religion and I quit drinking shortly thereafter and I asked for help. … I was a one-step program guy.”
The president also said that he prays to the same God as those with different religious beliefs.
“I do believe there is an almighty that is broad and big enough and loving enough that can encompass a lot of people,” Bush said.
When asked whether he thought he would have become president had it not been for his faith, Bush said: “I don’t know; it’s hard to tell. I do know that I would have been — I’m pretty confident I would have been a pretty selfish person.”
Bush said he is often asked whether he thinks he was chosen by God to be president.
“I just, I can’t go there,” he said. “I’m not that confident in knowing, you know, the Almighty, to be able to say, Yeah, God wanted me of all the other people.”
He also said the decision to go to war in Iraq was not connected to his religious beliefs.
“I did it based upon the need to protect the American people from harm,” Bush said.
“You can’t look at the decision to go into Iraq apart from, you know, what happened on Sept. 11. It was not a religious decision,” he said. “I don’t view this as a war of religion. I view this as a war of good, decent people of all faiths against people who murder innocent people to achieve a political objective.”
He said he felt like God was with him as he made big decisions, but that the decisions were his.
“George W. Bush has to make these decisions.”
so sorry, president bush–too little, too late…it is a 12 STEP PROGRAM…not just 1….
When I was younger, I was terrified about the end of the world. I got over it with some help. And now, I am obsessing over this stuff. I will read about it for hours and I am terrified. I dont know what to do about it. I dont know where to find an answer. My birthday is Dec 21, and in 2012, I think I am going to bennedryl myself in a deep sleep and hope i wake up on a planet. If someone has any advice for me about what to do, who to talk to, etc. I would be extremely grateful. My boyfriend thinks I’m nuts and I’m inclined to believe him. Help!
Dear Alicia,
2012 is not the end of Earth. Our understanding of everything will, as it does on a daily basis, become more clear….and so perception will change for some…..not for others. Enjoy and love all life……less with the negative waves and more with the positive waves….you could try it and see how vibrant and colourful life is……really.
Be well, Leah
Great, I graduate high school in 2013.
No worries,
it is in bigger hands than ours,
enjoy each day to the best of your ability.
Worry only detracts from you.
Throughout history those “in control” by means of power and media have always created different sources of fear to keep us in line. Think about a pet dog. You would train it to be obedient by constantly instililng fear that you are the master and any non-desired action will result in a punishment. The media is expanding the Terrorism myth to make us believe that we can’t trust our own neighbors. Global warming is being sold to us so we can have a global carbon tax. There are so many things going on in the world and it is being shoved in our faces day in and day out on the television. Read todays paper and make a tally of how many stories are negative and how many are positive. They want us to feel worthless, powerless, faithless and most importantly deathly afraid of anything. Theres more to life than our physical beings, after I became a more spiritual person all my fear went out the window. Have faith in yourself and others.
Dear God Loves You,
Those that are of a negative nature, wishing to impose their will upon others…Terrorists…are few in comparison to the altruistic, positive entities wishing to serve others. The media reports on the negative aspects almost exclusively, due to their sensational shock value nature.
Carbon tax or not, the polluting should reduce and stop…..or not….. and the more concentrated consequences endured.
Earth has a cycle which involves changes, from time to time, some of a chaotic nature. The choice now, is one of bias / preference, as to what level of chaos……our actions having a concentrating effect, both in time and intensity. Its like having to choose between a category 2 or category 5 hurricane….either way a storm is coming, but everyone knows that the category 2 will do less damage.
Be well, Leah
look what ever yall are arguing over i can say that the univers e is not a single in the cosmos their are other universes . basicly this leads up to the theory of parralel universes and that runs upwith the levels they are of 1 2 3 and still debating about 4. got to go have to end so by im 11 by
Ya know, Spirituality is looking beyond the physical reality, & not just saying but, acknowledging the existence and supremacy of God. Therefore, a person who seeks to find,seek, or discover and fulfil the purpose the Creator has from His creation qualifies to be called spiritual. get it???
On the other hand, a person who is so preoccupied with the created things that he or she is not concerned about the Creator is called worldly. For, his/her perceptions and thoughts are based on the natural cravings of the self and the desires of the flesh. And, he or she looks at everything from the point of view of personal/sensual desires, with no regard for God’s purpose. Been there, Done that.
On the surface, many things may appear to be common in a spiritual person and the worldly. For instance, both have to work hard to fulfil the basic needs of life, such as food, clothing, and shelter. But, do you need nikes or as long as your foot is covered will do?? The attitude of a spiritual person in fulfilling these needs will be different from that of the worldly.
For example, a spiritual person will eat his or her daily food with gratitude towards God, & acknowledge God as the provider of everything. In addition, he or she will have a sense of responsibility to spend the energy gained to accomplish the purpose of God in his or her life by way of contributing in God’s mission of making this world a better place.
Not so with the worldly, who will eat only for the sake of satisfying his or her hunger, spending the energy received from that food to fulfil other desires of the body. As if God provides food to humans so that they can lead an indulgent and egocentric life, with “fun” as the only purpose.
Besides, certain traits in a person can tell whether he or she is spiritual or worldly. Take for instance addiction to smoking, drinking, and pornography, or a heart full of jealousy and hatred – things that are undeniably worldly. Whereas, attributes such as love, joy, peace, and holiness are known to be the attributes of God, who is the author of spirituality.
Let us honestly evaluate ourselves to see if we are spiritual or worldly. Oh, you think you can, but you are wrong. How do i know???
its Maddness!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
The truth is in all of this article all we can be sure of is that many many things happen on 12/21/12 and the coinciding of these events could somehow alter life on earth or shift gravity or destroy the world think about it we dont even know how gravity works how are we to predict what is going to happen with a coinciding of astrological event that all the information we have is purely perspective either way even if something does happen it will not be because of some doomsday theory it will be because through some force of science that we have yet to discover an even will happen and then if we are still alive we willb e able to introduce new fields of science and thought. This event should not be fear but looked forward to we get to elarn alot about the universe with the coinciding of all of these fantastic events and even if we do die (which i doubt will occur) who’s to say it’s different from any other day where we could be ran over or shot or killed? either way just be happy and try to look forward to all of these things we cannot understand because through them we will learn more than is currently possible.
On a side note i believe that all of the needless name calling and bashing is useless. People will believe whatever they want to beleive reguardless of whatever facts put infront of them and its what life’s all about some people live by data and some by faith no one’s to say which one is better because both are generally happy in themselves. By the way i found this article a very interesting read although only half as interesting as the comments which i believe hold more facts than the article itself, anyone who has the time read the article adn all of the coments you will learn alot.
See you guys in 2013 ^_^ \/ (hopefully 😉 )
err event* sorry
BTW just as a comment to the many pages before this one why isnt anyone speaking of the mayan calendar or the coiciding of astrological events anymore? getting back to the topic would help loads of people that find this after you. TY 😉 = )
this website is a fake, they even said they werent sure if the world was going 2 end. so nobody even has 2 worry. there is still 3 years until we have 2 worry. which this shouldnt really even bother anybody, cuz it said on the website itself, if the world isnt followed by 0.0.0.0.1 then it will be follwed by December 22, 2012. no need 2 worry cuz they said this alll before n they were sure of it last time they said it. so nobody worry themselves, when 2012 gets here, jus keep goin along buyin your family christmas presents. Thank You.
People aren’t commenting on astrological events because [modern] astrology is complete rubbish and astrological events don’t happen. As for the coincidence of the Mayan calendar ending and it foretelling the impending destruction of the earth or whatever, well that too is complete bollocks.
Fill Druzhinin, You speak the Teaching Of The Elders? A fonte puro pura defluit aqua A mari usque ad mare, A pedibus usque ad caput. A fortiori. Kali Ma? She brings the death of the ego as the delusional self-centered view of reality. privEt!!!!!
Gnostic joe
Welcome Gnostic joe,
Are you well ?
Best wishes
Leah
IM NOT SURE IF ITS ALL FACT OR FICTION I DO KNOW THAT NASA RELEASED A STATEMENT ABOUT HOW THE NEXT SOLAR CYCLE PEAKING IN 2011 OR 2012 SAYING IT COULD HAVE A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT LOOK I KNOW ABOT THE MYAN CALANDER EGGAR CAYCE, NOSTRADAMAS I BELIVE GOD GIVES A MIND TO THINK WITH IBELIVE HE PLACES PEOPLE IN OUR LIFE AND GIVES US CHOICES JUST TAKE WHAT YOU KNOW AND BE PREPARED
gnostic joe–welcome back!!!!! you have been held in thought…ditto to leah—hope you are well…
becky
Thank you all, I wish that things had been different. My time has been spent at times wondering how all of you were. Do you realize that if your time line changed, no event you can pin-point would’ve changed. But does something feel different to you? Can I tell you a joke? Have you heard the one about the crisis Obama will face in Jan. or Feb. 2009.
The punch line is a killer.!!! Get it?
IS THIS REALLY REAL BECAUSE I’M NOT TRYING TO DIE SO SOON AND IF I DO I WANT IT TO BE UN EXSPECTED
G-Joe–sorry, don’t get it…but, hey!!! that’s just me….will have to “wait and see”…
shaun history—LIVE!!! whatever will be, will be…if you dwell on your fears, you “draw them in”…eventually you will have to face them…best to just let them go…..
best wishes to all…
we are born–we live–we die–it is the natural course for all life…and we will experience it all…don’t be afraid–to live—or die…..
Has anyone taken the time to look towards magnetics and the effects on the unused/un evolved portions of our minds? There is evidence that shows fluctuations in the earth’s own magnetic fields, showing unusual patches of reversed polarities. I would also like to point out, if its only coincidence or not, how the mayan calender when undergoing a changing of the cycles marks many important dates in man’s history, such as the building of the first civilizations. I am not drawing any conclusions but is it not possible that some of the texts are true and that we are in for a series of world altering events. I wouldn’t so much as say an ending but a changing, it would be vain for us as an “enlightened” culture to push aside what we can not yet understand, by only discrediting the “Doomsday” theory of the 2012 predictions you are playing to the fairytale explanation of what common man has derived from this. We are extremely fortunate to have such technologies that we can look at several takes on explaining these prophecies to be only myth or science. In early religions
they would use what primitive knowledge they had to explain what we now know as scientific fact. First we must understand all aspects of these claims. Noting that one reputable theory is that 2012 is not an end all date, but marking mans realization that he must not act alone in acordance to the natural world, but as a race. For it states that towards the end of the cycle things begin to excelerate. What better explanation than the latest ” going green” movement. It also may line up with Nostradamus’ return to paganism, as paganism being the worship of natural elements. Maybe 2012 is just the day when we no longer hold god or the devil accountable, but man itself.
Does that “N” stand for knowledge.
by george I think “we” got it !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Maybe N if you replace several of those periods with question marks and instead of suggesting answers you learn what the questions are. Then maybe when you find nothing solid you will realize that nothing is going to happen.
Gnostic Joe,
Welcome Back!!
You were surely missed……
Well, about that Obama thing, even i didn’t get the Punch Line.. Please share with us..
He means we’re all gonna hit the fan, cuz the govt. thinks of us as crap anyway. & just like sheep you are all being lead to slaughter.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wYp85QMJd1Q
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=30-WtZTH06o
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B0sMAPtbu7Q
Now just so ya know, Debauch made no mistake in what he wrote. You believed in weirder things yet doubted us…..& here we are again. WAKE THE FUCK UP 2013 is gonna come, will you be alive to see it???
Are you scared to die? I was.. more concerned about how i died. Oh, i’m crazy right?? But you think something is gonna happen when something already has. Connect the dots, did you know Espumpin died? Do you believe Persona non grata, Andre,Debauch, G. joe & myself have nothing better to do??? FIND THE ONE TRUE GOD B4 2012. ASCEND YOUR SOUL B4 YOU DIE OR THEY WILL ONLY USE YOUR ENERGY & YOU WILL NOT FIND THE REWARD YOU SEEK. Stop thinking God has to show you proof. Cuz Satan has already thrown it in your face.
This time I get to say g’bye to you all. Miami FL.
Jan. or Feb. 2009- this time you won’t have to wonder “if it’s real or not” we are responsible for not making the light brighter. time is short & thought you were ready. Only Amit,Rico & becky are. Don’t hate the player, hate the gameLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOMAOO
I’LL BE BACK wHen ThE MaDdness Begins. which is sooner than you think?????????i think!!!!!!!!!
Maddness
i think this is all a crock of bull. look at what they said about Y2K. did that happen? of course not. there is no god. our planet evolved and there is scientific proof. im a 17 year old high school senior. people are all “oh its what the myan calander says” and “the sumer bible proves it” has anyone ever thought that maybe after making years upon years worth of a calender, that they got tired and though “i think i’ll call it a day” and stopped? wake up people. we can believe this stupid hoax or you can live. if the world really is going to end, there’s not a thing we can do about it. sucks for us to be living during this time period. but we should consider ourselves lucky.
A loophole….
In unusual and exigent circumstances, the Board of Governors may authorize a Reserve Bank to provide emergency credit to individuals, partnerships, and corporations that are not depository institutions. Such lending may occur only when, in the judgment of the Reserve Bank, credit is not available from other sources and failure to provide credit would adversely affect the economy. When not secured by U.S. government or agency securities, loans of this type would require the affirmative vote of at least five members of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. (If fewer than five but at least two Board members are available, the available members may approve an extension of emergency credit by unanimous vote, subject to the conditions set forth in section 11(r)(2) of the Federal Reserve Act)
We should all ask for $ loans, & see if they help Americans’ or are exposed for the fraud they really are. THE REVOLUTION IS HERE!!
maddness–i did NOT know espumpin died…
that certainly explains his silence…my most heartfelt best wishes to his family and friends…we will see him on the other side…
and thank you!!!!
ryan–you forgot the most important element of all—how about preparing yourself spiritually, as well?????
gnostic joe–just came across the gospel of truth, the secret Book of John, the gospel of Judas, and the gospel of Thomas…pretty fascinating stuff…what better time for them to “come into light”, and be presented to the world?????
thank you, as always, for your direction and insight…
I have one thing to say to all of you global warming does not exist again i am 11
Amazing……Gnostic Joe’s post has disappeared from my view of the thread…..maybe removed from view altogether…..Why ?
For those that want to read Gnostic Joe’s post again its on the 2012 No Planet X blog…..Dec 18th at 12.54pm.
Appologies …..thats 2012 Planet X is not Niburu…same date and time.
did we die when they sad y2k is the end no so 2012 so different
The Annunaki of planet X. Who will stop them? Like most characters in Watchmen, Rorschach has no “super powers.”
Yet the Watchmen can stop the Annunaki, or at the very least warned everyone in time. right?
Are there regular ppl willing to stand up in the end times? Where are the Bearers of Light?
Who will stand up & stop the roots of this deception that go back centuries to dogmas and beliefs created by hierarchies to sanction their powers.
Societal patterns got enacted as common folk gave credence to these dogmas, and fear. The resulting beliefs still thrive today and are within the foundation of global conflicts that presently plague our planet. This veil can make people like sheep to follow the will of those who are in power and control the media.
May you find your light
Gnostic joe
well if they kno whe tha world gone to end ask them whats goin to happen to tommorrow only god can destory the earth he was the craetor of all things
gnostic joe–
it is just a thought that we have become a very complacent, lazy society…they “hire” people to do their thinking for them and to tend to their affairs…though this “financial crunch” in only ONE aspect of it, and if there is a “good side” to it at all…perhaps it will force people to start taking control of their own lives once again, start tending to their own affairs, and start THINKING FOR THEMSELVES…just because the media “said so”, doesn’t necessarily “make it so”…due diligence would go a long ways…..
best wishes–
becky
…crunch IS only one aspect of it…
sorry
gnostic joe–
if i may be so bold as to ask you…
what are your thoughts on this “analog to digital conversion” that will take place in february of 2009?????
here in phoenix, ironically, our news medias are “counting down the days”…
?!@!@!!????
Why is it against the law in certain areas if analog to digital conversion is not done by Feb.???
What do they not want ppl picking up on antenas??
Do you have a C.B. or another kinda short-wave radio transmitter???
Becky- I bow down to your knowledge. You are braver than I, Amit is more attuned to the world than I & Rico has been my source of inspiration.
Why can you not borrow $ from the Federal Reserve? Why is $ more valuable than life, with out $ you get no medical coverage.
When contradictions, contradict each other you must either see the lie for what it is or accept whatever it is you call truth.
How ever hard it may be for you to accept, -The bearers of light – are all here, have been,forever will be.
Push past the illusions………..
idk, whutever!!!! juss hung overly half cut!!
whutever u wanna believe, i aint no believer anywayz! soo believe whut u wanna believe, cuz me…………imma juss live my life! B-)
gnostic joe–much insight and inspiration you, yourself, have provided…do not sell yourself short!!!!!
i do, in fact, have a short wave radio…am very curious as to what will still be going through the air waves…will have to “wait and see”…
thank you for your kindness, consideration, and inspiration….
stay well…
becky
no transmitter, as yet, but am working on that…
Hey Friends….
Becky, i refuse to believe that Espumpin is no more… How does Maddness know?? Esp must be on a vacation or something, he will be back in a few days…..
He is one tough nut.. Can’t go so easily!
G Joe,
I dont know what makes you think that i am attuned to the world………
I still haven’t found my light…
I am struggling.
And with regards to this thread and the affairs that we have been discussing, i am a bit of touch these days….
Can you answer a question for me? Who created God?
Yet another article about 2012 by Ian O’Neill
http://www.universetoday.com/2008/12/21/2012-no-comet/
amit–as to espumpin–i don’t know either…it came as quite a shock, if it is, in fact true…i certainly hope not…but i don’t know…my heart is heavy….
i cannot or will not speak for gnostic joe, but i will ask you also to please not sell yourself short…or let self-doubt or struggle overwhelm you…i do not know all that lives in your heart, but i know what you are to me….and i can only thank you, and all the others for being a constant source of insight, encouragement, inspiration,and support…
the threads have grown eerily silent…but i take that as a good sign…and like you, i may not have anything to say, i just want my presence known…and to be used in whatever capacity others deem fit…that’s all…
just please continue to be safe and well…
“well being is my wish for all”…thank you leah!!!!!
You mistake “GOD” for the creator. The one who created this world is not of whom the prophets spoke. The gospel of truth is joy to those who have received from the Father of truth the gift of knowing him by the power of the Logos, who has come from the Pleroma and who is in the thought and the mind of the Father. I say “Father” you say “God”. As for the prophet, he it is who is called “the Savior,” since that is the name of the work which he must do for the redemption of those who have not known the Father. For the name of the gospel is the manifestation of hope, since that is the discovery of those who seek him, because the All sought him from whom it had come forth. You see, the All had been inside of him, that illimitable, inconceivable one, who is better than every thought.
You want to know who created “GOD”
MANKIND DID?!
For this reason, do not take error too seriously. That is the gospel of him whom they seek, which he has revealed to the perfect through the mercies of the Father as the hidden mystery. Maddness knew the truth is not readily accepted.
Your struggles are mine as well, We are to be enlightened then given a path. And that path is the truth which we are taught.
You may have been lead into the fog, but that does not mean you cannot see.
i would also like to take this opportunity to wish everybody a VERY MERRY CHRISTMAS, and a safe and HAPPY NEW YEAR…
…to you and yours, from me and mine…
becky
Becky- I bow down to your knowledge. You are braver than I, Amit is more attuned to the world than I & Rico has been my source of inspiration.
Gnostic joe, HA,HA.HA do you know Joe the plumber. A fool is all you sound like. Faith & failure, they start off the same. no? Gnosis was not accepted thousands of years ago what makes you think it will be accepted now.
What makes you think God even wants to bother with this planet?
What makes you so special? What makes you more knowledgable than the rest of us?
If your god picks & choose who to help & who not, then I pick & choose to stand or fall on my own. Why do I need divine intervention, when I can intervine in my own life & have more control of the outcome?
And you never answered Amit-Who created God?
Not why do we believe in his existence. Where did he come from? Who are his parents 😉
I bring light as well
Lux Ferre
Thanks for the encouragement Becky!!!
Be sure to know that you hold equal importance for me as well.. You and all my friends here…..
Espumpin, you better show up buddy!!
G Joe,
Sorry, i should have made myself clearer… I know that Mankind created “God”…. And you are right, i meant “Creator” …..
Where did the creator come from?? Where did all this begin? Was there a time when there was nothing? Absolute nothing?
I have had enough of Gods and Deities….. I want to know about the True Source.. Is it really within us?
And if there is a True Power, isn’t it supposed to watch over us? Isn’t it supposed to keep the things in balance?
amit, please FORGIVE ME for intervening—but patience, my friend…we will get all our answers…when it is time….
…if we knew ALL the answers, what would we do with them?????
it is my thought that, for now, balance and power must come from within…go with what you know—and, you, my friend, KNOW PLENTY!!!!!
No answers? i thought this page was about 2012? Maybe i should read some from the top. I don’t think God has anything to do with the Mayans.
Well Being to All Life…..always.
Be well….Leah
O. K.
I’ll ask.
So, where did Espumpin go.
How did Espumpin go.
And how do you know Espumpin went.
You are right Becky……. But the problem is that the more you get to know, the more you WANT to know.. The thrist is not quenched, it increases even more…
Now coming back to 2012. Somewhere i came across a reference made about Cross and Crossing. It did not catch my atention at that time, but now that i think of it, seems quite interesting… There was even a point about the Winter Solstice Line and Galactic Equator making a perfect cross in on 21 Dec 2012……
thank you, leah!!!
“well-being is also my wish for all”…so good to hear from…and likewise–please be well, dearest friend….
amit, i believe that is called the “eternal cross”, if i’m not mistaken…
and, yes, i understand completely the quest and thirst for knowledge…it is quite a journey, isn’t it???? for every answer discovered, there are 100 more questions…but that’s a good thing…personally, i have found great comfort in that fact that i am not on this journey alone…”seek, and ye shall find”…
be vigilant, stay diligent…and you will find all that youare looking for…i promise…
Hello Persona non grata,
I’m not sure my thoughts are worth a penny…..but I find what I seek, in my inner space.
Be well, always,
Leah.
Bliss.
Intresting group here. I skimmed through half- read half. Laughed at half & half this stuff gave me serious thought. What i thought would happen in 2012 has been brought up & placed along every other theroy out there.
Some how you’ve all incorporated gods and aliens in your equation.
So now i’ll bite…. What is this threads thought? What is it in ’12 that will effect this world?
That Gnostic plumber isn’t giving me a straight answer and it seems he’s cutting and pasteing parrables…or maybe thats just me.
Why do people turn to god when they fail to explain life?
“the quest and thirst for knowledge” thats what i thought sites like this were for.
Seasons Greetings Everyone…Meditation is nothing more than the art of doing nothing.
LOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOL.
Rico & Leah..A Penny 4 your thoughts?
Tom, Martin.. Hope you are well for the hoildays. If I maybe so bold..The Eternal Cross,the information is tainted we all know the direct course to pursue to find the Universal Father. I don’t wish to sound arrogant but you are not able to comprehend much about the divine residence because of its remoteness from you and the immensity of the intervening space, but those who are able to comprehend the meaning of these enormous distances know God’s location and residence just as certainly and literally as you know the location of New York, London, Rome, or Singapore, cities definitely and geographically located on Urantia. If you were an intelligent navigator, equipped with ship,maps, and compass, you could readily find these cities. Likewise, if you had the time and means of passage, were spiritually qualified, and had the necessary guidance, you could be piloted through universe upon universe and from circuit to circuit, ever journeying inward through the starry realms, until at last you would stand before the central shining of the spiritual glory of the Universal Father. Provided with all the necessities for the journey, it is just as possible to find the personal presence of God at the center of all things as to find distant cities on your own planet. That you have not visited these places in no way disproves their reality or actual existence. That so few of the universe creatures have found God on Paradise in no way disproves either the reality of his existence or the actuality of his spiritual person at the center of all things
People are created as finite, limited creatures with limited knowledge.God is infinite, eternal, and all-knowing.We often divide time into 3 categories: past, present, and future.The past generally becomes less familiar to us as a greater amount of time passes, although certain events will tend to stand out more than others.The future is wholly unknown to us, although often we are able to make reasonable guesses about many routine events.
Trying to find the Eternal Cross is easy if you look up in the sky..To not-do amidst the doing is to enter the stillness.
This is the art of wei wu wei: to act without action.
To act without action is to be the stillness of nothingness inside the movement of somethingness.
To find pristine internal stillness is to fuel external stillness, for true stillness is everywhere.
This is the union of inside and out.
This union is more subtle than duality.
Duality is movement.
Oneness is still.
To be the one stillness is to end reaction.
To end reaction is to act without acting.
Do you know what this is to be in???
Enjoy your holiday. May you find your light.
Even in the Maddness.
persona non grata–welcome back…
leah, your thoughts are priceless to me—you know that!!!!!
there cannot be only one path that leads to that “eternal light”…some of us “detour”,
some of us linger in one place way too long, some of us get lost…sadly, some will hit a “dead end”…but those who know or are seeking to find their purpose, will eventually get there…in their own way, and in their own time…and they will find their answers along the way…
please stay safe and be well—on whatever path your journey leads you…the path doesn’t have to be dark— you don’t have to be on it alone….and if you can help someone along the way–so much the better…we are all headed toward the same destination…..
may the “magic” of the holiday season carry us through the new and coming year…..
love and best wishes to you all…
becky
Why Becky you deserve a cookie 🙁 Sorry, but if you think you can take your time and get here… thats the wrong way to think. Before we begin, I’d like to introduce myself. I’m not the minister but I play one on T.V.
We have a tradition here of many of the services being led by members of the congregation, and this is one of those times.
I’m up here to tell you truly and correctly what the heavens are about, and what we can tell from them about the literal and exact location of God. No parables here, no hoc-est-pocus, but actual straight truth.
Just kidding if it were that easy the world wouldn’t be up “S**T’s Creek”. The easy answers is what ppl accept the most. Not the TRUTH. An example if I may the idea that God is Up There is something we absorb very young. “At about the age of four,” wrote the British historian Arthur Koestler, “I had what I felt to be a satisfactory understanding of God and the world. I remember an occasion when my father pointed his finger at the white ceiling, which was decorated with a frieze of dancing [Greek] men and women, and explained that God was up there watching me. I immediately became convinced that the dancers were God, and henceforth addressed my prayers to them, asking for their protection against the terrors of day and night.
Which is what most of you sheep err ppl do. Have done will do shall continue to etc, etc…
Most ppl wouldn’t accept Gods words enless they were already doomed.
Becky I must bow to your knowledge as well
But what good does knowing the antidote do ya, if ya dont know what’ve been posioned by?
G’luck in the dark without a flashlight. Wow did I get off track. So has anyone heard from Espunkin, he knows what its like to rant for no reason. I mean cmon its the 20th century & the location of God, and the need for him to play any role whatever in the workings of the cosmos, had been pushed pretty much clean out of the picture. If you asked where God was located, he was nowhere, or everywhere — vague answers that didn’t seem to mean anything. Heaven was in some other dimension, unreachable by flying a rocket anywhere in our known three-dimensional space. This was routinely believed by people who, at the same time, believed that other dimensions were science-fiction poppycock lolol. Everyone wants easy answers. But human attitudes toward the universe are more than just physical descriptions in textbooks. They always embody the social and philosophical trends of their times. And at the beginning of the 20th century, amid the other triumphs of the Industrial Revolution, modern astronomy was assumed to bring along some deep philosophical baggage that later seemed like overstepping. And I lost my point again… Hey arent we suppose to be wondering about the Mayans or something. Becky struck a nerve, butb I do believe I struck back……
PNG, good to see you back after so long….
Your words convey a deeper meaning… I had to read and re-read slowly to gather the essence…
And i dont think you lost your point there… Its all connected….We have been wondering about the Mayans , and enough has been discussed about 2012 as well…… The only thing that remains now is to wait and watch..
Hi Leah,
Yes you are right, your thoughts are not worth a penny……..
They are worth Pounds!
I DONT BELIEVE IT ONLY GOD KNOWS WHEN THE WORLD WILL END MAN CAN ONLY WONDER ARE TRY TO PREDICT BUT ONLY GOD KNOWS!
Dear Becky,
Couldn’t agree more with you…..
Your light cannot be my light and your God cannot be my God.. We all have our individual Gods whom we identify with.
You can never be content if you try to discover your light following some other’s way blindly.. Its OK to be guided by those who are enlightened. But there is a difference between seeking guidance and following absolutely and blindly!
My God is the voice in my Heart that admonishes when i do a wrong deed, and encourages me when i’m righteous…. It consoles me when i’m sad and motivates me when i’m down…
Did i sound like Espumpin there?
PNG, with respect to the context in which you used the word “Poisoning” above…. Isn’t there a “Master Ancedote” ?? There wont be any need to know what we are poisoned with in that case…..
And what if a person has already rid himself of the poison? What next?
Seasons Greetings Amit. I apoligize for coming across bolsterous and sterne, I meant no harm.
I want to know about the True Source.. Is it really within us? “Yes & No, You really must open the door, only handle is on your side”
And if there is a True Power, isn’t it supposed to watch over us? “No, you are responsible for your own actions” Isn’t it supposed to keep the things in balance? “we were given the insight/hindsight to keep things balanced, our failure is on our shoulders”
And I believe you did Espumpin proud 🙂
Then you live!!!!!
“Master Ancedote” ?? If only thing were that simple.
Numbers 14:6-7 – The vast majority looks at the provision and only sees problems. They talk themselves out of the place of permanent
provision. Or grab the wrong antidote & wonder why its not working. Or hate their job & wont get another one. Or will blame everyone but themselves or……
Though you make your nest as high as the eagle, and set it among the stars, I will bring you down from there, says God.
The children of God shall be as the sand of the sea, that cannot be measured or numbered. Then, instead of saying to them You are not My people, I will tell them: You are the children of the living God. You all bear the light, Call your brothers, ‘Ammi’ (My people), and your sisters ‘Ruchamah’ (pitied).
Dear PNG and Joe,
Thanks a lot for your answers……
Your wise words mean a lot to me!!!
Joe,
The handle may be on my side, but i dont know how to open the door…
And if we are responsible for our own actions and there is noone watching, doesn’t it mean that people will do what they like and not think about the consequences? They will act selfishly all the time….
All these terror mengors will not face a judgement day? There will be no one to read out their sins to them and mete out the punishment?
PNG,
Sorry, i meant Antidote.. I dont know what made me write “Ancedote’ … But i guess you did not take it literally…
Anyway, i believe that i have been able to rid myself of the poison…. But i am still imprisoned… I dont know why but the world seems so……………….. Fake.
This certainly cannot be the best part of the Universe…
I wish Edgar Rice Burroughs’ stories were true and you could go to Mars or Venus or Beyond the farthest stars!
if we are responsible for our own actions and there is noone watching, doesn’t it mean that people will do what they like and not think about the consequences? Ya know ya can tell ppl not to smoke cigs, giv’em every reason why they shouldn’t & they won’t care for consequences till they have tubes running out their a**. We will all be held accountable Amit. Those that are not worrying about judgement will reap what they sow. “I dont know why but the world seems so……………….. Fake.” Is that attunement to the world Gj spoke of. your 100% right.
“There will be no one to read out their sins to them and mete out the punishment?” No, but that will be the last of their problems, its not what everyone thinks.
And by the way you’ve opened the door, you just haven’t invited anyone in yet 🙂 Trust me, ours is the honor of hearing your words.
Not the other way around…………….
Dear Amit,
Thank you for your kind words. Always….speaking for myself only….and without the wish to influence……try to consider a completed Holographic jigsaw puzzle. When the puzzle is broken apart, each piece still contains the picture of the Whole……this is like every cell in a life form, each contains complete information… DNA … even though their outward appearance differs.
Each different type of cell has its specialty re primary function, and so utilises those parts of the info in the DNA code which are relevant to carrying out its duties. For me, all life is holographic, each tiny part having complete info, just not necessarily consciously aware that it has all the info, so doesn’t use all of it.
The whole is made from parts, which in turn are each whole. Light held within a field, an amazing matrix of light, this cosmos is.
Be well,
Leah
Sorry gotta cramp in my pinkie 😉 whats its all suppose to mean?? heres whast i think, I dont think “god” made man. so to speak. but hey what do I know, right? whats your opinion?
good morning, all—it is not my wish or desire to “strike a nerve”, nor to intentionally “strike back”…my most sincere apologies if i have done so…i am, but one person, trying to find my way…
PNG, i has such a peculiar thought as i was reading your reply…
“follow the yellow brick road, dorothy–it will lead you to the emerald city”…i always thought it kind of odd that all the munchkins knew about the emeral city–and they even knew how to get there…but none of them went—why should they??? they had “glenda, the good witch” watching over them and protecting them, and keeping them safe…
have we become so complacent that no one is willing to make or take that journey????
even the yellow brick road had forks in it, stops along the way, scary forests, wicked witches, breaks in the road, and obstacles that temporarily diverted them from their primary destination…dorothy even stopped to help 3 of “her friends” along the way…and eventually–THEY MADE IT!!!!
BUT THAT’S NOT THE BEST PART!!! the best part is that she had the power within herself all along to find her way home…..
PNG, you “are not a minister, but you played one on TV”???? which part in this movie did you play?????
Becky,
Your insight & analogy……….uncanny.
munchkins? the ppl here are more like the flying monkeys..they only follow ppl that can display power or give them something NOW.
Who wants to hang around emeral city & be under a watchful eye answering to a more powerful all knowing entity- Who turned out to not be so scary, but pretty smart.
If you knew the ending you would proberly want to sign on to a different movie. But this isn’t a movie & a script will not this easier.
“i am, but one person, trying to find my way…”
& i’m right behind you……..
Becky, you made me blush 😉 . In this movie i am only a supporting actress, it is you who has the leading role, along with the rest of the Light Brigade.
PNG
Lux Ferre are you trying to twist facts???
Look up the Annunki, you’ll find your connection.
Read about the sumer culture & those in Belize.
May you find your light
G. joe
PNG—thank you so much–but you are way too kind—
will you walk WITH me???
lol, yes side by side-one in front of the other-hand in hand-you first… lol
DONT READ THIS!!! U WILL GET KISSED ON THE NEAREST FRIDAY BY THE LUV OF UR LIFE 2MORRO WILL BE THE BEST DAY OF UR LIFE HOWEVA IF U DONT POST THIS COMMENT TO ATLEAST 3 VIDEOS U WILL DIE IN THE NEXT 2 DAYS DONT STOP NOW UV ALREADY STARTED THIS IS SOOOO SCARY SEND THIS TO ATLEAST 5 VIDEOS IN 123 MINUTES WHEN UR DONE PRESS F6 AND CRUSHES NAME WILL APEAR ON THE SCEEN IN BUG LETTERS THIS IS SOOO SCARY CAUSE IT REALY W
Dear Leah,
Are you well?
Lux Ferre
can you handle truth??
This ones for Amit-http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sfzgz_nFdFo
HAPPY NEW YEAR
Dear LUX FERRE,
Thank you for asking…..Yes, I’m well.
Leah
The one thing that i would like to say is that something will happen . I am not saying it will happen on dec 21 2012 because no body will ever know. The bible states no man whal no the day nor the time it shall come like a theif in the night. The world ending is going to come but no man can predict it . This is just like y2k all this hype all it boils down to is making money hey lets make a move about it . Whats going to happen people in the world are going to hide and run and get prepared for this one day that everyone says the world is going to end and then it never happens people stop hearing what people tell them and when someone trys to tell them the truth the world will end god is coming back they dont listen they blow it off like all the scares that are going to come . I will say this the end of the world is near it could be today could be next week could be next month it could be is 30 a 100 years but one thing is for sure the signs are showing . People get ready god is coming back.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M0939qRK1ns
my contrubution
Are you well??
This thing all things devours:
Birds, beasts, trees, flowers;
Gnaws iron, bites steel;
Grinds hard stones to meal;
Slays king, ruins town,
And beats high mountain down.
What is it?
Is it
A) Death
B)Time
C)Corruption
The answer is, all the above.
Thank you for asking…..Yes, I’m well
Dear Persona non grata,
Time.
Even….Greed.
Funny how this was suppose to be a site deicated to 2012 Mayan prophies, & here we speak of religion instead. The Mayas were never a “true” urban culture you know, the urban centers were almost entirely used as religious centers for the rural population surrounding them. Therfore, the decline of the urban centers after 900 AD did not involve titanic social change so much as religious change; it is believed by some scholars that the abandonment of the cities was primarily due to religious proselytizing from the north. Same as with the Founders of the I-Ching who all this is connected to. I whole heartedly believe the end-times are here & 2012 is where it all comes to a boiling point. Has anyone ever read the Fatima prophies. They spoke of 72hrs of darkness & a 8hr earthquake. That sounds alot like a polar shift to me.
The Hopi spoke of a web & here we all surf the WWW. I don’t know maybe i’m reading to much into it. I feel i spent to much time connecting stuff like the Egyptians, the Mayas & chineese are well known for pyramids, for worhipping more than one god having goverments. They developed astronomy, calendar systems and writing. They built observatories to watch stars. They were highly skilled as potters and weavers. All in different parts of the world about the same time. But if we are a prouduct of evolution why arent there master weavers,astronomers mathematicins. Shouldn’t traits like that have been passed down generation to generation?? You have any idea how much math was involed theres no way the federal resever could of fooled thoses ppl with numbers. While we understand how the pyramid was built, we still do not fully understand the purpose of many intriging interior features. Such as the so called “airshafts” that dont actually reach the outside but were placed at such seemingly purposeful aligned positions ….but to serve what purpose and aligned for what reason?
Okay, if anyone is still discussing these topics i would love to hear or listen. joe the plumber and I.N.G we can talk later. forgive any misspelling don’t have time for spell check.
Ok this doesn’t make sense bc in 1999 when the year was bout to change in to 2000 people thought that the world was gonna end and shit but it didn’t, so why do people think that its gonna end now?
good morning, all—not good at riddles, but “time” would also be my guess…
PNG– LOL!!! thanks a lot!!!! “we’re off to see the wizard!!!” LOL!!!!!!!
Dear Friends,
You are all too kind…. And the depth of your understanding and knowledge humbles me…
I am alreadty thankful to 2012 for changing my life, no matter whar exactly happens in 2012….. Because it has brought me so many good friends here and its a privilege to be in such erudite company…
PNG and G Joe,
Thanks for your answers.
Please dont abandon the thread this time.. Stay with us and show the path forward….
Debauch is being missed too….
About the riddle.. Well, its Time that leads to corruption and ultimately Death. So the answer is Time. But is there any such thing as Time?? Or is it “Corruption” that tells that “Time” has passed, and “Death” which tells us that its over??
Is the world measured by Corruption then?? Corruption of Material, Body, Mind and Heart??
hello it is test. WinRAR provides the full RAR and ZIP file support, can decompress CAB, GZIP, ACE and other archive formats.
otjmoisqviavyekrapanslelcgrcomihwyhhello
good morning to you ALL!!!
amit, dear man, i, too, am so humbled and so honored…i share your sentiment and gratitude for all who have been so instrumental…this is QUITE THE GROUP here, isn’t it???? it is just my thought that as we approach 2012, it is important that we keep ourselves surrounded by that which we want to attract…it is also my ever so humble opinion, that each one of you carry a light that will help brighten the path for all…i, for one, find emmense comfort in that!!!!! …no need to be afraid….
as for the riddle…and time…BOY, YOU ASK HARD QUESTIONS!!!!! but if time is merely a “rate of speed” between two points, or the “rate of speed” at which something happens, then i guess it is all just a “mattter of time”…
did that make any sense at all??? it’s still early–what can i say????
thank you all, once again, for your kind indulgence…
please enjoy your day…
becky
Please forgive Persona non grata & myself. Our leaving and all that Debauch had said, was beyond our control. We still stand with Debauch, he is just no longer in charge. We are humbled that after such a debacle as to what Debauch thought, that our words are still accepted here. Maddness and Debauch will not be coming back.
Leah, I do believe you know what happen to Debauch. Forgive my prudence Leah. If I am wrong but you & he had a stronger connection & I believe you saw that of which was spoken.
As for us being more enlighted, A good teacher learns from their students even as they are teaching. And its is the Light Bearers who we are learning from….not vise-versa.
Time was the answer now heres a new one.
“is Evil, but Good gone astray?”
The questions is for you to ponder if it is the sense of separateness between God and man. For it is the one who is separated from God he is neither interested in devotion nor God’s Name. As such, this person is the person who has forsaken or forgotten the Divine. Hence he/she dose not understand the purpose and way of life and his/her relationship with God. As he/she remains engrossed in material wealth, his/her efforts are false. His/Her consciousness is stubborn, and the words from his/her mouth are insipid. He/She does not mingle with the True and the Righteous; because within him/her are falsehood and selfishness.
Is it not true that there can be no false coin unless there is first a genuine currency to falsify? Is it not a fact that there could be no such thing as sickness or disease unless there were laws of health for men to violate? And does not the Bible itself declare that Satan is the Son of God, that Lucifer, before his fall, was the highest and noblest of the archangels?
We are here to watch & wait for dec, 2012.
Forgive again for having to leave last time. unfortunately I must finish this later
Well your wrong when you say that all the 5 calendar rounds in the long count go up to 20, because there is only 18 uinals in a tun. Also, you are very ignorant when you said ” see the problem here?” Because the mayans and aztecs believed that there are 5 great cycles of 5125 1/4 years and 4 have already occured. We are currently in the 5th great cycle which is equivalent to a earthly based cycle of the precession of the equinoxes which is a bout every 26,000 years. When this happens the earths magnetic poles actually do wobble and could very well reverse! December 23, 2012 is just the date where the long count starts over into the 13th buktun. I personally am excited to see it unfold, because if nothing at all were to happen “you” then can discredit the highly accurate mayan calendar and for that matter their heritage. Only time will tell.
As anyone thought to ask a great scientist like Al Gore what he thinks?
gnostic joe–yes, lucifer was the most revered of all archangels…and it is because of all his knowledge “from on High” that makes him so evil and dangerous “below”…
truly “Good gone astray”…
thanks, as always, for your thoughts and insight…
Caution and respect is always wise, when dealing with any you are not familiar with.
“the truth must dazzle gradually
lest all be blind”
Hey Becky, you are right… Its only a matter of time and its always a matter of time…
I hope the light shines on the entire plane before the last shreds of humanity are lost…
Love & Peace to All……. Thats m wish for 2009.
Joe,
I agree with you thoughts..
If you believe in God then you must believe in Devil too..
Just like you need to know happiness to know sorrow…..
And about what Debauch said and what happened, it doesn’t matter…. Your thoughts are alway eagerly awaited and welcomed here.. Its not often that we get to read such enlightening words which remind us about our true purpose of existence… Such company is most desired and appreciated for someone like me who wants to follow the right path….
Tell all the Truth but tell it slant—
Is that not so? As before we are here to stay. We give no answers, those we find from you.
Hope is the thing with feathers, that perches in the soul, and sings the tune without words, and never stops at all.”
the only kind of faith that will justify us is working faith, and the only kind of justification ever presented in the Bible after the Fall is a justification by working faith, a faith that receives its merit from God and proceeds to work as a regenerated, new person.
Like a parent waiting to see what their child will grow to become, hope is in us all.
Just because someone can see in his own mind how a person could reason from this point to that point (inference) does not make it a necessary inference. Being able to employ the imagination to conceive of how this or that doctrine could lead to some other dreaded doctrine, and then declaring that this is the inevitable outcome, is an exercise in both fantasy and false witness.
May you find your light
Gnostic joe
Dear Just Thought,
For certain, Truth smolders with endurance, in comparison with sensational Lies, fabricated to blind the mind, but cannot maintain their glitzy fire.
Be well, Leah
Dear Gnostic Joe,
I may suspect why Debauch is no longer present here, but it would not be fitting for me to comment here.
Everything is but an experience, whether perceived to be good or bad. What saddens me, is the repeated destructive thoughts and actions by some, that cause pain to those who are positive and constructive. Further that those of a negative self serving nature, still don’t realise that they inevitably end up serving, and providing for others, of a fashion, even though it was not their plan.
The greediest of business persons ends up providing the most jobs / livings for others…..and once they perceive they have it all (in terms of wealth and power) it is the very time they have the least of everything.
What saddness, to have said and done such things, that prevents one from walking amongst the people, fearing for one’s life and wellbeing. I suppose that all is as well as it can be under the circumstances….we shall see.
Happy New Year to All, and Wellingbeing to All life.
Leah
good morning, dear friends…
JAT–so GOOD to hear from you…hope you are well…and thank you…
amit–thank you so much for your well-wishes…time will always tell…”Waiting and watching” is sometimes the hardest part…
i too, always thought that “good and evil”, “happiness and sadness”, right and wrong”, etc ..all served as “guages”…you just cannot have one without the other…..and i try to live my life on the “high end” of the guages…though sometimes i am sure that i fail miserably….
gnostic joe…is there sometimes not a real fine line between justification and understanding???? we can “justify” our own thoughts and actions, because we know what’s in our own hearts…but when it comes to someone else, is that justification or understanding??? it seems to me that we have the ability to justify just about everything…how can we justify, yet not understand?????
2009 will soon be upon us…
“well-being” is my wish for you ALL–thank you again, leah!!!! (it is she who inspired this wish in me)… and it is with great hope and anticipation that i pass it along to you all…
PLEASE BE SAFE AND SOUND, AND HAVE A VERY HAPPY NEW YEAR!!!!
love and best wishes to you all, and always….
becky
Dear persona non grata,
I take it that your last post is directed at me.
If somebody is mad…its not me. What Debauch wrote is all freely available on these blogs for all to read. You are a part of Debauch’s group, are you not……so you know…therefore what I may suspect, is of no value to anyone, least of all to you.
I invite you to finnish and contribute your thoughts re Debauchery to the thread….I feel something could be learnt from such a contribution.
Be well, Leah
Dear Gnostic Joe,
I ask genuinely, and not out of curiosity……..
What is it that might be learnt from the Light Bearers by your group ?
Be well, Leah
oooooooooooooooooooooooooooo,
somebodys mad.
What did Debauch tell you 🙂
c’mon ya can tell us, what would not be fitting for you to comment on?
“Further that those of a negative self serving nature, still don’t realise that they inevitably end up serving, and providing for others, of a fashion, even though it was not their plan.”
Thats why Debauchery………never mind.
What do you know err suspect happened?
Dear persona non grata,
Its OK….I’m not scared…..not the cloth I’m cut from. I appologise if I offended you in any way….it is never my intent to offend any.
Truly, all Debauch has conveyed is on these threads……I have nothing in addition to offer.
LOL back at ya, wishing you wellbeing, as for all. Leah
Dear Gnostic Joe,
I am fortunate in that I have not had the words or beliefs of others impressed upon me….having always been free to seek Truth for myself……which is the only way I can put store in what I discover. It is due to this lack of indoctrination, that I am comfortable with truth, and have a bias for truth.
It is sometimes difficult to put forward an idea, for consideration, in such a way as to not influence or intrude upon the free will of others. As you rightly wrote, Real Truth can only be discovered by yourself, and by looking within.
We wish you wellbeing, as we do for all.
Leah
Dear Amit,
My turn to learn….as I feel I may have given a false impression….what makes you think I’m scared…..in particular re what the future may bring ?
I hope you and your family are well.
Love Leah
Appologies to Amit….I mis-read the post.
Dear persona non grata,
What purpose is there in being scared…..for me none. Re the last line of your post…..is an insight in itself. Are you somehow lost in your clarity…….even scared by it ? Is it your intention to scare others ? Or to warn of what may come ?
I appologise up front, but your intentions seem to be of a mixed nature.
Be well, Leah
Dear Gnostic Joe,
Truly, the only communications from Debauch have been on these threads. If you wish to know what I gleaned from Debauch’s posts, you are most welcome, so long as it is accepted as my perspective, and no more than that.
The post of most relevance for me, was re one’s dreams…..and I’ll add mind /brain…..to have one’s mind under one’s own control…..both awake and during sleep.
As persona non grata has stated re the physical eyes and brain, I will add that the brain / mind is both a receiver and a transmitter. It is a wise thing to be in control of what the mind / brain transmits, and likewise what is received.
I will re-read the posts in question, and gladly respond to any questions.
Be well, Leah
Dear persona non grata,
Yes….very familiar with the pineal gland, melatonin, seratonin, light versus e.g.sleep etc. If you are permitted…your point is ?
Be well, Leah
Leah, The lesson is for us to learn from you.
My group? Debauch was who made the list, both times. I have no group, I have alignence.We are here because soon all that you have known will change. The strength to stand up and fight for what is Right and Light, and to also recognise your own Truths and stand up for them. I see you know the Truth.
The truth is what we hope is taken away from here. Truth is something that you know in your heart. Truth is rather like faith in that the truths that you have or believe in are a foundation of your existence as an everlasting spark of Light. Somewhere in the core of your Self, at the very centre of your being, you are aware of a set of values or beliefs that underlie your whole existence whether in this dimensional plane or another Universal reality. Truth is not of the core beliefs founded in your childhood and learnt through others words and interactions with you, which you have come to believe as you have grown. Your true beliefs are those you were born with and have always had within you throughout existence after existence, regardless of your upbringing or choice of family and their situation. Truth is not learnt or acquired or taught to you by others. Real truth can only be discovered for yourself and by looking within. That same Truth is what the Light Bearers bring.
May your light,brighten the darkness
Gnostic joe
All battles will be won through love.
“Show me with armoured hand and glove,
sword aflame held to the Sun;
yet soft and gentle be my garb,
for with the Unicorn do I run.
My wings of blue are like a cloak –
protect me from all evil spoke.”
Nice huh? So will the light bearers shine thruwith the first Ray of Divine Will, Power and Protection, whose colour is blue. This Ray was the first to be made manifest by the Creator, and manifests in our etheric bodies through our throat chakra, which is our centre for communication, and where thought becomes word and deed.
So please think about it before you say it.
“You are a part of Debauch’s group, are you not……so you know…therefore what I may suspect, is of no value to anyone, least of all to you”
HEY 🙂 whatever Leah, Still love ya.
But I think your scared…na,na,na,na,na
PNG
Forgive us Becky, we should have address your questions first.
“Gnostic joe…is there sometimes not a real fine line between justification and understanding????” I have been a member of this group of ours for quite a long time. Yet, I have heard very little about justification by faith alone. I cannot remember a sermon dedicated to the subject. “we can “justify” our own thoughts and actions, because we know what’s in our own hearts…but when it comes to someone else, is that justification or understanding???” Be clear that justification does not have anything at all to do with something that God does in us; it is what He does about us. But do not take this to mean that a justified person will not begin a changed life.”it seems to me that we have the ability to justify just about everything…how can we justify, yet not understand?????” It is of crucial significance and should be rightly understood by those who claim Christ as their banner. If justification is misunderstood, being the pillar upon which the church stands or falls, then what will the rest of our doctrine look like? Will it be a nominal Christianity? Would it be works righteousness? Justification is always accompanied by sanctification–the process by which God makes us holy in our character, not just our standing before Him. But it must be kept clear that justification and sanctification are not the same thing. They are simply two different things that occur together. Further, whereas justification occurs in an instant the moment one believes, sanctification is a process that continues throughout life. God begins this process of sanctification at conversion when we are justified, but it does not end, even after you die.
May you find your light
Gnostic joe
Dear PNG,
Frankly, i am getting a bit confused by all this riddle talk… Debauch openly stated about the group and listed the members which included you, Joe and several others….
He professed about something happening within a specific time-frame with absolute surety…. He told us that the next time we hear from your group will be “In-person”, and that you gus are leaving the thread for good……
I am glad that you and Joe have returned, still, i cannot guess why Debauch isn’t back too…..
And as for Leah being “Scared”, well, i can bet she ain’t…..
No-offence taken 🙂
No riddles either, I would think if anything we have tried to be clear. And the list joe spoke of did not include us ..er..oh yeah. The last list.
Well, thats why Debauchery is not something you should practice. lolol uh,hem.
“And as for Leah being “Scared”, well, i can bet she ain’t”…..
I’ll bet you 10 bucks shes scared. And if any of you knew for sure the storm was coming. Then you would be scared as well.
Maddness & D-man opened thier mouths without thinking.
Anyone of us can get it so clear that we wonder why we didnt get it before.
And in that same moment, become confused by the same clarity.
For instance what i’m doing now.
Dec 21,2012 is not when it all “happens”
Its when it happened.
Have you ever heard of your pineal gland? It has always long been considered vestigial in humans, useless enless you know how. the pineal gland synthesizes a hormone called melatonin in periods of darkness. Do you know what the medical lesson is for? Melatonin synthesis is halted when light hits the retina of the eye, sending impulses to the gland via the optic nerve.
Okay some riddles are needed.
Persona non Grata
The pineal gland was the last endocrine gland to have its function discovered. Its location deep in the brain seemed to indicate its importance. This combination led to its being a “mystery” gland with myth, superstition and even metaphysical theories surrounding its perceived function.
The pineal gland is occasionally associated with the sixth chakra (also called Ajna or the third eye chakra in yoga). It is believed by some to be a dormant organ that can be awakened to enable “telepathic” communication.
In the physical body the eye views objects upside down. It sends the image of what it observes to the brain which interprets the image and makes it appear right side-up to us.
Now Leah, can you please share what Debauch informed you of?
Thanks for writing this; I can’t tell you how many of my acquaintances (not friends, because I don’t make a habit of befriending people who believe in such nonsense!) are running around like chickens with their heads cut off talking about how the world is going to end in 2012. It’s absolutely ridiculous. People thought the world would end at the millenium, but that didn’t happen, did it? And once 2012 passes without event, doomsayers will just glom on to another date instead. All these theories are just based on myth and irrationality.
I think what caused the biggest hype about this was that stupid History Channel special about 2012 and how all these oracles supposedly predicted that the world would end then. That program was complete garbage that contradicted itself all the time. They shouldn’t be allowed to produce that kind of television! It just terrifies gullible people for no reason whatsoever, other than to make a quick buck.
thanks for writing this it put me at alot of ease there was a time when i thoought i was gonna go crazy cuz i had a dream the world was going to end thanks alot
okay i just went back and read like everybodys comments and i can cry from how much ive been stressing this and u guys really helped! thank u!!
Dear PNG,
Yes i’ve read about the Third Eye and the Pineal Gland… But i haven’t been able to delve much.
Care to enlighten further??
And like Leah, i’m also curious about the context in which you brought this up here…
Please dont think that i’m being offensive or aggressive… I’m just curious….
And sometimes i feel that your posts reflect a Double personality, why is it so? Are you alo a group ? Like “Maddness” ?
Salutations,
Blessings to all for the new year.
good morning, one and all…
gnostic joe–no apologies necesary–thank you so much for kind acknowledgement, and yet another insight for me…i understand….
it there is one thing i NEVER detected from any of the regulars here, it is fear…in fact, quite the contrary…from where i stand, i see so much courage, and encouragement…
as for debauch—some of his words haunted me…at the time, they even unnerved me…but that was only temporary—i, too, will wonder “whatever happened to debauch?” …HE OBVIOUSLY LEFT HIS MARK ON US ALL!!!…but that was then–this is now…sorry, guys… (for me) it’s time to move on….(for me)it serves no purpose to linger there….
please forgive me for sounding callous and uncaring—certainly not my intent…but, this MIGHT be one of those things “best left alone”…
enjoy your day..please stay safe and be well….
Happy new year!!!!!!???
May all your hopes & needs, be brought into the light.
Yes Amit, we are a group.
Maddness is one of our members
Debauch,Andre, Gnostic joe are our founders.
D.Rey,C.America & looking for answers are our foot soliders.
Gen.X keeps our loggs.
And we all serve and pledge our energy to
The Bearers of Light.
I gotta admit, I should’ve taken my own advise on the “So please think about it before you say it” speech.
Like Espumpin used to say “Forgive me my ignorance”
Read “Hamlet’s mill”, a university thesis about “myths” and other “folk” histories collected around the world; it has nothing to do with Mayas, but, strangely enough they all connect in one way or another around similar “myths” (Vikings, Chinese, Mapuches, Hawaiians, etc). The Mayans are only one more of many other cultures who have the same kind of “tale”, but in a more sophisticated form (calendar).
Damnit Amit,
Stay safe.
Just tell those folks who want to do harm to get over themselves.
We are the Light Bearers,
In Service to The One,
And ALL that IS The One,
Which is ALL That IS.
Our Heart Lights shine . . .
As Perpetual Beacons of God’s Light
For those who seek the Path of
Awakening and Ascension.
We are that Essence of The One
Which expresses Divine Love,
Light, Joy, Healing and Peace.
We are that Extension of The One
That reflects Understanding,
Compassion, Empathy and Co-Operation.
ALL That We ARE . . . Is ALL That IS.
We are God’s Light . . . We are US (A Union of Souls)
So be it . . . and so it is, according to Divine Will and Purpose,
and in Loving Service to The One and ALL.
Experience is not what happens to a man, experience is what a man does with what happens to him.
James 1:12 Blessed is the man who remains steadfast under trial, for when he has stood the test he will receive the crown of life, which GOD has promised to those who love him.
Steph
See! I told you 2012 is a dud! The world will end, instead, in 3797 as predicted by Nostradamus!!!!!! So there will be more time for Christmas shopping after December 21, 2012. On the other hand, the 2012 Olympics will be coming up. 🙂
Oh, FYI, I’m a Catholic. I believe the end of the world is an unexpected occurence. It can be in 3797, it can be a thousand years, maybe 50 years from now, or it can be tomorrow. It can be on any day of the year. Jus be prepared. If you don’t believe me, it’s in the Bible.
Hi,
I thought Mayyan’s feared number 0 because to them, it represented nothingness. What was the delta or what was the time difference between rejection and acception? When did they start to consturct the calendar?
A few years back I had an experience
with God. One night as I was praying so intensively that my body and mind drifted into a state of peacefulness. I started floating; but at the same time I could see myself laying in bed. Floating in the most magnificent beautiful divine white clouds;against the blue sky. As this continued; I noticed a large angel next too me. This angel was holding me by my right arm as if guiding me. The wings were so visible stretching in an outward position. This floating continued for a while; until we ended up walking this isle; that had
angels singing praises to God Almighty. As we were walking,I was in disbelief; checking over to my left;I could see bleachers and bleachers of rows of angels. These angels were singing and praising with their
heads bowing down to God Almighty. Turning my head to the right; it was the same thing; praising and glorifying God Almighty. Walking through this isle was as if time stood still;because of its beauty that I was experiencing. I ended up in front of this Gothic alter;where I immediately knelt before God Almighty.
His Gothic alter was huge and the beauty that is anyone’s’ imagination or indescribable. I could still hear in the background the sounds of beauty of praises. God started talking to me; but as our conversation
ensue;their was absolute silenced. We kept talking for sometime; but I kept looking up; see if I could get a glance of God. All I could see was like a voice coming out from high up from this Gothic alter.
Although I don’t remember exactly what transpired between us up until this day, I Thank God for giving me the privileged and audience;…..how real He is……God Almighty..
You can call t his a dream;or an astral dream;but to me;it was real. This happened back in the early 70’s;since then two more I have since experienced.
Back in the spring of 1983;he showed me some scenes of the end of times. The picture slides that he revealed were not pretty at all. I am not sure whether they will coincide with this astronomical events that are fast aproaching;but the probabilities are being sounded by prominent…scientist,astronomer,etc.
Now;I thank all of you that have been very positve in this thread, in discussing the coming of the year 2012. The rest of you;All I can say;is keeping searching for your own answers;until you get some satisfaction.
Also to suport your theory the world was suppose to end like 5 times since i was born, which was 1994. Im pretty sure we dot have to worry yet. Maybe everyone is right with their 3797 idea. I liked your article btw.
GraciaEspn–thank you for sharing your experience with me (us)…for a brief moment, there was true euphoria for me…may we all be blessed to find and see that eternal light….
if i may be so bold as to ask—did these dreams have any profound affects on you???
and if so, what??? i’m sure they are VERY PERSONAL, but could you share??? if not, just say so–i would certainly understand….
thank you, and please be well….
becky
reading back on all the messages there and one of those guys are rite the world was supposed to end on the year 2000 but it dint it is just a lod of crap it is so no one worry nothing will happen (i hope)
i am not sure if this has been brought up before but while i was reading this article the fact that the Mayans might not have counted leap years could be important because whenever we started to use leap years we added a day that the Mayans didn’t. Doesn’t that make the possible “doomsday” sooner? Or, did it already come? If someone could provide answers that would be great.
yeah i agree. i really don’t think the world will end in 2012 because theres been so many predictions in the past that it will end but it hasn’t! and why is everyone believing what the mayans said will happen….how did they know? they probably just guessed…..and said ok the world will end 2012! and they had no proof back then that it would happen because they didnt exactly have technology to look into the galaxy. and their so called calender they invented didnt say the world will end on that date they just said its the end of there last cycle! but seriously i really don’t think it will happen……so don’t worry!
Hello Friends,
I’ve been away for a while….
But as always, its good to be back here and indulge in your wonderful words….
Dear PNG,
Please tell more about your group,.. What you intend to do, how do you plan to go about it.. etc etc….
Hi
Thanks for your wonderful response;It’s an experienced that will stay with me forever.I feel extremely privileged;yet horrified; to also experience destruction of certain areas of our Planet. That is one reason;I am extensively reading just about any thread or current news about 2012. The general consensus are in agreement as to the direction in our astronomical events that are nearing;but ;at the same time we could experience all this with a span period from 0 years through the next 50 years.
[email protected]
First of all…to say that Mayans had no proof of the world ending on 2012 is a bogus excuse….If your going to say that then that would be like me saying you dont have proof of God….There have been many great minds in the evolution of man, many of which predicted many things a long time ago that have come true…. Now scientific fact states the only thing special about 2012 is the Sun changing (go google) Sun spots and solar flares and what not (go read the article) can effect many things on Earth and cause cataclysmic events….i mean in 2028 an asteroid will pass Earth (getting closer to Earth than sattelites) and depending how our gravity effects it 4 years from there when it swings around again it could crash into the Earth and destroy life as we know (google that as well if you want it is another scientific fact) and yet no ones scared of that…2012 if anything is another struggle for mankind that we will adapt too and overcome….but if you want to believe in the Apocolypse and 4 horsemen and eternal damnation of souls (you know the second coming where someone decides if you go up or take the elevator down) feel free…If i remember correctly the world can end at any given moment in time….then again as an Agnostic my feelings towards that are about the same as the world coming to an abrupt end in 2012…..
I will be quite pissed if the world decides to end during, or after, my christmas shopping.
😐
Dear persona non grata,
When are you ?
Be well, Leah
sorta superficial, steph, don’t you think????
so glad you are back, amit–i miss you and worry about you when you stay gone….i wonder, too…
please take care and stay well…
dont nobody know when the world is going to end so yall need to stop with that stuff because only god knows when the world is going to end.
Science is all that matters, prove to me that god exists scientifically and I’ll believe whatever religion in that form, till then this is a science discussion not a god discussion.
all this was and is on tv, i dont know what to or what not to believe. Why would people be talking about it if they thought there was nothing to worry about, or if it wasnt a issue. I say if it happens it happens we’re all gonna die sonner or later. live your life!!!!
Dear Becky,
Even i dont like to be away for long, but cant help it sometimes…..
But dont worry, i have graduated from the school of hard knocks!
I wonder where Espumpin is…… He has never been away for this long. I hope he comes back soon and wish him well and pray for his well-being…..
BH,
Look into the mirror, and look at the world around you… Look at the Trees, Birds, Animals etc…
Dont you see God??
BH, let me elaborate further for you….
A universe that is very precisely tuned to support life, from the very unique properties of carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen and other elements that form life to the physical laws that allow matter to exist in a delicate balance between black holes and plasma.
Life itself, which is not just a mere assemblage of the right chemicals, but a system of hundreds of interrelated components working in harmony to create the miracle we call life, all precisely coded in the DNA of every cell.
Innate and unique characteristics of human beings which are not readily explained by adaptation, such as artistic creativity, a sense or moral right and wrong which often contradicts “survival of the fittest” and a desire to seek answers about God, even among those who say they do not believe.
Answers to prayer which go beyond anything that can be rationally attributed to chance or coincidence.
Unexplained medical healings that occur in conjunction with spiritual experiences.
Accounts by rational, mature individuals of hearing a voice within that is beyond their own thoughts, of seeing angels or of having visions.
People whose lives have been dramatically changed through experiences that they can only describe as having been touched by a power beyond themselves, or as one of experiencing God.
“The simple fact that there is a creature, namely man, that can conceive of the concept of a divine Creator suggests there must be one. Why would every culture be born with a burning desire to know Him if He didn’t exist and wish for us to earnestly seek him?”
Anonymous
God is real guys enough said
“He couldn’t argue, of course he didn’t know it all, he had never really thought about how much more there was to learn. He had been so busy trying to prove that other peoples viewpoints were wrong, and that he was right, that there wasn’t room for him to learn new information. His mind was made up, he didn’t want to be confused with more information that didn’t fit his viewpoint.”
amit–your light shines so brightly!!!!!
JAT–thanks again for your wonderful reminder!!!
Hi Dennis….welcome,
Um….. the 300,000 miles from the galaxy centre, I’m sure was a slip up.
Each to their own gut feeling then.
Be well, Leah
If I would have read this a decade ago, I’d agree with you. Just a bunch of B.S. The problem is that about 5 years ago, they realized that the Mayan Calendar doesn’t simply end on an arbitrary date, calculated on Menstrual cycles amongst other things, it turns out that the calendar actually ends on the day that there will be 3 Eclipses, a total solar eclipse, the eclipse of Venus and the eclipse of the black hole at the center of the Milky Way galaxy. Keep in mind that the last time this happened was approximately 27,000 years ago, about the same time that the last Ice Age ended.
The truth is, we really don’t know what’s going to happen.
Study astrophysics for answers to our solar system and galaxy. Many religious groups/adherents publish doomsday books without any knowledge of the true facts.
There is no ‘eclipse of the black hole at the center of the Milky Way galaxy’ coming at all. We orbit some 300,000 miles from the center of our galaxy, so there’s no danger of being swallowed up in some massive black hole.
No religion on earth has the ear of any creator or god with human qualities. That’s as ridiculous as the planet x conspiracies created by the theists. Any singularity or first cause ‘discovered’ would NOT be the God of the Abrahamic religions, but something that no one has yet discovered. So, we’re all on the same page in this world and no one can predict what started the universe, or, what will end it. They’re just the same stories and myths found throughout the world…
Live for today and not for some big pay-off in an afterlife for which there is no evidence (except for gut feelings and emotional needs to feel safe in the arms of a Sky Parent) It’s the height of human ego and arrogance to say one knows exactly how the entire universe was formed and, to say that one group just happens to have figured it out and the rest will perish for not believing the same stories..rubbish. Grow up and stop wishing for the end of the world. This planet belongs to everybody, not just a bunch of theists.
Hey Leah/Becky/JAT,
Good to hear from you.. As always…
Dennis,
You said-
Live for today and not for some big pay-off in an afterlife for which there is no evidence (except for gut feelings and emotional needs to feel safe in the arms of a Sky Parent)
Can you imagine the consequences if such a mentality prevails across the world?? We will have more Talibans, Al Qaedas, Hamas… It would become a jungle,the term “Survival of the fittest” will acquire a new meaning…..
Dear Becky,
The light is merely a reflection of the radiance of you guys……
Dear Becky,
There is no stealing……..nicely put……Earth needs an outbreak of ideas, words and actions that cause the Wellbeing of All Life, Always.
Be well, Leah
amit—“birds of a feather”, perhaps…thank you, leah!!
dennis, it is not “some big pay-off in the after life” that i seek…let’s concentrate on something a little more immediate…how ’bout good will and well-being for all mankind and life, right here, right now??? an epidemic of well being—what a pay-off that would be!!!! (forgive me, leah, for “stealing your thoughts”–never more than now do they seem so apropriate!)
best wishes, and BE WELL!!!
becky
well-being comes without bias–no religion, no science, no cultural differences, no politics, no imposition, no greed, jealousy or offense…and it doesn’t cost a dime….
you don’t have to fight over it, hoard it, disguise it, or tweek it in any way–the list goes on and on…well-being stands on it’s own merit….
…i’ll shut up now…
thank you, leah–for you NEVER-ENDING inspiration…
much love…
i fear my death. whether it’s in 2012 or not. i used to have a great relationship with God, and now i’m not so sure. i just know that. i want to read the bible cover to cover by 2012. JUST IN CASE. and if the world doesn’t end in 2012 (which i don’t think it will) then i will for certain have no doubt that God exists. not that i do now. i’m just young and confused. uh uh uh…
I dont believe in religiion, i believe that religion was created for men and women to find peace within, to believe that there is a higher power- someone above us, i believe religion was created for humans to fill whole, to find meaning in themselves. Im not atheist, but I do sometimes question the word. If anything, I am a christian but sometime i question the bible and my preacher for understanding. I dont believe any of the hype that the world will end in 2012. I believe it will continue for centuries beyond… humans may not reside on the Earth but there will be an Earth. Jus like the dinosaurs became extinct, humans will too, eventually. I believe this is all a cyle. Maybe Im jus thinking to much……
Well, ive read most of the comments and i think the whole 2012 think is, an enigma. No one knows whats going to happen, i mean, the mayans were an advanced race, but back then in such a primal age, that could mean different things.
I believe in god. I believe in a higher power, but i cant predict what will happen or even begin to guess. Doomsday theories have been around as long as we have been around. The world was suppose to end a long time ago. And honestly if something apocolyptic does happen, well, its out of my control, so im going to sit back and drink a beer and chill in my living room. Saying that, i hope nothing terrible happens, i value my life and im young, so i feel there is much I can accomplish, and i hope we as a species are around long enough so I can do just that…
Other than that, the article was a good read, and with everything i see online about 2012 being the end all be all, its good to see articles like this, where at least it seems as though not all of us have gone crazy with this thing and there are still those whi believe in the best.
And honestly, if the world was in better condition, I.E. our economy and an overall greater value of human life, then this whole 2012 thing might not be as big as it is.
Here’s my take on the whole thing:
Where’s the evidence?
War, famine and disease are predicted for the end times in some of the major religions of the world. Now we see a lot of startling parallels between these prophecies and the events unfolding around the world today. Only problem is: THERE’S NEVER BEEN A PERIOD IN HISTORY WHEN MAN WAS COMPLETELY AT PEACE, FULLY FED, OR NOT SUFFERING FROM THE SNIFFLES!!!
“But Zach, its getting worse!” Ok, lookit, it only seems like things are getting worse because of the massive monster known as multimedia! We see things that haven’t been seen by previous generations so we automatically qualify these things as “worse than ever”.
The Mayan Long Count Calendar
Ok, so the Mayan’s were outstanding at astronomical calculations. They had to have had alien help right? NO FOR THE LOVE OF CHEESE! Well the calendar ends with that specific date so that HAS to be the end of days right?! NO!!! Any cultural anthropologist who studies the MLCC will tell you that its like an odometer, it just rolls over to a new cycle of numbers.
So why are people freaking out about the Mayan’s LCC?
Its pretty simple: most people are under the misapprehension that the ancients were more advanced than we give them credit for. They were smart, no question. “Well how did they match all of the stars and astronomical signs and what not.” Did anyone ever consider the fact that they…just LOOKED IN THE FUCKING SKY FOR DAYS ON END?! NO! Ancient civilizations didn’t have alien help, or super computers. They saw problems and solved them with the knowledge that they had.
BIBLE CODE! NOSTRADAMUS!!!
…mmmBULLSHIT! The Bible Code has predicted things with “startling accuracy”. Ok…let me be frank here, if you search for codes, you find codes. Why? Simple: Codes can be found in everything. Hell, you use the same method that Bible Code researchers use on this journal post, I’ll bet you dollars to doughnuts that you’ll find a sequence of words that will make a prediction.
As a Christian, the thought that anyone encoded the Bible is tantamount to blasphemy.
“But Zachariah, thats all well and good but what are the odds that all of those words would be so close together?” Pretty damn good actually. Think about a word search, how many times have you found a word that runs next to or through another word? There was a dude who used the same method in Moby Dick and found that Martin Luther King and the Kennedy brothers would be assassinated. What does that tell you? Well It tells me that if I cracked open my well worn copy of Jurassic Park, I’ll become president one day and that I’ll have a harem of chicks at my disposal.
And then we come to history’s greatest prediction maker: Nostradamus. Never mind the fact that his quatrains are so vague that you can apply them to damn near anything, but anything that you predict will probably be a reality some day. In fact, I’ll make my own prediction right now:
“In the year that the calendar is replaced,
Great knights will soar through the heavens
Throwing spears of light at one another until
the Great White Knight destroys the enemy of man”
What does it mean? Anyone?
Why Are People Taking Events as signs?
Its quite simple really. Lets take the wars around the world today…If you can call them wars. When man invents a new technology he inevitably has one of two thoughts ” Will this impress that hot girl down the street?” or ” How can I kill someone with this?”
So when the machinegun was invented it was used with startling effect. Again the phrase “worse than before” comes up. AS humanity progresses, bad things happen, thats just the way it is.
The energy crisis around the world isn’t a sign, its a challenge, and eventually, we’ll pass that challenge with flying colors. The wars being fought around the world aren’t a signal that the world is coming to an end, they are part of the human condition; people will always hate another group of people for one reason or another. Famine? Well show me one point in man’s history where food wasn’t a problem somewhere in the world. Extinction of species? Well, 99% of all species on the Earth went extinct at one point. Animals were forced to adapt or die, the same is true now, even without human influence, species will die off. Disease running rampant? Duh, every corner of the world is affected by some sort of disease or another, and we’ll find a cure to all of them eventually or build up an immunity to them.
I have faith in my Lord that He will give the human race much more time to learn about our role in the universe before he takes the Divine Mini-Gun to the Earth.
Dear Zacharia Wright,
Astute….. you are. The only thing left out…..is the agenda of a few humans re fate and the future. Whilst God/ Lord has granted the human species all the time needed ……there a few humans, who’s agendas are hidden for now…..but which may cause much harm…..depending on the means they empoly to create a better world according to “their” perception.
Be well, Leah
danielle–religion and spiritualism are not the same thing, though the two more often than not, go hand-in-hand…
be well—and may you find all that you are searching for…
You stated that “The world will end” and you topped it off with quote ” yes you read it right” however even though maybe we read it right, you’ve got it all wrong. In fact the world isn’t suppose to end, its supposed to change “End of a cycle”. Scientists from all around the world agree that “the world is changing” they also agree that on december 21’st 2012 the earth will be exactly in line with the center of the galaxy and or galactic center also the sun will be at what’s called its solar maximum this alone is a huge change and will have many ripple effects over time causing complete chaos on the blue planet we call home mother earth is about to get daddy to take off his belt and whip our asses. I believe that on the year 2012 we’ll be so busy fighting wars, and surviving mega storms that we’ll have long forgotten about some hear say about dooms day, cause that hear say will be not only our fate, but our reality
PS: people who don’t get it do not have the understanding or the knowledge to even realize that its not dooms day, its the end of a cycle that this solar system has been through many times and I believe that acient peoples have been wiped from the face of the planet leaving behind only faint warnings in stone, the question isn’t is the warning there but rather will we listen
Rachel,
Thats the basic problem.. People think that reading the Bible “cover to cover” will bring them closer to God, provide them “Salvation”..
Dennis?
Honestly??
“Study astrophysics for answers to our solar system and galaxy. Many religious groups/adherents publish doomsday books without any knowledge of the true facts.
There is no ‘eclipse of the black hole at the center of the Milky Way galaxy’ coming at all. We orbit some 300,000 miles from the center of our galaxy”
True facts? The solar system is about 28,000 light years from the center of our galaxy. In miles, we’re looking at something closer to: 164588801399825020 (Even if I rounded that off I couldn’t pronounce it, but I know it wouldn’t sound anything like “hundred thousand”)
That may well mean that a black hole 28,000 light years away wouldn’t affect us. And anyone who is absolutely certain that they’re right and a black hole will inevitably swallow us whole could benefit by opening their minds to other possibilities. But, of course, if your own facts can be so wrong, why are you so certain that you’re the one who’s right?
“Hey! I know how to put out that fire! More fire!!”
please do not believe in those predictions……
BELIEVE ONLY IN GOD!
God is the almighty LORD!
He is our savior, how come He will do that to us that doomsday ?
He Loves us VERY MUCH!
so, be calm
theres no bad thing that will happen..
just PRAY TO GOD AND THANK HIM THAT HE MADE YOU, AND HE SUPPORTS YOU..
Lol this is too funny, nothing will happen in 2012, well I may take a shit that day…
@ Furturist2012
“the earth will be exactly in line with the center of the galaxy and or galactic center “, In line with what, you realise we orbit the center of the Galaxy? We are always in line with it.
“sun will be at what’s called its solar maximum”, the sun goes through its solar max every 11 years, its called the Cycle.
If you “logic” was correct then we would see “huge change and will have many ripple effects over time causing complete chaos” every 11 years, the fact that iv lived through 2 of these cycles pretty much rules out “someones” faulty thinking.
Portuus the super grey alien MOST ASSURED ME THAT THE WORLD WILL NOT END IN 2012. It will be carried in re-runs on TELEVISONLAND on your favorite cable system.
Remember, put your Jack over sticks in the upright position before take off……
guuuzle
If you look at these shows that they have on the History channel, talking about Revelations, “the Wobble” of the Earth, 2012, The Mayan Calendar, man- it’s enough to make someone become paranoid! I think that it is possible that we will see some crazy weather related catastrophes, far worse than we have seen in the past. However, I do not believe that the end of the world will be 12/21/12. I think the media’s coverage of the “wars” going on today is convincing people that we may very well see an atomic war in 2012. But, hey, they said the world was supposed to end many time before, now haven’t they? I think we will still be here, but I dread that day when I hear about WWIII! Sigh!
2012 is the date of arnie geddon . Thats when my neighbor Arnie Kassolski will retire. He;s a workaholic and will be HELL to live with in the neighborhood.
Get yer Jack over sticks ready boys, I feel a shuuti coming up
there are so many signs that 2012 is gonna bring destruction ok? first there is the bible and that says that the world will end because God is unhappy with us. who wouldnt be? we kill and destroy most of his creations that he made and we take them for granted by starting wars. we americans use tap water on our ass and some of us wont even drink tap water! no wonder most countries want to kill us. it’s because we use things that they are dying for..on our asses!! if god sent a vision to that one guy {idont know his name sorry to him} then that means hes gonna do all that destruction to us. hes telling us what hes gonna do to us and hes warning us to change our ways.
Secondly, some great astrologers predicted that the world will end like Nostradamus. he predicted 9-11, world war 2, the great london fire and more, each of these things were accurate.
the mayans were great people they predicted events so accurately scientists get scared. the sun has a cycle every 11 years. when it was at its max in like the 1800s, lots of power lines went out. you know what we have today? Satellites, telephone wires all across the country and wireless cell phones powered by the satellites. astronomers say that the sun will max out its cycle in 2012. know what’ll happen? all of our communication devices are gonna be wiped out and we wont be able to get to the police or anyone!! see thats gonna be the first step to the beginning of our demise. communication is the key, what’ll happen when the sun burns that out? exactly, confusion and havoc.
for you guys that dont believe in 2012, yeah why does the world end there. the point is everyones gonna die and god says its gonna be in 2012, so believe it! its from god himself!
Looks like the maddness is about to begin. To soon to tell. No wait, yeah to soon to tell.
Very good Leah, Thats why you’ll never talk to Debauchary again. Our plan is simple look how many more were attracted to this thread. And look how all of you have handled their answers. Now what? How much guidence is needed before you can lead? These are Q&A’s that make me a………Persona non Grata. And only the “campfire crew” understands.
Amit- if you really wonder about Espumpin just try to remember, denial is not a river in egypt 🙂
Persona non Grata
I certainly would not encourage all of you 2012 doomsday folks to stop planning for your retirement. You do, or should, know that the end of the world has been predicted hundreds, if not thousands of times; the dates have come and gone, and we are still here. Did anyone ever think that maybe the Mayans did not see a need for a calendar that went beyond 12/21//2012? Maybe they had more pressing issues, like the disease that wiped them off the face of the planet.
I know, I know… many of you probably think that they were so technologically advanced, that they disappeared from the planet because they figured out a way to transcend space and time! I believe it more likely that they were so unadvanced that they simply succumbed to a plague. As you all discuss galactic centers, and solar cycles, you forget one simple thing: the Mayans had no clue that there even was a galactic center, let alone solar cycles. By believing they did, you are projecting today’s common knowledge on a race of people who had a totally different view of the universe: a universe that most likely did not extend much beyond one or two thousand miles, in their minds.
I will never understand why people think that the ancient Chinese, or Mayans, or whoever, had some deeper knowledge of things than we do today. Ancient remedies are considered better than the medical science we possess today, in many people’s minds. The early writers of the Bible had a closer connection to God then we do today, in many people’s minds.
As you 2012 doomsday people read this on your advanced computer technology, connected to your internet, sitting in your comfortable chair, not doing anything productive, maybe you want to spend some time really educating yourself (or at least start using some common sense) and stop reading all of the crazy, made up crap that you are investing your life’s limited time in. Yes, the world will end, for you and for me, when we each die. What we do with what time we have while we are alive, will affect those who will live on beyond our own individual ends of the world. Will your life’s effect be good, bad, or negligible?
Ami, I certainly hope that you are young teen who really needs to get some common sense. If you are older than 15, it might be time for a dose of reality. For example, you wrote:
“…some great astrologers predicted that the world will end like Nostradamus. he predicted 9-11, world war 2, the great london fire and more, each of these things were accurate.”
Fact: Nostradamus predicted none of those things you mentioned. I need you to show me a prediction that he made in his quatrains that did not happen yet. Then, tell me the day in the future that it will happen, based on his prediction, and we’ll both wait to see if he was right. The fact is, if Nostradamus had predicted 9/11, then there would have been millions of people who took off of work that day to watch it on TV, and thousands who would not have gone to work in the WTC that day, and they would still be alive. The fact is, no one saw it coming, because no one predicted it.
Sadly, you wrote: “…the sun has a cycle every 11 years. when it was at its max in like the 1800s, lots of power lines went out. you know what we have today? Satellites, telephone wires all across the country and wireless cell phones powered by the satellites.”
Fact: There were no electric power lines in the 1800s. There we some telegraph lines, however. Also, cell phones are not powered by satellites. In fact, if every satellite was toasted by the sun, your cell phone would still work fine. Also, since the first satellite was launched in the 1950’s, and by my calculations we have had at least 5 solar cycles since that time, I would think it safe to say that the odds are in our favor of not losing our TV reception any time soon because of a solar flare.
Again, sadly, you wrote: “…the point is everyones gonna die and god says its gonna be in 2012, so believe it! its from god himself!.”
Fact: God said nothing of the sort. In fact, by my knowledge, God never said anything at all. Did God tell you this himself? If the answer to that question is Yes, then it is time for a check up from the neck up.
I’m sorry ami, I’m still hoping that you are only 12 years old, in which case, your ignorance is pardoned.
Dear persona non grata,
In your opinion,
Is it not enough that the dangers have been brought to light, and are openly discussing ?
Prophecy, whether accurate or not, at least intigates people to address matters which they would otherwise choose to ignore.
Your words are kind and I thank you. My concern is that the concept of a few leading / guiding the many, infringes to a certain extent on free will, has been the ways of the past to date, and which lead the situation to where it is at this nexus.
Any suggestions would be gratefully received and given the most serious consideration.
Be well,
Leah
Dear todd,
“we’ll need to die, when we need to die”…….are you intimating a willingness to do so if the decision is made on your behalf ?
Sorry…..thats “we’ll die, when we need to die”
Well if everyone keeps getting hyped up about this we are sure to have some problems. Like governments enforcing martial law because of all the Chaos. Maybe even they will use this to take away our rights because of the certain doom. Or possibly to make lots of money!
The original article makes sense to me from the standpoint that we may be be entering into a new light of existence. A world of people working together to save ourselves from our own destruction possibly.
I have read many books on the maya, have an older stone calendar in my office and participated with the harmonic convergence back in 1986. We all sat on mountain tops around the world to usher in the the new energy(August 16, 1986).
This all had to do with the Mayan calendar and 2012. Back then people just thought we were strange. I see no harm sitting on a mountain as the sun rises and saying a prayer for humanity. Along with many others around the globe.
I find it very interesting what I am finding online about 2012 and the calendar now. Many more people are obviously concerned or think it’s a load of crap. Look at the uproar it is amazing. We need peace on this planet. Yes, all of us could be wiped away in a single event. Hopefully not by our own doing.
So till that day happens we should first consider our fellow humans, our planet and how we are all just small creatures connected to everything and everyone in this cosmic structure of the universe.
Currently I am planning a trip to climb the temple of the Moon and Sun in Mexico. The Aztec’s really got carried away over time with their ritualistic Religion to the point of disgust. If anyone knows the story they thought their savior had returned and it all fit with their prophecy. It was the Spanish and they slaughtered the Aztec empire. Then the Spanish built Catholic churches.
Get the picture.
Peace,
Mateo
yeah i get the picture, do u c what our “savior” is doing in our picture?
you guys are nerds. live your life instead of commenting and criticizing other people’s thoughts. jeez get a date or something.
we’ll die when we need to die
our paths are paths of choice…mine is not a “beaten path”, therefore i cannot ask anyone to follow me down it…walk WITH me, if you choose, but please do not follow–i am still trying to find my way…..
Dear persona nongrata,
Thank you for the example. It makes it clearer.
RE hope for 2012, preferably now ….The Wellbeing of All Life, according to each perception of Wellbeing, achieved through peaceful positive means.
In aword…Enlightenment.
Be well,
Leah
Dear persona non grata,
Denial is not a river …..as you wrote is much funnier.
Be well,
Leah
Dear persona non grata,
As per Becky, walk together……no leading or following….al equal….no one set above another……it is the way……. how to get all to take the first step together….is the real trick…..if not all together, then in time.
Be well, Leah
Yes,
We will die when we need to die,
and may we do it well.
Dear persona non grata,
Please re-phrase the question / questions……if only for my benefit.
Be well, Leah
This was an informative article. Its the duty of science to bring reason over superstition. Its only natural for people to fear what they don’t understand though, and being that we really can’t even say that we understand how the Mayan calendar even works, people will carry on with their doomsday prophecies. Whats sad is that we know that some people like to obsess about humanity’s end, because they think only in religious context, and using reason will never reach them.
We will die when we need to die? Please explain that to me.
Is it not enough that the dangers have been brought to light, and are openly discussing ? Sorry no. If you have AIDS, is it enough to just talk about it?
At this nexus of life all is coming together. If I may ask? What do some of you “hope” will happen in 2012? Not what you think, but “hope”.
Ya know Becky, u’r kooooooool 🙂
religion and spiritualism do not go hand-in-hand…
Amen sayit again.
Oh & Amit I meant Da Nile is not a river.
“We will die when we need to die.” I just hope it’s not in 3 years…
okay when something always come up on tv, in the news or enywhere there is always two sides to the story. and we just have to see if the world will end or not we have no idea of prediction the future only time will tell…….
Now that I read up on this – here is what I hope.
Due to movies, shows, hype, etc leading to 12/21/2012 – the world will be in a panic. Hopefully, everyone will nervously wait and nothing will happen. Leaving everyone relieved and in a peaceful state of mind – globally. Maybe this is the miracle of enlightenment. Realizing that we should all be greatful for life.
God, I hope so. I can care less about me. What hurts is the fact that my Daughter will only be 6 years old when this happens.
Yes, Doubt is what sets us apart. Can you trust me, even if I give you no reason to. Would you run to God if someone hurt you? Even if the one who hurt you was God? Well-being is most commonly used in philosophy to describe what is non-instrumentally or ultimately good for a person. The question of what well-being consists in is of independent interest, but it is of great importance in moral philosophy, especially in the case of utilitarianism, according to which well-being is to be maximized. Do you agree?
well, im not a believer!!! but im not taking this december 21,2012 issue as a laughing stock what so ever the fact is that we should live our precious little lives as if it was our last!!!who know whether its true that dec.21,12 is the doomsday!! only OUR CREATOR ONLY KNOWS!! live a happy life!!
Dear PNG,
With reference to Leah’s post above… Include me in the beneficiary list 🙂
And no matter what you say, i’ll always be in a “Denial” mode regarding what was said here about Espumpin…..
That,I will always deny and refuse to believe!!
Everything that equals nothing is everything.
The calendar rolls over to begin again.
You have nothing to fear because of everything.
The now creates reality.
The now is past and future. (walking constantly through time)
Most have not been living in the now.
It is,
Reality.
Peace,
Mateo
The mayan calendar works like gears in a car transmission.
Small gear calendars for different planets of larger gears.
The BIG final gear is the whole circle driven by the smaller ones.
This 2012 will be a complete cycle.
Now how detailed can a circle get?
How could a native culture know this?
Projecting out into the universe and time.
I will tell you.
They and our genetic link have been around for thousands of years.
What better to do than look into the sky. (not a TV or gizmo device)
The powers today don’t really educate us in this way of the circle earth, let us be dumb.
What better way to rule the people thousands of years ago and now.
Mystics knowing when Venus would rise and wow the people.
Crystals set in certain places when the sun would set for visual effects upon their calling.
True knowledge of power through the old religions like faith healing and death camps.
I speak nothing more than thought and truth.
Will leave in peace,
Mateo
The mayan calendar is one of the true realistic creations and power of human design.
Please Learn something and move foreward!
We have much to loose and very little time!!!
Harmonize…………… ……… …….
“Bury my heart at wounded knee”
By: Dee Brown
Read American history!
We can only learn more from the past for our future now.
M
GOD create human and universe by HIM self and destroy by Him self too, no ones can predict the doomsday we just do the best for live, for all mankind. no different color, no different religion, no different language , just stay unity. and lets pray to GOD wish the world staying alive and peacefully AMIN
the end of the world is a touchy subject
and sometimes people like to make jokes about it to make them selfs feel better and more safe so ummmm
thats all im going to say
not going to say if this will happen or not
oh and for the people saying stuff like
“omg thier going to make a new doomsday event for nuts to glom onto”
well acctualy modern scientist say a meteor will come extremly closs to the earth 2064 or 2045 but i forgot wich one
im not saying its going to happen but modern scientist can see it and ummmm
the reason why this 2012 thing is so big is cause they find it strange the mayan calander lands right on the day there will be a eclipse or flare and during the eclipses it gets dark and the moon turns red just like the bible
“the moon will turn blood red”
then thier is the gamma ray explosion that will happen any year as we speak but people are taking it for granite and then there is that nastradamus dude talking about how the earth would get dark before a big tragic event
but hay thier is also proof on how this is not going to happen but some people truly bielive it might happen and some people truly beilive it will happen and some people beilive it will happen but go into a stage of denial to back the info away from them
i mean just cause a calander goes into a circual motion doesnt mean anything but hay i might be wrong im just
stating the reasons why people think this will happen but i myself dont know much about except for the reasons why people think it might happen and ummm….
alot of things lead up to the 2012 thingy and thats why its such a big event
even bigger then the y2k and the y2k was bull thats not even closs to 2012 leadings
so thats why its a big event
but yeah the bible says there is no date for the ending of the world but people sure do think its comeing soon
hopefully not
oh and im going to repeat
im not saying this is going to happen cause i dont know but god please spare us
Around the campfire they sit. Waiting. Yet they know what they feel is true. Right after thanksgiving but before christmas. Everything and nothing changed. They were all connected, the ones put on D’s list. Without ever meeting they knew one another. Then something changed. Even the thread changed. Their feelings, their outlook on life, they accepted some and cast out others. The death of one of their own, hit closer to home then they wanted it. PNG doesn’t have to rephrase, you know excatly what he means. -R & J.A,T have become upset with the world. Becks’ shes more enlightened. Amit has more on his plate, & wants to enjoy it instead of swallowing it all down like he used to. And Leah… You “don’t” want to trust, cuz you saw what that “trust” can do. I answer for P.N.G. & I ask for Debauch, does the campfire crew wish to continue? We feel this speaks for all…..”That,I will always deny and refuse to believe!!” Some of you aren’t even sure what to believe in anymore. Look what the thread has become……A reflection of your world. I noticed only 2 of you asked to Please re-phrase the question / questions……if only for my benefit. Can you answer for our benefit?
Time is the illusion, When will when the kingdoms of this world will be taken over by the Kingdom of God? Of course, no one except the Father knows the exact year of the Saviour’s return. When will the Biblical millennium begin?We are certainly not attempting to set that date. Too many have tried it, only to be proved wrong. What we are saying is this: IF in the matter of mankind’s allocated period of time, the Almighty is working to His Sabbatical Principle, and it is our opinion that He is, then the coming millennial reign, the Sabbath Rest of God, could well begin 12/21/2012. Also bear in mind that to save the human race from extinction, that time is to be cut short: So as to expose the illusion.
Matthew 24:22 And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved; but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened.
i have become scared, i have started questioning my own faith, my view on life has changed. i can’t really see how this is a bad thing for me. it says the last days will be shorted but im still scared of dying. i have children to take care of.
however i have come to liken the situation to pregnancy. during pregnancy you can scare yourself about labour. however by the 36th week you really don’t care about the pain labour will bring, because you will do anything to get this baby out. so i think that even though im scared now, when the time comes, i won’t be scared i’ll just be relieved that its started and will finallybe over with!
Our limited understanding/awareness of what is real shapes our veiws and our reactions to/in each case so, to put each of these “answers” into words would not be an easy thing.
I know only what I know and have always been wary of any that claim to have all the answers.
WOW, I’m a 13 year old kid who likes to watch the history channel. Now I read the bible and in Revelations 5-6-7 (Chapters) hold the 6 seals in the so called “Dooms Day”, well it seems as if the world is already broken some seals so ummm…. It’s kinda like the odds are a 50% chance this is going to happen. Now the these people have very good great guesses about what’s going on, it’s proven and i forgot but yeah, it’s a 50% chance. Sooooo the god belivers no we got like 3 seals, 4 seals left! If this happens, i will not get to go to graduate form Parkview and I won’t have a family or a birthday! Now all i can say is sit back, ride the train, enjoy life while we can, keep in the faith, and see what 2012 holds!!!!!!
And for the Speakeasy person, i see where you are coming from and I am scared but not scared of death. See the only thing is that I don’t know what i’ll look like, if I can breath, Feel things, eat but it’s like my mom says: If you are a true beliver, than you don’t have to be scared of dieing, just know that you kept doing god’s will and your in heaven
Dear Joe,
Good to have you back on the thread….
I will try to answer your questions….
First question – “Does the campfire crew wish to continue?” ….. Ofcourse, there is no question of discontinuing! I cannot imagine a life without my friends here….
“The death of one of their own, hit closer to home than they wanted it.”
I know you are referring to Espumpin, but as i said earlier, i dont believe it! He may have lost interest in this thread but he is safe and sound wherever he is! He cannot be dead!
Nothing has changed here…… The thread is same, my feelings for others here are also as they have always been… I feel privileged to be associated with the likes of Leah, Becky,Espumpin, Rico, yourself, JAT and PNG! Debuach will be most welcome here if he comes back….
“Some of you aren’t even sure what to believe in anymore”
You are right when you say that….. What i have read about the past and about Bible and Enuma.. About Mayans and Olmecs… It all makes a lot of sense….. But still i dont know what to believe and expect… Its human tendency after all, “Seeing is believing” ….. The heart knows alright, but the mind calls for evidence…. But atleast it wont come as a complete surprise to those amongst us who have this belief hidden deep within their hearts…..
I also wonder why you said “Your world” ? Is it not your world as much as ours?? The thread is quieter than usual, because we have aleady covered much in our past discussions… As you said “We believe what we feel is true”.. But, we no longer bother about making others feel the same way too. I know i have a lot more on my plate, i keep adding more than i can digest. But i am going easy now…..
There is still much for me to learn from you. There is a gulf between believing and acting upon the beliefs, which i am yet to cross….
“lol” = “Alex”
I usually just read these things and do not comment, but I find this issue very interesting. I find the hype interesting, and I find the calendar itself interesting. Not because I believe that it correctly predicts the “end of the world” but because of the time and accuracy that it has produced by a civilization with no computers or fancy gadgets that we cannot live without.
Why does a person follow articles on the end of the world seeking information but even though they searched for the result of the Mayan calendar and the theories of those who believe its the end, all they can say to the forum is “only God knows”… Then why do you feel a need to gather information on this “false” prediction?
I personally have mixed beliefs on all of these issues. Not to sound too confused, but perhaps it is because I am an optomist. I think its also possible that even God doesnt quite know. And what I mean by that… There are so many variables to take into account when it comes to what scripture says and the process of the religious endings for this life. So perhaps the people must do things on their own whenever they do them and these acts set in motion the necessary actions to further the process of the beginning of the end.
How many people do you think said that Hitler was the Antichrist that the scripture talked about? How many people thought it was Stalin, or even Hussein? I have even heard some people claim that George W. Bush was it, and look at what has happened to all of that hype… Every time someone predicts something like this, they obviously have some way to back their prediction, hence the bandwagon… BUT, how many times have we seen these predictions in the past from scientists, religious leaders, Y2K freaks, and cult leaders? I say live your life and if the world is going to end, then there was no real way to prepare for it anyways, because if you believe in religion, death bed repentence is unacceptable anyways.
Dear JAT,
We are all trying to make some sense out of this jigsaw….. No one has all the answers…. I tried to find answers and i ended up with even more questions…But i am still trying. This quest is endless…
Though it all started with 2012, its no longer limited to it.. We have gone beyond that….
When Time and Space are mere illusions, we cannot measure these great mysteries through them… They are revealed when they are revealed to those who seek and yet remain hidden to those who are unaware….
But once you delve deep, there is no turning back., and you dont know where it will lead…. But still you delve deeper….
if you believe in religion, death bed repentance is unacceptable
Wow, The maddness is spreading.
Do you really believe with everyone else finding “interest” one of your regulars would loose interest or move on without so much as a word g’bye?
The team he worked close with are not playing as well, partly because they as well were affected.
Ripleys believe it or not.
Amen Amit, Amen
Thank you Amit. But once again it is our honor to know all of you
To Maddness…
“if you believe in religion, death bed repentance is unacceptable
Wow, The maddness is spreading.”
What is that supposed to mean? You take a quote from what I said, place it out of context, and then make a comment about it… It would be just as easy for me to say…
Maddness said…”move on without so much as a word g’bye”… But why would anybody want to do that?
Easy to make someone sound out of line when you dont take the issue head on and just cross your fingers for the backing of your regular audience.
Dear Maddness,
“Do you really believe with everyone else finding “interest” one of your regulars would loose interest or move on without so much as a word g’bye?”
Well, i know thats a relevant question.. I guess only Espumpin can answer that…
And he will, when he comes back!
But please explain this line – “The team he worked close with are not playing as well, partly because they as well were affected” . I am not sure if i understand what you mean…
WHAT???? LololOlOlOLoloLoLoLoLomao
yeah yeah yeah,
Dont take that comment from Maddness as a personal affront….. The newcomers may find some of our comments very strange.. But you need to remember that our discussions go way back.. You need to go through this thread from the begining, then only you would know about our personlaities better, and what each of us contributes to this thread and how we think…..
BTW, just a question… The way you said “If you belive religion”, makes me feel that you dont belive in religion, is it so?
Didn’t he work for a basketball team? As for Yyeah Yyeah Yyeah sorry you didn’t get it 🙂
But it wasn’t meant for you. & since you didn’t understand it, Why did it bother you?
Thanks for explaining… Yes, i remember that he worked with a Basketball Team.
But please tell me, how do you know about it? Did you know him personally?
How can you be so sure that he is no more?
Dont hide what you know…
yeah yeah yeah,
Please do forgive Maddness. I understand what you meant & respect what you said.
Maddness is what madness is.
Amit, with all due respect, How can you be so sure of your doubt. Did you know not him personally? To say know contradicts “You need to go through this thread from the beginning, then only you would know about our personalities better, and what each of us contributes to this thread and how we think…..”
Sorry in my haste I meant *Did you not know
And *To say no
Just a Thought, Explain why you use the moniker
Is it not our thoughts that make us what we are?
Amit have we not shared each others thoughts?
Knowing ones personality is to know that person.
You know God/satan without ever physically meeting either one. It’s not that we hide what we know, simply not our place to influence. Debauch was guilty of that.
I didnt understand it as it was intended… But I did understand it to be something else. No hard feelings.
Joe,
I should have made myself clearer…
I know Espumpin very well that way.. But the sense in which i intended to ask Maddness about knowing Esp personally was regarding his comment that Espumpin was no more….
The fact that he was saying such a thing which no one else on the thread knows demands a reason… And thats what i want to know from Maddness..
When you look at this thread, JATs moniker is more than justified.. Its only our thoughts that our reflected on this thread, and these thoughts make others form a picture of us in their minds.. And this tantamounts to “Our thoughts making us what we are” …
But i know JAT means to imply this moniker in a wider perspective… And i believe that too. But i differ slightly as i use the word “Intention” instead of thought, because “intention” is stronger than “thought” and it denotes some “action” besides thought.. In a way, Intention can be defined as “thought in action” ……..
Yeah Yeah Yeah,
Glad ot know that you have understood now and have no hard feelings…
You are most welcome to share your thoughts on this thread….
FOR THE OPTIMIST.
Burn the book and live your beautiful life.
Peace.
Matthew
—————————————————————————–
For some others this is just a bunch of dribble jabble.
WAKE UP!!!!!
Go to Iraq and live in Babylon.
The things I have seen and know are HELL.
Take a course then apply for the military and GO SEE FOR YOURSELF. Or go as a reporter and get killed.
Mateo
The whole structure is a meltdown!!!!!
The people in charge should be put in jail!!!! (US Administration)
(being very polite)
I know most of you don’t know what is going on.
Don’t blame ya either.
LOOK.
They don’t let you really see.
Be ready for the final solution, “Don’t get on the Bus”
I am serious and have a heart.
Ship of fools. Don’t spend your hard earned money.
Many other things too.
Challenge me with words.
Peace always,
Matthew
Dear Gnostic Joe,
For sure I don’t practice blind trust……..however I offer everything opportunity without fear to build my faith in them. I have asked for no more from others for myself.
I appologise if I have projected an incomplete impression. I have a question.
Would it be permitted for you to give answers, to those with the presence of mind to ask relevant questions ?
There seem to be 3 mind complexes here, one that seeks, one that encourages, and one that wishes to hinder the first , being the seekers. There is balance between the positive and negative. Having called you to our attention, where do we go from here….as it were.
“if only for my benefit” was to state my own lack of understanding…..without implying that others did not understand.
Be well, Leah
G J
Amit beat me to it, simply that, just a thought.
I some times ask for others thoughts, or offer my thoughts as a way of broadening my limited understanding. I am aware that not a soul here has every answer however, the exchange of veiws is needed to prevent stagnation.
2012? You/Me/All had better take care of today, prepare for tommorrow, and know without a doubt we are not guaranteed even the next moment.
I wish each life would show care and respect for the next as it was meant to be.
Our thoughts are who we are, shaped by the experiences we have had in every form.
The latest round of suggestions re New World Order……there is a need for Global management of matters of a global nature, and which have effects globally.
There are those that maintain they are forward thingking and the most capable thinkers on Earth…..if so, why the need to dig out of mothballs such ideas as those of the Trilateral Commission…….have they not one GOOD NEW idea between them ?
What’s next…..entertain the old idea of radio-eugenics ?
At the mere suggestion of debt cancellation, for all irrespective of amounts…..the immediate reaction was, to transpose envy of what another had…..to what debts the other had.
No matter, debt cancellation is only a “time out” type quick fix…..that at best buys time, to find better soloutions…..would keep the financial world turning, in the meantime.
No can do anything of that nature….as jealousy toward wealth would simply be substituted by jealousy of debt, by those more concerned with what another has or owes, instead of focusing on their own wealth or debt.
The way in which money / value has been perceived to date, needs to evolve.
True,true, but I think Gj was getting at, aren’t we all just thoughts encased in flesh? Not just random synapse trying to make sense? Get it? You think, therefore you are!!
good morning to all—
i will thank you ALL well in advance for your kind indulgence of me…please bear in mind–i am speaking SOLELY for myself…
i struggled for a long time trying to grasp the notion that we all are just “balls of energy” encased in a human shell…we are souls doing a human experience…and when our bodies give out, our souls transcends…to the next level…each level provides us with the knowledge and insight we learned previoulsy, but that knowledge also defines a new purpose for the next level…each level bringing us one step closer to our creator…
it is my thought, therefore, that we are obliged to seek and find all our answers for ourselves…He (God/our Creator–however you wish to refer to Him) is not obliged to tell us His will for us…
we all need each other…different eyes see different things…we, here, have learned to depend on each other for that insight, or for that piece of knowledge we may have otherwise overlooked…it’s all good!!! if there are “lulls”, then i take that as a good sign…we either have learned something new, are experiencing something new, or are taking careful consideration of what someone else has shared…
we have grown to know each other here, in ways that even perhaps our family and loved ones do NOT know us…but it is the thoughts presented here that help us help others in all that we do…
we are ALL in this now…AND THANK YOU each and every one for all the love, help kindness, encouragement, insight, and “enlightenment” you continue to give me….start small–let it spread..we all can make a difference…
thank you for letting me share…
when the devil comes to rule jesus will come as a different form and will save his children.
I, myself, am not scared of what may (or may not) come in 2012. But one thing is for certain; the author of this article obviously is scared of this idea of ‘massive change’ and feels a deep need to disprove everyone else’s speculations, many of which have much more fact and proof than this author uses in his article.
I don’t understand why people are so scared of an apocalypse anyways… It’s sad to see so many fearful of life after death – It will be the best experience you’ll ever have (like being afraid of a roller coaster and years later ending up LOVING them). Imagine how much suffering would cease to exist if we all got wiped out in a matter of SECONDS, you wouldn’t even feel it.
Thank you for telling people there will be no end to human civilization, reading this it makes me feel so much better about life and how stupid these people are for spreading this lie, and if you look back at all the indian religions and predictions, theyre all retarded none of them are real theres no proof to any of it when will people learn
Say it again, & say it loud.
By george I think I got it, I mean you got it…I mean they’ll or we’ll get it.
Whatever your a pepper i’m a pepper..
And the rest of them? well…..”if you look back at all the Indian religions and predictions, they’re all retarded none of them are real there’s no proof to any of it when will people learn”
We take one step forward & two steps back you do the hokey poo key & you turn “your self” around & that’s whats its all about.
having been maybe a week since i discovered this theory, which i have to point out pertrified me, i still feel sick to the pit of my stomach. not because i think its definately true, but just because of the power of thought has made me believe it could happen. it helps to exhibits the cycle of thoughts. if this is a hoax, i wished that the original person who created this thought hadn’t, because then i never have to think about the things i’m thinking.
i hate reading bad grammar. i really should work on my flow to get my point across!
organised religion… hmm its just not my thing. i understand certain people, j’s (as my psychologically minded sister would put it), need to have routine and order in their lives. however i am not ones of those people, i enjoy the chaos. i don’t need to be reminded of my beliefs day in, day out. i see with my eyes all i need to see. i have felt the same way since i was about 6/7, it is completely intergrated into my personality. the only thing i need to pray for is strength!
yes a narc! lol
“i wished that the original person who created this thought hadn’t,”
Here’s that word “thought” again. If enough people believe in something, can it become true?
Can thoughts good or bad, be enough to influence a situation? Can enough people with the same thoughts influence the world?
What was the original thought & from whom did it spring forth.
And what was created from those thoughts?
What are your thoughts? & how does food for thought taste? and what do you s**t out from a food for thought?
What the hell am I thinking????
And who would’ve thought, that little o’ me can make you so upset 🙂
It’s madness to think, don’t you?
Maybe,
people taking “lewds”
make the best posts*#%^@
Dear JAT,
“I wish each life would show care and respect for the next as it was meant to be.”
And i salute the light that’s within your heart!
Dear Maddness,
Those who know that there is a “Method to Maddness” don’t get upset by it.. And i’m amongst those… 🙂
Regarding Tyler Turner’s comment.. Its sad that he reflects the thinking of majority of the people in the world. They think that our ancestors were all fools!! They never realise that all we have today resulted from the efforts of the ancients! But instead of learning from their knowledge and heeding the signs they tried to provide us, these fools ridicule them! Way to Go!!!
Dear Leah,
With reference to your post on January 13th, 10:08 AM…
I think i know where you are leading… I was struggling to find a way to put forth in words what i thought and what i wanted to know. But you got it…
I am also wondering..
My thoughts are in resonance with yours…
Amit,
And I you Sir.
Dear PNG,
What you say is absolutely right…. Thoughts and Intentions do a lot to shape our life. But there are circumstances and experiences which affect our thoughts….
Dear Becky,
As you said , we are souls doing a human experience, to take us to the next level… I always wonder what is it that we need to learn here that will ensure our ascendence to the next level.. Now i think i have an idea….. I will try to explain… As i said above, there are circumstances and experiences that hinder our thoughts and intentions… I think thats what we need to learn to control.. We need to learn to filter and isolate our thoughts regardless of our surroundings…. If we have purity of thought, only then can we righteously use the “Thought-Manifestation” Power that is likely to be granted at the next level.. If we do not learn to control our thoughts, we can never do justice to the power of having instant manifestation of our thoughts… We all have the divine light within ourselves, we need to identify it and use it in this life…. The shell of worldly illusions needs to be broken in this life…
Thats what i understand as the purpose of my life so far…… I may be miserably off the mark, but thats what i think…
Awwww………….. Sometimes you guys make me feel all mushy!!! I long for my Campfire again! 🙂
Humor?
We are gathered here today to read what each other have to say,
on our journey we make friends and share thoughts, finding our way the best we can guided by the visible as well as the invisible.
Dear Gnostic Joe,
Thank you for putting it all in one post. It will become crystal clear to others with introspection.
May I have your permission to quote your last post in something I may write up for others to read if they choose ?
By what name is you mind complex known, if it is permitted for you to give this information ?
It would seem we are “The Campfire”.
Be well,
Leah
BTW…those that pay attention to the signs…..especially those that have occured over a lifetime……will notice the exponentially increasing speed with which they are now occuring and converging.
They are not coincidences…..by being separated in time…..they only seem to be.
Everything has purpose…….that which does not….. doesn’t happen or exist.
Even when travelling from A to B, if attention is paid to signs, one gets to B smoothly without getting lost. Those that are distracted from the signs, have a longer path to travel having taken some side trips, as it were. Its OK, each has free will, not all want to take the quickest route.
Dear Amit,
Our thoughts are in resonance.
Be well, Leah
One has to be dicerning though….even the signs on a road can be deceiving……having been tampered with by those who’s intention it is to mislead.
X marks the spot. On a journey to find a treasure which is not hidden, yet not visible.
it is my thought, therefore, that we are obliged to seek and find all our answers Yeah have one I got lewdz of friends who practice blind trust……..however they offer everything opportunity without fear to build their faith in themselves. I have asked for no more from others or from myself.
Those who know that there is a “Method to Maddness” don’t get upset by it.. ….. ….
amit–off the mark??? i think,not, dear friend@#$%^&
thanks, as always to jat, leah,maddness…and all the rest #$%&*(
must run for now…more later…stay safe and be well….much love^&*()
Me thinks, thy fire has become a beacon. Like moths to a flame. As you connect, one to one, heart to heart, you create energy in a vortex that becomes endless. Here is where you create the divine infinity within your own finite bubbles of biology.
The veils that you wear are impregnated with the attributes of polarity. It is here that in your honest attempts to define yourselves that you have effectively separated yourselves from each other. The signs you are experiencing in your lives have divided you from yourselves and your power/answers once again. The power/answers you search for outside of yourself has been waiting patiently within the entire time. This constant search for finding your power outside of yourself has created divisions that you are now seeing reflected on a global level.
Even the concepts of Love that you have embodied within some religions of your world, have caused further division of the hearts of mankind. Some have placed power in brick and mortar as a testament to God. All the while God has been trying to show you the power that you hold within yourselves. More wars have been fought in the name of God and religion, than any other cause. Do you not see that this is a misdirection of energy and directly opposed to the precepts of the religions themselves? This is due to the fact that some of these religions have cut themselves off from the flow of Universal Energy by declaring that theirs is the only true way to God. We ask you to make room for the empowered around you. Holding your own power, while leaving room for others to be in their power, is the most important precept of the new world order.
Even with all that you have learned, you still cling to the imaginary lines that you have placed on your self. It is your ego in the form of pride that has separated you, how long can you point to the darkness that is only a lack of Light and give it power it does not deserve? We ask you instead to shine your Light where there is none.
As we are speaking these words, many of you are saying that you wished that this wasn’t so mucked in riddle,yet you understand what we are saying. We tell you that it is not important for your ears to grasp the higher truths, for the change to begin. If the truth be known, your world leaders lead you no longer. Treat them as the mistrusted servants that you have elected them to be. Please understand that you hold the power for peace in the world within your own heart. Just because you reside within imaginary lines that separate countries does not mean that you are defined by the attitude or the policies of that government. You hold responsibility for your own heart and no one can take that responsibility from you. That responsibility holds the key to your true power and as you claim responsibility for that power, you not only shift, but so will your world.
Dear Maddness,
Was it your intent to contort the meaning and sentiment ……byre- phrasing what I’d written ? You may have a reason…..please explain.
Be well, Leah
Welcome Kitz,
I celebrate your open mindedness. Apparently the biggest experiments at the LHC are planned to take place in 2012. Keeping in mind that the break down that occured in September, may set the schedule back somewhat……..even they seem to be pandering to the 2012 thing.
Be well, Leah
Dear PNG,
Greetings to the Phalangos.
Are we truly on the same page ? Right or left.
Be well, Leah
Dear Maddness,
Love the humour. No headmistress here. Too much bean spilling too fast…..not good.
Odo……yes………
Be well,
Leah
Dear Gnostic Joe,
I’m on it. Bear with me a little.
Be well, Leah
Dear Maddness,
You betcha….I’d tag on a smiley if I could.
Be well, always fun when you’re around,
Leah
Dear Gnostic Joe,
27th Sept 2008……When you slumber you are closer to the dead than you may care to believe. It is here that all your meditation is to prepare you for.
There is another, I’ll find it.
Be well, Leah
The quote of Plato-Timaeus on post October 1st 2008 at 1.31 pm. Worth reading for anyone.
Dear Gnostic Joe,
I cannot find the one re having control over one’s dreams, if only for a moment. By formula it should be between
Sept 20th 2008 and Nov 2nd 2008 at 10.27am which was Debauch’s last post.
Appologies for being of such limited service.
Be well, Leah
Dear Maddness and Persona non Grata,
How can I know if you passed, if you don’t know yourself……..maybe you’re on the one page, unsure whether or not you really want to be on the other. (smiley if I could)
I’ll ask then, what polarity are you ?
Be well, Leah
Dear Amit,
I think it was you who asked re mind making manifest. Yes. Even in everyday life, first there is the idea / design, that becomes sometimes a drawn plan, then the item is made.
Notice how closely they work with light and colour…..its involved in so many areas of design, plays a big part in growing anything in some cases colour being the reason to grow, e.g. flowers, many areas of engineering, gemmology, crystalography, electrical engineering and many more.
They work with the stuff that life is made of, without knowing it.
Be well resonant friend,
Leah
Q. What is the difference between the following 2 statements ?
1. 15 years ago I’d stated that DNA is software…….a programme.
2. Scripps researches state recently…..DNA is the sofware of life.
How long will it be before they ask the question…..which programme is DNA….a sub programme or a Universal programme ?
Ok – i’ve spend like at least 4 hours of my work time reading this article and then the comments on it. I’ve also been reading up on 2012 as much as possible, but like others, have failed to come to any conclusions, so here is what I think:
I dont believe that the world will end on 2012, but Im not sure I believe that nothing will change at all. I’m an agnostic, damnit, I keep myself open to all ideas and possibilities because I feel it ignorant of myself to believe in something that I dont know for sure, but also ignorant to discount something without proof. Come what may. The optimist in me wants to believe in the Age of Enlightenment, whatever that may be.
However, I do agree that there are many people out there spreading false information about the ‘end of the world’. For one I read a theory that in 2012 the particle excellerator in Europe will create a black hole that will swallow the earth whole. Except that I know the Large Hadron Collider was released in 2008 and has been safely and successfully tested. So there is one theory right down the drain – but it is being propositioned by some people that are exclaiming that 2012 will be the end of everything.
You dont need to believe everything that you hear…but you need to LISTEN very carefully to everything. If something were to happen on Dec 21 2012 I wouldnt want to build a bomb shelter to ‘prepare’ – I think its best to be mentally prepared for what may or may not happen.
Dear Maddness,
You having said something to the effect of,
“getting lost in one’s clarity.”….are you lost….swinging from one extreme to the other….without being able to decide ?
Are you unsure which you want the most ?
Do you only do for others for something in return ?
In matters of polarity, there is no grey area, other than to repeat lessons / experiences.
Is this your preferance ?
Re my well being……if its not a question…why attach a question mark ?
Thank you for answering my questions, even though it may have not been your intention.
Be well, Leah
We are of the Phalangos. Your campfire drew us in & has kept us warm. For that we thankyou. use your quote, for it was not ours to begin with 🙂
All are but parts of one stupendous whole,
Whose body nature is, and God the soul …
All nature is but art, unknown to thee;
All chance, direction, which thou cannot see.
All discord, harmony not understood;
All partial evil, universal good
And, spite of pride, in erring reason’s spite,
One truth is clear: Whatever is, is. right?
Dear Amit,
So it is…in spite of all man’s beliefs, wishes, and preferances…….eveything quite simply is, whether man is aware of it or not……for some….yet……
Be well, Leah
Awww, comn Leah your making me blush. 😉
What don’t you tell them, are you not the Headmistress?
You know I still love ya, Remember on DS-9 when odo had to chose between his love for his people or girlfriend?
Everything has purpose…….that which does not….. doesn’t happen or exist.
Thank you Leah, for your kind words.
If I may ask you a question?
What did Debauch say of dreams?
I cannot seem to find that “post”
Whether first cause, Creator, God (by many names), or any name not yet given…..all are the same thing……that cannot be defined by labels………..only when the true nature is known, can any say that they know.
Its only after inspection of many things, and repeatedly finding the same, that it becomes apparent, that everything is a variation of a theme in appearance only.
Wait I got it.
UMM….Left
no wait ….Right
Left,Right,Left…
Wait is this a test?
LolOlOloLlOoLollOLOloLOLoLomao
Yea………….
Did I pass?
he,he,he…….
Well, Did he?
Cuz I gave him the answer if he did.
And told him to pick the other side if M is wrong. 🙂
Thank you very much.
May you find your light.
Dear Joe/PNG,
Thanks for putting in words so straight and simple…..
But someone as lost as me needs more guidance to be on the right path….
You would need to lead me by the hand till i learn to divine the right path,.
Dear Leah,
Yes, everything is connected..
DNA, i belive is a universal program, very closely based upon the Golden ratio and Golden proportion, which is evident in all things…..
Dear PNG,
Taking a line from your post..
“One truth is clear: Whatever is, is”
Such a simple statement, yet how deep when you contemplate the meaning…. Those who deny “The creator” only need to realise that “they are” ….
Dear Becky,
None can assume that their view of the thread contains the exact posts. Your view is obviously missing some of my posts from 14th Jan.
I’d asked Maddness which polarity they were, and when asked, was it a test, my reply was, Yes. No judging, just an enquiry.
Be well, Leah
Dear Maddness,
As you must know, I play no part in the copy paste thing, and further, I take the study of All, seriously.
All are students and teachers, and each can only speak from the level of experiences to date, as there are other levels yet to be understood.
I hold my own council, but see no reason why not to enquire, as to what your perspective is re moving forward.
Be well, Leah
🙂 I’ll try to start from the top. I need it from the top…getting lost in one’s clarity.”….are you lost….swinging from one extreme to the other….without being able to decide ?
Ya Betcha,….Psst, can I let you in on a little secret. I think all my friends call me Mad, behind my back 🙁
Are you unsure which you want the most ?
No,No. I know what I don’t want. Jeez…..
Do you only do for others for something in return ?
Okay, Okay…..no. But i’m only here cuz D looks at me like, he’s gonna chew my head off if I don’t say nothin.
Do you only do for others for something in return ?
Didn’t i just answer that?
there is no grey area? What??? No here I pose a question. Like why’s it gotta be grey?
Why can’t it be a purple area? or green?
For example, the word “Mercury” can refer to several different things, including an element, a planet, an automobile brand, a record label, a NASA manned-spaceflight project, a plant, and a Roman god.
So what do you mean by “grey” area?
Okay this is getting confusing……..
I mean Maddening. LOL
if its not a question…why attach a question mark ?
Thank you for answering my questions, even though it may have not been your intention.
I thank you as well…For the same……
And may I say this paste & copy thing we got going…………
I’m cheating on you….I’m sorry…..But i think its best to be upfront now….for the kids….
LOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOOLOLO
Dear Gnostic Joe,
Of coarse you may request…….please keep in mind I’m only the reaction to the action of others….there is no test……it was Maddness’s chosen turn of phrase / perspective……and yes, I understood from some time ago, re The Maddness’s status quo as it were.
I love all equally, irrespective of their polarity…….all are necessary and have parts to play as it were.
You may request, and I will hold my own council, operate free will, but in order to please you, will continue to comunicate with Maddness, should occassion arise, in a manner conducive with the context which you used to describe the, Maddnesses. Those that report back the stats…..post persons / mail / persons ?
Their intentions have the freedom to be, as I am free to not be influenced by them.
You have already put so very much truth in a small number of nut shells, ample for many to gain much clarity.
Please explain the use of “Legion” by several, including yourself, re the context in which it is being projected …..in truth.
Be well, Leah
good morning, all…hope this finds you all well and happy…
…just for clarity’s sake–what did i miss here?????
maddness, you bounce around like a pingpong ball…and that’s okay–part of your charm–part of the “maddness”…but you ask if you passed…passed what??? how would i know if you did or didn’t? it is not for any of us to “grade” you…
and PNG…you chime in with “well did he?”
“and if he did ,i told him what to say.” him, who? …”and told him to pick the other side if M was wrong.” who were we talking about, here? debauch?
what are you doing? what if he (whoever) didn’t pass—(whatever test you are talking about here?)
would you be so anxious to take the blame as you are the credit?…a little humility, please…
to me, it almost sounds like you are sitting around a gambling table–playing the odds, baiting souls, then betting on them…
again, i ask–what did i miss here? remember–i am slow—and apparently i missed a very vital clue here…because that made no sense to me at all…
…or better yet–perhaps i wasn’t meant to “get it”…if that be the case…then please forgive the intrusion…
gnostic joe–thanks for your post.. that’s pretty much it–“in a nutshell”…
leah–i looked for the “dream post”, and couldn’t find it either…
much love and best wishes to you all…please enjoy this day…
Debauch….Oct 19th 2008 at 9.55 am
…..because it only takes a small cross section to reveal the true attitude and spirit that exists throughout the world.
That is testing…..a toe in the water……but not in the form of judgement……no opinion….just measuring.
My reply asked only……..
that a chosen few not presume to represent me in any way what so ever…….but it was subject to ……if I had misunderstood Debauch’s post……which I had not, and was to serve by way of drawing attention to Debauch’s post and its contents.
Many having openly stated they are a group, being ONE…..Debauch’s list +…..it is the whole group / one that is measuring / testing.
Dear Gnostic Joe…anybody…..I invite you to read the final final 2 short paragraphs of Debauch’s post of…..
Oct 18th 2008 at 11.05
Gnostic joe and I had been lulled into one as a late, as a result have crossed certain boundaries that were put in place for all our of sakes. Much has been revealed if you wish to see. But we have shown we are not as wise or have the patience needed to guide or teach.
Before i go i have been asked by joe to thank all of you.He was very glad to have gotten some responses to his enquiries. Four years is not that long a time, enless it was put in terms of a jail sentence.right?
Thank you Persona Non Grata,
Seems its time you got round to forgiving your entire selves and accepting and accepting your entire selves. You have free will, should you choose to do so.
The hardest judge of all is oneself…..the only one that deep down knows the whole undeniable truth whether limited to this life, or that which stretches beyond, with no place to hide from oneself………the sooner it is faced……the sooner one will be whole.
Well being to All,
Leah
May I ask a “request” from you Leah?
Please do not feed into my “colleagues”, Becky, you are correct, just they really don’t have anything to gain or loose. They sit and
Bait & bet, then play the odds. But they report back the #’s or stats.
I think you’ve mis-read their intentions. Nobody called Maddness by gender, Nobody is trying to pass or fail. The truth is………not so easily put into a nutshell.
May you find your light.
Gnostic joe
WhatEver!!!!!!!
Read again Gj, PnG did say he, when b4 I said she. When really its we. who have to forfill a need. Oh, I didn’t make sense? About what? Aren’t we talking about 2012?
I think in ’12 the world is gonna stop spinning & theres gonna be a solar flare and poleshift.
That will get the attention of an alien race, who will come and try to help us. but are really wolves in sheep clothing & the one true God will expose the lies that have been covering the truth.
In a nutshell 2012 will bring about 2013.
Now when I answered your other questions with a little he he he, YOU DIDN”T GET IT.
So do you now???? Cuz In my clairty, I have no idea what i’m talking about!!!!!!
LOLOLOLOLOMAO.
And they call him Gnostic joe, does that mean your supoose to KNOW something.
May you get a flashlight
to see in the dark……….
And hope you don’t trip over The Maddness…
I can explain Legion…..
once upon a time, in a land far from here
In the third chapter of Mark’s Gospel, our Lord’s miraculous works were attributed by His opponents to the power of Satan. Our Lord responded sternly by calling this accusation blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, and as such was the one unpardonable sin. From this point on, Jesus began to speak to the crowds in parables in order to veil or conceal the gospel from those who had blasphemed the Holy Spirit. At the conclusion of this day of teaching by parables, the Lord had instructed His disciples to cross over the Sea of Galilee to the other side. This is when the storm arose which threatened to destroy the ship. Sometime after the Lord Jesus miraculously calmed the storm, the ship landed, perhaps late in the evening, on the other side of the lake in the country of the Gerasenes. If, indeed, it was late at night, the scene must have been an eerie one, with the nerves of the disciples already worn thin by the terrifying experience of the storm.
The Malady of the Madman
(5:2-5)
Immediately, as this weary group disembarked from the ship, they were met by what appeared to be a madman. You children would probably understand best if I said that his appearance must have been somewhat like that of the television creation, The Incredible Hulk. Although his symptoms would have appeared to be those of an insane man, the Gospel writers inform us that he was demon-possessed.
Legion, also known as the Gerasene demon, is a demon found in the Christian Bible in Mark 5:9 and Luke 8:30. A parallel version of the story can be found in Matthew 8:28-34, but this version does not contain the name “Legion” and tells of two men, not just one, possessed by a multitude of demons. In the story, Jesus traveled to “the country of the Gadarenes””the country of the Gergesenes” or “the region of the Gerasenes” and met a man possessed by an evil spirit, which spoke to Jesus in a conversation.
And he asked him, What is thy name? And he answered, saying, My name is Legion: for we are many. [it is argued that the phrasing is, “we are legion, for we are many”]
And Jesus asked him, saying, What is thy name? And he said, Legion: because many devils were entered into him.
The demons that comprised Legion are given the appearance of fearing Jesus, and begged to be spared from being tossed back into the bottomless pit of Hell (none of the words translated Hell in the Bible are used). Jesus instead cast the demons out of the man and, granting their request, allowed them to dwell in a herd of pigs. The pigs then drowned themselves in the Sea of Galilee.
Now you may not want to believe this, but Demons use to be Angels. And can be forgiven.
So we call ourseleves The Phalangos, which are only the fingers on the hand of he who gave us light. does this sound like Maddness? For we are Legion, and for our Salvation, must help others accept what we would not.
The Truth………….
Yes Leah, your wording MAKES the truth come from the dark.
Bitch 🙂
Thank you.
it seems that you lot have strayed somewhat from the point, this has nothing to do with religion or “God” as you call him. This is to do with a cosmo-theological STORY. It could be true, it could be a gross misunderstanding or it could be a beautiful attempt at disinformation from someone who is having a laugh at us. But, don’t try and rationalise something with very weak foundations by attributing it to something with NO foundations, doing that is basically disposing of any free will that “God” is SUPPOSED to have provided us with. The main thing people do is prepare themselves for a catastrophe at any time rather than preparing for a single date because who is saying that the world won’t end before 2012 by our own doings.
Thanks,
Mark
my most sincere apologies to you all..
please forgive me…and thank you for clarifying…
i did miss some points…
Dear Gnostic joe,
It would seem, that some, having been the designers of far reaching plans, have attained a certain level of success in keeping many in the dark…..even through prophecy designed to mislead.
The tying in of harvest, etc etc to specific dates for the masses to focus on….many with dread, is the desired effect. Whilst this may be so, it is also ongoing.
There is no missing the boat, no need for massive events, instigated by man or others. It is ongoing, even whilst peace reigns, and should be allowed to do so, each moving on when deemed by natural means, or in their own good time ……and not by the agenda of others that would hasten such matters for their own ends, or out of fear.
Be well, Leah
Each has free will to seek…….however, each will only find what they choose to seek.
Those that gather to seek ever more efficient ways of destruction, etc….will find just that.
Those that seek tools to design peace……find just that.
If there are enough that seek the tools to create peace, which in turn creates the conditions to contemplate, and understand…..reflected in and by their nature and behaviour……peace will breakout.
Why not give the Sleeping Dragon of Peace a wake up call, or send a message, so that it may add their tools of peace to yours.
The future is not yet truly written, whether in stone, on paper, or kept as thought forms, even if a few think that they have been able to……as the future is contributed to, by ALL.
PNG–thank you so much for your “legion” post…for me, many things forgotten in years gone by, now seem to be resurfacing…”in a whole new light”…meant NOTHING then—probably why they were forgotten…
thanks….
Becky, I have said before and restate now, how your is the knowledge i bow down to.
Thank you
thank you –and again–just trying to find my way…
nicely said, leah— we all carry a “tool box”…with our own set of “tools”…
Thanks for the inspiration…make’s me cooling down 😀
well it seams everyone dont get the point. so the calender ends so what we have solar alinement so what we will all see 2013
Dear PNG. by another name,
Its good to know you ARE well.
Be well, Leah
So thats the story behind Legion.. Interesting.. Thanks for sharing it PNG….
But tell me why do you want others to accept something which you would not? And how will it help in your salvation?
Does it have something to do with 2012, in your views? (I think its a vague question, but i’m just curious what your legion thinks fo 2012?)
Dear Persona non Grata,
I’m very well…..thank you.
Be well, Leah
Its all a puzzle….trick is to put each piece in its one and only true position in relation to all other pieces.
All these things occurring in the earth were already foretold in scripture, both Old and New Testaments. I found 2012, the ‘sign of the son of man’ occurred May 6, 2002, and the ‘fervent heat’ which Peter wrote about, to which Isaiah also refers to, is forthcoming. All of these things come to one conclusion: the end of the ‘age’ of the Gentiles, and the change from ‘satan’s’ rule to God’s rule in the earth for the sabbath day. Scripture also speaks about the financial collapse of all the kingdoms. So it is not the end of the ‘world’, but a change in the way mankind does things in it. You can expect 1/3 to be burned up in the fire, 1/3 taken by sword and pestilence, and 1/3 refined through this time.
When your source is God FIRST, then all things come clear.
What if, What if when God revealed to the angelic realm that he was going to create mankind and that the creation of mankind would lead to the ultimate purpose of all his creation.I wonder what they thought. Mankind was going to be created with the potential of becoming far greater than the angels.God revealed to the angels that they would share in the joy of what He would create through mankind. The angelic realm was shown that they were created to share and help in this greater purpose of all creation.God knew thet some of the angels (having free moral agency)would, in time,rebel against Him and go their own way. Lucifer did not like what God revealed. He became lifted up in pride and is own reasoning. He chose to believe that God’s way was not best, but that his own way was better. He actually became deceived into believing that he could rise up against God, making god subservient to him.He began to spread his disdain for God’s plan to other angels. As astounding as it is, a third of the angelic realm sided with him in a horrific rebellion against God.Lufcifer would learn that he was puny before God, and indeed, God is Almighty!!. Lucifer became known as Satan, the first great “adversary”of God. Satan chose to rebel against God and His plan and purpose. Character cannot be created in any being who is given independent thought and personage. The way one lives life is always a matter of choice.” This is played out in all the religions. Right and wrong, do we sit back and do nothing, look out for number one only? im 5’8 175lbs I haven’t been scared of something for awhile. I am a man of science and what I know is fact. Like if you were in good shape and had alot of money and were smart. You could be batman, right? As long as you have some facts to build on. A theroy on how ot would or should work. Then how could it not make sense. The Summerian’s had fugetabout it, more knowledge than we can decipher. Only 6 or 7 ppl have done it, I think. Thats fact, it’s science they used the same building blocks in thier society that we still use in ours today. despite our different backgrounds we all strive to be better than we were. Some not all sorrowfully. The goverments of this world will not help the common man, We are the ones who pay their bills and put the on their pedalistils’.
How can they support us when we support them? If the 2012 end date has anything to do with death or riches, do you believe they would share the info?Leah, 411 means information:) and I should have metioned that a child in chess should not be taken advantage of. I taught my three boys to play chess, I am proud to say my oldest is undeafted in the house.Okay its later tahn i thought, hope everyone finds the truth their seeking. So you could let me know too. LOL g’night
regarding planet x, may i refer you to the website YOWUSA.com for more info…i find these guys to be extremely credible…check them out then make up your own mind…we are all entitled to our own beliefs and opinions, but we are also obligated to make sure they are educated and well-informed…the worldwide web puts everything at our fingertips…open your minds–read, study, analyze, question—but be smart about it… but don’t bury your head in the sand and say it is all absurd…there is so much happening in the world around us…there are so many things that cannot be explained by conventional means…so perhaps it is time to step AND LOOK out of the box…it sort of appears to me that everything we know is WRONG…science, as we were taught when i was going to school 40 years ago, no longer applies…science has not kept up with technology..we see things, but we don’t know what we are looking at… scientific research and explanations get squashed and censored before we ever hear the sound bytes on the news…what our government knows and is NOT telling us would be enough to sustain this planet, no mattter what happens to it…HOWEVER, we are in critical times…fossil fuel is almost depleated…we are using up all our food resources as an alternative to fossil fuel (ie. corn, wheat, rice)…natural disasters are at an epidemic proportion in our country and worldwide…this planet can no longer sustain its population…the logical answer??? let an event like planet X run its course…without any warning…the planet will survive, but the people, or most of us on it–will not…except for the elite and/or chosen few…the reason for disclosure??? world-wide panic…it is up to each and every one of us to become informed, and to understand all aspects of every debate presented in this forum…these are opinions—some of them, i might add, are extremely close-minded…we cannot stop or prevent the events of today, but the one question that i have heard no one ask is “What if that were me?” as long as it keeps happening to other people, no one pays attention…it is my opinion, that some day–and some day in our lifetime–it may very well be all of us…
Hello All,
” I think therefore I am”.
While we are asleep, the body is mostly inactive, and there is little if any awareness of the physical. Yet so much goes on in dreams just through thought. So I could perceive that I am thought……consciousness….a variety of energies.
Every cell in me contains the whole DNA program, and together they make a ME. I am holographic, within / below. Above, can be seen in operation when e.g. the internal structure of an Atom (nucleus and electrons) is compared to the Solar system….Sun / nucleus and planets / electrons. Everything one wants to know about the levels within / below is expressed in the above, life all around and in space.
It is helpful to first realise that the Truth will change perception. To some it may seem disturbing, to others beautiful. How would it change me if I found out that I am a hologram and part of a larger hologram….it would change my perception, and the choices I make.
I’m sure Tom meant “those that are NOT ready, will literally go out of their mind”. Too much of anything too quickly causes problems.
Too much incoming info too quickly can cause brain / mind overload, such as for those that expanded their minds with e.g. LSD, taking years for the mind to reconcile and organise that which was perceived under its influence, and then only in part.
“I think therefore I am” is good enough for me.
Dear Leah,
Are you well???
PNG
Espumpin and Leah, you emphasized a very good point here about different specialised fields and their relativity!
When we delve deep into various different disciplines and theories regarding Science, we are bound to find some amazing inter-related links…. eg. Superconductivity, Zero Point Energy and ORME. And when you go back to history equipped with this knowledge, Star Fire, White Powder of Gold, Elixir of Life etc start making sense…. Science may be advancing at a rapid state, but Earth has already witnessed all that long time back through the Anunnaki, who were way more advanced at that time than we are even now! When Earthlings developed some kind of language and began chronicling what they saw, their language and technology was at a very primitive stage, and thats why what we read in Bible and Enuma reads like that… Suppose there is a kid who doesn’t know a thing about rockets, and i take him to a launch site, how will he explain that? He would probabl say that a Big Bird or something just rose from Fire and took off! So its necessary for us to relate the present knowledge with the past. People like Sitchin, Velikovsly and Kaku are already doing that successfully! But the so called “rational” Scientific community doesn’t want to believe that and classifies it as rubbish!
Dear PNG,
That was a very nice insight about the phrase “i think therefore i am” …
And about the Hologram thing, well, i believe that our actions are governed mostly by their consequences. We weigh the pros and cons and then act accordingly. But its short sightedness in a way, becase while we see the immediate consequences, we dont bother about the long-term ones…. And thats where the bigger picture comes into the picture… When we learn to lead our lives with the ultimate consequence in mind and let that drive our actions, it would be much more simple and easy!
The idea that there is a massive undiscovered planetary body orbiting the sun is almost 100 years old now. It is certainly not a new idea, but is one whose popularity has fluctuated down the years. At the moment, it is a possibility that is regaining a certain amount of scientific credibility. An idea, perhaps, whose time has arrived.
Our science and technology seems to progress at an accelerating rate, and this tends to make us all a little complacent about what remains to be discovered. It seems common sense that any scientific endeavor lasting 100 years would have certainly reached a conclusion by now, as the means to discover the answer has improved. Yet, many of the most important scientific questions remain unanswered: a cure for cancer; a renewable energy source; a unified field theory in physics, to name but a few. These problems remind us that our knowledge of the cosmos, the Earth and ourselves is far from complete, and that science has much to learn.
And so it is with our knowledge of the solar system. Because we are looking further and further into space with larger and more technologically refined telescopes, we have a tendency to assume that everything in-between has been discovered, catalogued and understood. This is far from the truth in reality.
In June 2001 NASA discovered a strange “microlensing object” in the direction of Sagittarius. This object is located between here and globular cluster M22. It can’t be seen because it is “microlensing” the light of M22 behind it. NASA never followed up with additional information about this apparently important discovery. Was it yet another sighting of Planet X?
ZOMBIE APOCALYPSE!!!!
THATS WHAT IS GOING TO HAPPEN IN 2012!
amit, it is just a passing thought that sometimes as we look further and further away from us, at times, we tend to lose sight of what is right in from of our eyes…as previously posted–by maddness, perhaps our answers do not lie in outer space…but are staring us right square in the face…though i hold a fascination for space and all it’s wonders, i’m thinking i should change my focus to something closer to home…
pleas be well…
…right in FRONT of our eyes—so sorry
Becky, i agree with you….
My best attention is always focused on myself (Inner self) and on those around me…
But at the same time, i want to keep an eye on the external affairs as well.
I’m quite intrigued by all this Alignment and Planet X Phenomenon.. There is no smoke without a fire, if so many persons were and are trying to prove something, there must be some truth in it..
As always, time will tell..
Till then, i will be well…
amit–ditto!!!!!
…sometimes i’m not sure exactly where i should be looking…makes me wish i had “eyes all over the top of my head”…
…guess that’ s why we need each other’s eyes…
last post, i promise… take care and be well
Yep, we need all the eyes and ears that we can manage….
But you know what…., when the mind’s eye awakens, you dont need the external eyes anymore…
There WILL BE NO DOOMSDAY!!!!!!!!!!!
It is good to have friends to learn from and share with_+*%&^#
The faces around the fire can, and have, further the understanding
thank you both so very much, amit and just a thought—very humbly, i sit in your company…
i’m kinda skeptical about this…ima be laughing my ass off on the 22nd 😛
i am actually very terrified of this. Everyone i know that talks about 2012 has it set that the end of the world is going to happen and that it will be a slow drawn out process, that we will die from starvation and heat. And Nostrodamus[spelling sorry] has been very accurate before, so as a young woman and a mother i am very scared. Anyone who has FACT knowledge that this is not true, please feel free to ease my mind and email me [email protected]
ive began to look at shelter designs,what do i do,as i am really scared
This bothers me also. Yet I pray for this not to become….Children we love , others too, That’s why I pray to God, you all should too………………….There has been many other times ..Like y2k or mthye year 2000, when because of a machine time would end and thye earth too, That was so stupid, people make thye diffrence, not a computer. All this talk now is because of mayans beliefs, over their calendar. I don’t like this talk, nor do many others, I believe that only God makes the choice, and he loves his children. Yet man can mess thingts up, so stop fighting, being mean, start beliving in good, praying, exspecially now thyat we have anew black president, because thyere is talk about this too…….. but remember , anyone not doing the job can be replaced…..Yet if any man either race can save our nation ….from these hard times as hS DONE ONCE BEFORE, THEN WE ALL NEED TO PULL TOGETHER… pRAYER IS THE ANSWER…..
OK, so here’s what I think. If any credibility can be given to the Mayan calendar, it’s that they have accurately predicted the occurrence of the year 2012 and that it will happen, the year I mean. There has been evidence to show a height in solar activity occuring in or around the year 2012, but if you do your homework, with what is provided to you, doomsday is hardly a given. Those that have nothing better to do than to prepare for the end of the world, need to re-assess their goals in life. If you really do believe in this “end of the world catastrophe”, then there really is no where to hide, and no shelter that can be built to save you from electromagnetic waves that couldn’t be stopped by our own highly evolved atmosphere. How do you think a shelter built under ground or made of a special metal will protect you from deadly magnetic waves and flares, if a shield you couldn’t possibly conceive of such as earths protective atmosphere can’t? Think about it. If you really think the worlds gonna end, enjoy the rest of your life and do whats right in the eyes of whatever God you believe in and stop being a fatalist !!!
I think that at any second of any day the world could be no more so to me you should enjoy eveyday like it might be your last because really who can say.
We need more positive thinking like that for the next hundred thousand years or so years, it certainly would make things seem less depressing, and you must have copied something.
hi, phillip—-death is a fatality only if you look at it as a “demise”…we are born, we live, we die—that is the natural course of events for ALL lifeforms…what is there to fear??? we lived in the womb, and we came into this world fighting, kicking and screaming…we fight battles all our lives, and we even fight death…but it does not change the inevitable…we are born, we live, and we die…
Hi Becky,
Your post reminds me of a quote i read somewhere which goes like this – “We come into the world Crying. Screaming, Kicking .. And then it gets worse”
Not the exact words, but the idea is clear i hope…
Ashley,
There is nothing to be terrified of… Just carry on with your life as you have been doing so far… But add a fair dose of faith, positive thinking and love…
All the knowledge you want is out there for you to find… There is no such thing as “Fact” or “Correct” knowledge, its all about how you interpret things and understand them….
hi Becky – are you agreeing with me or disagreeing, because I agree with you, I’m just stating my own personal realistic view on things. I think your under the impression I don’t believe the things you’ve said. I’m just tired of certain people imposing their fatalistic view on weak minded people. you are right though, were all gonna leave this planet someday, why leave it worried and scared, waiting for something that might never happen in our lifetime. I don’t think it’s going to happen either, but as ASHLEY said, it’s all how you interpret things and understand them…
amit–i had not heard it quite that way, but boy, isn’t that the truth?$^&(*? views and ideas about dying change and evolve, especially with the passing away of loved ones…please forgive me if this sounds strange, but for me–i did not know how to live until my mother died…what a wonderful gift she gave me…
hi, phillip–no dispute—just exchanging
ideas and adding a thought of my own…it is sad that we take our lives for granted, and forget how to live them..one day at a time…each day is a gift, indeed..that’s why it is called “the present”…irregardless of what the future holds in store, the only thing we can control is how we live our lives…make it count…
best wishes always…please be and stay well…
hi so yea i heard that the world wont end theres just going to be an alinement of the plants and that will just cause panic and stuff not people dieing and crap O.O
and yea just live every day like its yer last dont be hateful to people every one has there bad days but make sure u dont make those days every day
LMAO!!!!!!!! HAHAHAH YOU ARE SOOO IGNORANT TO EVEN THINK THAT WERE GOING TO DIE THAT DAY!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! hahaha i needed a good laugh 1. the bible states not even the son of god knows when the world will come to an end 2.there would have been peace in israel and peace all over the world 3 and a half years ago 3. there is no forgeting y2k bug the media was just scared but whatever 4.the mayans were retarded you think they can tell the future by looking at the stars lmao hahaha the mayan calender is fake so was nostrodamos or what ever that crackheads name was i know for a fact that the world is not going to end that day sooooo HAHAHAHAHA your research was part of a popular opinion of 2012 watch im going to be in my bedroom all day watching some chickflick or whatever is good on t.v
jeez–you guys!!!! no one EVER said we were all gonna die—YA-JUST-DON’T-GET-IT@#$%^&**(((!!??
Ok, I’m not one that falls for your average line of bull (2012) but what I have come to learn is to be very careful where you get your information and to limit your trust in anything or anyone. When this article was written in early 08 scientists where saying the alignment of the sun in the center of the Milky Way and Earth’s alignment would have no viable affect on our planet. Now they are comparing it to a gas explosion. Check out this link because all of a sudden these people are admitting they don’t know what they were talking about. http://www.space.com/scienceastronomy/081216-agu-solar-storm-shield-break.html. Just something to think about.
Hey Becky!
I can understand how you feel reading such comments… But frankly, these are much better than some of the weirdos on the other thread!
Some will stay here in the greedy, selfish old world, and others will go to the 4th & 5th dimension. Go read up on it. It is a state of consciousness, so it is perception. Most of what we can see in 3D is limited….etc…too much info to even get close to listing here…
DAMN!
The world is NOT going to end in 2012.
When a woman finishes her menstrual cycle, does she die?
NO!
She’s pretty damn happy.
And when the calendar ends,
will civilization come to an end?
NO!
Heh. Thanks for posting this article. Here I was scared and worried sh**less over meteors crashing into Earth, hurricanes, earthquakes, nuclear holocaust, a zombie apocalypse. Yes, even a zombie apocalypse. *rolleyes*
This helped kick in my rational thinking and calmed my fears and worries so thanks for that. 😀
… Now, I’m gonna go and wallow in my embarrassment like the dork that I am. 😛
why does evryone think the worlds going to end IT IS RUN SAVE YOUR LIVES SHAG EVERYONE YOU KNOW HAVE A GOOD TIME BEFORE YOU GO (or otherwise if your a boffin go shag a book or something)
if the world ends does it mean we get a new priminister
solar flare yeah right it will be my nan falling out of bed.
1452 days left to 12-21-2012
hi- amit–right you are!!!! glad you are still here…owain apparently just learned how to count!!! and backwards, at that! how proud he must be!!! “what a ‘big boy’ am i?”
owain–your point is???@#$%^&*())
amit–i loved your post regarding “nothing by chance” on the other thread…forgive me for referring to this once again, but … “nothing by chance” is pretty much the “moral of the story” regarding the bethlehem star…i do hope you get an opportunity to finish reading that….it was truly a “eurika moment” for me…
love and best wishes always…please be and stay well..
I believed this when I was 8, but I don’t any more, I think this theory is so stupid. I will be laughing my ass off, on December 22 2012 when I hear about the amount of people who killed themselves the day before because they couldn’t handle the thought of the end of the world.
“the amount of people who killed themselves the day before'”..!@#$%^*())_?
…i am spechless…
The Mayan calender is of alien design, thats common Knowles. It was the “people” of Nibiru that made it for them the last time they passed trough. You see Nibiru is really a highly advanced space ship, thats how they where able to predict the flares and shifts and whatnot. 2012 is when they will return too pick us up and save us from our gruesome faith. It was a long time ago though, so they might have changed their minds (if they have minds). Well I’m looking forward too it, should be fun. Personally I thinks they are a advanced race of cats from the future. My theory is that in 2012 the humans gets wiped out and cats become the dominant species (like us they are the only other species that adapted enough to survive anywhere on earth). Once the cats civilization have grown beyond what we ever did cat archeologist’s discover new ancient human ruins providing new prof that humans loved cats above all other creatures. So they decide to send a team of elite cats back in time on the spaceship/time-machine Nibiru to save them, they made some calculation errors though so they ended up way early. When they discovered their mistake they told the people they met (Mayans) that they’d be back later and made them a calender so they could tell when. And since they could only move back inn time they went to explore the universe in the meanwhile. At least thats what my cat tells me is gonna happen, she says shes psychic and knows both the future and past.
Ok. I dont think the world is going to end on that day either. but the guy saying that the mayans were retards is ignorant. he couldn’t even spell nostradamous.( i think i spelled it right 🙂 for god sakes. The mayans were up to something and knew something was up. There are going to be alot of dead on the 22nd however. People just need to calm down and realize you will die eventually. Wether it be on the 21st of december, 2012, or tomorrow or 20 years from. You are going to die. So just chill out and be happy and breathe in every day as if it your last. People are too stressed these days
tripmix ,
That would explain why my cat really enjoys a good b. j.
The Flying Spaghetti Monster made me do it.
DECEMBER 21st DESE NUTZ..
antonio jones—you think of yourself as a “dumb ass nigga”—then so you shall be!!!!
antonio jones – You are only 15 and you dont know how to spell nor fix your words?
What a dumb ass nigga
LOL
If someone today stated that, based on their calculations, the world was going to end in 2012, they would be deemed a crackpot and ridiculed. But of course we put more stock/credence in some civilization, that was both semi literate and semi barbaric. If they were so intelligent, then what happened to their civilization?Seriously, when are we going to stop this mystic nonsense and deal with reality?
This artical is so good and such a relief but what if the mayan messed up at December 1st 2012and was off count for another 5846 years did you ever think about that and yes the little excerpt from the end of this artical was so right!! You don’t Say 12/21/12 then x/x/x (meaning- end of the world) you simply go to 12/22/12 and nobody relly knoes if there is a blackhole at the center of the galaxy.and remember…..from this date 4 more days til’ christmas!!
Yo, A J.
Is you be blak lik me?
I am as black as snow.
I dont believe in it at all, but lets be honest, it would be freakin cool with non of the crap around now that is screwing up life in united states, or anywhere on earth for that matter. A fresh start would be awsome, but its not gonna happen, well be stuck here for another 10 milion years, making bigger mistakes.
philip–you are so right–a “fresh start” will be awesome…but all this “bad stuff” has to happen first…don’t give up on mankind just yet…
best wishes…be well
hey if there there is a end of the world god would make it happen and the mayans just probaly stopped their calender because they were so damn lazy writng thosands of words a day and all u believers i am gonna life when u commit sucided in dec 20 2012 to not live the next fine day or in ur ”case the end of the world?”
No man or woman, knows when their or anyone time, is up. Just keep God in your heart & put nothing eles ahead of what is right to do. Then you will not have to worry when you die, instead you will know that once you did die. That you should have nothing to fear, Only the wicked or thoses who cannot humble themselves fear that the must answer for their sin. Do what is right in life.
Scared by Mayan calendar? Try visit this site
http://www.famsi.org/research/vanstone/2012/index.html
Official Site of Maya Civilitation Researcher.
I can’t say whether this will happen or not but it makes you think what ever happened to the dinosaurs, could humanity be next on the extinction list?
A very flawed article indeed. Unresearched and missing the point. Not to mention negative.
The signs of enlightenment surround us in everything, 2012 is not a negative doomsday as many belief systems have led us to believe. 2012 will lead humanity into a higher state of consciousness – a ‘Golden Age’ – dominated by love, joy, peace and happiness – a so called “Heaven”. Hell does not exist. There is nothing to worry about. Our existence is positive and the end will reveal its beauty to us. We have given ourselves an allowance in these human bodies that will inevitably come to an end.
Just remember, you have the choice to ascend. There is ample time to prepare. And if you do not prepare, you will reincarnate until you are ready. Time is not a linear function. There are dimensions that our current minds do not see due to the static that surrounds our thoughts.
Remember we are all spiritual beings. We are currently in a transitional phase. We have all met and will all meet again in another world not even beyond our imaginations. You must just center your thoughts and be positive. Pain, suffering, hatred, jelousy, anger, and greed will soon be things of the past.
Live now and make to most of this time that we have given ourselves.
Hi Becky,
I have read in detail about the Bethlehem Star.. Its so unbelievable…
Earlier, i wanted to follow it up, but then i thought, even if there is any flaw in the research, it hardly matters, because such things can build up incredible faith in the hearts of the people.
Lots of new people on this thread lately… But nothing “new” thats worth commenting..
Philip seems to have the right idea..
For all you guys having trouble with spellings..
Its actually “Nostradamus”
Hi Robert,
I am very much intrigued by the idea you are subscribing to.. Enlightenment, Higher Dimension, Transition Phase etc…
I would love to hear more from you about the same, and any references etc. that you can provide for further reading would be appreciated..
I appreciate this article greatly. I was on myspace earlier, and I noticed this ad saying the government was hiding the end of the world from us, so I clicked it.
Being as bored as I was, and had little to do. I went to a website called “www.theihc.com” And it looked like a mix of every sci-fi movie I’ve ever seen.
Strange was a good way to describe this website. me, as they had a “Survival Lottery”, “simulations” of the supposedly inevitable doomsday, and proposed ideas of water cities and mystical nonsense to help humanity continue.
I felt concerned, but not “OH MY GOD WE ALL GONNA DIE!” concerned. Until tonight I had never heard of this theory.
Thankfully, this article has disproved all of these theories using things called “facts” and “evidence”. Which is something the “Institute for Human Continuity” lacks.
Thank you.
Hi Amit
I’m not quite sure where to start. Be open minded.
I was enlightened this past weekend while sitting on a rock with me girlfriend in a crystal clear stream surrounded by the beauty the world has to offer. I guess it was a result of a culmination of the last few months I have spent contemplating our existence, starting with the most common – our surroundings – and moving inwards towards my own consciousness.
Quite a few months ago I went spearfishing with my very good friend who had just understood what Christians believe to be ‘The Truth” on a very intellectual level that he explained to me over the few hours we spent driving. For the first time I understood ‘faith’ as Christians see it. I understood how so many people have become ‘brainwashed’ by what certain churches have led them to believe (but that’s a whole other debate).
I spent a few days and nights contemplating this new understanding, but found too much negativity to agree with this so called ‘faith’. He again preached to me when I told him it was flawed telling me how he wants me in Heaven and not Hell when the end of days arrives, according to Revelations.
I read “The God Delusion” by Richard Dawkins which made me feel a whole lot better about the whole affair and managed to rule out a Creator who loves us but will send us to Hell if we do not obey him. Coupled with this book I watched ‘Zeitgeist’, which clarified things for me even more.
I then read a book called 2012 by Daniel Pinchbeck and really liked some of the ideas he put forward amongst some of the other weird theories of his (so I thought). I guess you could say that this was the book that set me on my current positive spiritual journey.
Now for the being open minded part.
In the past I have taken hallucinogenics – mushrooms (a few times) and LSD (once). While tripping on these substances I felt a deeper connection with the world that I could not put to words. A heightened positive consciousness with an incredible feeling of belonging and peace with those on the same level. I’m not saying go take chemical drugs, but there’s nothing wrong with plants in their natural form in my opinion, if used for the right reasons, in moderation and for positive self fulfilment. I do not consider LSD to be a natural substance and have thus not taken it since my first time.
So back to the rock. The 2012 book had sparked some understanding but there were still some very grey, unclear areas (I will read it again now with a new view and I am sure it will make crystal clear sense).
While sitting on this rock, we had a joint rolled that we sparked up (we were at an outdoor psytrance festival). It was a beautiful natural moment in time and space and we were absorbing the nowness with not a single worry (about money/food/people/admin/news/etc). On the neighbouring rock was a man who looked like a Rasta sitting cross legged in front of 2 rock pillars he had clearly spent a lot of time balancing, also enjoying the nowness we are given. Obviously we offered him the joint which he accepted graciously and came to sit with us.
He explained how the pillars represented inner balance of the Chakras and helped align his balance through meditation while finding their perfect balance. There was an amazing energy between the three of us as we spent a few hours discussing his views on life, love, and everything inbetween. This man was the most spiritually enlightened man I have ever met, and took joy from passing the enlightenment on.
Ok I know I’m not saying enough here but there was so much discussed between us, and everything he said made perfect sense. The best part about it, was the positivity with which he delivered his message. The future is not doomed. We cannot spend our afterlifes in a place like Hell for eternity. What for? Together as a spiritual species connected to the universe we can achieve a higher positive frequency through our consciousness as we clear away the static that surrounds us, and through this we will be permanently enlightened and living together in higher dimensions that our minds will be able to interpret. No negativity. No suffering. No hatred. No pain. We will be surfing through the universe as its creators, filled with pure love and joy.
This is called ascention, and we all have the power to be a part of it.
Ok I think that’s it for now? Questions, comments, feel free please.
wow Robert. Go smoke another. Your theory of ascention is just as proven as God. So how are you going to sit there and say that we (Christians) are brainwashed. It sounds like your little friend on the rock is “brainwashing” you, as you say. And you know what, if I was as high as a kite i might believe the bull that you just put on here too.
Jane
Do you truly believe that a place like hell exists for those who do not believe Jesus was the Son of God and that these people will go there for eternity? ETERNITY? What kind of an existence is that? What’s the point?
Does it not make more sense that together as spiritual beings we can achieve a higher state of being based on love, and until then we reincarnate until we make the right decisions based on what we have allowed for ourselves?
Christianity plays an important role in our ascention through positive ways of life, but is not ‘the only way’ as many put it.
And how can you condemn something that your God has provided such as marajuana? Or even mushrooms? Yet allow things like alcohol to be acceptable? That is another debate though. Have you ever even been ‘high’?
http://www.instituteforhumancontinuity.org/#/lottery
This is a website stating that they have actual scientists who have been researching this and who beleive that a amazing series of events are most likely to happen…take a look and tell me what you think
i think a meteor will hit on december 21 2012 but only kill all the black people
Robert,
I really like some of the introspect that you have on these topics, my friends and i have felt much the same and have had nobody to relate ourselves with on this issue.
Is there any way of contacting you other than here? I think we can share some great intellect.
-Mike
woah nigger killer, thats a real nice thing 2 say lol 😀 haha i can totally c a couple of ppl sayin that though. haha funny, but mean. im sure ur ust 1 of those ppl every1 laughs at, i mean in a good way. like the class clown, wow what an old word…… but yea haha.
im scared of it, but then again, if the world was gonna end, then y couldnt it wait till after chistmas? cum on, if it were gonna end anytime soon, or anytime at all, i think it’d b in the Bible u know? so yea, im still scared, but were all gonna live. 😀
stayin’ alive, stayin’ alive, ah ha ha ha, stayin’ alive
haha YEA were ALL stayin alive through 2012
Mike
Drop me an email – [email protected].
Keep positive.
Rob
Hello Robert and everyone!
First off just read your bible. It’s always been here way before us and continues to save peoples lives! God only sends those people to hell to keep his holyness pure! Sin cannot be in the image of God! It’s not brain washing it’s just the matter of reading your bible….it has answers to all our questions so why wonder and debate when we can just open it right and and get our answer! We will not know when the end of time is but Jesus will be the one to make that hapen and still then it’s not the END it’s a new beginning! God Bless you all!
Why post on this no more, The Mayan hoax is ridiculous, Why waste your time on such a HOAX, Don’t worry, 2012 isnt the end of the Human Civilization.
amit–just wanted to to take a second and THANK YOU so very much for everything…especially your kindness towards me, and your constant encouragement….you are a blessing…what more can i say??? thank you, dear friend!!!
robert–i was so excited when i read your post…i truly believe that we are coming into a period of transformation and ascension…our “souls” and spiritual being are such a vital part of our mere existance…(as we now know it to be)…but there is something much bigger and much grander just waiting for us to tap into into…an “eternal light at the end of the tunnel”–so to speak…
absolutely NOTHING to be feared…i cannot wait for my soul to roam free…in the meantime, there is still much left for us to do, right here on earth…and it starts by embracing, love and peace… hope springs eternal…what better way to find it and appreciate it than to surround ourselves with it…we have been blessed with so much…
embrace the good…nothing but good will follow…it’s really very simple…
thanks to all for letting me share…
just a small afterthought—it does not matter if you believe in a “God”, or not…we all have “free will”…free will, and how we use it, defines our lives…not God…
sorry—it is all about the choices we make…
i’m done now…
best wishes and be well…
You cannot predict the end of time or how it will happen.
I would not want to be in your shoes when you finally meet your creator. I hope God will forgive your foolishness.
May God Bless You Robert.
Um , This Is What I have To say About It , Um Look Doesnt No one Knows but Our Father (god). When he comes and take His people to heaven , and who ever is left on earth is going to Hell . I hope Im not One Of those pppl Staying On Earth . but seriolsy , Wow Posting Stufff On Internet sayin doomday Is on dec.21.2012 ? Wooooww , Smh -_-
Like that One Dude said IN the Cooment , ” I wouldnt Want To be In Your Shoes when You finnaly Get To Meet Your Creator … Hopefully He Forgives You For This fooliness , Like I said Before , God Is The ONLY Person Who Knows When Its The LAST DAY Of Earth . eople Who going To heaven Would Live For ever . So people We have Time To Get Our Selfs Together . Before All Of This Happens . So please , People Get Your Lifes Together , Start Praying , Do something. Cause when Jugdement Day Comes Ppl gone Be lookin stupid Like ” Whats Going on ? Ima be Like I tried To Tell You . No One Wants To Listen You find Out On Your Own Then . And wouldnt Wanna be That person. But , Anyways , GodBless Peoples And Take Care . =]
And Its Called JugdeMent day . The Day God Is taking His People Off Earth Into Heaven .
I like this guy’s brain!
I don’t know what will happen December 21, 2012, but I’ll be sitting outside on my porch with my dog, drinking hot cocoa and shooting squirrels with my brother’s bb gun.
yee haw!
jane–“God” already did bless robert…
thank you for easing my mind, seriously, i wish you knew how much anxiety i have over dumb things like this
Hi Becky,
You are much too lavish with your compliments……
I have not done anything to deserve such praise from you.. Infact, i give credit to you guys for helping me raise my spirituality…
Its an honor to be counted among your friends and its a pleasure to be a part of this group!!
Wishing you well…….
Hi Robert,
Thanks for sharing…..
Quite true that everyone finds his/her own form of enlightenment
I have noticed that lately more and more people are getting inclined towards spiritual advancement.. Or maybe i am just noticing this now because i am myself getting inclined towards that direction….
Anyway, whatever it is.. Life seems much better when you contemplate about things like “Purpose of Existence” and “Oneness of all souls”.. It provides a certain direction to life that is generally missing…
Being in touch with people who are enlightened really helps, kind of confirms your faith and tells you that you are going in the right direction..
Becky, Amit, I am glad we are one. We will meet again, as we have already.
i was strolling along this comment page and there has been so many opinions most of them are uneducated points of view and then there are some that actually are worth dwindleing over for the most part i have 2 things ide like to say and for the record this is a point of view its mine but atleast i know the difference between that and fact number 1 you religous nuts out there scare the shit out of me why can we not just believe in god to believe in him religon the bible based on points of view and man made all very scary really seems its used more to intimidate the unexplainable and everything else different from what society says is normal second off on 2012 some of you well a good portion of you seem to be baseing your predictions on what religons say i can understand you think it be hoaky but when scientists especially ones from nasa have made statements of its evidence then its time to be a little less lazy and a little bit more informed read a book or even a website based on this subject then post your so called comments all im asking is asking you to do the age old thing and think before you speak
another thing becuase im sure you people feel the need to defend yourselves let me clarify one thing ok i believe in god i do just not what man has taken from it and made it out to be really all these notions and elaborate eccentrications on who or what god is is all very scary when you really take the time to step aside and think logically i mean useing the word or as you guys would call it the good word of god to intimidate people i hope god punishes you for your folishness is this not the very same thing that you preach against ok im done with this it just it makes me so angry that you think you have the right to do that we are just humans and we should be thankful for this gift that was given to us show some respect
Dear Robert,
Are you the same Robert that posted a long while ago re “Its happened 5 times in recorded history” ?
Be well, Leah.
unkown–why wish punishment on anyone?? don’t you know that our OWN actions and deeds hold their own “rewards”??…or punishments, if you prefer??? we are not here to judge or condemn…quite the contrary!!! we are here to help EACH OTHER through some possibly perilous times…”God” did not create this mess, and He cannot save us from it…it’s time to look inside ourselves and try to become “as one with God”…our ultimate “Creator” is good, kind, merciful, and forgiving…as we should be…
No Leah – I posted my first post 3 days ago or so…
I am well.
not wishing punishment on anyone qouteing someone else sorry for the misunderstandit gets me angry when people say stuff like that is what i was trying to say
and as far as us being good in kind it almost seems as if we are uncappable of such things as some people in this post have proven themselves to be it is as if we are reverting back to the caveman days reverseing darwins theory if you will sooner or later will all be throwing fecies at one another
uhh,mad hungry..went stinky……feel warm 🙂
oh look, planet X, turn X on side….could look like cross??? maybe something wicked this way comes…& everyone run to puurrty light, then ZZAAPP!!! light was trap hahahahehehe
stupid sheep, so easy to lead all one needs is dog loud enough to distract herd….keep’em scared….all of you scared….of what you don’t know….what do you know? I don’t know?…..I do know that, the Devil rides his white horse in Washington & next month he will go to south of the Mexican state of Baja California…..They kill at least 2 women a day there…..Because they can.
Keep’em Scared,
I think 2012 will be a plain normal year, in 21st deceber in going to prepare myself for the partys, buy a 2013 calendar and new mayan calendar !!!!!!
THERE WILL BE NO DOOMSDAY IN 2012!!!!
BELIVE IT!!!!!!!
Dear Becky,
“”God” did not create this mess, and He cannot save us from it…it’s time to look inside ourselves and try to become “as one with God”…our ultimate “Creator” is good, kind, merciful, and forgiving…as we should be. ”
Wise words indeed!! Worthy of framing and keeping at a place where it catches the eye 5-6 times a day….
thanks, amit…
retarded…that pure light is not a “bug-zapper”…it is not a trick….
best wishes to all..please be well…
No, not bug zapper worse……., light can warm you…if to close, burn you….Survive the light, then you can see in dark…..& maybe what you thought you saw, wasn’t what you saw…..Maybe what you seek, you’ll regret when you find. I think death is a release, you just don’t know from what. I do.
retarded, it is not the light that burns you—it is not your eyes that play tricks on you….it is you mind…the mind processes all you see, hear, feel, etc…doubt will only be followed by more doubt…and that comes from the mind… not your eyes, ears, external senses, or heart…
how sad that you think of death as a release….it’s not…it is a new beginning…
may you find your peace…
Retarded,
You said that you know from “what” Death is a release.. Please enlighten us….
I guess you are refrring to the release form the Physical Dimension… But how do you know that you (Soul) will not be reincarnated here for another round??
i want to get somethin straight…….we are all going to die. im sorry i said it but that dude or watever that predicts thing was just too accurate. My guess is that monkey will take over the world
Becky- one of the notorious crack heads in the middle east
Ooooooooooooooooooh…
He is right, i am a Bitch..
Becky is a lame that spends all her time on this website having no type of life. She takes all her time criticizing people and its not funny.
thanks for all your kindness, guys!!!!! muchly appreciated…i was not aware that i had criticized anyone…and my most sincere apologies to those i have offended…please forgive me…
be well, and may you find your peace…
crazy elmo–to you, i send my deepest sympathy…i am so sorry….@@#$%^&*(???
@ Crazy elmo, if being on this site gives you no type of life, why are you here?
But anyway at the subject in hand, i did believe it was ‘possible’ because nothing is impossible, but after reading this i didn’t know the details that it’s literally the end of a calander.. of course nothing will happen, like the article says, is there a doomsday when our calander ends? Ummm……….
God bless you all 😉
Release from this life….Not easy to do….stupid me know enough, its not worth trying…if you don’t know, what your doing…reincarnated into a cat in china, and you’ll maybe get a chance to do it again. hahaha, thats funny…My eyes no play tricks. light from fire….. maybe good, light from sun burn, not even good to stare at….burned,blind & bitch not good word for becky….why do you think you are female dog? You too smart to be a dog. Physical Dimension…just test run..light that means to go (the color green)..can also mean something is sick or not right…..But how do you know which one, it is??? You won’t..unless you understand what color to look for…i release my self in my dreams….enlighten us….draw from our energies.
lol..
crazy elmo, thats my nigga..
and becky u should be sorry..
but its cool, u were a big man
about the entire situation..
retarded—that “oh, i am a bitch” post WAS NOT MINE!!!! let me make that perfectly clear!!!! i cannot help what others think of me, and my intentions here are NOT TO hurt, cause harm to, OR OFFEND ANYONE!!!! i still cannot figure out what i said that triggered that whole thing, but that’s okay…i will be more diligent…perhaps someone will enlighten me….
thank you, and be well…
retarded—perhaps it is me who does not understand…i like to think there is much more to us that our physical realm…are our “auras” not “light reflections” of what we are inside? i also like your “dream release”…i like to think, also, that our dreams take us to other dimensions…thus the saying… “only in our dreams”…
perhaps i am a bit confused, but fire is good…it provides heat and light…stick you hand IN the fire, and it will burn…same for the sun..it provides light and heat…but the ultra violet rays FROM the sun will burn…
many times i DO see, or hear or feel things that i question….though some may argue that i am delusional, i have learned not to dismiss them…just because my mind cannot explain them away, or “reason” them…does not mean they did not happen…perhaps they are signs or clues from a different dimension…for just a split second, i saw or heard something i did not recognize or understand in the natural realm…
call me CRAZY!!! that’s okay….i just find.it hard to believe that there is only one dimension to our lives….if i pay attention, i am given many signs or clues…
nature will talk to you, if you just listen…pets, animals, wildlife speak if you just pay attention…breezes and the wind will embrace and comfort you…if you let it…
if you did not think me crazy before–i’m sure these “rantings” pretty much sealed the deal……but again–that’s okay!!!
as for the colors of light, and all that they represent—you have me at a disadvantage…
leah–if you are here, i could use your insight understanding light and light refraction…
now might be a good time for me to go back to crystalinks…
i am not “learned” enough to understand each color and what they represent…but i am working on it…it is a thought that pure light will not refract…though i have nothing to back that thought…perhaps you can help me understand….
thanks for indulging me…and i will aplogize to you well in advance if i have offended you…
please be well…
Why would you mindless bastards think it was acceptable to attack Becky?
Do each of you suck so much the only way to feel better is put someone else down?
Be warned:
It is all on the wheel, and, shall return unto you with a vengance.
Dear Becky,
I’ll answer you in private re light and refraction…..colours etc.
Good to know you are around Just a Thought.
Be well, Leah
Bravo @@@ !!!
Beck just “wondered” out loud and experessed how she thought .
Each of us has the freedom to speak or you Becky bashers would not be able to do so.
Now, I wish you rude individuals the power of better decision making
the world is not going to end.noone knows when the world going to end.noone can predict it.
Me no think you get it…. wanna know why rainbow, those colors?.. Red on top, Violet on bottom… That not weird? It appear…. while the sun is shining or… when thundershower in the late afternoon or on fog layers. That means all the time…. Why is rainbow there, & you only see it sometimes? Sun, Observer’s eye, and the center of the arc must be aligned…The rainbow appears in the part of the sky opposite the sun….For you to see… The rainbow is an arc of 180°….. if the sun is at the horizon, and it cannot appear if the sun is high in the sky. But it is still always there..
Funny, you said ultra violet rays FROM the sun will burn…so we agree & you said, there is much more to us that our physical realm…are our “auras” not “light reflections” of what we are inside & out….And thats how you see past the illusion…you smart Becky, can we be friends. most people laugh at me, they don’t get it. i don’t think your crazy. You real smart… you said you thought pure light will not refract. light may be considered either as a stream of particles (corpuscles), or as a bunch of waves….White light for instance contains light of many different wavelengths, just as by analogy white sound has sounds of many wavelengths. Thinking about the rainbow with all its colors, red light at one end of the visible spectrum has a longer wavelength than the violet light at the other end. All the colors in between have intermediate wavelengths.
Let us further consider a ray of light containing light of only one wavelength. This may be thought of as pure light.But it can be of any color of the rainbow. I’m tried…I like talking with you see you tomoorow.
i am humbled and overwhelmed by your kindness…thank you!!!
@@@–thanks so much
JAT–so good to hear from you again…think of you so often…happy thoughts to you and yours always…and thank you
retarded…ditto–and thank you…it’s all “magic” to me sometimes…don’t always know or understand HOW it works–all i know is that it does!!! in the meantime, i will continue to enoy the simple beauty of prisms, rainbows, and light refraction…
leah–as always…
best wishes to all…take care, and please be well…
Elmo ,
I think you got a fitting reply from @@@ !!
Please desist from attacking Becky, or anyone else here…
Dont think that you will get away with it. We can pay back in the same currency with
400 % interest!
And dont tax your brain in trying to come up with a retort as to why i am replying on her behalf..
The lady is my friend, i dont want her to deal with the likes of you.. I know how to do that!
tears of gratitude, amit–thank you…
We’re all going to die…. AAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH…. I would only be a senoir before i die….. That’s not fun…. I want to at least graduate… And reading all these comments… They are gay…. It seems as if its the same person… And if it is… Honey your life is BORING… Cause you have nothing else to do with your life… And only GOD knows when we’ll die… So peace suckas…. And see ya in heaven… When you die…. Maybe it would be a race… And I will always lose as always… So Peace…
God Bless Ya!!!
P.S. Meet ya there…..
If the theory is based on the end of the Mayan calendar 02.21.2012 then we have to investigate what did the end meant for them, some say it is the re-birth, but nontheless it is the end of a 5126 year cycle, key word cycle. so life will continue, but who knows what changes we’ll have to face. Also, taking in concideration the supposed alignment of the planets in our galaxy and the rotation of the planet “X” Nibiru (that NASA only discovered 3 years ago, while the Sumerians had in in their tablets years ago) where it will come in close proximity with the earth, one might say that some changes might be well on the way, but the end, I really doubt it.
retarded man is right.. it seems as if it takes a crazy man to fully embrace their surroundings.. my head runs wild everyday and i am one of those people who can just sit their with nothing to do but be perfectly occupied by taking in the whole situation that i am in with everything around me
thoughts and prayers to those in australia being ravages by wildfires…please be safe and be well…
I have researched this topic extensively. There is no planet X.
We are speculating about something that has not been discovered yet. No discovery, no speculation required.
Of course there is the what if factor…
I could speculate, but that would be very stupid, knowing that the only evidence that may suggest there could possibly be a celestial object the size of a brown giant eliptically obiting our solar system is a wobble of pluto and neptune….leaves a limitless amount of possibilities as to the location and mass of something somewhere that is affecting them in such a way. The force exuded by the black hole at the centre of our galaxy seems a more pertinent explanation as to explain it. At least we know it’s there.
Also, it should be noted that something could be pushing against the two outer planets (that we know of) instead of pulling on them. Gravity works in both manners with celestial objects. Think. what happens when you try to stick 2 magnets together…they push and pull depending which way they are oriented juxtapose the other.
I am sick and tired of doomsday senario’s being drempt up to try to scare the crap out of the mindless.
The end is coming though….When I turn around 80 years old.
lol
One more thing…The Myan calender stops abruptly….well so did the Myans
Either way, we should live each day to the fullest regardless if this will happen or not…no need to worry about it.
Christianity is not a religion. Although it is easier to think of it that way. Christianity s about a relationship with Jesus or the Creator. 2012 is going to be a new beginning. For better or worse? I don’t know. All I know is it will be the end of the Obama nation and communism/facism in the United States. I love America but not what we are coming to right at this moment in time. I think it will be when America will finally wake up. Abortion will end. We won’t be so tolerant (friggin liberals). It will be the end of racism and sectarianism. It says in the Bible the very clear reason why it is downhill in America right now. It says in the Bible that any nation that doesn’t serve him will fall. WE ARE FALLING AT THIS MOMENT IN TIME. If you notice any kingdom in the Bible that was under any favor of God was very prosperous in that period of time. It has been proven by Theologist and people who study Biblical times. So people that don’t believe me can debate but you will lose. Please try not to bring it to evolution because I will school you at that too. e-mail me at [email protected] to debate or comment on my comment. Keep it clean and no foul language
Well …another forecast of doomsday ..first it was the West with the Y2K.. and now some mayans and their calender..
Well its clear that something will wipe out most of the planet well i hope its only the mayans who get wiped out.. And if they dont…then they would have to kill themselves…its simple….its their belief..they should be strong in beleiving it…so …Mayans…and believers .. waiting for this day…do kill yourself…if nothing happens to you…..
Kevin,
The Mayan Calendar does not end abruptly, it is complete…..
But, by saying this , i am not implying that the end of the Cakendar means the end of the world..
Just an error which i thought should be corrected…
Yes Crazy Elmo…..the potential for 2012 to be positive, exists……it depends on what mankind does today….and everyday from now on. Every tomorrow is the end result of what went before.
We can’t change the past……but the future is being designed today……by a few, because in the past, the many left it to them to plan the future…..and most still leave it to them for the most part.
What are they to do……if the masses don’t take an active enough roll in planning …….most are not even interested until something bad effects them……then there is complaining, and tempers flare.
Be well, Leah
kevin–retoric!!!!
no planet X—but there’s something out there—we just don’t know what….we can tell by the way the outer planets are behaving…but we don’t know why–could be a blackhole–just not sure…
could be anything–even a “planet X”…
Adil Paki–rather inappropriate…all life is sacred…why would you even suggest that we all kill ourselves????
best wishes…
stephen–thank you
deerslayer…tolerance is a “God-like” virtue…if there is one thing we need, it is more tolerance…for each other..for all mankind—my “God” is very tolerant…and He will continue to “tolerate” our nonsense …irregardless…i don’t know what Book you are reading, but it’s not the same ones i have read….kindness, consideration, tolerance and well-being for all mankind..please…
be well..
deerslayer–after rereading your post, i will also be the first to admit that things have gone HORRIBLY WRONG…perhaps we have “tolerated” a little too much, but we cannot isolate any one sect, political agenda, or actions of some and blame them entirely for all the problems…it is a thought that what got us here really doesn’t matter at this point in time…the question i ask myself is “how are we gonna pull out of this?” and it will require a little work from us all…that is where co-operation, consideration and more tolerance will be paramount to solving the problems…we cannot keep assessing blame, and expect a favorable outcome…we have a new “president” and he deserves a chance…let’s give it to him…for all the rest, we have to start looking inside ourselves to become part of the solution, not more problems…
thanks for letting me share…
does anyone think that just maybe that there will be jsut the opposite of doomsday. Maybe that after 2012 it will be the start of a new world
Whether its a Mayan Calender, Nostradamus, or some religious sect based on a collected group of letters written by men (the Bible) the world WILL come to an end. But most likely because of wars and depletion of resources. 2012??? One could hope it would be that soon. No more conservatives telling us how wrong we are or bible thumpers telling us how bad we are. I thought America was based on tolerance and allowing EVERYONE to think, feel, and believe as they wanted. Not be judged by some group or sect.
When man does feel he has the Truth, he makes his own version of the Truth so his thirst for it will be quenched. Then he will try to get everyone around him to believe the same way he believes. If they buy his version of the “Truth”, it makes him feel better, weather it is the Truth or not. Another version of ” create your own paradise”. We look outside ourselves for peace and happiness when it can only be found within. This world will surly pass some day. We all know this as Truth. Your day could be sooner. So all you have is the present. If you do it well enough and not worry about how everyone else is doing it, then the future will take care of itself.
Michael, That was very well said….
Absolutely agree with you!
If someone is not comfortable with his/her own version of truth, then only he/she feels the need for others to accept it.. If i have firm belief in the truth that i know, my faith will not be shaken regardless whether others accept it or not…
ok that was a fact fun filled article but now get your head out of the dirt i am not a firm beliver of 2012 and i am not here to argue but do u think the mayans just thought hey lets end the earth on this day the mayans were a culture that also predicted eclipses and pin-ponited the day it will happen every time 12-21-2012 is the day of the winter solace and if any one looked up what that is suppose to be its suppose to be the day the sun lines up with the earth and in the center of the milky way and if you know so much u would know the center of the milky way is a black hole with unbeliveble energy when the sun aligns threw that it is suppose to cause the earth and other plantes to have a complete polar shift which will cause catastrophic events to occur
crazy elmo–ditto to leah, michael and amit…all so well said…for what it is worth, i, too, do not believe that we are all “doomed”…quite the contrary…concern for our planet, and the well-being of mankind, YES–absolutely…there are so many problems…but they were created by US, and we can fix them…time is of the essence—things are critical…but they are not devastating or catastrophic just yet…if ever there was a time for courage, strength, conviction,and due diligence, NOW would be it…
thanks for letting me share…best wishes to you all..
be well and stay well…
Well, lets just hope nothing happens.
After all, people predict things to happen whenever anything ends.
But a good event would be very nice.
These huge happy events though, have to be achieved by people. By us, and then we can live in a world where terrorism and all these horrible things will only exist in one place – the movies. The 2012 movie looks cool!
See Ya!
ok so has the leap year been taken into account with the mayan calander? i mean did the mayans use a leap year? because if not this could be much sooner than 12.21.2012. write me back at [email protected]
I don’t necisarily mean less tolerance as in other religions. I mean like tolerance for like abortion, bailouts, government intervention, and other things like that. I hate abortion, I hate bailouts. The reason I hate bailouts is because it is money that they do not have. 700 billion bailout here, 800 bailout there. All that money isn’t there it is a percieved dollar. I am going to give Obama a chance but what he has done so far I can’t stand. Holding the census in the white house is unconstitutional. I know that this is off topic but I am making a statement kind of backing my last post. Yes we have to pull out together. I mean that if we don’t pull this off and get a little common sense in Washington, it could very well be the end of America as we know it. Also to Mark whatever your last name is you really should try to come up with a good argument rather than hate mail. I have rights to my belief just like you have to yours.
The problem is that as soon as rules are put in place that limit who can live where depending on their beliefs…….freedom no longer exists by default.
Each need only respect the belief / perspective of all others for there to be freedom, and an end to war.
To dictate what another must believe is called Conformism……had a massive war in England because of it…..when people were conformists or non conformists.
There is a magic wand, and its used everyday to underwrite massive amounts of vitual money……but never in amounts to fix anything.
Thats “Virtual ” appologies.
becky I understand what your saying, but if you look at when both bailouts passed, the stock market fell horrendously. The other day, Monday or Tuesday I think, the bailout passed and dow dived almost 400 points. The day after election the stock market fell almost 400 points. Then if you look at inauguration day it fell a lot. I can’t remember the last number. Its funny how it took such a short time to get us in this and a long time to get back. I agree with yu on free will. I understand you said that you don’t know what book I was reading. Well heres a clue. It says HOLY BIBLE on the side. It is filled with God’s word in it. This country was founded on Christianity and needs to be built on Christianity. If someone wants to come over here then they need to accept that. Yes we do have a freedom of religon but that was so we could practice Christianity openly. I have to go
deerslayer—I UNDERSTAND–believe me—there are SO many issues facing us right now..very heated debates will go on and on for both sides of these, and many other, issues…under our constitution, we are promised freedon of choice…bad choices by our leaders have promoted our situations right now…we are guaranteed “free will” under God’s law, and those choices still remain ours and ours alone…
though the bail-out plan is “perceived” money–so are our paychecks…when was the last time any of us was paid in cash? cash is almost a thing of the past…electronic banking is here to stay, i am afraid…and we have seen, first hand, the falocies (spelling, sorry) of that system…money is generated by a push of the button…not by how much is printed or how much gold there is to back it…it is a vicious, vicious circle…
our government and many others,have indeed, gotten “too big for their britches”, but this administration, so far, has been willing to acccept that fact…and feels compelled to at least, try and stop the bleeding…they have inherited a huge mess…as each administration does…every issue cannot and will not be addressed immediately…there are no magic wands here… even by the admission of our own president–he is not sure this is going to work…but they are –at least –trying something…even if it is wrong, it is better than standing around, scratching their butts,and saying “oh, well!”…and since i can offer no BETTER solution, i cannot be so quick to criticize…
fasten you seatbelts,kids—we are in for a bumpy ride…there is no “quick-fix”…everything goes “hand-in-hand”…
it is my hope that we all make it through this relatively unscathed…it will get worse before it gets better…but hope does spring eternal…
thanks again for letting me share…please be well…best wishes to each and every one…
Okay I am back, anyway, yeah every year has been the end of the world. But we are in hard times right now. Our government is one of the most backstabbing mob of crooks that the world has ever seen. I hate it right now. And people if we really want things to go right. Stop looking to government for everthing. It’s not Obama. It’s not Pelosi. ITS JESUS!!! Look at history. Yes humans do have free-will. When you look at the Bible every single nation that was under God’s favor had very great prosperity for that period of time. Look at Abemelich in the Bible when he took Abrahams wife God told him that it was Abrahams wife and Abemelich gave Abrahams wife back and Abemelichs kingdom had great prosperity because he feared God.
hi, leah–“virtual money”–i like that–well put !!!
deerslayer–we sorta HAVE to look at the governments right now to fix this financial debacle—seein’s how THEY DID IT!!!!
“Jesus”, “God”, or however you choose to refer to that “higher being” as– will not and cannot “save us” either…they “oversee” the “soul” department…”that which comes from within”…it is what we do and how we act IN THE MIDST of strife and turmoil that will define us…so, in that respect, this stuff is a necessary evil…most certainly NOT OF our doing…but what will we do “WITH it?” it is so sad that so many people are struggling—especially through NO FAULT OF THEIR OWN—they have worked HARD ALL THEIR LIVES, only to find themselves standing in an unemployment line…it just doesn’t seem fair…my job is not secure, either…sadly, it’s not about being fair…a change in our lifestyles has taught me humility and gratitude…something i may not have learned if things hadn’t taken such a turn for the worse…but, i HAVE to believe there is a reason for everything— it is also just a thought that this may be mankind’s “big chance” to show what we are really made of, and somehow “rise above ” this…my friend–we are all in this together…
please forgive me for sounding so “preachy”–most certainly not my in tentions…and thank you, as always, for letting me share…
it is my hope that we all find our way…
please be well…
I am not necissarily saying that God himself will save us but he will work through us. What I am saying is that any nation that serves God will prosper. Look at history, not that fake history in the textbooks but the real stuff
What Deerslayer is saying is that his nation is safe, because it has been chosen by his white god. When they wiped off the natives from the face of the earth or stole half of Mexico’s territory they were just doing some godly chore. People who carries the bible in one hand and a rifle in the other just creep the hell out of me.
FightingDeer, you listen here, I don’t carry a rifle in my hand and a bible in the other, I am a normal person and i just have a hobby and thats deer hunting. Also where does it say God is white. Jesus was jewish by race, not by religon. You ought to check up on your facts before you start making accusations. The human race has always been some of the most violent. The only natives that we wiped out were the ones that tried to fight our ancestors. The hell with you, he who argues with a fool is a fool
Also Becky where do you stand in all of this. Cause you have put some wacko stuff out there also, where are you in all this getting back to the world ending mess
mankind has been guilty in all of history of committing travesties to ALL MANKIND…no one is without fault….race is not the issue…
i have stated my position about this doomsday “end of the world” stuff many times…i do not believe 2012 is “the end”…perhaps, maybe even a beginning…depends on how you want to look at it…i am not a particularly religous person, though i do believe in one “ultimate creator”…and i have a very personal spiritual relationship with that creator…the details of that relationship are just that—personal…but thanks for asking, deerslayer…my posts are of a spiritual nature–not scientific or religious…and will remain that way…i do not expect everyone to understand them or agree with them…they are just my thoughts…nothing more…
thank you, and please be well…
Deerslayer,
Expecting God to pull us out of this mess is a bit too much…
“God”, or the Supreme Divinity has nothing to do with materialism. As Becky said, its the Soul that gets the attention of God..
When we learn to separate ourselves from Materialistic pleasures,we will be closer to God…
We are making things more complicated as wqe are progressing.. Virtual money, as stated by Leah is a very good example..
Now dont ask me where do i stand in all this and how it relates to the End of The World Scenario.. Because , we have discussed more than enough about that already..
Deerslayer,
This statement –
“The only natives that we wiped out were the ones that tried to fight our ancestors:
It seems funny to me! When your ancestors trespassed their lands and attacked them, the natives were right to fight back. Fighting back to protect your territory is natural. Even animals do that!
You cannot be choosy about the actions of your God, he doesn’t practice favoritism… Slaying deers as a hobby wont go down well with him i guess, even if you preach about him…
What everyone forgets is that money always was virtual if you like…….an invention of man not life / nature. Money doesn’t grow on trees……trees are money….once felled……paper money has even been made out of trees etc.
For thousands of years man has used various things to represent VALUE / WORTH……stone rods, stone discs etc……in more recent times paper and metal from which icons are made to represent VALUE / WORTH…..of an item, even the value of time, being the working hour.
Planet Earth does not charge money for any commodoty….its free…..from nature. The cost is the time and effort to procure, fabricate and bring product to everyone…..and the upsetting of the balance of nature etc.
Money is a neutral conceptual measuring implement, born from mans imagination.
Amit,
I guess that deer hunting is a sin because it says in the Bible that God put animals on the earth for man to consume of. What are you vegan??
yeah yeah yeah the virtual money stuff I get it, its the same friggin thing I have been saying for the past few days. I understand all this stuff but seriously. We are in tough times. The only thing that can get us out of this right now is God. God wants to bless his people and he can do that if he wants. So people get off me. God made the universe and he can do whatever the heck he wants.
Its in the Bible people. Maybe if you read it this stuff would make sense to you.
Yall keep hollerin bout the soul dept. God created the world and he can do what he wants to it. No we are in charge of getting souls. We are here to promote God and to God be the glory that some of you still have your jobs and that some of you are doing okay. Yes everyone is going through hard times right now. It takes us to make the economy better but God will work through us and bless what we have done. That is what I mean. 2012 could very well be the end of America as we know it. If we don’t pull together and not allow Socialism into the United States. We need to return to hardcore capitalism. So if you people want to see America revived you people may need to wake up. Our kids and grandkids futures are at stake!!! Their is a reason that they call conservatives the Right Wing.
Hi. My name is Anmoldeep Singh Chahal but I prefer people call me Anmoldeep and my Indian people to call me Anmol. I’m soooooooo scared right now. Why will the world end in 2012 December 21? If God made us and he loves us a lot then why is the world going to end? Also if it’s in the bible that if you commit suicide it’s a sin and you go to hell. Think about it people. If that meteorite really hits us on December 21 of 2012 then that is saying we all just committed suicide. It’s common sense. And besides the Discovery channel is saying the world won’t end until 2029. I don’t know if that’s true but if the world will really end in 2012 then I’ll be sad and shocked to death. I’m not even playing. Why can’t the Mayan calender end in the year 5,0000? This is a scary and a very serious situation people and you people really have to understand that. I can only say this, let’s pray to God to stop the meteorite by hitting us and leave it to God because if God made us because he loves us that bad then God can only stop the meteorite from hitting us. Just remember what is said. Thank you for listening and remember what I said and let’s enjoy life baby. LOL!!!! LOL stands for laugh out loud for those people who don’t know what LOL stands for.
Deerslayer,
On one hand you want socialism to make a comeback and on the other you say that we need to return to hardcore capitalism…..
And you know what.. The world does not consist solely of America, there are other countries as well…
The world not going to end because of the mudan counting 21 dec 2012 and so so so..
Is going to end soon or later because of mankind.We all heard news about economy crisis so* ? Everyone still buying house,car?
Who cares?Who do cares about End Of world.
If is real then all of us should be proud,aren’t?
We never see the world start but we do see the world end with our on eyes..
But i sure that if the World War 3 starts then THE WORLD WILL END!
Hi,
I live in Mexico and travel a lot to the Maya World.
Let me tell you,that from your point of view:YOU ARE CORRECT.
However,we have globally heard the law of attraction in the lst year,due to “The Secret” ,so now I would have to say that those guys,whose thoughts and mental images tend to cataclysms,are also correct.
I would say that each of us ll around the globe attracts and is going to attract that in which he/she holds strongly in their minds.
As a mattr of fact,ancient mayans as well as mayans today don´t have the idea of “dying”.Souls just leave the body.
We have a special holiday here in Mexico the 1st and 2nd of Novemeber and it´s called:”The Day of the Deads” or día de Muertos, in which people go to ementeries to take and offer their favorite food.They also take them flowers called Cempazuchitl flowers.They are beautiful yellow flowers that flower in that season and smell awful.
In the Maya World,peopl in different towns celebrate more or less the same way,exept that over the tombs there are wooden doors layed down.
It is not that the “dead people” arise and eat the food,but the souls they truly are and were come back in those two days to visit their relatives and,like the greek gods, they feed themselves through the smell of the food.
In 12-21-2012 a whole precesion cycle is going to end and is going to start another one of aprox. 25625 years ( divide it between 5 and you have the 5 solar eras of 5125)
Astronomically, a very significant event is going to take place…this is true, but it has to do with the end of a precessional cycle …not the end of the world.
Mayans here(shaman elders,daykeepers,etc) expect this date as a good one,because it is the end of their aprox. 500 years of “darkness”.
Let me tell you something else:excellnt post and a very intelligent point of view!
Good 4 you!
hi, nuuky—hope you are well…thank you for yet another insight…perhaps it will also help settle the fears of anmol…
deerslayer–@##$%^&*(?? i don’t know what to say…except tht the united states of america is a “baby”, compared to other countries and nations who have been her much, MUCH longer than we have…how did they EVER survive without us????? apparently, rather well…we are still very “infantile”…but as we have grown, we have NOT learned from many of our mistakes…and we have greatly contributed to this financial mess that ALL countries are experiencing….NOT JUST US!!!!! SORRY, BUDDY— but it’s not “just about america” any more…this “new world order” doesn’t seem to be working, does it??? we have our nose in everybody’s business, and our hand in everybody’s “cookie jar”…perhaps you can help me out, here…is that how a nation prospers???? it is also just a thought that our constitution has become so “tweeked”, and our government so “divided” that it no longer defines us…
but-hey??? what do i know??? there are solutions…but no one wants to hear them…
thanks again, for letting me share my “wacko stuff”…
please be well…
Amit,
Yeah I am totally socialist let me tell you, Do you even know what socialism is, Communism. Do I sound that way to you. Return to Capitalism
Becky,
We’re both right, No its not all about America. But America is the most safe set up nation in the world. No but America is the greatest nation in the world. If you look at history every great nation rome and all those great empires always failed. So I am saying that if we don’t learn from what we did in the past we may fail. So yes we are both right. the only thing that other nations like out of us is our money. America, Israel, and Britain are the most hated and the most loved nations in the world. We are loved for our money. We are hated for everything else. your right that we don’t need to send money to other nations that don’t like us very much. We need to focus on us before we start going every where else. We need to focus on our country first and foremost. I have never seen anyone give us anything. Yes america is a baby compared but I have done extensive research on the founding fathers and they took some serious studies on other great nation and found the flaws and then created us to where we can’t fail. But when you have one party controlling the government then there are no checks and balances and then they can pass whatever the heck they want to pass. trust me I have read about this sort of stuff
sorry bout the grammar in that last post , had a long day and am ready to go to bed
Hey Becky!
Absolutely agree with your “wacko stuff” ……
This rise and fall is an inevitable cycle that everyone goes through. Right from Individuals to whole nations…
Law of Gravity, isn’t it? Whatever goes up has to come down…
Almost every large nation has had its days of glory and also the days of gloom..
Look at India, once a mighty nation with immense wealth and the strongest social and cultural system in the world.. But now, its just a “Developing nation” after being ravaged by Britain for Decades…
And as for New Wold Order, well, its only the tip of the iceberg, believe me!
ah-yes!!! the rise and the fall !!!! and the arrogance that went with the rise…it can’t happen to us..we are too BIG to fail…sadly, we are finding out…that is not the case at all…”the bigger they are, the harder they fall”
best wishes to you all..please enjoy your day…be well…
thw world not end in 2012 PERIOD
no actually knows when he world ends scientists dont know that, the mayans dont ether just because there calender ends doesnt mean its the end of the world i think everything you is FALSE!!!!!!!!!
no its not all about the U.S.A. But not about all the other nations either. But why should I care about the other nations economy when ours is struggling. The only reason that other nations care about us is that they love our money. Thats the only reason that they holler at us to help them is so that they can help themselves. Then they spit in our face a year or so later. America, Israel, and Britain are the most hated and most loved nation in the world. We are hated for everything except our money. Thats the reason we are loved is for our money. Also how does the government help us in anything. Look at theNew Deal in the Great Depression. It didn’t help anything. It seems like it helped but it didn’t. Look at the recession we are in right now. Every time that the government has tried to do something now it makes the economy worse. People get ticked at Bush for being a big spender. Obama hasn’t been in office a month and has spent 789 billion dollars. The 700 billion bailout Bush did was a loan not giving it away. The one that Pelosi and her puppet Obama has done was giving it away. You know I hope that Al Quaeda wasn’t in the 1000 page deal considering that they didn’t read it.
Well if you guys are so smart tell me everything thats wrong with the world right now and then give me a good resolution to the problem.
To God be the Glory, Abortion was made completely illegal in North Dakota today. Though it may be a small victory but it is a victory nevertheless. If we can keep getting these victorys then we can completely outlaw abortion itself. Tell me you don’t agree with that.
How could you place a topic “No Doomsday in 2012”. Are you absolutely sure that there will be no devastation of anything like that on that day. Are you God?
deerslayer—yikes!!!! putting politics aside, it’s all about “personal responsibility”…no abortion is not a victory…and though i do not condone abortion as a method of birth control…there remains circumstances where abortion is a necessary evil…it is not the government’s place to decide what is best for me, my body, my child, or either’s future well-being…this debate will not end here…to each his own…abortion is not issue or platform here…
why should you care about another nation’s well-being??? because it is the right thing to to—as humans, we are all the same…it has nothing to do with demographics…
there are many solutions…but they must start small—like stop having kids!!!! the world can no longer sustain us…food and water are running out…stop poluting, start conserving…do you know anyone who is struggling??? lend them a hand…how is your family, friends, loved ones, and their well being??? is everyone you know safe, sound, and warm??? have you given just for the sake of giving…helped just for the sake of helping??—no strings attached??? do you grow your own garden??? do you share what you reap and sow??? are you prepared to make sacrifices??? it’s not just about “me and mine” anymore…do you carpool??? do you give a homeless person your pocket change, or go buy him/her a sandwich? or give them a blanket to help keep them warm???
the secret here really is no secret at all… you get back everything you give —10 times over…the rewards are much greater than the gift itself…and you might also notice that it did not take huge amounts of money to do it…your time, a little effort, and maybe some pocket change makes a world of difference…
…and that’s just for starters…be brave–use your imagination…i’m sure each of us can come up with something to help someone every day…and that’s how we will change the world…it’s not about republicans or democrats, abortionists and anti-abortionists, religions or cultures—it is about mankind…so break down your borders, barriers, and boundaries, and realize that the whole world is suffering…maybe money can’t fix it, but we can…
…and that is my lesson in idealogy for today…and yes, i do try to practice what i preach…
thanks for leting me share…best wishes and please be well…
just an afterthought—because the billions and trillions of dollars talked about in these bailouts are so far beyond by comprehension—it dwarfs my thinking….that’s why i have to focus on smaller things that i can understand…i realize that it takes money—AND LOTS OF IT–on a national and international scale to fix or economic problems…but like leah said–it is virtual money—it does not actually change hands…it is just shuffled around on paper… i still struggle to grasp the magnitude of all that money…
hahaha, yes I do help for the sake of helping and give for the sake of giving. What i am saying is why should I have to care about a country that doesn’t like us very much. also bullcra saying that the world can’t contain us. That turkey hockey. No I don’t grow my own garden but I know a few farmers. I don’t guess you have ever ridden through the country. SO SAD. Also no I don’t give money to the poor because I don’t trust many of them. I one time gave about ten dollars to a poor guy and it just so happened that I seen the same guy a little later that day buying alcohol and had on a nice shirt and everything. Yes I have fed them and yes I believe that you reap what you sow. Also how does all these bailouts help anything if evertime that they pass one the stock markets fall horrendously. Yes it is virtual money, I get the point, stop bringing stuff up about thirty times as your only argument. Wow you people make me laugh. Also why do all these companies need bailouts if you look at one of those banks, they went and bought a private jet. Also why do I need to support someone that I don’t agree with. I understand that you can’t force beliefs on people but if we really need to see prosperity in America then you really need to start praying for some reformation. Also talking about the whole pollution deal, you listen to Al Gore too much. I need to conserve more. Thats a load of Turkey Hockey also. I seen Al Gore in New York city the other day at the airport. This was a few months ago right before Obama was elected. Al Gore flew in on a Gulfsteam G5 and got out and got into a hybrid SUV. Tell me thats not hypocritical. Stop polluting. Wow, cause doesn’t everyone do that including you Green freaks
He went from using a lot of fuel to practically no fuel. Thats straight up hypocritical. Banks don’t need to make loans that people can’t pay off. One of the main factors in the nation right now is fear. You see CNN and all the other news medias sit up there on there fat butts and holler about how bad it is. Ya thats pretty hypocritical also. Ya we are a nation full of liars. Second of all with all these blasted bailouts. If you look at GM and the other car maker, I can’t remember which are going back up there for another bailout. Try about 22.2 billion. They need to go out of business and get the unions out of it. Unions ruin businesses. Why should I have to look to the government for everything when all that the bailout does is put us even greater debt. Congress hollers at Bush about him being a big spender but Obama hasn’t been in office a month and has already spent 789 billion bailout. over the past two years our government has built up a 2.2 trillion dollar deficent. That is the amount of time that we have had a democrat congress. Isn’t it interesting that ever since then it has been downhill in our nation since.
Just an interesting thought.
good morning–deerslayer…
believe me, dear man—i understand the frustration, even anger…the bernie madof’s, and the enrons,and the HMFIC’s who have platinum-lined their pockets, while others have lost EVERYTHING…the unthinkable amounts of money skimmed and scammed—all by themselves, boggle my little mind…and i agree with you—that is ABSOLUTELY wrong, even deplorable…i sit with my mouth agape and wonder how or why anyone would or could let that happen…but it did, it has,and it does… trusts have been violated–and yes, it will be hard to “trust” in this system again…but it’s the only one we’ve got…when you and i “cut corners”, we feel the turn much more abruptly than those with “padded pockets”…
i am a “country girl”–born and raised…i live in the “big city” now out of necessity…but in addressing the smaller issues, this is what i have learned: trust and respect must be earned…things are not always as they appear to be…neither judge nor condemn, since i don’t know what lives in their hearts…and do unto others, NOT do unto others FIRST…
there are many people who would agree with you that our planet is not in a critical state…deerslayer–it is!!! we can’t go on the way we are…it will not sustain us…you and i may not live long enough to see the total desimation of our resources—you and i may not live long enough to have to fight for food, or clean water, or breath in toxic air……but that does not mean supplies and resources are not dwindling, and the earth–through natural cycles, is not changing… it is my thought , once again, that just because it is not knocking on our front door–does not make this situation any less real…everything we do from this day forward, will have an afffect…we all must “clean up our acts”…we can act on this ourselves, though it would be nice to have the government’s help and cooperation…but they must acknowledge it first…
anyway—thanks for letting me share my thoughts, once again…nice talking with you…please be well…
The predictions would send global shock waves among human beings. But there should be a pragmatic approach to any sensational flare-up . It is not the question whether the world ends or not ,on 21st December 2012, the psychic obligations would badly be affected to a major extent, through this revelation. The Hindu mythology time and again declares that whatever– destined is inescapable and absolutely unknown, then what is there in point in brooding badly over some thing worst may happen on that day. No, it is not the time to divert our attention from the existing sociological problems which have been influencing our day to day life….Dont open this blog & make your mind totally void of thought…All of us Have a good day on 22nd December 2012, like any other day…….Babu Rao Basala Guntur, Andhra Pradesh,India.
It always seemed odd to me, to vote for people…..who say they will do this and do that…but of coarse can’t once voted in, due to extenuating circumstances they were not previously aware of……..which means PROMISES, are being voted into positions of power.
If a system / plan were voted for…..to be operated by whoever is in power……it would negate all personal / group / caste / secret agendas other than the one of the plan, voted for by the people, and therefore the people are happy with.
If a plan is good for all, because it takes the needs of all into account……one could have a plan for all the people by all the people.
Imagine all the time wasted complaining, arguing and fighting, being applied to the furtherment of all life and the quality of all life.
Hi Maddness,
I’d like to say hello, but promised Gnostic joe, so I’ll wish you all, wellbeing instead.
Leah
Hi to Gj, and glad to hear you and D are koooool.
BTW….I’m just a boring voice of reason. Most prefer extremes…..more exciting….more sensational.
Wellbeing to you all,
Leah
you paint a pretty grim picture, there, maddness—now name 10 good things…i still have faith–i still have hope…161 to 2 odds…it’s a longshot, but i’ll take it…
all those things you mentioned SHOULD ENCOURAGE us to do better, and make changes where we can…not discourage us into believing we are doomed and there is no way out…
mr. basala, thank you for your post…no need to worry about that which we cannot control…
to all, please be well….best wishes
1) There is still good in the world, in the eyes & hearts of the children.
2) Everyone wants to do good, & when given the oppurtunity, normally do.
3) Even Hitler, wanted somebody to love & to love him.
4) The true church of God, is brining together thier congregation.
5) Soon there will be no more lies.
6)They may have lied to your parents, but the Truth cannot be hide from you.
7)You still have faith–you still have hope…161 to 2 odds…it’s a longshot, but you’ll take it…
8) The thought of 2012 being the end, might bring humanity closer.
9) OK,OK that last one was grasping at straws but. At least the campfire crew brings light to some of these subjects.
10) After 2012, you won’t have to deal with Orwin,Gordy or myself….well worth the wait.
Mmadness thats true, I 100% agree with you. Also to Becky. Bernie Madoff can go to hell for all I care. He makes hard-working Americans like me and you suffer. Wait if your country girl where are you from. I was born in Bainbridge, GA. Where ya from. Anyway our government is also in critical points right now too. (Flu Blows seriously be praying for me) If I pay 1000 dollars in taxes and they hand me back 500 dollars in (stimulus) then why didn’t I just pay 500 dolllars in taxes in the first place. All I am saying is more-so common sense and ideas than actual ways to run the system. I try and follow Reagan as best I can because he was the best president ever and I agree with him on literally everything. He didn’t go into office with a list of stuff to do. He went in with ideas. One I completely agree with is, Lower Taxes, Bigger Military. I like that, he kept us safe. Sounds a lot like a president that just left office.
Deerslayer, I feel you dog
“The world is like a ride at an amusement park. And when you choose to go on it, you think that it’s real, because that’s how powerful our minds are. And the ride goes up and down and round and round. It has thrills and chills, and it’s very brightly coloured, and it’s very loud and it’s fun for a while. Some people have been on the ride for a long time, and they begin to question: is this real, or is this just a ride? And other people have remembered, and they come back to us. They say “Hey! Don’t worry, don’t be afraid, ever, because, this is just a ride.” And we… kill those people. Ha ha ha. “Shut him up! We have a lot invested in this ride. Shut him up! Look at my furrows of worry. Look at my big bank account and family. This just has to be real.” It’s just a ride. But we always kill those good guys who try and tell us that, you ever notice that? And let the demons run amok. But it doesn’t matter because it’s just a ride. And we can change it anytime we want. It’s only a choice. No effort, no work, no job, no savings and money. A choice, right now, between fear and love. The eyes of fear want you to put bigger locks on your doors, buy guns, close yourselves off. The eyes of love, instead, see all of us as one. Here’s what you can do to change the world, right now, to a better ride. Take all that money that we spend on weapons and defense each year and instead spend it feeding, clothing and educating the poor of the world, which it would many times over, not one human being excluded, and we could explore space, together, both inner and outer, for ever, in peace. ”
Words to live by! R.I.P Bill Hicks
Amen
Sorry for the 2 quotes (The Doors song and the Hicks’ quote). They seemed rather fitting after reading through the entire comments section over the last few days. Plenty of things in the previous 150+ pages for my wandering mind to chew on!
TY everyone for the delicious mental meal I have received!
One more from Bill…
“Wouldn’t you like to see a positive LSD story on the news? To hear what it’s all about, perhaps? Wouldn’t that be interesting? Just for once?
“Today, a young man on acid realized that all matter is merely energy condensed to a slow vibration — that we are all one consciousness experiencing itself subjectively. There’s no such thing as death, life is only a dream, and we’re the imagination of ourselves. Here’s Tom with the weather.”
LOLOLOLOLMAO. Hey Answer,
Check out the comments on 2012: No Geomagnetic Reversal, More Mental Food.
You are one cool sick puppy.
Hope you stick around
Hey Leah, XOXO
Gj says hi, Sorry about that last time 🙁
D & I are kooool now. You are one amazing person. Not the first time i’m sure you’ve heard that one.
You guys are all crazy, none of you have anything to say about this well spoken article. What is to say that the mayan calander is not like those of modern day. An end starts a new. I agree 100% with you Fraiser, no dooms day for those in doom.
Hey Maddness,
Tha was quite a list.. But the second one was quite encouraging!!!
Hope you are well….
Go easy on Scientist bashing on the other oage, you know what i mean… 🙂
Hi Becky,
It could have only been you, putting your 2 against the 160 Odds!! Hats off to you! I admire your optimism…….
Hope you are well.
thank you, amit–yes, we all are well, and always hope the same for you!!!
leah–good point about “campaign promises”…you make such a GREAT “leader”!! nothing boring about you at all!!!
deerslayer–born and raised in the hills of western pennsylvania…phoenix is now my home…thanks for asking…
maddness…thanks for the 10 bright spots…except for #10–we’ll all meet again!!!
not much else to say today, except i hope you all are well…
best wishes to you all, my friends…
theansweris42–thanks for joining us…
cool where the big deer live, madness hope ya stick round, theansweris42 you ought to stick round also, seems like we are just having on big online get together if you ask me.
ugh, just the thought of a horrible death scares me. i need help. i cant enjoy life anymore thanks to the huge 2012 thing.
Deerslayer, Dude let me know when the BBQ is on. I ain’t going nowherea
zoe–how sad i am for you…good Lord!!! SNAP OUT OF IT!!! go find your joy and be happy!!! nobody knows for sure what 2012 will bring–except maybe maddness and company—and they ain’t sayin”!!! LOLOL –but that’s okay…in the meantime—you have a life to live—get out there and start living it…what are you waiting for???
please be well…
To be honest there is alot of evidence that the world will end in 2012 but it wont happend. People thought all electronics where going to go down in 2000 but look at what happened.
All December 21, 2012 is going to bring friggin chaos with all the idiots running round hollering a bunch of crap from like several thousand years ago that no one has ever heard of. I’ll be home that day clutching my guns to make sure no one tries any last minute “fun” stuff
that or out on my hunting lease, slaying deers lol
Sleighing deers? I think your copying off someone. LOL. Anywho D.S. in the end guns will not help or answer anything.
Your strongest weapon, you were born with.
Your ammunition comes from the side you choose.
Your life & death, a recording of your deeds.
If you think thats Maddness……..
“if you think that’s maddness… .. …
…then, put away your checkbooks folks !!! there’s more…!!!”
sorry, maddness…a poor attempt at a little humor…very little humor…but i just can’t help but think that this is a “one-time offer”…our one big chance to take advantage of these “huge savings”…
another rather obscure thought…our lives are remembered by the year we were born to the year that we die..(ie…1953 – 2012, for example) the distance between those years (our life span) is designated by one little dash…my question is…what have we done with the dash???
really no point, here—like a said, just a rather obscure thought…
be well…
According to Hindu Mythology The Kali-yuga
lasts for 432,000 years and we have already passed through 5,000 years only. Five hundred years ago Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared, He is an incarnation of God, Krishna, and He started the sankirtana movement, the movement of the chanting of the holy names of God. He said that a golden age could be created during the next 10,000 years
even though it is Kali-yuga [the Iron Age].
As for the end of the world, the Vedic scriptures inform us the creation of the universe is a cyclic affair. It is created, it existsfor some time, and then it is destroyed. So there is the “end of the world” but then everything is created again… So it’s an eternal cycle of creation and destruction. We have all the details and timesas well. I have mentioned two ages [Kali and Satya-yugas], there are actually four, Satya-yuga [1,728,000 years], Tretya-yuga[1,296,000 years], Dvarpa-yuga[864,000 years] and Kali-yuga[432,000 years], so
the total, a “Divya-yuga” is 4,320,000 years. So there are 1,000 Divya-yugas in one day of Lord Brahma [the topmost person in thisuniverse] everything [except some of the higher planets including theone on which Lord Brahma lives] is destroyed at the end of Lord Brahma’s day by a great fire and a great flood. Then for the period of
Lord Brahma’s night [another 1,000 DIvya-yugas or 4,320,000,000 years] there is no creation.
When Lord Brahma’s night is over he initiates
the creation again and the cycle starts again. So this devastation at the end of Lord Brahma’s day is called pralaya. It means partial devastation. There is also a maha-pralaya or a complete devastation at the end of Lord Brahma’s life. He also lives for about 100 years like us but instead of having 24 hour days his days are 4,320,000,000 years long… So at the end of his life everything in the universe is destroyed. But it is cyclical as well. It is described that Maha-Visnu
[God] is lying on the causal ocean and when He breathes out all the universes are created and when he breathes in all the universes are
destroyed… So one breath of God equals 4,320,000,000 * 2 * 365 * 100 earth years. This number is the total duration of the universe…
SO CHILL
I’m Lazy and stuff but MOVE TO THE HIGHEST POINT IN YOUR CITY IF IT HAPPENS
Jagdish Natwarlal Bhagwati???
Is that you??
the mayains couldnt event the wheel, let a lone figure out the exact date of doomsday
bottom line,according to the bible…..the end of the earth will occur…………nobody knows!
we will not no until it is too late
there will be one brief moment when not a single soul will be thinking about the end of civilization……thats when it will happen,mark my words.
erk, the end of the earth will occur?? What makes you think that. Slow down, smell the roses bub. Maybe, there will be one brief moment. When not a single soul will be thinking about the end of civilization.
Some will not know until it is too late, for others. You will feel like your Sarah Conner.
How do you get others to believe, what seems like madness??
Dear Becky,
“What have we done with the dash”???. That is an amazing question. One that I had to make sure, i had the right to shed my own insight & light on.
A qoute to start. Life is tragic simply because the earth turns and the sun inexorably rises and sets, and one day, for each of us, the sun will go down for the last, last time. Perhaps the whole root of our trouble, the human trouble, is that we will sacrifice all the beauty of our lives, will imprison ourselves in totems, taboos, crosses, blood sacrifices, steeples, mosques, races, armies, flags, nations, in order to deny the fact of death, which is the only fact we have.(James Baldwin, 1962)
Thats the tip of the iceberg. Morality, the word carries the concepts of moral standards, with regard to behavior. Moral responsibility, referring to our conscience and a moral identity, or one who is capable of right or wrong action. These actions & thoughts make us who we are. In one short dash.
In today’s world, morality is frequently thought of as belonging to a particular religious point of view, but by definition, we see that this is not the case. Everyone adheres to a moral doctrine of some kind. Others choose to ignore it. But, you can lie to everyone but your self…& God.
You should respond with what you think is the morally right thing to do, which may not be the same as what you would actually do. Again, we must decide for ourselves where the conscience originates. Many people hold to the idea that the conscience is a matter of our hearts, that concepts of right, wrong, and fairness are “programmed” in each of us.
The dash defines all that, & when you understand how time works,& that, that dash, that “time” was so short & so much was done. That in hindsight, you may amaze yourself at what you have done. Or be disappionted,cuz the hard truth is sobering.
You had wasted your “time”.
I didn’t answer anything did i?? I mean E=mc2, look into that. Understand the true meaning. how we all are one. How the ball never hits the bat, only the magentic feilds collide. Why is it against the “law”, to not have cable? And WHY doesnt ANYbody Care??
Uh,…. Any other questions, Smart Mouth 😉
XOXOXO
Your Friend,
M
Maddness, I am not the person you mentioned,
Dear Maddness,
That was well said!
Dear Becky,
That “Dash” question was really resounding….
It has made me think in retrospect about my own life….
To be frank, the dash in my life so far is just a Dash….. I have led a very selfish life, centered around me and my family and friends….. I hope i am able to make that dash significant before i call it a day…
BTW, for me, morality is the Golden Rule – “Do unto others as you want them to do to you”
Just a small observation with humour……re do unto others as you want them to do to you.
Sadomasachists fit right in, giving what they want in return. There is always more than one perspective to everything……even a philosophy.
I’ll stick with giving automatic respect to all, and then asking “what would you like”……or “how may I help you”……..then follow through IF I have what the other would like.
My way carries a health warning though……know what you want…..be careful what you wish for…….because you will get it.
maddness–smartmouth, here!!!
UHHHH–no?? no further questions, your honor… 🙂 Thanks so much for your thoughts…well said…
amit–i, too, want so very much to make that dash account for something…i do not, however, think it selfish of you to take care of yourself, family and friends…that is what you are supposed to do…to NOT take care of them, would be selfish…
…and so begins another day…may we all make it count…
love and best wishes…
Amit…. you say that for you morality is the “golden rule”… to do unto to others as you want them to do unto… sounds great but unfortunately most people do not follow the golden rule in its entirety… dont get me wrong there are people that are trying their best… its just too bad that greed and other things get in the way…
i believe that the people that are preaching the golden rule should always remember that part of it is that you can’t forget that others may not have made the choice to follow it. In realizing that, you can not let that alter your choice to follow it even if they don’t.
The individuals that do this are the ones that truly follow the golden rule……..
Wasn’t there some quack from France who predicted the end of the world on May 25 2005 or something because the aliens were going to land based on their solar calender? I mean if we were to believe every doomsday story rotating around here, there would be a problem alright. Too many ppl get caught up in these lies and harm themselves. I mean if you really think about it, had it been the end of the world we would get some serious signs to that fact. No some myth stemming from thousands of years ago!
People are so gullible, they’ll believe anything. Wasn’t it Chicken Little who said “the sky is falling, the sky is falling?”
i think that in 2012 or sometime in the near future that there may be a chance of something happening to the human race, its just an opinion and i havent been watching too much t.v. but i think thats its possible of a nuclear war with all thats going on in the midddle and far east its very easy for one of these religous nuts mad on virgins and power will want to to just push a button, then most super powers such as USA or korea i think would do the same as retaliation…… you never know.
I think that as soon as 2012 gets in we can elect Palin and get some good people in Congress in 2010 and then elect good people for Judicial and we should all be perfectly fine.
SARAH PALIN???@##$%%^&* 🙁
deerslayer–snap out of it!!!
SARAH PALIN???@##$%%^&* 🙂
Deerslayer– I like your style.
I can’t wait for the transexual alien from venus to run for
President.
thats when we’ll know where in a free country!
JK, this will never be a free country.
Captain America, will be back soon, with his pro-americain thoughts. Thanks to D.S.
i am rendered speechless…:) 🙁 ???!!!!
” Dont worry about the world ending today when it’s already tomorrow in Australia”
Barack Obama has made history and then “remade” it — and he has done so numerous times. But two lies in particular have been especially consequential: Obama’s pledge not to run for President in 2008, and his commitment to participate in federal financing for his general election campaign, with its consequent spending limits. The news this past Sunday that Obama raised $150 million for his campaign in February shows the significance of the second lie.
The more consequential lie of the 2008 Obama campaign, and the one that may determine the outcome of the election, was Obama’s promise to accept federal funds for the general election if his opponent did. It was a given that John McCain, the co-author of campaign finance reform legislation with liberal Democrat Russ Feingold, was going to observe the federal spending limit of $84 million that accompanied the funds. Obama, on the other hand, never had any intention of limiting his spending to that amount.
Wake-up Sheep. Soon you shall be lead to the slaughter house. Not surprisingly, the mainstream media have been unconcerned about Obama’s backtracking and dishonesty on his pledge to participate in federal financing of the general election campaign. For a day or two, some journalists and pundits made it sound like Obama had let them down. But shortly thereafter, the move was viewed as smart, strategic, and necessary — in order to keep you confused.
Since federal financing of Presidential elections began in 1976, no candidate had ever opted out of the system before Barack Obama. Obama’s excuse for doing so was, to put it gently, pretty lame. In reality, the rationale he provided for his action, was a lie. Obama “argued” that he feared an infusion of special interest group money paying for attack ads against him. Hence, Obama needed to be armed for battle, and $84 million in federal campaign money for the general election, was not enough.
In time all the lies, will bear out the truth.
How do you know, tomorrow will reach Australia?
– Ever since Barack Obama became a prominent political fixture in the country, he has encountered a fair number of rumors and smears concerning him and his family.
There was the one rumor about him being a secret Muslim (he is a practicing Christian). And there was the one allegation his wife, Michelle, was caught on videotape using the word “whitey” (no such clip has ever surfaced).
Most of the charges were, for the most part, put to rest by vigorous responses from the Obama team during the campaign.
But one conspiracy theory lives on. Out of the gaze of the mainstream and even the conservative media is a flourishing culture of advocates, theorists and lawyers, all devoted to proving that Barack Obama isn’t eligible to be president of the United States. Viewed as irrelevant by the White House, and as embarrassing by much of the Republican Party, the subculture still thrives from the conservative website WorldNetDaily, which claims that some 300,000 people have signed a petition demanding more information on Obama’s birth, to Cullman, Alabama, where Sen. Richard Shelby took a question on the subject at a town hall meeting last week.
Their confinement to the fringe hasn’t cooled the passion of believers; the obscure New York preacher James Manning turned up at a National Press Club session in December to declare the president “the most notorious criminal in the history not just of America, but of this entire planet.”
A quick reality check, before we dive in: The challenges to Obama’s eligibility have no grounding in evidence. Courts across the country have summarily rejected the movement’s theory — that Obama can’t be a citizen because his father wasn’t —as a misreading of U.S. law; and Hawaii officials, along with contemporary birth announcements, affirm that Obama was in fact born in Honolulu in 1961.
But belief in obscure, discredited theories is a constant in a country with a history of partisan division — a country in which, a recent survey showed, 34 percent of the public believes in UFOs and 24 percent believes in witches..
But the thriving birth-obsessed fringe also poses political risks and opportunities for the Obama White House, coming as it does after a campaign that devoted a substantial effort to rebutting another, now fading, myth — that Obama is a Muslim who would insist on being sworn in on the Koran.
The risk, of course, is the growth of a segment of the population, however small, that views the president as illegitimate.
“Some individuals and groups who are opposed to Obama’s presidency want an ‘acceptable’ reason to cite to convince other individuals and groups who might be on the fence to join in their way of thinking,” said Patricia Turner, who studies rumors at the University of California, Davis. “The notion that his presidency is actually in violation of the Constitution has a fundamentally patriotic appeal.”
The opportunity for the White House? It’s one of which some conservatives are sharply aware — that the Birthers may discredit Obama’s more mainstream enemies.
“At some level, they’re not that bad to have around because it reminds people that under the mainstream conservative press there’s this bubbling up of really irrational hatred for the guy,” said former Clinton White House press secretary Jake Siewert.
Siewert recalled that his predecessor, Mike McCurry, sometimes deliberately called on a conservative radio host, Lester Kinsolving, just to undercut more mainstream criticism of the president.
Umm…where was i…Gnostic joe? Has anyone seen the Mask of Jupiter?
Shoemaker trusted the Elves….. I smell pooh.
O.K. I know where to go now….Bye Becky. Amit, your buddy says hello…. Everyone can use E.S.P.
We ask are you, netahoy?
LOLOL. Ask Maddness why.
PETITION FOR PUBLIC RELEASE OF
BARACK HUSSEIN OBAMA’S BIRTH CERTIFICATE
To: Electoral College, Congress of the United States, Federal Elections Commission, U.S. Supreme Court, President of the United States, other controlling legal authorities
Whereas, by requirement of the United States Constitution, Article 2, Section 1, no one can be sworn into office as president of the United States without being a natural born citizen;
Whereas, there is sufficient controversy within the citizenry of the United States as to whether presidential election winner Barack Obama was actually born in Hawaii as he claims;
Whereas, Barack Obama has refused repeated calls to release publicly his entire Hawaiian birth certificate, which would include the actual hospital that performed the delivery;
Whereas, lawsuits filed in several states seeking only proof of the basic minimal standard of eligibility have been rebuffed;
Whereas, Hawaii at the time of Obama’s birth allowed births that took place in foreign countries to be registered in Hawaii;
Whereas, concerns that our government is not taking this constitutional question seriously will result in diminished confidence in our system of free and fair elections;
hey i don’t think the Mayans are right about doomsday, but i do believe something bad will happen to mankind near the future.
ex black holes near earth, gamma rays, sun’s solar flares, and many others. There are so much evidence to support these bad things told above. There are not much eviddence to support to doomsday myth. I believe the mayan calendar just was too old and broke down. i not completey saying the mayans are lying but they might be true too. I believe all of mankind should find the 13 crytals skulls of the mayans before doomsday. who knows if dooms day if TRUE or not.
Funny that 2012 turns into a politic issue. Maybe idiot Bush had something to do with the end of world economics!
Seriously, it really surprises me so many people believing all this nonesense!
Hell , I still have y2k supplies!
has anybody ever read the translated tablets that were found in northern Iraq?? well, I did, and you can too, at losttranslations.org….pretty scarey stuff to say the least…and im also glad that NASA put out a statement that went something like this….We predict that 2/3 of Earths population will decease when Plant X/ Nibiru passes through our solar system. And I also like how they re-tracted the article…pretty nifty huh??
what wrong with Palin, Captain America, yes Obama has made history but that is irrelevant now, he has gotten the chair (I didn’t have time to read your whole post) but yes its great we have a black president, I can;t wait for the day we have a native american president but Obama being historic is irrelevant now, by the way who did you back? Also why did Obama sit in that church for 20 years with Reverend Wright. He didn’t say God Bless America. He was up their yelling God Damn America. You can’t just say that about somehting and then plan to run for the president and listen to him for about 20 years. You just don’t do that. I am very conservative and I actually think some of them need to be quiet but I like what a lot of them are opposing so strongly such as the bailout, I hate that blasted bailout. Anyway, ya
Obama, Palin, Bush, Hillary……. They are all alike. They are just politicians…. Puppets…
The “String Pullers” are all behind the scenes…
The usage of the Bailout Money is being leaked out slowly. 1 CEO got himself a Private Jet.. Another company sent its top management to a luxurious Holiday on a remote island!
This is what they are doing with the bailout money….
send me info saying that it is this date that the world will end
i know that it will come to an end very soon but what proof can u show me that it will God will come when He says it is time
it doesn’t worry me if the world would really end. i can’t do anything about it so why worry
My wife’s birthday is December 22. On that day in 2012 she will turn forty. I know the end of the world will occur December 21, 2012 because she will destroy all life before letting that happen!!!
LOL!!!
Good One Charles!!!! 🙂
LMAO..
Charles you are funny for that one..
Frederick has a good point.. but not many people are worrying.. It’s more of trying to get people to realize a truth.. And the absolute truth is that no one has the real facts, no ones knows when the world is going to end.. This is a debate that can and will last until that day..
Only GOD can determine our fate and he is the only one who can tell us..
i ran out of time.. i’ll complete this later on..
nice one Charles, Life After Death I completely agree with you but a few of these people don’t much seem to understand that. hehe, Amit, what you just said is exactly what I have been trying to say for the past however long I have been doing this.
charles–too funny!!!!!!!!
“hell hath no fury like a woman scorned”…does it????? 🙂
these high-finance recipients of this bail-out just don’t seem to get it, do they??? instead of a corporate airliner- they downsized to a smaller jet…instead of renting the whole island, they downsized to just the motel…bless their little hearts…it really is very discouraging…they have lived so “high on the hog” for so long, they just can’t seem to comprehend “doing without completely”…it’s hard to change that mindset…the “sponsors” should also be held accountable…they are equatable to “high-finance lobbyists”…
…guess we’ll have to wait and see…
be well…
This is exactly what I have been saying the whole time. Thats why I hate bailouts.
i think monkeys will take over the world!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
mark my words when they do come we r dead!!!
People come on here and say dumb shitt..
“U smell like donkey ass”(the name above mine) is ignorant for his comment.. The world is not going to end due to monkeys.. It’ll end because of something unknown at the moment but can only make since.. Not because some lazy ass person didn’t feel like completing a calendar.. People believe everything that sounds logical(even unlogical)..
Fuck the Bail-Out Money.. It would be no use in the first place.. the second place.. third.. etc.
havent u seen planet of the apes?????!!!
we will die by our very own primates mark my words.
youz a sucka anyways
The world is gone end when i kick yall asses.. i got cases and cases of Gatorade so i don’t get tired.. Because when im done that’s gone be a whole lot of ass whipped.. !!
Ur ignorant nigger
im white and rich bitch… !!!
Then y u go to cass
Because ”im poor as hell…” !!!
If u go to cass then y u poor ur suppose to be a smart intelectual individual
but yet and still……. youz a sucka
I have actually seen what modern-day Mayans look like. I am pretty sure that I am part Mayan.
I’m not entirely sure, of course.That is because the relatively-modern listing known as a person’s family tree would never be able to trace all the way back to Pre-Columbian times. Still, I know for sure that my father’s mother’s family has some Mesoamerican ansectry in their History.
Will time suddenly stop on the exact date of 12-21-2012? In my personal opinion, no, time will not stop. The future will continue as it gets planned. If the Mayan calender does indeed run out, please, go about your typical daily concerns! Please, do not panic! The Gregorian is still going to be here. I simply do not see why so many people are so insanely terrified of this.
I like this argument and also I have to agree with Life after Death on sscrew the bailout money, Our kids and grandkids will be paying for it for the rest of there lives
blahh j, u smell… etc—please keep those kind of remarks to yourselves…
REAOWU REAOWU!!!! the work is going to end! REAOWU!
The work is going to end, you mean the world is going to end
HOORAY FOR BOOBIES!!!
hehe, hurray for boobies, thats funny dude, anyhoo whats everyone else up to
For you conservatives vistit my site,
liberalssuck.webs.com or freewebs.com/liberalssuck
2 me its pretty simple 2 see that if god really wanted us 2 know the date that we were goin 2 die he would of never made us in the first place that’s like sitting in the movies and the guy behinds u blurts out the end…… would u wanna watch…… fuck no u wouldn’t………. and do u think god even cares about wat we call time when a million years is just a drop of rain….. be real……..
Becky,
I’m unable to make out the Head or Tail of most of the comments that have been posted in the last couple of days!
Looks like an entirely new Horde has swarmed this thread.
Anyways, somehow i feel inclined to check this page out everyday! Reluctant to leave the old Meeting Place of the Campfire….
Still miss Espumpin 🙁
It seems to me that picking 13.0.0.0.0 is arbitrary. Why wouldn’t the calendar end at 19.19…..19 +1 ? The whole thing is base 20. Right? The last date would be 20.0.0….0. Yes?
Thanks for noticing,……. the MaDhOuSe.
LOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLLOlMAO.
Visit my site at freewebs.com/liberalssuck for some serious liberal vs. conservative on the forums on the site
Garble flerf burbles
amit–, me, too…makes me so sad…and i, too, will keep checkin in, just in case…on the up side, look what this thread did—it brought us all together…even though it SEEMS to have outlived its usefulness to us, it served it’s purpose well FOR US…sorta made the world a little smaller, and easier to grasp…i, for one, am, and will forever remain, eternally grateful…it brought you, leah, just a thought, rico, espumpin, lil A, maddness, personna non grata, gnostic joe, debauch…and so many more into my life…what a gift and a privilege!!!!
so, yeah—i’ll keep checkin in…this place is far from forgotten…
please be well and stay well…
Yeah I know I haven’t been with you guys very long but really lately nothing has made since lately, anyhoo remember to visit my site at liberalssuck.webs.com
deerslayer–you are all-inclusive…no worries…
Imagine a fairy chain stretched from mountain peak to mountain peak, as far as the eye could reach, and paid out until it reached the ‘high places’ of the earth at a number of ridges, banks, and knowls. Then visualise a mound, circular earthwork, or clump of trees, planted on these high points, and in low points in the valley other mounds ringed around with water to be seen from a distance. Then great standing stones brought to mark the way at intervals, and on a bank leading up to a mountain ridge or down to a ford the track cut deep so as to form a guiding notch on the skyline as you come up…. Here and there, at two ends of the way, a beacon fire used to lay out the track. With ponds dug on the line, or streams banked up into ‘flashes’ to form reflecting points on the beacon track so that it might be checked when at least once a year the beacon was fired on the traditional day. All these works exactly on the sighting line.
You do undersand, dont you? Those of the C.F.C. 2012 is when so many things come together. Everything will be drawn together, & tied. The science of feng shui, literally “wind and water”, recognized that certain powerful currents and lines of magnetism run invisible through the landscape over the whole surface of the earth. The task of the geomancer was to detect these currents and interpret their influences on the land through which they passed.
Is this Science? Is the Magic?
These lines of magnetic force, known in China as the “dragon current”, or lung-mei, existed in two forms: the yin, or negative, current represented by the white tiger, and the yang, or positive, current, represented by the blue dragon. The landscape will display both yin and yang features; gently undulating country is yin, or female, while sharp rocks and steep mountains are yang, or male.
May you find your light
Aizou
|Sorry, meant (Is it Magic?)
A foolish man is soon angry, and is hasty in expressing it; he is ever in trouble and running into mischief. It is kindness to ourselves to make light of injuries and affronts, instead of making the worst of them. It is good for all to dread and detest the sin of lying, and to be governed by honesty. Whisperings and evil surmises, like a sword, separate those that have been dear to each other. The tongue of the wise is health, making all whole. If truth be spoken, it will hold good; whoever may be disobliged, still it will keep its ground. Deceit and falsehood bring terrors and perplexities. But those who consult the peace and happiness of others have joy in their own minds. If men are sincerely righteous, the righteous God has engaged that no evil shall happen to them. But they that delight in mischief shall have enough of it.Make conscience of truth, not only in words, but in actions.Foolish men proclaim to all the folly and emptiness of their minds. Those who will not take pains in an honest calling, living by tricks and dishonesty, are paltry and beggarly. Care, fear, and sorrow, upon the spirits, deprive men of vigour in what is to be done, or courage in what is to be borne. A good word from God, applied by faith, makes the heart glad. The righteous is abundant; though not in this world’s goods, yet in the graces and comforts of the Spirit, which are the true riches. Evil men vainly flatter themselves that their ways are not wrong.The slothful man makes no good use of the advantages Providence puts in his way, and has no comfort in them. The substance of a diligent man, though not great, does good to him and his family. He sees that God gives it to him in answer to prayer.The way of religion is a straight, plain way; it is the way of righteousness. There is not only life at the end, but life in the way; all true comfort.
aizou and debauch…THANK YOU !!!
Aizou and Debauch, under a tree. Thinking about, how it shooould be. First came the flood, then came Carnage. Despite what they say, ppl still walk into the Hazards.
LOLOLOLOLOLLOLOLOLOLO
|M, you are one sick puppy. Dude!!
|Becky, trust me, no thank yous are ever necessary. Considering it is we, who must thank all of you’s.
Ask BBart, Leah & Espumpin. The light you seek, is behind the door you must open.
Just be careful of what you wish for.
I hope this did not come out wrong……
Dear PNG and Debauch,
Good to hear from you again,….
Wonder where BBart has disappeared though, been quite long since we heard from him here…
I haven’t found the right door yet….
Dear Becky,
Absoluetly agree with you about this thread..
Couldn’t have asked for more!
Its great to have all these wonderful friends!
Debauch,
Must confess that i have been guilty of expressing my anger, hastily at times…
But i am learning the art of detachment …..
PNG,
I dont even know what to wish for…
I am just taking life as it comes..
Expectation is the mother of all problems.. Thats what life has taught me thus far..
Expect nothing, so that whatever you get will always be more than enough to satisfy you!
And so the Earth spun as it always had, lifeless. The dreams are becoming more and more and more clear. But in the dreams it all starts on that most unforgetable day at 5:00pm, why not at midnight if thats when the callender ends. Is the calender wrong?or off in some way? Or is it just a dream. Oh well ima get some sleep….
good morning-all
PnG–no worries–you said that just fine…but please understand that to say “thanks” is a necessary part of my being…it holds me in a state of gratitude,and helps keep me humble…when you all so unselfishly share with me, i am IN DEED, grateful…especially when i’m not so sure that i have offered anything in return…
amit, i too, wonder about my “doors”…i like to think they are all doors or “opportunity”…though, sometimes there is a real fine line between “expectation” and “opportunity”…opportunity, for me, carries more hope…with opportunity, it’s up to me, and me alone…if i am disappointed, then i have no one to blame but myself—try again…if i am pleased, then i have learned or accomplished something, and it brings me but one step closer…
i can “wish on a lucky star”, or “wish on a song and a prayer”…but opportunity and hope carries something more concrete for me…
as for war—“might does not necessarily make right”…our troops are asked to do unconscieable things…they do it out of “duty”… i feel a need to separate them from the cause…they do what is asked and required of them by the oath that they have taken…i pray they all make it home…
but, i, too, have a “duty”, and mine it to make sure i am marching in the right army…
i “hope” i am–not i “wish i were”…
thanks for letting me share—sorry for the “out in left field” approach…but that’ is where i live—out in left field…
best wishes to you all—please be well…
Don’t worry……Be happy.
DONTWORRY,BHAPPY.
they joy is alway there, maddness! 🙂
where’d all the other ppl, on the other thread go? I know I ain’t touching that s**t over there. That’s deep s**t they laid all over the place.
But, how come Leah or Rico ain’t say nutin?
I wonder if the cats got the science crew by the tongue or they packed it in.
Hello? Can anyone read me? Hello? oh well, at least Becks, A’s & I are still around. Now whats that you guy’s said about all the looneys coming on the page lately?
Who do you thnk, pointed the way & opened the door? Jeez, yud thunk i’d get me a thanks, but noooo……..
Maddness,
Dont worry, Leah and Rico will be right back….
Even the other page is quiet for the last 2 days….
I’ll be surprised if those guys pack it in, it was pretty long winded, will take a while to pack it in….
But i have another thought… This a period of lull, i’m waiting for the storm that follows!!
Cheers!
Amit.
I like your thinking. Maybe I should make some popcorn & wait. Hmmmm…… By george, i’ll do it!!!!!
Hi,
No storm coming from my direction.
Just keeping an eye on all the SH*T that’s flying……..wondering when its going to hit the fan.
Be well,
Leah
Check out Rock/Asteroid 2009 FH…..second close shave this month.
Just because it can be
I don’t get it???
Just because it can be…………..?? What? C’mon what’s it gonna be??
The Stone of Destiny & Quotes from the Queen, such as these…..”I declare before you all that my whole life, whether it be long or short, shall be devoted to your service and the service of our great imperial family to which we all belong.” |What great imperial family do they all belong? or “They are not royal. They just happen to have me as their aunt”. What happened to “our great imperial family to which we all belong.”
Yeah, I think they are just scrathing their heads for now, maybe doing some homework.
J.A.T. I understand, I just wish you would share more of your thoughts, more often.
hi, “guys”!!! what’d ya hear???
is that a great “catch phrase”, or what???
kinda nice to listen to the “sounds of silence” once in a while…i, too, noticed that the other thread has grown eerily quiet…i’m sure leah and rico check in–just as we all do…
JAT, i agree with PnG…would like to hear from you more often…how’s those precious “three little faces”?
maddness? enjoy the popcorn??? how was the “show”? even those “silent movies” are fun to watch sometimes…
and amit–yeppers..the “lull before the storm”..we’ve seen it before…
yeah–it’s definitely a “slow news day”…definitely…(like in the movie “the rainman”…3 minutes till Wopner”..definitely…)but it’s nice to sit back and catch a breath…and just “enjoy the view”…definitely
best wishes to you all…please take care and be well…
YES THE WORLD WILL END ON 21.12.21…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..00.00.00…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..00.00.00.00…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………21……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….12…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………21………………………………………………………………………………….21………………………………12…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
DoOmsDAy
21=12=21=12==============================================12211221=================================================================================================================================1====2============21======0=====0====0=====0====================000=====================00===============12===============================21====================21====================12========================000=================================00=======================0===0====0===0=====12=============12=====21====12====21=======120021211200
DOoMS DAy
felix, any relation to Maddness???
leah–thanks so much for checkin’ in…yours are good eyes to have watching…they see more than most…
PnG…you make me smile..
felix…easy, big fella!!!! …i wouldn’t “pack it all in” just yet…the “caution” flags are flying…we may be reaching a critical “red zone” area, but this is far from over…
to all…take care and please be well
Much humility at the kind words,
three faces are little and doing well, thank you.
It is good to be able to share ideas, as opposed to forcing opinions.
becky, what do you mean I am all-inclusive, I haven’t been on in a while and am just now readn that comment
I was gonna commit suicide, though I’m too chicken to pull the trigger. 2012 was the answer to my prayers and now you’re saying it’s not going to be? Ratz foiled again!
That is not true. Not to mention, most of the things that are happening now Nostradamus predicted would happen many years ago. To this day, all predictions he made of our future are true & accurate!
All and all, with all the predictions that are correct & with all of the events that are occuring right now, this is definitely a sign that something big is going to happen. This world is indeed the true dark times as much as I believe due to these events alone, “the end” is in our lifetime.
is this a close call?
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wTlqtoQf3Ik
Personally, |I don’t know what to make of it?
Questions, comments or smart remarks appreciated.
|Cuz, i’ma kinda |Fre|Aki|Ng Out mAn. 😉
JAT–AMEN!@#$%%%!
deerslayer—i mentioned a list of people that i was very grateful for…you said that you hadn’t been amongst us for very long, and i meant that you were included in that list…along with many others—that’s all…
dmlp—not sure how to take your post–just hope that you aren’t serious…please find your peace….but not with/by suicide…
best wishes to all…please be well…
I have come to a conclusion:
Nibiru is a sibling star to the sun which harvest several satalite planets orbiting it which contain higher life on them. They were the ones who created mankind. Nibiru will cause gravitational disturbancs because when it orbit us, it will be like having 2 suns, a really hot one (our original) and a warm one, Nibiru being warm allows its satalites/planets to be so close to it and be fine. I wouldn’t be surprised if in 2011 we get “visitors” who capture %40of man to enslave on their planet again. basically picking the harvest that they planted 26000 years ago…
thats what i think!
Man, this brings me back 9 years. Why did people think the Earth would end again? Man, I forgot. Which brings me to my next point. PEOPLE WILL FORGET! Remember Y2K? Remember 6/6/06? People were pretty scared as I remember. But yet, here I am, typing on my computer. This is such trash.
The Mayans? BFD. If they were so great, they would still be here. And who said the end of a calendar meant the end of the world? Does this mean I should be hiding in a bomb shelter every December 31st instead of sipping champagne watching Dick ClarK?
And as for this planet. Man is pretty good with space. We can see things millions of light years away. I think that if this thing would be arriving in 2012, we would see it already.
Can’t wait to see the date for the next doomsday! I’ll get the popcorn and we can watch the nut jobs!
That is funny, because if it was really doomsday you wouldn’t, “get the popcorn and watch the nut jobs”.
No, you’d be on your hands & knees in some corner. Crying & praying, & by then it will be for nothing.
So because others have cried wolf, before.
You won’t believe the new cries now?
I hope you don’t get bit in the a** for it.
hey ppl. anyway some people will survive because they have boats. and when that doomsday comes the boats will float. Also there are cruise ships. but then we will run out of food. and we’ll die of hugryness. thats better than drowning. Im only twelve and none of u peoples thought about this. We are going to drown becuz. the mayans said that the ice glaciers in the north and south pole are going to melt and is going to drown everything. Seach the movie:2012. there is a movie about this.
Seach the movie: |Willie |Wonka, it has a better ending.
Even though we cannot be sure about 2012 yet, i still get flustered when people compare it with 6/6/6 or Y2K!!!
That was entirely rubbish, without any basis.. But there are lots of facts to back up the claims of 2012…. We cannot treat it on par with Y2K or 6/6/6….
Also came across a stupid comment about the Mayans above – “The Mayans? BFD. If they were so great, they would still be here”
Well, who said Mayans are not here?? We have had many people with Mayan ancestory on this thread.. And there are Thousands of Mayans living in present day Mexico too.
People dont realise that they really do need to know more about something before opening their traps and coming up with snide remarks!!
Yeah, Me 2 🙂
Even though we cannot be sure about 2012’s sex yet, i still get called GAY when people compare me to ville valo or bam margera!! (there both the faggets not me)
That was entirely not right, without any condoms.. But there are lots of cum shots to claim 2012…. We cannot treat it on par with me or you…..
Also came across a stupid comment about my stupid family and me above – “The Family? BFD. If they were so great, they would still be here”
Well, who said my family are not here?? We have had many people with my family ancestory on this thread.. And there are Thousands of my gay family living in present day Mexico too.so eat my pussy and fuck me!!!!!!
People dont realise that they really do need to know more about something before opening their traps and coming up with snide remarks!!
TO WAHLEAH:
WHAT DO YOU MEAN?
WHAT R U EVEN TALKING ABOUT?
Hmm, well let me put in my 2 cents, I don’t believe that 2012 will be the end, I believe that Jesus will come back and then there will be a 7 year tribulation and then the rest will go to hell who haven’t converted by the time God sets the world ablaze. But I don’t believe that Jesus will come until we have completed what he wants for us to complete here on earth. Thats what I believe will happen. It says somewhere in the Bible, not sure where off the top of my head, it says that the end is near, What is near, million years, thousand years, 1 year, tomorrow. When we think of Biblical times of when the earth was created it says it was completed in six days, On the seventh day God rested. But we think about the earth being billions of years old. I have no idea what time is to God, no one knows, people trick themselves into thinking they know but no one knows. I personally believ God is still in the resting stage, I have no idea but he isn’t creating anything that I know of. Correct me if I am wrong but that is sort of my idea of it. Me personally, I don’t believe that the earth is as old as “experts” say, I believ that it is roughly a 100,000 years or so. because do you really think a dinosaur one will stay intact for 60 million years or however long they say it is. Maybe it can idk. I think that a day in heaven is about a thousand years on earth. Because if you think about a 100,000 years then it would probably make sense if you thought about it.
Wahleah is only trying to prove his stupidity… And he has done it very well!!
Now everyone should be convinced about his mental faculties, or the lack of them rather..
how sad!!!!!! so very sad!!!
HahAhaHA, Amit thought Wahleah is a dude. My moms and ugly son of bitch, but shes a girl. LOLOlolOLoLoLolLol. I gotta tell dad.
A single moment of understanding can flood a whole life with meaning.
(unknown)
I am a future traveler and perhaps this person’s theory might have been correct but i have been to 2012 and while everything is not destroyed as it says. A massive change has occurred. Simply prepare in your mind for massive change and make sure you are up to date with all your finances and also be sure that you have money on your person. it could make the difference of you eating or not. oh and just say no to the electronic gps device for “your safety” its not true.
Boy, if their naming the kids |Paterick in the future. I’d rather not go.
Thursday, March 26, 2009
Plans to shut down tent cities in California and relocate homeless people to government-run facilities have stoked fears that the move could be a pretext for a wider internment of Americans in the event of a total economic collapse.
“California Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger said a make-shift tent city for the homeless that sprang up in the capital city of Sacramento will be shut down and its residents allowed to stay at the state fairgrounds,
Homeless people will be moved to the the state facility known as Cal-Expo as the Sacramento City Council last night agreed to spend $880,000 to expand homeless programs.
“Together with the local government and volunteers, we are taking a first step to ensure the people living in tent city have a safe place to stay, with fresh water, healthy conditions and access to the services they need,” Schwarzenegger said in a statement. “And I am committed to working with Mayor Johnson to find a permanent solution for those living in tent city.”
That “permanent solution” has some people worried that many more Americans could be interned against their will in the event of widespread rioting and the implementation of martial law.
The purpose of such facilities is to provide “temporary housing, medical, and humanitarian assistance to individuals and families dislocated due to an emergency or major disaster,” the expansion of which under FEMA is codified under HR 645.
Ominously, the bill states that the camps can be used to “meet other appropriate needs, as determined by the Secretary of Homeland Security,” an open ended mandate which many fear could mean the forced detention of American citizens in the event of widespread rioting after a national emergency or total economic collapse.
Wake- up America
By the way, here’s the homework. Do yours.
Kellogg, Brown and Root had been awarded a $385 million dollar contract by Homeland Security to construct detention and processing facilities in the event of a national emergency.
The language of the preamble to the agreement veils the program with talk of temporary migrant holding centers, but it is made clear that the camps will also be used “as the development of a plan to react to a national emergency.”
I’m scared someone tell me it’s definately not true. i want to grow up and be a teacher! i have all these dreams
My 47th birthday is on 12/21/2012
I am having a BIG party!
Location is the 3rd planet from the Sun.
I expect birthday presents from all those who think the world will end afterwards as it will be the only present i receive from them.
Oh and don’t wrap it in Christmas paper….I am SO over that.
thanks in advance!!
I think it is b.s. that people are saying the world is going to end in 2012.
I am only going to be 18 && If it ends may 21, 2012 then i will only be 17.
That is kinda scary thinking of stuff like that.
I hate hearing it.
So untill the year of 2012, Im gonna live my life to the fullest && take whatever comes.
-Thank You,
”Elisha Hopkins”.
Whether the world ends or not (I think it likely won’t but who am I to talk.) the idea of me ending my life at the age of 16 is preposterous. I don’t quite understand why lunatics everywhere keep making dates where we’re all supposed to die. All this Nibiru stuff is confusing too. First I hear about this brown dwarf star, then I hear that its planet X, and some idiot said it was Eris (seriously, how misguided can people get?!). I mean come on, Don’t post your own understanding and call it fact (I doubt any of us ACTUALLY know fact at this point, who knows? I could be wrong.)
Plus people keep changing what Nibiru is; Brown Dwarf, Planet, Giant Asteroid, Comet, Mini Constellation and Annunaki Mothership. What’s next, A SHOE?!
But setting all this turmoil aside… Thank you for taking your time to write this Article Mr. O’Neill.
I’m going to have a wonderfully happy moment if I wake up on December 22 2012 and the Earth is perfectly fine.
All the best,
-June
Each of us will only live so long, the exact amount of time for each is unknown, I try to attend to every day as it comes by caring for those around me the best way I know how. I know one day will be my last, maybe tomorrow, or in 2012, or in 50 years but, on that day the world will end , for me.
I feel I would lose out on today if I worried all the time about it.
EDITOR’S NOTE: The following info came personally to me by internet message or email. Factual? Hard to verify at all: the plight of a private citizen trying to part the cloaks of secrecy. So we are left with myths, but myths are powerful, sometimes more so than bombs. Why do we still play silly secrecy games, when now the whole earth appears to be so deeply wounded? Perhaps the following came from the very few of great courage.
ONE
“First, you need to know that one of the rocket/missiles tested at China Lakes was the “sidewinder”; second, you need to know that Almagordo was the long range testing area for that particular rocket; third, you need to know that starting in the early 40s there was joint AF/Navy flight testing taking place in New Mexico under the purview of an agency which was later to become NASA. All of the above statements can be verified with documentation and firsthand testimony.”
TWO
“I’ll call a friend and check it out…thanks for the update…p.s. there are some RF weapons being tested out there…pretty nasty and unpredictable.”
“. . .we air tested them but were restricted from testing below 25,000 ft. due to unknown consequences…the air tests cause topical damage in higher terrain.”
“. . .we did carry large power systems on the c130’s…a mile long antenna stretched out the rear of the aircraft.”
” . . .a rhythmic wave which can cause havoc to anything it hits, problem was we don’t have directional control from the air.”
“. . . you think that Mir is falling apart because its old…no way…it keeps gettin hit.”
THREE
(different source than above) ” . . .funny he was talking about Mir getting hit [OP ANON] told me he SHOT DOWN a sattelite by accident….an unmanned one but this was a hand held weapon. I don’t think we used that weapon much after that! Can you imagine a hand held weapon that nothing on earth will stop, just keeps on going out into space?” [see Tesla quote above]
FOUR
(concerning bases in Washington State and New Mexico)
“Well, I just don’t know. Ya know how it is there, with Ft Lewis going boom all the time, well I got used to that, this on the other hand makes me want to dive for a shelter. Holloman is 24 some odd miles away, and still it scares me. Every time it happens I want to go out and see a big fireball, but never see a damned thing. Also, that report of them testing the possibility of worm holes here has me on edge, the thought of them setting off explosions to look for worm holes is spooky! Can ya control a worm hole, and is doing it at ground level a good idea? Well anyway if all goes well, they will work themselves up from conventional bombs to nukes. Now ain’t that a kick in the pants? Hopefully that will be a space based adventure.”
|Wake-up, the battle is for your mind |& soul
|They will not let this be posted for long. |Print it, make a copy, spread the info!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Subj: Re: CHINA LAKE EARTHQUAKES: PULSED
Date: 98-03-10 19:06:26 EST
From: Phikent
To: [email protected]
In a message dated 98-03-10 18:20:54 EST, you write:
<>
“In 1896 while his fame was still on the ascendant he planned a nice quiet
little vibration experiment in his Houston Street laboratory [ New York City]. Since he
had moved into these quarters in 1895, the place had established a reputation for itself
because of the peculiar noises and lights that emanated from it at all hours of
the day and night, and because it was constantly being visited by the most famous
people in the country.
“The quiet little vibration experiment produced an earthquake, a real
earthquake in which people and buildings and everything in them got a more tremendous
shaking than they did in any of the natural earthquakes that have visitedthe metropolis.
In an area of a dozen square city blocks, occupied by hundreds ofbuildings housing tens of
thousands of persons, there was a sudden roaring and shaking, shattering of panes of glass,
breaking of steam, gas and water pipes.Pandemonium reigned as small objects danced around
rooms, plaster descended from walls and ceilings, and pieces of machinery weighing tons
were moved from their bolted anchorages and shifted to awkward spots in factory lofts.
“It was all cause, quite unexpectedly, by a little piece of apparatus you could
slip in your pocket, “said Tesla.
Tesla’s most important contribution to knowledge, however, was the
discovery of terrestrial stationary waves, proving, according to
Encyclopaedia Britannica, that the Earth could be used as a conductor
and “would be as responsive as a tuning fork to electrical vibrations.”
He was to light 200 lamps 40km away without using wires, and created
man-made lightning. But it his more outlandish claims, documented in
laboratory and other papers held in Belgrade’s Nikola Tesla Museum,
which have allegedly captured more recent attention.
Tesla claimed he could snap the Earth in two, could destroy aircraft
400 km away with a death ray, and could use electromagnetism to dump
vast amounts of energy in microseconds on any target he wished. He is
reported to have developed equipment able within seconds to generate
millions of horsepower from the input of just a few horsepower, with
the possibility of transmitting the vastly-increased energy.
|E=mc2, Bueller? Bueller?
the world is not going to end in 2012. people are idiots. the myan probobly never knew that but some idiot myan said that, so they made a calender that said the world will end. idiots.
Is the world going to end soon?? Jaja is a probabilty
But is the man going to do something about it???
I mean Mayans could have made a lot of things most of them incredible but just because they made a calendar wich has and end that means that the world is going to end?? I think that thats stupid!!
I know that mankind is stupid but instead of worring what is going to happen they should worry about what are they going to do to prevent it.
I know that there are a lot of things that mankind can avoid, there are a lot of thungs that humans can control like outer space and a lot of stuff like that but instead of making conclusions of how world is going to end, they should make conclusions of how is earth going to be saved.
I hope that humans can change their minds instead of worring about themselves they should worry about themselves as a mankind, if not who knows what should we expect..
I hope people can think about what im try to explain.
My mail is [email protected]
if you have something to tell me please contact me i would be pleased to talk to someone who estimates the world as i do.
thank you
Hi claire,
It just means you are in a different time zone to where the website originates…….nothing more.
Be well,
Leah
HIYA DID ANY1 WATCH THE PROGRAM ABOUT IT ALL LAST NITE ON THE HISTORY CHANNEL WAS INTARESTING 🙂
HMMMM HOW COME THE TIME OF MY POST SAYS 1.44 AM WHEN IT IS 9.45 AM OH WELL
LOL
anybody that really thinks the world is ending in 2012 (ie. people that want to sell books and magazines and are desperate) have already said it’s supposed to be ‘starting’ already. well look outside, see anything you don’t see every day? oh let me guess, you neither?
the whole 2012 thing i’m pretty convinced is and has always thru time been a ploy for people to make money off scaring people to buy their books etc., to feed their ego by believing them…
the history channel idiots scared me so bad one night that i wasn’t going to get out of bed the next morning.
there’s a club here in cleveland called ‘tower 2012’ where supposedly half the clubs owners moved to a farm in the middle of ohio somewhere cuz they think starting a hippie commune is going to help? i half think they’re just blogging saying this to get exposure for their dive bar club that nobody wants to play at. but seriously, all these creepy old white guys who don’t have anything to live for getting on the history channel and saying one day life isn’t going to be worth living if we’re still alive by then. and they’re just WAY TOO EXCITED to tell you about it.
ok, where’s neil degrasse tyson when you need him?
where’s somebody with a PHD saying this?
where’s somebody from NASA saying anything on this subject?
give us a break.
2012 RULES!!
2012 sucks and u suck even more…
TRIVIUM rules..
im NO dude..
im going 2 be 18y old in 2012. well thats not right.
haha
to WAHLEAH:
lol
what a load of claptrap.
whats this.
These comments were originally posted to the article “No Doomsday in 2012”. Unfortunately, there were so many comments that are not even about 2012.
I hope aliens invade for no apparent reason so we can hopefully kick the crap into them in a war
There always predictions that the world will be destroyed and if we actually listen to this bullshit we should have died hundreds of times so i wouldnt be worried until you start to see dead people everywhere from the disasters
jajajajaja hell yeah!!!
how can u be sure that EARTH IS GOING TO END…
Good morning people!!
only three more years till we all
die!!!!!!!!!
party at my house!
Hi,
Despite anyone’s belief’s; superstitions or whatever you want to call it, I would like to point out some studies that might shed some light on the discussion at hand:
http://answers.google.com/answers/threadview/id/576560.html
After this I bid you to draw your own conclusions (mine is inconclusive since there is no hard evidence to support neither, hence the realm of hypothesys) and just start considering everyone eles’s opinions how weird they might seem. May I also remind you that our liberties end, where someone else liberties start.
Thank you for your time and availability
Enoch Root
How can we trust a society that predicts the end of the world based on their own calender…when in fact, they couldnt predict their own demize and exctinction of their own civilization and save it. If they knew the future of all mankind like those idiots say they did…then they would be here now with us and with front row seats and their head between their legs kissing their ass goodbye. lol am i right? God you doomsday people need to get a life and get laid more often. geeezzzz
good morning, all…
playing “catch-up” again…please frogive the delayed reactions..
paterick—interesting post…i, for one, will be perfectly content to “wait and see”…
just a thought–always such a joy to hear from you…i, too, will take each day as it comes for whatever it brings OR i go and make of it…i have no fears about the future—i just know everything will be okay…different, but okay…
captain america…i wondered how “they” were going to “sell” these facilities…safe havens for the economically challenged???
PEOPLE, PLEASE WAKE UP!!!!! JUST ONE MORE “ULTIMATE DECEPTION”…
the great southwest seems to be a breeding ground for experimentation, and bazarre activity…arizona, new mexico,nevada, utah, and california are all “in bed together”…the arizona skies are also full of “holy shit–did you see that?” moments…but no one pays attention, anymore…after a while, the “bazarre” becomes the “norm”…so no one questions it …”they” even come up with new names and “half-baked” explanations for all this “phenomona”, so people are not alarmed and can feel safe…
barret–us “doomsday people” have lives–we have wonderful lives!!!!!…we just see a little further than out crotches?!@#$$%^?!
and to reitterate–ONE MORE TIME—2012 IS NOT THE END!!!!! not one person here believes that life as we know it will cease to exist…we’re NOT gonna be blasted out of the solar system…HOWEVER–things are just changing–transforming…becoming different…the universe is changing–the planet is changing–people are changing–attitudes and ideas are changing–science is changing—government is changing—the economy has most certainly changed–the way we conduct our personal lives is changing…some are very subtle, some more abrupt and radical…BUT YOU HAVE TO PAY ATTENTION to it ALL…
THIS CHANGE IS EMINENT… but, there is still lots we can do to help make this transition a little easier…take charge of the things you CAN control…THEN fasten your seatbelt…
just be well. …and make sure everyone you love is, too…
have a blessed day…please take care and BE WELL…
guyz..
please read the christian “HOLY BIBLE”..
It’s not written there…
only heaven knows…
^
I
I
I
I
I
——————————-
niggas..
please read the new book “HOLY SHIT IT’S JESUS”..
It’s not written there…
only dumb asses know…
so what
we all know 2012 will happen..
we’ll all die!
as long as we only have three years..
i know its not long…
….lets party when it happens….
jk
i dont think it well really happen..
jk
i know its really really really going to happen..
jk
my mom said it wouldnt happen..
jk
im just saying…
i dont really care, and u souldnt tooooo!!!!!!!!!
2012 RULES!!!!!!!!!
we’re gonna be blasted out of the solar system in 2012!!
2012:
“The ones who sleep never Wake-up
The ones who are not dies in Terror ”
which One…
ATTENTION 2012 LOVERS:
A PLACE TO DIE
LOCATION: 23AVN/NE of ST. NONBURT
DATE:12/12/12
TIME:12:12
LUNCH WELL BE 12 mins before
DOOMSDAY..
I can’t wait for Christmas on 2012!
To every single freakin one of you who believe in 2012.
1 thing is for sure, NO ONE MAN CAN PREDICT THE FUTURE. If these Aztects or Mayans say we are all gonna die, how come they can’t predict their own death? How come they didn’t predict 9/11? How come they didn’t predict hurricane katrina? 2012, is just a reset of a freakin callender no one goes by. We have our own callenders marked 4 days later, christmas. 12-21-2012. Its a number.
All I can say if it does happen?
“Shit”
Personally, I don’t think the world will end in 2012. No one really knows when it will end – there’s no use predicting. Most humans think too highly of themselves. They think they know everything, when in actual fact nobody knows. We could die tomorrow, we could die in ten years, we could die in fifty. I just know that wasting my time worrying about it now is pointless. If it’s going to happen, it’s going to happen. No one can stop that.
OK… seriously i doubt theres gunna be a doomsday in 2012. Shown in how nostradamus described it it seems we’re gunna have some sorta of breakthrew whether in technology or anything.
plus remember y2k? haha i bet you do
Hello jbo,
Well put. Our perception of time, is governed by the rotation of earth……1 complete rotation, being 1 day……and one complete orbit around the sun, being a year. Many have assumed that earths speed of rotation on its axis, and around the sun, is always constant……and yet science has proved that over time, the rate / speed of earth’s rotation has slowed.
The Mayans….who are not extinct….I’ve met many, probably noticed the slowing of earth’s rotation rate, and realised that time itself is also relative….. Einstein and all that.
The Milankovitch cycle shows that earth’s orbit varies from being almost equidistant from the sun to a more eliptical orbit ….the approx 100,000 year cycle of earth’s changing orbital path around the sun.
You are correct….there is a Black hole at the centre of the Milky Way. Something seems to have been lost in transaltion of the Mayan legacy…..or has been omitted. I’ve not yet read that they predicted the End of the World.
Be well,
Leah
There is one possibility, where Earth / Solar system could cross the galactic plane more than once in a short galactic period of time.
hi
i believe the world will end wen jesus crist is good and ready to end u cant just say that is wen it is gonna end!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Ok first off, the mayans predicted that on april 21st 1519 a white bearded god would arrive. For those of you who don’t know your history that was the precise date that cortez arrived in mexico, and for those of u who really don’t know your history cortez=white bearded dude who conquered the mayan civilization, so in a way yes the mayans did predict their doom. And also their calender is astronomy based, they did not predict the end of the world, they predicted the end of a 5000 and some years planetary cycle, after whitch there was no point calculating time because time itself would mean something totaly different, and astronomicaly this shift would change things like the length of a day/night cycle, or a lunar cycle, or a solar cycle, so as u can see attempting to calculate past this planetary shift would be useless. And on a different note in 2012 our solar system will be alighned with the center of the milky way galaxy(which is the greatest energy source in the universe said to be a black hole[don’t quote me on that one]) at the closest it gets in a way that only happens every 28,000 years. Just something to think about, could be completley unrelated but could also mean the world, lol literaly
I made up my own damn calendar and it say I’m going to die when GOD calls me home.. and there I will be, in heaven, so all of the facts or possible facts everyone keeps coming up with don’t even matter.. this discussion will last up until that very day.. Doomsday in 2012 is never going to happen in my opinion.. (It will happen in some of you guys opinions).. astronomy is a good way of predicting, you can believe what someone tells you, you can look at an incomplete calendar, but no one knows.. I really don’t care about the calendar because mines go to 2112 etc. there are no real facts.. You may be smart and think logically, but you don’t know the real answer to this debate.. no one does (not even me)..
this is gay!!!
this is all gay!!!
The world is indeed headed towards the end. Where else is is headed? Global Warming is what revelations says ends by fire. Barack Obama is going to lead us into the end of the world as we know it. The mark of the beast or verichip is what manyshould fear and Obama trying to take guns away from us because if everyone knows the world is ending you get guns to survive money isnt worth anything never has it’s just how they control us the illumanti have the world under control and we are just chattle.
Eric Near what does america have to do with it this is the end of the WORLD not america
the world will not end in 2012. how do u expect it to end?! just like he said in the article, there is no evidence. its just the end of a calender. yes, i know the world will end someday, but not in 2012. we are destined for death but the world will not end soon. eventually, all life will be gone. all those vito plankton in the ocean creating 50 percent of our oxygen will die because of the carbon dioxide being sucked in by our ocean. but this will not happen in our lifetime. and anyways, i will be in heaven if it does end in 2012
Perhaps the Mayans were not prophesying what they believed was the end of the world. They could have simply been forecasting what was an obvious solar or galactic event that would no longer require a time keeping calender after that date. Were the Mayans know for their great ability to prophesize? They were know for their incredibly accurate and vast knowledge of our solar system. It’s quiet possible that they may have discovered something that will happen to our world in 2012 that even we don’t have the capacity to discover on our own.
How did the Mayans achieve their knowledge of space and time? Maybe while they were discovering these things they uncovered something that was obviously going to bring an end?
I don’t lose sleep over it, but 2012 will be a very exciting year just to see how things unfold. All the scientist know-it-alls have absolutely no evidence that “nothing” will happen in 2012 so to make bold claims one way or the other is stupid. The truth is … only God knows what lies ahead. We must wait and see.
i agree with Disciple777, only god knows when the earth will end.
i mean so what if on that day, if you look into the sun your looking at the center of the galaxy what the heck would that cause? plus about the planet x stuff, i dont know about that *shrugs. im very into science astronomy but i dont believe half of what they say about that stuff. heck we dont even know everything a bout our own planet yet. now i do think they are right about some of the stuff they say is in space…
Quite so….the Mayan translations don’t say “End of the World”……but it is wise to remember that the translations and interpretations may be incomplete or inaccurate.
The Sun, (or other stars) is a common theme in ancient cultures, and observable by all. What if they noticed stars such as Betelgeuse in Orion……supernova one day, if not already.
Maybe a star or more, observable by the naked eye, went supernova, and the gamma radiation reaching earth caused climatic upheaval, and these events were recorded by ancient cultures.
One thing is for certain, the Mayans as were the Egyptians etc, were great observers of the stars etc, and attached great importance. All peoples, cultures and religions to this day, attach great importance to the Heavens, as do the fields of Astronomy and Cosmology.
In the case of an observable Supernova from Earth…..by the time one sees the star blink out…..the radiation it emitted is already reaching Earth, due to the time it takes for light to travel from the star to Earth. In the case of Betelgeuse, say approx 55 light years away……if it were observed to blink out today, it would actually have happened approx 55 years ago.
Cosmology is observing the signs that lead upto Supernova events, which would give some notice that the emitted radiation is on its way to Earth.
It only takes 8 minutes or so for light / gamma radiation to travel from our Sun to Earth, but is more easily observed and understood, but 8 minutes isn’t much warning of e.g. a massive solar flare.
Ancient cave paintings / drawings, carvings and writings, can be understood by adopting different perspectives and contexts. Even then, they are recordings of what happened then, and are a warning that it could happen again……which is not prophecy.
Man today should realise that its knowlege and understanding is built on the studies and knowlege of all past generations, including ancient civilisations which are the foundation. Luckily for those that consider the ancient civilisations and their legacy of knowlege, to be rubbish….there are those in high places who do not.
thank you, disciple777—you put a real nice spin on all this doomsday stuff…i maintain that we are all testament to living in some pretty exciting times…so much to see and do–so little time…
matthew–great point about how little we know about our very own planet…the ocean, in and of itself, holds great, great mysteries…we have so much to learn…..
to all, please be well
If you watch the YouTube documentary titled Doomsday, you will see uncanny similarities in the prophecies of entirely different ancient civilization foreseeing 2012 as doomsday. Having seen so many apocalypse prophecy not come true and their conclusion based entirely without scientific substantiation i dismissed them as pure coincidence. But that all changed when i saw a NASA report on a possible solar storm killing all the transformers and worldwide blackout, leading to loss of sanitation and transportation of food for months.(http://tnp.sg/news/story/0,4136,198328,00.html) And guess when the solar storm, if it does materialize, is gonna occur? that’s right, 2012. This signifies the convergence of 2 sources – one scientific and the other a prophecy – on a probable doomsday occurence in 2012. Perhaps Universetoday could look into this “coincidence” and analyse the chance of it actually happening?
I like sugar and I like tea,
But I dont like Niggers;
No siree.
There are two lone things thatll make me puke,
Thats a hog eating slop and a big black spook.
And you know it, cause I show it.
Like a barn yard rooster I crow it!
And the NAACP
Would sure like to get a hold of nigger haten me.
Roses are red and violets are blue,
And niggers are black.
You know thats true.
But they dont mind, cause What the heck?!
You gotta be black to get a welfare check!
And Im broke.
No joke.
I dont gotta nickel for a coke.
And I aint black you see,
So Uncle Sam wont help
Poor Nigger haten me.
Jigga boo, jigga boo, where are you?
I was here in a wood pile watching you!
Jigga boo, jigga boo come out
I scared of the white man way down south!
You know it
Cause I show it
Stick you black head out and Ill blow it!
And the NAACP
Cant keep you away from little ol nigger haten me!
Mirror, mirror on the wall
Who is the blackest of them all?
A man named King
And there aint no doubt
That hes causing lotsa trouble with his baboon mouth!
Roo it, hes a do it
Hes caused by the trouble hes brewing
And the NAACP
Cant win if the white man stick
With nigger haten me!
Hey, Mr. President, what do you say?
When are we whites gonna have our day?
The niggers had theirs such a long, long time.
And its the white mans time that I had mine!
You know it,
Cause I show it!
Stick you black head out and Ill blow it!
And the NAACP
Cant win if the white man stick with
Nigger haten me(x5)!
I know exactly what will happen on 2012…
I will take a giant dump, flush it, eat lunch, watch the News, take a ginormous piss, eat supper,watch South Park,then take another gigantic shit, puke from shitting so much, and go constipated and fall asleep on the shitter.
————————————————————————-
ONE QUESTION THOUGH:
QUOTE:Apparently, the world is going to end on December 21st, 2012. Yes, you read correctly, in some way, shape or form, the Earth (or at least a large portion of humans on the planet) will cease to exist
—
He states it will end is some way, so will A LOT of people die that day or will nothing happen??
what do we truly know about our species, or the planet we are on? the civilizations that made these judgments are long gone and all they left behind was the speculation that we see today. obviously we have no idea as to what will become of us.so there must be a easy explanation. god, asteroids, solar flares,earthquakes,tornado’s, and so on. i believe it will be humankind. look at all that we have done to the planet. we have a distinct notion from birth to protect our selves the planet will eventually do the same. all things are connected in one way or another. all the answers are out in the stars. but we are so busy with our lives and other peoples opinions that we do not see what is put in front of us in black and white. we judge and not listen. but no matter what the galaxy will reveal its plans one day. will we be judging or listening? the choice is our own.
well said, my declaration!!!
the answers lie not only in the stars, but also in our hearts…if we just pay attention,and do the right things….
happy easter–one and all…be blessed and be well…
i have been reading up on this 2012 thing. I cant seem to put my finger on a few things…. Im hoping someone could help me understand. From everything i gather there are more than one catastraphic event thats scheduled for the12-21…. Is the following correct?
Milky way aligns with sun?
The possability of planet X?
Solar Flares?
The yellow stone park tremors increasing could cause eruption?
Are all these suposed to happen 2012? If you go to the official movie site (www.whowillsurvive2012.com) theres a link that brings you to the Institute Of Human Continuity. False or true Institute?
Help Please
Hello Elis dad,
I’ve looked at the Institute of Human Continuity, and am not sure what to make of them. I couldn’t find a list of the scientists etc, that they say are project members.
For sure, we cannot ignore such obvious changes as the increased occurances of e.g. Wild fires , floods and droughts in Australia and USA, melting ice caps and so on. Earth is changing and the climate along with it.
Events are like dominos, each one is the effect of another, and the cause of others. The changes take place over long periods of time, which is why most people don’t notice, or just ignore them. Humans also forget easily when enough time passes between events, the last one being old news, and so don’t keep track of the pattern.
I suppose that “not forgetting” past events that eventually show a pattern and reveal the nature of natural cycles, is what ancient civilisations and their legacy / records have tried to convey.
Be well,
Leah
Leah thanks for the help. im an average every day normal guy. thank you for your help. i have no credintials. do you?
Hi Elis dad,
I don’t feel that one needs a degree to be able to think and study or the right to be able to think and study……but if it helps you…..yes, in minerology, gemmology and crystalography fields, from a past life.
Do you think anyone needs a math degree to be allowed to comment on mathematics ? We are all at liberty to learn, so everyone is equally , a normal everyday guy.
Be well,
Leah.
is any one scared for the word to end?
If something happens then it’s going to happen. I’m iffy on both sides as of now. I guess you could say i’m just going to wait and see what happens, because honestly, there’s nothing you can do to prepare for anything like the end of the world.
Really though, I think its all just a big hyped up scare like Y2K was. Info is too easily passed around and once a few people begin to say “the end is nigh!” more and more join in. And with today’s technology and people being more outspoken through the internet rather than in person, more and more can jump into the hysteria of doomsday prophecies.
Just wait and see what happens people, there’s no way to prepare yourself even if this “end” is going to happen. Live out your life, and dont hold back from enjoying yourselves because a few others decided to say the same thing.
Hi Elis,
Most of us here do not have any “credentials”, so to say… But we are bound together by our common interests and the quest to dig deep to get to the bottom of this mystery.
We have been on this thread for almost a year now, and have discussed this topic in great detail, touching every single aspect….
This is s period of stalemate on this thread, because there is nothing much left to talk about…
We just drop in to say Hi to each other… And whenever any of us comes across something interesting, we just bring it to the table….
Thanks for the heads up. I hope I didnt come off wrong that wasnt how i meant it. i appreciate you guys and the knowledge you gave me on the subject. i guess i come here to feel some kinda relief. Im prayin well all be alright.
Elis… Your words were not misinterpreted…. 🙂
And dont worry, everything will be really alright!
Just out of curiosity, why do people freak out so much over a certain day ending in a calender? Do we worry about the extremely high possibility of nuclear war ending our world? Do we worry about the extremely high possibility of chemical/biological warfare wiping out the existence of human-beings? We certainly only take things into effect when we feel that there is an eminent impending doom upon us. Look at how much money they made off Y2K, lmao. Now, something you should take into account…notice how the United States continues to further the need for greater power, better technological weaponry, the weapons we have from the Vietnam War could easily wipe anyone out, yet we continue to build bigger and more powerful things that are FAR beyond overkill, do you really think those things are being built/invented for use on far more primitive societies like Iran/Iraq? I would think that is something worth far more debate upon than a calender date from the Mayan civilization which btw nobody even paid attention to until someone mentioned it and we, as paranoid, scared little sheep that we are speculate far more on things we don’t need to worry about, stay focused and on point…There is a reason the United States is inventing/building weapons that are far more overkill for ANY country in existence, what is the U.S. preparing for?
why dont they just fir nuclaur missiles at planet-x when it gets close enough???
elis…
the IHC is not a real institute, but rather created by Sony to create hype for their new movie 2012. As far as the theories that are presented on the website however, are real theories that people believe.
the actual institute itself though is fake, and just created for the movie. If you read the disclaimer it talks about being a part of Sony movie production.
You are only an idiot if you don’t believe on the things that can happen. Anything is possible.
The earth is goind to end, what are you going to do about it?
Hi
I am 13 years old and am really worried about this. I am quite stressed already and do not want to become more!
Thanks!
fuk obama’s muslim asshole and 2012 is full of assholes who have nothing else to bitch about, whoever wrote this article wasted a whole lot of time cause from what I have seen everyone seems to be agreeing with I am saying.
NOBAMA 2012
although what they are saying is that a big ass EMP may hit on december 21, 2012, bullcrap, another day in history, calender will end just like the year calendar in my room does. Gimme a break!!
Hey all.
Interesting forum. No doubt people will b debating right up untill that final day. What a funny day that will be.
i agree with becky, each event in this timeline or ours is happening after another event. Our timeline did begin somewhere, but how can that be possible if in order for our timeline to begin, something had to have happened beforehand. That is why I believe that there must be something beyond our timeline that does not follow the same rule that “each event happens after another event”. I think this being is God, the one mentioned in the Bible. That is why I am a christian and believe God has a magnificent plan for those who trust in him.
There has been a dude that has decoded the bible book of daniel, and says that the 7 year tribulation starts in 2010 (or late this year) and that the world ends in 2017 with Jesus coming back to earth. Funily enough, in Revelation, they talk about a star called WOrmwood that will collide with earth sometime during the tribulation. I wonder if this has anything to do with Planet X. Look up “Daniels timeline” if you are interested.
If the “tribulation” does start sometime soon (i think something significant will happen regarding israel) , and maybe and economic crash, i will begin to believe in “Daniels timeline” and the wormwood/planetX thingy, and eargerly anticipate the coming of Jesus.
If the daniels timeline is not true, i will not worry about planetX, because God says nothing about our world ending bekoz of something hitting our earth.
I will wake up happily on the 21st of december and buy christmas prezies. There will be some embarrased people out there if we are still alive the next day. Cant wait for all the commotion. Then no doubt there will have been some horrible miscalculation and the world is actually ending in 2023!!!! Then we will start this forum all over again, and the magazine people will have a field day, and make heaps of cash.
In the meantime i will continue to trust in Gods will that everything will be algoods. If the thingy does hit earth, it will be in the end times talked about in the Bible.
I know that heaps of peeps will think something completly different, and thats fine with me.
Thanx if u read this and accepted that i am entitiled to my own opinion.
im still scared. this thing said the “flip” thing has happened with in a few hundred years apart.. that could happen again, and what about the history channel showing the thing about all the predictions of 2012? how did 4 different predictors predict the same exact thing? And they said its not random predictors, they’ve predicted popes and queens and shit…explain that please cause im scared shit less
1500 farmers commit suicide in India, because of debt, due to low yeild on crops.
In part due to less rain, but also as the water table has dropped from 40 feet to over 200 feet. How sad that 1500 people feel they have no other option than to take their own lives……all because of bits of paper, or metal, called money.
What a primitive system we live in, where both the people and the authorities believe, a thing like money takes precedence over life and well being.
Just how far down the list of priorities does life and well being come. We need a new brave system…..this one is killing.
good morning, all!!!
for whatever reason, the paging format seems to has disappeared from this thread…it started on may 19, 2008…almost a year….though it took forever to download, it also posed a great opportunity to go back through and reread some of the wonderful posts that have been presented here over the past year…
even in the last year, things have changed–drastically…politically, economically, ecologically, demographically, scientifically…(forgive the spelling, if it is not correct)…but i’m sure you get the “jist” of it…we have “progressed, digressed, been set back, advanced, even come to a stalemate, in so many areas…with so many different forces at work, is it any wonder we are in a state of chaos, disarray, and uncertainty????
doubt and fear are prevelant where they never were before…personal security (financial and otherwise) seems to be diminishing, as things start to unfold…but, in spite of it all, one way or another, we will get through this…and to reinforce amit—WE WILL BE OKAY…we may walk away from this different, a little worn for wear, we may even be pleasantly surprised…bottom line is that no one knows for sure…just, please don’t bury your head in the sand and ignore everything that is taking place in our lives and in the world around us…ultimately, there will come a time, when we may need to depend ON EACH OTHER…
…this thread has provided a good foundation for just that…no one is in this alone…whether you agree or disagree with all the ideas presented here, you will find someone who is willling to join hands and walk with you…
…thus, the campfires…
…just don’t be afraid….and please be well…
you guys suck! this is the STUPIDEST thing EVER! dayummmm(: get some brains.or maybe we should have these “aliens” you speak of, come and create some brains for ya’ll! the world is NOT gonna end!!!!
Johnny Rebel for president
goodbye
Wow, some of u guys have been posting for almost a year…. thats crAZy. Gotta love philosophy. U start on one topic and eventually u start questioning our exsistence on earth.
Dear Becky,
Yes, the page system has disappeared again. But as earlier, i guess it will be back soon..
And you are very right about the chance that we have got to go back ad read some of the earlier posts…
Read a couple of posts from Espumpin…. and the void caused by his absence was felt again..
These are turbulent times indeed… What could be more Earth Shaking than a Financial Colapse in today’s world?? Terror situation is also threatening.. Taliban seems to have got a fresh lease of life in Pakistan. Things are on the boil in Korea as well. Look at Sri Lanka…. So many countries are in a precarious position. I get a feeling that something’s gotta give…
Dear Leah,
Its very sad indeed…
I get the same feeling about money, when i see poor kids wearing rags and living on the road sides, sifting through garbage for their meals….
I wish we were living in a different world, where Money doesn’t exist…
Whats the point of all this technological advancement and progress when a major part of the world’s population goes to bed on an empty stomach!
will someone please explain to me how all the stuff on the history channel can be wrong? And how are the predictors wrong about 2012 but get all the other stuff right about naming future popes and queens and all of it came true????????????
Dear amanda,
A list re future Pope’s and Monarch’s names can be drawn up anytime. If prophecies had named the precise years in which each would come to their thrones, as well……..it could be called prophecy. Some may even have had access to long term plans for mankind, that was not public knowlege.
Much in life itself, happens by formula, whilst much else is planned, so, for me prophecy is is more a case of advice, describing possible future events, based on past experience in some cases…….and the ability to see the effects of the causes.
To notice the cycles of life, and the signs that lead upto certain events……..then to write about these cycles……..isn’t necessarily prophecy. Future daily life is designed by all of us, and depends on what we do today.
To state that the economy peaks, and bottoms out every 13-14 years or so, and that it will be at its lowest again in approx 2020 is not prophecy. Its simply noticing cycles, some natural some planned.
Be well,
Leah
leah and amit–it is, indeed, so sad, that desperation is causing people to take their own lives…that there is no way out…what’s even sadder is that more and more people are starting to feel that way…
since our governments don’t seem to be taking this problem seriously, it seems that it will fall directly on our shoulders to come up with the solutions that continue to elude them…
time to speak out and let your voices be heard…this thread, and others is a great place to start…thousands of people read this, and if any one person can help provide a glimmer of hope for just one person…now would be the time…we all matter…and making a difference starts in small ways…though i may not have the answers, i am not ready to give up on us just yet…what i am lacking, is direction–don’t quite know where or how to start…what i am sure of is that lots of us are running “helter-skelter” because we don’t know what else to do…..myself–all inclusive…
amit, i, too, miss espumpin…perhaps he went before us so he would be there waiting for us…or perhaps to guide us from afar…his spirit remains, or he would have been long forgotten…
wish my thoughts could be more concrete…but, i, too, and looking for answers…
please have a wonderfully blessed day…take care, and be well…
2012 is a celebration of acsending up the spiral of evolution beyond the 3d limmatations and illusions into the no time.
on 21 Dec 2012 lets start a nuclear warthen at least we will have something to show for the poor mayans let end the world one way or another
🙂 world domination 😀
HOW DO U KNOW THE WORL IS GONNA END IN 2012? I HAVE HEARD THAT TH MAYAN CALANDAR DOESNT KEEP GOING BECAUSE THEY RAN OUT OF ROOM ON THE ROCK THEY WROTE IT ON AND HAD TO CONTINUE SOMEWHERE ELSE.